Lando’s Oubliette

Sep
17
By CFlando

Sunday’s In WuTown

Sunday’s In WuTown

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Clean work
EMOM 13m : Squat clean + Power clean

– heaviest able, focus on extension and push THROUGH floor, not pull

 

 

WOD : For time, 15 minute time cap total

1) 50 Power Clean 135/95, EMOM perform 2 Bar Facing Burpees

Rest 2:00

2) 30 Thrusters 135/95, EMOM perform 2 Bar Facing Burpees

 

 

The Program : Off

Sep
16
By CFlando

Bring a Friend !

Bring a Friend !

By CFlando Posted on

ohio-state-logo-camo-image-1ym1rh-clipart

 

 

Schedule online is valid for weekend for both locations.

 

Bring a Friend: Summer is passed meaning traveling has calmed down, so time to get back into the routine and get family and friends involved too. At 10am (Woburn) and 1030am (Charlestown) you can bring anyone who isn’t a member who wants to check out the gym for their free trial and no experience is required. This doesn’t mean the workout is going to be easy, but the squat snatches and ring handstand push-ups will be shelved until another day. Fitness is always more fun with friends, especially when them joining the community means $10 off for you on your next charge!!

 

Competitors will have formal class next Saturday 9/24. For tomorrow you can do the work at Open Gym both locations just please be mindful of class, space and equipment and noise levels during coaching sessions.

 

Come in and get fit before watching the greatest college football team roll again and the greatest NFL team ever carry on without their beautiful, fearless leader.

 

 

 

SATURDAY : Bring a Friend Day!!

 

– Any class at Charlestown but aim for CrossFit at 10:30.

 

BootCamp

 

1. “Filthy Fifty”

50 Box jump, 24/20
50 Jumping pull-ups
50 Kettlebell swings, 53/35
Walking Lunge, 50 steps
50 Knees to elbows
50 Push press, 45/35
50 Back extensions (Barbell Good Morning 45/35)
50 Wall ball 20/14
50 Burpees
50 Double unders/100 Singles

 

35 Minute Time Cap

 

S : 30 reps of each
L1 : 40 reps of each

 

– Scale reps first then movement weight.

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : For time, with a partner
100 Jumping Squat
80 Box Jump Over 24/20
60 Lateral Burpee over Bar
40 Curtis P : Clean + Lunge + Lunge + STOH = 1 rep

 

20 Minute Time Cap

 

 

The Program

Elite

1. Snatch Work
WARMUP : 5×2 Muscle Snatch

 

a. E90s for 7 sets, no hook grip and fixed feet (can elevate heels)
Power Snatch + Squat Snatch + Power Snatch
– technique over weight

 

b. EMOM 10m : 1 Squat Snatch, heavy

 

c. Snatch Balance, 3s hold in bottom
10 minutes for heavy single but no misses

 

2. High Bar : 5-5-5-5-5
then EMOM 10m, 1 heavy rep 10s hold in bottom

 

3. Skill Transfer : Conditioning
Row 5,000/4500m, 20 min time cap
– Every 500m perform following clusters, alternating every 500m (perform one group each time)

 

a: ME UB Bar MU (no pause anywhere other than regrip for max 2s at top)
then ME UB Strict Ring Dips OR at least 5 reps
then ME Chin over Bar Hold (overhand grip only)

 

b: 5 TnG Power Clean and Jerk 175/125, 5-10 strict HSPU (try UB but get at least 5 reps done total, stop at 10 or singles)

 

Competitive

 

1. Snatch Work
Warmup, then “b” and “c” above

 

2. High Bar : 5-5-5-5-5

 

3. Conditioning
Row 1000m x3, rest 1:1
– all out effort each time

 

Masters

 

1. Snatch Work
Warmup above, then EMOM 12m : 2 Power Snatch

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

3. Conditioning
Same as Competitive

Sep
15
By CFlando

Nutrition Coach, Nutrition Program, and Nutrition Newsletter

Nutrition Coach, Nutrition Program, and Nutrition Newsletter

By CFlando Posted on
10393943_10152535792056541_8114090929081163935_n

Coach Sarah (right) and her special nutrition assistant Dexter Dog (not the one in the middle) are available for remote and on site nutrition work. Don’t let food stop the gainzzzzzz!

 

 

Be on the lookout for the first Monthly Nutrition Newsletter this Sunday night! The first issue is free to all with subsequent monthly issues being one of the many options for nutrition services we offer. The newsletter will contain everything you need to fuel for success and much more than just recipes.

 

You can’t out train a bad diet, and a good diet is a few simple changes away. – Coach Sarah

 

Read on to learn about our Nutrition Program now available at both locations. Contact Coach Sarah to get started at [email protected]. You can also find her around either box with her trusty assistant Dexter who always offers to test new recipes for the nutrition offerings.

 

Nutrition with Coach Sarah, Newsletter Sunday Night!

Even you relatively new to our community probably know by now that I am very proud of the team I have working with me at our 2 locations. We have some amazing coaches that bring a breadth of knowledge to the community. The Nutrition Program is one of the things I am very proud of for our services. This isn’t just an automated cookie cutter, plug and play program. This is a fully customizable program with a few different paths that you can freely chose based on your needs and goals. Coach Sarah, my wonderful wife, has created a system that works for everyone of all ages and needs, from every day 9-5ers who love to cook, to people like me who need every piece of food made for them. It also is great for those just looking to finally achieve those nutrition related goals you never have, or competitive athletes looking to find that missing piece to their training. Sarah works with many Landos already and a number of our staff including Coach Stacey. 

 

This is a no commitment program. Obviously as Sarah will tell you, the old “Rome wasn’t built in a day” stance definitely holds true here and maybe more than any part of your fitness. Still, while a long view is needed for true change with nutrition, you will see immediate changes to your body, energy, and performance. This is real nutrition for real people, with real lives and real needs beyond simply eating clean, be strict, nothing else matters. You won’t be force fed Paleo, you won’t be shamed into no drinking and no cheat meals. Obviously what you put into nutrition is what you get for results, but Sarah will help guide you the best way possible to achieve your needs and goals. She already works with a number of members as well as Coach Stacey and other members of the staff. Universally the immediate reaction to people who start the program is how amazingly easy it becomes to reach goals related to nutrition that sometimes have been years of struggle for people.

 

Look out for the newsletter on Sunday night to get your nutrition education started. It’s never too late to start working on improving your health and wellness, and the older we get the more important nutrition is.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. EMOM 12m
5 Box Jumps/Step Ups
5 KB Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35
5 V Ups

 

rest 3 minutes then

5 Minute AMRAP
10 Lunges (5/5)
10 Push-ups
10 Jumping Squats
10 Double Unders/20 Singes

2. BootCamp “Hammer”
4 Rounds
5 KB Swing (eye high) heaviest able
10 Wall Ball 20/14
5 KB Swing (full OH)
20 Jumping Pull-Ups

– Rest 90s after each round

then immediately after last round (no 90s rest), accumulate 2 minutes total in forearm plank

 

 

 

CrossFit : Hero Day

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean + Jerk
Find a 1 rep max PR

 

 

WOD : “Hammer”

5 Rounds for Time:

5 Power Clean
10 Front Squat 135/95
5 Jerk
20 Pull-Ups
Rest :90

– Rest is mandatory not suggested. You can rest more but not less than 90s, though recommend doing 90.

25 Minute Time Cap

S : 65/45, 15 jumping pull-ups
L1: 95/65, 15 Pull-ups/Scaled Pull-ups

 

 

The Program

 

All Levels

1. Strength and WOD, goal is UB for each barbell movement

Competitive and Elite

– If unable to do MU, do L pull-ups

2a: 5×3-5 strict MU, rest :90
2b: 5×3-7 strict HSPU, try free standing if able, rest :90

 

– “a” and “b” lists like this mean do a set of “a” as written, rest listed amount, then a set of “b”, rest, then back to a, or down to “c” if there is, and so on.

Elite Only


3: 5 Rounds, rest 90s after each round
3 Low Bar Back Squat @ 90% 1RM
3 Deadlift 405/255
5 Burpee to 18″ target above reach
10 GHD Situps

4: 30 strict weighted pull-ups (must be able to do at least 2 UB), 30 strict ring dips, hold 3s at bottom and lock out each rep, 30 slow pistols (15/15) perfect form use scale if needed, 10 perfect squat clean 225/155, all singles

Competitive Only

4a: 4×15 GHD Situps, rest :10
4b: 4×15 GHD Hip Ext, rest :10

 

Masters

 

2: 4xME strict UB Chin ups, rest :90 between sets

 

3: 50 ring dips, 40 strict hspu, 30 banded good morning, 20 GHD sit-ups with medball at chest

Sep
14
By CFlando

“Those” Days

“Those” Days

By CFlando Posted on

peterchicken

 

 

Paleo Power Meals will start delivering to our fridge on Monday of next week. They are the best meal delivery there is. They have many options of clean meals that are legit food not weird looking meat or cardboard tasting imagination food. I’m talking legit real food delivered right here 2x a week. Also the containers make for great tupperware! Orders must be placed by Thursday for next week order. Go get on it, they’re the best! They’re doing a tasting on Monday as well. Come hungry!

 

Strength.com is where you get all your supplements from now on. Go through the lando portal here or in the drop down members section on the homepage. They carry all the good brands and more, you get a 10% discount always if through our site, and they ship directly to you with options for recurring monthly. It’s the best system there is out there hands down. Go make a profile and order your stuff! A post on supplement will be coming next week for those who don’t know their needs.

 

 

Traffic kills

Anybody drive anywhere around Boston today? If you did you probably lost days or even weeks of your life due to stress and anger spiking through 200% acceptable human emotion levels.

 

It was insane. Just outside of Charlestown Lando the circle at Sullivan Square was backed up for 45 minutes at 11:00. I’m sure those at the Noon class in Woburn felt Sarah’s wrath after she was late from sitting in over an hour drive from our apartment 7 miles away.

 

I have long held this belief that there are just “those days” with traffic in Boston and the area. It probably starts from some jerk eating a breakfast sandwich at 6:30am while playing videos on Barstool driving with their knees as they smoke a joint riding the HOV lane up 93 and smash into the jersey barrier, shutting down the entire northbound lanes for half an hour. The trickle down affect from this is catastrophic. I remember 2 winters ago there was 3 separate times where it took me 2 hours to get from CFL Woburn to my apartment in Reading. 3.2 miles, 2+ hours. It was all just spillover from 95 and 93 being a shitshow from the snow and the city basically resembling the apocalypse. Not post, not pre, but actual during, souls rising through the sky rapture style, zombies eating dog brains, looting and pillaging record stores and liquor marts, the whole shebang.

 

If you ask Sarah and Stacey I certainly have let “these days” get to me, and they expand beyond traffic. Anyone who has known me for years knows I have a unique existence of shit happening to me. It’s clearly 50/50 fault wise, karma and me. Shit that happens to me can’t just happen, I obviously put myself in the positions I end up in. At 33 it is a lot less funny than it was at 22, especially to those around me. What the problem is is I compound the issue by letting mole hills become K2 glaciers on a near daily basis anymore. Sarah and Stacey both (yes theyre basically interchangeable with the time I spend with each) know the instant they see my face if it’s one of “those days”.

 

Well f**k those days. I felt the traffic and wallowed in one of those days pretty much every day this week. Basically been one of “those weeks”. Today though something different happened, I actually took my head out of my ass and looked around at the people near me, realizing they were actually not that bad off. So why the f**k was I ready to light the gym on fire and eat the next person I saw limb by limb? It wasn’t the world I was interacting with, it was me interacting with the world.

 

It’s on us to not let “those days” happen. Glass house situation here for sure, but if you are one of those people that walks into the gym routinely saying you need this for stress relief, maybe we need to turn the perspective around. Don’t get me wrong I am all for this being your release each day, but when we start relying on something to handle these bad psychological status changes for ourselves we are not in good shape. No shit, right? The issue, though, is we run the risk of this awesome thing that yes is a great stress relief at times but should otherwise be a place that our brains file as positive. Given that we do what we do at these boxes there’s a given that we all share the trait of being a little not right in the head one way or the other, so it is possible and totally OK for that positive association for our daily trip to the Lando box to come from pain, fear, even defeat, if we place it the right way and point it down the right path. I don’t have to get too into the whole reason we all are forever converts to the CrossFit/High Intensity Interval Training model, we all know the pain cave doubles as a 5 star hotel.

 

If any of this resonates with you and how you view the shit in the world on a day to day basis, I urge you to practice slowly but surely refocusing your blame for what happens to you each day. Better yet, try to just accept that things might not be anyone’s fault, even if it’s clearly the god damn world that’s out to get you. At the end of the day, regardless of who’s fault something is, we all end up one day closer to the end and another night hoping we open our eyes again, so why waste time attributing status to an event that might just be because the world is f**ked and not always fair. Yep, I went there.

 

If you struggle with this practice work on it by helping me out. You have a good chance these days of seeing me in a search for blame over something that happened that given day that probably doesn’t really matter and I need people to keep me in check. Just be nice, please, I’m sensitive.

 

Let’s turn this smile upside down, and please don’t smash into any jersey barriers tomorrow morning. If you do, let me know!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. Row 250m, 500m, 750m, 500m, 250m
Rest 1:1 after each row. AFAP each round

2. 3 Rounds: Perform each couplet as a 1 min AMRAP, rest 45s for transition after each. Can start at different stations.

a. 15 Wall Ball 20/14, 30 Double Unders

b. 10 Burpees, 10 KB SDLHP 53/35 or heavier

c. 20 Situps, 20 Russian Twists w MB

d. 10 Cal Row, 10 Straight Arm Plank Alt. Shoulder Touches

e. Standing Barbell Hold 185/95

3. Core Finisher
150 Hollow Rocks, every 25 reps perform 5 strict TTB/hanging tuck

 

 

CrossFit 

 

Strength : Bench Press
4-4-4-4-4-4, all working sets

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
15 Thrusters 75/55
15 Hang Clean 75/55
15 Push-Ups
45 Double Unders

 

S : 65/45, 10 reps of barbell, scale push-ups, 90 singles
L1 : 65/45 same reps, 20 Double unders or 90 Singles

Rx+: UB Thrusters each round, hand release push-ups

 

 

The Program : Full Rest

Sep
13
By CFlando

Hump-Day

Hump-Day

By CFlando Posted on

why-do-boy-dogs-hump-other-boy-dogs-01-600x600

 

 

 

 

TRIIB (Charlestown) : For former Avalon Members now part of Charlestown, if you got an email from TRIIB/BoxHQ, enter your billing information as soon as you can. This doesn’t mean you will be billed. Your billing date and rate will remain the same for the time being and as I said last night any rates that are drastically different we will come to a fair agreement with you situation by situation. If you have an already paid long term contract we will absolutely honor those as is through their term. All we need for now is you to make your TRIIB profile with your card info (no bank accounts) ASAP so we get this process done…FINALLY.

 

WODify (Charlestown) : Similarly to TRIIB just without the billing info. Make your profile and start logging!

 

Schedule (Woburn) : Look for new classes in October including Weightlifting offered weekly and different BootCamp time slots. Charlestown the posted schedule is active this week and beyond with minor tweaks being made as we finish our staffing and schedule assessment. Thank you so much for those who have given us feedback so far. Keep it coming!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp

 

DYNAMIC WARMUP
– High Knees
– Walkouts with Push-up
– Plank Holds
– Squat Jumps
– Hollow Rocks

 

1. 15m AMRAP

20 MedBall Thruster 20/14
20 Russian Twists (10/10) w/ MedBall
20 MB Situps (overhead to past toes)
20 MB OH Lunges, (10/10)
40 Double Unders/Single Unders

 

rest exactly 7 minutes then

 

2. EMOM 8m
3 Deadlift, heavy but able to TnG for all 8m
4 Bar Facing Bar Hops
1 Wall Climb

 

3. Cool Down Stretch : 5 min

 

CrossFit

 

STRENGTH : Deadlift
Find a max set of 3 reps (tng)

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
10 KB Swings (OH) 53/35
10 KB Goblet Squats
5 Ring Dips
12 Toes to Bar

 

S:  35/26 KB, Air Squat (no weight), 5 Push-ups, scaled TTB
L1 : 53/35 eye high swings, scaled dips and TTB

Rx+: 70/53 UB swings each round, every drop off TTB perform 1 Burpee + Pull-over (if cannot perform BPO then no Rx+)

 

 

The Program

 

All Levels

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

Competitive and Elite

2a: 4×6 Barbell Bent Over Row, Floor to Chest, rest :30
2b: 4×5 (each side) DB bent over row, heaviest able, rest :30
2c: 4×4 GHD Hip Extension, heaviest able, rest :90

 

Masters

 

2: Barbell Good Morning : 5×5, heavy

All Levels

 

3: Front Squat Burnout
EMOM 3m, then rest 1 full minute. Go until you fail
1: 3 FS @ 60%
2: 2 FS @ 70%
3: 1 FS @ 80%

 

– Increase each by 5% until failure or minute 3 of cluster is @ 100%, then stay there until failure or 30 minutes

 

Sep
12
By CFlando

Change of Direction

Change of Direction

By CFlando Posted on

_dsc9939-43

 

 

 

I have grown tired of dealing with the archaic processes of MindBody and have decided we are going to continue being a TRIIB driven community from a membership management, retail, and scheduling standpoint. This means Lando Woburn and former Canal Park members will continue with their current accounts. Former Avalon members will have their MindBody accounts moved to TRIIB in the next 2 days. Charlestown members don’t worry that it still says Canal Park. This is done by TRIIB admin and waiting any time now.

 

Rather than wait around for MindBody to get their act together this is a final decision and better for the current community in Woburn and the transition of Charlestown. This allows us to have the schedule officially posted and good to go. While you won’t be able to sign up or sign in until the profiles are all loaded, you can at least see the classes for the week. This is still not the fully final schedule in terms of coaches, classes, and times. It is close to what we will settle on though.

 

Note on membership fees for CrossFit Lando Charlestown: We will be simplifying the membership structure sometime this year (2016) which means less options and one pricing model for the whole community. This means that some people will have their bills changed to meet the new pricing for that membership if it applies, but this will only be done with your approval and with at least a week notice. Some of the memberships and class packs will be cheaper than former Avalon and Canal Park.

 

All previously negotiated agreements will be honored through the term of their agreement. This includes pre pays for multiple months. Monthly memberships that have a large discrepancy in price difference from the new adopted prices will be dealt with on an individual basis with the sole goal being finding a fair situation for you to continue with us. This is the same for discounts and corporate and community agreements. All will continue to be honored for the time being and will remain as an offered discount where if a change needs to be made to meet our policies they will be done so in conjunction with you to find something you find fair.

 

Bottom line is this : We want you here. Whether you are just starting with us or have been here for years, we want you to continue your fitness journey with CrossFit Lando Charlestown. I know that some of you who were Avalon members for years have memberships that are extremely discounted compared to our published prices. You will not be forced into this price point, but I ask that we all be open to finding a fair middle ground when applicable. I will determine a cutoff % where if you fall below that we will figure something out. I don’t consider it fair for you to commit to something that deals with something important like your hard earned money and have it suddenly elevated to a  point where you cannot afford it. We will figure it all out soon!

 

Thank you all again for your patience. Now we are actually close to this all being on the next step!!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp : Check Schedule for New Class Times

 

WARMUP: :20 on, 10s off, alternate movements each round, 8 rounds
– Row Sprint
– Air Squat

rest 2:00 after 8 rounds then

– Hand Release Push-ups
– Situps

rest 2:00 after 8 rounds then

– Russian Swings, heaviest able
– Standing Split Squat holding KB if able

 

rest 5-7 minutes

 

2. Core Work : 3 Rounds, 30s ME accumulated each movement (rest 10s for transition)

– L Sit Hold (hang or top of dip)
– Wall Sit
– Hollow Hold
– Straight Leg (to ceiling) Toe Touches
– Medball Situps

 

rest 5 minutes

 

3. Conditioning : 3 Rounds, each round 6 minutes

4 Minutes to complete:
Row 500m
Run 400m
then AMRAP with remaining time
10 Thrusters 45/35
5 Bar Facing Burpees
– rest remaining 2 minutes before restarting

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Push Jerk

2-2-2-2-2

 

– Warmup with at least 3×2 with 2s pause in the bottom of both reps.

 

 

WOD : For Time

75 STOH 115/75

 

– 10 Pull-ups every time bar is dropped until finish

 

S : 65/45, jumping pull-ups
L1: 95/65, 7 regular pull-ups

 

Rx+: 10 CTB pull-ups each drop

 

 

The Program : More explanation on the new levels of The Program will be posted on the website for Tuesday afternoon. Check back to get learned!

 

All Levels

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

Check Level Listing:

2. Snatch Work
Warmup with EMOM 5m : 2 Muscle Snatch
then EMOM 7m : 2 Squat Snatch, Masters = Power Snatch

3: Squat Work
Competitive and Elite
Overhead Squat : 8×2, first rep with 2s pause
Then Bench Press : 5×3, quick get heavy through the 5 sets

Masters
Power Catch Snatch Balance : 8×2, hold catch for 2s each rep

4: Skill Ax Work
Elite: 30 strict hspu (hardest able, cap 8 minutes scale accordingly up or down…should be at least RX and finishing), accumulate 2 minutes in top of ring dip hold with at least 10# weight

Competitive: 10 minutes HS walk practice

 

Master: Accumulate 3m HS hold against wall

 

4. Core : Turkish Getup
C and E : 8 TGU each side 70/53
Masters : 5 each side, heaviest able

Sep
11
By CFlando

Updates, like Paleo Power Meal Delivery, MindBody, and Schedule!

Updates, like Paleo Power Meal Delivery, MindBody, and Schedule!

By CFlando Posted on

I still love you Tom!

 

 

Paleo Power Meals Now at CrossFit Lando Charlestown!!

If you haven’t had Paleo Power Meals, they are in my opinion the absolute best food delivery company out there. They have full paleo, paleo friendly, and not paleo but clean REAL food offerings. Real meaning actual meals that look just like we would make and honestly taste as good or better (if Sarah’s cooking) or a lot better (if I am cooking) than what is made at home. Cost wise it is a steal for the quality and convenience.

 

How it works:   is you simply make an account for free. By Thursday night you put your order in for the next week. They delivery right to the big fridge we have between the bathrooms. They even have options for delivery on Monday and/or Wednesday to assure total freshness throughout the week. They have staple mainstays and rotating specials. I’m talking meals like meatloaf and mashed potatoes, burgers, spaghetti squash and meat sauce but written in some Italian word I can’t pronounce, cobb salads that are legit, and tons more.

 

I order from them weekly and it saves me. If you are busy and/or don’t cook this is the best thing to happen to you. Come in to the box, grab your meals, you are set for the week. Breakfast, lunch, dinner, snacks, they have it all!!

 

We are going to have a tasting sometime this week at both Charlestown and again in Woburn to remind you all about the service. We will have ordering available at Charlestown this Thursday for next week delivery, and it continues being available in Woburn. 

 

 

We have had the Open House and are now into our 2nd full week at CrossFit Lando Charlestown. I know everyone is excited to get settled into normalcy, and trust me we are too, and we are very close. Here are a couple notes to the most common questions we have gotten so far.

 

MINDBODY/SIGNING UP/SCHDULE: The last thing to get everything in order is MindBody conversion for all 3 locations (former Canal Park, Avalon, Woburn) to be brought under 1 roof as 2 locations. Its been a bear of a process but we are close. For now continue coming as normal but do not worry about signing up ahead or signing into classes. Woburn continue checking in at the gym with TRIIB for attendance tracking. The schedule will be posted for Charlestown as it has been.

 

Schedule notes (Charlestown): The schedule is not set in stone but what you see this week will be close to what will remain for now. Schedules are never set in stone and small adjustments and additions will be coming to both locations. A weightlifting class will be happening in Woburn on a weekly basis, and the BootCamp and Kettlebells classes at Charlestown will be given permanent time slots somewhere so fans of those don’t need to worry.

 

Staff: This is an incredibly important part of this transition and one that I am handling personally with no timetable. I demand the best product to give our community and this starts with the coaches and administrative staff. Programming and class offerings are important but the coaches are the instruments that provide this to you, so coaches are the most important part of this business. This week you will see some changes at both locations, with some of the new coaches working up in Woburn a few times, and more Lando coaches at different times in Charlestown. The next 2 weeks are an intensive training period for all staff so there will be a lot of coaches on hand at all times. Truly going to be a fun and important time for our community!

 

With both the schedule and staff part of this I welcome all input. I cannot promise anything but need your opinions to make proper decisions.

 

WODify: We have completed WODify for Charlestown so you can start using it. It is a great tool for tracking your progress and also a fun little social tool at the box. Ask your coaches for any help but its fairly straight forward. If you have not received an email with your profile and login information email April at [email protected] with “WODify for APRIL” in subject. If your email you want for it is different than the one you contact her with please put that in the subject as well as your name if its not clear in your email as well. She will get you all set and ready to go!

 

 

APPAREL: New apparel is out and available for purchase. We will charge the account on file just fill out the charge sheet at the front desk of both locations! More apparel is coming including sweatpants, hats, and other sweatshirts!

 

 

As always and with true meaning, thank you for your cooperation and understanding. I cannot promise specific time but can say it is a matter of short days until the whole back end conversion is done and everything is all set. Let’s bring on Monday and another great week. We live in the best place to be this time of year!

 

 

MONDAY

 

Notes on today and strength portion of class : Every strength session has the purpose of getting stronger. You get stronger by lifting weight quickly. Something I am very big on as a coach for all levels of athlete is performing for yourself for that day. This fitness life we all live is tough at times since it doesnt mesh well with the rest of life. Long work days sitting at a desk, no sleep, moving, family expansions, life issues, these things all happen and disrupt our schedules especially with getting here. This matters!!

Now, don’t think I am allowing excuses but don’t dismiss these factors when performing. Just push yourself as hard as you can for that day. Sometimes you will PR, sometimes that will be 10# less than your PR. You will get stronger regardless. Strength and improved fitness comes from hormonal change during and after exercise (and many other factors of course). This happens, most simply put, by pushing past your thresholds during a given session. It’s important to note the 2 ways in terms of intent that I write out strength work in the programming. 

WORK DAY
The majority of lifting days are written this way. I want you pushing yourself each set each day regardless of intent, but your focus will vary depending on the end goal. If it says “find a heavy 3″ or is written numerically as “3-3-3-3-3″ (like today), or “5-5-3-3-2-2-2″, that means that every set is a working set which I define as roughly 80% of the max for that rep scheme or higher. 80% has been found to be the threshold where you start getting significant hormonal change that will have lasting positive effect on your body. So, on a day like this, good or bad feeling life day, the work is just as important as the end result. On a “3s” day, you could keep all the sets at the same weight as long as that weight is over 80% and will be going about it the right way. This is a good strategy on a day where you just feel like, well, shit. You could also increase throughout but that first set should be at that threshold %. Basically, every set that is written down means it’s a working set, the goal being lift xx amount of reps total in that lift and get stronger. Warmup sets should be done but don’t count in that written list. If you PR or not is secondary to getting your work in. Honestly, if you really push yourself, if you go about this kind of written scheme the right way your last set should be tough to PR. 

PR DAY
Another way I will write your rep scheme is “find a max 3″ or flat out “find a pr for 3″. This means your intent for that day is to PR. How you go about getting there is 1) up to you and 2) not as important as the end result. That is how it differs from the “work day” as I call it. On the work day above your focus is on each set being as heavy as you can and above that threshold, PR being secondary. On PR days your goal is that last set being a PR and will actually want to save yourself accordingly, going about each rep before it focused on your PR attempt(s).

 

A great day is when you are going about a work day scheme and PR as well! #WHAMMY

 

BootCamp : Posting @ 9pm

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
– warmup with 3×5 @ 50-65% 1 rep max. Focus on speed through all points of squat, setup and positioning throughout movement.

 

3-3-3-3-3, increase as able for today

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 300m
15 Box Jumps (full stand) 24/20
9 Front Squat 135/95

 

S : step ups, 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 165/110, UB FS

 

 

The Program : Posting @ 9pm

 

Sep
10
By CFlando

Open House Success!! No Classes Either Location for Sunday

Open House Success!! No Classes Either Location for Sunday

By CFlando Posted on
Sep
9
By CFlando

Grand Open House Party!!!

Grand Open House Party!!!

By CFlando Posted on

image

 

 

CrossFit Lando Woburn will be closed on Sunday 9/11 for rope renovations and electrical maintenance. Thank you for your understanding. Full schedule on Monday.

 

 

 

Open House Party Time!!!!

 

We would love to have you, family, and friends come to our Grand Open House and Party tomorrow!!!

 

 

WHERE : CrossFit Lando Charlestown, 10:00am-12:00am (open at 9:30a).

– 10:00a-10:45a : Group WOD

 

WOD : 17m Partner WOD

1. Start with a score of 300. In 2:00 perform AMDUsAP. Every rep subtract from 300, that is your score.

2. With remaining time of 17m :
Buy in: Row as many meters as your SCORE x 10. Break any way desired.

Then AMRAP with remaining time, breaking work any way desired:
3-75′ bear crawl
25 Partner MB Squat Toss, 8′ separation*
20 MB Push-up around the world (side, middle, side = 1)
10 Bear Complex 95/65

 

Scale so both partners can share 1 object for each movement needed. 

 

– 11:00a-11:45a: CrossFit Olympics/Obstacle Course (team)

 

CanJam and Cornhole going on during CrossFit Olympics

 

 

PARTY: The Harp

– Get there at 8:00pm to avoid lines! We will have a group taking over the entire place with a free round for everyone!!! Get there early so we can have a great squad and great time!!

 

 

 

SATURDAY
– Woburn will be closing right at 9:35 after the 8:30am workout. Please be mindful of Jack wanting/needing to get to Charlestown for Open House. Please come join in even if you workout at 830!!

 

Strength : Bar Complex
1 Power Snatch + 1 Squat Snatch + 2 OHS + 1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 2 Thruster

 

– Hands cannot leave the bar for more than 3 seconds to transition snatch to clean.

 

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP

75 Toes to Bar
75 Box Jumps 24/20
75s Wall Sit, accumulated
75 STOH 95/65
75 Walking Lunges (total)
75 – 10m Sprints (shuttle style)
7, 15′ Rope Climbs
75 Overhead Squat 95/65

 

– Scale movements accordingly to do large sets throughout

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

3. Row 10000m @ consistent pace

 

 

 

 

 

Sep
8
By CFlando

Competitor Meeting Friday Night, Open House Party Saturday!

Competitor Meeting Friday Night, Open House Party Saturday!

By CFlando Posted on
One of my favorite pictures ever. Stacey gave her life to qualify for the Games again and she did about 30 minutes earlier, AND the same year our team from CFF qualified that her sister was part of. Still the best summer of my life and best accomplishment of my athletic life. Truly something I am grateful to have been a part of, both our team and seeing Stacey fulfill her dream that started with the work the year before.

One of my favorite pictures ever. Stacey gave her life to qualify for the Games again and she did about 30 minutes earlier, AND the same year our team from CFF qualified that her sister was part of. Still the best summer of my life and best accomplishment of my athletic life. Truly something I am grateful to have been a part of, both our team and seeing Stacey fulfill her dream that started with the work the year before.

 

I could post this picture every day and not get enough of the memories it brings. What an amazing experience, and the start to Coach Stacey and I as a dynamic duo!!

 

 

Friday evening there will be a meeting for competitors at CrossFit Lando Charlestown at 7pm immediately after the last class ends. This is strongly recommended/mandatory as can be for ANYONE in the Lando community who has interest in being a competitor of any level. We will be covering The Program and what it is exactly, how it is implemented day to day, and the new requirements, testing phases, and the focus on individual and team competition for all levels.

 

All levels. This is the absolute most important part of this. One of the new parts of The Program is it will have multiple levels within it to account for all levels of goals for competitors. Just because you aren’t ever going to be on ESPN competing at the Games with Coach Stacey doesn’t mean you can’t be a competitor with quality programming. We will have a beginner –> competitive track, an elite track that is focused on preparing for Regionals and the Games, and a Masters offering that accounts for differences in volume and time requirements.

 

The intent of The Program is for inclusive, quality programming for people interested in competing at all levels of fitness. This includes Weightlifting and The Program will be running concurrently with the weightlifting program at Charlestown and the new weightlifting classes at Woburn coming in October. This is one big community in our opinion and we will train like it. As a member at either location you have the opportunity to train with a 2x Games athlete in Coach Stacey, a 5x Regional athlete in Coach/Nutritionist Sarah, and multiple other Regionals and Games experience athletes, all lead by myself who has 6+ years of competitor programming, beginner and intermediate programming, certifications in CF, USA-W, CSCS, and a masters degree in coaching principles and sport psychology.

 

I state that not for pats on the back but to show that we have a great opportunity to build something special here. This goes for everything we will offer and I believe no part should go without attention. The Program is one part that is now revamped and ready for this next step in the future of CFL W and CFL CTown. Come tomorrow night just after 7 and learn about this awesome shit we got going on. I promise we will be done by 8:00 and Ill have beers!!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp : TBD

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Split Jerk

– Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

 

WOD ; “Diane”
21-15-9

 

Deadlift 225/155
HSPU

 

 

S : 135/95, Clapping Push-ups
L1: 185/135, Scaled HSPU or Ring Dips

 

Rx+: 15-12-9 @ 315/225 and 5″ deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program : TBD

Sep
7
By CFlando

Grand Open House Party this Saturday!

Grand Open House Party this Saturday!

By CFlando Posted on
Nice day for a, Bat Fight

Nice day for a, Bat Fight

 

Competitor program meeting : CrossFit Lando Charlestown, Friday night immediately after class
-This is all competitors at each location coming to one place. If you want to be following the Program this year, make arrangements to get here as best you can. Thank you in advance!

 

Please join us at our 545 Medford Street location in Charlestown, MA for our Grand Open House Party for CrossFit Lando Charlestown!

 

It has been an incredible journey to get us here to our new facility for our 2nd CrossFit Lando location. We invite you to come celebrate by geting a workout in during the day while meeting some new people and seeing familiar faces. Then, come out in the big city and let loose or just socialize your way similarly getting more comfortable with this new part of our community.

 

 

Important Info For Saturday

 

Time : The workout will start at 10:00am. This will be the only workout for Charlestown. Woburn will have a 8:30am only then will be closed for the day. We would love as many Woburn members to come down and celebrate! This is your community too!

 

Details: There will be an all levels workout led by Stacey and Aaron. Other members of the staff will be mixing in and working out, helping coach/demonstrate, so this is a great chance to meet the entire team (or close). There will be food provided by Connector Cafe which is Paleo friendly and owned by Woburn member Christina! Be sure to check it out. Christina is the BEST!

 

Activities will go until 12:30 or so. Then we will break until later in the evening for the social hour/6 hours. Location will be determined Thursday and we will let you know. This is an adult party so no kids, but kids during the day is encouraged!

 

 

Note on intensity: I talked yesterday about our current cycle being skewed towards strength. This means we are obviously lifting but also gearing WODs to be heavier. I also apply “heavy” to bodyweight movements in terms of the volume of higher skill or exertion movements. Think pull-up vs. chest to bar pull-up.

 

Remember what I said about intent, but also how intensity is the most important thing when trying to get more fit. While we want to be pushing ourselves weight wise each day during this period you still need to be moving fast enough to create intensity beyond your normal thresholds. It’s a fine line for sure since adding weight and difficulty obviously also adds intensity. Think 50% BW squat clean v. 100% BW squat clean.

 

Scaling up or going for RX is always a goal and this is the time to aim for that in one or more elements we throw around here. Always keep intensity in mind. While going for the heaviest and hardest might seem like its going to get you strong and fit quicker, standing around and staring at the ground doesn’t. If you find yourself doing that often during a WOD, take the weight down and add some scaling. Always ask your coaches for advice on how to scale up and down properly.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

CrossFit

 

Core Work : 10m AMRAP
5 Sotts Press – any bar (PVC, barbell, fat bar)
10 Russian Twist w MB (each side), 20/14
15 Weighted Situps w MB, overhead touching floor up to toes
20 Jumping Squats w MB (if able)
25 Double Unders
30 Supermans
Run 200m

 

WOD : 30 Minutes
6m AMRAP
20 Push Press Wall Ball 20/14
10 Ring Dips*
5 Squat Clean 155/105

– rest 4 minutes

 

6m AMRAP
20 Wall Ball (full depth) 20/14
10 Clapping Push-ups
5 Power Clean 155/105

 

-rest 4 minutes

 

6m AMRAP
10 2 for 1 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Plank Push-Ups (forearm to straight arm)

Sep
6
By CFlando

Time to Learn : Our Programming

Time to Learn : Our Programming

By CFlando Posted on

daffy-professor

 

 

When you all attend class on Wednesday it will be an official full week since the big transition and there is a lot to reflect on. This means more to some of you than others (people in Woburn up there like “whatever”.). You dedicated Woburners have more knowledge on all of this but even the most experienced of you will hopefully benefit from a bit of a refresher. Anyone who is new to this community and therefore new to the blog will soon realize I can be a bit long winded at times, but I promise there will be a time for reflection a bit later. For right now we are going to get some education in and get your arms wrapped around the programming for the Daily WOD at CrossFit Lando.

 

 

What is Programming?

 

Some might snicker, other’s might wonder why some are snickering. When I refer to the programming I am talking about the work that is listed on the website to be done in class. You will see two classes of programming listed, CrossFit and BootCamp. Both are high intensity internal training classes that focus on a complete fitness. CrossFit will consistently have more weightlifting and usually contain a portion of class that is dedicated to a specific lift. BootCamp will be more conditioning focused with stations focused on things like core work, sprints, plyometrics, and weightlifting too. BootCamp will generally be “lighter” when weights are used. We are currently considering some of the other programs like Kettlebells and the various incarnations of it and will keep it on the schedule here and there. Your membership at CrossFit Lando Charlestown allows for attendance at any classes. This also includes Weightlifting classes that will continue running many nights per week and coached by some of your favorite coaches. 

 

 

Programming Structure

 

Regardless of your goals your fitness program needs structure. We have all heard the terms plateauing and becoming stagnant, ways of being we want to truly avoid in all parts of life but especially fitness. The reason high intensity internal training is so popular is IT WORKS. It works because the varied intervals that allow us to push our limits every session allow us to tap into our most efficient, highly metabolic energy systems. In other words, we burn more calories in less time.

 

IF it is structured the right way. There is a fine line between RANDOM and STRUCTURED VARIANCE. We want the latter. A varied program where we hit different parts of the body, constantly forcing our body and mind into positions that are in some way new almost every time we  get the most energy used in a training session we can get. Let’s be honest, we do this because we want the most bang for our buck, to be healthy, fit looking machines. Or something of the sort.

 

Our structure follows a season just like any other sport and goes off the CrossFit Games season. This works for everyone because it allows for the whole community to participate in global activities like the CrossFit Open and be prepared to do so. To get that peak value from our training we have a time driven strength period, strength/skill transfer period, conditioning period, and general physical preparedness period. These 4 cycles within the larger cycle of the year take us right through July when the CrossFit Games are held. This allows for a bottom up approach to each year, building upon your improvements day to day up to year to year!

 

For all you out there saying “well I don’t need muscles I just want to be fit and sexy” (this conversation is had at my house every night, from me to my wife…), I tell you that building and maintaining muscle burns more fat, makes your skin healthier, and might not make you harder to kill but definitely harder to carry to a stretcher if killed.

 

 

SPECIFICS OF THE SEASON

 

We are currently in a strength cycle and will be until mid October-ish. I say ish because I leave room for fluctuation in my programming since our lives in general are fluctuating constantly. I am a big believer in a programmer having no ego and admitting that there is no perfect program, no perfect week, no perfect day, even no perfect session. We don’t live in a vacuum. We have jobs, family, traffic, animals, kids, and other pesky things in life that cause us to not be good at CrossFit. No matter how hard you try 9 times out of 10 you aren’t going to PR your back squat on 4 hours of sleep and a red eye flight. When over 25. 

 

Bud and Jack, you’re F’d….

 

So, there will be a give and take of a week or two for every cycle we have. If I see people going ham steak and eggs all over barbells 3 days before we are supposed to peak and max out some lifts I might add another week and get the most gains we can. I also might notice the majority of people training like 100# plastic bags of mayonnaise being pushed down a 5 degree decline hill and decide a(nother) few days or even week of lower volume is needed before continuing, force peaking, or just scrapping the whole damn thing and starting over.

 

When I say a strength cycle/period I simply mean more than 50% of the volume you endure throughout a training week will be considered “heavy”, the latter which I won’t get into how I define it. This means more focus on lifting heavier both in strength session AND conditioning.

 

I can hear the weightlifter only members typing up their emails asking for their memberships to include CrossFit now too…

 

I know none of this means anything to many of you, but it is important to know the INTENT of the work being asked of you. If the purpose of a day, week, entire mesocycle (8-12 week peaking period), is to get stronger, then you might scale heavier and sacrifice speed to get this outcome. Your coaches can help you here in guiding you to proper decisions.

 

Bottom line, ultimately there’s no terrible wrong in choice making when you are working on your fitness!

 

 

 

Tomorrow we will take a look at intensity and how that affects your getting fit. For now, let’s do just that!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Note on schedule: We are still working out the right formula for our class offerings. Keep your input coming. By no means is any day a given in permanence. MindBody scheduling will be up and running by end of week which will allow you to see the schedule and sign up for classes, among other functions. Thank you for bearing with us as we finish this transition!

 

 

BOOTCAMP

 

1. Core Work: For time, 12 minute cap
5 Strict TTB
10 Kipping TTB
20 Situps
40s Forearm Plank hold
80 Hollow Rocks
160 Bicycle Situps

 

Rest 8 minutes

 

2. 20m AMRAP
Run 200m
50 Double Unders/150 Singles
5 Wall Climbs
Run 200m with medball 20/14
7 Strict Pull-ups
12 Wall Ball 20/14

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
10 CTB Pull-Ups
10 Pistols, alternating
Run 400M

 

 

S: Jumping Pull-ups, 20 Air Squats
L1 : Regular pull-Ups, Scaled Pistols (pole and/or to box)

 

Rx+: Weighted Pistols w/Medball 20/14, Run with Medball

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. EMOM 16m
O: 3-5 weighted pull-ups, heavy
E: 4 Split Jerk, heavy

 

3. 100 Push-ups, 80 GHD Situps, 60 GHD Hip Extensions, 40 Ring Dips, 20 Rope Pull to Stand from prone on back wearing weight vest

 

Sep
5
By CFlando

Grand Open House Party September 10 @ CF Lando Charlestown

Grand Open House Party September 10 @ CF Lando Charlestown

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

We are thrilled to announce the official Grand Open House and Party this Saturday, September 10 @ CrossFit Lando Charlestown! This will be a special day of workouts and fun with free food and activities for both our Woburn and Charlestown communities. Later that evening we will throw down in a different way with a adult party at a location to be announced tomorrow night. This will be a party for our entire community, friends, and family (adult family) to share in this awesome new chapter in CFL history.

 

 

Members: check your email for details about schedule and whatnot this week. The Phase 1 Renovation is complete at CFL-C and we will be running a full, revamped schedule tomorrow. We are putting the finishing touches on MindBody and everyone’s account with the merger so that we are fully up and running by tomorrow or Wednesday. For now continue coming to class without signing up and get your usual workout in…well maybe a bit not usual and a bit more awesome!

 

 

See you all this week and definitely see you Saturday!!

 

 

 

Note on WODify : We have the hardward setup, we just are finishing loading in the back end part. Former Canal Park members I urge you to use the App and online to track your stuff. Former Avaloners we will have you loaded in in the next 48 hours. Look for an email on that.

 

 

Note on MindBody : The transition for this has been hampered by legal issues with MB but nothing to worry about. Just taking longer to merge the two former profiles into 1. Nothing is being lost or anything to worry about on your end. The system is still running just we aren’t fully ready to open it up as we want everything in place before we open it to you, our members. For Charlestown members just keep coming to classes no worry on signing up.

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp (Charlestown Only)

 

WARMUP: Tabata Intervals (:20 on, :10 off), 3 rounds alternating down the list each interval
– Air Squat
– Down Dog
– Forearm Plank Hold
– Up Dog
– Burpee to stand (no jump and clap)

 

Rest 7 minutes then

 

1. 15 Rounds total, each round 1 minute
5 Rounds : Sprint row for 15s, forearm plank hold until 45s, back into rower ready for next minute
5 Rounds : Sprint row for 20s, 5 jumping lunges (each side), back into rower ready for next minute
5 Rounds: Sprint row 30s, rest 30s

– immediately after last round : 90s max out burpee to stand

 

Rest 5 minutes then:

 

2. 50 Thrusters 95/65
-EMOM perform 6 Hang Power Clean

– Cap at 10 minutes

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
KB Swing 53/35
Front Squat 115/75

 

– Every time object is put down INCLUDING finishing a set athlete must perform 5 Bar Facing Bar Hops (2 feet jump together).

 

S : 35/26, 75/55, bar facing step over
L1 : 53/35 Russian Swings (eye high), 95/65, 3 bar facing bar hops

 

 

Rx+: 135/95, KB must be UB, 5 bar facing burpees for dropping object

 

 

The Program

 

 

– Charlestown members…bear with us for competitor program. You eventually will be allowed to use the space as Open Gym pre/post class as needed to complete The Program. For the time being please stick to just class time programming with only regular individual mobility, recovery, post WOD mumbo jumbo. There will be a meeting on Friday evening to really hash our the competitor program, programming, levels, requirements, expectations, and just what in general The Program is. More to come!

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 5×5 Power Clean, TnG, heaviest able (work on speed over weight), rest :15
2b: 5xME Muscle Ups (UB), rest :60

 

3: Deadlift : EMOM 14m, 3 reps during Odd Minutes
– Even minute ME for 45s FS HS hold or practice (do not just default against wall)

 

4a: 4×5 (each leg) single leg standing in place RDL, 70/53 or heaviest able, rest :60 (see video below)
4b: 4×7 weighted sit-ups (GHD, break parallel SLIGHTLY), heaviest weight able (DB/KB/plate) held at front of torso, rest :60
4c: 4xME (cap 50) Double Unders AFAP, rest :60
– DU is practice on SPEED. Go for broke, be out of control uncomfortable, if you surpass 10 reps then stop when you stop. DO NOT PASS 50 REPS

 

 

Sep
2
By CFlando

Big Saturday and More Announcements!!!

Big Saturday and More Announcements!!!

By CFlando Posted on

IceCream-1

 

 

SCHEDULE ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

Both CrossFit Lando locations are CLOSED Sunday and Monday of Labor Day Weekend. Have a happy and safe Labor Day!

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando Woburn


– Normal Saturday Schedule

 

– BootCamp Sprint @ 1pm M-F is suspended indefinitely. Stay tuned for new programs coming this Fall!!

 

 

CrossFit Lando Charlestown

 

– This Saturday….9am Open Gym…10am All Levels CrossFit…Gym Closes @ 11:30 sharp to start Renovation Phase I

 

– Check back throughout the weekend for schedule changes starting Tuesday, 9/6

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Both locations open @ 9am. Open Gym 9-10, CrossFit 10-11. Gyms close @ 11:30 sharp.

 

 

STRENGTH : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

– This is your high volume heavy day. Get the work in to get strong. Programming cycle will be explained on Monday!

 

 

WOD: 20m Partner AMRAP…Come in and have some fun with a partner or 2!!

 

Row….a lot…for distance

– Every 500m perform
1 Round of “Barbara”
20 Overhead Squat 135/95 

 

– Partners alternate 250m of each rowing interval. Break the rest of the work however you desire.

 

 

The Program

 

1. E90S for 7 sets : 2 Hang Clean (any)

 

2. Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5, then 1-1-1-1-1-1-1 E90s @ 125% max 5

 

3. 15m AMRAP
Row 2000m
then AMRAP
30 Double Unders
15 KB Swings 53/35
15 Abmat Situps

 

4. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-5

 

Sep
1
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

Come in for another great day of fitness this Friday. Both CrossFit Lando locations will be jumping off!! Benchmark time!!!

 

Apparel time : both Woburn and Charlestown will be locked and loaded mid/late next week!

 

 

Note on strength for the day: You will have 20 minutes or so to work to a max 2 rep lift. This will be from the floor and must be touch and go to count. Spend a lot of time warming up but be sure to warmup with the lift we are doing. This seems silly to say but it’s a very common mistake in CrossFit doing Weightlifting. There are a lot of drills and accessory lifts that help with the lifts, however when you have a goal to work for you must simplify.

 

Looking at today for specific example, your goal is to find a 2 rep snatch. Hopefully this is a PR but that is always dependent on your training period. Your coaches will take you through the Snatch and work some drills for 3-5 minutes to introduce the class to the movement, but once it’s go time spend most if not all your time on the movement, in this case the Squat Snatch. Too often people spend time doing pulls, deficits, reverse double whammies, triple lutz double flip pancake snatch clean overhead ghd rows, that they don’t get the body ready properly to actually do what they are supposed to do.

 

Lifting is about repetition, but the CORRECT repetition. This means both correct technique and correct movement pattern in general. You can snatch pull the shit out of the place for 10 minutes but if you are trying to 2rep your Squat Snatch those pulls aren’t going to do a hell of a lot for your bottom position when tired and pushed an extra degree below normal flexion in your ankles.

 

In other words, if you only have 20 minutes, the best way to get ready to Squat Snatch is….TO SQUAT SNATCH!!!!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp (TBD)

 

WARMUP: done at 8/10 intensity level
When clocks starts begin:
2 Wall Climbs
400m Run
40 Double unders/80 singles
2 Wall Climbs

@ 6:00 start…

1. 10 Rounds, 30s work 30s rest
Max Effort Hang Squat Clean Thruster, 75/55
– should be a weight you can do UB for all 30s

 

rest 3:00 then

 

2. 100 Hollow Rocks or ME in 4:00, whichever comes first

 

rest 3:00 then

 

3. Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Row 500m
Run 400m
20 Push-Ups, hand release
30 Situps
40 Squats
– rest 2:00 after each round

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Snatch
Find a 2 rep max TnG Squat Snatch (as able)

 

– Read above

 

 

WOD : “Isabel” : 10 minute time cap

 

30 Snatch 135/95

 

S : 75/55

L1: 95/65

 

– Ideally this is scaled where if not Rx you do this in 4-5 minutes. If you are “going for it” then longer is acceptable, but you want to be well under the time cap!

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2a: 4×4 Snatch Deadlift @ 110% snatch, rest 60s
2b: 4xME OHS (from rack) 175/115, rest 90s

 

3. 50 strict ring dips, 40 strict pull-ups, 30 deficit push-ups, 20 explosive pause box squat (3s pause on box in active position, 155/105 on back, try and get elevation off floor)

 

4. 5×20 GHD Situps AFAP, rest as needed between sets

Aug
31
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando – Charlestown is Here

CrossFit Lando – Charlestown is Here

By CFlando Posted on

IMG_0420

 

 

 

The day has finally arrived!! CrossFit Lando Charlestown is open at 545 Medford Street, the former home of Avalon CrossFit and Personal Training.

 

Welcome all former Canal Park and Avalon members to the CrossFit Lando Charlestown community!

 

 

There is a lot to get used to and a lot that will be the same. Please use [email protected] for all inquiries about anything from membership to schedule to random info and saying “hi”.  Information about POS system transfer and other relocation related things will be sent out in an email again tonight around 930pm. It isn’t time sensitive so tomorrow would be fine to read it and act.

 

 

We look forward to a great beginning from an already great foundation to this community!

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp/BC Sprint

 

1. Core Rotation
4 Rounds Tabata each movement then move on
– Russian Twists w MB, 14/10
– Seated Press w MB
– MB Situps
– Hollow Hold, optional MB hold

 

Rest 5:00 then

 

2. Aerobic Work (BC Sprint 10m, Charlestown 20m)

Continuous Row for max distance in time, goal is continuous pace not sprint and crash
– Every 300m perform

Minutes 1-5 : 15 Thrusters 45/35
Minutes 6-10: 10 Bar Facing burpee
Minutes 11-15 (C-Town): 15 ME Jumping Squats
Minutes 16-20 (C-Town): 20 ME Hollow Rocks

 

Charlestown : Rest 2:00 then

 

3: 3:00 ME OH hold 95/65(add plates during rest)

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength :  Press
4-4-4-2-2-2

 

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
18 Bar Facing Burpees
10 Thrusters 75/55

 

Word on Scaling:

– Starter Scale (s): this is for truly beginners or people uncertain of their ability for the movements in the workout. Level One (L1) is for the intermediate athlete who might struggle with a movement here or there but can RX other things in the WOD. Rx+ is for the elite athlete focused on competitor training and development.

 

All scales are recommendations. You can mix and match but must record lowest label.

 

 

S : Scaled push-ups, step ups, 45/35
L1 : 65/45

 

 

Rx+: 95/65, Thrusters UB throughout WOD

 

 

The Program : Off

 

– Competitor meeting is postponed until Friday, 9/9

Aug
30
By CFlando

Tune in 2pm Wednesday!

Tune in 2pm Wednesday!

By CFlando Posted on

I know I promised big things tonight but due to some out of my hands business hold ups, we are announcing everything you all want to know by 2pm tomorrow.

 

Trust me I know there are a lot of questions. They will all be answered tomorrow. Myself and Stacey will be available for individual contact as well. We will handle the discounts for these 3 days being without a home by mid next week.

 

The MindBody emails are going to take another day.

 

Thank you for your patience. It will all be worth it, and we will take care of everything you need.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

 

Strength : Power Clean + 2 Squat Clean
EMOM 15m, find a max with NO MISSED ROUNDS

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Pistols (each side)
Pull-Ups
KB Swing 53/35

 

 

S: Jumping Squats (2x), Jumping pull-ups, 35/25
L1 : Scaled Pistols, Scaled Pull-ups

 

Rx+: CTB Pull-Ups, 70/53 UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Front Squat
EMOM 20m : 3 reps for 1-10, then 2 reps or 1 as able 11-20. Heavy as hell

 

3. Conditioning
Row 1000m, rest 1:1, 3 Rounds

Aug
29
By CFlando

Big Announcement Tomorrow Night! Many Announcements Wednesday Night!

Big Announcement Tomorrow Night! Many Announcements Wednesday Night!

By CFlando Posted on

7fd482a823d8950eaffa667d9e9885c5

 

 

 

Insanity : doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. 

 

 

We have a lot of changes coming up and a lot of fun to bring them in. Check for the important dates of the next month below and remember to save September 10th for the one of a kind Open House day and blowout party!

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-3-3-2-2

 

 

WOD : 17m AMRAP
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
12 STOH 115/75
9 Toes to Bar

 

 

S: Step Ups, 75/55, V Ups from floor
L1: 95/65, Knees to chest

 

 

Rx+: All Bar UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. Snatch Work
EMOM 12m : 2 Snatch Pull @ 2s tempo to knees then 2s pause then FAST + 1 Snatch (Power) from below knee hang  + 1 Squat Snatch

 

 

3a: 3×3+5+7…FSHSPU+Strict HSPU against wall + Kipping HSPU…must walk to wall 10 ft from FSHSPU, rest :60
3b: 3×10 strict pull-ups

 

 

4: OH Yoke or Barbell Carry, max for 5 tries x 50′

 

Aug
28
By CFlando

Canal Park Closed Until Thursday, September 1st. Stay Tuned for New Location!!!!

Canal Park Closed Until Thursday, September 1st. Stay Tuned for New Location!!!!

By CFlando Posted on

There will be many thank yous said in the next week, many words of celebration and exciting things to come. For now I want to just say the biggest THANK YOU to our entire community, both Woburn and Canal Park, for enduring our transition of the Canal Park space. I know the next 3 days not having a gym is a pain in the ass (though remember you are welcome at Woburn as your home through this time) but I promise you the things to come will make it worth it.

 

Woburn family, I know while this doesnt directly affect you there is still uncertainty. There will be more people in classes this week but we are doubling staff for every class. The coaching staff will not change, if anything you will see me and Stacey more but that is it, through and past this transition of Canal Park. The store will be revamped, we have already added more rowers, boxes, GHDs, and benches for permanent use at Woburn, and more things are coming.

 

 

SAVE THE DATES

Here are important dates for EVERYONE to remember, PLEASE!!

 

Tuesday/Wednesday (8/30, 8/31) : Announcement of all details for Canal Park relocation will be released.

 

Thursday (9/1) : New Canal Park Opens

Sunday-Monday (9/4, 9/5) : Both locations closed for Labor Day. During this time we will be putting all the finishing touches on the NEW Canal Park to make it 100% Lando quality if not better than CP was before.

 

Tuesday 9/6 : Soft Grand Opening of the NEW Canal Park with above noted changes (mainly aesthetic)

 

Saturday 9/10:  Grand Opening/Open House : Open House just like we had for both Woburn and Canal Park back in their opening weeks. WODs, food, family and friends.

 

– SATURDAY NIGHT : Open House Party. This will be at a new location, most likely something around the new gym, think open air decks, marina, tree house, mud pits, jello shots, and amazing food. YEPPPPPP!!!!!

 

 

 

MONDAY (Woburn only until Thursday)

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1

 

-All sets of 2 with 5 second pause both reps, then 1s with no pause

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Box Jumps
9 Overhead Squat 135/95

 

S: 65/45
L1 : 115/75

 

Rx+: OHS Unbroken @ 175/115

 

 

The Program : Meeting this Saturday is ON. If you want to be a competitor this year you should consider this MANDATORY. The competitor program is totally revamped including a MASTERs program and various levels of competitor (beginner, competitive, elite). BE THERE especially if you haven’t been before.

Aug
27
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

landscape-1433956938-omar

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Push Jerk
3-3-3-3-3

 

– Must come from the floor

 

 

WOD : For Time
9 Strict Ring Dips
7 Wall Climbs
5 Rope Climbs, 15′
7 Ring Dips
5 Wall Climbs
3 Rope Climbs
5 Ring Dips
3 Wall Climbs
1 Rope Climb

 

S/L1 : Scale Appropriately

Aug
26
By CFlando

Last Workouts at 2 Canal Park

Last Workouts at 2 Canal Park

By CFlando Posted on
272756_10150228672661510_6124518_o

This is a time to celebrate so I dug up an old picture from 2011 Reebok CrossFit Games Northeast Regionals. That’s yours truly giving the Championship Belt as I cross the finish line securing CrossFit Fenway Team for 3rd Place and a spot at the CrossFit Games

One of my favorite pictures ever. Stacey gave her life to qualify for the Games again and she did about 30 minutes earlier, AND the same year our team from CFF qualified that her sister was part of. Still the best summer of my life and best accomplishment of my athletic life. Truly something I am grateful to have been a part of, both our team and seeing Stacey fulfill her dream that started with the work the year before.

One of my favorite pictures ever. Stacey gave her life to qualify for the Games again and she did about 30 minutes earlier, AND the same year our team from CFF qualified that her sister was part of. Still the best summer of my life and best accomplishment of my athletic life. Truly something I am grateful to have been a part of, both our team and seeing Stacey fulfill her dream that started with the work the year before.

 

 

I thought about making a big emotional post about closing down 2 Canal Park but we have nothing to be sad about. The last year was fun but in 5 days we start an incredible new phase in CFL history. For now let’s keep getting fit and having fun, and be ready for the big announcement on Tuesday, August 30th for the relocation information! September 1st is around the corner.

 

Anyone who can lend a hand packing up the U-Haul tomorrow we are going to start at 12:00 sharp.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5, then 3-3-3 with 2 second pause at bottom of each rep.

 

 

WOD : Partner “Holleyman”
30 Rounds
5 Wall Ball 20/14
3 HSPU
1 Clean 225/155

 

 

Scale appropriately so you can alternate rounds relatively non-stop

 

 

The Program

 

1. Front Squats

 

2. Partner “Holleyman” or 15 Rounds solo
5 Wall Ball 24/16
3 Strict HSPU
1 Squat Clean 225/155

 

 

3. Push Press : 5×3
– 5-8 strict weighted pull-ups between sets

 

4. 50 Ring Dips, strict

Aug
25
By CFlando

We are Moving! Last Class this Saturday AM! Relocation Open 9/1/16

We are Moving! Last Class this Saturday AM! Relocation Open 9/1/16

By CFlando Posted on

image

 

 

It’s been a lot of hard work, a lot of trust and dedication from you all, but now it’s time to celebrate!

 

By now you all received an email from me about our relocation of CrossFit Lando Canal Park. We are movingto an amazing new box in less than a week. If you somehow didn’t get the email please check your inbox and spam folders of the email address you have on file for us, or follow the link below.

 

The biggest thing to take away from this is it is an absolutely amazing new part in our history. We are doubling in size, adding programs and classes for all levels, and bringing great people into our community.

 

Legal limitations make it so I cannot share exactly where we are going but it is less than 5 minutes from the current Canal Park location. There will be only 3 days where Canal Park won’t have a physical space, and during this time our members can hit up Woburn for their WODs up there. Come September 1st, next Thursday, we will be rolling like nothing changed in a our brand new spot.

 

Please go and read the email announcement here. There are important dates and information on there as well as more details about what is going on. Feel free as ever to ask questions and direct them right to me at [email protected]. You are sure to have many. Any level of uncertainty I can hopefully alleviate by reiterating how great this relocation will be and that everything you love will stay the same, things you hate like not dropping bars are going away.

 

All you need to know is the next 2 days you have a place to come train, then an incredibly exciting 3 weeks of relocating to a new space, Open Houses, parties, and new opportunities within our great community of 2 locations!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. “Jackie”
Row 1000m
50 Thrusters 45/35
30 Pull-ups

 

REST 5:00 then

 

100 Hollow Rocks
100 Superman

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk

– Slam those bars for a PR as loud as you can

 

 

WOD : “Jackie”
Row 1000m
50 Thrusters 45/35
30 Pull-Ups

 

 

Scale as needed for thrusters and pull-ups to be as close to UB as able

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

 

2a: 4×3 Clean Deadlift, heavy as able maintaining perfect clean form but hard, rest :30
2b: 4×5-9 Muscle Ups, rest :30
2c: 4xME UB Strict HSPU or at least 5+, rest :90

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2-2, until you can’t squat anymore

 

4. 300 Double Unders AFAP

Aug
24
By CFlando

The Best Summer Jam of the Decade Takes Us Into Thursday

The Best Summer Jam of the Decade Takes Us Into Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

USING EMOMS IN YOUR NON EMOM WOD

 

 

EMOMs, or Every Minute on the Minute(s), are training protocols that we use often in strength work, occasionally for conditioning work. I like using them during “speed” days where our focus is on a bit more volume and that volume being done with SPEED SPEED SPEED. Volume here is referring to the number of repetitions overall and is important to note on the programming side (my job) for individual movements, workout segments like strength session, or the entire training period as a whole aka your hour class. I know for most of you, heck probably all of you, whether a day is a speed day or not doesn’t matter and in a way that is good. I want you to come in with the intent on working hard and moving fast no matter the day.

 

 

I say this all the time, that no matter your goals it is important to train with a purpose. Having days where the reps are higher and the weight relatively lower are important to train your body how to apply what we are learning during heavy days for all occasions. One of the bigger knocks on CrossFit is we just throw workouts together with tons of reps and high weight of unsafe, barbell movements with high skill and therefore injure and kill people at a drastic rate. I disagree…no deaths here yet. Like any sport, or anything that takes practice and skill, our training requires us to learn skills and how to apply them in many variations. If we learn how to perform a power snatch really well at heavy weight, there is no doubt that we can learn that same movement with the same good technique (read : safe) at lighter weight and faster repetition. It just takes practice like the heavy, low volume protocol.

 

EMOMs allow for many benefits in a small period of time. When applying this concept of learned technique and adapting to various performance requirements, the timing allows for focus on a given technical concept. This is why we often do EMOMs with olympic lifting. While it is a shorter time between sets than the standard “Set x Reps” method, I like it because it keeps us “in the zone”. We often times coach you to focus on one or two concepts in a session. This fits perfectly into the EMOM timing, just enough to recover, remember, focus, then perform. I also think there is something to be said for staying in the zone for mental benefit. Rather than wait around for 2, 3, even 4 minutes before doing another set of a lift, all that time thinking about the 15 different cues you’ve heard over the years  just for the setup position, with an EMOM you have to face the beast in under a minute after finishing whether you like it or not. In a WOD/Conditioning segment the same concepts hold true especially in the ability to focus on the technique of the movements.

 

Now, how can you apply this to a WOD that ISN’T written as an EMOM? Think about it, how often do your coaches tell you about a technique for performing your work being to break it up and set manageable, repeatable rest periods? There is never a time where doing a max effort segment of work with no predetermined set of reps to stop at is better than knowing your limits, staying to them, and repeating this way until you finish or reach a place where you can sprint to the end.

 

Try and apply this method in the next few days where your WODs are not EMOMs. Find ways to break up the work, especially the more difficult skill movements, that you can repeat. Then set a rest period that you stick to throughout from start to finish, just like you would in a 12m EMOM. Intensity isn’t just from burning yourself out, it’s better served by building and keeping it throughout your work session.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-3

 

then Strict Press: 5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
20 Wall Ball 20/14
20 SDLHP, KB 53/35
2 Wall Climbs

Aug
23
By CFlando

Mid Week Fun Time

Mid Week Fun Time

By CFlando Posted on

flat,800x800,070,f.u2

 

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

WARMUP : Run 600m then

5 Rounds
1 Wall Climb
2 Pistols (each leg), scale as needed
3 Burpee + Jumping pull-ups

then Run 200m

 

 

1. Max Reps for each movement, non stop clock
5 Minute Row (Calories)
4 Minute Situps
3 Minutes Double Unders (singles)
2 Minutes Push-Ups
1 Minutes Burpees

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Clean Complex, E90S for 8-10 sets*

 

– 2 Deadlift + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Hang Squat Clean, rest at least 20 seconds, + Power Clean

*8-10 sets go with what you got physically…8 is ideal but 9 and 10 is if you fail and need rest.

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
5 Power Snatch 135/95
10 Pistols (alternating)
35 Double Unders

 

 

S : 75/55, 10 Jumping Squats, 70 Singles

L1 : 95/65, Scaled Pistols, 70 Singles or 20 DUs

 

Rx+ : 145/100, must be UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+
– Rx+ only if you can relatively quickly. Even if scaling your intent should be UB.

 

2a: 3×5 Turkish Getups w/KB – very heavy, rest :60
2b: 3×5 Barbell Good Morning – very heavy, rest :60

3 : 5×3 Standing Split Squat, each leg, barbell on back
– bar on back, take a lunge step with knee to floor, keep feet planted and stand up. Go from there, 3 reps knee to floor and stand back up.

 

– this is to  be with weight but to initiate into the movement. These can cripple you if not used to them and will be in the programming cycle starting now so time to get used to it. Go easy if you are new to them.

Aug
22
By CFlando

Split That Split

Split That Split

By CFlando Posted on

_DSC9821-42

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Static Hold Party : 45s at each movement, 15s transition, 4 total rounds
– Forearm Plank, alternating 3″ leg lift (fast, point toe)
– Hollow Hold
– Wall Sit

 

2. 10m AMRAP
5 Box Jumps/Step Ups 24/20
10 Clapping Push-ups
Run 200m

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Split Jerk
2-2-2-2-2-2

 

– Hold first rep catch for 3 seconds, 2nd rep regular

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 300m
5 Squat Clean and Jerk 185/125
Run 300m
4 Squat Clean and 2 Jerk
Run 300m
3 Power Clean and 3 Jerk
Run 300m
2 Power Clean and 4 Jerk
Run 300m
1 Power Clean and 5 Jerk 

 

S: 95/65
L1 : 135/95

Rx+ : 225/155

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. EMOM 20m
O: 1 Heavy Front Squat
E: 5 Seated Box Jumps 30/20 from parallel, 5 Strict HSPU

 

3. Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

– ME Bar MU between sets

 

 

4. 50 Burpee wearing weight vest 20/15#

Aug
21
By CFlando

Thank You!!

Thank You!!

By CFlando Posted on

IMG_0356

 

 

 

Thank you to those of you who came to support the community and the Holt Family of Charlestown who lost their home in a fire just 1 month ago. Hell it might not have been the biggest turnout but I appreciate the ones that came and represented the Lando name and made some new friends from Avalon in the process.

 

Thank you to the Avalon CrossFit community of members and especially coach Jackson for hosting, Jackson especially for preparing the entire facility.

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Party
3m for each movement couplet
-Russian Twists with Medball/Lemon Squeezers, switch every 10 reps
-Sotts Press with MB/Plank Pushups, switch every 10 reps
-Supermans/Hollow Rocks, switch every 10 reps

 

2. Run 800m then
4 Rounds of
15 Wall Ball heaviest ball at least 8′ target or highest able
10 Ring Rows
5 Ring Dips
1 Wall Climb

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

– Start normal tempo wise, hold below parallel for 3 seconds, then stand as aggressively as possible all the way to standing. Hold the top for 8 seconds before next decent into squat.

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9

Front Squat 115/75
Toes to Bar
Double Unders (x3)

 

S: 75/55, situps sub for TTB, single unders (x5)
L1 : 95/65, Knee to Chest, Double Unders x2 or Single Unders

 

Rx+: UB Front Squats, Double Unders – 10 reps every stop until end

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Build to heavy farmers carry (handles) in 5-6 tries, make all within 12 minutes

 

3. Snatch Work
a: 3×3 Snatch Balance (medium)
b: 3×2 Hang Power Snatch + OHS (medium-heavy)
c: 4×4 Double KB OHS, heaviest able

 

4. Banded GHD Hip Extension, 50 slow, perfect reps

Aug
20
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando Closed for Fundraiser at Avalon in Charlestown

CrossFit Lando Closed for Fundraiser at Avalon in Charlestown

By CFlando Posted on

Hands Raised Together. Castellers, Catalunya (Spain)

 

 

 

Come to Avalon CrossFit at 545 Medford Street in Charlestown at 8:30am, 9:15 warmup, 9:30 first heat. There will be 3 heats, more if needed. for the Hero WOD “DT”. Come in and support a family in need!!

 

Read my post here to learn about the fundraiser and the Holt family. 

Aug
19
By CFlando

Both Gyms Closed Sunday, Fundraiser at Avalon in Charlestown. SIGN UP!!!

Both Gyms Closed Sunday, Fundraiser at Avalon in Charlestown. SIGN UP!!!

By CFlando Posted on

Hands Raised Together. Castellers, Catalunya (Spain)

 

 

 

Days like this coming Sunday are what make CrossFit more than “just a workout”. Yeah it is a workout, and if you tighten the scope to the hour you are in a class and what it is, it’s “just a workout”. A workout, however, doesn’t build what CrossFit is, it doesn’t make people come together like CrossFit Lando and Canal Park do consistently time and time again. People in need, people like you all respond.

 

There are people in need who lost their house from a terrible fire last month. Come support them with your presence, your cash moneys, and your hard work in the Hero WOD “DT”.

 

Come watch, come cheer, come workout (signup here for spot in a heat PLEASE), come help these people get past the worst there is by showing them the best community there is : CrossFit

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 800m
60 Push-ups
30 Burpees
60 Pistols (alternating)
30 Wall Ball 20/14
100 second straight arm plank hold

 

S/L1 : 40/20 reps, 9′ wall ball target

 

Rx+: 24/20 WB, 100′ HS Walk for plank

 

 

The Program : Competitors meeting for new season Saturday, September 3

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. Run 800m then 60 Burpee Box Jump 24/20, wear weight vest throughout
– Every 10 reps perform 10 reps with object and movement listed. Each listed object use 1x

 

– DB OHS 5 each arm, 100/75
– Axle clean 155/105
– DB Snatch, 10 each arm, 100/75
– 10 deficit (10″) or paralette HSPU
– Stone to Shoulder, heaviest
– Keg Squat (@ shoulder) 5 each side

 

 

Aug
18
By CFlando

“Tommy V”

“Tommy V”

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

We got a great Hero WOD on Sunday with the Charlestown Fire Victims fundraiser at Avalon CrossFit co-hosted by CrossFit Lando. Come show your support and get a great workout in. Woburn and CP will be closed so why not? See here for more info and sign up for heats (mandatory). Doors at Avalon open @ 8:30am Sunday.

 

Why not throw another one in for Friday? This is a 3rd time for ol’ Tommy, 2nd time we have done “Ryan”, though I think 1st at CP. Be sure to check back with the dates (in WODify) to measure against previous attempts to compare your progress!

 

Be sure to scale appropriately for either WOD! Refer back to my post on Monday. Yes, it’s a Hero and we want you to grind more than usual. However you still want a realistic approach to finishing at a goal that allowed you to keep intensity throughout rather than a slog last half. Many scaling suggestions below.

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Burpee “Annie”
25-20-15-10-5
Burpees
50-40-30-20-10
Double Unders

 

– 15m Time Cap

 

 

2. 100 Hollow Rocks or 10 minutes

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Snatch

– Find a 1 rep max snatch (any)

 

 

Woburn WOD : “Tommy V”

 

21-15-9
Thrusters 115/75
12-9-6
Rope Climbs, 15′

 

 

Canal Park WOD : “Ryan”
5 Rounds
21 Burpees
7 Muscle Ups (Sub 8 Bar MU for Rx)

 

 

“Tommy V” Scaling:

S : 75/55 Thrusters, Strict Pull-Ups for Rope Climbs
L1 : 95/65,  7-5-3 Rope Climbs OR 21-15-9 Strict PU

 

Rx + : Legless RC, 10′

 

 

“Ryan” Scaling

 

S : 4 Rounds, 21 Jumping Pull-ups per round, 10 Burpees per round

L1 : 21 Pull-Ups, 15 Push-ups per round, regular burpees

 

No Rx+

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5×5 Snatch DL @ 100% Max Snatch
– 3 up 3 down tempo…this should hurt…badly

 

3. EMOM 20m
O: Heavy Ass Yoke Carry
E : 30s High Bar Hold Rotation (10s standing, 10s in squat, 10s standing)…play with weight

 

 

Aug
17
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

_DSC7726-44

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. EMOM 16m
O: 10 Lunges holding KB @ chest, heaviest able (5/5)
E : 8 Situp + Press, MB @ Chest, heaviest able

 

– find a rep range that works to maintain

 

rest exactly 4 minutes then…

 

2. 1 Round AFAP
Run 400m
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Box jumps 24/20
– Step Ups alt. lead leg

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 400m
30 Box Jump 24/20
20 Wall Ball 20/14

 

 

The Program : Rest

Aug
16
By CFlando

Remember : Fundraiser at Avalon CrossFit this Sunday. Come All!

Remember : Fundraiser at Avalon CrossFit this Sunday. Come All!

By CFlando Posted on

Please come out to Avalon in Charlestown to support a family in need. They are locals of the hood and also part of the CrossFit community in Boston. They need our help. Read my original post here and make sure you sign up for a heat time if you want to do the workout (Hero WOD “DT”). Not necessary to come watch or donate, but always more fun when you get in on the action!!!

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY : Strength and Capacity Testing

 

 

BootCamp

 

1. Capacity: 10 Rounds, each round 2:00

10 Box Jumps/Step Ups 24/20
10 KB Swings 53/35

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift

 – Find a 1 rep max Deadlift in 15-20 minutes

 

 

WOD : 10 Rounds, 2:00 each round

 

– This should be done with plenty of time left until next round. If you are within 20s of end of round before your 5th round scale yourself down. You should not be scaling KB up unless you can do them UB for entire 10 rounds.

 

10 Kettlebell Swings 53/35
10 Box Jumps 24/20

 

– Score is average of 2 fastest and 2 slowest rounds (1f + 2f + 1s + 2s) / 4

 

S : Step ups, 35/26
L1 : 35/26

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+, wear vest if able

 

2. EMOM 15m : 1 Squat Clean + 1 Power Clean + Jerk

 

3. Front Squat : 2-2-2-2-2…. go until you can’t stand up

Aug
15
By CFlando

Open for Biz!

Open for Biz!

By CFlando Posted on

_DSC7820-272

 

 

 

We apologize about Monday night at Woburn. A water line broke in Woburn that caused the building to lose water until 6:00pm, then the water coming out was brown. All around not good. Thank you for understanding the situation and that we had no control of the situation.

 

Good news is…WE ARE OPEN TUESDAY MORNING. Regular schedule, all good ready to roll.

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk

– E90s for 12 sets, 2 reps

 

*Work to heavy as able but work more on technique especially rebounding heavy weight.

 

 

WOD : 20 Clean and Jerk 105/75
then 7 Rounds
5 Strict HSPU
8 Toes to Bar

 

S : 65/45, 5 Ring Dips, 8 Situps
L1 : 75/55, Scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: 3″ Deficit HSPU, UB TTB

 

 

 


15
By CFlando

CLOSED TEMPORARILY MONDAY EVENING

CLOSED TEMPORARILY MONDAY EVENING

By CFlando Posted on

Due to a water emergency out of our control (issue with building or part of it) we are closed until further notice due to safety (heat with lack of water) and sanitary (no running toilets) reasons. If water is restored properly we will re-open immediately. Check back here, Facebook, and email for update.

 

We sincerely apologize. This happened an hour ago (3:30pm) and without warning or control on our end. We will figure it out and get back running ASAP (no pun intended).

 

Thanks!

-Aaron

Aug
14
By CFlando

More Spins on Scaling

More Spins on Scaling

By CFlando Posted on

 

_DSC9837-59

 

 

“Yeah but I scaled it.”.

 

Hate hearing this. Also can’t say I don’t understand where it comes from. Inherently we want to do something we are tasked to complete the best way possible. Scaling, or altering a WOD in some way for our level of readiness, means the work we are given has a better way of being done. By making changes we aren’t even starting with a  chance to perform it at the highest level possible. So I get it, I know it, I feel the visceral reaction to push back on the idea of scaling.

 

Now toss that way of thinking out the door and accept that scaling is just going at a workout a different way. That is all it is. Who says that the posted way of doing the WOD is the only way to do it? All the Rx version is is your guide, your road map, to spending that period of time getting yourself more fit. More fit = better, and we are constantly striving to be better.

 

We all do a good job of understanding scaling for weight, box height, even reps. I want you all to step back and think of other ways you can scale to keep your intensity sky high. Think intensity = fast as f**k. There are two parts to moving fast in the structure of a WOD. The physical make up of the workout, the weights, movements themselves, reps. Then there’s the mental part. This latter part is what I want us to work on starting this week.

 

Simple way to start is make the workout always have an end goal for you to work towards. We know we tend to work harder, especially towards the end, if we have a definitive end goal. It’s why we try to give you round goals or time goals to shoot for so you aren’t just coasting through a difficult AMRAP. When there is a lot of work to be done, listen to your coach and take a reasonable account of what is in front of you and it’s relation to your ability. Sometimes scaling can be cutting reps at the end, or capping a movement at a certain time, so you aren’t working just to the time cap but to a definitive end. Then you have the chance to work fast as f**k throughout the entire workout.

 

Not to be cheesy, but accepting that scaling a workout is better for your fitness gains is a hell of a lot tougher than blindly Rx-ing things and looking like a fool doing 1 round of a 12 minute workout. Ask your coaches for suggestions if we don’t give them already, and always set a plan towards how you can adjust the workout to allow intensity at it’s best.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 3 Rounds through, moving through the list as written, :45 work and :15 transition
– Situps
– Goblet Squat heaviest KB able, work on perfect form
– KB Swings (oh)

 

2. Conditioning : 3 Rounds
15 Box Jumps/step ups 24/20
10 Sumo DL High Pull w KB 53/35
5 Wall Climbs

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
3-3-3-2-2-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
3 Overhead Squat 135/95
6 Power Snatch
9 Bar Facing Burpees

 

S: 75/55 or whatever needed to allow for working on depth 
L1 : 95/65

Rx+: 165/115

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : 3-3-1-1-1-1, work quickly for 1 RM
then 1-1-1-1-1 heaviest able with 5s pause

– 10 minutes each part equal focus. Work quickly to get this done

 

 

2. WOD Rx+

 

 

3a: 4×3 Snatch Deadlift, at least 115% max snatch, rest :60 – see below
3b: 4xME KB Thruster 70/53 each hand, rest :60

 

 

– On Snatch DL…it is a Snatch in positioning throughout and a Deadlift in movement throughout. What does that mean? It means setup just like a snatch and move the same way…push through center of foot while pushing knees back, staying over the bar and posterior tight, keeping shoulders over bar throughout lift including beyond knees. When finally extending it is NOT explosive…its a deadlift. 

 

4. 5m AMRAP
12 UB TTB, if cannot perform UB then find a set number you can maintain UB even if just 2 reps.

Aug
13
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : Row 500m
then 3 Rounds
5 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20
10 Ring Dips
15 Thrusters 115/75
then Row 500m

 

 

S : Burpee Step Ups, 75/65
L1: 95/65

Aug
12
By CFlando

Get Your Saturday Off Right

Get Your Saturday Off Right

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Reminder: Save The Date August 21, 2016
Joint fundraiser with Avalon CrossFit in Charlestown, MA

 

Info about the fundraiser and MANDATORY HEAT SIGN-UP found here.

 

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3, hold 2 second pause for each rep

 

 

WOD : For Time
20 Overhead Squat 95/65
100 Double Unders
20 Overhead Squat
100 Double Unders
20 Overhead Squat

 

Scale Double Unders to 150 Singles and OHS to weight you can manage

 

The Program

 

1. 7m AMRAP
3 Squat Clean and Jerk 225/155
4 Muscle Ups
5 Triple Unders

 

2. Strength and WOD

 

3. Push and Pull
10 Rounds
Push Sled @ BW load
Drag Sled walking Backwards @ 50% BW load

Aug
11
By CFlando

Grinding

Grinding

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

So Mr. Facebook wouldn’t let me post an abbreviated version of this because of apparent violation of copyrights. Gaga jamming in the background will alert all the authorities on most occasions. Oh well. I wanted to make a longer post anyways.

 

I talk with my competitive athletes about this all the time, but it applies to everyone and…all the time.

 

Strength related to fitness is the measure of our overall quality and/or capacity to exert force or endurance. Strength is something we build over time. It is measurable and relatable over multiple domains. In my opinion which has been developed over time through collecting quantitative and qualitative data, strength is the hardest of the core parts of our fitness to develop AND maintain. Simple reason being time and toll, the time it takes to build and the toll that takes on us physically. You can only lift heavy things so many times before we need our beauty sleep.

 

The positive side of strength is it is absolute. When you are strong you are always strong. You might feel more or less strong day in day out due to various circumstances, making strength easier or harder to apply in our training. I guarantee you, however, that your strength is there more consistently than any other part of your fitness. You don’t just wake up tired one day and suddenly are 20# weaker in your squat. Might feel that way, it might appear that way in your performance, but the strength is there just the same as it was the day before. You just need to find it. Finding it is what I call the GRIND.

 

The GRIND starts with belief, ends with performance, and must me trained like every other part of our training. It’s about proving to you and you only that you can and will find your strength. Remember, it is absolute. It is there. Think of a lift like the Clean. How many of you have had a weight you couldn’t hit for months, only to hit it one day out of nowhere. What happens next? You hit it 3 more times that day and every day we Clean for 3 weeks. Then, out of nowhere, you have a shitty day, miss that weight, then can’t hit it for weeks. You muscle up seekers know what I am talking about here, always chasing the disappearing/reappearing muscle up. With that Clean or the Muscle Up, you didn’t suddenly become weaker so you couldn’t lift it. Your ability to hit it consistently came from that amazing first time you did. Your inability to hit it later on came from that one day that created a perception of lost ability.

 

There is no magic supplement, no secret drill. Trust me you Muscle Up seekers, the best thing you can do to get consistent is get on the rings every day and just try. The corny saying “you miss 100% of lifts you don’t try”. It’s true as hell. Let’s take a look at a live example. Our own Stacey Kroon showing GRIND in full force here going after 305# in near blackout state.

 

 

 

 

Stacey hasn’t squatted much the last month or so, instead doing some out of the box strength building simply to break the monotony of mid summer training. This was the first attempt at singles in a long time, and her first attempt at her nemesis weight of 300# or higher, something WE chased for years.

 

Why is this lift so important? From this point forward she knows she can lift the weight no matter what the conditions. Not squatting for months? NBD. Tired from 4 days in a row of AM coaching shifts? NBD. Lifting alone? NBD. She literally grinded through the lift physically while grinding the belief in her ability into her head. This is why I call it the GRIND. Literally grinding the belief into our brain, the ability in your our muscle fibers. The strength is there, regardless of the situation, she just has to find it. You can only find it if you try it.

 

I bet none of you thought I would bring back the whole commitment to something and trust the process exercises, but here we are. The Grind is tied closely with trusting the process. If you lift 300# in a deadlift for 5 reps, you know you can lift it for 1 rep. You have to trust that fact, trust that simply attempting the lift will bring success. Our process is just a mix of 5 and 1 rep attempts, none that make any sense to you most likely, but always end with an output you control. Your quests in life are no different. We all come to many points in life where serious decisions have to be made. If we have laid the foundation (strength) and believe in what our path to our goal is (process), it’s all we can do to get there. The rest lies in our effort, our ability to stay on the problem long enough to solve it, and just keep grinding day in and day out. If you aren’t successful, keep Grinding. If you still aren’t successful, use call Clipse, they know how to Grind.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 20m AMRAP
10 Jumping Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
10 Air Squats
Run 300m

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Power Snatch

 

Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : For Time
75 Pull-Ups
40 Deadlift 185/135
– Then
30 Back Squat 185/135

 

S : Jumping Pull-Ups, 115/75, Front Squat

L1 : Scaled PU, 155/105

 

Rx+: 205/150

 

 

– Pull-ups/Deadlift can be broken any way desired, meaning they DONT have to be done in order with completion. You MUST START with Pull-ups, but then can break and switch movements any way desired. THEN once all reps of couplet are done will you move onto Back Squat.

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Perform 50 Pistols AFAP, note time

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
8×1, each rep @ 8/10 intensity

 

– intensity rating IS NOT percentage based. This is a “feel for the day” ranking for your intensity trying to achieve. This means an 8/10 for the same movement will change day to day based on how you feel.

 

4. 7m AMRAP
3 Wall Climbs + 1 HSPU after last rep
4 Hang Power Snatch 135/95 (UB)
5 Burpee + Bar MU

Aug
10
By CFlando

August 21 Fundraiser at Avalon CrossFit in Charlestown

August 21 Fundraiser at Avalon CrossFit in Charlestown

By CFlando Posted on

_DSC0096-145

 

 

Some of you might remember hearing about a devastating fire in Charlestown a few weeks ago. What was just another day in late July became a devastating loss for the Holt family at 284-286 Bunker Hill Street in Charlestown as they lost their home in a 6 alarm fire. Thankfully nobody was hurt but the affects of this loss will be felt by them for who knows how long.

 

To most of you this is just another example of news we hear that shocks us quickly then is out of our minds forever. However, things like this always affect the directly involved people forever, so why not see it as a chance for the CrossFit community to help? Here is where we come in with some help from our neighbors at Avalon CrossFit in Charlestown. They have a big, beautiful space and are opening it up for us to co-host a fundraiser with them on Sunday, August 21 to help the Holt family. Avalon is less than 5 minutes away from CP and a beautiful facility run by great people. It’s a great opportunity to workout, meet some new CFers from another box, and help out people in need. Workout is free but cash donation (no checks) at door is very much recommended, as in don’t show up without something!

 

The workout will be “DT”, a hero workout that is very scalable for all levels. There will be 3 heats of 18 starting at 9:30am. You are required to sign up for a heat ahead of time and please do so here. This will be run just like Open events and other things we have done at Lando. Stacey and I will even be leading the charge in terms of running a warmup and the workout heats, as will their coach Jackson, so come on over and throw down. Woburn will be closed that day so we can support the fundraiser.

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

It isn’t that I am so smart, it’s that I stay on problems longer – Albert Einstein

 

I have loved this quote for a long time. So short and subtle and saying so much.

 

With the Olympics going on there is a lot of chatter about the amazing athletes. Often times they are talked about as “freak athletes” with “given talent”. Let’s be real, to be that good at those sports there is certainly a lot of Mom and Dad given genetic assistance to becoming that great. However, the hard work is what makes that genetic potential develop into greatness. I truly believe the truly great in anything in life are the ones who just stay on the problem longer, who really put in the work when others go home.

 

Think back to high school. How often did you fail at some part of a class because it really, honestly was too hard for you to understand? I know this is a generalization, but for the most part they have levels and placement so we were in the right place based on our ability. I think if thought about honestly most of us can admit that it wasn’t so much that we weren’t smart enough to ace Geometry but rather we didn’t spend the time in the book needed to truly grasp the work.

 

Life works the same way, just with a lot more books than just Geometry.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

– Still take this as an off day if you usually do even with the new cycle starting mid week. Friday is our next benchmark.

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. EMOM 5m
1 Suicide Sprint
1 Bear Complex 75/55
1 Wall Climb

 

rest 1m

 

EMOM 5m
2 Pistols (each leg)
2 KB swing 53/35
2 Burpees

rest 1m

 

EMOM 5m
3 Pull-ups
3 Ring Dips
3 Wall Ball (2 for 1 for Rx+)

 

rest 1m

 

Run 400m AFAP

 

 

2. Find a max Push Press for 2 reps in 10 minutes, must make at least 6 attempts at working weight

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Bench Press
8-8-4-4-2-2

 

– All working sets

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 1000m
30 Handstand Push-ups
Row 1000m

 

 

The Program : Off

Aug
9
By CFlando

2016-2017 Season Starts NOW!!

2016-2017 Season Starts NOW!!

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

stock-photo-yellow-diamond-start-here-with-up-arrow-sign-isolated-on-a-white-background-81454477

 

 

I have said it before and will say it many times again, one of the great things about CrossFit as a training program is it’s inclusiveness. In our community every person regardless of skill level goes through the same coaching, the same programming, the same direction. We are all in this together. If the program is designed properly, which I humbly think it is, then you can all individualize your goals to this all inclusive program.

 

CrossFit at it’s core is a fitness program. It is a way for getting fit. Since it’s inception and booming popularity the “Sport of CrossFit” has evolved making the overall existence of this inclusiveness tough to find. The intensity, especially at the upper level, competitor training realm, is so high that a lot of people are put off or down right scared. This leads to a segregation that many communities these days have and it’s unfortunate. This does not happen in our community!

 

Many of you are probably wondering why I am talking about sport and competitive CrossFit when all you care about is making it through your hour long class without embarrassing yourself or dying. The reason I bring it up as always when our programming hits a definitive point is to show how we are all on the same path. You probably notice parts in the programming each day under The Program which is our competitor training. You see that this is always in line with the daily work with some additional skill, strength, or other work. With a few Regionals athletes in our mix you likely will find yourself training with one of them in a class often. Learn from their methods, and maybe show them a thing or two. I think it’s integral to our community and each person’s fitness development to train together with a wide range of skill levels among them. We learn most from modeling after one another.

 

Why this is the beginning of the new phase of programming is it coincides with the actual season of the sport. The CrossFit Games just ended so I work our training season around that time period. Our first cycle of weeks, which is called a mesocycle with each week being what we call a microcycle, will be a small shift to heavier majority programming. Then the mesocycles of the fall will be heavier but noticed more so for the competitor program as they perform more volume each day. This is important for everyone since building a base of strength kick starts our metabolism, something we all can use coming out of the summer, and sets a good base to build off of for our ever improving fitness.

 

It’s a while down the road so not needed to focus on, but after our strength biased phase we go to a portion of training where we apply that strength to more speed and skill focused work. Again, this is noticed more at the competitive level because of their volume and goal demands, but everyone taking classes gets the benefit of our very specific, directed programming. The work you perform each day is something I take great pride in and put a lot of time into. You trust me, trust us with your fitness so I demand we give you the best in programming, coaching, and facilities to do it in.

 

Last and very important is don’t worry about any of this! Keep enjoying what you do at the box each day. If you miss parts, days or even weeks/months, the great thing about my program is you can jump in any time and not miss a beat. This is an evolving, double back program, meaning we are always building on what we have created in ourselves but cycle through the main lifts on a routine so always come back to our base, weekly and monthly.

 

Whether a beginner or a competitor, focus on getting back in here and getting your lifts and benchmarks in the next few weeks. Competitors it’s time to get ready for the fall!

 

2016-2017 starts….NOW!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength.com is where you need to go to order your supplements. Use the CFL portal, linked here but also in the MEMBERS tab at the top of the page to get 10% off all products.

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Low Bar Back Squat
– Find a max Low Bar (1 rep) in 15 minutes

 

2. Conditioning
Row 750m
Run 600m
100 Double Unders/Single Unders

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
– Find a 1 rep max, warmup with : 5, 5 @ 60 and 65% 1rm, 4 @ 70%, 3 @ 75%, 2 @ 80%, 2 @ 85%, then 1s increasing.

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Squat Clean 135/95
Run 300m
5 Squat Snatch 155/105

 

S : 75/55, Power Snatch + OHS
L1 : 115/75

 

Rx+: 165/115

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a : Romanian DL 5×3, heaviest able, rest :60
2b: Strict TTB, 5×10, heaviest able, rest :60

 

3. 5m AMRAP (wear weight vest)
5 Pistols (each leg) 
5 Box jumps 24/20
20 Mountain Climbers (10 each leg)

 

 

 

Aug
8
By CFlando

And a Tuesday

And a Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

TUESDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

 

1. For Time
50 Russian Twists 35/26
50 Russian Swings 35/26
50 Single Arm Thrusters, 25/25
50 Situps

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Push Jerk
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : 11m AMRAP
35 Thrusters 95/65
35 Hang Clean

 

S : 65/45
L1 : 75/55

 

Rx+ : 5 Lateral Burpee Over Bar every drop

 

 

The Program  : No extra work

Aug
7
By CFlando

Ahhh….Monday

Ahhh….Monday

By CFlando Posted on

MONDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 2 Rounds
75% Intensity:
Run 400m
10 Squats
10 Push-ups
10 Situps
10 Pull-Ups

rest 1:00

 

Round 2 @ 100%

 

 

2. 5 Rounds
5 Bench Press
5 Power Clean 
5 Burpees

 

Pick weights you can move relatively well but difficult unbroken.

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat

3-3-3-3-3

 

– Work relatively light focused on Wednesday 1 rep max Low Bar test

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 400m
40 Squats
30 Burpees
20 Situps
30 CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

L1 : Scaled/Jumping Pull-Ups

 

Rx+: Muscle Ups (10) for CTB

 

 

The Porgram

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m : 3 Squat Clean

 

3a: 5×3 Good Morning, rest :60
3b: 5×15 GHD Situps, rest :60

 

– get ready for testing start Wednesday

Aug
6
By CFlando

Closed, See You Monday

Closed, See You Monday

By CFlando Posted on

CROSSFIT LANDO IS CLOSED FOR SUNDAY, AUGUST 7TH

 

WE WILL BE OPEN AGAIN ON MONDAY, BOTH LOCATIONS


6
By CFlando

SATURDAY

SATURDAY

By CFlando Posted on

CROSSFIT LANDO IS CLOSED BOTH LOCATIONS ON

 

 

SUNDAY, AUGUST 7

 

THANK YOU!

 

 

SATURDAY

 

 

STRENGTH: Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
25 Thruster 75/55
25 Power Snatch 75/55

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 5 Rounds
5 Stone to Shoulder heaviest able
5 Bench Press, heaviest able UB

 

3. 5 Rounds
3 MU + ME Top of dip hold + ME MU

– rest 2:00 between efforts

Aug
4
By CFlando

“Nutts”

“Nutts”

By CFlando Posted on

LtAndrewNuttall

 

 

Hero WOD time. Time to get in, put the work in for a fallen soldier who gave the ultimate sacrifice. Sore, tired, too early, too late, hungry, whatever, nothing is a reasonable excuse here. Get in, do the work. This one is special.

 

Lieutenant Andrew Richard Nuttall, 30, from the 1st Battalion Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry (1 PPCLI), based in Edmonton, Alberta, serving as a member of the 1 PPCLI Battle Group was killed by an improvised explosive device that detonated during a joint foot patrol near the village of Nakhonay in Panjwaii District, about 25 km southwest of Kandahar City on December 23, 2009. He is survived by his parents, Richard and Ethel Jane Nuttall.

 

 

 

HERO FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

 

1. “Nutts”, BootCamp Style

10 Push-ups
15 KB Deadlift 70/53
25 Jumping Squats
50 Jumping Pull-Ups
75 Wall Ball 14/10
100 Singles
Run 200m holding 45/35 plate

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

HERO WOD: “Nutts” : 30 Minute Time Cap

 

– Your goal should be to finish this workout, NOT to do it RX or close to it. Its a lot of work and skills. Be Smart!

 

10 Handstand Push-ups
15 Deadlift 250/185
25 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
50 Pull-Ups
100 Wall Ball 20/14
200 Double Unders
Run 400m carrying plate 45/35

 

Scale appropriately. Your coaches will go through and teach each movement and go over scales.

 

 

The Program

 

1. “Nutts”

 

2. 20 Minute Running Clock
Min 1-10 : 2 Split jerk EOM
11-20 : 1 FS HSPU + 50′ HS Walk + 1 FSHSPU EOM
– can be used as skill session for FS HSPU or HS Walk

 

3. 21-15-9
GHD Situps w Medball 20/14
GHD Hip Extensions MB behind head
Sotts Press 45/35
Walking RDL (alternating) 70/53 KB each hand

Aug
3
By CFlando

Spongebob Squarepants

Spongebob Squarepants

By CFlando Posted on
hqdefault

Demonstrating Excellent Extension on the Clean

 

 

Reminder : The new training season starts Monday of next week. This means fun and exciting times. Retesting max lifts, some benchmark WODs, and finishing your quest to setting new fitness and health goals for the rest of 2016. This is for ALL members not just “athletes” looking to compete. Remember FOCUS.

 

For you serious athletes out there, the competitor program will start with a ramp up period for August. This means if you have been “taking it easy” but are serious about your standing as an athlete, individual and/or team for CFL in 2017, it’s time to get back to serious shape. Use the next month to get yourself mentally and physically prepared for serious commitment. For you CFL veterans this is going to be 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. “Christine” : 3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 Deadlift @ BW or proper scale
21 Box Jumps 24/20, proper scale

 

2. Core Finisher
3 attempts at max L – Sit Hang (accumulated) during 1 min round, rest 1 min after each

 

 

CrossFit

 

Core Warmup : 3 Rounds, 2:00 work / 1:00 rest 

20 Toes to Bar or scale for largest UB attempts
Forearm Plank Hold remainder of 2:00

-Score is max accumulated forearm plank after TTB 

 

 

WOD 1 : 6m AMRAP
10 Box Jumps 24/20
10 Hang Clean 95/65
10 Shoulder to OH

 

L1 : 75/55

 

Rx+: Barbell UB

 

 

Rest 4 minutes

 

WOD 2: 6m AMRAP
Row 600m
8 Wall Climbs
AMRAP Overhead Squat 135/95 with remainder of time

 

– score is total OHS

 

 

 

The Program : Off Day

Aug
2
By CFlando

FOCUS

FOCUS

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

This is it. This is the year. This is the week. This is the day.

 

I’m making Regionals. I’m going strict Paleo 5 straight days. I’m starting my diet.

 

It’s so easy to make our goals especially when we are riding a high post WOD or a few beers deep with friends on a Friday night.

 

Then we wake up.

 

I won’t even ask for the imaginary show of hands for how many have done this and how many times. I am an extremist so I know that my 500 times this year alone is about 5x more than everyone else, so that still leaves for 100x out of all of you. Let’s face it, during these high times we are a combination of Superman/Wonderwoman for the overall superpowers, the Hulk for ability to instantly channel rage into heroic strength, Leonidis from Sparta for overall badassery and leadership skills despite odds of certain death being crystal clear. Waking up in 6 hours to meal prep before work, hit that 3 mile run loop you mapped out 8 months ago but haven’t quite gotten around to running it yet, skipping the DD breakfast sandwich and doing the egg white omelette you swore was going down every Monday since you started your current job 18 months ago, all of these things are so easy you basically already did them when your head hits the pillow the night before.

 

And then we wake up.

 

I’ll be honest I don’t have the secret as to how getting up out of bed once you wake up happens, but I have a trick or two. Our man Shimps says it best : Make it easy!! It’s beating a dead horse I know but the biggest problem with our goal setting is we make it way too hard way too soon. If we are being 100% real here then let’s all accept that simply getting out of bed should be a goal itself every single morning. Small, bite size accomplishments are the rule of thumb for the first 45 minutes after wake up. Make them manageable in this way and just see how accomplished you feel by the time your AM pick me up hits.

 

We are beings driven by rewards. Few of us can just put our head down and charge ahead with no end in sight and no positive reinforcement coming. It’s why we all found our way here is it not? There’s no shame in it either. Life ain’t easy, so make it easy when we can.

 

Now this isn’t a call for pussification and acceptance of soft. This is an honest attempt at making the 3 mile run happen because it feels so much more realistic when you have already knocked 5 things off your morning to-do list. Who cares that they are 1) get out of bed 2) make bed 3) brush teeth 4) have 1-3 done within 10 minutes of alarm going off 5) no work related activity for at least 20 minutes after #1.

 

Remember this. When it comes to our commitments we are all making for the next few months, it doesn’t matter how we get them done, just that we get them done. It makes that look back at the process all the more positive when you are standing on the podium and not with the crowd of runner-ups.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. General Warmup with Coach

 

2. 4 Rounds, each movement performed for 45s with 15s transition to next movement

Hang Power Snach 55/35
Lateral Bar Hop (Full Squat Jump for Scaling Up)
Push-Ups
Sit-Ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Clean Complex
EMOM 12m : 1 Power Clean + 1 Front Squat + 1 Power Clean
– Clean to FS must be fully stood up clean before squat

 

 

WOD : 9 Rounds
14 Double Unders
12 Wall Ball 20/14
10 KB Swings 53/35

 

 

S : 28 Singles, 9′ WB, 35/26
L1 : Count attempts for DU, Scale weight not height for WB

Rx+: 70/53 KB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Barbell Conditioning : Overhead Squats
Perform 4 reps for 4 sets, working E30s style. After the 4 sets, rest for 90s, then repeat. 4 Total rounds, weight as able. Try and increase after each 4 set block.

 

3. 7m AMRAP
2 Snatch High Pull 70-80% Snatch
2 Hang (below knee) Power Snatch
12 GHD Situps

 

Immediately after 7m perform 30 weight pistols, heaviest able constantly moving.

 

 

4. Run for 15 minutes constant pace

 

Aug
1
By CFlando

What Now? FOCUS

What Now? FOCUS

By CFlando Posted on

Follow

One

Course

Until

Satisfied

 

 

I asked everyone to focus on something to be your commitment for the next few weeks. The biggest problem with goals and things like that is people make them way too difficult. Not just in terms of hard to achieve but in terms of singularity and focus. So I decided to whip out my favorite goal making acronym : FOCUS.

 

The hardest thing about this whole process is in about a week or two, maybe 3. After all the check ins and excitement are over, suddenly you have to wake up with just yourself. And your goal. Then what? How do you make sure you keep crushing towards it? You are the only one to make sure it happens.

 

So think about FOCUS.

 

As promised for last night, tomorrow night we have a long blog about such coming. Be ready…

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Run 200m, rest 1:1, 4x

 

rest as needed

 

2. For Time
20 Front Squat 75/55
20 Bar Facing burpees
20 Thrusters 75/55
20 Bar Facing Burpees
20 Squat Clean
Run 200m

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
20 Muscle Ups
then AMRAP
5 Thruster 155/105
Run 200m

 

 

S: 60 Jumping Pull-ups for MU, 75/55
L1 : 50 Pull-Ups

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 50 Back Squat 95% arm
– E90s perform 2 stone to shoulder, heavy

Jul
31
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

flat,800x800,070,f.u2

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength  :  Low Bar Back Squat
6×1+2, 1 with 5 sec pause

 

 

WOD : For Time
55 CTB Pull-ups
35 Front Squat 115/75
25 SDLHP

 

– Break work any way desired, any time

 

 

 

S: Regular Pull-ups, 75/55
L1 : 95/65

Rx+ : 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 20m
O: Yoke Carry, 50′, max no drop
E: 3-6 Weighted Pistols

 

3. Deadlift, sumo position
3-3-3-3-3

Jul
29
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Be sure to check back Sunday night for thoughts on our next step in making our commitments for the new training period. If you are behind the 8 – ball on this, it’s time to make a commitment to something you want out of your health and wellness. Next we see how we do this through peaks and valleys.

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : Partner WOD
100 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Wall Climbs
Run 800m, 200m increments
8 Wall Climbs
60 Wall Ball 20/14
6 Wall Climbs
40 MB Squat Clean
4 Wall Climbs
20 OH Lunge

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 20m EMOM
O: sled push, max weight to push for 30s
E: ME HSPU, 2 strict + 2 kip, max deficit able

 

3. 100 GHD situps AFAP

Jul
28
By CFlando

Happy Birthday Bro

Happy Birthday Bro

By CFlando Posted on

ryan

 

 

Happy Birthday to my little bro, Ryan Landes!! Many of you Woburnites know him from the OG days when he rolled deep with the Putnam crew. While he isn’t a member anymore he is with us in spirit every day we do front squats, cleans, overhead squats, or anything else that highlights his amazingly bad front rack and OH mobility.

 

The pictures above speak volumes about my life with my family, specifically with the maniac I have as a best friend, best man, and younger brother. He is the kind of guy who would wear an American flag onesie for an entire round of golf at your 2nd bachelor party (never took it off), will double up for Halloween without a doubt to complete the GnR look we always talked about, and bottom line be there for you, your significant other, and anything else important because you are family, and to him that is all that matters. I am blessed with an amazing family that is supportive and an absolute blast from top to bottom. My best friends all rest right in my family tree, and Ryan as the middle child in a way holds the siblings all together from his central spot.

 

Ryan, the Ry-man, has been a special guy to me for many years. The older we have gotten to closer we have become and he is one of if not my biggest supporter in the CrossFit game. He holds the record for “bring a friend” rolling in with 12 people on night 1, literally 1st active class, and signing them all up. A perfect way to exemplify how Ryan views family and the relationship between that and others in his life is how he dealt with a long distance girlfriend coming up to visit for weekends a few years ago. They happened to be weekends where one had a Saturday team CF competition that Stacey and I competed in (and won) that he wanted to see. He did, and so did the new GF who had no idea what CF was. A few weekends later happened to be the CF Lando 1 Year Anniversary party. She was there of course. Testament to her as well, though she isn’t around any longer…

 

I could go on for pages. He’s a fantastic person, incredibly successful but humble to death, and someone you want in your corner all day. If you are a good person you never have to worry about asking him to be in your corner, however, because he will already be there.

 

Happy Birthday Ry-Man! The Kettle – Ho doesn’t know what’s coming on Saturday!

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 1 Minute (ME during minute) each movement, 3 times through list, 15s transition between movements

– Wall Sit
– L Hang (pull-up bar)
– 1/4 Push-Up Hold

 

 

2. Conditioning
100 Air Squats
50 Jumping Pull-Ups
50 Barbell Push-Press 75/55
50 Situps
100 Russian Twists w MB

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Snatch

Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

 

WOD : For Time
100 Burpees
– Every 10 reps perform 1 Squat Snatch 165/115

 

S : 75 Burpees, 75/55 Power Snatch + OHS
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/125

 

 

The Program : TBD

 

Jul
27
By CFlando

Better Late than Never

Better Late than Never

By CFlando Posted on

13620376_10103443548687711_5686711111552063078_n

 

 

Yeah I’ll boast a bit here but we work decently hard here, at least now and then. Our coaching staff was pretty darn good but it recently got a darn bit better.

 

I am thrilled to introduce my wonderful wife Sarah Landes to the coaching staff!! Sarah has been coaching at both locations for a little over a month and is getting more and more involved. She is also your lady when it comes to nutrition. She has only 6 of 20 spots left for nutrition clients left so if you have been thinking about getting the most from your food, now is the time.

 

Sarah is a 4x qualifier for the CrossFit Games Regionals, three times competing on a team (2x-CF Route 1 and CF Lando) and once this past year as an individual. She is an incredibly well rounded athlete shown by how she was a pro card earning Figure competitor before getting into CrossFit. Her wide range of experience in fitness makes for being a great coach both in classes and nutrition. Check out her bio going up in the next day or two to read more about Coach Sarah.

 

Come in both Woburn and CP to take a class with Sarah and email her [email protected] for nutrition help.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. Run 400/300/200m, rest 1:1, 3x

– Scale appropriately. Should be 3:30 max for entire work/rest round

 

2. 10m AMRAP
10 Ring Push-ups
10 Mountain Climbers (EACH SIDE)
10 KB Standing Oblique Crunches
10 KB Swings 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Clean

 

Find a 2 rep max

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Power Clean 135/95
5 Ring Dips
35 Double Unders
20 Situps

 

 

S : 65/45, 5 Pushu-ups for Dips, 70 Singles

L1 : 95/65, 20 Double Unders

 

 

Rx+: 165/115, dips from MU

 

 

The Program : Off

Jul
26
By CFlando

What is the What

What is the What

By CFlando Posted on

What-is-the-What

 

 

 

This book is one I recommend highly. I read it when it came out 10 years ago and was moved to paralysis on many occasions. I went through a bleeding heart phase like many in their mid 20s coming from a liberal college education and well to do white upbringing and focused my misery on Africa. Many years of my life went into raising money and awareness for the crises in Darfur, Liberia, Uganda, Somalia, and whatever other place I spent countless nights crying over the injustices ravaging the people there. Hotel Rwanda nearly broke me, and if you are a fan of that event then you must read this book as well. Get the tissues and the hatred ready.

 

Anyways, grab both these books and read them. The first book, the Eggers one, is more story like and a bit lighter though still tough in subject matter. The one on Rwanda in the link is heartbreaking at best, life altering at worst. The latter was my gateway into this part of my life. Maybe it was the catalyst to really getting into it while a class I took in college was my gateway. That book changed me forever and for good.

 

I truly believe in karma as my governing force in life. I don’t just see it as checks and balances but also linking our lives together. I believe what I learned about myself during this time wanting to save all of Africa and the Caribbean shaped me for later parts. How I am still trying to figure out.

 

It’s all meant for a reason. Finding out what is half the fun. I think.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. For Time
20 Cal Row
20 Hollow Rock
20 V Up
20 Hollow Rock
20 Lemons
20 Hollow Rock
20 Situps
20 Hollow Rock
20 Burps
5 Wall Climbs

 

2. Muscle Conditioning : 12m Time Cap
7-6-5-4-3-2-1 : Press 50% BW
1-2-3-4-5-6-7: Strict Pull-Ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Squat Clean and Jerk
Squat Clean + Split Jerk + Squat Clean + Push Jerk  + Deadlift

– Must be unbroken. Aim for 5-6 sets. Focus on each rep perfectly

 

 

WOD : For Time
100 Double Unders
50 Pistols (alternating)
50 Double Unders
25 Pistols (alternating)
25 Double Unders

 

 

S : 150 Singles, scaled pistols or air squats
L1 : 1/2 double unders, scaled pistols

 

 

The Progam

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 50 Overhead Squats 205/145
– Every 2 minutes 2 Single Arm Squat Clean (from floor), heaviest able

 

Jul
25
By CFlando

What’s Your Commitment?

What’s Your Commitment?

By CFlando Posted on

Its not about perfect. Its about EFFORT. And when you implement that effort into your life. Every Single Day. Thats where transformation happens. Thats how change occurs. KEEP GOING. REMEMBER WHY YOU STARTED. 

 

If you haven’t picked your commitment “thing”, time to get it done. If you aren’t aware of what this is, your goal this week is to pick something you have to commit to that would require relative significant change in your allocation of time each day. Something like consistent attendance at the gym, clean eating every meal every day, or just posting in WODify every time you attend. Whatever it is you must declare to yourself that you are in fact committing to this “thing”. This week kicks it off and we go from there. This is important because as the days get tough we have to remember why we started.

 

More coming. Pick your commitment.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Jerk
3-3-3-3-3-3

 

– Hold the last rep for 3 seconds in catch

 

 

WOD : For Time , 8 Rounds
80 Reps total, you must follow this breakdown
– 5 Squat Clean Thruster, 135/95
– 5 Squat Snatch

 

EMOM 6 Bar Facing Bar Hops

15 min cap

 

S : 75/55, Power Snatch, 2 Hops, 60 reps (6 rounds)
L1 : 95/65, 4 Hops, 70 reps (7 rounds)

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Work : EMOM 15m
1: 3 Power Snatch
2: 2 Below Knee Hang Squat
3: 1 Squat (from floor)

 

– weight can change any time. Don’t have to be TnG.

 

3. Snatch Deadlift : 4×3, at least 110% 1RM

 

4. 30on 30 off, 10 rounds
Burpee Box Jumps, holding DB throughout 55/35

 

 

Jul
24
By CFlando

The Secret Ingredient

The Secret Ingredient

By CFlando Posted on

 

63602217

 

 

Make one commitment this week to your health and wellness. It can be a number of times making it to class, a number of good diet days in a row, or even something like recording every detail of every day in WODify. Rational and attainable are two integral parts to successful goal achievement. Simply put, “make it easy”. Nothing says our approach to commitment on a Monday has to be like a heavyweight title fight. Pick one thing, commit to that thing, and track it every day. We will come back to it tomorrow and throughout the week.

 

 

 

 

MONDAY (Bridge Week)

 

– This next 10 days of training is a bridge week into the new season. These are fun days, a bit different days, some PR days, some crazy days, some throwback days. All important days, and all days to focus, look ahead, and reflect. All days ripe for cliche too, so read on my friends.

 

 

Boot Camp Spring

 

– WARMUP : Run 400m, 30 Toes to Bar or scale, Run 200m, 30 Situps

 

1. 3 Rounds, 2 min on / 1 min off
1 Wall Climb
3 Push-Ups
5 Burpees
7 Air Squats
9 Lunges

 

2. EMOM 10m
3 Deadlift, 2 Squat Clean, 1 STOH, increase as able

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Squats
– 10 Minutes for each section. 4 Sets of given rep scheme in 10 minutes.

1. Front Squat
5 Reps

2. High Bar Back Squat
3 Reps

3. Low Bar Back Squat
1 Rep

 

WOD : 6 minutes to complete the following work. Score is time. If not completed then 6:00 + 1 second for each rep not finished. Also add 1 burpee for every rep not finished immediately after WOD. Run counts for 2 reps each.

21 Thrusters 115/75
15 Deadlift
Run 200m
9 Lateral Burpees Over Bar
15 Deadlift
21 Front Squat

 

S : 75/55
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: All bar UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 20m
O: 1-7 MU…see where you are at here. Treat each set like its the only one, no worry about before or after minutes. 
E: 1 DL, heavy as shit, + 2 weighted pistols (1/1), heavy as shit

 

3. Core
30 GHD Situps AFAP
rest 1:30
15 GHD sit-ups with 5s hold at parallel both ways
rest 1:30
30 GHD Hip Ext.
rest 1:30
15 GHD Hip Ext. 5s hold at parallel both ways.


24
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack

Sunday with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

10am CrossFit only with Jack in Woburn

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Squat Jerk/Snatch Balance
5×1, choose 1 

 

– Have fun playing with one of these  movements. Both are similar in that the require quick extension and release of the hips through that extended most point through the floor while moving to position to support in squat or close to it. Practice, stay light, have fun!

 

 

WOD : Tabata (:20 on :10 off) 6 Rounds each movement. Finish all rounds before moving on.

 

– Score is TOTAL of 2ND LOWEST SCORE for each round (throw out lowest round). 60s transition after every 6 Rounds during which you can collect reps for score of Double Unders/Single Unders (2 for 1). Must perform at least 30s of attempted work each transition time. 

 

 

1. Deadlift 225/155
2. Front Squat (squat clean counts), 185/135
3. Row (cal)
4. Situps w MB 14/10, must touch floor over head then PAST toes

 

 

S : 75/55, situps no MB
L1: 155/105

 

Rx+: 225/155 Front Squat

Jul
22
By CFlando

BRING A FRIEND!

BRING A FRIEND!

By CFlando Posted on

Saturday is the day to bring the friend that has to listen to you talk about Crossfit constantly.  Your friend hears about your bruised collar bone, your PR’s, your hydration levels, the protein you are buying, how you cannot get out of dresses, and how good your butt looks now – this is your chance to bring them in and see for themselves what you are talking about!!

 

CANAL PARK :  Slight change for today only – There will only be ONE class at 10:00am!!  Doors open at 9:45am!

 

Woburn:  Class at 10:00 – gym opens at 9:30am and closes at 11:30am.

 

 

Saturday July 22nd

 

Strength:  Back Squat 

5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD: 15m Partner Workout

 

200 Air Squats (non-working partner has to hold bottom of a squat)

       then AMRAP:

30 Push Ups (non-working partner has to hold top of push up)

20 Deadlifts 185/135

 

Jul
20
By CFlando

The Trust Process

The Trust Process

By CFlando Posted on

Word/Phrase #2 on the most over used/mis understood in CrossFit list is “trust the process” or just the “process”.

 

Trust the process. Not just for the super fit friends in our midst. I use this constantly and maybe 3% of the people I work with are elite athletes. The process is every step start to finish that goes into the steps to accomplish something. In our world here it is the programming, nutrition, recovery, and various mental skills that go into making us more fit. Cool or scary depending on your position in the view on life pool, this is a never ending process during our conscious living years.

 

(After that last sentence we’re lucky if I finish this post before total existential breakdown ending in me naked on Yawkey Way. Sarah call my Mom). 

 

Trusting the process ain’t easy (especially if we don’t know what it means). I am experienced enough and went through it recently enough myself to know that the situation of joining a fitness community like ours is whacked to a point considering how much this all means to us (our gains) and the lack of control we end up having. You walk into a gym where you most likely know nobody, and in a lot of cases know nothing about what goes on here, and are greeted by some gigantic skin head looking dude, or one of two jacked, freak athlete chics, or if you’re lucky an insanely lovable mini dog demanding you take his offering of squeaky toy/bully stick/half chewed rawhide, then if sprints are in the warmup most likely he will run you down like he’s trying to heard you/tear you to pieces.

 

We got quite the mind-f**k going on here for intros.

 

Within 10 minutes you are forced into a group doing things you never have done and never thought you ever could/would/wanted to do. Yet there you are, and suddenly 30 minutes into your first class have fought off puking once already (50-50 successful or not) and realize as everyone moves up and down with pieces of metal on their back while bones, ligaments, and joints crack and pop as people complain about soreness and pain with smiles that yes, you are now in a cult. But it’s the best cult ever and you are going to love every part of it by the time the 60th minute goes by (or in classes taught by Stacey, the 66th-75th minute depending on coffee intake).

 

The above clearly is comedy reflecting life because it’s so true. I know because I see all of you start your journey (and curse you when you leave). We all do. We know all your names, when you started, and give me 5 minutes and that will include where you live, work, and your goals. Remember that when you want to cancel..

 

Experience says that somewhere in the next 6 months of your tenure here you will hit the end of the beloved Novice Effect where every day is a PR, every time on the scale is lost weight, and every near death experience in a WOD is met with desire for more. Eventually that all stops happening and the first “what the f**k am I doing here” goes through your head during a 6:00pm Friday night class when your phone is blowing up with EMOM texts from friends and family about where you are while they are making themselves less fit and having more fun than you are getting more fit also seemingly getting less fit more often than the opposite so why the f**k are you holding a barbell and not a beer.

 

This is where trust comes in, and again it ain’t easy. Where I differ in my demands for trusting the process isn’t just that you should trust it and that’s it, that you should assume we all know what we are doing and if it’s not going well then it will eventually (so quit emailing me because I am clearly too busy to respond doing other things pertaining to my job like answering emails from members). Hell no. Trusting the process, or asking/expecting you to do so is a two-way street, and really is dominated by the constantly evolving nature of the process itself. 

 

Everyone even CrossFitters plateau. 90-10 Perfect Paleo – whatever you want gradually gets flipped and dedication gets sidetracked by that thing called life. Trust that the process must be changed. Trust that your coaches have the knowledge and most importantly THE DESIRE to help you change the process however you need it. Trust that if you give us the time we will show you this is true and we will help mold the process. If you started out as a totally unfit, unathletic, 2-3x a week member who 6 months later became a daily, super athlete compared to your previous self, you better believe your process needs to change. Nutrition, recovery system, mentality, everything that makes up your process. Trust in the change and that change is OK.

 

Hopefully the change happens because you are improving but it goes the other way as well. I will speak to this with brutal honesty that every time I look in the mirror I see another step in the slow death of a once somewhat respectable 30 something athlete. I always joke about the life happening thing but it really does and it really screws up our process. I opened another gym, somehow didn’t realize how much time that was going to take, and proceeded to gain 50 pounds in a year. Now I stand here fighting for my fit life, struggling daily with the emotions I thought I forever rid myself of 6 years ago when I for the first time ever didn’t worry about what I wore, who I changed in front of, going to the beach. It’s an awful feeling being thrust back in time to those fragile confidence days, but life happens. Where our trust is needed when we go off the rails is that we can get back on somewhere down the line. Trust me when I say it is difficult and gets harder the longer we let it go, but the process can always be tweaked and doesn’t mean it’s forever ruined.

 

If anything I would say that trusting the process means knowing that nothing lasts forever and our fitness lives are absolutely held to this maybe more than anything. The most obvious is we get older, our body and demands of that body change, and while we hopefully get healthier from this process inevitably our ability to do what we want here will change. Jobs change, family changes, hopefully all for the better, but the one thing that I still haven’t figured out how to change for the better is making days longer. Therefore the give and take of life always ends up taking something out of this life.

 

Trusting that the process will always be there in some form is the ultimate goal.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Barbell Complex…bar on back
1 Lunge (each leg)
3 Squat
1 Good Morning
3 Squat

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
4 Minutes Max Row (distance)
3 Minutes Max KB Swing 53/35 (OH)
2 Minutes Max Goblet Squat
1 Minute Max Burpees

 

S/L1 : Scale weight, can be done regular Air Squat

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

The Program : Off

Jul
19
By CFlando

Another Hump Day

Another Hump Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC_0177

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Tabata Core : 4 rounds through list
Dragon Flag
Windshield Wiper
V/I’s, feet 6″ off ground (think of the shape of the letter with your legs)

 

2. Conditioning
21-15-9
Row (Cal)
Deadlift 70/53 KB
Jumping Squat
Jumping Pull-Up

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Power Clean
EMOM 12m : 3 Reps

 

 

WOD : 12-9-6-3
Power Clean 135/95
Thruster
-Run 600m after each round

 

 

The Program : TBD

 

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
a, EOM 2-2-2-2-2, then rest 5 full minutes
b. EMOM 2-2-2-2-2, same weight as last set above and stay strict, rest 5 full minutes
c, EMOM 1-1-1-1-1-1, 5s pause in bottom, heaviest able (can increase)

 

3. AFAP
25 Push-ups
50 Burpees
25 Push-ups
50 GHD Hip Extensions
25 Push-ups
Run 400m

 

* Kip allowed

– Wear 20/15 weight vest entire time

Jul
18
By CFlando

Bring a Friend Saturday, July 22

Bring a Friend Saturday, July 22

By CFlando Posted on

Incredibly already into the end of July and our last few BAFs of the summer. This Saturday both gyms will be running 1, 10am class that will be an Open House like, 2 coach lead, huge group session that will be absolutely awesome. Bring your friends, family, animals, pets, and aliens to introduce them to the best program (CrossFit – general) and community in Boston (CrossFit Lando) that just recently won it’s 2nd in 2 years “Best of Boston” award for Best CrossFit Gym (they actually call it “Studio” but who’s counting?) from Boston Magazine. One of these years I’ll actually know before someone else tells me. Either way I’ll take it.

 

Things to remember for BAF days.

 

– Your Fs need NO experience with CrossFit or fitness but it is encouraged that they at least are working out a bit currently since you know what our classes are like. It’s nothing to do with us wanting to coach newbies or not, it’s all about them having a good first experience mainly in the name of physical enjoyment. Nobody likes puking at 10am on a Saturday unless you’re in 1) Vegas 2) Nantucket 3) South Beach 4) Columbus, Ohio on graduation weekend for OSU when your parents are arriving in 5 minutes and you’ve spent the week sleeping on your brother’s couch and woke up with a steak and cheese + chicken fingers + marinara sauce + meatballs on your chest. If they are not doing any fitness currently please make sure you let us know when you arrive.

 

The programming for these days is always more basic similarly to intro days. This doesn’t mean “easy”, just no muscle ups or squat snatches or 20m AMRAPs of HSPU. You will get challenges and so will they but they won’t be intimidated by what we ask them to do. They WILL get more attention from coaches as well. 

 

– You get $10 off your next monthly charge if they sign up for a month or 10 pack+. BAM!

 

– They don’t have to sign up for you to bring them, but if they’ve been before they will be charged a drop-in. While BAF days are meant to promote our program and bring in people to expose them to the great community you all built, it isn’t meant to just be a stop in for people to mix up their workouts here and there. While I feel we do a decent job controlling the chaos on BAF Saturdays they do tax the system from space, equipment use, and coach time with participants. It isn’t fair to you, regular paying members, if once a month a person repeatedly comes in and works out for free with no intention of adding to the community. Please if you are bringing a friend who has been here before, whether on a trial class or a BAF day, know that they will be asked to pay the drop in fee if they are not signing up for a membership THAT DAY. If they intend on signing up but for whatever reason don’t on Saturday they will be charged, no exceptions. I know we all get it. Let’s keep CFL Great.

 

 

Kyle get back to work. 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Row 2000m AFAP

 

rest as needed

 

2. 15-12-9
Situps
Russian Swings
Supermans
Russian Twists
Scissor Kicks

 

 

CrossFit 

 

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3, hold 5s at top of each rep

 

WOD : 20 Rounds
5 Push-ups
5 KB Swings 53/35
5 Double Unders

 

-RX = all rounds done with each movement UB. Meaning knees don’t touch on push-ups, KB done non stop, DUs no stop or trip up. Any break means restart entire round. 

 

S/L1 : 15 Rounds
RX+ : Clapping PU, 70/53

 

20 minute time cap

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Bench Press : 5×5

– 5 weighted pull-ups between sets

 

3. 7m AMRAP
3 Snatch 185/135
5 HSPU (strict)
1 Legless Rope, 15′

Jul
17
By CFlando

Your Community of Mine

Your Community of Mine

By CFlando Posted on
13707710_10102970353868831_5388601801333513902_n

My Beautiful Ladies and Gents

 

 

This past weekend many of us in the Lando community got to celebrate the union of Kyle Hicks and Lauren D’Ariggo (pretty sure now Lauren Hicks). Both of them have stories with me, my family, and my business that in my mind explain what community in relation to CrossFit actually means. Strap in everyone, because here it comes.

 

First the quick stories as how they pertain to my rambling, and they involve Kyle’s evolution as a coach and Lauren’s evolution as a member and friend. Why I feel this exemplifies what community means is because their stories are both ones of evolution, education, and symbiotic existence that breaks down barriers of status and labels.

 

As a coach Kyle has come a long way. I’m known to write things that come off way stronger than I intend so let me preface this with never was Kyle a bad coach in my opinion. I just am very particular, and honestly much in step with Stacey’s views as well, about what I want out of my staff. (Hey, back to back Best of Boston awards, I think there’s something there…mostly in the name Stacey Kroon…). Anyways, Kyle was a coach for about a year at another gym and he did an amazing job with what he was given from a leadership standpoint.

 

Lauren could be similarly described in how she started as a member here in that she was definitely a newbie. I smile when I think of both of their stories but especially with Lauren because for whatever reason I vividly remember all our interactions, from her coming to our Grand Opening at Woburn to her first intro class to finally committing. All in all I think it was a 3 month process. She certainly did her due diligence! Here is where I get in trouble, but if you saw her now you would be shocked at how she started from a physical standpoint. The ripped, tenacious, heart on her sleeve fitness lover you see now was a timid, quiet, and a bit soft around the edges woman. Nothing about her when she came to us was bad or wrong, and who am I to judge or comment on anyone physically. But she came to us for a reason and she worked on that reason from day 1 with tenacity. Her transformation has been astounding to where she is now a staple of our community, a leader in the gym and outside, and a great example of how hard work gets you what you want to both veteran and newbies. This past weekend and the weekend of her bachelorette party show just how much this is true, where 20+ girls from high school, college, and CrossFit all came together to celebrate her.

 

What gives me the most joy with this development is how she and my wife Sarah have developed a friendship that is truly one of love and care, a BFF situation that we all know to be rare once getting to our age. People close to us know there have been some difficulties in our personal lives that were compounded in difficulty because it seemed a disaster always happened right around the time of an event of great joy. New business opening/loss of job, wedding/health problems, the timing is almost funny if it wasn’t really bad for both of us and equally distributed. Lauren’s friendship I know for a fact helped buoy my wife through so much of this and I will always, always love her for this.

 

My man Kyle has gone from coach I cringed evaluating to one I have grown to expect the random member email telling me how great a job he was doing. The one thing that Kyle had without any of our coaching was his personality, the warm always positive heart driven guy we all have grown to love. If anything Kyle is one of the most positive people I have ever known. He might be the only person who has made me feel uncomfortable and bad about myself in seconds without saying a word, an interaction that included my internally fighting off wanting to fire him, punch him in the face, bite him, and kick him in the leg during a roller coaster 5 seconds of time during which he smiled and stayed silent. Moral of this total story : Great people who have enriched us all while being enriched themselves, contributing to the greater entity that we have developed an understanding of being called a community.

 

So again here we are, that word community. What is community pertaining to us? To me there’s one word that pertains to all definitions I end on : Evolution. A constantly evolving entity that every stop along the way brings it back to it’s roots in some way. People, programs, locations, leaders, staff, members, goals, always evolving yet coming from the same method or place. With us it’s CrossFit Lando.

 

Education and development is in there too. The CrossFit community is constantly changing. Look at it on the grand scale. When I started CrossFit a partnership with Reebok would be laughed at, universal Regional competition unheard of, tens of thousands at the pinnacle event mocked, yet it all happened. Us who were involved then experienced the evolution of CrossFit entirely, that big bad corporate was not only not evil but a partnership that brought our sport to levels we never dreamed of, and all in about 8 months. With this development brought so many things, some bad, but so many good, the most important in my opinion being the expansion and broader osmotic flow of education and information. New athletes, new coaches, even entirely new sports in our community has been a HUGE part of the education and development of our everyone who identifies as a CrossFitter. While the respect within other communities for CrossFit as legitimate, like Weightlifting, Track and Field, or Strength and Conditioning in the major sports is still not there like it should, so many of the elite in those sports, athletes and coaches, have accepted CrossFit methodologies and in turn given their knowledge to us. What has happened is a symbiotic relationship to many outlets that is constantly churning, constantly spinning, constantly reinventing while maintaining it’s central messages, values, and output. What we have is something that was just a way of training that is now that and a sport followed by millions every day. 

 

The development of a community, or a methodology, or company, whatever we want to think here, I liken to an asterisk * where each spoke resembles a part of that entity. The evolution/development is represented by the spinning of this asterisk which by definition of a shape within our three dimensional universe means it is a new shape. Imagine that upon each full revolution a given spoke’s content or message or output changes specific to it’s intent, making in some way a new “thing” rooted in the original. Think learning the snatch, going from “jump and pull!!” to understanding weight shift, 3 pulls, and pulling under a manipulated object. Same subject, same “thing” totally advanced output. 

 

Kyle and Lauren are spokes to our huge asterisk that is the CrossFit Lando community. So is the coaching program, our coaches, myself, each location, the list/spokes can go on forever. As the asterisk evolves to whatever it changes to it will never be the same while maintaining it’s physical similarity. Like our always evolving CFL that will always have a physical home. We will always celebrate anniversaries, marking the concrete aspect that this community started on a specific day, but it takes one look around to see how much we have changed in 3 years/almost 1 year depending on location. I am blessed that the changes we have incurred have almost all been for the better. My most cherished thing is that I have somehow convinced these great members of my staff to stay through our history, having only 1 coach of all staff members leave. Considering how great each and every coach I have is it’s more like they could fire me before I fire them. We will always have tangible aspects of community that allow for the more ephemeral spokes that invoke and receive change.

 

If it isn’t obvious I finish by saying I define the community for us as the ever changing place that contains pieces which will always maintain shape yet constantly change. That last part I guess isn’t a given and ties into the business aspect of it all, where the community is a reflection of a good or bad, successful or failing, CrossFit business. Surely there are exceptions to this rule but I’ll be willing to bet on a solid majority. But the whole of this is why our communities become such places of serenity for people because they literally take on the physical aspects of a safe place or home, especially for sick people like we all are in some ways.

 

Corny as hell as I am, but my community is your community just as much if not more, and I thank you for letting me be in it.

 

Kyle, get back to work.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 2m AMRAP, 3 rounds resting 2 min between rounds
– Straight arm plank walk across floor, 50′. Max distance. Any time you stop/rest perform 5 burpees before restarting. Arms/legs must remain straight.

 

2. For Time
100 Double Unders
75 Wall Ball, 9′ target
50 Situps
25 Broad Jumps
100m walking lunges (One sign and back from threshold)

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat/ Back Squat Complex
2 Front Squat + 1 Back Squat (5 second pause)

– hands remain on bar from front to back, entire complex including 5s pause must be completed in 15s from start to finish (top of back squat). Have partner count/notify every 5s.

 

– Work to a max in 15-20 minutes

 

 

WOD : For Time
20 CTB Pull-Ups
20 Push-ups
20 Squat Clean 135/95
20 Burpee Box Jump Over + Pistol (both legs each side), 24/20*

 

*do a burpee, jump on and over box, then one pistol each leg or 2 air squats. That is 1 rep.

 

 

S : Jumping Pull-Ups, 75/55, step ups + 2 Air Squat

L1 : 20 CTB Pull-Ups, 95/65, Scaled Pistols to Box

 

 

Rx+: 10 Muscle Ups (Bar MU can be done but not Rx+) 185/125, jumping pistol over mat line

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+ or at least Bar MU

 

2. Max Yoke Carry, 5-6 attempts, 50′ only. No Drops!

 

3. High Bar Back Squat :  inactive to active practice
– This is a new concept I am introducing to The Program. The idea is to squat and pause being inactive but as much as you can with weight on your back. This must be done with light weight right now and safely. This might mean barely being different than active. Then after 2 seconds get active, hold 2 more seconds, then stand. Be light the entire time. I have tried this out but want to see how it goes a few times through.

 

 

Jul
15
By CFlando

Congratulations Kyle and Lauren

Congratulations Kyle and Lauren

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Saturday night at 6:00pm our own Kyle Hicks will create Lauren Hicks at the Crane Estate in Ipswich. We are all so happy for them and I can speak for myself, my lovely wife Sarah, and Dexter that we can’t wait to celebrate with you both! Yes, we are bringing Dexter, he is a service dog.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : “SNnaantccyh”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Squat Snatch 95/65 

 

S : OHS as able
L1 : 75/55

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD as able

 

2. Deadlift : 3×5 heavy,  right into Power Clean EMOM 8m : 3 reps

 

3. Run + Row for 30 minutes constant pace

Jul
14
By CFlando

The Wedding WOD for Kyle and Lauren

The Wedding WOD for Kyle and Lauren

By CFlando Posted on

11220145_1611528892462661_6895990044281616686_n

 

 

 

In case you didn’t know, Coach Kyle and his fiancee Lauren are getting married this Saturday! We couldn’t be happier for them and wish them a great weekend, honeymoon, and years of marriage to come.

 

These two are staples of the Lando community and great personal friends as well. I have been lucky to call Kyle a friend for a while and he has been a loyal, outstanding coach that has helped many of you since he started. Lauren is an OG Lando who transformed in front of my eyes these 3+ years while also becoming best of friends with my wife Sarah. I am lucky to have people like this in my life as we all are!

 

Come get this special wedding weekend WOD in for Kyle and Lauren and wish them luck if you see them!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Warmup

 

2. Wedding WOD

2 Rounds, rest 5 minutes between
7m AMRAP
16 Power Snatch 65/45
16 Bar Hops

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Split Jerk
1-1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : “Kyle and Lauren 7-16-16″ : For Time

7 Handstand Push-ups (Lauren’s Favorite), 3″ deficit*
16 UB Double Unders (Kyle’s Favorite)**
16 KB Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35
7 HSPU, 3″ Deficit
16 UB DUs
16 Toes to Bar
7 HSPU
16 UB DUs
16 KB SDLHP
7 HSPU
16 UB DUs
16 Toes to Bar

 

Yes, we did many of these movements already but it’s a special weekend for special people!

 

*Deficit 5″ = 2×25 plates (just go with it)
** : UB means if broken before 16 must restart

 

16 minute time cap

 

 

S : Sub Push Press for HSPU, 75/55, same all sets

L1 : Regular HSPU all sets and DUs can be broken

 

 

Rx+ : Strict HSPU, 70/53, 3 Burpee for every DU break (immediately)

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD rx+

 

2. 3 Rounds NFT
3 min Max Rope Climb, alternating 15′ with feet, 10′ legless
then 3m AMRAP
10 Pistols (alt)
3-5 Muscle Ups

 

Rest 2:00 after each full round

 

3. 3×35 GHD Hip Extension, weighted as able

Jul
13
By CFlando

Wrist Wraps for The Win and Belting for the Injuries

Wrist Wraps for The Win and Belting for the Injuries

By CFlando Posted on
Unknown-1

It’s a Squat Off

 

 

One of the most “no brainer” buys for any CrossFitter are wrist wraps. These bad boys are integral for movements like front squats, thrusters, push jerks, and even things like snatches, KB swings, etc. For people with tight shoulders and/or weak wrists they take a lot of pressure off the wrists and forearms to make the movements more comfortable and just easier/better performance wise. I can’t imagine what I did before I started regularly wearing them.

 

Another note is they do not hinder development both flexibility and muscular wise. Many of you know I have a big issue with over use of things like weightlifting belts. Belts are good for pre-existing back injuries of course, but they also hinder the development of the core muscles they are stabilizing. In many cases we don’t even use those core muscles during the lifts we belt for because the belt acts as the brace those muscles are supposed to act as. What this does is leads to an underdeveloped core compared to the weight we are trying to lift which is a leading cause of back injuries in the gym.

 

Using a belt is fine but make sure you ALWAYS do a number of sets without the belt before belting up! Want to buy wrist wraps? Rogue Fitness has some good ones, both their brand and others. Check it out here and I am sure your fellow Landos have some recommendations as well. Ask someone what they’re wearing!!!

 

 

Lando Bar Crawl is BACK. Date and info coming in the next few days. If you’re nice and have specific dates you DONT want it to be let me know…

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Max Hollow Rocks in 2 min

then

max Burpees in 2 min

then

max Box Jumps/Step Ups in 2 min

then

max Thrusters 45/35 in 2 min

 

2. Find a 2 rep max push press in 10 minutes, at least 6 sets

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Pull-Ups
Ring Dips
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

S/L1 : Scale movements as needed

 

Rx+: 30/24

 

 

The Program : Off

Jul
12
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

beautiful-brown-eyes-colors-eye-make-up-Favim.com-271845

 

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 10m AMRAP
5 Jumping Squats
10 Cal Row
15 Sumo Deadlift Highpull 53/35

 

2. 30s on 30s off, alternating movements, 10 minutes
– Toe Touches
– Leg Levers (from up to just above floor)
– Wall Sit

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
6×2+1, regular + pause (1s)

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
10 KB Swings 53/35
75′ OH Walk with KB (single arm)
5 Goblet Squat
75′ OH Walk with KB (other arm)
10 Walking Lunges, KB at side, 5 each side
5 Deadlift 225/155

 

S : 35/26, no KB lunge, 95/65
L1 : 35/26, 185/135

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

 

Jul
11
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

250D5C3500000578-0-image-m-4_1422226010904

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 10-1/1-10, 12M Cap
Ring Rows
Push-Ups

 

2. Conditioning
5 Rounds
10 Situps
20 Russian Twists (10/10) with MB
Run 200m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Jerk

2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2, all 80-93% 1RM

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Strict HSPU
5 Kipping HSPU
5 Strict Pull-Ups
5 Kipping Pull-Ups
40 Double Unders

 

S : Push-ups —> Clapping, Jumping Pull-Ups, 80 Singles
L1 : Scaled all movements, 20 Doubles

 

Rx+: HSPU/Pull-Ups all linked

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×7 Hang Clean and Jerk, rest :60, heaviest able increase throughout
2b: 4xME HS Hold, rest :60

 

3: :90 Burpee wearing vest 20/10, rest :90, x4

Jul
10
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

grizzlybearstanding

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work

Tabata Rounds, 6 rounds working through list :20 on :10 off

 

V – Ups
Plank push-ups
Hip Rolls, sqeezing medball 14/10 between knees, get as close to floor as able without touching
Supermans

 

 

2. Conditioning

3 Rounds
Run 400m
12 Power Clean 75/55

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar
4-4-4-3-3-3-2-2

 

 

WOD : For Time
15 Squat Clean 135/95
Run 400m
12 Power Snatch
Run 400m
9 Squat Clean Thruster
Run 400m
6 Squat Snatch
20 Lateral Burpees over Bar

 

 

S : 75/55
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 10m
1 Squat Clean + 1 Lunge (each leg) + 1-3 Muscle Ups

– heaviest able

 

3. Find a max weight and rep total for 1 minute of pistols. At least 10 reps total. 3 attempts

 

4. 10m AMRAP, TGU 70/53

Jul
9
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Push Press + Push Jerk
7 x 1 + 1

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP

5 KB Swing 70/53
10 Pistols (alt)
15 HSPU

 

 

S/L1: 53/35, scaled other movements

Jul
8
By CFlando

Lifting Seminar at Canal Park 11:30am

Lifting Seminar at Canal Park 11:30am

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Come to Canal Park at 11:30am to get a more in depth look at the Snatch and maybe one day lift like Hossein! Class is “free” as in it doesnt count against your total and can be taken after regular class as well.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

STRENGTH

 

Woburn : High Bar 5-5-5-5-5

 

Canal Park : Find a 1 Rep Max Clean

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP

10 Overhead Squat 135/95
20 Toes to Bar
30 Situps
40 Double Unders

 

S : 75/55 Front Squat, 80 Singles
L1 : 95/65, 20 Doubles

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5, pause 1s each rep

 

3. Row 20x200m, rest 1:1

Jul
7
By CFlando

Throwback Friday

Throwback Friday

By CFlando Posted on
rorym_Games2010_SKroon_Sandbag

Stacey grinding through 2009

 

 

The 2016 Reebok CrossFit Games are coming up in a few weeks so we are going to throw in a few WODs from Regionals, the Games, and other benchmark type stuff to get people in the mood!

 

 

Saturday there will be an Olympic Lifting class at Canal Park at 11:30am. This will be IMMEDIATELY after the 10:30am class and be part of our Basics Seminar Series. It will be similar but hit on different parts of the lifts than the seminar in Woburn and will run for only 1 hour. It is a FREE class, just show up and lift! You can absolutely take class before just bring food, drink, etc.

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Spring

 

1. Core Warmup

 

2. Half  “Stacey”

 

Row 1000m
75 Air Squats
Row 1000m

 

 

CrossFit

 

STRENGTH

 

Woburn : Find a Max Complex : Squat Clean + Lunge (each leg) + Jerk

 

Canal Park : Find a Max SquatPlex (high bar) : 1 “regular” + 1 with pause above knee + 1 with pause in bottom

– Pause = stop momentum

 

 

 

WOD : Throwback Qualifier WOD

 

Run 800m
30 Snatch 115/75
Run 800m

 

– This (I think) is one of those times where the wonder of this program (CrossFit) is shown. I won’t post the top times or where this WOD came from until tomorrow night but I think there will be a lot of people here who post times that compete with the “elite” back then in ancient times of CrossFit PF (Pre Froning). 

 

 

S : 400m, 75/55
L1 : 600m, 95/65

 

Rx+: GO FAST

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. Power + Squat
a.  Spend 10 minutes finding a max 4 sets of an UB complex of Power Clean + Squat Clean, all completed in 40s or less
b. Spend 10 minutes “” “” Power Snatch + Squat Snatch, “” “”

 

3. 3×3 Snatch DL, 110% 1rm, full snatch position and lift as snatch throughout but DL tempo and finish.

 

4. NFT
50 Strict HSPU
50 Weighted Hip Ext. 45/35
100 Russian Twists (50/50) 30/20 MB
30 Plate Getups

Jul
6
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 4 Rounds
10 Barbell Good Morning
10 Bent Over Oblique Twist, barbell or pvc
10 Straight Arm Raise with barbell or pvc, ADV = in squat
10 V Ups

2. Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Run 600m
15 Burpees
35 Double Unders

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 30 Barbell Complex
Squat Clean + Hang Power Clean + Jerk 75/55
– EMOM 6 Lateral Bar Hop

 

S : 2 Lateral Bar Hop
L1: 4 Lateral Bar Hop

Rx+: 8 Lateral Bar Hop

 

The Program : To keep with correct off days even with the holiday we want to keep this volume down so the weekend into next week is in line. Pick up some extra squatting and lifting if you want extra work, and/or strict skill work.

Jul
5
By CFlando

Back in Action

Back in Action

By CFlando Posted on

600px-DesertEagleLastActionHero-2

 

 

 

FULL SCHEDULE WEDNESDAY AND EVERY DAY THIS WEEK (CHECK WEBSITE TO BE IN ON THE NEW SCHEDULE TIMES)

 

BASICS SEMINAR THIS WEEK, ANNOUNCEMENT COMING!

 

FITNESS TIME AGAIN!!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Spring

 

1. Back Squat
Spend 10 minutes finding a 7/8 of 10 intensity 1 rep max back squat

 

 

2. 100 Lunges Holding KB @ Chest
– EMOM perform 1 SDLHP, 1 Russian Swing, 1 Full Swing, 1 Burpee

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift
Find a 1 Rep Max, full rep must be lowered to floor with control

 

– This standard WILL make for a lighter weight than your 1 rep max where you drop it at the top. We are doing this standard yes in part because at Canal Park we have drop rules, but it also is a completely different movement when this is required. Rather than worry about it, look forward to grabbing it by the horns and seeing how much weight you can smash when a movement is made more difficult. 

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Squat Snatch 115/75
10 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand and step down mandatory
5 Bar Muscle Ups

 

 

S : 75/55 Power Snatch, step ups, 10 Jumping Pull-Ups
L1 : 95/65, 10 CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

Rx+: 135/95, single Snatch reps do not count (must do at least 2 at a time)

 

 

 

The Program – This month is time to get yourselves back in gear. The new, revamped competitor program for CF Lando will be unveiled for August 1 and will include testing both to start and each month and will include performance requirements. We will no longer have years go by without Regionals teams and we will not be relying on our best athletes failing to allow us to get a team in. If you want to be at the best level we will be training for that level every day come August 1.

 

– Start identifying and attacking your weaknesses, if you need help then reach out to me NOW

 

– If your NUTRITION SUCKS then reach out to Sarah NOW and realize it will change your life as an athlete

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5 Rounds NFT
7 Hang Power Clean 225/145, work on cycling weight with perfect catch
5 Strict HSPU, any starting rep must be from 10′ away and walk into wall
3 Triple Unders

 

3. 100 GHD situps for time
– every 75s perform 5 Russian Swings 106/88

 

4. 3xME HS Hold (free standing), or practice for 5 minutes. Wear weight vest or ankle weights if this is too easy.

Jul
1
By CFlando

Closed July 2nd Through July 5th. Full Schedule Restarts Wednesday, July 6th

Closed July 2nd Through July 5th. Full Schedule Restarts Wednesday, July 6th

By CFlando Posted on

historical-photos-pt5-arnold-schwarzenegger

 

 

 

Happy 4th of July!!

 

We are closed Saturday, July 2nd through Tuesday, July 5th.

 

We re-open with a full schedule on Wednesday, July 6th

Jun
30
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

historical-photos-pt5-arnold-schwarzenegger

 

 

Both CrossFit Lando locations are open for regular schedule on Friday, July 1 then closed Saturday July 2nd through Tuesday July 5th. 

 

Earlier this week I wrote about how we historically have taken an extended break over July 4th weekend. I know it might irk some of you and I certainly feel for you. When we opened CFL-Woburn, Stacey and I wrote down the most important, non-negotiable pieces to our business that we felt could never change. One of them was employee happiness which was created by a number of factors, one being health and wellness. We felt this was partially created by being able to enjoy major holiday periods with family and friends, or at least without worrying about work interfering.

 

I always remembered one Thanksgiving where my grandparents came for the weekend which they never had done before and I had to spend half of Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Sunday at the box I worked at at the time. It was the last Thanksgiving both of those grandparents would have and I still to this day hate that I missed out on time with them, like early morning coffee and piano playing with my Grandpa (a decades long tradition of ours) because I had to go coach 3 people total over 3 classes. I swore I would never do this to employees.

 

Call it what you want, and I know it isn’t something most of you really care about, but this break is something that I will always stand by and have for my coaches and myself as well. One of the other parts of our business Stacey and I said we had to always have was the best coaching in the industry. This is made by education, training, quality people, and work-life balance. I truly believe this next 5 days helps for that balance.

 

I genuinely appreciate you all understanding. Hopefully you all get to take some time to yourselves or with family and friends, and its also a great time to get away from our gym. Either try out somewhere else (don’t worry Im not concerned you will leave) or a new fitness entirely like running on the river or jazzercize (not sure spelling there). We will be up and going again on Wednesday of next week and can’t wait to get back at it, refreshed and ready. 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

In celebration of the 4th of July we will be doing a “Hero” on this last day we are open before the holiday. Come get it in!

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. “Jack”
20 Minute AMRAP
10 Push Press 115/75
10 Box Jumps/Step Ups 24/20
10 KB Swings

 

 

CrossFit

 

Core WOD : “Annie” +

50-40-30-20-10

Double Unders
Situps
– 25 Push-ups between each set (not after 10)

 

WOD : “Jack”
20m AMRAP
10 Push Press 115/75
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 KB Swings

 

 

The Program

 

1. Class Work

 

2. 10-8-6-5-4-3-2-1
Burpees
DB Snatch (alt arms) 100/75
– Wear weight vest entire time

 

3. 100 GHD Situps AFAP

 

Jun
29
By CFlando

Scaling Life for a Better Tomorrow

Scaling Life for a Better Tomorrow

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

Tuesday’s workout was one where I diabolically put movements together that created a workout with no mercy on any skill level. The written workout as Rx was as follows:

 

3 Rounds
7 Muscle Ups
7 Squat Snatch
70 Double Unders

 

Something annoyingly difficult for everyone in all three movements regardless of scale. It was one of those workouts that I looked forward to coaching while simultaneously dreading the gong show that could unfold in some classes. Being the documented OCD control freak I am I couldn’t bring myself to think about what was happening at the classes I wasn’t controlling. (This isn’t a comment on my coaches, this is a critique on my inability to put my mind at ease for even the most well put together situations I face in life. See “Aaron Flying Meltdown”. I know for a fact that classes I don’t coach are routinely better than mine all around, yet I still lose sleep and color in my hair over not being in control.)

 

Amazingly a class I had at Canal Park provided me with a moment of grace. A moment where so many wonderful things came together to provide a period of perfection when related to expectation. I had 8 members who mostly on their own all scaled the workout correctly with the focus being on improving on the movements beyond that class and sacrificing the for show parts like weight used, how much Rx if not completely, time. While I shook inside imagining what was going on in Woburn (sorry Jack, it isn’t you it’s me) I looked around and realized I was sitting in the middle of a perfect class. I had people using light weight (for them) on snatches so they could get depth, I had people working on their kip and stopping their swing anytime it got off kilter, people were actually listening to the time limit on double unders so they could work on them while not sacrificing their pursuit of fitness. What was most heartwarming was I had little to nothing to do with it. I gave them the speech about working on skills rather than ego, how this would help long term, then let them on their way. What I had was 8 people who truly got the concept of trusting the process for future rewards.

 

In a world where everyone knows each other by numbers, scores, and times, situations like Tuesday’s 6:00pm class at CP are harder and harder to come by in the every day CrossFit gym. I know it is driven by all aspects of the program, with front and center in both our locations the glitzy flat screen display that allows us all to publicize our accomplishments on the day, in some cases semi-permanently anointing the kings and queens with the top 3 for the given element. As an owner and coach it’s a catch 22. Tracking is such an integral part of the process that I ask you all to trust. Hopefully one day you all get the first of many eureka moments, if you haven’t already, where you realize you have lost weight while adding strength and love the way you look more than ever. If you don’t track your progress daily you never know just how much you improve every day. At the same time this display puts an emphasis on performance rather than progress.

 

Let’s be honest. Competition is in all of us. Anyone who says they don’t like competition misinterpret what competition is. It is understandable to not like forced or public competition like sports. Yet unless you have never strived for a promotion, or tried to be first in line, or hoped to get the best reaction from a teacher when giving them year end gifts, then you enjoy competition in some way. What I hope to get all of you to see is the best type of competition is that with yourself, and you are able to do it every day with our programs.

 

This is where the moment of grace from Tuesday comes in. The best thing about how we can compete with ourselves here is it has no standards, no floor or ceiling. It’s just about what you have that day. Being honest, of the 275+ of you members from both locations, theres 3-5 if we include coaches who are and ever will be serious competitors in the sport of CrossFit. The rest of us do this for a reason other than glory, money, or a sick need to destroy ourselves every day. That means there will be days where we are absolute dog shit from start to finish in the gym. Things like life happen which tend to derail the perfect amount of sleep, nutrition, and supplementation we need to perform at our best.

 

That doesn’t mean we can’t strive for improvement. What was so great about what was happening around me on Tuesday was everyone was performing below their usual ability level if you rated them on overall ability and fitness compared to where the given scale they were using ranked. Yet doing that scale was their best chance to improve that movement long term. No ego. Now, I know I could be completely wrong and not a single one of these people tried to go about the workout this way, but I need these moments of grace to stay sane.

 

When it comes down to it we scale life every day. Hitting snooze and sacrificing the Starbucks stop, going with the stretch pants over the tight suit just because, hitting the sandwich place with your work buddies because Brexit can f**k itself instead of hitting the gym, all are totally rational and needed exercises we do to help get us through the day, and hopefully in a better state at the end. I know in the walls of our boxes it seems it’s always about being the best, hardcore fitness and nutrition, never straying, going for greatness. You bet that is what I want out of myself and everyone, but reality is sometimes it just ain’t happening. What is important is we keep things in perspective so we can come back the next day and really f**k shit up. That is what scaling is all about.

 

Take a moment and make sure you scale your day properly, because tomorrow is ripe for a beat down.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 3 Rounds : Row 500m, rest 1:1

 

2. Partner Weighted Plank, increasing weight every 15s for 1 min. 3 rounds

 

3. 5m AMRAP
20 Jumping Pull-ups
6 Box Step Up and Over with KB 53/35

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Thruster (from rack)
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
Row 500m
200m single arm OH carry, 53/35, switch @ 100m
30 SDLHP 53/35

Jun
28
By CFlando

Hump Dayyy!!!

Hump Dayyy!!!

By CFlando Posted on

p9Byr-600x803

 

 

 

Be sure to check TRIIB for July 4th Weekend Schedule

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work
100 Russian Twists 20/14 MB
– EMOM 5 MB Thruster

 

2. WOD : Max Reps
2m Max Air Squats
2m Max Jumping Lunges
2m Max KB Swing (eye high) 53/35
2m Max Jumping Squats

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat + Squat Clean + Split Jerk
– Every 75s for 8 sets
– Taken from rack
– Must be TnG

 

WOD : For Max Reps
3m Max Jumping Squats
3m Max Lunge, Barbell on Back 135/95*
3m Max Deadlift*
3m Max Jumping Squats

 

*Bar Drop/Break = 3 Push-ups on the spot

 

S : 75/55
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. Front Squat
– 3×2 @ 80-90%
– 3×1 @ 90%+

 

3. 7m AMRAP
3-5 TnG Squat Clean Thruster 65% Max Squat Clean and Jerk
2 Rope Climbs, 15′
ME UB HSPU

 

Jun
27
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-1

A DB follower

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. “Annie”
50-40-30-20-10
Double Unders (x2 Single Unders)
Situps

 

 

2. 5-4-3-2-1/1-2-3-4-5
Wall Climbs
Lunges (each leg) holding KB @ chest 53/35
Burpee + Wall Ball 20/14

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Bench Press
Find a 1 rep max PR attempt

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
7 Muscle Ups
7 Squat Snatch 135/95
70 Double Unders

 

S : 14 Jumping Pull-ups, 65/45 Power Snatch, 140 Singles
L1 : 14 CTB Pull-Ups, 95/65, 35 Double Unders

 

Rx+: 165/125

Jun
26
By CFlando

New Schedule : Evenings 4-5 Open gym, 5-6, 6-7, 7-8 CrossFit

New Schedule : Evenings 4-5 Open gym, 5-6, 6-7, 7-8 CrossFit

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

Be sure to check TRIIB for the new schedule

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 1 Minute on, 1 Minute off, 5 Rounds
Hollow Rocks

 

 

2. Conditioning

1 Minute on, 1 Minute off, 2 rounds each movement

Row (distance)
Burpees
Situps
Box Jumps 24/20, full stand

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: High Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
3 Squat Clean 135/95
3 Back Squat
3 Front Squat
12 Bar Facing Burpees

 

S : 65/45
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4xME Hang Squat Clean 225/155, rest :60
2b: 4xME Bar MU, rest :90

 

3. 50 Pistols AFAP, rest 30s, 50 GHD Situps, rest 30s, 50 Toes to Bar

Jun
25
By CFlando

Sunday : CrossFit Only @ 10am

Sunday : CrossFit Only @ 10am

By CFlando Posted on

Be sure to check the TRIIB schedule for new schedule starting Monday at both locations.

 

No Strongman this Sunday (June 26)

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength: Thruster

Find a 5 rep max

 

 

WOD : 9-7-5
Squat Clean Thruster 135/95
Power Clean
STOH
Bar Facing Burpee
OH Lunge (Each Leg)

 

 

 

Jun
24
By CFlando

New Schedule Starts Monday

New Schedule Starts Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

A wise man recently told me that “life ain’t easy, so make it easy”. I feel it is the best advice I have ever had.

 

The picture above is of Marek. He joined 2 weeks ago, had no actual CrossFit experience, yet came to the lifting workshop ready to learn. He has some mobility issues, but in less than a half hour was incredibly improved and making strides every lift.

 

I was very impressed seeing him walk in the door ready to lift. The hardest thing about what we do with CrossFit is accepting that we probably won’t be “good” at it at first, and maybe never! There are two ways we can go about improving our fitness. We can hide from it, avoid classes that have movements we suck at and usually hate, or we can work at it. I know it’s cliche but nothing worth doing comes easy. Not that it isn’t worth having a few easy things in life to let you shut down for a bit and just exist without the pressure of performing. It’s why I love video games.

 

Ultimately it doesn’t matter to anyone or anything other than yourself for how hard you work at your fitness. Yet I am truly a believer in synergy especially in terms of your daily progress. Our workouts lead to improved self esteem which leads to better interviews or meetings or coffee with our significant other. We know its true. So why not make everything better by being the best you can be in the gym? Or why not just try and be the best at everything you do?

 

I’m not saying make massive changes to what you are already doing, but at least try your hardest to make life easy. It starts with effort, and if that is true it ends there as well.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

 

STRENGTH

 

Woburn : Low Bar
5-5-5-5-5

 

Canal Park : Clean
Find a 2 rep max

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 400m
40 Burpees
40 KB Swing 53/35
40 SDLHP w KB
Run 400m

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD (squat)

 

2. Clean Work
Find a max TnG Squat Clean + Power Clean and Jerk

 

3. Find a max Yoke Carry, 50′

 

4. Row 1000m AFAP

Jun
23
By CFlando

Check Schedule for Evening Classes

Check Schedule for Evening Classes

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

Due to facility maintenance we have to close the gym for the afternoon and evening at Canal Park. This is just this Friday. We have increased the class cap to 20 for the morning and noon classes so try and get in if you were planning on evening but have flexibility. We greatly appreciate your understanding with this situation as it is the best case with what we had options wise.

 

On the subject of gym closings, July 4th weekend is quickly approaching. This is one of the best times of the year and a special occasion in the Landes family for over a decade. When I opened my first gym with my sidekick Stacey we agreed there are 3 times of year that are uniquely special to both of us mainly because they revolve around family. These times we agreed would be extended breaks at the gym to allow for us to get maximum time with family and as we grew the same ability for our staff. While I know us being closed for 2-3 days at a time is frustrating for many of you, I assure you it is always done with the idea that staff will come back with renewed energy towards their job.

 

Long story short, thank you all for understanding when we close next weekend and it’s all for the greater good of our whole community!

 

Plus I want to draft Jack for my whiffle ball team to bring Team Lando back to glory in the Landes Family Way Too Serious July 4th Whiffle Ball Championship. Team Lando started the tradition a decade ago with a 3-peat, lost in the championship game going for our 4th, then went back to back again, but have been dry ever since. I am holding tryouts next week for anyone who wants to partake in what is a fun summer game for 99% of people but in this situation will involve you being berated for failure and possible assaulted with whiffle balls and bats. Of course I’m kidding, I would never risk losing a ball.

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work
7m AMRAP
7 Lemon Squeezers
7 Hollow Rocks
7 V Ups
7 Scizzor from Hollow Position, each leg

 

2. 3 Rounds
2:00 Max 50m Sprints (row or run)
:20 transition
2:00 Max KB Swing 53/35
:20 transition

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Press
Find a 1 rep max, try and PR

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
20 Hang Power Snatch 95/65
20 Toes to Bar
80 Double Unders

 

S: 65/45, Power Snatch, 120 singles
L1: 75/65 Squat, 40 Doubles

 

Rx+: 115/75

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 3×4 Snatch, heavy Tng, rest :60
2b: 3×3-6 Bench Press @ BW, rest :60
2c: 3×75′ HS Walk for speed, rest 2:00

 

 

3. EMOM 5m
3 Deadlift, Heavy

Rest 1 full minute after 5 then

EMOM 5m
3 TnG Squat Clean

rest 1 full minute after 5 then

5m Max Clean and Jerk 225/145

Jun
22
By CFlando

Friday Night Canal Park Closed

Friday Night Canal Park Closed

By CFlando Posted on

Sorry-were-closed-sign

 

 

Due to circumstances out of our control, a function of building maintenance having to be done and this being the option to disrupt business the least, Canal Park will be closed for evening classes on Friday, June 24th. This is a temporary, this day only situation and we will be back up and running for Saturday morning as usual.

 

To make up for the loss of 2 classes I will be programming a workout that allows for larger numbers with no issues and raising the class cap on each class to 20 people. We will also be staffing the busier classes with more coaches.

 

Thank you for understanding as this is completely out of control. My other options were mid day or morning that would close 3 or more classes.

 

Stay tuned for the new schedule announcement. We are limiting the changes to just the evening classes but it is allowing for additional Open Gym at both locations and BootCamp every day at both locations. Formal announcement tomorrow!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint : CrossFit WOD

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-4-4-3-2-2

 

 

WOD : 21-18-15-9

Wall Ball 20/14
Push-Ups
Broad Jumps, 4/2′
 

 

S/L1: Scale height/weight of WB

 

The Program : Full Off Day

Jun
21
By CFlando

Time to Bleed

Time to Bleed

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Ronnie is my favorite. I know depth isn’t quite there but for a jacked up bodybuilder and 800# that is pretty damn good. If you watch some of his videos on YouTube you can quickly go down the rabbit hole and lose days of your life.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Skill : Turkish Getup

 

10 minutes working on the TGU with Kettlebells or whatever you can. You will be taught by a coach the entire time. Then there will be 8 each arm for time, cap of 7 minutes.

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds, each round 5:00 with 3:00 rest after
Run 600m
10 Single Arm KB Thruster (each arm) 53/35
10 Single Arm KB Swings (each arm), eye high
ME Muscle Ups with remainder of time

 

S : 400m Run, 15 Barbell Thruster 45/35, Ring Dips for MU
L1 : Run 400m, 35/26 KB

 

Rx+: 70/53 KB, must be squat clean for first rep

 

 

The Program : No Extra Work, save it for Friday/Saturday


21
By CFlando

Here’s A Free Lesson

Here’s A Free Lesson

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

Every lift we do has a setup position that is loosely strict. The more experience you have with yourself and how you move the more freedom you have to play with your setup and see how it works for you. A great example of this is with the snatch and the hand placement. Whenever you teach the snatch we are going to say the following things : 

 

1) Find the rings and place your hands accordingly (bar at waist, arms straight)
2) Feet under hips
3) Shoulders tight down and back
4) Find placement for start of lift

 

However, once you get more experienced you might realize that your shoulders require a closer grip for strength in lock out. Or because you are fat and out of shape long and gangly like myself, your hips have a hard time getting low while keeping lumbar and hamstring position for proper or most effective push from the floor. Whatever it is you will certain find that there are minor, sometimes major, ways to adjust the way you are told to setup. This is ok, and even encouraged. The way we teach the setup of every lift is based off the most effective way to teach the largest amount of people quickly. This doesnt mean that they have to be 100% followed as such. Think of it as a guide for where you find your perfect way.

 

Keep this in mind when setting up for today’s Snatch work. Find your way that works within the right way.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. “Randy” and more
75 Snatch 75/55
– Every Minute on the Minute perform 4 lateral burpees over bar

 

 

2. Core Work
work with a partner to develop a max :30 forearm plank hold, weighted, 3 chances. Rest 2:00 between.

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Snatch Work

 

– Find a 1 rep max Snatch (Woburn)

 

– Find a 1 rep max Overhead Squat (Canal Park)

 

 

WOD : “Randy”

 

75 Snatch 75/55

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. Bench Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

 

3a: 4×10 Strict TTB, rest :60

3b: 4×10 Straight Arm Raise in Full Squat, 45/35, start in snatch start (mid shin), rest :60

3c: 4xME Double Unders, rest :60

 

 

Jun
19
By CFlando

New Schedule for Both Locations!

New Schedule for Both Locations!

By CFlando Posted on

As announced last night we will be adopting a new schedule on June 26th, which is next Monday. An esteemed colleague of mine suggested, however, that announcing the schedule times before we actually change to it would just confuse people and cause chaos this week. That’s why you have good employees! So we will be moving forward with the schedule change next week but won’t be announcing times and changes until later this week.

 

Hints: Mornings are staying the same, BootCamps are being normalized through the Noon hour, evenings are adjusted slightly.

 

New Season: Monday starts the new programming season. This is applicable to everybody. This means some different focus for strength and WODs as well. All that will be different for you is your approach which we will always explain in the post and in class. Getting strong and sexy time!

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work : 30s max efforts, rest 30s after each to transition
– Mountain Climbers
– Seated MB Press (feet off floor)
– Russian Twists
– Plank Push-Ups
– Hollow Rocks
– Supermans

 

2. Conditioning Test : 2 Rounds
Row 600m
100 Double Unders/200 Singles

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

1-1-1-1-1-1

 

– Goal here is find a new 1 rep max PR back squat. Classes will warmup accordingly to get CNS prep. Your focus is a PR.

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Power Clean 135/95
Pull-Ups
– 3 Wall Climbs after each set

 

S : 75/55, Jumping Pull-ups
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: CTB Pull-ups

 

 

The Program

 

This week is focused on setting new testing marks to work off of. Volume will be limited early in the week. Stick to it.

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Yoke Carry : 5×50′, max able no drops

 

3. Turkish Getups 53/35, 10 each side

Jun
18
By CFlando

New Schedule Starts June 26

New Schedule Starts June 26

By CFlando Posted on

Monday, June 26 we will be rolling out a new schedule at both locations. Be sure to read tomorrow’s post so you are aware and ready for the following week.

 

We will also be starting the new season Monday. So much exciting stuff to come!!!

 

Talk tomorrow!

 

 

SUNDAY : 10am CrossFit Only

 

 

Strength : Thruster (from rack)
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD: EMOM 16m
O: ME Thruster 135/95
E: 5 Down and Back sprints, 75′

 

Score is total thrusters

 

S: 75/55

 

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/135

Jun
17
By CFlando

Bring a Friend and Weightlifting Seminar

Bring a Friend and Weightlifting Seminar

By CFlando Posted on

Bring a Friend at both locations, all classes!

 

Weightlifting Seminar lead by Lando, USA-W Sport Performance Coach

 

– Come learn the intricacies of the Snatch, Clean and Jerk. 

 

– This will start at 11:30 and run until 1:00pm. Come for part or all of it. We will Snatch then Clean and Jerk.

 

 

– Come ready to lift! Rest tonight, eat early, don’t attend class unless you are used to doubles. This will be 2-3x the amount of volume of a regular class. Very doable for all levels but to get the most out of it you want to be rested and READY TO PR!!!

 

 

SATURDAY

– Bring a friend. No experience necessary! They sign up, you get 10% off next month!

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP, Partner WOD

100 Double Unders or 150 Singles
30 Front Squat 95/65
30 Burpee Broad Jumps, 4/2′
Run 800m
10 High Fives

Immediately after 20 minutes is up : 1 Hug

 

 

The Program

 

1. EMOM 12m
1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 2 Jerk

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

3. EMOM 20m
O: ME Box Jump 24/20, stand and step down
E: ME Squat Clean Thruster 135/95

 

4. 8x200m, wearing vest, rest 1:00 between efforts

Jun
16
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 10s on, 10s off, 10 Rounds
– Hollow Rocks

immediately after perform 25 burpees

 

2. Conditioning : 12m AMRAP

Row 300m
21 Overhead Squat 95/65
15 Hang Power Clean
9 Thrusters

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Jerk
2-2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
Row 300m
21 Overhead Squat 95/65
15 Hang Power Clean
9 Thrusters

 

S : 65/45
L1 : 75/55

Rx+: 115/75

Jun
15
By CFlando

Bring a Friend this Saturday

Bring a Friend this Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-3

 

 

New season and new cycle starts Monday. Get ready to get started on whatever your next year goals are!

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

– Perform 1-5 Strict Pull-Ups or Muscle Ups between sets

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
27 Wall Ball 20/14
19 Toes to Bar

 

S/L1: Scaled height and TTB

 

The Program : Off

 

Jun
14
By CFlando

Olympic Lifting Workshop : Saturday @ 11:15

Olympic Lifting Workshop : Saturday @ 11:15

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

Saturday in Woburn starting at 11:15am and runs until around 1:00pm. Signup by emailing with “Lifting” in the subject. First 25 in. Free of charge.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Deadlift
2-2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
25 KB Swings 53/35
100m Farmer’s Carry, single arm, 53/35 KB, switch @ 50m
10 Walking Lunges holding KB @ chest

 

 

S: 4 Rounds, 35/26 KB
L1: 35/26 KB

 

Rx+ : 70/53

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch
3×2, quick work

 

3. Yoke Carry
– for 20 minutes, perform a 50′ carry every 2-3 minutes. Make it heavy as able each time but increase weight each time. No freebie attempts.

 

4. 3m AMRAP : Double Unders
rest 1 minute
3m AMRAP : Burpees to target 16″ over reach, wearing vest 20/10#

Jun
13
By CFlando

Put it in the Books

Put it in the Books

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
1 Wall Climb
2 Rope Climbs, 15′ (8 Strict Pull-Ups @ CP)
25 Double Unders
2 Wall Climbs
2 Rope Climbs
50 Double Unders
3 Wall Climbs
2 Rope Climbs
75 Double Unders
AMRAP Hang Squat Clean with remaining time

 

 

Woburn : 185/125
– S : 95/65
– L1: 135/95

 

– Rx+: 225/155

 

Canal Park : 115/75
– S: 65/45
– L1: 75/65

 

– Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. EMOM 14m
O: ME Toes to Bar + Bar MU
E: 3 Split Jerk (from rack), heavy yet perfect ear rep

 

 

3a: Bench Press, 4×5, heavy, rest :60
3b: OH walk, 4×50′, taken from floor, rest :60

 

Jun
12
By CFlando

Bring a Friend this Saturday Both Locations

Bring a Friend this Saturday Both Locations

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
Run 200m
12 Power Snatch 95/65

 

 

S : 65/45
L1: 75/55

 

 

Rx+: 115/75 UB snatches only

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. EMOM 20m
O: 6 Back Rack Lunges, alt, heaviest able
E: 7 Wall Ball 20/14, 5 Box Jumps 30/24

 

 

3. 5m AMRAP
10 UB Toes to Bar

 

 

4. 5m Sled Work : forward push, add weight each length of floor, incrementally and same each time.

Jun
10
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

SATURDAY

 

STRENGTH

 

Woburn : High Bar Back Squat 5×5

 

Canal Park: Snatch 5×1

 

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
9 Power Snatch 95/65
9 Toes to Bar
3 Wall Climbs

 

 

Jun
9
By CFlando

Who Said Long WOD?

Who Said Long WOD?

By CFlando Posted on

12928150_10103214187569231_5546986535441752141_n

 

 

If you’re looking for easy, convenient delivery of protein and other supplements to your doorstep, go to Strength.com and put your order in! They have 10% off all items. Go through our member portal on the website or here.

 

Also, Paleo Power Meals continues to be the game changer in paleo food delivery. Get your order in tonight here.

 

Lastly, Sarah will be coaching in Woburn tomorrow night and assisted by April. Come get some knowledge from a 4x Regional athlete as she gets back into the swing of things for Friday’s looooooong hero. Take the opportunity to talk with her about nutrition and look for the new nutrition newsletter next week!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

No BootCamp AM at either location

 

 

CrossFit (afternoon BootCamp at CP will do modified today’s WOD)

 

WOD : “Kelly”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
30 Box Jumps 24/20
30 Wall Ball 20/14

 

S: 300m Run, 20 reps

L1: 20 reps

 

40 minute time cap

 

 

The Program

 

1. “Kelly”

 

2. Push Jerk

2-2-2-2-2-2-2, hold catch for 3 seconds each rep

 

3. 10 TGU each side, 70/53

Jun
8
By CFlando

Next Bring a Friend Day : June 18th!

Next Bring a Friend Day : June 18th!

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

Save the date. Bring a Friend Day for both locations is June 18th! Why bring someone to BAF?

 

1) You get 10% your next month if you bring a friend that signs up for a month or equivalent class pack.

 

2) Bring more energy and camaraderie to the community while introducing another person to the greatness of CrossFit for their health.

 

3) One less person that you need to tell to shut the hell up when you are out with friends and they start criticizing how amazing and fit you look while you say no to pizza and wings for the 4th time that week.

 

Mark it down!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3, all 80% or higher

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 600m
100 Walking Lunges
75 STOH 65/45
50 Hang Clean
25 Deadlift

– Every time bar is put down perform 3 Bar Facing Burpees

 

L1: 45/35, Air Squat penalty

 

Rx+: 75/55

 

 

The Program : Off

Jun
7
By CFlando

Hard Work Defined

Hard Work Defined

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

BootCamp Sprint is postponed indefinitely for AM time slots at BOTH locations. There will be a new schedule for these classes starting Monday, June 13th. Don’t worry, the noon time classes will NOT be messed with at Canal Park. There will be BootCamps added around those times at Woburn.

 

The biggest mistake CrossFitters can make is thinking that working harder is working more. Ive been around a bit and can say with 100% certainty that nearly every CrossFitter, regardless of purpose, experiences overtraining and breakdown in some way at some point. This ain’t less is more, but it also is harder is defined as more either.

 

Now, this isn’t going to become one of those posts where I swear that there is a way you can become {insert goal here} in less than 1 hour of intense work and less than 5 times a week. Whatever your goals are, if they are beyond “not dying as fast as status quo”, then you need to do intense exercise for at least 1 hour and do it at least 4x a week. Notice how many times I said AT LEAST. That means minimum. As we get into different goals we get into what it takes in terms of the amount of work you do. Regardless, it takes time to reach goals in life especially when it comes to fitness (weird I know).

 

It still doesn’t mean that 2 hours in the gym 7 days a week means you absolutely will get what you want. Honestly if you are doing that I guarantee it is messing you up and holding you back. For those of you saying “no shit bro”,  you would be surprised to learn then that this is the conversation myself and all the coaches at Lando have the most with your brethren. It goes like this:

 

ATHLETE : “Coach, I’m tired. And hurt. And peed the bed because I didn’t want to get out to go because my calves and this weird muscle just beneath my ribcage I didn’t even know I had hurt so bad.”.

COACH : “When was your last rest day?”. 

ATHLETE: “What day?”.

COACH : “Go home.”. 

 

That is generally the conversation, give or a take a few sentences and conjunctions. Overtraining is real and happens to all levels of athlete. Again, this isn’t saying less it more. This is saying that working harder isn’t just spending more time working.

 

One thing to know, I absolutely HATE the “less is more” saying and idea in general. This is doubly so if it is coming from a coach or leader of some sort. I get it all the time when people want to give me advice about running my business. Funny how it always comes from people who have never owned a small business, or business at all, and people who I generally wouldn’t take advice from at all anyways let alone about my livelihood. If I want to send emails at 1am Im going to send emails at 1am. Guess how many distractions there are at that time? Even TV sucks by then. I also understand that working 24/7 is dumb as hell no matter how much work we have. But less is more is an easy way for lazy people to describe getting lucky. Like the people that didn’t go to class or a single study session but pulled off an A because they memorize well. Whatever bro, good luck with life.

 

Less is more sucks from leaders because it is always taken too far. If I tell one of you less is more, then next month you are going to ask to go to 2x a week then the month after cancel on me because you gained 10#. Still, your body needs time to recover to get gains. The same for your mind. I can’t stress enough how “listen to your body” truly works as a measuring stick for when to rest. That doesn’t mean if you are sore don’t come. If that was the case how many of you would ever show up? But if you are walking through the office and honestly grimacing over the idea of possibly running a 400m to warm up, THAT means listen to your body and give it a rest.

 

The mental game is the most important part of your training. Think of the synergy that happened when you started out on your CrossFit journey and you couldn’t get enough. Remember that feeling? You wanted to come every day because the day before was so awesome. You had amazing changes in your body, felt younger, looked better, got to spend amazing time with me Stacey, Flav, Jack, Kyle, and Matt, and met other amazing people who were stranger members that quickly became friends. Well the same thing happens negatively when you break yourself. First a bad WOD happens and the next day doesn’t seem so fun. Getting out of bed at 5am to make class isn’t so cool anymore. All the sudden a week has gone by and you haven’t had a decent day of fitness, or worse yet couldn’t bring yourself to come in.

 

The science of why your body needs rest days throws down tomorrow. Tune back in!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

– AM BootCamp Class is postponed at both locations starting immediately. A new BootCamp schedule is being started on Monday, June 13. Please tune in to find out about the new schedule soon.

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3, all heavy over 80%

 

 

WOD : 8 Rounds, :30 on :30 off each round, max reps of following couplet each :30 on. Add total reps for all 8 rounds.

4 Bar Facing Bar Hop, 2 feet each time
6 Overhead Squat 115/75

 

S:  75/55 Front Squat, step over for Bar Hops

L1: 95/65 OHS

 

Rx+: Squat to Bar Hop, 135/95 must be UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 10m : 10 UB Wall Ball 20/14, heavier if able, then right into 6m AMRAP: 5 Deadlift 315/225, 1 TGU each arm 70/53

 

3. Yoke Carry : 5×50′ heaviest able (CP 5x30s back rack hold)
– 20 GHD situps after each round but not last

Jun
6
By CFlando

Goin Up On a Tuesday

Goin Up On a Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3-2-2-2

 

– Get a lot of heavy reps in here

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
15 Pull-Ups
30 Double Unders
Run 300m

 

 

S : Jumping Pull-Ups, 70 Single Unders
L1 : 20 Double Unders

 

Rx+: UNbroken PU and DUs. If broken up for 1) pull-ups finish remainder of round as burpee pull-ups and 2) double unders subtract 10 reps from where you broke up.

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Work
12 minutes: find a 3 rep power snatch, at least 5-6 attempts
12 minutes : find a 1 rep squat snatch + 3 OHS + behind neck jerk, at least 5-6 attempts

 

3. Bench Press
5 @ 70%, rest approx. 30s, 3 @ 80%, rest approx. 30s, 1 @ 90%, rest approx. 1:00. Perform for 1 minute. Keep weights relatively consistent throughout.

 

4. Conditioning
Run 4x600m AFAP, rest 1:1

Jun
5
By CFlando

Lifting Heavy

Lifting Heavy

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work
:25 work, :45 rest, 5 rounds each movement

 

a. Hollow Rocks
b. Russian Twist, 14/10 MB
c. KB Deadlift, 70/53 KB
d. Straight Leg Scissor kicks, distance over speed (straight over waist to just above floor)

 

 

2. Conditioning

20 Burpees
75 Double Unders/150 Singles
20 KB Swings 53/35
20 Burpees
75 Double Unders/150 Singles
20 KB Swings
20 Burpees

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
KB Swing 70/53
Goblet Squat
Burpees

 

S: 35/26
L1: 53/35

 

Rx+: Single Arm OHS (11/10, 8/7, 5/4)

 

 


The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m : 3 Squat Clean Thruster, heaviest able

 

3a: 3×25 GHD Situps, rest :45
3b: 3×8 (each side) KB Snatch, heaviest able, 8 then switch sides, rest :60

 

 


5
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY : One class @ 10:00am

 

 

STRENGTH : EMOM 20m
O: 1 Power Clean + 2 Jerk
E: Rest

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
4 Power Clean 155/105
8 Front Squat
12 Deadlift
16 Burpees

 

 

 

Jun
3
By CFlando

Murph Schedule at CP, Regular at Woburn

Murph Schedule at CP, Regular at Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

Murph

 

 

 

“Murph” will be going down on Canal Park at 10:15am. Regular class at 9:00am.
Woburn is regular Saturday schedule : OG @ 9:00, class @ 10:00am.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

STRENGTH

Canal Park : Clean and Jerk, Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

Woburn : High Bar Back Squat, 5×5

 

 

WOD : Partner 15m AMRAP
Perform 30 Clean and Jerk 135/95 (each partner must perform 30 reps, 1 bar only)
then 3 rounds of
30 Air Squats
20 Ring Dips
Run 200m (both partners run together)
then perform 30 Snatch 135/95, same as clean and jerks

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m : 1 Squat Snatch, heaviest able

3. Overhead Squat : 5×3

 

4. 10m AMRAP
1 Rope Climb
2 Bar MU
3 Ring MU
4 Strict HSPU
5 Thrusters 225/145

Jun
2
By CFlando

Schedule Changes, This Friday Only

Schedule Changes, This Friday Only

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

There will be changes to the evening schedule for THIS FRIDAY ONLY. Thank you for understanding.

 

 

Wall BALLS

 

Wall Ball might be the most wide spectrum movement in terms of how people view it of everything we do in CrossFit. For some it’s a welcome strength, us tall folk who will gladly toss a ball a foot beyond our reach a few times. Then the other end of the spectrum is those of you who the target looks like it’s the top of the empire state building and you are tied to cinder blocks. I understand that I don’t understand, but you all get your pull-ups and toes to bar so sympathy isn’t in great supply over here.

 

Like everything we do you can make these at least less awful with a few simple adjustments. Starting from the bottom remember what this movement really is : a squat. So all the elements of a are in play. Initiate your hips back, push the knees out to create tension in the hips and hamstrings, and bounce out of the bottom. Mobility certainly is a factor but those of you who skirt parallel are actually making it worse because you aren’t getting the stretch reflex from that bounce in the bottom. It’s a controlled but fast descent to that bottom position, then generate speed to help toss the ball up.

 

There are simple things that can help too like the setup. As dumb as it sounds I see many people struggling just because they are too close to the wall. You want to get some bounce off the wall so you can time your descent and get maximum efficiency, and we also have to actually hit the target area. Make sure you are at least arms length away. Remembering the squat piece, get the feet setup right both width and direction of the toes. I can’t tell you how many times I see people who are normally perfectly good squatters technique wise totally lose that when doing wall ball. Lastly in setup and execution, hold the ball at the chest when you have it. It’s instinct to hold the ball at our face because we like to see the objects we are holding but that makes us hold tension in our arms. Keep the ball at the chest while squatting to give you even a millisecond break.

 

You can do this. Ignore my laughing.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

-Woburn schedule for evening : 430pm class, 530pm BootCamp Sprint Class (30 minutes). Gym closes promptly at 6:15pm

– Canal Park schedule for evening will be : 4-4:30pm Open Gym. 4:30pm CrossFit, 5:30pm BootCamp Sprint (30 minutes). Gym closes promptly at 6:15pm

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Work
– L-Sit Practice/hold for 3:00 running clock
rest :30
– Chair position holding medball (athlete sitting on floor), 3:00 running clock every :30 perform 4 russian twists
rest :30
– Forearm plank hold into straight arm plank hold alternating every :30, 3:00 running clock

 

2. Conditioning

3:00 Max Effort Wall Ball 20/14
2:00 Max Effort Toes to Bar
3:00 Max Effort Russian KB Swings
2:00 Max Effort Jumping Pull-Ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

STRENGTH

Woburn : Split Jerk, find a 1 rep max
Canal Park: Split Jerk, every 90s perform 3 reps for 7 sets, 80-90% (no failures)

 

 

WOD : For Time
104 Wall Ball 20/14
52 Toes to Bar

 

12:00 Time Cap

 

S: 9′ target, lighter ball, scaled TTB
L1: lighter ball, scaled TTB

 

Rx+: every drop of WB and break of TTB perform 6 burpees

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 50 Strict Pull-ups

 

3. 7m AMRAP
3 Snatch @ 80% 1 rm
7 OH Walking Lunge
30 UB Double Unders

 

 

Jun
1
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on
Unknown

I know we aren’t doing Murph but this is awesome by Jorge

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

STRENGTH : Push Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
30 Push-Ups
30 Double Unders
10 Thrusters 95/65

 

S: 60 Singles, 65/45
L1: 15 Doubles, 75/55

 

Rx+: UB DUs and Thrsuters @ 115/75

 

 

The Program : Off

May
31
By CFlando

Hump Day Already!!!

Hump Day Already!!!

By CFlando Posted on

maxresdefault

 

 

 

 

Coach Sarah, fresh off her first ever Regionals appearance as an individual, is available for remote (online) nutrition counseling. Meal plans, macro breakdown, food log analysis, and general consulting are all available. Email her at [email protected]. If anything sign up for the newsletter. The best $10 you can spend each month! First free issues comes in a week!!!

 

Last class at Woburn is canceled for Wednesday. This is just for this week. We are also changing the Friday schedule this week just for this week. Both nights are for professional development. I apologize about the inconvenience. This is just temporary for this week. Thank you.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

STRENGTH

Woburn: EMOM 12m, 5 TnG Squat Clean, 3 min on 1 min off. Same weight for 3 min. Increase each round of 3 min. Start around 75% max. 

 

Canal Park : EMOM 12m, 5 Front Squat, 3 min on 1 min off. Same increase and start as above.

 

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 KB Swings 53/35
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

S: Scaled KB, step ups (6 each leg)
L1: 10/10 reps

 

Rx+: 70/53, 30/24

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 5×5+2 Thruster + Push Jerk @ heaviest able, rest :60
2b: 5×50 Double Unders AFAP, rest :60

 

3: 50 Walking Lunges @ BW, bar on back

May
30
By CFlando

And We’re Back At It

And We’re Back At It

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-1

The Regionals Ladies and Support Staff

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

STRENGTH

 

Woburn : Snatch
-Find a max Full Snatch + Below Knee Hang Squat Snatch

 

Canal Park : Bench Press
– Find a max set of 3 reps, perform 3-5 strict pull-ups after each set

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 400m
then 6 Rounds
10 Burpees
5 Handstand Push-ups
then Run 400m

 

S : 10 Push-Ups for HSPU
L1 : Scaled HSPU

Rx+: 5″ Deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. OH Yoke Carry, 50′ max no drops

– between sets perform 3 stone to shoulder + squat, heaviest able

 

 

3a: 4×6 each side OH Split Squat (lunge width), heaviest able, rest :60
3b: 4×6 DB/KB Single Arm Bench Press (each side), fast before heavy, rest :60

 

 

4: finisher
30 barbell curls
30 barbell press
60 OH KB swings 106/88

May
29
By CFlando

“Murph”

“Murph”

By CFlando Posted on

Murph

 

 

We are running a special class tomorrow for “Murph” at 12:00pm.

 

 

This is for members of BOTH gyms and experienced CROSSFIT friends/family.  Limited experience non-members will be turned away including if they don’t do CrossFit. This is a firm rule since we have had bad experiences in the past.

 

Canal Park is closed on Monday and Woburn is running this 12pm ONLY. See below for more details!

 

 

MEMORIAL DAY “MURPH”

 

Come to Woburn tomorrow (Canal Park members welcome) and partake in a nation wide tradition of doing the Hero WOD “Murph” on Memorial Day. Canal Park is CLOSED on Monday, May 30. The listed time for “Murph” is the only time Woburn is OPEN.

 

 

Lieutenant Michael Murphy lost his life during a mission that has been immortalized in the story The Lone Survivor which is a book and movie, the former something EVERYONE who can read should read. If you can’t read get the book on tape.

 

 

TIMING

 

We were going to be closed due to staff time off and coming off the Regionals weekend but decided to throw this in the mix. This is a special WOD and I encourage anyone who can get to Woburn to do so.

 

Gym opens at 11:30am. Directed warmup starts at 12:00pm SHARP. Please do not be late. If you are more than 5 minutes late we won’t let you join in unless there are extenuating circumstances you let me know about before. This is going to be a big crown with a lot of energy so we need to get things started and monitored early and on point. Thanks SO much for understanding, and get your butts in here!

 

 

SCALING

 

Like all WODs including Heroes we have done in the past there are many scales to meet your needs. The written ones are encouraged but we can help with anything you bring at us!

 

 

 

MEMORIAL DAY “MURPH” MONDAY

 

WOD : For Time

Run 1 Mile
100 Pull-Ups
200 Push-ups
300 Squats
Run 1 Mile

 

90 MINUTE TIME CAP

 

 

S(tarter): 800m Runs. 50-100-150 reps. Scale movements as usual. Scale MORE than usual.
Level 1: 1000m Runs. 75-150-200 reps. Similar scaling guidelines

 

Rx+: Wear weight vest. Only allowed if you have done as RX previously. 

 

 

 

The work is done with the runs mandatory done in that order (first and last). However the middle 3 movements can be done any way you want and is encouraged to be done in either 20 rounds of “Cindy” (5-10-15) or similar 5-5-15-5 (pull-ups, push-ups, squats, push-ups). 

 

This does not count against your class total for the week. We will be doing “Murph” at Canal Park on Saturday, June 4th if desired and moving the lifting clinic to another date.

May
27
By CFlando

Saturday Open Gym Only

Saturday Open Gym Only

By CFlando Posted on

We planned on closing for the entire weekend but adjusted to Open Gym at both locations tomorrow. Come get a workout in on your own or with friends! Check the online schedule for hours!

 

WOBURN : 10-12pm

CANAL PARK : 1-3pm

May
26
By CFlando

Hero Friday

Hero Friday

By CFlando Posted on
FLEX

This IS the Flex Zone

 

 

 

Check out games.crossfit.com to check in on the ladies’ progress through the weekend. People coming be sure to hit me up when you get here!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. CORE : 10 min cap

50 Barbell Roll-Outs
– EMOM perform 1 KB complex : 2 Russian + 2 Full Swing + 2 Goblet Squat + 2 Lunges (total)

 

 

2. Conditioning : Cap 15 minutes
100 Burpees for Time

 

S: 50 Burpees
L1: 75 Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : “Jerry”
Run 1 Mile
Row 2000m
Run 1 Mile

 

30 min Cap

 

S : 800m, 1000m, 800m
L1 : 1000m, 1500m, 1000m

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. EMOM 12m
2 TnG Snatch + 2 OHS, heavy

 

3a: 5×5 Bench Press, heavy, rest :60
3b: 5xME HS Walk distance in 45s, rest :60
3c: 5×3 Front Squat w 5s pause below parallel, rest :60

May
25
By CFlando

Off to Regionals They Go!

Off to Regionals They Go!

By CFlando Posted on

12829033_10153263449411541_2567443378835167845_o10632747_993856960643072_8203553822594143558_n

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Training is done, bags are packed (probably not really), and we are ready to go tomorrow morning. It has been a heck of a training year and these two girls are as ready as ever to compete at THE elite of the elite fitness competition in the world, The Reebok CrossFit Games East Regionals. Before I get into the sappy story time I want to say thank you to all of you, our amazing community. In a short time we have grown to over 300 people with 5 coaches, 2 admins, multiple business partners, a few dogs, and we keep growing. We expanded to another location less than a year ago and have had an incredible addition of people to our community through Canal Park.

 

Through it all you have been incredibly supportive of the business in general and the various endeavors I/we partake in. The Open weekends were awesome attendance and effort wise. We had 3 incredible Regional qualifiers, 1 Master’s (Michael Gray) and Stacey and Sarah. Amazing! Through it all many of you gave support in person, email, social media, and most recently financially. We literally couldn’t take the trip to Albany that requires gas, 2 hotel rooms for 3 nights, signup fees, nutrition, body work, etc. if you all hadn’t donated through the fund as well as the Regional Shirts (which are in both offices and can be picked up anytime). We continue to accept donations and thank you so much. I have watched these two girls go through hell and back to get to where they are and they deserve the chance they have this weekend without stress or other issues money related. Thanks to you all that is possible.

 

Now, I have to say a few words about this past year and these two girls and what is going on in the next 4 days. Stacey and Sarah qualified for Regionals out of the Northeast Open group which means they were in the top 20 of 12,000 competitors. That’s in the top <1%. I can’t even fathom that. As their coach I know what they do in and out of the gym, how hard they work, how much they sacrifice and for how long, and it’s nothing short of inspiring. I know from experience (failed) that many of us couldn’t dedicate ourselves to this one goal of making Regionals like they have if we were paid.

 

Sarah : I am so blessed to be able to coach my wife and have been side by side through her development as an athlete the last 3 years. This is a girl who’s fitness meant she used to starve herself and do 5 hours of cardio a day while trimming down to 115# as a Professional Figure competitor. On a whim she decided to try CrossFit and became a Regional qualifier a year later having never before done most of the movements we do. Since then I have coached her for 3+ years and watched her go from someone who didn’t know how to link Toes to Bar or Snatch without splitting her feet to a top 20, freakishly strong and athletic, dominant athlete who actually believes in herself on more occasions than not.

 

What many don’t know is how hard her journey has been. Like many great athletes she has a few stories of anguish, but few can rival the true devastation as hers nor compare to her determination to make up for it. Muscle ups haunt many of us in this sport and she was not an exception. In the 2013 Regionals they were in a team workout that required a certain amount be completed by each person or the team be eliminated. She failed and therefore her team was eliminated barely a full day into the competition. It happened in front of 5000+ people. She was crushed. I was crushed. Her team was crushed. I have never felt so bad for someone as I did for her that day. What she did since is a perfect example of who she is.

 

It starts with humility. She accepted her failure as her own an no one else’s fault, though of the 3 reps she had to get, having completed 1 right away she got no repped for no reason. She owned it, stayed at the competition all 3 days, then got to work the week after. What I still well up with pride about is not only did she not shy away from MUs (though she battled many, many tear filled days to get there) she worked so hard at them that she now dominates them, including strict ones required this weekend. What she endured was enough to scar an athlete so they never are able to compete that way again. She let it make her great. I’ll always admire this story and so proud I got to experience it.

 

We certainly have an interesting existence as a couple and coach/athlete, but somehow we make it work very well. She has been there as I went from just a coach she saw struggling so pushed me to take the leap and open my own place. She encouraged me when needed, pushes me when I am down, and is always there when I need a laugh. Her quiet work ethic is truly amazing, especially if you knew some of the other hardships she has endured the past 3 years (beyond marrying me). I sometimes have to remind myself that my wife is now an elite level CrossFitter of the level I used to marvel at watching videos in my office years ago at Harvard. Just amazing.

 

I am very proud of her as my wife but also just as a person. I can’t wait to coach her for her first foray into the individual realm at Regionals. 

 

Stacey: Then I have Stacey. Im sure at times people would wonder which one I was married to if you saw the amount of time I spent with these two ladies, and how much Stacey and I fight. What I bet all of you don’t know is that before I became super important and famous in the CrossFit world, I was a nobody coaching at CrossFit Southie. That all changed with an email.

 

Before we got here I was just another coach spending every waking moment teaching himself programming and all things fitness, testing theories on willing and unwilling friends and girlfriends —> fiancees —->wives, developing a competitor program I called The Program. Then one day a 2x Games top 12 finisher, 5x Regional Qualifier, sponsored out the wazoo international superstar CrossFit athlete named Stacey Kroon sent me an email. This email was preceded by one of our mutual friends texting me saying “Um dude, I think Stacey is going to ask you to coach her”. I immediately s**t myself and began feverishly refreshing my email on my phone while trying to coach, an image Im sure you all know too well. The email that finally came simply stated “Hey friend, I need a coach. Any idea who can help me? Cheers, Stacey”.

 

For many split seconds I secretly wondered if she truly was asking me for advice on finding a coach, but our mutual friend confirmed it was me she was talking about. What happened since then has been the formation of a team that spans friendship, business, and competition and is the true definition of synergy, at least on my end. I truly cannot do what I do as well without Stacey helping, and I can honestly say Ive never had a friend I trust and rely on as much as I do this girl.

 

What has been so cool is when I got Stacey as an athlete she was coming off of her worst finish ever at Regionals, a shocking 7th place disaster that had her stay home from work for 4 days until her boss threatened to fire her. But she was a 2x Games athlete, I was a mad scientist with a lot of unproven great ideas, yet she trusted me to “fix her”. I owe her so much, one reason because she gave me an elite athlete to test my theories on and give me endless feedback. Our teamwork has been integral in the development of The Program and I am endlessly thankful to her.  It’s been an amazing 4 years filled with triumphs and heartbreak, the latter of which one specific time created the greatest story I have ever witnessed in any athletic endeavors.

 

The story goes that in 2014, a year Stacey was at her best I had seen thus far,  the competition opened with a max snatch. You had 2:00 to make an attempt, 3x total. One attempt each 2:00 section, not allowed to take the weight off. I pushed her all training prep to start heavy, like 92% max heavy, and insisted she do it even though I knew she liked to start light and build with quick, big jumps. I am sometimes shocked at how much I still regret it, sometimes feeling like I betrayed her. Various other factors lead to a rocky warmup time, and Stacey ended up missing all 3 attempts. A year of prep, a year of hopes, gone in 6:00. I will never forget her face when she turned to look at me. However, literally 1:00 later the legend began. Event 2 was a max HS walk in a timed section. She had never gone more than 150′ in practice yet she banged out 250’+ for a top 5 finish.

 

We kept repeating that her job was to write an amazing story, that even though her Games dreams were dashed before the competition really started, she could still do something amazing. She did just that, crawling back from last place to come in the top 10 overall. Ican honestly say I coached someone who had people telling her at the end of a 3 day competition that she was a legend. True story. I am so proud of how Stacey has changed in the years we have been a team, and am more than thankful for her trusting me enough to send me that email. It truly changed my life.

 

My coaching duties cover two very different experiences this year, with Stacey going into her 8th straight Regionals and 7th as an individual, while Sarah is hitting the floor for the 1st time as an individual, 4th time overall. If you don’t know already I am very proud of our Head Coach Stacey and Nutrition Coach/my wife Sarah. These ladies earned this weekend for this past year and more. Now there’s nothing left but sleep and anticipation for Friday Event 1!! 2 events a day for a chance to go to the CrossFit Games in July. Let’s cheer them on no matter where you are. Maybe a great story will unfold.

 

Be sure to keep up with the schedule for changes starting Friday. We are limited staff wise so bear with us! If you are heading to Albany be sure to let me know somehow.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Core : 3 minutes of work for each section, 1 min rest between

1: AMRAP
10 Hollow Rocks
20 Alternating Hollow Flutter Kicks with Arms
30 Supermans
ME Hanging L Sit with rest of time (pull-up bar, accumulated)

 

2: AMRAP
1 Minute Straight Arm Plank Hold
1 Minute Forearm Plank Hold
AMRAP Alternating Knee to Elbow in Straight Arm Plank

 

3: AMRAP
Russian KB swings, 53/35
– every 20 UB reps = 5 bonus reps
– less than 100 reps = 2 burpee for every 5 reps under 100, max 20 burpees

 

 

Conditioning : For Time
80 Situps
35 Hand Release Push-ups
35 Hang Power Snatch 75/55
40 Toes to Bar
35 Cal Row
35 Pull-Ups
80 Air Squats

 

 

Program Off

 

May
24
By CFlando

Wish Sarah and Stacey Good Luck!

Wish Sarah and Stacey Good Luck!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

We are leaving Thursday morning for Regionals so make sure if you see Stacey and Sarah to wish them luck for this weekend! Regionals shirts are in and can be claimed at the desk. We only have ones that were ordered ahead of time.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. EMOM 10m
5 Hang Clean and Jerk 95/65
3 Box Jumps/Step Ups 24/20
1 Burpee

 

2. Hold a forearm plank for ALAP, cap 3:00, then immediately Run 1600m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : EMOM 15m
1 Squat Clean, heaviest able

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
5 Thrusters 135/95
5 Box Jumps 24/20
5 Walking Lunges (each leg)
35 Double Unders

 

 

S: 75/55, step ups
L1: 95/65

 

R+: 30/24, lunges with bar on back

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 5×1 Hang Squat Clean + 4 Jerk 225/150, for speed, rest :60
2b: 5×3 Bench Press, rest :60
2c: 5×5 Good Morning, heavy, rest :60

 

3. 3xME UB TTB, rest :90 between efforts

– if you do not accumulate at least 60 then do so after

May
23
By CFlando

Run Off on the Plug…Twice

Run Off on the Plug…Twice

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

 

Strength : Push Press
8-8-4-4-4-2

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
10 Burpees
rest :30
3 TnG Squat Snatch 155/105
rest :30

 

S : 75/55, Power Snatch
L1 : 135/95

 

Rx+ : 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

 

2. EMOM 15m
2 Clean and Jerk, pause for 5 seconds in bottom of second clean

 

 

immediately after last minute perform 75 Pull-Ups

 

 

 

May
22
By CFlando

Memorial Day Murph and Weekend Schedule

Memorial Day Murph and Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

RS616372_CFR-NE-TE8-2014-6374

 

 

Nutrition Program is LIVE. Info Here!

Let Coach Sarah do the thinking for you! Email [email protected]

 

As you all know this coming weekend is Memorial Day Weekend. Some of you know that it is also the CrossFit Games East Regional which Coach Stacey and Coach Sarah are both competing at as individuals. It is also a CrossFit tradition to run the Hero WOD “Murph” on Memorial Day. A LOT HAPPENING.

 

 

REGIONALS : It is a major accomplishment for Stacey and Sarah to qualify. They are of the top .01% of Women in the East to be of the Top 20 fittest vying for a spot at the CrossFit Games. Our community as a whole has done an amazing job supporting these two amazing ladies with all your generous donations and shirt purchases. Shirts are coming this week and donations are still being taken…PLEASE DONATE!!! Everything helps. CrossFit HQ isn’t exactly the best with the schedule for affiliates.

 

 

SCHEDULE: Since Regionals is in Albany and we want to give the community the best opportunity to come support the girls and CrossFit Lando in general, we will be running a reduced schedule throughout the weekend, BUT WILL BE OPEN more than originally advertised. Please see below. Only things listed are CHANGES FROM NORMAL.

 

 

WOBURN : Friday night is Open Gym Only from 4-7pm. No classes. Saturday will be Open Gym Only 10am-1pm. No Classes. Sunday will be closed. Monday will be “Murph” at 12pm.

 

CANAL PARK : Friday normal schedule. Saturday 1-3pm Open Gym Only, no classes. Sunday Closed. Monday Closed. Canal Park members are welcome and encouraged to head up to Woburn for “Murph” at 12pm. Get there early!

 

 

 

MURPH : For the first time we will be running the workout “Murph” on Memorial Day at Woburn. Due to staff restrictions we can’t do it at Canal Park until Saturday after as usual. If you aren’t familiar with this workout it is THE hero of hero workouts. Hero WODs are workouts made after fallen service men and women and meant to be done with a little extra in your heart and soul.

 

“Murph” is in the name of Lt. Michael Murphy, Navy SEAL now famous for his heroism in many tours but the most coming from the book and movie The Lone Survivor. “Murph” is one of the original Heros. It is written as:

 

“Murph”
Run 1 Mile, then
100 Pull-ups
200 Push-Ups
300 Squats
then, 
Run 1 Mile

 

The runs have to be done first and last and completely through. The middle triplet can be broken any way you want, with many people doing things like 20 rounds of “Cindy” (5 pull-ups, 10 push-ups, 15 squats). It is rarely and not really recommended to be done straight through 100-200-300, but also an option! So you start with the run, then chip at the bodyweight movements as you want, then finish with another run.

 

As always it can be scaled both in movement performance and reps/distances, so don’t worry at all about you not being able to complete it! Just because it’s a Hero doesn’t mean you can’t scale to your ability. Your effort, physically and in your heart, is what matters! More on “Murph” as we get closer but try to get there on Monday the 30th to go at it with Jack leading the way!

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Back Squat: Every Minute on the Minute for 10 minutes, 3 Reps
– Warmup and pick a weight to keep you moving quickly but challenged through all 10 minutes

 

2. Conditioning
Run 600m, then
50 Situps
40 Pushups
30 Situps
20 Burpees
10 Situps
Run 300m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max, PR attempt within 20 minutes

 

 

WOD : 15-12-9
Squat Clean 135/95
– Run 400m after each round including last

 

S : 75/55
L1 : 115/75

 

Rx+: 165/115

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Low Bar Back Squat
2-2-2-2-2, rest 5s each rep in bottom but active, heaviest able

 

3. Yoke Carry
Find a max 50′ carry on back in 5-6 carries

immediately after last carry perform 3m max box jumps 30″
2m max muscle ups
1m max jumping squats wearing weight vest

 

May
21
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack

Sunday with Jack

By CFlando Posted on
Unknown

Rahul killing cleans, or maybe STOH

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength WOD
EMOM 20m
O: 3 press
E: Row 100m AFAP, scale to 75/50 as needed

 

 

LACTIC INTERVAL WORK

:30 intervals, go until you cannot complete the required work, or until 3 total pyramids are completed

– Burpees

 

Start with 1 rep in :30. Then 2 in :30. Then 3 in :30…etc until 7. Then back down to 1, then back up. 3 total pyramids (up down up down up down). Each work interval must be completed in the :30 time

 

May
20
By CFlando

Normal Saturday Schedule

Normal Saturday Schedule

By CFlando Posted on
May
18
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

Saturday Workshops come back June 4th with the special Olympic Lifting workshop with Lando and crew. Basics will follow!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

WOD : 6m AMRAP
5 STOH 95/65
10 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 95/65
15 Box Jumps 24/20, stand up and step down

 

rest 6m

 

6m AMRAP
Burpees
– EMOM perform 3 strict pull-ups

 

 

S : 65/45 for clean and SDLHP, step ups on BJ

L1 : 75/55

 

Rx+: 30/24, stand but not step down required

 

 

The Program : Off

May
17
By CFlando

Hump Day

Hump Day

By CFlando Posted on

maxresdefault

 

 

 

Big announcement Thursday night about new nutrition program and new barbell club affiliation!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

1. Core
a: 3x60s Weighted Planks (accumulated)
b: 3×30 Hanging Knee to Chest (strict)
c: 3x30s L Sit from Rings or bar (hang), accumulated

 

2. Conditioning

Run 600m, then 3 Rounds
40 Situps
30 Push-ups
20 KB Swings, full, 53/35
10 Goblet Squats

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat, taken from floor (clean)
3 rep max in 20 minutes (Canal Park, rep only counts once lowered to floor)

 

 

WOD : For Time
42 Wall Ball 20/14
37 Push-Ups, hand release
62 Air Squats
22 Hang Squat Snatch 135/95
31 Situps
83 Walking lunges
9 Wall Climbs

 

20 Minute Time Cap

 

S : Hang Power Snatch, 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: All Movements Using Medball where appropriate/able

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Work
Every 2:00 for 6 sets
– 8 Squat Snatch, start at 70% max

 

3a: 5X2 Snatch Balance, hold bottom for 10s
3b: 5X1 Behind Neck Jerk, hold catch for 5s
3c: 5×3 High Bar Back Squat

May
16
By CFlando

Olympic Lifting Seminar June 4th

Olympic Lifting Seminar June 4th

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Special Announcement

 

We will be hosting a special Olympic Weightlifting Seminar on Saturday, June 4th. It will be hosted and lead by Aaron Landes, owner and head of programming of CrossFit Lando and CrossFit Lando – Canal Park, a USA Weightlifting Coach, and coach of multiple year Regional qualifiers Stacey Kroon and Sarah Landes. 

 

We will also be announcing a special partnership that will make us a unique barbell club unlike any in the Northeast. While it will be home in Woburn it will be accessible to both locations in terms of membership. Stay tuned!

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Split Jerk

2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
6 Rounds of “Cindy”
then AMRAP
20 KB Snatch 53/35, alternating arms every 5 reps
10 HSPU

 

S : KB Swings 35/26, 10 Push-Ups
L1: KB Swings 53/35, Scaled HSPU or Ring Dips

 

Rx+: CTB Cindy, Strict HSPU

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and Rx+ WOD

 

2. EMOM 16m
O: 75′ OH KB Walk, start and finish with 5 KB Thruster. Heaviest able.
E: 45s weighted forearm plank, heaviest able UB

 

3. 8 Rounds Tabata (each couplet), rest 2m between couplets
a: Row
b: Muscle Up into AMRAP Ring Dip

 

c: GHD Situps
d: Bar MU

 

e: Push-Ups
f: Air Squats to alternating Pistols (each leg)

 

 

May
15
By CFlando

Monday and Regionals Info

Monday and Regionals Info

By CFlando Posted on

13177497_10103138128492355_6204531246777280052_n

 

 

I wanted to take a moment to bring some recognition to one of my coaches for something pretty special that has nothing to do with CrossFit. Our Canal Park community knows Matt Kaplan as a hard working mild mannered member turned coach who is one of our MIT Business School crew. What many if not all of you don’t know about Matt is he spent most of his professional life until a year ago in the Special Forces of our military as an elite aviation pilot.

 

Matt recently received the highest award for valor in flight, the Distinguished Flying Cross, in a ceremony honoring him and others for their actions during the battle of COP Keating in Afghanistan, October 2009. There is a really cool article here that talks more in depth about the battle and Matt’s unbelievable bravery that earned him the award. This is a truly amazing story and I personally am honored to have such an incredibly brave guy working for me and being part of our community.

 

I would say make sure you congratulate Matt if you see him but in his typical way of living he would probably deflect it as just another NBD part of his life. Maybe we can make him feel a bit more special for such an incredible sacrifice he made by spending so much of his life protecting all of us. So at least give him a thank you!

 

 

Regionals/Memorial Day Weekend Schedule : Because of Regionals and Memorial Day we will be closed Saturday, Sunday, Monday of Memorial Day. We will be doing the hero WOD “Murph” on Saturday AFTER.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core WOD
2:00 Forearm Plank, right into
100 Russian Twists w MB, 14/10
50 Seated Press, straight legs feet off flor

 

2. Mini “Severin”
30 Strict Pull-ups
60 Push-ups
Run 1000m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
EMOM 20m
O: 2 Reps nornal tempo + 1 Rep with 5 Second Pause AT Parallel
E: Rest

 

WOD : 2 Rounds
50 Double Unders
15 Squat Clean + Jerk 135/95
Run 600m

 

S: 100 Singles, 75/55
L1: 115/75

RX+: 175/125

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 7m AMRAP
10 UB Toes to Bar
4 Squat Snatch 70% 1rm
1 Rope Climb, 20′ (5 strict pull-ups @ CP)

 

3a: 5×5 DB Snatch, 100/75 or heaviest able (each side), rest :20
3b: 5×5 DB OH Pistols, each side, weight as able, rest :40
3c: 5×5 Weighted Hip Ext, barbell behind back, heaviest able, rest :60

May
13
By CFlando

In House Regionals and Class Schedule

In House Regionals and Class Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

Schedule for both locations tomorrow morning: 1 Class only @ 10:00am

 

 

Gym Opens : 9:45AM
Class : 10:00AM

No Open Gym at either location. Canal Park closes at 11:30 sharp. Woburn will obviously remain open but coaches and staff need to setup for the event so please be respectful.

 

ATHLETES PARTICIPATING IN THE COMPETITION WILL NOT BE ALLOWED INTO THE GYM SPACE FOR FITNESS RELATED ACTIVITY UNTIL 12:00PM!!!!

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : “Nancy”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 OHS 95/65

 

 

 

 

In House Schedule

 

Registration : 12:00 pm
– Volunteers please be here by 11:45am

 

Athlete Briefing (Standards) : 12:45pm

 

 

First Heat WOD 1 : 1:00pm, all WODs will run approximately 1 hour for all heats.

 

 

Event Finish : around 3:30-4:00pm

 

BLOCK PARTY START : 4:30-5:00PM  BUT WILL BE UPDATED AS THE DAY GOES

 

– Bring any sort of food you want other than grille food as well as drinks. To share or just yourself

May
12
By CFlando

Filthiest Fifty

Filthiest Fifty

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

Volunteers and Judges needed for Saturday. Arrive approximately 1 hour before competition begins. Please let Stacey know tomorrow, [email protected].

 

 

Last day for T-Shirt order for Regionals Ts!! Get it done by tomorrow AT NOON. You can email an order if you can’t make it in.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Spring

 

1. “Flirty 30″

 

30 Box Jumps/Step Ups
30 Jumping Pull-Ups
30 KB Swings 53/35
30 Walking Lunges
30 Knees to Elbows
30 Push Press 45/35
30 Supermans (Hip Extensions)
30 Wall Ball
30 Burpees
30 Double unders/50 Singles

 

 

CrossFit

 

WOD : “Filthy Fifty”

 

50 Box Jumps/Step Ups
50 Jumping Pull-Ups
50 KB Swings 53/35
50 Walking Lunges
50 Knees to Elbows
50 Push Press 45/35
50 Supermans (Hip Extensions)
50 Wall Ball
50 Burpees
50 Double unders/50 Singles

 

 

Scale movements accordingly

 

 

The Program

 

1. Filthy Fifty

 

2. For Time
10 Strict MU
10 Squat Clean and Jerk 225/155
10 Kip Muscle Ups
10 Rope Climbs
10 Front Squat 225/155

 

3. Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3, heavy

May
11
By CFlando

Another Day in Paradise

Another Day in Paradise

By CFlando Posted on

enhanced-buzz-13420-1415980411-26

 

 

Short words for tonight but this community is wonderful. In under a full day we have seen almost $1000 of donations to the Regionals fund and over 50 T shirts ordered. Just fantastic stuff from all of you. Thank you for all that you do and bring to my business, our community, your community.

 

Generosity is such an…interesting thing. Such a tough subject for some. It is expected really since while anyone will defend someone not being generous and just adhering to status quo, but lack there of often times being a major subject of social acceptance or in this instance not acceptance. It is touchy, really, almost taboo, since it has no real firm definition or level that makes some offering generous or not, and it can even have levels that make the positive action of being generous a bad thing depending on the company, situation, subject, offering, etc.

 

I always cringe when it comes time to ask for donations or other types of generosity in our community. Like many people I’m just not good at asking for things especially help. I always equate others with my own situation and figure who could possibly spare time, resources, or both to something that basically has no affect on them whatsoever. You always prove my worry to be unfounded, however, and blow my fu**ing socks off. Literally every time. The two things I have gone to the well and asked for multiple times over these 3 years are Regionals trips and the Holiday Toy Drive, and this community always renders me speechless.

 

I know I am speaking very early as we are 1 day in. Please understand that any amount of money matters here. Regionals and the Games are awesome but the one thing that isn’t taken care of, and I don’t necessarily blame CrossFit HQ or anyone for it, is the expense to bring even 1 athlete to the competitions. Check-in is Thursday night so that means Thursday, Friday, and Saturday night in hotels. We have myself, my wife, and Stacey which means either I’m sleeping on the floor and them in their own beds in a double queen, or 2 rooms with Stacey in her own bed….and me still on the floor with Sarah in her own. The latter is the call here. Then we got travel, 4 days of food, bail for me, and you got a healthy tab for 4 days in sunny Albany.

 

The T Shirts are a great way to donate as well. Don’t feel you have to do both. The $35 means about $15 goes to Regionals, the rest to the cost of the shirt. They are awesome! Get your order in by Friday or you won’t get your pick of size guaranteed.

 

Saturday : We will be running 1 class at both locations even with the In House. If you aren’t competing definitely come get your WOD in and then head up to cheer, eat, drink, and block party it up!!

 

Competition will start around 1pm. Firm start time will be announced tomorrow night. It wont be earlier than 12pm and won’t be later than 1pm. Then expect about 3 hours for the full competitions and the Block Party to have a firm start of 430pm. There will be grill food provided. If you are attending we ask you bring a fitness friendly side (or say f**k it and bring chips and dip), and/or adult/not adult beverage of choice or to share. 

 

A Note on Drinking : Technically we might be bending some regulations with our block party. Red cups for boozing will be demanded and I will be the Dad at Prom Party on this since my ass gets in trouble if it gets messed up. We have plans A thru D if needed so don’t worry, fun will be had! Bring your ghetto bird running shoes!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
6-6-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
30 Push-Ups
30 KB Swings 53/35
30 Walking Lunges (alternating)

 

 

S/L1: scaled KB

 

 

The Program : Full Off. If you are competing on Saturday might be a good day to get a run in and then off Friday.

May
10
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

There was a mistake in the posting of the In House WODs last night for Event 2a, “Shoot Me in the Face”. The WOD is supposed to be as follows:

 

RX: 4 Rounds
14 Pistols (alternating)
10 Power Clean 115/80

 

Scaled : 4 Rounds
20 Jumping Squats with Reach
10 Power Clean 95/65

 

Time Cap : 11:00

 

 

Registration must be done by 8pm Wednesday evening. Thank you!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

1. CORE
8 Rounds of each Tabata, moving straight through

 

A: Strict Hanging Knee to Chest (one at a time, alternating)
B: Strict Hanging Knees to Chest (both)
C: Straight Arm Plank Knee to Elbow, alternating

 

2. Conditioning
3m ME Box Jumps/Step Ups, 24/20
3m ME Jumping Squats
3m ME Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Clean
15m to find a max single rep, feet in place

 

 

Strength WOD: Every 30s for 4 sets, 4 total rounds
3 TnG reps, start at 70% above
– rest 2:00 after each 4 set round. Work to heaviest able POWER CLEAN x3

 

 

Conditioning: Total Reps
a: 3 min ME Box Jumps 24/20
2 min ME Pistols (alternating)
1 min ME Side Step Box Step Ups, 24/20
 – rest 1 min
b: 30 Burpees
Run 600m

 

S: Step ups, jumping squats, 20 Burpees and 400m Run
L1: Scaled pistols

 

Rx+: 30/24 box for jumps, weighted pistols and step ups 35/26

 

 

Score is a) total reps b) time

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

May
9
By CFlando

In House Regionals Workouts and Regionals Fundraising

In House Regionals Workouts and Regionals Fundraising

By CFlando Posted on

$50 Donation Goes to Getting Sarah and Stacey to Regionals and You Get This Awesome T! Orders Start Monday!

Regionals Fundraising Update

I call this Limited Edition T Shirt “Everyday Greatness : They Are the .01%”. It is in reference to Coach Stacey Kroon and my wife Sarah Landes and the humility, selflessness, and excellence they bring to our community every day which has lead them to where they are, mere weeks away from one of the biggest stages in the entire world for CrossFit. The 2016 Reebok CrossFit Games East Regionals. Greatness is what it takes to their level, the top .01% of 12,000 women. Amazing.

 

Every dollar we raise from T – Shirt sales and general donations goes towards travel and hotels (Regionals are Memorial Day Weekend in Albany, NY), and all things associated with them being there that weekend including doggie day care for Dexter!

 

Each shirt costs $35. General donations will be accepted through our special Op Lando 2016 link here as well.

 

We appreciate every dollar you give towards their quest. With all the expenses, registration fees, the time off needing to be covered, we are looking at $4000+ for the entire experience. I would and will do anything to get them the best experience and situation possible as they both have given themselves selflessly to this community of CrossFit Lando. Whether you are going to Regionals or not, represent them and CrossFit Lando by buying and wearing a T shirt that weekend.

 

 

2016 In House Regionals WODs

 

May 14th we are having a little Regionals fun of our own with a CrossFit Lando spin on things. Starting around 12pm (time to be exact in a few days) and will be a real, competition throw down with a slightly (or greatly) altered take on this years Regionals Events that Sarah and Stacey will be doing in a few weeks. Don’t worry, they will be altered to reflect the same level you all perform at in our daily WODs, with RX and Scaled Divisions.

 

Lando In House Regional WODs

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength (Woburn)
Every 3:00 for 5 sets, make an attempt at a 5 rep max TnG Snatch

 

Strength (Canal Park)
Every 2:00 for 6 sets, make an attempt at a 5 rep max TnG Push Jerk

– S/L1 pause at shoulders if needed.

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
7 Front Squat 185/125
7 Bar Muscle Ups

 

S : 95/65, 14 Jumping Pull-Ups

L1 : 135/95, 14 Pull-Ups

 

Rx+: 205/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Push Press 5-5-5-5

 

3: 9m AMRAP
2 TnG Rope Climbs, 15′
4 Strict HSPU
8 KB Swings 70/53

 

rest 3 minutes then 3m AMRAP KB Clean and Push Press, heaviest able

May
8
By CFlando

Regionals T Shirt Order : Get Em In!

Regionals T Shirt Order : Get Em In!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

Events for the In House Regionals will be released on Wednesday night once Registration is finished. All workouts will be scaled/changed to be equivalent to our RX and Scaled daily workouts. Signups close Wednesday evening and we need to get numbers to make it happen!

 

T shirt order for Regionals starts tomorrow (Noon). They must be ordered by Friday to get your desired size.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 21-15-9
Air Squat
Jumping Pull-Ups

 

rest 2:00

 

21-15-9
Thruster 45/35
Ring Rows

rest 2:00

21-15-9
Wall Ball 20/14
KB Swing 53/35

 

rest as needed

 

2. Strength WOD
30 Back Squat @ BW
30 Burpees

– Can rack back squat anytime and MUST start burpees, however many desired, before next back squat set. No minimum or maximum required.

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
8-8-4-4-2-2

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 400m
30 Toes to Bar
7 Deadlift 275/185

 

S: 135/95, Situps
L1 : 225/155, Scaled TTB or Rx TTB for 20 reps

 

Rx+ : 315/225

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 7m AMRAP
50′ Sled Push 90# (sprint)
4-7 TnG Power Clean 225/155
1 Legless Rope Climb

 

3a: 4x30s Front Rack Iso Hold, heaviest able, rest :60
3b: 4×15 Weighted GHD Situps (MB), rest :60

 

4: Run 2x400m AFAP wearing weight vest, 20/10#

May
7
By CFlando

Happy Mother’s Day

Happy Mother’s Day

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

 

Happy Mother’s Day to my wonderful Mom. She is my #1 fan and has supported me through every gym I worked at until I started my own. She travels 45 minutes one way to workout almost every day which I couldn’t be happier about as I get to see my Mom often times in my own class. I feel like its played out but I truly couldn’t be where I am without her. She inspires me constantly, often times making me think twice about my excuses for why I can’t get a workout in when I see her limping on her 5x operated on knee and a schedule busier than when she had 5 kids at home. Honestly she should get a cut of business profits sometime down the road because she is my go to sales pitch when people give me any excuse, from age to time to injury, as she has defied them all. To this day, almost 33 years old, my Mom can light up my day like none other in my life regardless of how stressed, how lonely, or how frustrated I might be.

 

 

Mom, thanks for everything. I love you.

 

 

Happy Mother’s Day to all the Lando Mom’s, and all the Mom’s in the world!! The world truly is blessed to have such giving, selfless people to keep the world moving forward in the wonderful way you do.

 

 


SUNDAY (10am only @ Woburn)

 

Strength : Thruster
EMOM 9m : 2 Reps, squat clean from floor, heaviest able

 

rest 2 minutes 

 

EMOM 4m : ME Thrusters 135/95, 95/65, 75/55

 

 

WOD : For Time

21 STOH 135/95
9 Hang Squat Clean
3 Rope Climbs
15 STOH 135/95
6 Hang Squat Clean
2 Rope Climbs
9 STOH
3 Hang Squat Clean
1 Rope Climbs

 

S : 75/55, Ring Rows x 4
L1 : 95/65, Strict Pull-Ups x3

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

May
6
By CFlando

Weekend Update

Weekend Update

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

 

Handstand Clinic at Canal Park at 11:45am SHARP. Coach Stacey will be leading you for all things handstands! Beginners to advanced, all levels welcome.

 

 

In House Regionals!!! May 14th. Events will be released Sunday night for Monday blog post. Sign up here. All levels welcome, Rx and scaled divisions. Signups must be in by Wednesday or we will cancel due to lack of interest.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat

5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : With a partner, complete the following:

 

30 Pull-Ups
50 Front Squat 75/55
30 Pull-Ups
50 Power Snatch 75/55
30 Pull-Ups
50 STOH 75/55
30 Bar Facing Burpees
50 Hang Power Clean 75/55
30 Bar Facing Burpees
50 Thrusters 75/55
30 Bar Facing Burpees

20 Minute Time Cap

 

 

The Program

 

1. EMOM 15m
3 Squat Clean, must drop each rep (no tng), increase as able

 

2. High Bar : 5-5-5-5-5

 

3. “Jerry”
Run 1 Mile
Row 2000m
Run 1 Mile

 

rest 10 minutes then

 

4. “Karen”
150 Wall Ball 20/14

May
5
By CFlando

Fundraising for Sarah and Stacey for 2016 CrossFit Games East Regionals : T Shirt Time!!!

Fundraising for Sarah and Stacey for 2016 CrossFit Games East Regionals : T Shirt Time!!!

By CFlando Posted on
$50 Donation Goes to Getting Sarah and Stacey to Regionals and You Get This Awesome T! Orders Start Monday!

PROTECT THE SHIELD: $50 Donation Goes to Getting Sarah and Stacey to Regionals and You Get This Awesome T! Orders Start Monday!

 

 

May 14th In House Competition : Sign Up !!!

 

We have 2 superstar ladies in our midst who are in the thick of a brutal Regionals prep put together by yours truly.

 

 

Stacey and Sarah : Top .01% in the world

Qualifying for Regionals is an unbelievable accomplishment by these two ladies regardless of how ho hum regular it has become for them. 12,000 + women started in our region and the top 20 qualify. The math is staggering. You know, Stacey just casually sliding into her 7TH STRAIGHT REGIONALS AS AN INDIVIDUAL where she has placed 2nd, 4th, 3rd, 7th, 4th, 8th, and went with our team last year. In the past the top 3 ladies qualified for the Reebok CrossFit Games our of regionals so yes, that means Stacey is a 2x Games Qualifier (2009, 2011) and was 1 spot shy (heartbreakingly so for this guy) 2 other times!!!! Sarah just went and qualified for Regionals as an individual and with the CF Route 1 team in her FIRST YEAR OF CROSSFIT!! She has since qualified 4x and competed with a team 3x, this year marking the first year she is going it alone. However we all know that these two will hardly be alone as they will have the heart and soul of our entire community behind them, both live in Albany and in spirit watching from afar.

 

 

But it costs $$, weird

The tricky part of Regionals is it aint cheap. I will be going with them for their entire stay as I am their personal coach, and also am married to one and boss/partner/best friend of the other. We have to check in on Thursday night and are done on Sunday, which means we have 3 nights of hotels, food, driving out to Albany, and other incidentals for the competition weekend. What is also not often realized is these girls are making a lot of sacrifices professionally right now to get their training in which is costing them financially with missed client opportunities or coaching classes. All in all, the Regionals experience is truly an honor for these two but something that is going to cost in the thousands of $$$$.

 

And guess who is footing that bill….Yeah that whole married to one and boss/partner/best friend to the other….

 

 

 

Limited Edition Regionals T-Shirt

 

This year we are consolidating our fundraising efforts. All fundraising for Sarah and Stacey go to Regionals will be through buying a T-Shirt, a limited edition special made 2016 Regionals T-Shirt. Each shirt is $50 and will 100% go towards the entire Regionals competition process. Want to donate more $$ but don’t want 5000 shirts? We need as much money as you are willing to give.

 

From $1 to $5000, every $$ counts. If you want to give but don’t want to shell out $50, anything is amazingly generous and can be given through your membership charge. $50 or more gets a T-Shirt, and you can donate as much as you want per t-shirt, if say you want to donate $5000 but only want 1 shirt. We will take whatever your generosity will give.

 

I cannot express, we cannot express how thankful we are to this community for the support. This has been and still will be a long road up to Regionals Weekend at the end of May. T-Shirt orders will begin on Monday, May 9, and must be completed by the end of that week. GET EM IN!!!

 

 

 

FRIDAY

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. CORE

a. :30 x 3 position alternating planks (middle, both sides, forearm + straight arm)
– rest :30 after 3 positions of forearm before starting straight arm

 

b. 100 straight arm plank knee to elbow (alternating opposite knee to elbow)

 

2. Conditioning: KB “Christine”

3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 KB Swings 53/35
21 Box Jumps 24/20

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat

4-4-4-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : Running “Christine”

3 Rounds
Run 400m
12 Deadlift @ BW
21 Box Jumps 24/20

 

S : 50% BW, step ups
L1: 75% BW

 

No RX+, Competitors see Program

 

 

The Program

1. Overhead Squat

4-4-4
2-2-2 with 2 second pause just above parallel

 

2. 3 Rounds
Run 400m
12 DL 335/245
12 Box Jumps 30/24

 

 

3a: 4×10 sideways step up and down 24/20 wearing weight 20/10 (5 each side), rest :60
3b: 4×7 muscle clean 155/105 TnG, rest :60
3c: 4×5 muscle ups

 

 

4: 3×5 Clean DL, heaviest able

 

May
4
By CFlando

May 14th In House Regionals : Signups Needed!

May 14th In House Regionals : Signups Needed!

By CFlando Posted on

222-Atoms-for-Peace

 

 

If you plan on doing the In House Regionals signup here and do it ASAP! We need at least 20 people by next Wednesday to actually follow through with the event. If we don’t have the competition we will debate whether we still do the Block Party. EVERYONE should sign up!!!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Push Press + Push Jerk
5 x 1 + 3, max weight for the complex

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
4 KB Swings 53/35
– Row 200m

 

Increase KB swings by 4 reps each round. Score is rep round you finish + finished reps (Row/run = 1 per 100m)

EX: Finished 12 and are on 16 and get 4 reps. Score = 12 + 4

 

S/L1: 35/26

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

The Program : Off

May
3
By CFlando

WEDNESDAY

WEDNESDAY

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. WARMUP
75 Jumping Jacks
50 Situps
25 Pushups
10 Burpees
Run 400m

 

2. E90S for 7 Sets : 10 KB swings @ heaviest able, 10 Mountain Climbers, highest mountain ever!

– Scale reps as needed. Should be tough!

 

 

3. Conditioning
Every 20s for 30 Rounds
3-5 Burpees, pick a number and try and maintain
or
3-5 Box Jumps, highest able and same as above

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Snatch Complex
3 Snatch Pull-Through + 1 Squat Snatch

 

– find a max weight in 15-20 minutes

 

WOD : 75 Thrusters 75/55 for time
– Every 75s perform 5 Burpees, start with burpees

 

S : 65/45, 50 reps, 2 Burpees each set

L1: 75/55, 50 reps, 3 Burpees each set

 

Rx+: 95/65

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5 Rounds
5 Snatch 185/115
5 Clean and Jerk 185/115, must be TNG both floor and shoulders
5 HSPU 5″ Deficit
5 Pistols 70/53# held at chest
5 Burpee Box Jump 20/14 wearing vest 20/10#

 

Cap @ 20 minutes

May
2
By CFlando

Day 2

Day 2

By CFlando Posted on

Reminder that May 14th is our In House Sort Of Regionals and Block Party!!! You don’t have to participate in one to do the either but we would LOVE to have you. Signup here for the competition! 2 events have been released for Regionals and I can guarantee you we will NOT be doing them as written. So you out there who can’t do muscle ups, strict HSPU, or snatch well over your BW 10x in 2:00 fear not, we will leave that up to Sarah and Stacey in Albany. Events will be released for our competition by this weekend.

 

In case there’s confusion, both communities are welcome to compete and attend the party after. 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP
5 HSPU
10 Pistols (alternating)
15 Pull-ups
Rest :30

 

OR

 

 

S/L1:
5 Pull-Ups
10 Pushups
15 Air Squats
rest :30

 

If you use bands for your pull-ups then do the 2nd choice. Your score is the combined total of your fastest and slowest round, so keep track of all you complete! The score will be recorded as Total Seconds converted to Reps in WODify.

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD (#1)

 

2. 7m AMRAP
5 TnG Squat Snatch, starting @ 50% 1rm. Rest as needed and increase as able each round. Goal is max TnG weight for 5 reps, so rest as long as you need

 

3a: 4×3 Snatch Deadlift + Shrug, hold @ 1″ off floor for 3 seconds each rep, rest :60
3b: 4×30 Double Unders, focus is SPEED, rest :30
3b: 4×4 OH walking lunges, taken from clean and jerk, rest :60

 

4. 100 Russian KB swings, heaviest able, no time

May
1
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Canal Park : The gym is almost done with the renovations/re-arranging. It is AWESOME! We added a ton of space for working out and arranged it so we are maximizing every aspect of our facility. We now have over 2500 square feet of working gym space (was 1800), the entire upstairs will be the lounge / pre and post WOD area, and a revamped store for apparel.

 

 

The gym space is complete aside from little odds and ends to add or change. WODify won’t be usable at the gym (still usable on phones and your own computer, iPads, etc.) until Tuesday. The lounge is going to be a bit longer to be fully functional as we need to purchase some other stuff. The upstairs can absolutely be used while we finish it just might not be too impressive right now. Eventually we will have lots of hang out space and furniture, WODify TVs, and even later on more cool stuff like foosball tables, bumper pool, XBOX and PlayStation, massage parlor, 5 star hotel accommodations, live UFC fights, karate classes, a sports book, mud wrestling, debates, MENSA meetings, high school math tutoring, SAT Prep courses, Bloodsport, a recording studio, and a doomsday shelter for an anthrax attack. In due time.

 

 

Thank you for understanding as we make changes to make this the best place for you. Effective immediately the class size limit will raise to 15 for all classes that were 12.

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Circuit : 3x through, 45s at each station, 15s rest/transition

a: L Sit (hang on bar or balance on rings)
b: Toes to Bar or scale
c: Plank Push Ups
d: Windshield Wipers
e: Straight Arm Burps

 

2. 7m AMRAP
10 Burpee Broad Jumps
1o Cal Row

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3, 3s pause at bottom of each rep

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
3 Power Clean + Front Squat 155/105
9 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand
3 Wall Climbs
12 Toes to Bar

 

S : 95/65, step ups, scaled others
L1: 135/95,  scaled others

 

Rx+: 225/150, all Complex and TTB unbroken

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 30 Low Bar 80% 1 rm
– E90S perform 5 calories on rower, if more than 5/6 pulls to complete take away 1 back squat rep from completed total.

 

3. Back Accessory work
– Barbell Good Morning : 5-5-5 , heavy
– DB Deadlift, 100/75 each hand : 3xME in 30s, rest 60s
– Hip-Back Extension : 3×8, very slo

Apr
30
By CFlando

Strongman this Sunday

Strongman this Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

CrossFit @ 10am

 

Strength : Deadlift
E90S for 10 sets : 3 reps, hand release at bottom

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Jumping Pull-Ups
Clapping Push-ups
KB Swings 53/35
– 100m farmers carry after each set, switch hands at turn. If you drop KB perform 5 burpees on the spot

 

 

S/L1: Scale pushups and weight

 

Rx+: Wear a weight vest, 70/53

 

 

Strongman @ 11am

 

Strength : Deadlift
– Same as CrossFit

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
2 Min AMRAP each round, rest 2 min after each round
75′ Sled Push Sprint, weight is per athlete but FAST
Keg Sprint, 75′
AMRAP burpees with remainder of time

Apr
29
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

PARTNER TIME

 

Handstand clinic @ CrossFit Lando – Woburn with STACEY KROON @ 11:15

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : PARTNER TIME!!!

15m AMRAP
2 Clean and Jerk 205/145
Run 400m
20 Deadlift 205/145
20 Burpees

 

S : 95/65
L1 : 155/105

Rx+: 225/155

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD @ Rx+

 

2a: 4xME KB Thruster 70/53, rest :60
2b: 4xME HS Walk (distance), rest :60

 

3: 150 GHD Situps

Apr
28
By CFlando

Of Note…

Of Note…

By CFlando Posted on

1. Still not on the supplements train? Strength.com is where it’s at. Discounts out the wazoo! SFH and NutriForce delivered to your door.

 

 

2. Handstand Basics Clinic at Woburn @ 11:15am on Saturday. All members of both communities are welcome. Free clinic to learn the basics of handstand movements and how to build your proficiency and strength on your own time.

 

 

3. Paleo Power Meals orders must be in by tonight to get delivery for next week!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Kettlebell Tap Sprints : 5 times down and back
– 5 Strict TTB or best scale after each set

– Run 400m after last TTB set

 

2. 3 Rounds
1:00 max Russian KB Swings
1:00 max Thrusters 45/35
1:00 max Burpees (bar facing)
rest 1:00

 

CrossFit

 

Strength (Woburn) : Snatch
Find a 5 rep max

 

Strength (Canal Park) : Snatch Balance
Find a 3 rep max

 

WOD (Woburn) : “Amanda”
9-7-5
Muscle Ups
Squat Snatch 135/95

 

S : 2x Pull-Ups, 75/55 Power Snatch
L1 : 3x Pull-Ups, 95/55 Squat Snatch

 

WOD (Canal Park) : Clean “Amanda”
9-7-5
Muscle Ups
Squat Clean 155/105

 

S: 2x Pull-ups, 95/65
L1: 3x Pull-ups, 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. Yoke Carry : 5×50′, max able

 

3. 4m AMRAP
Burpee Box Jumps 24/20, wearing weight vest
right into 30 strict HSPU (no vest)

 

 

 

 

Apr
27
By CFlando

Another Thursday

Another Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
5-5-5-5

 

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
5 Handstand Push-ups
25 Wall Ball 20/14

 

S : 5 Ring Dips
L1 : Scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: 5″ Deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program : Off

Apr
26
By CFlando

EMOM Me

EMOM Me

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Core Blast
90s Forearm Plank Hold
50 Bicycle Situps
40 Barbell Good Morning
30 Weighted Situps, 20/14 MB, OH to Toes
20 Russian Twists, each side
10 Alternating Strict Leg Raises

 

Conditioning : For Time

50 Box Jumps (Step Ups)
40 Air Squats
30 Situps
20 Pushups
10 Ring Rows
20 Pushups
30 KB Deadlift 70/35
40 Air Squats

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : EMOM 20m

A) Minutes 1-10 : 3 Front Squat, medium to heavy, 3s pause on 3rd rep

 

B) 11-20 : 1 Heavy Jerk

 

Canal Park : 3 Front Squats Every 90s for 10 sets at medium-heavy weight (65-85% but use eye test)

 

 

WOD : EMOM 5m
4 Box Jumps 24/20
8 Toes to Bar
4 Power Clean 135/95

 

rest 1 minute

 

EMOM 4m
4 Hang Squat Clean 135/95
4 Wall Climbs

 

Rest 1 minute

 

EMOM 3m
10 Thrusters 135/95

 

S: 95/65, scale reps by 1-2 each movement
L1 : 115/80

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

no extra work

Apr
25
By CFlando

EVERYONE Needs to Take Post Workout Supplements

EVERYONE Needs to Take Post Workout Supplements

By CFlando Posted on
Unknown-4

Strength.com has everything you need AND discounts everything for Lando members! BLAMMO!!!!

 

 

Read below. Become learn-ed. Travel to Strength.com and get setup!

They do one time orders or monthly plans that auto-recur.  Then you don’t even think about it, just supplements sent to your door, you get recovered and refueled as needed. They carry SFH and NutriForce protein and supplements cheaper than most places you would buy them. It’s called a no brainer because even people without a brain could figure out that this was a good thing. 

 

 

Protein Post WOD : Why

 

You absolutely have to take a whey protein supplement within 45 minutes of finishing your workout every single day. 1 scoop of whey protein with whatever mixer you want (water is best in most cases) is the bare minimum but absolutely fine for most people. BCAAs, creatine, glutamine, and other things are helpful especially so for more competitive, higher volume athletes. No matter what your goals or purpose for working out at either CrossFit Lando location, you absolutely must be taking a whey protein shake after your workout. If not you will die from sabertooth tiger attack and/or spoiled sabertooth meat.

 

When you do anything physically strenuous you use ATP to fuel your cells. Actually ATP fuels your cells for everything physical from a heavy deadlift set to bending over and scratching your ass. When you perform high intensity training like we do in a CrossFit or BootCamp class at CFL in Cambridge or Woburn you burn a TON of ATP. You also stimulate the production and release of a bunch of hormones, most importantly being HGH or Growth Hormone. All of this is good. We need to then provide it with the fuel to replace those used energy (ATP) stores, help replace and repair those beat up muscles, and help shuttle that GH around to aid in all the aforementioned processes.

 

Think of it as a fight or flight response. Our body is a finely tuned machine that responds and reacts to the stimuli we experience every day so that we are better prepared if we have to face them again. So a training session is one big fight stimulus that you work through to build your body stronger. We need to fuel that response. It’s like the cavemen and cavewomen fighting off a sabertooth tiger and wooly mammoth attack, the sick bastards teaming up to attack right when the couple was putting their newborn to bed. Well they fight off those beasts and kill the shit out of them after an epic 5 hour battle, then cooking them up for meals for like 5 weeks. That food fuels their recovery from the beating they took and helps build their bodies stronger for the next battle when the sabertooth and the mammoth’s family comes back to kill them.

 

Little do the beast families know the entire cave person family is dead because they ate that meat a week after with no preservation methods and died of food born illnesses and severe constipation. Literally full of shit.

 

Whey protein is the best and most important supplement if you had to only get 1. It is the key to those building blocks of ATP and getting it in the supplement powder form makes it a nearly instantly soluble form. If we don’t start the refueling process within 45 minutes our body, remember going along with the fight or flight idea still, starts to shut down essentially preparing for starvation. Our body doesn’t know exactly what it went through when it goes through a physically tough event, so beating it up in the gym then not taking a post workout protein/recovery shake is the same as going through a battle with a sabertooth and then starving it. Your body reacts the same, shutting down your metabolism and preparing for a lengthy period of no recovery assistance. This is bad.

 

We want to avoid bad.

 

The essential is the whey protein but there are a lot of other good but less essential things you should be taking. Fish oil is another essential. Go to Strength.com through our member portal in the link at the beginning of this sentence. You can also get to it through the “Member” tab at the top of the website. It is important to always go through this way to get there as it takes you to our special portal that gives you 10% off EVERY product no matter what and then specials that can give you up to 30% more off. Its silly unreal awesome. Go there now, get loaded up with the Stronger Faster Healthier Pure, Fuel, or Recovery, or the NutriForce Whey Protein, or any of the other brands they carry. All are good, just the ones I named are the best.

 

If you have questions about other supplements feel free to reach out. If you need additional help with nutrition myself or Sarah are available for consultations and a number of different programs to help you get more fit and keep it!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
2-2-2-2, then 1-1-1-1-1 with 5 second pause in dip bottom

 

WOD : For Time
21 Pull-Ups
15 Pushups
Run 400m
15 CTB Pull-Ups
15 Pushups
Run 400m
9 Bar Muscle Ups
15 Pushups
Run 400m
6 Ring Muscle Ups
15 Pushups
Run 400m
3 Strict Pull-ups/3-3 second flexed arm hang
30 Burpees

 

25m Time Cap

 

S/L1 : Jumping Pull-ups, Ring Rows, Scaled Strict Pull-ups, Scaled Push-ups, whatever you need! S = 200m runs, L1 = 300m

 

Rx+ = Unbroken pull-ups and variations

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx with attempt at + but speed is more important

 

2. EMOM 10m
1 Squat Clean + 1 Jerk, 1 Squat Clean + 2 Jerk

 

3. For Quality
30 Strict HSPU
30 Strict TTB

Apr
24
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

Sign up for the In House Regionals Here!!!

 

 

MONDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1, EMOM 7m
5 Situps
5 Squats
5 Jumping Pull-ups

 

2. 3 Rounds
Run 600m
30 Walking Lunges holding MB 20/14
10 Wall Ball

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

– All Reps with 5 Second Pause

 

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
5 Squat Snatch 155/105
35 Double Unders

 

S : Power Snatches @ 75/55, 70 Singles

L1: 115/80, 20 Doubles or 70 Singles

 

Rx+: 175/125

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Pos. Deadlift
5-5-3-3-3

– 5 Pullups with 5313 tempo

 

3. :30 on :30 off, 8 rounds
DB Snatch 100/75, alternating

Apr
23
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Thruster
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 15-12-9
KB Swings 53/35
KB Lunge (each leg)
Handstand Push-ups
– Run 200m after each set

 

 

Apr
22
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Next Basic Seminar will be Saturday, April 30. Normal schedule tomorrow at both locations. Come get fit!

 

 

SATURDAY

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : For Time
55 Bar Facing Burpees
34 Overhead Squat 95/65
21 Muscle Ups

 

– 20 Minute Time Cap

 

S : 75/55 Front Squat, 30 Jumping Pull-Ups + 30 Push-ups for MU
L1 : 75/55 OHS, 30 Pull-Ups + 30 Ring Dips for MUs

Apr
21
By CFlando

“Brenton”

“Brenton”

By CFlando Posted on

HeroTimothyBrenton

 

 

Field Training Officer Timothy Quinn Brenton, 39, of the Seattle Police Department, was shot and killed in a drive-by shooting while on duty on October 31, 2009. He is survived by his wife Lisa, his son Quinn, and daughter Kayliegh.

 

 

Games Ticket Raffle

Planning on going out to California for the 2016 CrossFit Games? You have a chance to avoid the hell of waiting for hours online only to get Heismaned for tickets. The day before the tickets go on sale to the public we will be doing a raffle for a pair of tickets at a level that will be known tomorrow. If you were going to buy tickets next week we will let you know how to enter the raffle (free of charge) on Monday and have a chance at buying the tickets at face value, guaranteeing you get them and don’t have to wait for hours online or other horror stories I have heard about purchasing the hottest ticket in sports.

 

More on this Monday. For now we got a Hero WOD named “Brenton”. This one is different! Get in here and honor this fallen hero. If you have never done a Hero yet, do it!

 

Strength.com is running some awesome specials for supplements including Stronger Faster Healthier Proteins and NutriForce! Get on the bandwagon of this great system! Go through our portal here and get 10% off!

 

Paleo Power Meals orders due tonight!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

WARMUP : Double Under Practice with Coach for 4 minutes then 1 minute max double unders

 

1. 3 Rounds, 2:00 each round 1:00 rest

5 Strict Pull-Ups/Ring Rows
5 Squat and Press with plate 35/24
5 Burpee onto plate
5 GTOH w plate
5 Russian Twists (each side) with place
AMRAP Walking Lunges, Plate at chest or OH

 

2. Conditioning : 5 Rounds
Row 250m
10 Box Jumps 24/20
rest :30

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Clean + Hang Power Clean + 3 Deadlift + Hang Power Clean + Front Squat + Push Press

– Find a max for the complex in 15-20 minutes

 

 

Hero WOD : “Brenton”

For Time : 5 Rounds
100′ Bear Crawl
100′ Standing Broad Jump
– 5 Burpees every 5 broad jumps

 

S : Walking Lunges for Bear Crawl, 3 Burpees
L1 : 3 Burpees

 

Rx+: Wear 20# weight vest

 

 

The Program  : No Extra Work

Apr
20
By CFlando

Lando Regionals : More Info

Lando Regionals : More Info

By CFlando Posted on

What is going on May 14th at 10 Micro Drive? Just the coolest event we have ever hosted!!

 

 

WHAT : First Annual CrossFit Lando Regionals AND Block Party

 

WHO : All levels, all athletes who are members of Woburn and Canal Park

 

WHEN : Saturday, May 14th. 1-5pm, Block Party after!

 

This is truly for anyone who wants to do an IN HOUSE competition. We are going to have the 2016 Reebok CrossFit Games East Regionals events be the events for this competition, just scaled for various levels like our usual daily WODs. That means you all get to do the same workouts that Sarah and Stacey will be doing in Albany later that month at Regionals!!

 

Registration will be live Friday. You will sign up through TRIIB/BoxHQ.

 

THE COOLEST PART (maybe) is the Block Party to follow!!! 

 

 

More info on all will follow tomorrow. SAVE THE DATE!!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press

 

3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP

5 Front Squat 135/95
10 Push-Ups
3 Wall Climbs
:45 Forearm Plank Hold

 

S : 75/55, scaled all other movements

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 155/105

 

 

The Program : Off Day

Apr
19
By CFlando

It’s Official : We Are the Best!!

It’s Official : We Are the Best!!

By CFlando Posted on

I am beyond happy to announce officially and finally that we have 3, count it THREE, Regional Qualifiers in our midst in the CrossFit Lando Community! We have a great community between our two gyms, one of the best there is. Our competitor program is small but elite, all of you working incredibly hard through a demanding program day in and day out. While every person who competed in the Open this year deserves accolades, these 3 amazing athletes deserve recognition for their amazing accomplishment of Regional Qualifier.

 

 

To put this in perspective, Sarah and Stacey qualified by coming in the top 20 of over 12,000 women. This is top .1%. POINT 1 % PEOPLE!!!!!

 

Mike qualified in the top 200 in his age group IN THE ENTIRE WORLD. TOP 200 IN THE ENTIRE WORLD!!! TTHHHEEEEEE WOOOOOOORLLLLLLDDDDD!!

 

Here’s a little blurb about the 3 of them which is really just me gushing about them some more.

 

Mike Gray, member at CFL Woburn, qualified in the Master’s 40-44 division for the 2nd year in a row. Mike is one of those people who make you feel like you aren’t doing enough as he owns his own plumbing/contracting business, has a whole gaggle of kids in his wonderful family, and is a specimen of a man. Not to mention one of the nicest dudes there is. I consider myself lucky to have been able to work with him closely the past few years and help him along the way in his fitness journey. Mike throws down THIS WEEKEND in the Master’s Qualifier as he vies for one of the 20 spots for the Games! Be sure to give him a shout out when you see him!

 

Stacey Kroon, who you all know as Coach Stacey, qualified in 15th place in the Northeast Region in what has become just par for the course for her this time of year. This is the 4th year I have coached Stacey individually and is the 7th year in a row that she has qualified for Regionals. A 2x Games Competitor, what I find the most amazing about Stacey’s accomplishments is if you go back and look at the 2011 Regionals, not a single name from the female side is in this years top 20. Oh wait, there is, and it’s Stacey Kroon. Others have come and gone but she stays at the top. Stacey is my best friend in the world, my right hand lady in my business, my partner in business, and the best group coach there is. I am beyond lucky to be her coach and can’t wait to be by her side in Albany in a month!

 

Sarah Mitzel, aka Sarah Landes, now makes it 4 years running she has qualified for Regionals and the 2nd as my wonderful wife. She is a veteran of Regionals having competed 3 times with various teams (2 with CF Route 1 and 1 with Operation Lando) and now going out on her own. Sarah works harder than most anyone out there, as shown by her going from relative nobody to one of the best female competitors in our region in a matter of 1 year. Many of you have gotten to experience working with Sarah at either gym and you undoubtedly notice how unassuming and humble she is. You would have no idea how amazing of an athlete she is when dealing with her day to day. Perhaps the only thing she cares more about than the Lando community is our wonderful pup Dexter. I am so incredibly proud of her for dealing with a year of adversity both in and out of the gym, keeping true all the way up to the last moment tonight when she finally got the notice that she made the cut at number 20! When not smashing workouts Sarah is our resident nutritionist and Dexter’s Mom, which coupled with me is more than a full-time caregiver job.

 

Be sure to check out Mike this weekend and Sarah and Stacey at the East Regional in May in Albany, NY!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 21-15-9
Jumping Pull-Ups
Situps
Mountain Climbers
Ring Rows

 

2. Tabata Everything : 8 Rounds of Each Movement, completing each movement before moving on
– Burpees
– Bicycle Situps
– Goblet Squats 53/35 KB
– KB Swings (Overhead)
– Row (Calories)

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Snatch 
Find a 3 Rep Max, all 3 reps completed within 25 seconds of start

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
15 Deadlift 185/135
15 Toes to Bar

 

S : 95/65, Knees to Waist
L1: 135/95, Knees to Chest

 

Rx+: 225/155

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Front Squat
5-5-4-4-3-3-2-2, then 1-1-1-1 5 second pause

 

– Go to work on these!!!

Apr
18
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean and Push Jerk
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP
10 Pull-ups
10 Thruster 145/100
20 Double Unders
Run 200m

 

S: Jumping Pull-ups, 75/55, 40 Singles
L1 : Scaled Pull-Ups, 95/65

 

Rx+: CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×7 Bench Press, increase as able, rest :60
2b: 4×7 Hang Power Clean 185/135, rest :60

 

3. Grab a stone or something heavy and walk for 5 minutes non stop. Every time you drop or stop do 3 Gut Busters : burpees + pull-up + TTB + Bar MU

Apr
17
By CFlando

Good Luck to Our Runners!

Good Luck to Our Runners!

By CFlando Posted on

finish

 

 

Regular Schedule for Marathon Monday

 

 

You know what is hard? Any intense physical fitness. You know what is really hard? Doing it for many hours with incredible uncertainty after training for months and fundraising for the same. I have so much love and respect for all the thousands who run any marathon, and I have an even deeper of such for OUR RUNNERS running tomorrow for the Boston Marathon! 

 

Stacy Doyle (Woburn), Sean Gilroy (CP), and Jenny Yerxa (Woburn) have been training for this incredible journey during the hardest training months you can find. The reason the Boston Marathon is so difficult is a combination of the terrain being so up and down (and tricky down for much of the first half to make you feel like it isn’t so hard after all before it REALLY GETS YA), while being at a time of year where training happens during the brutal winter months up here. You think running 20 miles on a Saturday sounds awful? Try it when it’s 20 degrees and snowed the night before.  Good luck to all three of you. Anyone going to watch tomorrow, or just interested in following some Landos, find them on Facebook (I won’t post their links here since I don’t have their permission though I’m sure they wouldn’t mind). Give them a couple $$ for their last minute fundraising too!

 

If I missed somebody I am very sorry. We love you too! GOOD LUCK!!!

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 8m AMRAP
5 Strict Hanging Tuck/TTB
10 Situps (GHD if available)
15s Hollow Hold

 

Immediately after 8 minutes perform 30 Box Jumps 24/20

 

– rest as needed for setup – 

 

2. Interval Mini-Marathon
For Time
Row 1000m
rest 1:00
Run 800m
rest 1:00
30 Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-1-5-1-5-1-1-1-1

 

Perform as many sets as so in 20 minutes. The idea is the 5s are 50-65% done AFAP (reps) to prep for the 1s which are done at 80% and increasing. Your goal is to max out the 1s. After your 3rd 5-1, perform only singles there on out.

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
4 Minute AMRAP, rest 1 minute after each round
3 Power Snatch 135/95
5 Handstand Push-ups
7 Air Squats

 

 

S : 75/55, Push-Ups
L1 : 95/65, Ring Dips

 

Rx+: Squat Snatch

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 6M amrap
3 Muscle Ups + 10s L Sit after last MU
3 Hang Squat Clean Thruster 185/135
10m HS Walk

 

3. 50 DB Snatch, alternating arms, floor to OH, for time

– try heaviest able to keep moving continually. 100/75 is RX. 10m time cap.

Apr
16
By CFlando

Strongman Sunday

Strongman Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Come on in for 10am CrossFit and 11am Strongman with Jack

Apr
15
By CFlando

Bring a Friend

Bring a Friend

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Bring a Friend Day!!

 

Both locations will have only 1 class, 10:00am, but they will be Bring a Friend awesome classes! The workout will still be a great workout for any level but have more basic movements for any level to handle. Remember Canal Parkers please let us know (I know some have already) if you are bringing someone so we know numbers. There will be no limit but we just need to plan ahead.

 

THEN!!!

 

Kipping clinic at Canal Park, starting around 11:00am relatively soon after end of class.

 

Come in and GET FIT with friends!

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : Partner WOD, 15 minute AMRAP
50 KB Swings 53/35
Partner 1200m Run
50 Burpees

 

– Work other than runs can be broken any way desired. Runs done in equal 200m sections.

 

 

The Program

 

1. Snatch
3×2, then 5×2 Snatch Balance

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

3. WOD : 15m AMRAP
25 KB Swings 70/53
Run 600m
25 Goblet Squats

Apr
14
By CFlando

“11.5”

“11.5”

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-7

 

 

 

Getting back to “Benchmark Fridays”. Here’s an old one from the first ever Reebok CrossFit Open.

 

 

“11.3”

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Row/Run Sprints
3 Rounds
Row 200m
Run 200m
rest 2:00

 

2. “11.3”

5m AMRAP

Squat Clean and Jerk 165/115

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk

 

Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD  : “11.3”

5m AMRAP

Squat Clean and Jerk 165/115

 

S: 75/55

L1: 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 50 Lunges @ BW load (bar on back, starts on floor)

 

3. 10 TGU each side, 70/53

Apr
13
By CFlando

Reminders for this Week

Reminders for this Week

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-5

 

 

 

A couple important reminders for things to come!

 

 

1. Bring a Friend is going down this Saturday at both locations. This means you can bring that friend or family member who has been asking about CrossFit for months but always has an excuse for why they won’t go. The workout will be a great partner style WOD that is manageable for all levels. Don’t mistake this for “easy”. You fit freak veteran Landos will get just as good a workout as always, we just won’t be squat snatching or muscle upping this Saturday. Bring a Friend day means 1 class only at both locations at 10:00am. Basics Seminar on Kipping will be at 11:00am-ish whenever class gets cleaned up.

 

Canal Parkers, please register for class and if you are bringing a friend email me or tell someone at the desk so it can be recorded. We want to know what the class size will be like. Thank you!

 

2. Paleo Power Meals orders need to be in by Thursday evening to get following week delivery. If you haven’t had them yet the time is now. There is a 10% code for first time users and they have tiered discounts for the more you order. Especially if you live or work around either gym these are a convenience that is absolutely worth the expense, and they aren’t even that expensive!!

 

3. Lastly, Strength.com has some unreal deals on a lot of products. If you aren’t using them for your supplements it’s beyond time to get on it. By simply going through our portal on the website (and here) you get a discount on everything on top of whatever might be listed as on sale. What is best is they deliver directly to you. No more waiting for the monthly order at Lando. This can even be recurring every month so you don’t even think about it. Couldn’t be much better.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

STRENGTH : Thruster

3-3-3-3-3

 

 

 

WOD : For Time

 

2 Rounds
20 Thrusters 75/55
15 Hang Clean
10 Strict Pull-ups

 

2 Rounds
10 Ring Dips
15 Hang Snatch
20 Back Squat

 

S: 2 Rounds of each, Ring Rows for SPU and Push-Ups for RD, scaled weight
L1: 65/45, 15-12-9, 9-12-15

 

Rx+: 95/65

 

The Program : Off Day

Apr
12
By CFlando

The CrossFit Lando All Levels Regionals + Block Party : May 14th

The CrossFit Lando All Levels Regionals + Block Party : May 14th

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-6

 

 

 

 

1st Annual CrossFit Lando Regional Competition and Block Party

 

May 14th, 2016. CrossFit Lando – Woburn

 

Competition Start Time : 12 pm

Block Party immediately after until who knows when!

 

Competition will be the 2016 Regionals Events scaled to All Levels

Block Party will be BBQ, drinking games, non-drinking games, other summer good time events!

 

Info on Registration to come later this week!!

 

 

This one is going to be special. While we had two amazing ladies, Stacey and Sarah (hopefully) qualify for Regionals at the end of May it doesn’t mean the rest of you can’t get in on the fun, with more fun added in at the end.

 

I am pleased to announce the 1st Annual CrossFit Lando All Levels Regional Block Party at CFL-Woburn. The competition will be for anyone and everyone, all levels fully scaled up through nearly qualified Regionals athlete, and open to whether you did the Open or not. The events will be altered versions of the 2016 Reebok CrossFit Games Regionals events as they will be announced by then, so you will all get a chance to throw down just like Stacey and Sarah will a few weeks after!

 

After the competition we will be taking over part of the parking lot and having a block party, complete with cookout, games, adult beverages, kid beverages, and just a grade A+ hangout.

 

Registration will be $20 to cover the cookout, otherwise we will be covering the cost of the competition, prizes, and block party.  More info to come but block the date out NOW!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1a: 4×10 Strict TTB with slow negative, right into
1b: 4×10 each side standing oblique crunch with weight, right into
1c: 4×10 MB Situps, weight as able, rest :60

 

2: 20 straight arm plank to down dog, 8 second hold each spot, cued by coach.

 

3: Conditioning : 5 Rounds
10-15 Burpees, choose a number and stick with it
25 Air Squats

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
15 Burpees
15 Overhead Squat 95/65

 

S : 10/10, 65/45 Front Squat

L1: 75/55

 

Rx+: 115/75 UB OHS

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m
3 TnG Squat Clean, increase as able

 

3a: 4x30s Front Rack Iso Hold, rest :90
3b: 4×10 Strict TTB

 

Apr
11
By CFlando

10:00am Class Only at Both Locations for Bring a Friend. Kip Workshop at Canal Park

10:00am Class Only at Both Locations for Bring a Friend. Kip Workshop at Canal Park

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

This Saturday will be our first Bring a Friend day at both locations for the month of April. This means both locations will have only 1 class at 10:00am. CPers please let us know ahead of time if you are bringing a friend, Woburn just bring them in!

 

Also, Canal Park will host a repeat of last week at Woburn due to the positive reaction. This is a GREAT workshop for all levels. Anyone at Woburn can attest to the fact that beginners using many bands or not even on the bar yet up to fully Rx athletes looking to perfect Pull-ups and Toes to Bar. No need to sign up, just be there at 11:00 ready to roll!

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Box Jumps 24/20
8 STOH 135/95

 

 

S : Step Ups, 75/55
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 30/24

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 8m
5-8 HSPU, hardest able (kipping)

 

immediately into EMOM 6m : 3-6 Muscle Ups

 

immediately into E45s for 6 Rounds : 3-5 Bench Press @ BW/75% BW

Apr
10
By CFlando

Gas

Gas

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

I had a nice long post planned talking about the Open, then I ran out of gas. Those of you saying “didn’t this happen like a month ago too?”. Yes. It is the 8th time it’s happened in my life.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. CORE : 7m AMRAP
10 Strict Toes to Bar or hardest scale
10 Dragon Flag
10 GHD Situps

immediately into 3 minute AMRAP of Hollow Rocls

 

 

2. Conditioning: 3 Rounds, each round 3 minutes with 2 minute rest

 

15 Back Squat 95/65
15 Clean and Jerk
AMRAP Bar Facing Burpees with remaining time

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift
Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : For Time
45 Hang Power Clean 165/115
60 Toes to Bar
– EMOM perform 5 Handstand Push-ups

15 Minute Time Cap

 

S : 95/65, scaled TTB, 5 pushups EMOM
L1 : 135/95, 3 scaled or RX HSPU

 

 

RX+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-1-1-1-1

 

3. 3×25 GHD Situps AFAP, rest :90 between sets

Apr
9
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-3

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Deadlift

2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : For Time
2 Rounds
21 Situps
15 OHS 95/65
21 Thrusters
21 Pull-Ups
21 Box Jumps 24/20
21 HSPU
15 Clean and Jerk
21 Supermans

 

 

 

Apr
8
By CFlando

Kipping Clinic Starts at 11:00 @ Woburn

Kipping Clinic Starts at 11:00 @ Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

First ever Basics Workshop this Saturday @ 11:00am at CFL – Woburn. Come learn the dynamics of the kip for pull-ups and toes to bar.

 

Check the schedule to signup and see class times. No competitor group until after Regionals.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
5 Pistols (each leg)
10 Deadlift 225/155
Run 300m

 

 

The Program

 

1. EMOM 12m
2 Clean and Jerk, increase as able

 

2. 15-20 minute skill work, 1 element

 

3. 10 TGUs each side, 70/53

 

 

 

Apr
7
By CFlando

The Hat Before the Hat : Coach Lando

The Hat Before the Hat : Coach Lando

By CFlando Posted on

I know the look. It comes out only in the Open. It’s a special version of a look that all us coaches get throughout the weeks but I get these special ones at Open time. It’s the same regardless of your ability level, experience, or self confidence. It’s a combination of the high schooler asking parents for permission to your first “definitely going to be drinking but just calling it a sleep over at your friend’s house that is 1 hour away” look, and the “I know the answer but I want you to make the call for me one way or the other” look.

 

“Should I RX this?”. That is the question that always follows the look.

 

The part of the Open I have grown to love is the spike in this question from all of you. It’s like the Open brings out the animal in everyone. The chains that hold people back for 47 weeks of the year are ripped off and everyone says “fuck it, when in Rome.”.

 

I still don’t know what it means.

 

Stacey, Sarah, and the rest of the staff and I talk all the time how funny it is that many of you call us inspirations (me much less frequently) when you all inspire us on a daily basis. Ill name some of my favorite Open moments from 2016 that give me that just before crying thick throat feeling.

 

1. Multiple ladies (Stacy D and Leslie W that I remember…sorry if I am leaving people out) FINISHING “16.2”.

 

2. Candice G. failing a bar multiple times on the same WOD only to WOman up and dominate a clean not 1x but multiple times.

 

3. The Bar MU throw down that happened for it seems like everyone on “16.3” but I will always remember the Tarken, Ryan Gill, Jorge heat.

 

4. EVERYONE at Canal Park during “16.1” completing their first every Open WOD. I have to give a shout out to Ylan for judging me. I think for her it was like the first time you saw your Dad drunk for real. Didn’t know if it was cool, scary, fun, or wanted to just go to bed. Her face as I moaned, groaned, cried, laid down, passed out, failed, failed again was priceless. Just like her questionable cheering/worrying/wishing she wasn’t doing what she was doing as I was borderline in tears by minute 10. She was awesome, in all seriousness, and I thank you Ylan :).

 

The same goes for “Jimmy” James Spina as he watched his fearless leader crumble before his very eyes like watching Dad get emasculated by his boss on “Bring Your Son to Work Day” as I failed to make it through Round 1 of “16.2”. He took the embarrassment by association like a champ. Thank you buddy.

 

5. My boys Griff and Reg from CP. Few know we have been best of friends since high school so much so that they were in my wedding and Griff and I will be in Reg’s. Seeing them go through the entire Open was special in that cliche but I’ll admit it kind of way.

 

6. Michele Spina, who I do some work for on the side, conquering what seemed like very demon or shortfall in one 5 week time period. CTB pull-ups was the main one, but was was so awesome was she did it all with a major arm issue, of which she publicly complained about never and rarely even to me.

 

7. All of you. Yeah I had to go there but it was deserved. Both locations, big or small group, you all brought it hardcore. I will have to say though, the CP crew deserves even higher praise, and this is nothing negative to Woburn. It’s like CP A+, Woburn A. But the CP community showed togetherness in a way I never thought possible for so early in existence. Perhaps it’s the lack of individual goals and the egos that come with it, or it’s just a different kind of people, but every WOD saw the entire group there start to finish on their feet, pulling for each other no matter had they done the workout already, how they did, were they dead, whatever. Through the last rep, every single one of you down at the ol’ Canal Park pulled for each other in a demonstration of what community IS.

 

Woburnites, don’t you worry, you were all amazing in your own right as well. 50+ strong every single weekend, most of whom helped before and after their turn. I hope that some people can take a few cues from these awesomely selfless Landos in that it isn’t about YOU all the time during the Open. I think this is lost because it certainly is about you for some time. It’s the one time I think YOU first is acceptable because this is the one chance you have each year to prove your fitness. I just think there was a few times where disappointed doesn’t even describe how Stacey and I felt when watching people basically check out once their turn was done, sometimes even moving on to go about their own personal training while their fellow Landos were getting their chance to throw down. These same people waited all day and helped everyone before them by judging and cheering, and too often were left to a small crowd that was puling for them while many others sat alone, in clusters, or working on other parts of their training completely not a part of what was still going on. This doesn’t cloud my perspective of what coaching you all during the Open was like, it just reminded me how difficult it is to balance all the personalities and egos as a coach and owner. Woburn is 150 strong and growing and you all are what make this place amazing and your hard work and dedication to making this place better and helping us understand what better is can’t be forgotten.

 

As always, I always keep learning. Sort of gracing above, it is interesting to see the Community go through the Open because there are so many individuals personality wise semi forced into this situation of togetherness. I have to be reminded, usually by Stacey or my lovely wife, that not everyone gives a shit about community or a random person working out with them and they just want a good workout. Fair enough.

 

8. All the Comp Group, with some special call outs : This was a different year. Last year it was Regionals or bust for our team and we had a shot that we accomplished. This year it was known that two key cogs to our squat, Stacey and Sarah, were going individual if they qualified which meant the team score would be greatly diminished. This meant people stepping up to almost fill shoes that proved to be unfillable in a short period of time. Still, so many of them worked their asses off all year, sacrificed drinks, social time, bad food, Saturaday and Friday nights, just because they wanted to get better and be part of whatever we had going on. Timmy and Rob proved again to be my stalwarts, disappearing in a haze of hops and mozzarella cheese (maybe just Rob) only to emerge ready to roll however I told them to. Joanna lives the underdog story and was just short this year. What even she doesnt get is she proved everyone that she is for real by finishing top 80 of 12,000 or like 001%.  THAT is impressive no matter how you cut it. Like always we saw amazing performances week in and week out from everyone. April accomplished that dreaded first muscle up and got to do them (Bar style) in a WOD. There are so many special cases I could call out but my memory is bad and it could go forever.

 

More special shout outs to our 3 Regional qualifiers in Mike Gray (Master’s 40-44), and Stacey and Sarah. The three of them are beyond inspiration. Now comes the fun part where we get to plan and get ready for the real deal, Mike in 2 weeks and the ladies at the end of May. Both ladies haven’t gotten the official word yet but we are pretty sure it’s happening. Not too bad when you get to coach your best friend, your wife, and a friend/mentor in the biggest moments of their sporting life.

 

9. My Mom: Has to happen every year, but come on. 61 years old. Never athletic in her life. 5 knee surgeries. 5 kids. 45+ minute drive to the gym. Yet she is here daily, crushing WODs, even doing the Opens at home by herself and sending me videos. Mom you are just the best. Plain and simple.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. Plank Wars

 

2. “Annie” regular or weighted w MB

– full reps

 

 

CrossFit

 

WARMUP : 25-20-15-10-5
Air Squat
Weighted MB Situp

 

Strength : Squat Clean
2-2-2 : find a max x2
1-1-1 : find a max x1

 

WOD : “Elizabeth” : 21-15-9
Power Clean 135/95
Ring Dips

 

 

The Program  : No extra

Apr
6
By CFlando

Introducing our Basics and Advanced Seminar Series

Introducing our Basics and Advanced Seminar Series

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

I am more than happy to announce a new and improved seminar series for our entire community. Simply named “Basics” and “Advanced”, the goal of these is to cover all the basics that are needed for new and veteran CrossFitters as either introductions to essentials or refreshers. The advanced seminars will be for high skill movements or more in depth lifting techniques, things we don’t cover at all in classes. Basics will be open to all levels and will cover EVERYTHING for that particular movement group so all levels will get something out of it. Advanced will be open to certain levels depending on the movement group.

 

The seminars will rotate each Saturday between the two locations with each location hosting 1 seminar. They will run from 11:00-11:30am (Woburn) or 11:30-12:00pm (CP) and be free to members, $10 to non-members (member counting either location). Some weeks will have both advanced and basic at opposing boxes. The Basic Series will be the same 4-6 programs rotating through so you are sure to hit them in your first 1-2 months as a member and have a chance to refresh every 1-2 months, needed for ALL LEVELS. Advanced seminars will be move specific and “once in a while” for certain movements or groups.

 

This Saturday at Woburn we will host our first Basic Seminar on Kipping! This will cover the kip essentials for pull-ups and Toes to Bar. Again this is encouraged for all levels of athletes but especially beginners. The kip is a MUST for advancing in these two movements and the all might muscle up. As for all Basic Series, don’t be “too good” for these seminars. Everyone will learn something every time. See you are 11:00!

 

 

THURSDAY (non testing day)

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-3-3-3-2-2-2, all working sets

 

WOD : 50-30-10
Wall Ball 20/14
Double Unders
Row (Calories)

 

S/L1 : Single Unders or 50% DUs

 

Rx+: UB (start over if dropped ball or tripped DU)

 

 

The Program  :  Off

Apr
5
By CFlando

The Owner Hat : Chapter 1

The Owner Hat : Chapter 1

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Being one to point out and roll their eyes at cliches, Ill be the first to admit that the heartstring pulls that come with owning a business like this are true as hell. Seeing the determination of others you know or have no clue who they are will get me going for years to come.

 

The Open 2016 was one of those events in my life where I realized, albeit it late, a shift had happened in my life and the life of this community. I still get goosebumps thinking about seeing 30+ names on the board at Canal Park for the first day of the Open, then hearing that 50+ people showed up at Woburn, mix of new and veteran Openers (Openees?). Over 30% of our community, half of which coming from a brand new gym, signing up for an unknown test that was an experience like none other for most. Heart. Determination. Conquering fear. Pant tightening immediately.

 

That afternoon was definitely one of those times where I took a brief moment to myself to soak in what had just gone on. Mainly that two communities of people had just completed their first Open WOD, every one of them in some way an athlete I coached and influenced in their fitness journey. Another “moment” came with the realization that one entire part of my business, one of the gym locations, operated completely independently of me. This was something that 3 years ago I never would have imagined happening as I micromanaged every aspect of everything short of what color underwear Stacey could wear (still an argument I don’t have control of). This place as changing, or at least I was now realizing it.

 

It might seem dumb that it took me this long, but I think what you all would be most surprised with is how normal expanding this business was. With that said absolutely nothing was normal in any way shape or form, but it’s like time stopped and we were able to look at a sign that said “Hey, your business is changing, and so is your life!”. Nope, it was just all the sudden I was coaching 20+ classes a week again, staff meetings were a lot harder to schedule, names were impossible to know, and I had to learn how to flow a class in a much smaller and different layout of a gym space. When I think of it it was just like Woburn 3 years ago. We missed an inspection from the wonderful inspection services department in Woburn for 3 straight days, then one magical Thursday we got occupancy and ran a class that night. Went to sleep on that Wednesday night like every night before, went to sleep on Thursday night the owner of an operating CrossFit Gym. If I had to say one thing about the life of a small business owner it’s that the changes, or the realization of the changes, happen very much so after the fact.

 

The Open marked the moment when I really got hit with how much our business changed, and with it our community, my life, and the people that made up both all changed. All of the sudden we had to re-explain what the Open was, that CrossFit even had a competition season that was on ESPN, that yes, EVERYONE could do it. It was fun, invigorating, and uplifting to see all these newbies getting into a competition for the first time ever and truly surprising themselves. It was so cool to contrast this new blood beginning with the returning warriors of Woburn. While there were obviously plenty of newbies that brought the same pleasure in watching, being year 3 it was invigorating to see so many people going at this with goals that were a year in the making. Heck some of you Woburn Landos I remember graduating to no band pull-ups and now beat me in the MU WOD. That is because I didn’t do the MU WOD. That is because I can’t do MUs anymore. So much about the Open was special. Yes, I said it was special. I am the living cliche about what opening your own business does to your goals, dreams, and immediate plans for things like date night with the wife, when you can watch your favorite TV show (or have favorite TV show), or when to sleep. I still haven’t slept (much). It wasn’t until these 5 weeks that I realized that…

 

…I need to cut the shit. I own a business and one that has 2 locations with all the fitness in the world in the walls. Yet because I lost some time in the day I let myself gain 50#, yes I gained f**king 50# since last February, and totally lost my ability as an athlete. Shit this dude QUALIFIED FOR REGIONALS AND THE GAMES, yet I couldn’t make it out of round 1 of WOD #2/16.2, and threw a hissy fit after. James Spina thanks for dealing with me acting younger than you. As I sifted through my thoughts and feelings about the Open I realized so much of what was holding me up was I was ashamed of what I let happen when I watched all of you achieve what I helped guide you to achieve. I guarantee many of you have it harder day to day than I do. Maybe you complain as much as me just don’t have a blog to do it on.

 

I wish I could say this was a catalyst for me to turn it around and qualify for Lando 2017. I can’t say that. I can say that the 5 weeks of the Open certainly made me remember why I opened this business in the first place : The People. All of you. The ones I love, the ones I hate, the ones who hate me, the latter even more, all of you are the reason why me, this staff, and everyone like us do it.

 

Just see the board on day 1 of the Open when you own the affiliate and try to not be inspired.

 

Lando 2017??

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Reminder : No Bootcamp Sprint at CP for AM. Woburn will be doing CF AMRAP

 

 

Strength : Power Snatch + OHS

EMOM 12m, 1 Power Snatch + 2 Overhead Squat

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
10 Snatch Balance 95/65
15 KB Swings 53/35

 

S : 65/45 OHS, 36/25
L1 : 75/55

 

Rx+: 135/95, 70/53

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

Apr
4
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

Skill Test : 30 Muscle Ups / 45 CTB Pull-Ups / 60 Pull-Ups for time

 

– 12 Minute Time Cap

 

WOD : For Time
100 Burpees

 

Skill test and 100 Burpees are testing WODs for the Bridge Cycle

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength, Skill, WOD

 

2. EMOM 16m
O: 3 Bench Press
E: 2 Power Snastch

Apr
3
By CFlando

A Year in 5 Weeks : A Look at the Open with Many Hats, Prologue

A Year in 5 Weeks : A Look at the Open with Many Hats, Prologue

By CFlando Posted on

yosemite_sam_by_irishmanreynolds-d7gv41h

 

 

Those of you who know me personally will probably agree that only I could make writing a simple blog post summarizing the CrossFit Open into something that is delayed for a week and spans multiple posts. But that’s where we are at. I couldn’t possibly organize my thoughts enough to put this all into one post, so for the next 4-5 days I’ll be dedicating the blog to reflections on the past 5 weeks. There are a number of people in the CrossFit world who go through the Opens in a similar way as I do which I thin his unique in the fact that I wear many different hats, often at the same time. Affiliate owner, manager and organizer of two locations of athletes of all levels, competitor program coach/leader, individual competitor coach, husband and best friend of elite individual competitors (aka support staff), and lastly, athlete. 

 

One of the biggest changes has been the way in which the last hat was worn. The Open used to be all about me. In 2011, the first year of the Open, I qualified for Regionals out of the Open as an individual and was lucky enough to hang on to a team of studs and studettes that made it all the way to Carson, CA. I actually competed on the stadium floor at the CrossFit Games that Stacey Kroon competed on as an individual athlete that very same year. Unbelievable, right? Both of us have certainly changes as athletes in terms of fitness and ability, one being an upward trajectory and the other being a sharp downward. I’ll let you guess who went which direction…

 

I was an athlete. I worked every day throughout the year just for the 5 weeks that we know as the Open. This all changed as I became an affiliate owner and competitive athlete coach, and 2016 marked the first year I didn’t fully participate as an athlete. This is not something I am proud of but is interesting and will be explored in the coming week. I never thought back then that it would happen but I soon became more invested in other people’s struggles and victories than I did my own. I’ll be honest there as a day where I didn’t think how I invest myself into sport really was possible. Even my days as a baseball coach still had a degree of “me” weaved into the performance and outcome of my teams. Now is completely different.

 

So, this week we will revisit the 2016 Reebok CrossFit Games Open through the perspective of my eyes wearing the many different hats I do during this time. I hope it’s is interesting to read as it was exciting/exasperating/stressful/fulfilling/painful to live.

 

BUT!!!! Before we get into revisiting, we have to know what is going on ahead. This next two weeks will be testing for those of us who didn’t make anything past the Open. That means testing mostly strength but also some conditioning and skill tests. This isn’t like the Challenge or anything like that, it’s just the end of the Open cycle/beginning of the cycle that is the bridge between now and the new season. Going to be a blast!!

 

 

MONDAY : Bridge Season Test Phase, Day 1

 

BootCamp

 

1. Spend 15 minutes finding a 1 rep max Back Squat

 

2. Conditioning Threshold Test
Row 500m
50 KB Swings 53/35 (full overhead)
Row 500m
30 Thrusters 45/35

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

 

WOD : For Time
15 Power Clean 135/95
15 STOH
5 Muscle Ups
5 Pistols (each side)
12 Power Clean
12 STOH
5 Muscle Ups
5 Pistols (each side)
9 Power Clean
9 STOH
5 Muscle Ups
5 Pistols

 

– Bar Muscle Ups are only a replacement for RX at Canal Park, however you are encouraged to use/share the rings. The other sets will be put up this week now that the contractors are done with the duct work.

 

S : 75/55, 15 Jumping Pull-ups, 15 Air Squats
L1: 95/65, 15 Pull-Ups + 15 Push-Ups for MUs, Scaled Pistols

 

Rx+: Weighted Pistols 53/35 KB or DB

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3, all at 90% 1 rm, work quickly

 

3. 50 GHD Situps NFT, 5 TGU each side , 53/35 or 70/53 if able

 

Apr
2
By CFlando

Sunday Strongman @ Woburn

Sunday Strongman @ Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

Jack coaches Strongman class at Woburn at 11am. 10am class is Crossfit.

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : EMOM 15m

2 Deadlift, hold at top for 5 second of BOTH reps

 

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
2 minutes on, 1 minute off
15 Wall Ball
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
AMRAP Power Snatch 135/95

 

S : 75/55, 9′ Wall Ball step ups
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

STRONGMAN : Come Join Jack’s Madhouse

Apr
1
By CFlando

Back to 9:30am and 10:30am Class @ CP, 10am @ Woburn

Back to 9:30am and 10:30am Class @ CP, 10am @ Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

We are back to the regular Saturday schedule from before the Open. CP is 930am and 1030am classes, Woburn is 930-1130 Open Gym and 10am class. People coming for Open Gym must give way to Class at all times. This means use of equipment, space, etc. Please respect this so we can keep this new Open Gym time.

 

 

 

SATURDAY  (be sure to check schedule for times)

 

Strength : Back Squat (low bar)
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : Partner WOD

 

Run 3200m as a team (one at a time)
then 11 Rounds (one at a time)
2 Rope Climbs/8 Strict Pull-Ups
4 Bear Complex 135/95
then Run 1600m as a team (one at a time)

 

Scale as needed

 

 

The Program : 1130-12 individual work, 12-1/130 group

Mar
31
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. 5 Minute AMRAP
ME Forearm Plank
Every break perform 10 jumping squats. Rest as needed

 

2. 5 Rounds
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
15 Push Press 65/45

 

3. Row 500m AFAP, absolute SEND IT

 

 

CrossFit

 

 

Strength : Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP
5 Overhead Squat 135/95
10 Lunges
35 Double Unders

 

S : 65/45, 70 Singles
L1 : 95/65, 70 Singles or 20 Double unders

Rx+: OH Lunges

 

 

The Program

1. Class Work

2. Deadlift
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

3. Row 10 minutes @ 90%

Mar
30
By CFlando

Thursday Feeling

Thursday Feeling

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

 

Strength : Press
Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : 15 Rounds, :30 on :30 off, working through a,b,c rotating 5 times
a: Pull-Ups
b: Burpees
c: Back Squat 135/95 (from floor)

 

S : Ring Rows, 95/55

L1: Scaled pull-ups, 115/75

 

Rx+: CTB, 155/105

Mar
29
By CFlando

It’s Over…Now What?

It’s Over…Now What?

By CFlando Posted on

 

Unknown

Clearly the Judging/Coaching driving excellence in our competitors

 

 

Order your Paleo Power Meals for Sunday/Wednesday delivery by Thursday Evening!!!

 

For once in my life I am at a loss for words. I promise more will come but my thoughts are still not complete on the 2016 Open. Good news is the extra time means it will be that much longer!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

 

BootCamp

 

1. WARMUP
5m AMRAP : Hollow Rocks
– maintain hollow position with scale if needed

 

2. Back Squat WOD
a. In 5 minutes work up to BW back squat or closest able for a 7/10 intensity
b. 30 Back Squat @ BW, immediately into 400m run AFAP

 

3. 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders/100 Singles
20 Box Jumps (24/20) full stand
10 Straight Arm Burpee (no chest to floor)
10 Push-Ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
1-1-1-1-1-1-1, 8 second pause below parallel for each rep

 

 

WOD: 2 Rounds

40 Walking Lunges (alternating)
20 Toes to Bar
20 Squat Clean Thruster 75/55

 

S/L1: Kipping Knee to Chest, 65/45

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD at Rx only. No additional work.

Mar
28
By CFlando

What Do We Do Now? Name Your 5 Favorite/The 5 Best Songs Ever (In Your Humble Opinion)!

What Do We Do Now? Name Your 5 Favorite/The 5 Best Songs Ever (In Your Humble Opinion)!

By CFlando Posted on

RHCPSB

 

 

I have too much to say for my post Open post and need more time. Thank you.

 

By the time 24 hours has passed from the moment you read this I want you to write down your 5 most absolute favorite songs of all time, at this time in history, in your opinion only. There are no requirements other than the requirements/standards I list below, which are quite ambiguous. The list should be only 5 songs long unless you want it to be longer then it can, and it can be your favorite songs or what you think are the best songs, but they kind of go together so to hell with descriptives.

 

I have always loved these kinds of lists. I used to religiously peruse the Rolling Stone “Top Unlistable Thing of All Time” while sitting in the waiting chairs at my local barber shop. I always wondered who had the final say in those lists, like who decided that “While My Guitar Gently Weaps” by The Beatles is the absolute greatest song of all time? The standards for these lists are always ridiculously under reported, as in they didn’t exist. I still remember how angry I was when I was in 5th grade and the Guitar World “Top 100 Hard Rock Songs of All Time” didn’t have a single Metallica song in the top 5. How the f**k does that happen? THE LACK OF OR EXISTENCE OF VERY ARBITRARY/RELAXED STANDARDS, THAT’S HOW!

 

For the sake of our lists there will be a few very ambiguous and not helpful at all standards.

 

Top 5 (or more) Best/Favorite Songs Ever Standards

 

1) LISTENING DESIRE AND DEDICATION: If this song was on the radio you would not change the station or otherwise stop listening. This does have limits though, like Tom Brady announces his retirement, or his breakfast choice for that morning. But during the course of a normal day, if one of the songs on your list comes on the radio you wouldn’t think of not hearing it play through and would loudly ridicule anyone who interrupted your enjoyment of this song.

 

2) NO POPULARITY STANDARD: It doesn’t matter if this song has never been heard before by anyone other than you…aka you wrote it for your “still budding though there is yet to have Miracle-Gro added to the pot” music career. The 5 or so songs on the list can have no relation, so Britney Spears and the Rolling Stones are fine for #1 and #2 performers (you can deal with the shame of who is above whom). Old, new, pop, reggae, rap, disco, whatever. These are YOUR favorite/best songs.

 

3) Limit to 5 or 10, whatever has to happen : Like how I chose my wedding party, you can’t cut someone off just because you are only supposed to have a certain amount. Nope, not me. I’ll just have 12 Groomsmen and 3 Best Men, because I have THAT many best friends. Or I am bad at saying no or hurting feelings. But The Stooges won’t know you left them out, or added them at the last moment before you showed literally no one and didn’t even save the list. There’s nobody judging this list just like there is no person glaring and shaking their judgmental head from afar at a concert of a band your wore the shirt of.

 

Sidenote. The rule that you can’t wear a shirt of the band you are going to see in concert is literally, without question, the dumbest unspoken rule ever. I got ridiculed by my brother’s friend for wearing my fresh new 311 shirt to my first every concert that happened to be with my Mom. I was going with my Mom because I was in 7th grade and my parents were very concerned about the stoner music I was listening to and worried about what all the kids were doing these days. I will forever remember the one time when I went to go to the bathroom she told me I better not have bloodshot eyes when I get back. Little did she know that she at that moment taught a 7th grader one of the ways she tries to detect someone having smoked weed and being high. Had no clue before then that it made your eyes bloodshot. I bought so much Visine for my friends in the years since…

 

I don’t even remember what that standard was so let’s just move on to MY LIST!!! (I really wrote this post just because I wanted to make this list for so long and have a reason to try and seem cool about all the music I like).

 

 

 

Landos Best/Favorite Songs Ever List

– No particular order so all are considered equal standing.

 

1) “Santa Monica” – Everclear

– This song elicits so many emotions in me every time it comes on, and these emotions have changed over the years. Used to be happiness and freedom and would often be put on while driving to the Cape to move there for the summer. Nostalgia usually mixed in since it came out when I was in 7th grade. Nowadays its more anxiety and borderline mental break because of the aforementioned emotions and memories mixed with now being 32 years old. By the end of the song these days I’m usually crying and asking Sarah why we have to die if God is real?!

 

2) “Soul to Squeeze” – Red Hot Chili Peppers

 

– The journey for this song to end up in my daily playables is decades long. It originally was only on the Coneheads movie soundtrack so I could only hear it when it was played on MTV since the video was popular but the song itself wasn’t played much. I loved it so hard but had no way of hearing it on command since back then your options to listen to it yourself was either own the tape or CD, or happen to catch it when played on the radio when recording with your blank Maxells. Loved making mix tapes back in the day…always had the same Metallica songs on it in the end just different order each time. 

 

So this song was like my unicorn for most of my life until the magical day when a T1 modem line, Kazaa, and learning how to burn a CD from a computer came together my freshman year in high school and suddenly that magical guitar intro and literal gibberish in the last verse were mine, all mine.

 

3) “The Ocean” – Neil Young

 

– Im sure many people making this list have similar memory/nostalgia associations driving much of their choices. This is another Cape Cod summer memory conjuring jam that has since evolved into my ‘Peter Pan/I Won’t Grow Up’ mental breakdown song that if driving leads to breakneck speeds and tears clouding my vision and a bottle of whiskey and tears on the couch. Safety hazard, box checked yes.

 

4) “Houdini” – Foster the People

 

– This is new to the list since I didn’t know it existed until Sarah and I were sitting at a harbor side bar called Fish ‘N Lime Inn that if it wasn’t located on the water in Soper’s Hole, Tortola, it would have been burned to the ground from protestors rioting over how miserably awful of a bar it was. It’s one shining moment came from the bartender while I sat drinking my $18 tourist trap cocktail and munching my cheeseburger fish flavored beef patty and he tossed some tunes on. The guy, who was about my age, living the “running from nothing but my rich, loving family in upper class suburbia” stereotype, and was very, very high and very, very not good at his job, put on the FTP album this song rests on and the rest is history. As in I demanded he play it on repeat. He did.

 

He still got no tip and we never returned in the next 10 days.

 

 

5) “Would” – Alice in Chains

 

Spent a solid 6 months thinking they were named Alice in China because the first time I saw the video I couldn’t read the name clearly as I had terrible eye sight all the way back then. My grandmother stood slack jawed watching the video/me simultaneously trying to take in her 8 year old grandson watching MTV Rock Show. I still remember her bickering with my Dad that night about how he shouldn’t let me watch it. My Dad then let my Mom have it, and my Mom promptly did nothing about it other than encourage me to watch again the next day.

 

6) “Down on the Corner”, “Bad Moon Rising”, “Heard it Through the Grapevine”, “Lookin’ Out My Back Door”, “Fortunate Son”, and most of the Creedence Clearwater Revival Chronicles albums. 

 

I have issues with aging so much of my favorite anythings are nostalgia driven. If anyone knows where the tree/spring from Tuck Everlasting is please tell me. I’ll marry you and we can be ok.

 

 

7) “Shots” – Lil’Jon… I think.

 

If this comes on the radio I will never, ever change it. I will always request it at any of your weddings, every bar I go to, and force my friends to dance/tear the place to pieces. We got a DJ to play it 9 times at a bar on Bourbon Street during my bachelor party. Everyone hated us including ourselves later that night when we were alone in our beds.

 

 

8) “Born to Run” – Bruce Springstein

 

This has always felt like a celebration song to me. When our team qualified for the Games in 2011 I played it on repeat while sitting in the most awful gridlock traffic up 95 on Memorial Day Weekend and barely noticed it took 2 hours to go from Canton to Boston. I was living the crowning achievement of my young and slightly pathetic athletic life right then and was able to live what I always considered my celebration song.

 

Sidenote I don’t think I can name another Bruce song.

 

9) “The Ballad of Johnny Butt”, “Seed”, “Badfish”, “Santeria”, “Jailhouse”, “Same in the End” – Sublime

 

Yeah I don’t do well with short lists or short anything having to do with words. The Sublime album changed my life many times  spanning decades. The first copy of it I owned I stole from a Sam Goody in Washington DC on my 8th grade field trip because I was trying to impress a chic. It worked. Then her friend told the chaperone. Supposedly I was in trouble but he seemed to forget when we went home.

 

10) “1979” – Smashing Pumpkins

 

When I ran my first marathon I did so on a complete whim. I worked at a gym at Harvard in the first year I coached baseball there and the idea came to me when sitting trying to pass time managing a gym nobody knew existed. Decided marathon was a good idea, decided I should start running outside, decided to do so when I got home that day. Hours later, walk outside in Charlestown, start running, hit my iPod to start, “1979” comes on. There couldn’t have been a better song at the given moment in time that this song. I think if I imagine that song playing during that first run I’ll start sweating and get short of breath just sitting on my couch, it connected with me that much.

 

The Smashing Pumpkins were my first obsessively favorite band that was my own.  Before that I just did whatever my brother did music wise. I was that kid who told his 4th grade teacher his favorite bands were Megadeth and Metallica, getting me a note home to Mom which got me a lecturing about how Mrs. Howard should mind her own business. I still don’t really understand what that lecture was about or why I was on the receiving end.

 

Then 7th grade I decided to become obsessed with 311 and the Smashing Pumpkins until the latter’s touring drummer died from a heroin overdose crushing my child like view of the world and right/wrong. Heroin still isn’t cool but back then it might as well have been a terrorist releasing anthrax directly into my Mom’s morning coffee. It scarred me, cut me real deep.

 

 

11) “Aenima” – Tool

 

I was scared of Tool for most of my life. I thought people who liked Tool or Nine Inch Nails hated their parents and pretended to cut their wrists at night by wearing bandaids to school on random days. I did love and listen to Marilyn Manson, however, which really scared my Mom for a while. She was one of those parents calling my friends’ Moms and telling them about this Marilyn Manson guy. Then I realized that Tool musically is unbelievable, and Maynard James Keenan is a successful winemaker now too, which is random and cool.

 

Anyways, this song was on the radio every second of every minute when I was a Freshman in high school. I hated it at the time yet would listen to all 6+ minutes of it every time it was on. This lead me to realize I loved the song and the band, but didn’t let anyone know for years…until now really.

 

 

What does your list look like? I’ll take emails, posts on FB, printed and taped up in the hallway, whatever!! Try to keep it to 10 or less like I did.

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Hang Clean Complex
5-5-5-5

(Power + Power + Power + Squat + Squat)

 

 

WOD score is total reps completed, each round scored separately!!!

WOD (WOBURN) : 5 Rounds, each round 4:00 with 1:00 rest
Run 300m
5 Deadlift 275/205
5 HSPU (must be Rx)
5 Muscle Ups
AMRAP Wall Ball 20/14

 

WOD (CANAL PARK) : 5 Rounds, each round 4:00 with 1:00 rest
Run 300m
7 KB Swings 53/35
5 HSPU (must be Rx)
5 Bar Muscle Ups
AMRAP Wall Ball 20/14

 

S : 115/75, push-ups, jumping pull-ups
L1: 185/135, ring dips, ctb pull-ups

 

Rx+: (W) 315/225, strict hspu. (CP) 53/35 double KB Swing (russian), strict HSPU 

 

 

The Program : Off or Class ONLY


28
By CFlando

Football Found for HS Athletes

Football Found for HS Athletes

By CFlando Posted on

maxresdefault

 

 

As we know, CrossFit is an all encompassing fitness program that builds strength, endurance, and coordination in a dynamic, explosive manner. Whether it be for a retired teacher, practicing lawyer, professional athlete, or college student, CrossFit can bring anyone to their peak fitness and for a sustained period of time.

 

This is especially true for High School athletes in sports like Football that require a lot of dynamic, explosive strength. Movements like the olympic lifts (clean especially) teach coordination and explosiveness by moving the bar with potentially a lot of weight very, very quickly. Any athlete especially a football player will need this kind of strength during their off-season to improve their ability, whether it be for their high school team or if they have aspirations beyond into the college game.

 

If a high schooler wants to play at the next level, sadly fitness and ability is only half the battle. Getting found is another story. In my years as a college baseball coach I dealt with recruiting and it isn’t a fun process for some. It can be confusing at best and catastrophic at worst. This is where websites like Football Found can be incredibly useful in guiding athletes and parents through the process and helping them gain exposure to many coaches around the country. In turn it is a great place for coaches like I was (different sport, same process) to find a lot of players in one spot. Check out fballfound.com and learn more about the whole process.

Mar
27
By CFlando

More Lifestyle Challenge Awesomeness!

More Lifestyle Challenge Awesomeness!

By CFlando Posted on

12823508_10153265080201541_1007278574997764600_o

 

 

 

By now you mostly know that Jessica Ngui won the Lifestyle Challenge of 2016 with her amazing performance through the 8 weeks, both in points accumulation and improvements in the testing. While she deserves all the accolades she can get there are a few other people who deserve a shout out or two for their dedication and hard work.

 

A huge part of the Challenge is the points that people accumulate through eating clean while also maintaining a very integral supplement and water regimen for their fitness. Dan Umbro had the most points of anyone in both locations, and Ingrid Fickel was slightly behind him and had the most points of anyone at Canal Park. Joanna Vanden, Ryan Gill, Melanie Aiello, Amy Haroutunian, and Freddie Sabbs all were impressive with their point totals. Great work!

 

The fitness testing is where the real grace of the Lifestyle Challenge rests, showing with concrete evidence how clean eating, proper sleep, and regimented supplementation can all lead to drastic improvements in fitness and in a short amount of time. Our winner Jessica along with Melanie improved by 20# in the Power Clean which is unreal for 8 weeks. Ryan Gill and Joanna Vanden improved by 50 reps or more on the “14.1” retest, both at RX standards. Amy H gained 35# on her back squat and Dan Umbro improved by 15#. Freddie put 20# on his push press and Melanie trimmed over 10 seconds off her RX “Fran” time.

 

Great job by everyone who participated in the Lifestyle Challenge from both Woburn and Canal Park! It was truly amazing to see so many people dedicated this time around and to see all the improvements. Hopefully everyone learned a thing or two and can keep these lessons learned as your fitness journey continues!

 

POST OPEN NOTES : Tune in tomorrow for a comprehensive “what now?” for the after Open life. Don’t miss it.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

WARMUP : 5m AMRAP
5 Jumping Pull-ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air squats

 

rest 5 minutes

 

1. Row 2000m
Every 90 seconds perform 5 KB Swings, 5 KB Squats

 

immediately after 2000m perform 3m AMRAP Box Jumps 24/20

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Power Snatch 115/75
Overhead Squat
Hang Power Clean

 

S: 65/45

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program : Off day OR Class only

 

Mar
26
By CFlando

Happy Easter : Both Locations Closed

Happy Easter : Both Locations Closed

By CFlando Posted on

easter-bunny-feature

 

 

 

 

Happy Easter!!

 

Both locations will be closed for Sunday. Back to regular schedule on Sunday.

 

 

Mar
25
By CFlando

Last Open Saturday

Last Open Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

SATURDAY

 

Last Open WOD Saturday. Both locations open at 9:00am. 9;45 warmup

 

FIRST HEATS AT 10:00AM

 

 

“16.5”

21-18-15-12-9-6-3

 

Thrusters 95/65

Bar facing burpees

Mar
24
By CFlando

Challenge Winners

Challenge Winners

By CFlando Posted on
12823508_10153265080201541_1007278574997764600_o

Congratulations Jess!!

 

 

2016 Lifestyle Challenge Winner : Jessica Ngui

 

 

Jess did an awesome job with the challenge, finishing in the top 5 in total points for nutrition logging while also improving in every single test. You can’t get a better example of why clean eating is the best thing you can do for your overall health and wellness because not only did she lose weight and surely improve here general health, she got stronger, faster, and overall a lot more fit.

 

Some fun stats for Jess’s Challenge : She was tied for 3rd with points with 198, improved her Power Clean by 20# which in a 7 week period is absolutely amazing, did “11.1/14.1″ at RX and got 43 reps better, improved both the Push Press and Back Squat by 5#, and almost 20 seconds improvement on “Fran”.

 

Jess wins an awesome package from NutriForce and SFH as well as a 50% discount on her next month membership!

 

Stay tuned tomorrow for some other winners and awesome stats from the rest of the Challengers. Great job guys!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Strength : Press

 

5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
5 Power Clean 145/100
10 STOH
15 Wall Ball 20/14


 

 

BootCamp

 

1. TABATA TIME : 8 Total Rounds
a: Chin Over Hang (hardest able…L sit included)
b: Ball Slab 20/14

 

rest 1 minute then : 90 second Burpee Max Out

 

rest 3 minutes

 

2. TABATA TIME : 8 Total Rounds
a: STOH 75/55
b: Hang Clean

 

– Any time bar touches the floor between “a” and “b” is 100m running after 8th round

 

rest 1 minute then : 90 second Burpee Max Out

 

rest 3 minutes

 

3. Run 600m AFAP

Mar
23
By CFlando

What’s in a WOD?

What’s in a WOD?

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

We will be closed at both locations on Easter Sunday

 

Continuing and finishing our analysis of the whiteboard, let’s dive deeper into the WOD and what you can decipher from how it’s written in terms of how you should go about your work. No matter your goals or experience, this analysis is for is little things that we can all get something from regardless of experience or ability. If our purpose is to get more fit in our time at Lando each day, why not go about it with the best plan possible? Maximizing efficiency is what CrossFit is all about anyways, right?

 

First thing is the obvious in what kind of WOD it is. We have 2 choices for the most part, a time focus or a work focus. Time focus are what we know as AMRAPs, the work being governed by a set amount of time. Work focus is what we know as “for time” workouts that have a set amount of work to do with our score being how fast we do it. Easy there.

 

Tougher part is identifying what the workout is calling for in terms of stimulus. Is it fast and light or slow and heavy? Often times the length of the workout can make this easy to see, as can the prescription in terms of weight and movement difficulty. Look at the reps, the movement, and the prescribed weight and determine from that what the workout calls for. Then decide your scale. Obviously your coaches can help you with this any time but it has to eventually end with you deciding what is best related to your ability.

 

Whenever in doubt remember this : the faster you move the more fit you will get. Intensity is very much so dependent on time. The workout “Fran”, 21-15-9 of thrusters and pull-ups, is the perfection that it is because EVERYONE can move fast. 2-10 minutes of work that can render people incapacitated for hours after because it is light and simple enough that if scaled correctly anyone can do it with speed. The biggest mistake people can make is thinking heavier is always better. Heavier is sometimes better and certainly cures many illnesses, but faster is ALWAYS better.

 

Lastly, in our quest for fitness greatness there are times when we just need to bite the bullet and go for the heavier weight, harder scale, tougher movement in a WOD to get us over the hump and able to do that particular thing routinely. Double Unders, for example, can be practiced until we need shoulder replacements but eventually we need to put them together with a pull-up and squat clean in a sandwich. There is a time and a place for trying out your new found abilities, so another important part of WOD analysis is to identify where it is you can challenge yourself. AMRAPs are a great time for this because no matter how brutal the struggle is it will end and with everyone else. Wednesday’s workout being a 9 minute AMRAP, for example, would have been a good time to try double unders or a heavier kettlebell. Reps also can dictate if the WOD is a good time to go for the gold. If a movement like a deadlift is 5 reps or less that would be a good time to try a heavy weight you might have never done before in a WOD, AMRAP or “For Time”.

 

Now that I have completely f**ked your head up for something as simple as just working out, remember that at the end of the day that is all we are doing. Of course for us “working out” is a whole different thing, but there is always room for stepping back and reminding yourself through the hours of insanity that there is such a thing as paralysis by analysis. There are always drills, techniques, tricks, tips, and many avenues to look at the work we have ahead of us, but it isn’t always needed. Don’t get lost so badly that it loses it’s fun.

 

If it does stop being enjoyable don’t worry, it happens to everyone. Remember this is something you care deeply about, much more than just the casual Planet Fitness member, and that is OK. It is OK to cry over failure, lash out (with control) over frustration, and even want to take some time off because that last thing you ever want to do again in a moment is see a barbell. The most important piece of advice I give all my competitive athletes I work one on one with is that it is OK to be feeling whatever they are feeling at a given moment of weakness. It is wrong to think that we are always supposed to be happy and content, never in the gym without a smile. Sometimes life sucks and CrossFit is a part of life so sometimes CrossFit sucks. Especially when you gain 50# in 12 months while spending 15 hours a day in CrossFit gyms you own.

 

Always look for the better way, but always remember that whatever way is OK. The hour or so you spend in here each day is a great hour that will add time to your life on this wonderful Earth. While it can be painful both physically and mentally, heartbreaking and unfair, what you are doing with your life when in here is always good. Always.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

-All reps done with 1 second pause at chest and at lock out 

 

 

WOD : 20 Minute Running Clock

Minutes 1-5 : AMRAP Run 200m, 5 Box Jumps 24/20
rest 2 minutes

 

Minutes 7-12 : AMRAP Run 200m, 5 Box Jumps 10 Push-Ups
rest 2 minutes

 

Remaining time : AMRAP Run 200m, 5 Box Jumps, 10 Push-ups, 15 Walking Lunges

 

Score is total reps completed through all 3 AMRAPs, Run counts as 2

 

S/L1: Step Ups 24/20

 

 

The Program : Off

Mar
22
By CFlando

Paleo Power Meals

Paleo Power Meals

By CFlando Posted on

Wild-Rice

 

 

 

 

I am very pleased to announce that we are re-partnering with Paleo Power Meals for both CrossFit Lando locations! This is an excellent meal delivery service that in my opinion stands far above all the others there are. This is real meals, outstanding quality, and reasonable price. Hopefully many of you saw how important nutrition is to your health and wellness with the Lifestyle Challenge especially when talking about fitness. This is something to help you in your journey.

 

The best description I have ever heard for how food and training are related is “you can’t out train a bad diet”. This rings so true for me as I lived by the opposite of that for so long when I was younger, sometimes literally adding reps for various movements to my routine the next day for every piece of bad food I ate on a given evening. Sadly, especially as we age, which even more sadly is happening to all of us without hesitation, the more our diet affects our health and fitness.

 

Fortunately companies like Paleo Power Meals exists. You go on their website, choose specific meals for delivery, and they bring it right to the gym, waiting for you on Monday and Thursday morning. Check the handouts at the desk for discount codes as well.

 

Now between this and Strength.com you have access to the best clean eating and best supplements and both with the most convenient service EVER!!!! NO EXCUSES PLAY LIKE A CHAMPION!!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp

 

1. “Annie”, 10 minute cap
50-40-30-20-10

Double Unders/2x Single Unders
Situps

 

rest 5 minutes then

 

2. 25 Back Squats (from rack) @ 50, 75, or 100% BW, 10 minute time cap
– every rack run 200 meters

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Squat Clean

 

1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : 9 Min AMRAP
9 Air Squats
9 KB Swings 53/35
18 Jumping Pull-ups
18 Situps
27 Double Unders

 

S/L1: 35/26 KB, 36 Singles

 

Rx+: 70/53, Goblet Squats, 5 Triple Unders

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 12 Minutes
20 Thruster 45/35
15 Box Jumps 24/20, step down
rest :30

 

3. 3xME weighted forearm plank hold (weight vest or 45/35 on back)

Mar
21
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

 

Unknown-1

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : 2 Position Power Snatch + OHS

Find a max for a below knee hang power snatch + launch position hang power snatch starting from the waist + OHS

 

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
20 Hang Power Snatch 95/65
20 Burpees (lateral over bar)

 

L1: 75/55

Rx+: Hang Squat Snatch

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 6m AMRAP
30s HS Hold (FS)
30s ME Walk (distance)
30s HS Hold (FS)
3 FS HSPU

immediately after spend 8 minutes to find max squat clean, must max at least 4 attempts above 85%.

 

3. Farmers Carry (KB)…done outside
400m Max Carry 53/35
– every drop perform 5 KB Thrusters / 5 Lunges (each leg) KB at side / 10 Swings…rotate between the 3 

Mar
20
By CFlando

No Morning Classes Both Locations

No Morning Classes Both Locations

By CFlando Posted on

b7119a5fb6d24f7eb2bd4c601250d322

 

 

 

CLASSES CANCELED FOR MORNING AT BOTH LOCATIONS. FIRST CLASS AT 12PM FOR BOTH WOBURN AND CANAL PARK

 

 

 

 

OPEN WOD REDO

 

If you are looking to do the Open WOD (first or second go) you will be allowed at the following times ONLY. For those looking to do it for a second time, please take the following advice : If you are not in the running for Regionals or Team, there is no need to do the workout again. Ego doesn’t need to take over your efforts to improve your fitness.

 

I truly mean that, but I also will never question anyone’s desire to redo it. This is your Games, your Finals, your everything. If it matters to you, DO IT. This is just my coach’s opinion, and only one, and one that is not informed as to your desires and needs, but one that will support any decision you make regardless.

 

 

 

 

Open WOD Times (Both Locations)

 

WOBURN: 12pm (class) 3-430pm (extended Open gym), 430-530pm (Class), 630-730pm (Class). NONE DURING 530PM CLASS

 

CANAL PARK: 12pm (Class), 430-530pm (Class). NO OTHER TIMES

 

 

 

 

SNOW MORNING 

We have had a lucky winter so far with only 1 full day closed and a half day another time, but the worst reports I just got done reading have 10 inches of snow from 11pm-11am. Best case being 4-6″ over the same time. Worst case is a lot in a short amount of time and potential for seriously dangerous driving conditions. Given that one of my coaches travels 30 minutes on a regular weather day and would be traveling right in the middle of the worst of the storm, AND that both myself and Stacey have each had accidents (hers ruining her car completely) in snow this year, I can’t take chances. Sucks I know, but it HAS to be the last time we deal with this this season. 

 

Trust me, I know what I am setting myself up for and the morning will probably go like this: No snow will accumulate, you all will MF me while you find another gym to take class at, you do and swear up and down you’re switching gyms and organizing/leading a house burning at my apartment for Monday night, and promise you will make everyone on social media know. Your anger will subside by noon and you will just draw a male genitalia on the back window of my car next time you see me.

 

If this is true, I hope you get into a single car, no injury/fatality accident that ends up having your insurance pay for every cent of your repairs and a rental while it gets fixed which they deliver to your door Tuesday morning (a Mercedes to boot), in other words not a single issue for you other than the 10 seconds of sheer terror you experienced while gliding into a telephone pole during which you couldn’t help but think that this accident was karma paying you back for the evil thoughts you wished upon me during the last few minutes of a poorly programmed, badly coached AMRAP at the gym you chose to attend in our place tomorrow morning.

 

You know there is love dripping from that entire statement. If you don’t, then please try to feel it.

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
5 Hang Squat Clean 175/115
3 STOH
1 Rope Climb, 15′ (Woburn), 15 second (accumulated) chin over bar hang (CP)
150′ Shuttle Sprint (down and back Woburn, ONE sign and back CP)
20 Toes to Bar

 

S: 75/55, 6 Strict pull-ups/10 second hang, scaled TTB
L1: 135/95, 10′ Rope Climb, 15 second hang, Knees to Elbows

 

Rx+: 205/145

 

 

The Program : If doing 16.4 again try to make 3pm time at Woburn. Otherwise 630pm.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 10 minute Triple Under practice

 

3. Work Time

2m AMRAP : Thrusters 185/135 (from floor)

rest 1 minute then

2m AMRAP : Power Snatch 165/115

rest 1 minute then

2m AMRAP : Jumping Pistols (over bar)

rest 1 minute then

2m AMRAP : Box Jumps 30/24

Mar
19
By CFlando

Another Sunday

Another Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

If you are needing to do “16.4” for your first time try best you can to get in Sunday from 10-12 in Woburn. CP members can come up and do it tomorrow if need be with no drop in fee. I will be here assisting Jack as he coaches classes to get people through. Please contact me ahead of time through [email protected].  It is going to be very limited for when we can allow people attempts on Monday at both gyms because of the setup and time required for this workout, especially at Canal Park.

 

Come get fit!

 

 

SUNDAY

 

WOD 1: 8m AMRAP, escalating reps
1 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20
2 Overhead Squat 95/65
3 Pull-ups

 

– All movements increase by same rep it starts (BBJ + 1, OHS + 2, Pull-Ups + 3)

 

rest 8 minutes

 

WOD 2: Run 800m, rest 2:00, Run 800m, rest 1:00, 50 Situps

-Score is total time including rest

 

 

Strongman (11am) : Come to Jack’s Funhouse of Strength!

Mar
18
By CFlando

Open 16.4 : Doors at 9:00am FIRST HEAT 9:30.

Open 16.4 : Doors at 9:00am FIRST HEAT 9:30.

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit HQ threw another one at us setup wise so we got to get going early!!

 

 

Doors open at 8:45am at both gyms and FIRST HEAT GOES OFF @ 9:30, that means group warmup @ 9:10.

 

Get there and get signed up!!

 

 

“16.4”

13m AMRAP

55 Deadlift
55 Wall Ball
55 Cal Row
55 HSPU/STOH

Mar
17
By CFlando

Beyond the Whiteboard : Strength is More Than Getting Stronger

Beyond the Whiteboard : Strength is More Than Getting Stronger

By CFlando Posted on

About 90% of our classes follow the structure of having a warmup, a strength portion, and a conditioning portion. The programming our community follows is a system I have developed through 5 years of guessing, trying, stealing, failing, re-trying, and settling on what I feel works best. As usual that statement has a bit more self deprecating humor than the truth actually is, but any good strength and conditioning coach, or coach in general, must admit that their methods while certainly (or hopefully) finished into something that is their own, we all create “our way” from previous programs and coaches who had success before us. Science isn’t something you can create, it’s already created.

 

Hopefully you remember from my scaling post that the most important thing to building fitness is intensity, and intensity can be quickly defined as moving large loads long distances quickly. Lifting heavy weight for sets and reps in our working threshold stimulates hormonal reactions that work during and after our training. The most important of these being the production and release of Human Growth Hormone. Growth Hormone has a lot of negative connotation these days with all the talk about it’s abuse in almost every sport, but it is actually a naturally occurring substance in our body! It is responsible for repairing and rebuilding tissue, burning fat, and even repairing and improving brain and nerve stem tissue. It is basically the hormone of hormones, and WE ALL need it working for us.

 

Through my time developing our programming I fell in love with the idea that building strength is paramount in importance to one’s fitness. This is unequivocally and universally true. People who spend some time each training session focusing on building absolute strength through multi-dimensional lifts (using multiple body parts) drastically increase their intensity and energy usage (aka burning calories) compared to sessions that just involve conditioning and bodyweight movements. The biggest mistake a person can make is thinking that strength training is only for building big, bulky muscles. Strength training the way we do it each day is an important piece to burning fat and improving cognitive functions and builds lean, strong bodies faster than it builds big, bulky ones anyways.

 

STRENGTH FOR THE DAY

 

With all that said let’s get into how I program STRENGTH each day. There are two important things to look at beyond obviously what movement we are doing. First thing to notice is the set and rep scheme dictating how much work is on the table. Second and most important is notice what the focus of the strength for the day is. This can be either to “get your work in” or set a new PR for the given rep scheme.

 

Let’s look at an example of Back Squats.

 

WORK FOCUS STRENGTH SESSION

STRENGTH : High Bar Back Squat

5-5-3-3-2-2

 

The quick analysis is we are performing the high bar back squat with 6 sets. The sets are specified as two sets of of 5, 3, and 2 reps. When the sets and reps are written out this way, the focus is for each  set to be performed at around 80% or higher of your max for that lift, increasing throughout the 6 sets. These would be called “working sets”. It is proven that lifting at 80% or higher is when we create the greatest hormonal response especially in the production and release of GH. So, we want to lift a significant amount of our reps in our cycle at and above this threshold to get all the aforementioned benefits of increased GH in our system. You get your work in throughout the 6 sets.

 

PR FOCUS STRENGTH SESSION

STRENGTH: High Bar Back Squat

Find a 2 rep max

 

The difference again is in how you approach and perform the work. These days the goal is PR,  on the “work” days the end result of a PR or not doesn’t matter as much as the 80% or higher rule.

 

The point is that getting stronger is about an overall accumulation of volume performed at a structured pace throughout a cycle, in our case 7-10 weeks on average. If we always lift with big increases conserving our energy to hit a PR, we might be performing barely any work that is significant in terms of getting stronger. PR days are important for strength building but also the mental game as it’s always good to know we are improving through our work or at least know what we need to focus on through failure. What is hidden in PR days is they are often times hidden de-load days which are important for our mental and physical recovery. Since we perform much fewer working reps we walk away from these sessions with less impact on our bodies, keeping us working but healthy at the same time.

 

As always, when going through your strength work ask your coaches for advice on how to approach. Always remember that no matter what your goals are, big and strong or lean and built, strength training accomplishes these goals. Adapting nutrition to your training usually is the difference between that end result in physical appearance.

 

 

FRIDAY 

 

Strength : Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 15-12-9
Squat Snatch 95/65
Strict Ring Dip
Strict Pull-Up
Lateral Bar Burpees

 

 

S/L1: 75/55 Power Snatch, Scaled Rips and Pull-Up

 

Rx+: 115/75, Dips from Muscle Up, L Pull-Up

 

 

The Program : “16.4”. Strategy will be posted here tomorrow during the day.

Mar
16
By CFlando

On One Long One

On One Long One

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

Due to my having the flu and being incapacitated for 2 days, and the ongoing issues with the Challenge food logs, we need another day or before we announce a winner. The top 10 in consideration will be contacted tomorrow for figures on their improvements test wise.

 

 

Tune in tomorrow for talk about how the strength portion of class can take on different forms and how to interpret rep schemes even with consideration of timing of the strength cycle itself.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Core WOD : Running Clock for 10 minutes

– Max Effort forearm plank. Every break perform 1 Burpee + 1 Air Squat + 1 Toes to Bar

– Every restart of plank switch sides (R/L) or Center, rotating through all three.

 

WOD: 28 Total Rounds, :30 on :30 off. Max Effort each working round

 

4 Rounds of each movement

 

– Thruster 45/35
– Bottom of Squat Hold, 45/35 on back
– Right Arm Straight Arm Plank
– Left Arm Straight Arm Plank
– Plate Getup, 45/35
– Jumping Lunges, 45/35 bar on back
– Burpee + 2 Squat Clean + AMRAP OH Squat

 

 

Plate Getup

 

 

S:/L1 Scale weight/movements to “air”

 

Rx+: 75/55

 

The Program : Off

Mar
15
By CFlando

Beyond the Whiteboard : What Goes Into Each Part of Your Daily WOD

Beyond the Whiteboard : What Goes Into Each Part of Your Daily WOD

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

While sometimes it might seem like I just slap a bunch of movements together and pick a number out of a hat for reps and time domain, there is some sense of purpose behind what is written on the whiteboard. In the next few days we are going to take a look at each part and Im going to explain in depth what does into planning that part, what certain pieces within that part might mean, and generally give you all information that will be both useful and interesting. Today I want to get into scaling and look at the workout for Wednesday as our example. 

 

SCALING

First it helps to understand why and when to scale. The biggest mistake we can make in our fitness is that scaling is a negative or sign of weakness. People tend to look at it this way because we all scaled things down when we started out so understandably we feel we don’t want to ever “go back down” to scaled situations. Scaling cannot have a universal approach movement to movement, workout to workout, and within the same movement. You might no longer need a band for pull-ups for a workout like “Cindy” with 5 at a time, but that doesn’t mean you should scoff at using a band for a WOD with 20 pull-ups at a time. The most important thing to know about scaling is we scale to give us the best opportunity for a quality, safe, and effective high intensity workout. Intensity comes from moving large loads (weight or ourselves), long distances quickly, with quickly being relative. The faster you move the more fit you become in a quicker period of time, so scaling should be used to keep you moving!

 

There is that line, though, where we have to cross over to continue building our fitness through intensity by using a harder/lesser scale. As you get more fit you will need to challenge yourself to improve intensity, again applying our non-universal mindset to scaling. Sometimes you have to just take the leap, check the ego at the door, and slog through a workout to get the first session under your belt at that harder scale.

 

AMRAPs are always a good time for this because no matter what the workout WILL end and with everyone together. No matter what we say I know it’s tough to be working last (trust me I know from experience). So next time you want to try out your improved fitness on a movement get here when that AMRAP shows up with it in it!

 

Now, it’s important to know how you should scale when you make the decision that you should. When scaling a movement always keep in mind that your goal is to one day do that movement as RX, or not scaled. It might be in a few weeks, it might be in years, but either way you are working towards constant improvement. Since this is true it is important to keep the standards of the movement in mind. Range of motion, movement pattern, setup and execution, all important for the regular movement so are just as important when scaled. 

 

Lastly keep your current fitness goals in mind. Things change, life changes, and so should how you go about your workouts. I wrote about taking the first step a week ago. Sometimes the first step has to be adjusted for where you are in life or it’s tough to be successful. Just because you haven’t scaled a particular movement, or could do a weight for a bar movement easily, doesn’t mean you can’t scale down when starting back out after a break, whether injury or vacation or longer time off. The higher the intensity the faster we reach our fitness goals, so scale yourself for your fitness short and long term!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Tabata Core : 8 Rounds of each couplet, alternating back and forth

a: Barbell Roll-Outs
b: Supermans

 

c: V Ups
d: Russian KB Swing 53/35

 

e: KB Goblet Squat
f: Dragon Flag

 

2. Conditioning : 12m AMRAP
5 Ring Dips
10 Jumping Lunges
15 Hang Power Snatch 75/55
rest :30

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: Front Squat
3-3-3-3

 

then 1 minute AMRAP @ 75%

 

 

WOD : For Time
Row 750m
21 Deadlift 275/185
30 Handstand Push-ups

 

S: Row 500m, 155/105, 30 Ring Dips
L1: 225/155, Scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: 315/225, 3″ deficit HSPU or 15 FS HSPU

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 4 Rounds
Run 200m AFAP
10 Thrusters 135/95 AFAP
40 Double Unders

– rest 2:00

Mar
14
By CFlando

Lifestyle Challenge Wrap-up

Lifestyle Challenge Wrap-up

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

The two most powerful warriors are patience and time 

 

 

 

We will be announcing the winners of the Lifestyle Challenge by Wednesday evening blog post. Almost there!

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Hang Squat Clean
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 9 Minutes to Complete
75 Pull-Ups
75 STOH 75/55
75 Hang Clean

 

– EMOM 2 Bar Facing Burpees

 

S: done as 9m AMRAP, 15 Pull-ups or scale, 15 STOH 65./45, 15 Hang Clean
L1: 50 Pull-ups, 50 STOH, 50 Hang Clean

 

Rx+: 95/65

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5m AMRAP
4-8 Muscle Ups (ring)
25 GHD Situps AFAP

 

rest 5 minutes

 

3. 5m AMRAP

5 Squat Clean Thruster 53/35 KB
100′ OH carry (double) 53/35
10 double KB swing, 53/35

 

4. 50 Strict HSPU

Mar
13
By CFlando

There Will Be Snatching

There Will Be Snatching

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

As always, Open re-testing or testing the first time can be done tomorrow during class times or extended Open Gym (Woburn). Open Gym starts at 3pm tomorrow (Woburn only) and the restricted class times are 7am (CP), 530pm (W) and 630 pm (CP). Otherwise all class times are good as long as you check in with me tonight or before that class tomorrow. Good luck!

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint (check schedule for times at each location)

 

WARMUP : 20 Strict Pull-ups, scale as needed, at 5 second tempo up and down up, then 20 push-ups at 5 second tempo down with EXPLODE up, scale as needed. Cap at 5 minutes.

 

SKILL
1. Every 20s for 3 minutes : 4 Burpees (scale accordingly by reps or to jumping squats)

 

go immediately into #2

 

2. Max Effort Forearm Plank hold, max 3:00. Once knees hit floor roll over and perform sit-ups until TIME.

 

rest as needed/directed

 

3. CORE WORK : 2 Rounds
a: 30 (each side) standing oblique crunches, single KB in reaching hand, opposite hand behind head. Keep chest tall.
b: 40 Russian Swings 53/35, try for unbroken
c: 30 Kipping Knees to Chest/Waist
d: 40 Supermans
e: accumulate max L Sit or scale from top of ring dip hold through 2 minutes

 

rest 3-5 minutes

 

4. Conditioning : 
Row 1000m
50 KB Deadlift 70/53
100 Double Unders or 200 Singles

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: Power Snatch + Squat Snatch (5 second pause in bottom)
-Every90s for 7 sets

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
2 Wall Climbs
4 Front Squat 135/95
8 KB Swings 53/35

 

S: scaled WC, 75/55, 35/26
L1: 115/75

 

Rx+: 185/135, 70/53

The Program

 

-If you are doing the Open again and are a regular participant in Comp Class, some others will be throwing down from 3-430 during an extended Open Gym. If you want in please email me ahead of time, or text if u have my number!

 

– If you are not doing the Open…HERE YOU GO!!

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Row for 20 minutes with a running clock done @ the following pace throughout:
– 1 minute @ 70-80% building pace
– 1 minute @ 90%
– 1 minute SPRINT
Rest 1 minute
– 250m @ 80%
– 250m @ 90%
– 250m @ 80%
– 250m SPRINT
rest 2 minutes
– 3 minutes done :20 on, :10 off
rest 2 minutes 
– :30 on, :30 off :  sprinting, total rest for remainder of 20 minutes

– Score total meters for last part (:30 on :30 off) for your score. 

 

3. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-5-3-3-3-2-2

– Make all reps heavy and deep. 

Mar
12
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

Reminder : Anyone looking to re-test Open WOD on Sunday please contact us ahead of time. This has to happen tonight via email to [email protected]. Facebook IS NOT a good way to get a hold of me. We need this advanced notice so if more than 3-4 people need to I can come help Jack. Canal Park members are welcome to go to Woburn tomorrow as well.

 

Re-testers MUST attend class at 10am, participate in the warmup, optional strength, and then do the Open WOD with the class WOD timing. There will not be multiple heats and no one will be allowed to start after 11am. Jack is in school full time and needs to get his work done or his Mom will have my ass!!!!

 

Same rules as last week are in play this week for retesting on Monday. Please plan ahead!

 

 

SUNDAY (10am ONLY)

 

Strength : Push Jerk
5-4-3-2-1

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
Run 300m
7 Hang Squat Snatch 115/75

S : Hang Power Snatch 65/45
L1: Hang Squat Snatch 95/65

 

Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program : Off

Mar
11
By CFlando

Open 16.3

Open 16.3

By CFlando Posted on

Both locations open at 9:00am for Open Gym 9-10.

 

Open “16.3” will start at 10:00am with Group Warmup for both locations. Heats will run every 12 minutes. As always get in, get signed up, and get ready to roll!!!!

 

Strategy and tips will be discussed with the group before warmup!

 

 

Open “16.3”

RX

7m AMRAP

10 Power Snatch 75/55
3 Bar Muscle Ups

 

 

SCALED

7m AMRAP

10 Power Snatch 45/35
5 Jumping CTB Pull-Ups

Mar
10
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 7 Minute Forearm Plank Hold
-EMOM perform 5 mountain climbers each side

rest 1 minute then

2. 5 Minutes to find max Toes to Bar (total)

rest 1 minute

3. 3 Minutes to Max Row (calories)

Right into

4. 1 Minute max shuttle sprint (75′)

rest 2 minutes

5. Core Finisher
Work through at your own pace for 5 minutes, 10 reps of each until 5 minutes
– Supermans
– Situps
– Hip Rolls
– Lemons

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift OR Press OR Bench Press (based on Open 16.3)

 

Find a 2 rep max

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9

Front Squat 135/95
Toes to Bar

 

S: 75/55, Hanging Tuck
L1: 95/65, Knees to Chest

 

 

Rx+: 155/105, UB TTB

 

 

The Program : Open WOD 16.3

Mar
9
By CFlando

Heaven and Hell

Heaven and Hell

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

About a decade ago I thought I wanted to be a screenwriter. I mean really I wanted to be one, no thought about it. I had the good fortune of finding a teacher at a nearby school in college who was the writing and acting “coach” for Matt Damon and Ben Afleck when they were working into Hollywood. A few years later this eventually became him helping them through this nice little number called Good Will Hunting. More than once I was in his office when “Ben” called. It wasn’t cool or anything.

 

I enjoyed writing and actually had an imagination back then, so while it was school work I saw it as fun. I continued writing out of college for a few years, finishing 8 screenplays and entering a bunch of contests that guaranteed contracts with studios (at best) or a few hours of coaching with a professional (most often). I actually won one of the smaller ones I entered and got to sit with the writer who made Seven and 8mm. He wasn’t nearly as fu**ed up as you would think having seen the movies. He also was a dick, barely helped me, and didn’t pay for our lunch the 1 time he met with me for 2 hours (was supposed to be 50 hours). 

 

One of my better movies dealt with my vision of the afterlife, an all out war epic similar to The Return of the King. It has a heavy theme dealing with our existence, the purpose, and the fight against pointlessness. Eventually it sought so answer what really happens to us when we die (still looking btw). I thought it was good, a panel of 10 professionals thought it was great, Andrew Kevin Walker didn’t and was a huge dick about it. Id say this was the crowning achievement of my Hollywood life, being treated like a stooge by a guy that writes bad movies that stand the test of time because he puts body parts in boxes or talks about kiddie porn.

 

I used to envision the afterlife as this parallel universe where a massive scale war was throwing down at the same time we lived our lives. It was basically how I explained karma to myself. Shit day meant the good guys were taking a beating, and that 75 degree Friday where the boss lets you out early meant Dead Tom Brady and his army pummeled the bad guys and got the day off from god, obviously Dead Bill Belichick. As the story goes, it is within this war where our choices and how they are executed are decided. In the war we had a parallel self who acted as the un encumbered, unrestricted, pure version of us, not corrupted by whatever environment we lived in. Basically this “us” joined the fight when we were born, got handed a gun or battle axe depending on the war theme of the day, and off they went. Always respawning, always living to fight, completely controlling the results in life of our current, tangible selves. Think of it as a sort of near future, personified moral compass, the result of their actions down to the last detail trickling into our reality.

 

How the worlds collided was something else, and I think the only reason Universal still hasn’t called me about it was it was basically 6 hours long…and I demanded on being the star. It has to be that.

 

As we wrap up the Lifestyle Challenge I urge you to take a moment and realize that this actually isn’t how the world works. SHOCKING I KNOW!! We have control of our actions and most of the results, at least have a hand in the ones that aren’t totally up to us. Challenges have a wide range of emotions through the community once they finish, from elation and pride to disgust and embarrassment. Being on the receiving end of the latter I can say I am absolutely speaking from experience.

 

I say this all the time and truly believe it, that the best thing about health and fitness is the next day can be THE day. If you fall short here it isn’t the end, our war self just lost a battle. My movie has infinite days, our war self infinite lives, like a real life Contra with cheat code. The one thing that should never be in your head is hopelessness. Regardless of your current position there is always hope to improve your health and it sure as hell doesn’t take much. One step at a time truly can mean starting with a 400m run. I ran a marathon, 2 in one year actually, because a nice day like today lead me to go for a run through the city for the first time. That first step lead me to some of the more trying and lasting experiences of my life.

 

In this realm anything is possible. The next time you are in the gym think about your original self as you started out. How many bands you used, how little weight was on the bar, how scared you were! If that you is right now because you just started, please do yourself the favor of marking this time and remembering where you are. In 6 months I will ask you to look back and remember. You will quickly learn you can shock yourself with how far will go if you just take that first step.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength: Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 15 Minutes, score is max reps through 15 minutes
20 Kettlebell Swings 53/35
20 Goblet Squats
10 Burpees

Rest 1:00 after each round

 

The Program : Off

Mar
8
By CFlando

Last Retest Means….

Last Retest Means….

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-3

 

 

 

 

This is the last Challenge re-test !!! Get in here and get it done. You have until Friday to get everything done and recorded.

 

 

WEDNEDSAY

 

Strength :  Push Press

1-1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : “Fran” – 21-15-9

Thrusters 95/65
Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength as written

 

2. “Straightened Out Fran”
45 Thrusters 95/65
45 Pull-Ups

 

3a: 4×5 Ring Dips into ME L – Sit at top of dip, rest :60
3b: 4×15 KB Swings right into Single Arm Thrusters 10 each side, 70/53, rest :60

Mar
7
By CFlando

Re-Test Time!

Re-Test Time!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

We will be wrapping up the Lifestyle Challenge by week end. This means you need to get all the re-tests in and your food logging and points done by Friday. Winner will be announced Monday!

 

Wednesday will be the last of the tests…

 

 

TUESDAY (Both are Re-Tests)

 

StrengthPower Clean

Find a 1 rep max Power Clean

 

 

WOD : 30 Power Clean @ 80% above

 

12 minute Time Cap!

 

 

– These are both retests for the Lifestyle Challenge. The consistent variable is the percentage on the clean so don’t worry about doing the same as you did last time, better or worse. DO make sure you do the same reps if you did scale down to 20. If you didn’t finish in the time cap then your goal is get finished!!!

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx

 

– If you did the Open WOD last night please be careful with your decision on this. If you think more cleans will not be a positive experience then you can do Monday’s programming straight through. Getting squats in will help get your legs back and the pauses are perfect for recovering.

 

 

2a: 4xME Hang Power Snatch (No Pauses) 135/95, rest :60
2b: 4xME L Sit Chin Over Bar Hold, rest :60
2c: 4xME HS Walk (for distance, max 100′ (turn and quarter way back at Woburn, back and forth CFL), rest :90

 

 

3: 4×25 GHD Situps, rest :90 between efforts
immediately after perform 50 Hand Release Push-Ups, 10 Wall Climbs, 10 Muscle Ups

Mar
6
By CFlando

Lifestyle Challenge Re-Test Schedule

Lifestyle Challenge Re-Test Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

12829033_10153263449411541_2567443378835167845_o

 

 

Canal Park Open retesting is limited to 3 per class time and NOT allowed at 7am, 530pm, or 630pm.

Woburn retesting has no limits to amounts but NOT allowed during 530pm class.

 

Retesting : I posted before the Opens (a few times) that people not in reasonable contention for a Team spot or Regionals qualification including Masters were not allowed to redo the workout other than special cases (mid wod injury, timer/judge error, gym explosion, etc.). There are A LOT of people asking to redo, so please pay attention.

 

If you want to redo the WOD a second time we are allowing it including first time around because you couldn’t Saturday. However, YOU MUST CONTACT ME AHEAD OF TIME for all cases. Just showing up at the gym on Sunday (Woburn) or Monday (either) is not allowed. While you are all surely rolling your eyes at me I hope you understand that a lot goes into programming and scheduling each week including coach’s warmups and how they structure the class. Random changes to that affects the quality of the class for everyone there and isn’t fair for the 100+ other members or the coach. 

 

Let me leave you with this. Obviously you care if you are signed up for the Opens so caring would lead you to wanting to redo the workout. However, there is a big difference from wanting to do better and actually being able to do better. Not to say that it doesn’t matter because if you care then it matters to you and to us, but doing the same workout twice in 3 days is detrimental to your fitness, and given the stress physically and mentally the Open WODs bring it will affect your training beyond just the day you redo it.

 

But what do I know.

 

If you want to redo the WOD at either location we will allow it moving forward but you MUST contact us before. You will be turned down if you show up without scheduling before.

 

 

MONDAY 

 

Lifestyle Challenge Re-Testing: Tuesday, Wednesday

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. 6 Rounds
Row 500m
Rest 1:30 between efforts

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max with 5s pause in bottom

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Pistols (alt.)
5 HSPU
Run 200m

 

 

S : Scaled Box Jumps/Step Ups, Pistols, 5 Push-ups
L1 : Scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: 5″ Deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program

If you are retesting 16.2 let me know if you want to come in 2-430pm as we will have a solid amount of competitors there and can get a good atmosphere. If you are redoing, try to leave time to get some work in after, if even just to recover.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Deadlift
3-3-3-3, then Power Clean EMOM 6m, 3 TnG 

 

3. Row 750m, rest 1:1, 3x

 

Mar
5
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY (Woburn Only)

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : For Time
28 Thrusters 95/65, then 3 Rounds
15 STOH 95/65
10 Depth Jump to 18″ target
5 HSPU/10 Push-Ups
Then 28 Thrusters

 

 

Strongman 11am 

 

1. Find a Max Squat Clean

 

2. 15-12-9
Stone to Shoulder
*Stone Carry between each set, 150′ (down and back)

Mar
4
By CFlando

Open WOD “16.2”

Open WOD “16.2”

By CFlando Posted on

We will be running “16.2” at both CFL locations starting at 10:00am SHARP. There are no regular classes.

Open Gym starts at BOTH locations at 9:00am.

 

Even if you are not signed up for the Open officially you can come do the workout. 

 

See you all tomorrow!!!

 

 

“16.2”

25 Toes to Bar
50 Double Unders
15/13/11/9/7 Squat Cleans

 

Weight for cleans starts at 135/95 and increases each round while reps go down.

 

SCALING: We will help with scaling. If you are officially signed up there are exact options. If you are not then we will guide you for reps, weight, etc.

Mar
3
By CFlando

No 6:30pm at Canal Park

No 6:30pm at Canal Park

By CFlando Posted on

Reminder : No 6:30pm at Canal Park on Friday for next 4 weeks.

 

Saturday throws down @ 10:00am at both locations for “16.2”. Come in and join the fun!!!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

WARMUP: 5m AMRAP, escalating reps by 1 rep
Air Squats
Hollow Rocks
Push-ups

 

1. Thruster Party
E45S for 8 Rounds : 5 Thrusters, from floor, heaviest able UB

 

rest 5 minutes

 

2. Conditioning

Row 600m
50 Situps
50 Pull-Ups
Row 600m

 

12 minute Time Cap

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Bench Press
Find a 2 rep max

 

 

WOD : 7 Rounds
7 Ring Dips
7 Power Snatch 115/75
1 Wall Climb
1 Rope Climb / 5 Strict Pull-Ups @ CP

 

S: 5 Rounds, 65/45, 5 Ring Rows
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 135/95


3
By CFlando

“16.2”

“16.2”

By CFlando Posted on

Check back at 9:00pm for Friday’s WOD after the announcement of the CrossFit Games “16.2” WOD.

Mar
2
By CFlando

Announcing Strength.Com Partnership

Announcing Strength.Com Partnership

By CFlando Posted on

supplements for crossfit

 

 

 

Need supplements for CrossFit? Looking for knee sleeves or hand grips for squatting and pull-ups? We are thrilled to announce our partnership with Strength.com. Strength.com is a re-branding of the old Gameplan and an entirely new format, website, and shipping/distribution channel. All of this means outstanding benefits for YOU!

 

The new branding includes a new company, new infrastructure, all good things to make up for the not so good that Gameplan was plagued with. If you never used Gameplan now is the time to start using this service. If you did and had a bad experience, trust me it’s time to give it another try. They carry supplements like whey protein, pre-wod, post workout amino acids and other nutrients, fish oil, and other things to help with training and recovery. They also have things like Cliff Bars, Kill Cliff, and other related products.  

 

One of the coolest things is this is a great organization that is very tuned into the fitness world and specifically CrossFit. Many employees are doing the Open this year and are members at area CrossFit boxes. This all means they will constantly be upgrading and improving their service and what they offer from their own community outreach programs. Their main objective is currently adding to the products they offer in the equipment and merchandise area. Soon Strength.com will be your one stop shop for everything you need around your training. 

 

Lastly, why Strength.com should be on your bookmark list is they ship directly to you. Because of this we will be completely eliminating the in gym ordering of SFH. We will still carry Fuel for Fire and Kill Cliff on site but won’t be ordering protein at all. It is cheaper and less hassle for you to order through our portal with them anyways!

 

A quick synopsis of Strength.com and why to start using them:

 

  1. Brands they carry: everything you need and more including SFH!
  • Stronger Faster Healthier – New partnership last week!!
  • NutriForce – Coach Stacey’s Supplement Sponsor!
  • Progenex
  • Gold Standard

 

They also carry products from MusclePharm, Catalyst, Cliff, Kill Cliff, and many more!

 

2. 10% off all orders just by using our portal. Again that link will always be in the members list at the top of our website.

 

3. Shipping straight to your place on a recurring basis : Most of their products are in monthly amounts. They structure it this way so you don’t even think about a new order they just send it.

 

Additionally, if you have questions about nutrition and supplements contact me at [email protected]. We can talk about simple stuff or a full nutrition remake and plan through our consulting options. The older we get the more important nutrition is.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean  + Hang Squat Clean

1-1-1-1-1

 

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
5 Toes to Bar
10 Wall Ball 20/14
15 KB Swings 53/35

 

rest 2 minutes then perform 1 minute max effort burpees.

 

 

The Program : Full rest day

Mar
1
By CFlando

Waking Sleeping Giants (Nanosmall Ones Nonetheless)

Waking Sleeping Giants (Nanosmall Ones Nonetheless)

By CFlando Posted on
maxresdefault

The Horror…

 

The Horror, the horror…

 

If you have ever had a period in your training where you unexpectedly had a lapse in your consistency, a few off days that turned into a week or two away from lifting/training, you have probably experienced the horror of the first time you lifted seriously again and could barely lift 80% of your max from 3 weeks earlier.

 

“Oh god I’m worse than dead….I’M WEAK!!!“.

 

MOTOR UNITS AND ME : A BRIEF HISTORY

While the lengthy time away from the gym and consistent fitness can drive us close to mad, it takes a lot more than time away from lifting/CrossFitting to lose all the hard earned strength you gained. It would be pretty harsh if something that took 6 months to build a 5-10% gain of was torn down in 2 weeks of relative inactivity. Literally laying dormant in bed for 2 straight weeks only strips us of 30% of our strength in extreme cases.

 

When you experience that power outage you are most likely experiencing the effects of how our muscles and motor units (nerves connected to muscle fibers) interact with stimuli, in this case lifting weight or performing a physical task under stress. Motor units can be thought of as little electrode stimulators attached to our muscle fibers. When commanded to fire, you bet your ass they fire. What is important to understand is our motor units work in a linear fashion, only being activated after the one before it is activated. They work in line by size, smallest to largest. So, while smaller motor units might help the legs walk or stand therefore staying in relative “shape”, the larger ones that are used to squat that 1 rep max lifetime PR might stay dormant for quite some time if not otherwise stimulated by squatting. It is why warming up goes small to large, light to heavy, because our body is ready for light since those motor units are for all intents and purposes active throughout most of our waking hours. Relating this all back to our  “scary” example tonight, it isn’t than your muscle fibers all shrank to a hobbit size during your brief hiatus, it is more so that the larger, powerful ones are still on vacation.

 

PRACTICAL APPLICATION

What does this tell us other than we should never stop training for longer than 1 off day every 4 days of training? Thinking about this linear model is useful when going about a day like today’s back squats. Since we are lifting for a 1 rep max and hopefully PR type weight we need those larger end motor units firing on all cylinders. Getting your motor units ready, willing, and able is what we know simply as “warming up”. Those first empty bar squats first feel like 1000# only to feel like the near weightless patty cake weight it is a few minutes later because you are waking up your nervous system and muscular system. You didn’t get infinitely stronger over the course of 3 warmup sets, you just woke up those sleeping giants that we need to lift the big weights.

 

I can hear the argument now! If the larger end motor units needed to lift those big weights only fire if we are lifting big weight,  how do we get those prepped to do so when we need it? The answer : Simulating lifting heavy by LIFTING FAST. Not just fast, BUT FAST AS HELL. Even a “light” weight lifted for higher reps (5-10) and done so like a bottle rocket was stuck up your ass will activate those big motor units connected to those big muscle fibers used to lift those big ass weights. This is why I always highlight your warmup sets and urge you to lift some high rep, super stupid fast sets. Then, when you call on the big guns 15 minutes later to set that Gong Ringing/PR Bell Smashing PR weight, they are ready to roll.

 

Every rep matters. Lift like it is so! You could drop dead at any moment!

 

 

WEDNESDAY  : Lifestyle Challenge Re-Test #1 and #2

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

WOD : “14.1”

 

10m AMRAP

15 Snatch 75/55
30 Double Unders

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Back Squat

Find a 1 rep max PR back squat

 

WOD : “14.1”

15 Snatch 75/55
30 Double Unders

 

S/L1: 65/45, Scaled Double Unders

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx

 

2. Every 90s for 6 Sets
3 Hang Squat Clean, heaviest able

 

immediately into Max MU in 4 minutes
immediately into Max Wall Ball 20/14 in 3 minutes
immediately into Max Russian Swings 88/70 in 2 minutes

Feb
29
By CFlando

And the Winners Are…

And the Winners Are…

By CFlando Posted on

 

Congratulations to our winners : Cally, Julie, and Meredith!! Cally and Julie contact me about collecting on your prizes (Cally = supplements, Julie = Personal Training). Meredith Anderson was the big winner for the 2 free months membership! 

 

Challengers : Due to the technical problems we are delaying the results a few days to get things in order. Don’t worry, you are done! First re-test will be Wednesday, then we will do the rest of the tests next week. This will allow for a more accurate and in the moment tallying of totals.

 

 

TUESDAY : Challenge Re-Test 1

 

Strength : Press

5-5-3-3-1-1-1, all working sets

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
Run 600m, then
5 Rounds
7 STOH 135/95
17 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand and step down

 

S: Run 400m, 75/55, step ups
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5m AMRAP : Rope Climbs

rest 3 minutes, then FOR TIME:

 

3 Legless AFAP

immediately into 7 Wall Climbs, 14 Hang Power Snatch 135/95

 

3. EMOM 16m
O: 1 Heavy Split Jerk
E: 3 L Pull-Up into ME L Sit Chin Over Hold

Feb
28
By CFlando

Lifestyle Challenge Testing This Week!

Lifestyle Challenge Testing This Week!

By CFlando Posted on

1935077_10100455385660379_3414149957168068642_n

 

 

This is the week you all have been waiting for. You spent 8 weeks learning how to eat for fuel and performance for your life and made big changes to how you lived. Now is when you put this time to use, crushing your old PRs with the new you. This is where it all becomes worth it.

 

We will be testing throughout the week and next week. With the Opens we obviously have a lot to work around but we need to focus on this just like at the beginning of the Challenge. The full schedule will be released tomorrow night, but be prepared for testing Tuesday and Wednesday of this week, then probably the same days next week. This gives everyone time to be ready for/from the Open WODs and give both things full attention they deserve.

 

 

MONDAY

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. EMOM 5m
5-7 Strict HSPU/7-10 Push-ups

EMOM 5m
7-15 Calorie Row

EMOM 5m
7-12 Burpees

 

2. Conditioning : 8 Minute AMRAP
– Row 1000m, then AMRAP Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand), every 10 reps perform 10 situps

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
1-1-1-1-1

 

– Must come from the floor and from a clean and jerk

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
5 Front Squat 135/95
10 Hang Power Clean
15 Lateral Bar Hops
after last round perform 100 Double Unders

 

S: 75/55, 150 Singles
L1: 95/65, 200 Singles or 50 Double Unders

 

Rx+: 165/115, Hang Power Clean and Jerk

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

– Try Close Grip as much as possible for OHS

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-1-1-1

 

3a: 5X2 Power Snatch, rest :60
3b: 5xME HS Walk in 30s, rest :60

 

4. 5 TGU each side, 70/53

Feb
27
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Thank you to all who came to celebrate the 3 Year Anniversary Party.

 

Woburn will be open for 10am class. Come on down!

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Power Clean and Jerk

2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : For time
Run 400m, then

21-15-9

Ring Dips
Squat Jump to 6″ target
Hang Clean and Jerk 115/75

 

 

Feb
26
By CFlando

Open WOD

Open WOD

By CFlando Posted on

WOBURN : Open WOD starts at 9:30am. Open Gym from 8:30-9:30. 

 

CANAL PARK : Open WOD starts at 9:30am. Open Gym from 8:30-9:30.

 

There are no classes on Saturdays for the next 5 weeks, just the Open WOD which starts around 10am each week. It will adjust week to week based on WOD. All are welcome and encouraged to come just like any class time!

 

 

 

Feb
25
By CFlando

The Opens : General Info and This Week!

The Opens : General Info and This Week!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

Lifestyle Challengers: Wrap up those points! The Challenge officially ends on Saturday so you have 1 more day of logging and points. We will be reviewing for possible errors over the weekend and then testing starts Monday! Any inquiries and emails about the Challenge will be handled tonight and tomorrow.

 

 

2016 Reebok CrossFit Games Open

Well here we are! This is one of the more exciting times for our community as it is the time where we all come together to fight through the same obstacle, going through the same weekly cycle of nerves, giddiness, fear, anger, relief, and many other emotions from Monday to Monday as we speculate, await, perform, speculate, and submit for that week’s WOD.

 

The Opens are an example of the thing that makes CrossFit great, the same thing that makes it something you absolutely should sign up for. Ill tell you that everyone I know who was on the fence at one point about signing up came out the other end of the 5 weeks a fitter person with experiences they will always remember. The thing that we can’t explain is what makes us sign up for something we have no idea what it is, against all trust and belief in ourselves go and attack a WOD and get THAT rep of THAT movement we failed at hundreds of times before, this time doing so in front of 100 people we didn’t know a year ago and now consider some of our closest friends.

 

You cannot replace the camaraderie during the Saturday Open throw downs. It is basically “what is great about CrossFit” in a 2-3 hour micro chasm, where people of all ages, ability levels, and desires go through the same experiences for the same reason while experiencing it completely individually. The morning jitters, the competitive butterflies, the nervous trips to the bathroom, all shared regardless of the WHY we are doing it. Then for the 5-10 minutes, however long the WOD of the week is, we are completely alone, yet we aren’t. That isn’t an attempt at being deep, it’s truth. CrossFit and especially the Open WODs are completely individual in our performance especially when dealing with what is in our head, but we have the support of our entire community pushing, carrying, dragging us through the entire ordeal.

 

It is THAT which makes the next 5 weeks worth the $20, worth the time, worth the effort, worth the uneasy feelings you never experienced before. Let’s go get em!

 

 

2016 REEBOK CROSSFIT GAMES OPEN

 

SCHEDULE CHANGES

Friday

 

CANAL PARK : 4:30pm, 5:30pm ONLY. Gym closes at 6:30pm. Next 5 weeks starting tomorrow

 

WOBURN : 4pm-5pm Open Gym, 5pm Class, 6pm Class, Close @ 7pm. 7pm Comp Class Only.

 

– Competitors: Group warmup starts at 7:15. Please stay clear of classes.

 

Saturday

Saturday start times and Open Gym will be week to week. The default time will be 10:00am. For the next 5 weeks there is only 1 class at both locations and that is 10:00am or whenever the start time for the WODs is. There is no 9:30 and 10:30am classes. There will be Open Gym for 1 hour before the start time.

 

If you are participating in the Open WOD you MUST be there in time to sign up for a heat. You DO NOT have to be OFFICIALLY doing the Open to participate on Saturdays. Treat it like any other Saturday.

 

This Week : Saturday start time will be 9:00am for first heat with 8:00am gym opening for Open Gym. Competitors doing Open WOD on Friday night there will be Comp Group at 12:00pm as usual. All competitors are encouraged regardless of intent for repeating WOD.

 

MAKEUPS, SUBMISSION, REPEATS

 

Makeups: If you cannot make it for Saturday with everyone you can do the WOD on Friday, Sunday, or Monday. You are strongly encouraged to come on Saturday. If you cannot please try to contact us about making up the WOD. We want as best we can to AVOID doing the WODs in classes so arrangements need to be made where able. If you must make up during class you MUST participate in class for warmup. Strength time can be personal prep for the WOD, then depending on the WOD that week you will start at the same time as the Class.

 

Repeats: We certainly want everyone doing the best they can but repeating the same workout twice in 3 days is not right for your fitness. Unless you are a competitor group athlete vying for Regionals or a spot on the team you will not be allowed to perform the workout a second time unless extenuating circumstances arise (pooped your pants on Saturday).

 

YOU and only YOU can submit your score. You have until Monday @ 8:00pm EST to submit (and sign up this week). DON’T BE THAT PERSON WHO FORGETS TO SUBMIT.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

 

BootCamp Sprint

 

1. Plank Series
– 7 Minute Running Clock. Max Effort center plank, then left forearm, then right forearm. Continue you this way through the 7 minutes. The goal is to perform as few cycles as possible. After you fail at each part you MUST rest 30 seconds before the next phase. 

 

2. Perform 5 Core/Mobility rotations together lead by coach

– 20s straight arm plank + 3 push-ups + 20s down dog. Repeat x5

 

3. 10m AMRAP
75′ Bear Crawl
– 5 Burpees any time you stop
75′ Broad Jump
– 5 Burpees every 4 broad jumps
3 Wall Climbs

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Squat Clean
Find a 3 RM, TnG

 

WOD : 100 OHS 95/65
– EMOM 3 Hang Power Snatch 

 

S: 50 Reps 65/45 OR 75 Reps FS 75/55 (and HPClean)

L1: 75 Reps 75/55 OR 100 Reps FS 95/65 (and HPClean)

 

Rx+: 115/75

 

15 minute time cap

The Program : Open WOD 16.1 @ 7PM @ Woburn

Feb
24
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

I am genuinely sorry. I spent hours writing a long heartfelt post about doing the Open and it disappeared only to come to my attention now. I am beside myself, but also must just get the workout up. I am sorry.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press

3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP

15 KB Swings 53/35
10 SDLHP
30 Double Unders
Run 300m

 

S/L1: Scale KB, Scale DUs or 60 singles

 

 

The Program : Off

Feb
23
By CFlando

Raffle/Entry Tickets for Party on Sale!

Raffle/Entry Tickets for Party on Sale!

By CFlando Posted on

As always we are trying to raise some funds for an awesome time on Saturday for the 3 Year Anniversary of CrossFit Lando – Woburn Party. We have reserved an entire area of Bill’s Bar and have line privileges so it’s going to be awesome! See below for more info.

 

To raise money we are doing a raffle. Heck in the past we just asked for cash, now we are giving something back!! Prizes are:

 

  1. 2 Free Months of Membership at current rate
  2. 1 Free Personal Training Session on skill of choice (gymnastics or olympic lifting)
  3. 1 Free Month of Supplements from NutriForce

 

Tickets are $20. Not buying one is not smart. Buying one is smart. Be smart!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

To Do List:

 

1. Buy Raffle Ticket

2. Sign Up For CrossFit Games Open

3. Come to Party on Saturday 2/27

– 7-930 @ Lucky Strike in Boston (Fenway)
– 930-??? @ Bill’s Bar (Fenway)

 

 

Bootcamp Sprint

 

1. Ab Circuit (6 minutes)
3 Rounds, 20s each movement with 1 full min rest
– Bicycle Situps
– Toes Touches
– Jumping lunges

 

right into 5 Suicide Sprint (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, Full, all down and back)

 

rest 1 minute, repeat

 

2. “Baseline” AMRAP 10
Row 500m
40 Air Squats
30 Situps
20 Push-ups
10 Toes to Bar

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Hang Squat Snatch

– 8 Minutes to find a heavy single

 

then

 

– Every 2 minutes for 3 rounds, 1 heavy rep

 

WOD : For Time
20 HSPU, then
– 3 Rounds
10 Deadift 225/155
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (Full Stand)
then 30 Pistols (alternating), 10 Hang Power Clean 225/145

 

Keep DL and HPC same regardless

 

S : 20 Push-ups, 135/95
L1: 20 Ring Dips, 185/135

 

Rx+: 5″ Deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3

 

3. Row 8x500m, rest 1:1

 

 

Feb
22
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

TUESDAY

 

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

 

– 5-10 UB Strict Pull-Ups Between Sets

 

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Burpees
10 STOH 135/95
15 Pull-Ups

 

S: 75/55, Jumping Pull-Ups
L1: 95/65, Scaled Pull-Ups

 

Rx+: Box Jumps for Burpees (24/20), UB STOH, CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 8m AMRAP
Bar Facing Burpees

Every 3 Rep under 100 perform 1 thruster @ BW

 

3. EMOM 20m
2 Power Clean, heaviest able

Feb
21
By CFlando

The Reebok CrossFit Games Open Starts This Week! Details Below.

The Reebok CrossFit Games Open Starts This Week! Details Below.

By CFlando Posted on

If you don’t know much about the Reebok CrossFit Games, I suggest you follow the link and read up on what it is, how it works, and how cool you are for doing it. In short it’s the beginning of the competition season for CrossFit, sort of like the NCAA Basketball tournament but with almost no limits on who can sign up. This is truly the most inclusive tournament in all the world in any sport.

 

The Opens at CFL (Both Locations) : Friday Night Lights and Super Saturdays

 

We have teams registered for both gyms. Anyone who registers MUST join a team. Please, even if you are on the fence about doing the Opens, go register. It’s only $20 and can’t be done after next Monday. I promise you won’t regret it. Don’t worry about your own ability or experience, anyone and everyone is allowed to sign up and perform the workouts. There isn’t a person out there who regrets doing the Opens for the first time. The workouts are just like what we do here every day, with scaling allowed for everything.

 

Here at both locations in our community we will be running things so everyone has a chance to perform the workouts on Saturday. Our Saturdays will turn into one large group workout starting at 10:00am and running as long as needed for everyone to perform the workouts. Since we don’t know the workouts until Thursday night and they vary in length some of this will be flying by the seat of our pants. You will come to the gym like any other class time and sign up for a heat time that will already be written on the board. Everything you need from scaling to setup to game plan will be given to you by the coaches leading the charge. 

 

If you have been coming to competitor class on Saturdays we will be doing a Friday night session just like last year starting at 7:00pm. Come warmup and get ready at your leisure starting at 6:00pm.

 

There will be some changing of the schedule for Friday evening classes and as discussed with Saturday morning. Open Gym will stay at Woburn. More details in general will be released throughout the week. Your only job right now is SIGN UP.

 

Lifestyle Challengers: We are almost there. Next week we retest our lifts and WODs and see where the improvements word and crown a winner! If you aren’t happy with where you are right now have no fear, we will be announcing plans on our new nutrition counseling service starting next week.

 

 

MONDAY

 

 

Bootcamp Sprint

 

1. Every 45s for 6 rounds : 3 Burpees + 3 Air Squats + 3 Jumping Pull-ups + 3 Plank Push-ups

 

Rest 5 minutes then

 

2. Core work : 30s on 30s off for 3 rounds, straight through list for each round
– Situps
– Forearm Plank
– Side Plank, L
– Side Plank, R
– Russian KB Swing, heavy
– Lemons

 

Rest 5 Minutes then

 

3. Row 1500m AFAP

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Squat Clean 135/95
Toes to Bar

 

S/L1 : 95/65, Scaled TTB

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Row 2000m
Every 75s perform 5 Pistols (each leg)
– make the pistols hard, weighted/jumping/OH

 

3. Core Work
– 5 TGU each side, 70/53
– 50 GHD Situps AFAP, 2 sets of 25 UB

 

 

 


21
By CFlando

Strongman Sunday

Strongman Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

ZCZy9D5

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
Every 75 seconds for 8 rounds, find a max set of 2

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
10 Pistols (alternating)
15 Clean and Jerk 135/95

 

 

Strongman : See Jack and get HUUUUUGEEEEE

Feb
19
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando Weightlifting Open

CrossFit Lando Weightlifting Open

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

 

The CrossFit Lando Weightlifting Open

 

Saturday, February 20th

11am – 3pm

 

 

Lando Open List (UPDATED)

 

 

Food will be sold on site. Spectators are very welcome. This is going to be a great atmosphere and awesome time, absolutely unique to anything we have done here before!

 

 

 

 

There will be 1 class at both Lando locations tomorrow at 9am. Signup as usual on BoxHQ. Otherwise both gyms are closed to anything not involving the Open.

 

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : With a partner complete as many 300s as possible in 15 minutes

Run 300m
12 Burpees*

*Partner starts run when first partner comes in from their run. 

Feb
18
By CFlando

Almost There! TGIF Babayyyy!

Almost There! TGIF Babayyyy!

By CFlando Posted on

KRQRrD363uUl

 

 

 

CROSSFIT LANDO OPEN 

 

  • INFO: Teams are being drafted tonight!!! Information will be coming tomorrow night in the blog post but plan on start time around 11:00am so arrival anytime 10:00am on. Check in will end at 10:30am. More in depth info tomorrow night. This means everything from timing to rules and regulations.

 

  • SCHEDULE CHANGES: There will be no 6:30pm class tomorrow (Friday) night at Canal Park, and the class schedule for Saturday at BOTH locations will be 9:00am only.

 

  • Thank you all for being understanding of the changes needed to be made for the competition as well as bearing with me this week as we were short staffed. Things will be looking up in many ways and very soon!

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Bootcamp Sprint

 

1. 21-15-9

Jumping Pull-ups
Burps (feet to hands)

rest 3 minutes then 100 hollow rocks , 8 minute cap

 

then

 

2. Conditioning

 

Row 1000m
Max HS Hold/Straight Arm Plank Hold accumulated in 7 minutes

– every drop/fall perform 1 Bear Complex 95/65 (power clean  + front squat + STOH + back squat + stoh)

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift

4-4-4-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Push-ups

 

S: 135/95, Push-ups
L1: 185/135, Scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: 315/205, Strict HSPU

 

– 12 minute time cap

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 6m AMRAP
1 set of UB Thrusters 115/75, move AFAP. Stopping anywhere constitutes as breaking
1 UB set of Bar MU, same stopping parameters

 

3a: 3×5 (each leg) single leg standing lunge squat, weighted with KB at side, rest :60
3b: 3×2 muscle snatch from low hang position, rest :60

 

4: 50 GHD Press, 75/55

Feb
17
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

Reminder : This Saturday is the Lando Weightlifting Open from 11-2 (ish). There will be 1 class @ 9:00am at both locations then the gyms will close. Both Woburn and Canal Park members are encouraged to to come watch and cheer in Woburn. It is going to be a lot of fun and food will be for sale! (Paleo for you Challengers out there).

 

Speaking of, the Lifestyle Challenge ends at the end of NEXT WEEK! WOO HOO! Stay strong for the last week and let’s see some PRs and goals coming down the week after.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
(3-3-3), 2-3-4-5-4-3-2

 

(Warmup) then perform your first set of 2 at a heavy, challenging weight. The goal is to minimally reduce the weight as you go up the pyramid and then possibly increase from the same rep scheme before as you go back down.

 

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
7 Weighted Situps 20/14 MB
7 Wall Ball 20/14
7 Hand Release Push-ups
7 GTOH with MB
7 Strict Pull-ups

 

S/L1: Scale MB and band Pull-Ups. Use Ring Rows instead of jumping where able

 

Rx+: 30/20 MB where able, Strict CTB pull-ups

 

 

The Program : Rest Day

Feb
16
By CFlando

Free Memberships!

Free Memberships!

By CFlando Posted on

 

maxresdefault

 

 

 

It kind of blows my mind that more people haven’t bought a raffle ticket yet. For $20 you could win 2 months free membership, or $100 of free supplements. To me that is what they call a “no brainer”. But that’s just the people I know, I just know everyone!

 

For real though, grab a ticket at the desk from a coach and pay for as many as you want. More you buy the more chances you got. Even if you don’t go, the $$ goes towards helping with an awesome time to celebrate the birth of this great community, the opening of Lando Woburn, and you can still win!

 

The 3rd Anniversary Party will start at 7:00pm on Saturday, February 27 at Lucky Strike. We will then continue to Bill’s Bar on Landsdowne where we have a private room, get to cut the line, and they have a DJ. It’s going to be epically awesome! BUY YOUR TICKETS FOR GOD SAKES!!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Bootcamp Spring (8:30 and 11:30 @ CP, 9:00 @ Woburn)

 

1. 5 Minute AMRAP Strict Pull-ups/Ring Rows

 

right into 20/25/30 Burpees AFAP (scale based on ability)

 

Rest as needed then

 

2. Accumulate a max plank hold in 3 minutes, then immediately perform 30/40/50 sit-ups

 

rest 5 minutes then

 

3. Conditioning : For Time
Row 750
50 Air Squats
25 Lunges (alternating)
50 Push-ups/Clapping Push-ups
Row 350m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Warmup: 3 Rounds, each round 2:30
ME Forearm Plank Hold, max 2 minutes, immediately into AMRAP Burpees for 30s

– rest 2:00 after each round

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 600m
21 Box Jumps 24/20
15 Burpees
9 Ring Dips
Run 400m
21 Ring Dips
15 Box Jumps
9 Burpees
Run 300m
21 Burpees
15 Ring Dips
9 Box Jumps

 

Scale all movements accordingly, run can be 400-300-200 as well.

 

 

The Program

 

1. WOD at 30/24, Ring Dips from MU

 

2. 3xME HS Sprint in 1 minute, for distance, rest :90 between

 

3. 3 Rounds
20 Band Pull Aparts
20 Strict HSPU, hardest able under 5 minutes
20 DB Bent Over Row, 10/10, UB
20s weighted L Sit Hold chin over bar

 

 

Feb
15
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

heisenberg

 

THERE IS NO NOON BLOCK TOMORROW AT CANAL PARK DUE TO EMERGENCY WORK ON THE BUILDING. No 12pm and no Bootcamp Sprint. This is JUST Tuesday.

 

 

TUESDAY : Normal schedule, reflected correctly online

 

Strength : Push Press + Push Perk
5 sets of 1 + 3, find a max

 

– Program : TnG each rep

 

 

WOD : For max load in 15 minutes for the following complex without taking the hands off the bar:

– Power Clean + Hang Squat Clean + 2 Front Squat + 2 Push Press + 1 Push Jerk + 1 Clean and Jerk

 

Program: Power Snatch + Hang Squat Snatch + 2 OHS + 2 Snatch Pos. Push Press + 2 Snatch balance

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 6m escalating AMRAP
5 Squat Snatch 165/115
5 UB CTB Pull-Ups

– Escalate reps on CTB by 1 rep each round. UB is the goal so rest as needed.

 

3a: 4xME Bench Press, close grip, 205/135 (scale so you can do 5 reps first round), rest :90
3b: 4xME Hang Power Clean 185/135, rest :90

 

4: 8m AMRAP for Quality : TGU + OHS 70/53

– Take your time, make each rep great

Feb
14
By CFlando

Reebok CrossFit Games Open : Everyone Plays Starting February 25

Reebok CrossFit Games Open : Everyone Plays Starting February 25

By CFlando Posted on

REMINDER ON SCHEDULE AT BOTH LOCATIONS FOR MONDAY 

 

6:00am and 7:00am only. Next class will be 12:00pm at both locations.

 

NO BOOTCAMP SPRINT TOMORROW BOTH LOCATIONS ALL TIMES. Restart on Wednesday

 

The Reebok CrossFit Games Open is the start of the competition season for our sport. This is the beginning of what ends up on ESPN and 30,000+ people watching in California for a long weekend in July. What is so cool about this sport is that EVERYONE is eligible at the beginning of the season. Yes, that means YOU!!

 

The Opens are truly open to everyone. They have divisions for male and female, teens, masters (40+), and adapted athletes. The way it works is every week for 5 w

 

eeks a new workout is released by CrossFit HQ. People then have until the following Monday to perform and post your workout score. We will be organizing the Open workouts at both Lando locations throughout the 5 weeks. The plan is just like the last 2 years where competitors will be allowed to hit the WOD on Friday night at Lando – Woburn, and a large scale throw down will go off on Saturdays at both spots. The Saturdays will function just like the normal class times just a bit more…fun!

 

We encourage anyone who has any interest to sign up. Go to games.crossfit.com and register. As you go through the process it will ask for an affiliate and chose your home and team. Everyone is part of the team for their respective Lando base.

 

Trust me when I say you want to be a part of this. The WODs are scalable just like any other class and are designed just like what you do every day. You won’t regret it!

 

 

MONDAY

 

Bootcamp Sprint CANCELED at both locations for MONDAY ONLY

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 9m AMRAP
5 Squat Clean 135/95
10 Toes to Bar
35 Double Unders

 

 

S: 75/55, 70 Singles

L1: 95/65, 20 DUs or 70 Singles

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 3xME pistols in 45 seconds (alternating), rest 60s
2b: 3xME muscle ups in 1 UB set, rest 60s

 

3. Snatch
4×2 muscle snatch

 

4. CORE
3×35 GHD Situps, AFAP, rest 45s between sets


14
By CFlando

Jack’s Sunday

Jack’s Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

The #Operation is LIVE! Sign up for the Reebok CrossFit Open. Members at each gym should register for their respective ‘Operations’. Woburn members are on team Operation Lando – Woburn, and Canal Parkers are Operation Lando – Canal Park.

 

 

#Everyone should register for the Opens. The 5 weeks of the Opens are one of the best times in our community and a great way to test your fitness each year and usher in the Spring. There will be A LOT MORE on this tomorrow night but get a head start and REGISTER!

 

 

SUNDAY

 

STRENGTH : Bench Press
Every 90s for 8 rounds, 3 reps

 

 

WOD : 21-18-15-12-9

Squat Clean Thruster 115/75
Push-ups (hand release)
Jumping Pull-ups (straight arms bar at fingers)

 

S: 65/45, straight arms bar at mid forearms
L1: 95/65, straight arms bar at wrists

 

Rx+: Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program : Off

Feb
12
By CFlando

A Nice Little Saturday

A Nice Little Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Hitbycar

 

 

 

It’s going to be STUPID cold this weekend. Be careful!!!

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Reminder : 9:30 and 10:30am at both gyms moving forward. Competitors 11:30-1:30 @ Woburn.

 

 

Strength: Low Bar
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD: Partner WOD
Row 2000m (alternating every 500m)
60 Power Snatch 135/95
Row 2000m (alternating every 250m)

 

 

The Program : 11:30

Feb
11
By CFlando

Holiday Weekend Schedule

Holiday Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

3 Year Anniversary Party : Raffle tickets are on sale at both locations. For $20 you could win 2 months free membership. Why not? You DO NOT have to be at the party to win, but we strongly encourage you to be there!

 

MONDAY SLIGHT SCHEDULE CHANGE: This is in fact a holiday weekend with Monday being President’s day. There will be no changes to Saturday or Sunday.

 

Monday we will reduce slightly at both locations. Below is the schedule for Monday, February 15th.

 

MONDAY, 2-15-16

Woburn : 6:00am, 7:00am. 12:00pm. 430, 530, 630pm

Canal Park : 6:00am, 7:00am. 12:00p. 430, 530, 630pm

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Sprint Class (8:30 CP, 9:00 Woburn, 1:00 CP)

 

1. 5m Dynamic Warmup with Coach

 

2. Max Down and Back Sprint (50′ one length) in 3 minutes, escalating burpees at starting line beginning with 2 increase by 1

 

rest 5 minutes

 

3. 5m AMRAP
30 Situps
30 Seated Press w/ Medball (legs extended)

 

Rest 5 minutes

 

4. Conditioning
5m AMRAP
15 Box Jumps 24/20
15 Jumping Pull-Ups
ME Push-Ups without stop

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
5m AMRAP of
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-ups
15 Air Squats
immediately followed by 1 minute ME Situps

 

 

Rx+: CTB Pull-ups

– Score is total reps completed. Scale movements accordingly

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx/Rx+

 

2. 3×8/15 Strict HSPU/Kipping HSPU, rest 2:00 between efforts. Score total time.

 

3. 4m AMRAP
25 Double Unders
20 Box Jumps 24/20
15 Wall Ball 20/14

 

rest 6 minutes

 

4m AMRAP
3 Deadlift 315/225
7 Toes to Bar

Feb
10
By CFlando

On the Horizon

On the Horizon

By CFlando Posted on

We have had so many new things come about that even I feel confused, so I can imagine how you all feel. Let me take a moment to detail what we have coming up in the next 3 weeks.

 

1. COMPETE: Saturday, February 20th: 1st ever CrossFit Lando Weightlifting Open. This is NOT the Reebok CrossFit Games Open, more on that in another post!

 

You can compete (sign ups are open until the week of, need to by FRIDAY of this week for a T-Shirt), Watch/support, VOLUNTEER/JUDGE!

 

2. SIGN UP: By February 25th: Reebok CrossFit Games Open. Just register so you have that done. More on how we are doing it this year with the two locations coming up soon.

 

3. KEEP CHUGGING: 2016 Lifestyle Challenge is almost over. 2 more weeks of dedication and you are done. Hopefully you learned a lot and kept strong. Can’t wait to see the progress! Remember, end date is February 26th, testing after!

 

4. PARTY: Saturday, February 27th : CrossFit Lando 3 Year Anniversary Party @ Lucky Strike and Fenway Area. We are nailing down the reservations for bowling then a bar after. This is for the entire community, both Woburn and Canal Park, to celebrate the birth of this great nation.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Thruster
EMOM 12m, 2 reps (from rack or floor)

 

WOD:  10 Rounds
5 Front Rack Lunges (Total) 115/75
5 Bar Facing Burpees

S: 7 Rounds, 65/45
L1: 8 Rounds, 95/65

 

Rx+: 135/95

 

The Program : Off

Feb
9
By CFlando

T Shirt Order Needed

T Shirt Order Needed

By CFlando Posted on

Landos: Very sorry. I broke the internet, not with my ass, but with my tinkering. I just got it up.

 

Below is the T Shirt for the lifting competition. If you want one in your size you MUST confirm by tomorrow. Any of you “thinking” must decide. We need numbers everyone. This is going to be a can’t miss event. Get signed up.

 

Click this link to view in PDF: Lando Open Mock 2-2 copy

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Bootcamp Sprint (8:30am @ CP, 9:00am @ Woburn, 1pm @ CP)

 

Core : 3 Rounds, each round 3:00 AMRAP with 1:00 rest
5 Burpees
10 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Russian Twists

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
35 Ring Dips
35 Pistols (alternating)
5 Wall Climbs
35 Double Unders

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Snatch
4 Rounds of EMOM 3m
– 3 TnG Reps each round, rest 2 full minutes after each round. Build to heaviest EMOM 3. Do not increase within EMOM.

 

WOD: For Time
50 Wall Ball 20/14
35 Ring Dips
50 Pistols (alternating)
10 Wall Climbs
150 Double Unders

 

S: Scaled WB (go for height first), 40-25-40-5 reps and 200 singles
L1: Scale weight and movements but keep reps. 75 Double Unders or 300 Singles.

 

Rx+: Ring Dips from Muscle Up, Pistols 35/26 weighted

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD
– Only Rx+ if you have good muscle ups and dips. This should be less than 10 muscle ups total

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5, all heavy

 

3. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-3-3-3, all heavy

 

 

Feb
8
By CFlando

Back in Action!

Back in Action!

By CFlando Posted on

We are back on for a full schedule tomorrow. The schedule of new classes will be fully updated and fixed by tomorrow night. There are no changes for Tuesdays so just proceed as is.

 

Raffle for free membership and supplements is on. $20 gets you a ticket. Buy as many as you want!

 

Also, if you want a T-Shirt for the Lando Open you MUST pay by the end of this week, preferably ASAP. Otherwise NO SHIRT FOR YOU!

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength: Split Jerk
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
12 Deadlift 155/105
9 Hang Clean
6 STOH
6 Pull-Ups Complex (Bar MU + TTB + CTB)

 

S: 95/65, 6 Scaled Pull-Ups
L1: 135/95, 6 Pull-Ups

Rx+: 175/130

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 3xME Ring Dips in 45 seconds, rest :60
2b: 3xME Legless Rope Climbs in 60 seconds, rest :60

 

3: EMOM 7m : 3-6 Ring MU Pull to Turnover, focus on height of where you can pull to over the rings. Object is to focus on and stop at the transition, before dipping out, to see how high you can get through your pull

 

4. 5m AMRAP
50′ HS Walk
3 FS HSPU
40 Double Unders


8
By CFlando

No Evening Classes. Full Schedule Tuesday

No Evening Classes. Full Schedule Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

No evening classes

Feb
7
By CFlando

Morning Only (for now) Due to Weather

Morning Only (for now) Due to Weather

By CFlando Posted on

FIRST TWO CLASSES ONLY AT EACH LOCATION TOMORROW MORNING. EVERYTHING ELSE CANCELED/TBD.

 

 

1. MORNING CLASSES ONLY, LIMITED: There will only be the first 2 classes at both locations for right nowThat means 5:30am and 6:30am at Woburn, and 6:00am and 7:00am at Canal Park. There will be no mid day classes at either location. This schedule is set 100%.

 

2. EVENINGS PLAY BY EAR: For the evenings we will see how it unfolds during the day. As of now it doesn’t look good in terms of the snow timing and accumulation. I am willing and able to drive regardless of condition as long as it isn’t unrealistic in terms of safety so we will see. Check the blog and your email around 1pm tomorrow for official word. You can probably all guess as the day goes what it will be, but the call will be made officially at that time.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2, alternating pause tempo (3 second in bottom) and “regular”

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
2m Burpees
2m Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
2m Air Squats
2m Burpee Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)
2m Handstand Push-ups

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD (stay at 24/20)

 

2. Clean Work

a. EMOM 8m : 1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Hang Squat Clean
right into EMOM 7m : 1 Squat Clean + 1 Jerk
– all done at medium-heavy weight. Not maxing out.

 

b. 4×3 Hang Squat Clean (launch position), heaviest able

 

3. 5m AMRAP
10 Pistols, increase difficulty each round
5 Power Snatch 165/115
15 GHD Situps

Feb
6
By CFlando

Strongman at 11 with Jack

Strongman at 11 with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

WOD: 5m AMRAP
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air Squats

 

rest 3 minutes

 

5m AMRAP
5 Hang Clean 135/95
10 Clapping Push-ups
15 Wall Ball 20/14

 

Rest 3 minutes

 

5m AMRAP
5 Power Clean and Jerk (tng and UB) 135/95

 

rest 3 minutes

 

5m AMRAP
10 Plank Push-Ups
10 Situps

 

 

Strongman (11am)

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 400m Yoke Carry, BW loaded (can be done partner style for 800m)
-400m = 16 lengths of floor

 

Every 90s perform 1 clean and jerk (squat) @ 80% above max

Feb
5
By CFlando

Saturday: New Times, Weightlifting Seminar, Beat the Snow!

Saturday: New Times, Weightlifting Seminar, Beat the Snow!

By CFlando Posted on

Raffle for the 3 Year Party starts Monday!! Get your tickets for a free 2 month membership package, or a supplement package from Nutri Force, or a date with Lando!

 

 

 

This Saturday we are moving to the new time slots of 9:30am and 10:30 am at both locations. Woburn will open at 9:00 and have Open Gym from 9:00-11:30 when the gym closes.

 

A note on Open Gym/The Program: Open Gym-ers as always please be mindful of class. Classes always take precedent, INCLUDING competitors doing extra work. STAY OUT OF CLASSES WAY, INCLUDING use of equipment/racks. Never, ever should someone doing Open Gym/The Program work take space or equipment from someone in class. Thank you.

 

Weightlifting Seminar: This Saturday only there will be no regular CrossFit at 10:30am. We will be having a weightlifting seminar hosted by myself and open to members at both locations. Canal Park members are welcome to take the 9:30am class at Woburn for the member drop-in fee of $10.

 

The seminar will cover more in depth technique for both lifts but also the ins and outs of a weightlifting meet for anyone interested especially in the Lando Open on February 20th. If you haven’t signed up yet, get on it. T shirt designs will be released on Monday. The competition between myself and Stacey is heating up. Who’s team will you be on???

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : Partner AMRAP 17
7 STOH 115/75
11 Toes to Bar
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

Scale/partner accordingly so you can use 1 piece of each equipment

 

 

The Program : New time starts tomorrow (sort of). 12-2pm tomorrow, from now on after tomorrow it will be 11:30-1:30/2. This will be personal/individual work and group work, no more separated Open Gym time. You are welcome to get to Open Gym to do personal mobility, skill, etc, but will be a lot of work during these sessions. Bring food/fuel you need for 2 hours of work with short breaks.

 

Work TBD


5
By CFlando

No 630pm Both Locations Friday Night

No 630pm Both Locations Friday Night

By CFlando Posted on
Feb
4
By CFlando

Party Time and Raffle for Free Membership and Other Stuff

Party Time and Raffle for Free Membership and Other Stuff

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

We are OPEN both locations all classes (as of right now). Morning is 100%, if anything changes due to it being worse than report we will email, but count on all mornings at both locations.

 

Block Saturday, February 27th on your calendars. It’s CrossFit Lando’s 3 Year Anniversary Party!! We are changing it up this year and going down to Boston for a night at Lucky Strike. We will be renting lanes, have a lounge area to ourselves, and lots to party with. We will be there from 7-10pm-ish, and that area then gives us a lot of opportunities to continue the party at other locations for dancing or other shenanigans for anyone who wants to partake.

 

This is open to all Lando community, not just Woburn. While this is the celebration of 3 years in Woburn, and that location and the people who make that specific community deserve recognition for who they are, this is about the birth of Lando the community which Canal Park is just part of as much as anything else. Please, let’s pack the place and make this an unforgettable night!

 

To off set some of the cost and make it an awesome time we are asking for donations. However we are making this year even more awesome for you. We will be raffling off prizes for your donations. Like any ol’ raffle, $20 gets you a ticket, buy as many as you want, and see if you win at the Party. You don’t even have to attend to win. Prizes will be:

 

1) 2 Free Months Membership at your current rate
2) 1 month of supplements from NutriForce

 

Thank you in advance for any donations you make. This will go a long way to what we can provide at the party in terms of renting space, bowling lanes and pool tables, bar tabs and food. More details on all this to come.

 

We have a hell of a February planned, huh? I don’t know about you all but I am excited!!

 

Challengers: After this weekend we are at the halfway point. This is where it gets tricky. Stay on course. Remember what your goals are and get there. You want to be at the party on the 27th and receiving the award for Champ of the Challenge!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning : this is the last class until we transition to the new time and format

 

Core : 21-15-9
Toes to bar
Plank Push-ups
Barbell Roll Outs
after last “9” perform 100 supermans

 

Conditioning : Row Pyramid
Row 250m
Row 500m
Row 750m
Row 750m
Row 500m
Row 250m

 

Rest 1 minute between each interval. Each interval is 100% effort.

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Push Jerk + Close Grip OHS
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Overhead Squat 115/75
Broad Jump 6/4′
Situps
-50′ HS Walk after sets including after 9

 

S: 65/45, 4/2′, Bear Crawl for HS Walk
L1: 95/65, Bear Crawl for HS Walk

Rx+: 135/95, Weighted Situps 20/14# MB

 

15m Hard Cap

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Tabata, 4 Rounds of each couplet, alternating movements

a. Hang Power Clean 115/75, STOH (bar stays in hands at waist from Clean to STOH)

b. Ring Dips, L Sit Hold top of rings

c. Burpees, SDLHP 70/53# kB

rest 1 minute after last round then perform 2 minute farmer’s carry, 70/53 each hand, rest 2 minutes, then 2 minute farmer’s carry 45/35 plate in each hand.

 

3. 5×3 (each leg) back rack lunges, heaviest able. 

Feb
3
By CFlando

Somedays You Feel Like You Got Sewn Into the Couch

Somedays You Feel Like You Got Sewn Into the Couch

By CFlando Posted on

hScSrGS

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

– All working sets

 

WOD : 12M AMRAP
Row 1200m
7 Pushups, hand release
14 Russian Swings 53/35
21 Wall Ball 20/14

 

S/L1: 35/26

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

THE PROGRAM : OFF

 

Programmers should plan to compete on the 20th if you are available and do your best to make it to the weightlifting seminar at 1030 on this Saturday in Woburn.

Feb
2
By CFlando

Laying Down Can KILL!!! Not, But Will Kill Your Fitness

Laying Down Can KILL!!! Not, But Will Kill Your Fitness

By CFlando Posted on

bacon sizzle

 

 

 

It’s a familiar site at the box. People finishing a WOD and collapse like someone shot them from 500m out right in the back of the ankles, severing their achilles and rendering them incapacitated in a head on their back. We all know it becomes almost a right of passage into the CrossFit world. I like to watch the creativeness of everyone’s post WOD flop. The out of the rower I like the best. We have just enough energy to finish the last of 4000 meters to only milliseconds after completely lose control of our bodily functions and face plant directly from the seat, sometimes right onto the person next to us, rolling onto our back for our only means of survival.

 

I am here to explain why this isn’t the best way to recover, in fact it is a BAD way to recover. This isn’t me on my high horse because believe you me I spent many a post WOD on my back wishing the pain away like a heroin addict 5 days from his last fix. However, this practice is doing all of us more harm than good regardless of how much we might think it makes us feel better faster. Here is how.

 

I promise Ill save you from the high end science that my brain obviously knows how to compute and break it down into more manageable terms. When we are working out we have all sorts of things going on in our body good and bad. One of which is the regulation of our heart rate, lactic acid, and body temperature. All of these factor into how we recover from the work we just did both short term and long term (that night and the next morning or even two mornings later). If we just flop onto the floor we are forcing our body to go from an intense, often times fast moving state to instant stop. This quite honestly creates confusion and often times makes our body go into a state of mild shock, stopping our recovery systems which has a lasting effect on our soreness and rebuild of the muscle and other tissues we just broke down.

 

Simply put, when you lay on your back you are sending your body into a worse state than it was just in. It’s no secret, or isn’t anymore, that when training we are causing trauma, albeit good trauma, to our body to force it to rebuild into a stronger system. If we lay down and send it into that sort of shock we pause and sometimes completely stop the instant recovery that it wants to go into.

 

A less scientific reason and one that I feel very strongly about is related to how our body is a living, breathing system that learns very quickly. Yes, laying on the back feels great or at least gets us to feeling better as quick as anything else after a WOD. However, we are training our body to instantly shut down after going hard. This is not good both physically (see above) and mentally. Yes there is a bit of a tough guy element to this explanation, but after all we are CrossFitters who thump our chests and point our fingers at “weaker” training protocols. Why would we do all this work then give ourselves up to a puddle of uselessness right after?

 

This is especially important if you are a competitor who needs to do multiple events in a day. The sooner you recover the sooner you can be ready to compete again. You need to train your body to fight to recovery in an upright position, not one that is giving up. Your body is like a small child, it is watching and listening all the time and learns from you especially when you don’t want it to.

 

Also, ever notice how a dog’s submissive position is on it’s back?

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Find a max of the following complex
Clean + Front Squat + Hang Clean + Thruster

WOD : 3 Rounds for Time
4 Thruster 135/95
12 Burpees
24 Pull-Ups

 

S: 75/55, Scaled or Jumping PU
L1: 95/65, Scaled PU

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 18m
O: 3 Deadlift 315/225, 35 Double Unders
E: 3-5 hspu with 5″ deficit, 3 Pistols (each leg) – try to weight them

 

Rest remainder of day

Feb
1
By CFlando

Changes to the System, Rapid Fire Style!

Changes to the System, Rapid Fire Style!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

We have a lot of good things changing at both gyms to get 2016 going strong for month 2. Read carefully as many of these are taking place immediately or close to it!

 

1. Core Conditioning Changes  and Additions

 

Core Conditioning is now officially re-named Bootcamp Sprint and will take place at both CrossFit Lando Woburn and Canal Park. It will be the same core and conditioning centered classes but with more energy and packed into 30 minutes rather than 45

 

Sprint Schedule : Starting Monday, 2/8/16

WOBURN : Monday, Wednesday, Friday : 9:00-9:30am

 

CANAL PARK: Monday, Wednesday, Friday : 8:30-9:00am

 

Bootcamp Sprint will be 30 minutes of non-stop work. It will start with a core blast for 5 minutes, shocking your core and Central Nervous System and prepping your body for work while tightening the abs, lower back, hips, glutes, and secondary core muscles. It will then continue with movement focused skill/technique work for the movements in the day’s workout. The WOD will then run for the last 10-15 minutes of class. Part Bootcamp, part Track workout, part CrossFit, all total body intensity geared towards anyone looking for a change up in their routine but not interested in packing on tons of muscle or bulk. 

 

 

2. New Saturday Schedule – Both Locations

 

Starting this Saturday both locations will move up 30 minutes for their first class and Woburn will move the second class up 1 hour, making both locations running a 9:30 and 10:30am class as their only classes of the day. Competitor Class will then run from 11:30-1:30pm. Both gyms will close at 11:30 other than competitor participants in Woburn. This will be a strict closing time as most coaches are involved in the competitor class.

 

This Saturday Only there will be a special Weightlifting Seminar from 10:30-11:30am at Woburn (taking place of the 10:30 CrossFit Class). Previously reported as $10 it will be a free class that takes one of your weekly allotment. It is highly encouraged for anyone participating in the Lando Open as I will be hammering technique work as well as going over how a Meet works.

 

3. The Lando Open

 

Excited yet? This is really going to be the greatest thing we have ever done. Are you Team Lando or Team Kroon? I know every single one of you just yelled “TEAM KROON” but I hate to break it to you that we will be drafting teams.

 

Hopefully you have all wiped your tears away from the crying fit you had worrying about being drafted by me, but this is going to really be a blast. This also means you must register ASAP. This is also because we are getting T-Shirts made for all participants, so if you want the right size get your $40 in NOW. Just do it. Just do it.

 

4. 3 Year Party

 

No I didn’t forget. Ok I did, but I remembered now. February 27th @ Jillian’s/Lucky Strike in Boston. This is going to be the best thing we ever did outside of the gym. We are finalizing plans so stay tuned. This is Woburn/Crossfit Lando’s 3 year party but it celebrates the birth of our community so it is for EVERYONE. Let’s get 200 people here, bowl/pool/party our faces off then go dancing out on the town til 5am then everyone crash at our place in Charlestown.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk + Split Jerk

1-1-1-1-1-1 (1 = complex)

 

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Squat Snatch 95/65
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

S: 65/45, step ups
L1: 75/55

 

Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 5×1 + 1 Snatch Grip Push Press + OHS, rest :60
2b: 5×3 Snatch Pull @ 110% Max Snatch, rest :60

 

3. 5m AMRAP
3 Muscle Up pulls + 3 Ring Dips (complete 3 muscle up pulls to the catch, then after 3rd perform 3 ring dips)
6 OH Walking Lunge (3/3) KB each hand 53/35
9 GHD Situps

 

4. 5 TGU each side, 70/53

Jan
31
By CFlando

Lando Open Registration is LIVE!!

Lando Open Registration is LIVE!!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

With the New Year one of the things coming for our community is more activities! Seminars, workshops, info sessions, competitions/events, and social events/parties outside of the gyms. The schedule is to have something every month for each place, so get ready for a great year!!

 

Protein order goes out tonight (Monday). Get your order written down by tonight and receive it at the end of the week!

 

Sign-ups for the 1st Annual Lando Weightlifting Open start Monday!! $40 AT THE DESK gets you a great day of fun competition for an event unlike anything we have ever done before. This will be an individual weightlifting competition but done TEAM style. Coach Stacey and myself will be drafting teams the night that sign-ups close. You will have a chance to win individual awards (trophies, prize money, and names engraved on our new Champions Wall at each gym) and win the Team Cup.

 

DO NOT MISS THIS EVENT! If you can perform a Snatch and a Clean and Jerk with an empty barbell you can compete in this event. It is open to members at BOTH locations and being held at Lando Woburn. Scoring is done by bodyweight with some consideration to age (not full Sinclair…we will call this Landoclair) so everyone has a chance to be competitive. Also, we are getting T-Shirts which will be designed by end of week as well as a new run of T-Shirts at both locations available for on demand ordering like the Sweatshirts.

 

Get signed up and come have a blast. This is really going to be like nothing else we have ever done. Please take it seriously when I say that ANYONE can compete. There will be a 90 minute weightlifting seminar this coming Saturday that is FREE for anyone that signs up to compete ($10 if you aren’t competing which can be put towards registration later) that will be technique work but also go over the nuances of how a weightlifting meet works. 2016 IS STARTING WITH A BANG!!

 

Speaking of bangs…3 Year Anniversary Party Info drops tomorrow night. This is a magically celebration that will rival that of Disney World as it is not only 3 years of the Lando Community and the Woburn location but also the celebration of a united, 2 location community that is taking over the world without the aid of a Star Destroyer. Tune in tomorrow!

 

 

PROTEIN

 

Protein orders go out Monday night. If you haven’t filled out the clipboard yet make sure you do or get someone to do it if you won’t make it in!

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning : Woburn Only

 

Core : 40 Strict-ish Toes to Bar
-EMOM perform 3 Burpees

 

– 10 minute hard cap

 

 

Conditioning : 15m AMRAP
5 Jumping Pull-ups
10 Ring Rows
15 Cal Row, damper at 10/8
20 Push-ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

– This is not necessarily a focus on a PR kind of day. This is about getting WORK in for all 7 sets. Your first set of 5 should be at 80% of your most recent 1 rep max, then go from there.

 

 

WOD : For Time
10 Front Squat 185/135
20 Power Clean and Jerk
30 Toes to Bar
40 Deadlift
50 Double Unders
Run 600m

 

S: 95/65, kipping knees to chest, 100 single unders, Run 400m

L1: 135/95

 

Rx+: 225/155

 

 

The Program

Jan
30
By CFlando

Looking Forward

Looking Forward

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : 15-12-9

Front Rack Lunge 135/95
STOH
Overhead Squat
– Accumulate 1:00 forearm plank after each set including after “9”

 

 

The Program: off

Jan
29
By CFlando

Saturday Schedule Changes : Effective February 6th

Saturday Schedule Changes : Effective February 6th

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

We are making some changes at both locations to the timing of classes on Saturday. This is only for the better for everyone involved as it makes the times more accessible to everyone, allows me to spread coaches out more effectively, and gives competitors at both locations the opportunity to get a solid block of time they deserve as much as anyone.

 

Starting NEXT Saturday, both locations will have 2 classes on Saturday (as usual) with the first starting at 9:30am followed by 1 at 10:30am. Open Gym will go 9am-11:30am at Woburn. Right now we are still working the logistics of Open Gym at Canal Park but still don’t have it available.

 

Competitors will now have an official class time that runs 11:30am-1:30pm at Woburn but is open to athletes it pertains to from both gyms. If you are not currently attending competitor group but want to please contact me IMMEDIATELY. I am available to talk about the yes or no, the why, and what you can do to improve what you need to improve on.

 

In a nutshell, the changes taking place Saturday, February 6th are:

 

Saturday Classes (Both Locations)
9:30am, 10:30am

 

Open Gym (Woburn only, currently no OG at Canal Park)
9:00am-11:30am

 

Closing Time: Both gyms will close promptly at 11:45am. Woburn will be physically open but only for Competitor Class participants. If you aren’t a competitor class participant please respect this time and be clear of the floor, pull-up structure, and not using equipment. You will be allowed to do post WOD mobility or extra work until 11:45 then will be expected to wrap up and leave. Please respect this and let’s make it so everyone benefits how they can from this situation.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP
4m AMRAP
20 Wall Ball  20/14
10 Burpees
rest 1 minute
4m AMRAP
20 Flying Push Press w/Medball 20/14
10 Situps
rest 1 minute
10m AMRAP
Run 300m
20 Handstand Push-ups

 

 

The Program

 

11-12pm Open Gym Work

 

1. Spend 10-15m on trouble spot mobility, or 10-15m on odd object work. 

 

2. 7m AMRAP
3 Heavy Hang Power Snatch
10 TTB
10 HSPU (no deficit)

 

3. EMOM 12
O: 2 Front Squat, first rep normal second rep 2 quarter bounce in bottom
E: 1 Jerk

 

– both heaviest able

 

1-2PM:

1. Building Back Squat, then drop sets

2. Team “Linda”

 

Jan
28
By CFlando

My First “Fran”

My First “Fran”

By CFlando Posted on

FRAN-HEADER

 

“Fran” is the workout of workouts for CrossFit. It is one of those things where it’s legend has grown so much that even people who have no idea what a pull-up is have probably heard about “Fran”. It became what it is today because it used to be the WOD for the first day of the L1 cert, since halted due to reasons I don’t know. The legend still lives, however, shown by the fact that anyone who has ever done “Fran” and continues to CrossFit primarily knows by heart their “Fran” time, how they broke it up, and when they will do it again (never).

 

First time I did “Fran” for real was at my L1 cert 6 years ago in Hattiesburgh, Mississippi. I had been offered a job to coach at a gym in Charlestown as I was wandering through life after not passing my physical for the Special Forces and burned every bridge in baseball I could, so I said why the heck not? I’ll never forget the heat down there. It was legit 100 outside and the gym was just a good ol’ garage and fans system for AC. I learned how to kip from Chris Spealler, arguably one of the biggest names in the world of CrossFit and definitely the biggest at the time. This was Pre-Fittest Man Ever aka Froning.

 

This was the first time I felt a WOD crush me. I can still vividly remember people calling me “Boston” as I lead my heat into the 15 thrusters. I think I cheated and did 14 but I was so delirious I have no idea. I remember finishing in 6:08 and thinking I was the greatest human ever, let alone CrossFitter. I was destined for the Games.

 

Then a guy in the heat after me did it in 2:50.

 

Ladies and Gents, “Fran Day” is one of the more fun times you will have at CF Lando. We will do this “Open Style” with heats where you will be cheered on and guided by one of your peers. Come ready to work, ready to get after it, ready to PR, and ready for your “First Fran” experience!

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

Core : 5 Rounds, each round 1:30 long with 1:00 break
5 Plank Pushups
7 Air Squats
9 Hollow Rocks

 

Conditioning : 7m AMRAP
1 Wall Climb
1 Strict TTB
1 Burpee
2 Wall Climb
2 Strict TTB
2 Burpees
….continue for 7 minutes..

 

CrossFit

WOD : “Fran”

21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Pull-Ups

 

S: Scaled/Jumping Pull-Ups, 65/45
L1: Scaled Pull-Ups, 75/55

 

No RX+

 

The Program
– Saturday should be taken like a competition day. It will go past 2pm but not long, maybe 15 minutes. All who want to be part of the competitor program at either gym should do their best to come.

 

 

Please…family, work, school, doesn’t need an excuse or doctors note. But if your reasoning is going out Friday night, going out Saturday day, or just don’t want to, maybe sit this one out and maybe just do regular RX class and WODs.

 

 

1. Full Class Participation

 

2. 20 minute Tempo Row
5m @ 70-90% pace, building throughout with consciousness
1m Sprint
3 minutes rest
1m Sprint
3 Minutes @ 70-80% pace staying consistent
2 Minutes “sprint”
rest 3 minutes
2 Minutes @ 60-70% falling

Jan
27
By CFlando

Less Can Be More, And Other Iterations of This Cliche

Less Can Be More, And Other Iterations of This Cliche

By CFlando Posted on

Today was a great example of why you should never really listen to me.

 

Ok that is a lie because you should ALWAYS listen to me. Literally ALWAYS for EVERYTHING. Listen. Comply. Follow. Shower with money and love and more money.

 

So serious time. When we have AMRAPs I always say that they are a good time to push/test yourself, either in the scale you choose or type of movement you use, reason being that no matter how much you struggle the workout WILL end. On top of that you don’t even have to worry about possible embarrassment of being the last one done (no matter how much it really doesn’t matter I know we all have this to some degree). I like to push this idea because no matter how much we work on something outside of class, pull-ups for example, you have to give it a go doing the real thing to really get them down. Game speed is always different than practice speed. 

 

However, today I was preaching the opposite and it’s a good lesson for pretty much every WOD every day you are here. If you really tested/pushed yourself on one of the movements today you ran the risk of getting 1 round due to the difficulties of the movements or the rep and movement combination. Power snatches are hard enough but 15 of them? Come on Aaron!

 

Almost always you can never go wrong trying to move faster and more unbroken in our WODs. Fitness is achieved through intensity, intensity that is pushed past your current physical limit every time you train. CrossFit works because good CrossFit, that which is programmed and coached with the needs and limitations of the athlete in mind, allows us to always break that barrier. Intensity is achieved by doing work very fast over a period of time. The faster we move the more work we do. If we add some weight and move at similar speed we do more work, but the line is fine where that added weight can make us move slow enough to decrease intensity.

 

It’s easy to just say “check the ego at the door” because we all know its more complex than that. The simple solution though is you can always get fit by moving fast. Yes, moving weight, more and more each training day, is the king/queen to achieving ultimate fitness, but we need to also move weight quickly to move that physical barrier each time. So if you are someone who excels at the heavy slow ones but struggles and avoids the fast ones, maybe change it up a bit. Like tonight it could be good to occasionally lighten the load and work on speed. If you love fast and light but hate heavy and slow, similarly try pushing your limits time to time. Both ways will blast you into a new fitness realm where pizza adds pounds to your back squat and everyone eats fit bits for breakfast because mercury is high in protein.

 

Look it up.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
Find a 2 rep max

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
3 Minutes Max Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
2 Minutes Max Bar Roll Outs
1 Minute Max Deadlift 185/135
Rest 1 minute

 

S: Step ups, 115/75
L1: 155/105

Rx+: 30/24, 225/155

 

 

The Program : Off

 

 

Jan
26
By CFlando

The Lando Weightlifting Open : February 20th

The Lando Weightlifting Open : February 20th

By CFlando Posted on
tumblr_mr0apli3Js1swpm9ko1_1280

One of the loves of my life

 

 

 

Want to have a little competitive fun before the Reebok CrossFit Opens start? Want to throw some weights around with your fellow Landos, coached by either yours truly or Stacey?

 

Im excited and proud to announce the Inaugural CrossFit Lando Weightlifting Open, Saturday February 20th, from 11ish til 4 ish. This will be an all levels, all ages, all experience fun competition where you will compete in a real weightlifting event (Snatch then Clean and Jerk) on one of two teams lead by your two leaders. For $30 you get a crack at some great prizes, a T Shirt, and what is sure to be one of the more fun afternoons in Lando history.

 

Signups will start soon. Clean out your calendar for that day and get ready to throw down. You will be scored based on bodyweight so there is no need to worry about being “good enough”. If you can perform those lifts with an empty bar you can do this! 

 

Challenge Note: Let’s get the point situation cleaned up for good. On a day you workout you can get 6 points since you get the Food +2, Water +1, Sleep +1, WOD +1, Supplement +1. On a day you DONT workout you can get 4 points with Food +2, Water +1, Sleep +1. You DONT get WOD or Supplement bonus on days you don’t workout, and reminder only 4 days can be counted for both of those workout related bonuses!

 

 

WEDNESDAY (already???)

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk
EMOM 12m : 2 Hang Clean + 1 Jerk

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
5 Clean and Jerk 95/65
10 Ring Dips
15 Power Snatch

 

S : 65/45, 10 Push-ups
L1: 75/55

 

Rx+ : 115/75

 

 

The Program

 

Start #1 exactly 5 minutes after finishing WOD. Clock is running. Move on if you don’t complete the work in the time allotted. 

 

1) In 4 Minutes complete:
 3 Rounds
10 Thrusters 135/95
2 Rope Climbs, 20′

 

2) In 4 Minutes complete:
140 foot HS Walk
20 Burpees

-If you fall on HS, start at closest 4′ mark BEFORE falling. Pick a 70′ path and turn around.

 

3) In 7 Minutes complete: Find a 1 rep max OHS taken from floor. Lift must be completed within 15 seconds of starting and must be started from a full standing position. Bar OH any way you are able.

 

4) In 8:30 Complete 2000M Row. Every 100m under 2000m not completed you must perform 15 burpees immediately after.

 

5) 

Jan
25
By CFlando

Note to the Challengers : Correct Your Points!

Note to the Challengers : Correct Your Points!

By CFlando Posted on

Challengers : The points listed when we first launched ThrowdownHQ were incorrect. Please go through and correct to the current point system of +6 points max per day (WOD days) and +5 points max (Non-WOD days), with -2 to daily total for any drinking! Sorry for the mixup and thanks for attention to this matter.

 

Remember : The first 10 days are crucial. You are almost there! Then you can settle in and get used to the new way of going about life aka the healthy way of going about life aka the right way of going about life and get into a groove. The PRs will be coming and the pounds will be shedding.

 

 

TUESDAY : Test #5

 

Strength : Back Squat

Find a 1 rep max

 

* your first 3 sets should be FAST sets of 3-5 reps at about 60-70%. Then increase as you need from there. DO NOT ACCEPT DEFEAT

 

 

WOD : For Time

– 2 Minute Max Double Under Buy in, then 21-15-9 of
Pistols (each leg)
KB Swings 53/35
Toes to Bar
– Run 400m AFTER completing 21-15-9

 

S/L1: Scaled Pistols, KB, TTB

 

Rx+ : Weighted Pistols 53/35, no scale up on KB Swings

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4xME OHS 175/125, rest :60
2b: 4xME Ring Dips, rest :60

after 4th round immediately perform 2m max distance HS walk

 

3. Deadlift
3×15, rest 3:00 between efforts, must be TnG, 315/205 as starting point or scale as needed. 

 

4. 4×20 GHD Situps, go for UB and fast, rest :90 between efforts

Jan
24
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

enhanced-5643-1399906516-15

 

 

 

Don’t ask. Please.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 8 Rounds (both movements)
30s on, 10s off,
Forearm Plank Hold (weighted)
Stranding Weighted Oblique Crunches

 

Conditioning : 4 Rounds
Row/Run 500m/400m
12 Hang Power Clean 115/75 (whatever can be done unbroken)

 

CrossFit

Strength : Push Press

Find a 1 rep max in as many attempts as desired

 

– This is Test #4 for the Lifestyle Challenge

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
15 Pull-ups
5 STOH 155/105
1 Hang Snatch (Any)
1 Snatch Deadlift

 

S: 10 Pull-ups (scaled) or Jumping Pull-ups, 95/65

L1: Scaled Pull-ups, 135/95

 

Rx+ : 175/125

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×5 Bench Press, rest :60
2b: 4xME Hang Clean, 185/135, no stop at any point, rest :60

 

3: 5m AMRAP
Muscle Ups (Ring)
@ Canal Park perform 5m AMRAP of 10 KB Swings 70/53, ME UB Bar MU with no pause

 

4. 30 Strict HSPU

Jan
23
By CFlando

It’s Go Time

It’s Go Time

By CFlando Posted on

Brady2

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Core WOD : 10 Minute AMRAP
5 Rounds
5 Lemon Squeezer
10 Situps
15 Russian Twists
– After 5th round perform AMRAP Barbell Roll Outs with remaining time

 

 

WOD : 2 Rounds
15 Ring Dips
30 Burpee Pull-Ups
45 Situps
– After 2 rounds perform 65 Box Jump Over, 24/20

 

 

STRONGMAN

 

Come in at 11am for an hour class with Jack where you will learn how to move heavy weight with odd objects , the BEST way to get stronger in new, different, and fun ways.

 

Strength : Stone Work

 

WOD: 9-7-5
Stone to Shoulder
Sled push down and back after each set, should be non-stop

 

 

Jan
22
By CFlando

Come Cheer on Coach Kroon at the East Coast Championship!

Come Cheer on Coach Kroon at the East Coast Championship!

By CFlando Posted on

tom-brady-ftr-twitter-061415_12r0mtmdc6qpj11a5ehe22q1uo

 

 

 

 

Come check out the ECC at the Seaport World Trade Center to see one of the best competitions in our area. A great start to the CrossFit Competition season. Coach Stacey Kroon will be competing as an invited individual athlete!!

 

Early Crew again meet at 8:30am

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat

5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD: Partner 15m AMRAP
5m Partner Row for Calories
4m Partner Burpees for reps
3m Partner Deadlift 225/155
2m Partner Toes to Bar
1m Partner Pistols

 

Scale As Needed, partners break work as desired

 

Jan
21
By CFlando

Test Day # 2

Test Day # 2

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-f362f98456

 

 

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

STRENGTH : Snatch
EMOM 12m : 1 Power Snatch + 1 Squat Snatch, TnG

 

 

WOD : “11.1” or “14.1”

10m AMRAP
15 Power Snatch 75/55
30 Double Unders

 

S : 10 Snatch 65/45, 60 singles

L1: 20 Double Unders

 

No Rx+

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx

 

 

2a: Behind Neck Push Press, 4×2, rest :60
2b: High Bar Squat, 4×8 @ heaviest able, rest :60

 

3: 3×25 TTB, rest :90 between efforts, go for broke each set
immediately after perform 6m amrap 4 Walking Lunges (each leg, bar on back) + 2 Clean and Jerk @ 75% BW

Jan
20
By CFlando

Building a Foundation, or Breaking it Down

Building a Foundation, or Breaking it Down

By CFlando Posted on

CHALLENGERS : If you haven’t signed up yet you have 2 days left. You do your logging through ThrowdownHQ which is totally different than WODify or BoxHQ. You need to go to ThrowdownHQ and create a signup then do your biz through there. Go to this link to do so, and there will be a link in the Members section of the top menu on the main page here.

 

 

Watching today’s strength and WOD couldn’t have been a better reminder of how important it is to do things correctly the moment you learn to do them, which unfortunately in life is one of the hardest things to do. Lifting and other what have yous that we do here in CrossFit and fitness/strength training in general are skills that take time to learn let alone master. Everyone starts in a different place including the genetic make up that makes you who you are. To the last point, if you are over the age of 18 and still hoping for that magic change that turns you into a fast twitch, elite athlete animal, I’m sorry to be the one that tells you this but it ain’t happening. Blame your parents. Eventually it’s just Adam and Eve’s fault. After we start the journey becomes entirely ours regardless of programming, coaching, facility, equipment, area, whatever.

 

The foundation that your current performance relies on is the number one deciding factor in your future development.

 

Sadly it is too easy to take shortcuts, to accept bad form over current success, to walk away with a check mark even though it was earned the wrong way. We all do it except for the ones who are truly great, in this sport and in life.

 

If you are new then try your absolute damnedest to make every rep you perform as perfect technique wise as you can. I know for a fact you will be getting instructed to perform the best you possibly could by the coaches at both facilities.

 

If you are not new and have years and thousands of bad reps under your belt, it’s time to break it down and start over. The good thing is your learning curve is much less considering you already know what something like a Clean is. Still, if today at any point you had a starfish catch, butt tucked under, wince inducing clean, you are only setting yourself up for failure somewhere down the line. It is the hardest thing for us to do in all of life, to check the ego, expose the flaws, and start at the freshest, simplest place possible to re-develop good habits.

 

There is never a good time to start, so you might as well just start. How often do you say or hear “this time is less busy so I’ll start my diet/fitness program/class/grad school/family then”? I do it all the time, embarrassed as I am to admit it. Trust me, the middle of the summer you will appreciate it.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
8-8-4-4-2-2

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP

5 Thruster 95/65
10 Pull-Ups
Row 250m

 

S/L1: 75/55, Jumping or Scaled Pull-Ups

 

Rx+ : 115/80, UB Pull-ups, if broken subtract 1 rep

 

The Program : Off

Jan
19
By CFlando

Challenge Info Sheet and Test WODs

Challenge Info Sheet and Test WODs

By CFlando Posted on

OK! Now that we have the meetings done its pretty much head down and march on til morning. First, if you missed the meeting you need the all important info packet. 2016 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge Score Sheet.

 

Couple quick things: The ThrowdownHQ Scoreboard is not fully up to date. By tomorrow it will be fully up to date for our specific needs. You can still use it tonight but don’t get confused about the info on there about points and whatnot.

 

Also, you need to sign up for classes. We have had a lot of people which is awesome but coaches are going to start adhering to the limits. Please be diligent with it. (CP ONLY)

 

 

WEDNESDAY : Challenge Tests 1 and 2

 

STRENGTH : Find a 1 rep max Power Clean

 

WOD : 30 Clean @ 85% above 1 rep max

 

The Program 

1. Both test. 

 

2. Individual weakness work for 15-20m

 

 

3. EMOM 16

O: 4 front squat start at 70%

E: 3-7 MU

 

Right into 100 double unders or 40 Bj 24/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jan
18
By CFlando

Logging!

Logging!

By CFlando Posted on

Remember : Get logging that food and your points!

 

Reminder: Challenge Meeting at CP tonight at 630pm. No 630pm class. WOD only after meeting. 

 

First Challenge Test WOD: Wednesday, January 20

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk
4-4-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
40 Wall Ball 20/14
20 HSPU

S/L1: Scaled MB

 

Rx+ : 3″ HSPU Deficit

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch
EMOM 5M : 4 Squat Snatch, Tng
EMOM 4m: 2 Power Snatch + 2 OHS
EMOM 3m : 1 Heavy Snatch

 

then Snatch Balance, 7×1

 

3. 3 Rounds
100′ HS Walk, sprint!!
rest 1:00
8-12 Muscle Ups
rest 1:00
ME STOH 225/155, from floor

 

4. 5 TGU each side, 70/53

Jan
17
By CFlando

2016 Kickstarter Challenge Begins Monday, January 18th. Register NOW!

2016 Kickstarter Challenge Begins Monday, January 18th. Register NOW!

By CFlando Posted on

B82JuTtCEAIBCqY

 

We are open and running full schedules except as stated below. Read on!

 

There is no 6:30pm CrossFit class in Woburn on Monday night to allow for space and attendance at the Challenge meeting. A short WOD only class will follow the meeting, shooting for sometime between 7:00-7:30pm.

 

Any registered or interested in the Challenge should attend the meeting if able even if you have done our Challenges before for new rules and other changes. 

 

DO NOT enter the facility until 7:15 OR meeting end, whichever is first, or you must sit and listen in on the meeting. There will be no warmup or any other activity in the facility during the meeting out of respect for meeting attendees attention. Thank you!

 

 

OK…so this Sunday has not gone as planned due to some web difficulties but I have worked through enough to get the page live for you all to register. 

 

Go to this link and register yourself for our event.

 

The scoreboard and registration will be hosted through ThrowdownHQ, the same group that has helped with our past challenges. This, however, is a reworked system and platform that I created through them. I think it will be another step up from what we have had in the past.

 

What do you do?:

 

The 2 things you MUST do is 1) register with the above link and 2) register/pay at the desk at either location. You cannot participate with just 1. Both MUST be done by Friday, January 22nd…THIS FRIDAY.

 

What’s next?

 

Meetings:

 

WOBURN: Tomorrow , 6:30pm. 30 minute WOD only class after meeting concludes.

 

CANAL PARK: Tuesday, 6:30pm. 30 minute WOD only class after meeting concludes.

 

Information packets will be available at the desk at both locations on Tuesday Morning once we get them from the printers. This will cover ALL the info you need if you cannot make meetings. 

 

 

Information will be coming all week but especially tomorrow through the day. THE CHALLENGE OFFICIALLY STARTS AT MIDNIGHT TONIGHT (SUNDAY/MONDAY) SO START LOGGING FOOD. POINT SYSTEM WILL BE EXPLAINED TOMORROW ASAP.

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift

1) warmup then 3×3 strict sets (weight stays same) @ 85%

2) EMOM 7m : 2 reps with pause just above knee of each rep going up

 

 

WOD: 21 (1)-15 (3)-9 (5)
Power Clean 135/95
Front Squat
(Wall Climbs)

 

 

S: 95/65

L1: 115/75

 

Rx+: Every time bar is dropped perform 5 bar facing burpees

 

 

The Program

As always this is all up to you what you get done. Life obviously matters. Suggestions below each part.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+
– Obviously must be done.

 

2. Threshold Work : READ below WOD for instructions BEFORE doing work

 

4 Rounds, each round timed separately

24 Pistols (alternating)
20 TTB, 2 sets max.*
45 Double Unders

Rest 4:00 after each round

 

* Any reps left after sets make up as Burpees immediately after TTB, 1 for every short rep

 

– The goal of this is to start building thresholds while building skill work. The SPORT we are training for where the season is fast approaching requires Speed of execution, Speed of recovery, and understanding where your limits are BY PUSHING TO AND THROUGH THEM. The rest is not approximate. Use the full rest and go IMMEDIATELY when it is up. 

 

DO NOT GAME THESE ROUNDS. This is not about sub max and saving for later. This is about seeing where your limits are and making your body recover and function when it is fighting for its life. We will be doing this kind of work more and it will be the same mindset. Go until breaking, recover, and break again. This is where good gets better. Better gets great. Great gets elite.

 

#2 SHOULD BE PRIORITY FOR EXTRA WORK

 

3a: 4×5 Weighted Pistols (each leg) for max weight held at chest. Rest :60
3b: 4×5 DB Stiff Leg DL (RDL), Max Load, rest :90

 

#3 is most optional, time and general feeling based


17
By CFlando

Check Back at 9pm for Lifestyle Challenge Starting Info and Registration

Check Back at 9pm for Lifestyle Challenge Starting Info and Registration

By CFlando Posted on
Jan
16
By CFlando

Pats “TD”

Pats “TD”

By CFlando Posted on

maxresdefault

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength  :  Overhead Squat

 

3-3-3-3-3

 

– Hold bottom of squat for a 1 count

 

 

WOD : For Max Reps in each AMRAP

 

1) 4m AMRAP
9 STOH 155/105
6 Hang Clean
3 Deadlift

 

Rest 3:00

 

3m AMRAP
9 STOH 135/95
6 Hang Clean
3 Deadlift

 

Rest 3:00

 

2m AMRAP
9 STOH 115/75
6 Hang Clean
3 Deadlift

 

rest 3:00

 

1m AMRAP
9 STOH 95/65
6 Hang Clean
3 Deadlift

 

 

Jan
15
By CFlando

TB12 Day

TB12 Day

By CFlando Posted on

TomBrady-1000x600

 

 

 

 

Kickstarter Challenge Online Scoreboard will be live on Sunday night. You can buy in all through next week. Texting starts during next week as well!

 

NO 12PM CLASS @ WOBURN. 10AM ONLY.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : Team “Cindy-Bel”

20m Team AMRAP (Teams of 2)

 

5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air Squats
1 Power Snatch (each) 135/95

 

– Team must alternate rounds of “Cindy”. Scale as needed

 

The Program : Early Crew back at 830am START TIME, then 11am-12pm Open Gym

Jan
14
By CFlando

Minor Schedule Changes for Saturday

Minor Schedule Changes for Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

This Saturday Schedule Changes (Woburn Only)

 

 

 

1. Competitor Group Session : 8:30a-10:00a

 

2. 12pm Class : Canceled10:00 AM WILL BE THE ONLY GROUP CLASS AT WOBURN THIS SATURDAY

 

3. Open Gym: 11a-1pm

 

 

 

BUY IN FOR THE KICKSTARTER LIFESTYLE CHALLENGE!!!

 

$20, CASH ONLY, BY FRIDAY 1.22.16. CHALLENGE STARTS MONDAY 1.18.16

 

 

Also, keep in mind the CrossFit Lando Anniversary Party will be a weekend coming up. If you have trips planned in February on weekends let me know ASAP! We want as many people from both gyms there as possible so will plan around what we can.

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Strength : Power Clean + Jerk

3(1)-3(1)-3(1)-3(1). tng reps

– 3 Power Clean + 1 Jerk with last rep

 

 

WOD : “Heavy Burped Up Grace”
30 Power Clean and Jerk 155/105

 

 

– EMOM perform 3 Lateral Burpees over Bar

 

S: 95/65
L1: 135/95

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
1) 1-1-1-1, working up to 90% 1rm in those 4 sets
2) 5-5-5 @ 80% of above 1
3) EMOM 3m : 3 Lunges (each leg) bar on back

 

3a: 4×7 Walking RDL (each leg) 70/53# KB each hand, rest :60
3b: 4×12-25 TTB, rest :60

 

– On TTB, this is to practice recognizing your sub max effort of 90-95%. This is the set that you can continually repeat in a Comp WOD where your posterior is lit (RDL) but you need to get a certain number to be competitive EVERY SET.  

 

Jan
13
By CFlando

Double Time

Double Time

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Kickstart Challenge Meeting
Come learn about the challenge and how it works and Q&A

 

Canal Park : Tuesday 1/19/16 @ 6:30pm (There will be a WOD Only Class @ 7:00)

 

Woburn : Monday 1/18/16 @ 6:30pm (WOD Only Class @ 7:00)

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

WOD 1: 10m AMRAP
15 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Situps

 

Rest 5 minutes

 

WOD 2: For Time
75 KB Swings 53/35
50 Thrusters 45#
25 Hang Squat Clean 45#
10 HSPU

Jan
12
By CFlando

Kickstarter Challenge: Buy In Now, Starts Next Week

Kickstarter Challenge: Buy In Now, Starts Next Week

By CFlando Posted on
Whats-the-Paleo-Diet-3

Eating Clean in a Nutshell

 

 

 

Get your $20 in at the desk at either location. Information packets go out Friday, meetings next week. Get committed!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
4-4-4 @ 1115 tempo,
then 2-2-2 with 5515 tempo

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Pistols (alternating)
16 Broad Jump
14 Hang Power Snatch 75/55
Run 400m

 

S/L1: Scaled Pistols, 65/45

 

Rx+: Weighted 35/26 Pistols, 95/65

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 3 Rounds
12 Burpees
12 KB Swings 70/53
12 Wall Ball 20/14
12 Box Step Over 20/14 MB
12 Wall Ball
12 KB Swings
12 Burpees

rest 5:00 between rounds. Do not cut this short

Jan
11
By CFlando

Buy In Starts Tuesday! Kickstarter II : Lifestyle Challenge 2016

Buy In Starts Tuesday! Kickstarter II : Lifestyle Challenge 2016

By CFlando Posted on

Starting tomorrow at both CFL locations you can buy in for the Kickstarter II Lifestyle Challenge 2016. What this entails is simple on paper, more challenging in execution, but we love challenges, don’t we? This is THE BEST way to get back in gear, or even find a NEW GEAR coming into the New Year. How does it work? You get points for eating clean and working out. So you get points for what you already do…or maybe what you want to do and just don’t know how, or don’t have the motivation, or know how. It probably is a combination of all which is why our lifestyle challenges are always so great. You will learn and you will get some positive out of it no matter what your outcome is. Winners get $$ and prizes, all participants get a ton of knowledge dropped all over the damn place starting this week for 6 weeks.

 

The cost for you to get kicked into gear, held accountable, educated on how to improve yourself inside and out for 2016 and beyond, and educated on how to maintain that even after the Challenge? $20. BOOM!

 

Kickstarter II, “The Deuce”, Lifestyle Challenge 2016 : The Nutshell

 

1) This is not a “Diet” Challenge: Yes food choices will be awarded/penalized points but it is geared more at education about what is CLEAN eating, not what is “Good v. Bad” eating. The CrossFit lifestyle is about better health and wellness through nutrition and fitness. Food as fuel is the mantra you should start repeating over and over. Weight loss happens, increased muscle definition and/or fat loss happens, but you will begin to see the benefits of food for your lifestyle and how to make positive choices and minimize negative choices when you have to/want to.

 

2) It isn’t easy, but it damn well is rewarding: There isn’t a soul in either CrossFit Lando location who can reasonably tell me they don’t need to do this challenge. At the best you win some $$, meet a weight/body goal, and learn a lot about yourself, nutrition, and wellness while growing even closer with your fellow Lando members. At the worst, you spend $20 to get a packet of information and limitless information about what CLEAN eating is. Either way there is 0% chance you will regret doing it and that is a guarantee.

 

3) It’s a competition (DUH, we are CrossFitters): There is a scoreboard, point system, and a way to track everything you do to prove your health and wellness superiority over your peers and maybe even your coaches! But what is best about this is it gives you a very real, tangible way of tracking your food and workouts, often times giving you a wake-up call in the first week as to what is really going on in life. Trust me on this one as I am the king of the “whoa I didn’t know I was THAT bad!!”.

 

We also do testing before and after and take photos so you have a real frame of reference. Trust me, it’s awesome, not only to see how amazing you look and feel how amazing you feel, but when you add 20# on your back squat that you haven’t PRd in months WHILE losing 5-10#…ain’t nothing better!

 

4) There will be help and references: Don’t worry if you have no idea what Paleo is or if you think CLEAN eating is washing your apples. Also do not worry if you are a 2x a week member, or can’t afford to go to Whole Foods. This Challenge is manageable for all peoples and like #2 says you most likely will learn a great deal about how easy and cheap it can be to eat clean and stay fit.

 

There will be a meeting at each location sometime this weekend and then next week where I will present the Challenge details, hand out packets, and push you all into giving me $20. You will be able to ask questions and get more details as to how it all works. You really want to make this if you can especially if you are new to one of our lifestyle challenges. You can go to either location regardless of membership.

 

5) You cannot lose: I know I said this kind of already about 5 times, but there is no down side to this. Starting next week you will have a forum to achieve lifestyle/fitness goals you might have never thought you could. I am serious when I say EVERY Challenge I have been a part of even before owning my own places has had multiple people with life changing experiences, either from weight loss, or PRs, or all around change they never thought possible. You will be held accountable as always but will be given the keys to the castle in the sense of the knowledge given to be successful. Nobody is perfect and nobody is all knowing. Every time we do this we change it up enough to make it fresh and rewarding but also worthwhile for even the most health conscious fit fanatic. Let me be honest, too, in saying that many people get a big eye opener the first time around in terms of what health and wellness really looks like on a plate.

 

If you sign up and it just doesn’t work out? Time, life, work, family, injury, health, whatever, hey it happens. Bare minimum you get a wealth of knowledge to keep.

 

The best thing about this Challenge 6-8 weeks is you will be armed with the knowledge to be successful for weeks, months, years down the road. The best thing I feel about learning about the Paleo diet and clean eating 5 years ago was that I now have the education and motivation to bring myself back from the brink. Holidays always were tough for me growing up because I would smash everything in my path to gaining 20# or more. Now, however, I know what I need to do to get myself back in line, whatever line that may be. Doing it…a bit more difficult. Hence why I will be #1 signee tomorrow morning.

 

SIGNUPS ARE LIVE. GET IT DONE.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
2 Rope Climbs, 15′ (7 Strict Pull-Up @ CP)
5 Wall Climbs
Row 200m, arms only, legs extended
20 Single Arm KB High Pull, 53/35 (from hang position)
50 Double Unders

 

S: 7 Strict Pull-Up for Rope Climbs, 2 Wall Climbs, 35/26 KB, 100 Singles
L1: 1 Rope Climb, 3 Wall Climbs, 25 Double Unders or 100 Singles

 

Rx+: 2 L Sit Strict MU for Rope Climb OR 20′ Rope Climbs, 15m HS Walk for Wall Climbs, 70/53#

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+
– Choose what you are able to do for the MU/RC. Strict MU preferably

 

2a: 3xME STOH 225/145 (from clean), right into
2b: 3xME CTB Pull-Ups, Cap @ 20, rest 45s

– After 3rd set immediately perform
2 rounds
ME Power Clean 225/145
ME Muscle Ups

 

3: Snatch
Warmup with 10 muscle snatch 135/95 or higher, then

a. 4×1 Complex: Power + Squat from below knee hang, light-medium
b. 8×1 @ 80-90% increasing, do not go beyond 90%

 

4: 50 Ring Dips, hardest able for sets >5 

Jan
10
By CFlando

Lifestyle Challenge Starts January 18th

Lifestyle Challenge Starts January 18th

By CFlando Posted on

I am excited and happy to announce the first Lifestyle Challenge for 2016. It will kick off next week and run until the beginning of the Reebok CrossFit Games Opens which start the end of February. It will be shorter than some of our other challenges but I think anyone who has done a challenge with us before will see that this will be our best one yet! This is the kickstart many of you have been waiting for, on top of it being a great educational experience that gives you lasting knowledge for the future.

 

The 2016 Lifestyle Challenge will be $20 and focus on improving your lifestyle through better nutrition and fitness. There will be points you accumulate through your eating habits and your training, as well as penalty points deducted for straying off course. All the rules and guidelines will be printed in a packet and we will have a meeting at each location to explain further, answer questions, etc.

 

If you haven’t done something like this before I strongly encourage you to participate. It isn’t easy but these challenges are some of the most rewarding experiences you will have in our community. I can speak for myself in saying that I will be participating and I think some of your coaches will as well. You will learn a lot, you will get more fit, and if anything you will grow closer with your community here at CrossFit Lando as you all go through this together. Trust me, it’s very much worth it.

 

Newbies ask your fellow Landos and coaches, and stay tuned for the announcement about meeting and info packets later this week!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (WOBURN)

 

Core : 7m AMRAP
5 Lemons
10 KB Deadlift 70/53
15 Hollow Rocks
20 Double Unders/40 Singles

 

Conditioning : 3 Rounds
20 STOH 75/55
20 SDLHP 75/55
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Thruster (from rack)
5-5-3-3-2-2

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
5 Overhead Squats 135/95
10 Burpees

 

S: 75/55
L1: 115/75

 

Rx+: 205/140 with close grip

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Clean and Jerk
a. 4m EMOM : 1 Squat Clean + 1 Hang Squat Clean Thruster + 1 Jerk
rest 1 minute then
b. 5m EMOM : 1 Squat Clean + 2 Jerk
rest 1 minute then
c. E90s 1 Squat Clean and Jerk, heaviest able

 

3a: 4×4 High Bar Back Squat, heavy, rest :60
3b: 4×6 Wider Grip Deadlift, heavy, rest :60

 

4. 2×30 GHD Situps, rest 90s between efforts

Jan
9
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

10am and 11am Strongman at Woburn Sunday.

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Press

7-7-4-4-3

 

 

WOD : 15M AMRAP

10 Ring Dips
20 Jumping Lunges
30 Double Unders
40 Situps

Jan
8
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

 Bring a Friend Day at both Lando Locations

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Power Clean

Find a 4 rep max TnG

 

 

WOD : With a Partner, accumulate a max Power Clean in 10 minutes between the two (best lift of each) after completing the following:

 

12m AMRAP
24 Single Arm KB Thruster (12 each side), 53/35
24 Wall Ball 20/14
7 Wall Climbs

 

then 10 minutes to find max Power Clean

 

 

The Program

 

Early Work (11-12)

 

1. 15 minutes of goat work

 

2a: 4×7 Hang Clean, start at 185/125 and see what you can get to, rest :90
2b: 4×5 Bench Press, pause 3 seconds at chest each rep, rest :90

 

 

Group Work

 

1. Find a 2 rep TnG snatch in 25 minutes

 

2. For Time
9 Squat Snatch 175/125
15 Box Jumps 30/24
9 Muscle Ups
7 Squat Snatch
20 Box Jumps
7 Muscle ups
5 Squat Snatch
25 Box jumps
5 Muscle Ups

Jan
7
By CFlando

A Promise is a Promise

A Promise is a Promise

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

This was one of the worst experiences of my life. What you saw was Stacey grabbing the final 8 or so reps as it took me about 1 hour and change. Yes, I am very out of shape. I am pretty sure the image of the face of each and every one of you went through my head at some point during this and I punched it.

 

Disclaimer : there was a negotiation and I got my count down to 250 burpees. This was performed post Christmas as I got very sick the week of so thank you all for bearing with me and thank you Stacey for allowing me to negotiate.

 

This was truly miserable, but truly amazing the effort you all put forward for the Toy Drive. I would do it 1000 times if I had to. Thank you. 

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 15-12-9-6-3
Toes to Bar
Straight Arm Plank Side Opener (R and L = 1)
Hollow Rocks
Side Arm Plank Hip Raises

 

Conditioning : For Time
Row 1000m
80 Air Squats
60 Situps
40 Push-Ups
20 Hang Clean and Jerk 115/75

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Jerk

 

– Find a 1 rep max Jerk in 15-20 minutes

 

 

WOD : “Helen” : 3 Rounds

Run 400m
21 KB Swings 53/35
12 Pull-Ups

 

Scale weight for KB so you can do 21 UB while rested but push yourself to do so each round. Pull-ups can be done with bands or jumping, but if you can do even 1 without scale then do so.

 

This is a classic CrossFit Benchmark. Get in and get after it!!

 

 

The Program


– Friday will be light volume wise to load up for Saturday’s work.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx

 

2. Snatch Skill Work
a. EMOM 7m : 3 TnG Power Snatch @ 70-80% max snatch
b. 3×3 Snatch High Pull, medium-heavy
c. 3×1 Snatch Balance, medium – heavy

 

– We will be snatching for 1 rm on Saturday so take this light and focus on technique

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
a. work up to a heavy single in 4 attempts once warm at 8/10 intensity, then 3 drop sets @ 80% that 1 rep for sets of 5
b. 5×2 pause in bottom and pause at just above sticking point, rest as needed between reps

 

4. 3xME UB double unders…once past 15 count it as a set, rest 90s between attempts

Jan
6
By CFlando

Stepping Stones

Stepping Stones

By CFlando Posted on

stepping-stones

 

 

 

 

Setting goals is a project in and of itself. I have talked a lot this week about goals and resolutions, but how about the process of doing so. In my experience this is where people set themselves up for failure when it comes to New Year’s Resolutions and goals in general, the unrealistic, unmeasurable, or just plain old not thought out goal that is abandoned before its really even started.

 

Goal achievement is a process that must have steps along the way. When making a goal you absolutely should shoot for the stars for the ultimate achievement for the given purpose. However, if you currently snatch 50% of your BW and your goal is to snatch your BW, you are in for a long, frustrating road with a high percentage chance of failure. Not because snatching your BW is unattainable with a 50% right now but because that could be a long time coming. It took me a year from when I hit 215# to hit over 225# which was my slim and trim bodyweight 3 years ago.

 

The key to successful goal achievement is stepping stones. Little nuggets along the way that serve a number of purposes. First and most important though somewhat vain is they boost our confidence. I can talk until I am blue in the face about learning from failure but nobody, not the greatest athlete or achiever in the world can stomach constant beat downs and failures. Having stepping stones simply gives us something to be happy about on the road to the ultimate goal. Also, steps to measure along the way give us confidence that the approach we are taking is correct. There are a lot of ways to go about our health and fitness, from programming to nutrition to rest days, and different things work for different people. There is nothing worse than going at a lifting goal, for example, only to test it 9 weeks down the road and realize you have made no progress or even regressed. Imagine if it is a longer term goal and you waste all that time? 

 

When making your 2016 goals be sure to make them measurable. Everyone wants to be “mentally tougher” but how do we measure that? For that specifically you could chose a workout that you know breaks you mentally and pick a time you want to hit. Realistic is the next most important thing. We all want to win the lottery and make the CrossFit Games but let’s be honest with ourselves. Pick the things that matter, ones you can measure, and have nice little stops along the way to get a pat on the back or two.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
10 Power Clean 115/75
7 STOH
3 Close Grip OHS (don’t move hands from STOH)

rest :30 after each round (mandatory)

 

– Goal is the close grip and as much UB as you can, so adjust weight accordingly. If close grip OHS is impossible then can adjust hands.

 

S : 75/55, Front Squat instead of OHS

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 135/95

 

 

The Program : Off

Jan
5
By CFlando

“The Cherry”

“The Cherry”

By CFlando Posted on

4768681697_077a6cc116_b

 

 

 

 

My journey in life has been a very unique 32 years. I guess that goes without saying as all of us have unique existences compared to each other. So scratch that. I will contest that I have certainly run the gamut of life goals and trajectories from graduation to now. I had legitimate jobs and career aspirations of being a lawyer (law clerk for 1 year), a baseball coach (5 years college), a Special Forces Operator (applied, failed physical, cried), a baker (applied, denied financial aid for culinary school due to this thing called “credit”), a worker for various humanitarian aid groups in Africa through Medicines for Humanity, and a CrossFit coach.

 

My journey in fitness has been similarly traveled around the dart board. Being a baseball player and specifically a pitcher I was told that I didn’t have to lift. That even evolved to I shouldn’t. I to this day wish I could track down so many old coaches and tell them how wrong they were and are and how I know so much better now. I did lift, however, and was a jacked fat guy most of my teen and early 20 years. After college I did a stint of dating yogis so had a year or 2 of great flexibility. I was that runner dude who ran marathons every few months and did yoga and legit convinced myself that was making me very strong because of the bodyweight focus. I was an insane person! I still laugh at the fact that I didn’t do a heavy back squat until my first year doing CrossFit in 2010. Oh how the times have changed.

 

I share this because I am a much different person with a much different perspective now. I am a CrossFitter through and through and will argue with anyone about the merits of a program compared to CrossFit. See it’s not that I am a “bible thumper” of the CF Manual who attacks anyone who derides constantly varied functional movements as anything but the greatest thing in the world, I just know that training the way we train accomplishes the most good for the most people. I truly cringe when people tell me they “don’t think CrossFit is for them”. That is like saying drinking water isn’t for you.

 

I share this because I am feeling like I am part of an unspoken group that many of you are part of that could be called “The Flux-ers” as in we are all in this state of flux in our fitness and training right now. Old enough to not care so much that the holidays or the 6 months before took away our stomach definition (I will never say 6-pack for me), alive enough to still know we should care, but into it with life enough that regardless of anything it’s just damn hard to get back into it right now. It’s been great to see everyone at the gym the past few days and the energy has been splendid at times, but there is a palpable blah hanging over both communities right now that needs a kick right in the ass.

 

It’s January. It’s going to be cold as f**k for the next month or 2. Deal. Snow, ice, shitty commutes, slipping and falling, dead batteries, awful bus rides, cold rooms, cold gyms, cold f**king everything, it’s happening. Deal. Remember mid July when we all complained about how hot it was? F**k off.

 

Fat doesn’t disappear any way other than working it off. Every day older you get it is harder to get fat off your body when it comes from crap food. Crap food = food that is not natural. Don’t over think it. If you think you shouldn’t eat it, it’s not ok. If you have to ask, it’s not Paleo, or good for you. Just because it’s Paleo doesn’t mean it’s good for you!!! A cookie is a cookie, a muffin is a muffin, ice cream is ice cream. You eat more calories than you burn, you gain weight. It IS that simple. This fat Santa (video coming soon) has gained 30-40# depending on when you are counting the start and the shame and fear I feel when standing in front of you all is a legitimate anxiety factor at this point in my life.

 

You know why I got out of shape? I opened another location for my business very quickly and with the same man power as I had before I opened it. Done successfully but with great tax to my personal health. I had many personal/family things come up that took my time and energy away from the gym. Lastly, because of the first in this list I dealt with horrible sleep that lead to many bouts of sickness, a broken wrist, back issues, all the while dedicating my time to coaching 2 athletes that qualified for Regionals and the first ever Operation Lando Regionals Team for the Reebok CrossFit Games. I got lazy, made excuses, felt bad for myself for 8 months, made more excuses, ignored mirrors, ignored reality, and finally saw a scale say 272# and remember that the night before I finally couldn’t fit into the last pair of pants I had literally wiping out my entire wardrobe of sized clothing. I wore sweatpants all of Christmas week. The only difference between my attire at home versus out in public was underwear or not.

 

We all have our excuses and reasons. They are all valid and acceptable. They are also excuses. Excuses give 0 results. So you have a choice, we have a choice : continue kidding ourselves and take a day off our lives on top of every one we are living because we are lazy, or stop and make a u-turn. The knowledge and tools are all here in this community. What choice is it?

 

The CrossFit Lando 2016 Lifestyle Challenge starts in less than 2 weeks. Prepare. Participate. Change.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

WOD: “The Cherry”

100 Double Unders
50 Push-ups
100 Air Squats
50 Pull-ups
100 Burpees

 

– 30 Minute Time Cap – 

 

S : 100 Singles, 30 Pushups, 75 Squats, 50 Jumping Pull-Ups, 50 Burpees or 4 minutes

L1: 50 Double Unders or 200 Singles

 

Rx+: Hand Release Push-Up, Hang Release Burpees

 

 

The Program

 

1. WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 16m
O: 2 Rope Climbs, 15′, no jump, must lower completely down
E: 2 Front Squat + Jerk (squat + jerk, squat + jerk), hold squat for 5 seconds each rep

 

3. Volume Accumulation Accessory
Bar on back rack, 7 minutes of walking lunges. Start @ BW, every minute add 10-20# as able. Do not drop the bar. Can use rack.

Jan
4
By CFlando

Test Week Continues : The Approach

Test Week Continues : The Approach

By CFlando Posted on

SFH orders start tomorrow and go out Friday. Same as usual just use the signup sheet at the desk. If one isn’t out in the morning just let your coach know. Prices have changes, mainly Pure has gone up about $12. Before we charge you we will confirm the cost and your desire to go forward. We just need to get the final # from SFH.

 

As you might have noticed we are now in day 2 of a test phase. We do this every 7-12 weeks to test how your fitness is improving, or where it needs to improve. This is the first time I structured it so we tested just after January 1.

 

I know it is difficult to accept falling short or a lack of improvement but please be ready to have that happen this week. I started this test phase now for the reason that most of us are not exactly in the best position to PR lifts and workouts because of the holidays. Rather than dwell on what you lost I want you to focus on how much you improve from this point. Trust me, even though I am the guy leading the pack here I have the same issues as many of you. I love food, I struggle without structure, and Christmas usually adds 10# to my body. Add opening a new business and you can put about 30# onto that and you have the current Lando compared to last year’s January Lando. It ain’t pretty and I know you all notice, I’m a big dude.

 

Take this week as it comes. PRs might be in short supply but this is your ground zero for the improvement of 2016. We are starting a lifestyle challenge in a few weeks that will be a great follow up to the next 2 weeks. Focus on each day, get in while you can, and let’s get moving on those Resolutions!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : Row 2000m

 

– Be sure to sign up for class at Canal Park as limited rowers means we will be running heats as is but cannot allow for overflow. Woburn people please bear with your coaches as class might be hectic but will be REALLY fun! 2K is a hell of a time!

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 3 Rounds, skill focus
5 Strict HSPU, 15 Kipping HSPU, rest 2:00 between sets.
– time each round. Adjust depth as able. Always start at regular or scaled but not deficit. 5 Strict UB should be able for Rd 1.

 

3a. 4×1 Gymnastic Complex : 1 strict pull-up + 2 Bar MU + 3 Bar Dips + 4 TTB + 1 TTB + CTB + Bar MU, rest 90s
3b: 4×1 Bar Complex : 1 Squat Clean + 1 Hang Squat Snatch + 1 OHS….bar cannot be dropped and hands cannot be repositioned. Clean grip cannot be wider than outside of hands at start of inside of knurl. Rest 90s

 

4. Spend 10 minutes pushing a sled straight armed loaded with BW or heavier, whatever u can push consistently at walking pace. Rest only to turn or share a sled. If sharing perform 1 lift off + 10 second bench press lock out hold as partner pushes. Use 105% of max bench.

Jan
3
By CFlando

Wellness Week Starts NOW : New SFH Protein Ordering Guidelines

Wellness Week Starts NOW : New SFH Protein Ordering Guidelines

By CFlando Posted on
sfh-recovery-web2_1

Monthly on demand ordering available at both locations

 

 

 

Since we are kicking off the first full week of the New Year this will be an unofficial Wellness Week. Every day I will be posting something that requires your action or thought, or with one or both can significantly improve your well being inside and out. Best of all it will all be relatively simple, or at least thought provoking, and will fall in line with the overall goal of our community of better wellness every day.

 

Tuesday will be our first SFH Protein Order using our new system. As was announced last month we are a partner with Gameplan/Strength.com nutrition which is a great, simple way to get your supplements delivered right to your door. If you are not taking post WOD whey protein you must start doing so IMMEDIATELY. Stronger Faster Healthier is a great brand of locally sourced, clean whey protein that we will order for you on demand. At the beginning of each month an order form will be put out and ordered at the end of the week. You can order as much as you like. You will be charged on Friday when it is ordered and usually get the protein by the following Tuesday or Wednesday. There is charge only, no cash.

 

In short, taking whey protein after you workout is essential to your recovery for all the amazing work you do each day. If you aren’t almost immediately replacing the protein used to build and repair tissues your body starts various process’ of shutdown and starvation, not only minimizing your recovery but actually contributing to your lack there of as your body thinks it needs to fight for survival. Do it. If you don’t know much about it, ask. Or read here.

 

Make sure you read each night this week. Lots of good info coming your way.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : Accumulate a max combined total for each static movement in 3 minutes with 2 minute rest in transition

1: Hanging L- Sit from pull-up bar
2: Fore Arm Side Plank (L)
3: Fore Arm Side Plank (R)

 

Conditioning : “Baseline” AMRAP
8m AMRAP
Row 500M
40 Air Squats
30 Situps
20 Push-ups
10 Pull-ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift

Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD : 30-20-10
KB Swing 53/35
KB Walking Lunge (held at chest, alternating)
– 200m 1-arm Farmer’s Carry after each set, switch hands at turn

 

S/L1: Scaled KB

Rx+: 70/53, OH carry

 

 

The Program : TBD check back at 10pm

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Clean work
EMOM 15m : 1 Clean DL with pause @ Launch 2 sec, 1 Hang Power Clean, 1 Squat Clean (floor)

 

3. Core Work
4 Rounds
20 GHD Situps
20 Russian Swings, heavy

Jan
2
By CFlando

Canal Park 10:30 AM Tomorrow!

Canal Park 10:30 AM Tomorrow!

By CFlando Posted on

We know we had a lot of days off over the Holidays and we really appreciate your understanding. Because of this we will be holding a 10:30AM class tomorrow at Canal Park!

 

Woburn has 10:00AM and 11:00AM Strongman

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength EMOM : Press and Row

O: Press x 3 reps, heaviest able
E: Row for 30s Max Effort

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
10 Burpees
20 Air Squat
30 Push Press 75/55

 

 

The Program : Off

Jan
1
By CFlando

Back to Work

Back to Work

By CFlando Posted on

Tom+Brady+Houston+Texans+v+New+England+Patriots+bKu2NWbYwm8l

 

 

 

Both locations are back to full, regular schedule. Reminder : Sunday @ Woburn there will be Strongman at 11am.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Back Squat, low bar
5-5-5-5-5

 

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 300m
60 Double Unders
9 Squat Clean Thrusters 115/75

 

S : 90 Singles, 75/55
L1 : 30 Double Unders or 120 Singles, 95/65

 

Rx+ : 155/105

 

 

The Program : “New” schedule continues with 11am-12pm open gym as a chance to do the first set of work, then 1pm-2pm group, coached session.

 

11am-12pm

1. Low Bar Back Squat

Find a new 1 rep max, multiple PR attempt should be made.

 

2. 12m AMRAP for quality, keep time yourself throughout

30 second ME Rope Climbs, 15′
30 second ME HS walk, forward (distance)
30 second ME HS walk, backwards (distance)
30 second ME Muscle Ups (ring) OR CTB Pull-ups, no Bar MU replacement

 

– Move through at your own pace. Keep rest to a minimum beyond just transitioning but be able to put a best effort into each section each time. The focus here is SPEED, making these movements have a purpose beyond just getting through them

 

1PM-2PM

– Be ready to go @ 12:30pm. We will meet and debrief around 12:45. STAY CLEAR OF 12pm class. Let them finish.

 

1. Find a 1 rep max Squat Clean

 

2. Conditioning
5m AMRAP
3 Burpee to target + candle stick to stand to pistol (each side)
6 Hang Power Clean 225/150

rest 3 minutes then:

5m AMRAP
9 Strict HSPU
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

rest 3 minutes then:

5m AMRAP
18 Push Ups
21 Double Unders

rest 3 minutes then:

5m AMRAP
Run 200m
– score less than 6 rounds receives a loud “boo” and 5000m on rower

Dec
31
By CFlando

Resolve

Resolve

By CFlando Posted on

ResolutionNoun: The act of solving a problem, dispute, or contentious matter.

 

 

One thing that stands out to me about the definition of Resolution is how generally negative the picture painted of the matter at hand. Problem, dispute, contentious matter. These words and phrases being used to define what someone is solving means this is a situation that requires change due to it’s negative impact, assumedly on one’s life.

 

I’ll be honest I never knew the definition to be exactly that, nor had I really ever thought too much about the definition. If “where do you hear the world resolution the most” was a Family Feud question I think “New Year” would be the #1, 100% answer. Since most of us associate the NY with NYE, parties, gatherings with friends, and general other “fun” times, I think most are like me in thinking of resolution in a generally positive light, which it certainly is when thinking of it with the new year and the promise of future improvement. Yet at the heart of the definition is the existence of bad in our lives that needs to be uprooted and kicked the hell out.

 

New Year’s Resolutions are such a joke for us that it is a pop culture understanding that 99% of the time we bail on them by February 1. The gym next to us in Woburn and all of the “bargain Globo” rely on this very fact when creating their business model. They want people invigorated by the idea of positive change to come and sign up for a non-refundable cheap membership and hopefully stop coming as soon as they joined. Money in their banks, no people using their equipment and wearing down the facilities.

 

Other than the fact that many New Year’s Resolutions are made before or after a NYE kiss and swirled around a lot of “fun”, why are so many of these attempts to solve a problem bailed so often before we even start them? Fear of failure, lack of accountability, and an overall lack of commitment I think top the list of why. Looking at the definition of Resolve might give us a more concise yet thought provoking answer as to why we suck at keeping resolutions as well.

 

Resolve: Noun : Firm determination to do something.

 

Firm determination. That is our answer, ladies and gentlemen. How often do any of you, any of us, go about a New Year’s Resolution with firm determination? I can say I never have.

 

We can recite all the fancy self help book ways of setting and staying true to goals/resolutions, but without our own actions none of this matters. Our resolutions can be as specific, realistic, measurable, and necessary as can be which make for great table conversation over a couple drinks from December 31st to somewhere mid January. But the cigarettes come back out, sugar goes back in, alarm clock for the gym stops being set at 5:30am, and in general we regress right back to our former selves because IT’S EASY. Bad habits are routines and routines are easy because they are comfortable. Getting uncomfortable is HARD. You know how we have to go about something that is hard? With firm determination.

 

So my friends, just because the 1st is tomorrow doesn’t mean your Resolution must be made by then. Take a day, take the weekend, take however long you need to asses what negative actions in your life you need to change. Pick 1 that is important, and set your heart and soul to accomplishing the goal that is staying true to that resolution. I don’t care if you announce it to the world on Facebook, you rent an airplane and do smoke lettering in the sky to spell it out, or tell your significant other and that’s it.

 

The only person that matters is you. The one you have to face in the mirror every morning and every night. Take a look at that person’s eyes and tell them that this year, this time, you won’t let them down. 4 Months from now we will revisit and see how we are doing. The best thing about goals and resolutions is they can last as long as we want and need. Screwed it up the first third of the year? Plenty of time to right the ship.

 

It’s time to impress the person that really matters, the one in that mirror. At the end they are the only one you got.

 

 

CLOSED FOR NEW YEAR’S DAY. SATURDAY REGULAR SCHEDULE

Dec
30
By CFlando

New Year’s Eve

New Year’s Eve

By CFlando Posted on

70a528531c8506bd6289584dc2356331

 

 

 

Have a safe and Happy New Year!

 

 

UPDATE: BOTH LOCATIONS ARE CLOSED WITH NO EVENING CLASSES DUE TO SUDDEN EMERGENCY SITUATION WITH THE COACHING STAFF. THANK YOU FOR UNDERSTANDING. BOTH LOCATIONS OPEN SATURDAY.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Split Jerk

 

Find a 1 Rep Max

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand

 

S : 8′ Target, Step Ups
L1 : 20 Wall Ball to 10′ target, 20 Box Jumps 24/20, 0r 30 reps scaled down

 

The Program

WARMUP : (Done during regular class warmup)
3m AMRAP Free Standing HSPU
rest 1 min
3m AMRAP Kipping HSPU on wall, 5″ deficit
rest 1 min
3m AMRAP strict HSPU on wall, no deficit
rest 1 min
3m AMRAP Double Unders

 

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx

 

2a: Deadlift, 4×6 TnG, rest :60
2b: Plyo Push-ups, 4×10, rest :60

 

3: 4 Rounds
Row 300m
15 Burpees
10 Thrusters to OHS 95/65 (this will be 20 total squats…thruster then OHS back to thruster)
– rest 60s after each round

 

– wear a weight vest

Dec
29
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

Full schedule at both locations for Wednesday

 

WEDNESDAY

WARMUP – Done together with class lead by coach

– 3 Rounds
5 Muscle Snatch
7 Snatch Balance to Power Catch

 

then put 10s or 15s on each side or whatever weight can be easily handled then again performed tougher with coach:

 

3 Rounds
5 Snatch High Pull from Below Knee
5 Power Snatch from “floor” (mid shin)
5 Overhead Squat, full depth

 

 

StrengthPower Snatch
2×5-3-1

 

– Spend 5-10 minutes warming up then make 2 attempts at a max TnG for each rep scheme

 

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
60 Double Unders
15 Power Snatch 95/65

– then 

12-9-6

Thrusters 95/65
Burpees

 

S: 120 Singles, 65/45
L1 : 40 Double Unders, 75/55

 

Rx+: Unbroken Barbell Movements

 

 

The Program

 

1. Warmup with class

 

2. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

3. Jerk and Clean : EOM 14m. use 2 bars

1 Jerk from rack + 1 Squat Clean from floor + 1 Jerk from Rack

 

4. Accessory
a. 30 strict HSPU, hardest able to do more than 1 for first 20

b. 3-3-3-3 Good Morning

c. EMOM 12m : 1 High Bar Back Squat + 1 High Bar with 7 second pause in bottom + 1 High Bar Back Squat

Dec
28
By CFlando

Almost There…

Almost There…

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando Woburn and CrossFit Lando Canal Park will be closed on Tuesday, December 29. We will re-open for a full schedule on Wednesday, December 30.

 

 

TUESDAY : Home WOD

 

1. 100 Push-Ups for time

 

rest exactly 10 minutes after finish then

 

Run 1 mile

 

rest as needed.

 

2. 10m AMRAP
50 Air Squats
Sprint 100m/15 Burpees
rest 45s

 

rest 5 minutes after 10 minute AMRAP then:

 

8m AMRAP
Walking Lunges
– Every 10 steps hold a 45s forearm plank

 

rest 2 minutes after 8m AMRAP then

 

50 Burpees AFAP

 

 

The Program

 

1. Snatch Work
Build up then 4×1, get heavy in 10 minutes

 

then

 

5 Rounds
3 Snatch @ 85% above
5 Overhead Squats
Sprint 200m
rest 1:30

 

2. Push Jerk
5×3

 

3. Push Press
8×1

 

4. Conditioning
Row 2000m
50 Thrusters 45#
50 Burpees
50 GHD Situps

 

– Wear a 20# vest if you have one


28
By CFlando

Closed Until Wednesday, December 30

Closed Until Wednesday, December 30

By CFlando Posted on

Glowing-Christmas-Tree

 

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando Woburn and CrossFit Lando – Canal Park are CLOSED until Wednesday, December 30. We will re-open both locations on Wednesday for regular schedule.

Dec
26
By CFlando

Morning Classes Sunday, Come Get Fit!

Morning Classes Sunday, Come Get Fit!

By CFlando Posted on

Tom+Brady+Houston+Texans+v+New+England+Patriots+bKu2NWbYwm8l

 

 

 

 

New Year’s resolutions are for the birds, start working on them now. We are open at both locations for 10am and 11am. Come on in and get your sweat on at your home base to kick off the last week of the year.

 

Monday and Tuesday we will be off again as the coaches and staff get some more time off and time to focus on things to improve both gyms. We have some exciting things coming for 2016 and some fine tuning is needed before we can commit to them. Thank you for understanding and hope to see you all sometime this week!

 

 

SUNDAY (Both Locations 10am and 11am)

 

Strength : Front Squat

Find a 6 rep max in as many sets as desired in 20 minute

 

WOD : Partner WOD : 14 Minute AMRAP

 

Buy In : 
5 Rounds of “Cindy” : 5 Pull-Ups, 10 Push-Ups, 15 Air Squats
Run 200m
25 Overhead Squat 95/65
30 Handstand Push-ups (scale is 35 Ring Dips)
15 Muscle Ups/Bar MU (scale is 35 Strict Pull-ups)
Row 300m
25 Pistols (alternating, 25 total pistols)
AMRAP: 12 Deadlift, 9 Hang Power Clean, 6 STOH 155/105 with remaining time

 

Score is total reps completed of entire WOD. Buy in (before DT rounds) consists of 185 reps/195 reps for scaled

 

UNDERLINED parts are to be done waterfall style with both partners doing all written work. Example using the Run 200m, 25 OHS. Partner 1 starts running 200m. Once they finish Partner 2 starts their own 200m run while P1 does 25 OHS. P2 cannot start their OHS until P1 is finished. Once P1 finished OHS they can move on to HSPU. Other parts broken up as desired.

Dec
25
By CFlando

A Holiday Tradition

A Holiday Tradition

By CFlando Posted on

1962-magoo-businessmen

 

 

The Landes Family is big on traditions, much of which is lead by my father who is the greatest leader I have ever known. Growing up we watched many a traditional Christmas movie, all the classics like Frosty the Snowman, Rudolph, Mr. Magoo Christmas Carol, among others. Vacation was found later in my life. Like Nintendo. We were kinda an Amish family in a way.

 

The picture above is from my favorite part of Magoo, when he is traveling through the future and seeing the world react to his death. I think if faced with it this situation, seeing how the world and specifically YOUR world reacts to your death, would be up there with the greatest fears for all people regardless of social condition. Everyone has some degree of FOMO which stems from what Erik Erikson discusses in his 4th stage of psycho-social development. Essentially we learn to identify our role and our worth through how others react to our attempts at independence. While Erikson focused solely on ages 5-12 in this stage I believe this continues throughout the rest of the stages of development, in a way running parallel with whatever stage we are at up until the moment of death.

 

This scene is sad to me. I sympathize with Magoo throughout the movie despite the fact he is a terrible person and has been his entire life. The young Magoo had no chance. You can have all the money in the world but if you have no heart to love you, to feel you back, and are left wondering “where is the hand to reach for mine back?”,  you are destined to become a miserable, untrusting, money grubbing, selfish prick. More likely you are bound to become a sociopathic serial killer and be the subject of a “Criminal Minds” episode but Magoo was a kids show, sort of. Family we can say. At the moment above Magoo’s life becomes a joke, trivialized by 3 men enjoying a snuff and a laugh at the lack of people at his funeral (none), and what has become of his money (unknown). What a sad situation. More money than anyone can imagine yet not even 1 person who loves him enough to get it as an inheritance, and worse yet not a soul who cares enough to pay respects for the loss of life.

 

This is an active nightmare to me.

 

At this moment I have decided a solid lifetime goal is to live a life with enough love and respect for others that when I die not only will the church be sold out and have to live stream my funeral and possibly show it on live cable TV, but I will have accumulated enough wealth matched only in the love for the people closest to me in life that I can spread my deserved earnings to a big group of people, all of whom will remember my name and my life in their heart, minds, and souls every single day.

 

Holiday tradition tomorrow : Lift some heavy weight, work off the holiday stress and food, and get ready for a good week and year ahead!!

 

 

SATURDAY : CrossFit Lando is closed until Sunday where there will be 10am and 11am at both locations, then will close again until Wednesday.

 

 

1. Strength : Snatch, then Clean and Jerk

 

– Find a 1 rep max in both in 20-30 minutes for both lift.

 

 

2. High Bar Back Squat

 

a. 3-3-3-3, work to a solid 3 in 4 sets @ 90% intensity, then

b. 1-1-1-1-1-1 with 5 second pause in bottom of each rep

 

 

3. Conditioning

Row 5000m/Run 3000m/Airdyne 200 Cal

Dec
23
By CFlando

Happy Holidays!

Happy Holidays!

By CFlando Posted on

cousineddie

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando is closed for the Christmas Holiday. Please check the WODify schedule for the schedule for the next week.

 

We will open for classes on Sunday at both locations for 10am and 11am, then we will be closed again until Wednesday, December 30th.

 

You can absolutely keep your fitness going throughout the break. There will be WODs posted here occasionally, and you can always check out our TravelWODs page anytime! You can find it here.

 

Have a Safe and Happy Holiday!

 

 

Christmas Eve Home WOD:

 

10 Rounds

10 Air Squats

10 Push-ups

10 Sit-ups

immediately after last round perform : 50 Burpees

Dec
22
By CFlando

12 Days of Lando Christmas

12 Days of Lando Christmas

By CFlando Posted on

buff-santa-1024x768

 

 

 

 

3rd Annual “12 Days of Lando Christmas”!!! Come get this one in!!

 

 

Reminder : There is no “last class” at both locations. 4:30pm, 5:30pm only at Canal Park, 5:30pm, 6:30pm only at Woburn (still Open Gym @ 4:30).

 

 

My wonderful Landos. I have heard some grumblings directly and indirectly around the boxes about the schedule for the next week. This is surely not the first time our schedule hasn’t thrilled people and I knew that, but this will be the first time I will explain the why behind my decision to close when we did for the holidays. We are in a business where people want to use what we provide when they aren’t working. This is why we are working on weekends, Mondays and other monthly federal holidays, and weather related days where you are not. It is also why we are working from 530am-8pm while you are not (many of you). It is why we stay open through most days off that other people get aside from Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas.

 

All of my staff are incredibly hard working. Myself and my head coach/GM and best friend Stacey Kroon have worked ourselves to the bone the past 6 months but really most of this year. We need the time off, full off, meaning the locks don’t get turned from lock or else both of us will be “on” in some way, be it email, blog posting, or just worrying about what’s going on and incessantly texting Jack and Flav about it. But to take a bunch of time off for Stacey and I would only throw it on the backs of the rest of the staff who work “part-time” for our community while working other full-time jobs or as full-time students.

 

To give you a better product we need to be better ourselves, and frankly I’m not sacrificing time with my family so the gyms can get open 1 or 2 more days. If on Monday and Tuesday you desperately need to get into a CF gym it’s a great time to try another out in the area, or if you have the time off why not travel to one you have heard of? Either way, I am sure you will be back and as excited as we are to get back at it.

 

Thank you , genuinely thank you, for understanding and respecting our need for some extended time the next week. I assure you nothing but bigger and better for 2016 and this time allows us to guarantee that happens.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

WOD : “12 Days of Lando Christmas”

 

1 Muscle Up (scale is 1 Burpee-Pull-up)
2 Squat Snatch 115/75
3 Box Jump (full stand) 30/24
4 Front Squat 115/75
5 KB Swing 53/35
6 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35
7 Hand Release Push-ups
8 Hang Power Clean 115/75
9 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Burpees
11 Toes to Bar
12 Handstand Push-ups


 

– This is done like the song “The 12 Days of Christmas”. You keep repeating the work you have already done until you do 12 down to 1 as your last round. 

 

Scale as needed. There is a 50 minute time cap to this workout. Classes will be just the WOD. Get in, have fun, get fit, survive.

 

 

The Program

 

Spend 15-20 minutes working on a weakness, but otherwise savor the rest of the day off. Lifting will be posted for Friday and strength and met con for Saturday.

Dec
21
By CFlando

Holiday Schedule

Holiday Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

Glowing-Christmas-Tree

 

 

Wednesday will be the legendary 12 Days of Christmas WOD. CrossFit Lando – Canal Park might get their own special version that fits the facility better. It will be just as nasty, just as fun, and just as good a send off before the holiday. 

 

Class caps will be extended to 15 for all classes at Canal Park for Wednesday

 

The schedule for the upcoming 2 weeks is below. Unless otherwise noted, whatever is listed stands for both locations.

 

 

2015 HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR CROSSFIT LANDO (BOTH LOCATIONS)

 

 

Monday, December 21 : Regular Schedule
Tuesday, December 22 : Regular Schedule

 

Wednesday, December 23 : No 630pm Class

 

Thursday, December 24 (Christmas Eve) : Closed
Friday, December 25 (Christmas Day!!!): Closed
Saturday, December 26 : Closed

 

Sunday, December 27 : 10am and 11am at BOTH locations

 

Monday, December 28: Closed
Tuesday ,December 29 : Closed

 

Wednesday, December 30: Full Schedule
Thursday, December 31 (New Year’s Eve) : Full Schedule BUT possible adapted evening classe

 

Friday, January 1 (New Year’s Day) : Closed

Saturday, January 2  : Full Schedule

 

 

 

TUESDAY 

 

Strength : Press

 

3-3-3-3-3

 

 

WOD : Snatching and Pulling “The Chief”

 

5 Rounds, each round 3:00 with 1:00 rest after
3 Hang Power Snatch 115/75
6 Pull-Ups
9 Air Squats

 

– “The Chief” has different movements but similar style, however is scored for only full rounds. This allows for time to sit around and rest since you don’t usually want to start a round if you have no chance of finishing. This drives me crazy. Therefore, you will add your extra reps together as just one lump sum at the end and not regard it as work towards a round. 

 

Example : Each round has 18 reps. If you get 2 rounds + 10 reps each round you will have 50 reps left over. Rather than add that as 2 more rounds to your 10 (2 each of the 5 rounds) with change left over, just record your score as 10 rounds + 50 reps. Therefore every single rep truly does count!

 

 

The Program

 

WARMUP: Done during class warmup. Get to work ASAP at the start of class. Once class gets to strength time you must join them regardless of where you are. Be aware of where your coach is during class and keep quiet/respectful. If they are instructing and need the class’ attention please be quiet and DON’T drop bars. 

 

– Program warmups will be happening more often but should only be done by people truly working with The Program consistently past and/or present. This is not just something to jump into when you want to. If you are following The Program then you should do these warmups always when they are written in.

 

a. Hang Clean Work
Hang Power Clean + Hang Squat Clean, 205/135
– 20s on, 20s off, 3 rounds consecutively then rest for 1 full minute. Then 15 seconds on/off for 3 rounds with 1 minute rest, then 12 seconds for 3 rounds. During resting intervals the bar must stay on the shoulders. Bar can only drop during 1 minute rest.

 

b. HS Walk
30s on, 30s off, 3 rounds of all 4 directions. 

 

-Forward
-Backward
-Sideways (left)
-Sideways (right)

 

– max distance, go same direction entire 30s. Go right down the list 3 times.

 

c. 3m Max DUs

 

1. Strength and WOD once class gets to press

 

2. Snatch
3×3, tng, max 185/125

 

then 20 squat snatch 200/130#

Dec
20
By CFlando

Back to the Grindstone

Back to the Grindstone

By CFlando Posted on
TomBrady-1000x600

What a Beautiful Man

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 80 Lemons

– EMOM 5 Push-Ups

 

 

Conditioning: For Time

 

Run 1000m
48 Burpees
rest 5:00
Row 1000m
48 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Squat Clean 

E90S for 10 Sets, 50-90%
then E90s for 5 sets, 1 heavy rep

 

 

WOD : EMOM …
13 Burpees

 

S : 8 Burpees
L1 : 10 Burpees

 

Rx+ : 16 Burpees

 

Cap at 10 minutes.

 

If you cannot complete the work as written, you are finished. Score is completed rounds + reps.

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
Find a 2 rep max in 15 minutes. Minimum 7 working sets.

 

3a: 4×5 DB bent over row TO hang DB squat snatch, rest :60s
3b: 4×5 SLOW strict TTB, rest :60s

 

 

Dec
19
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack…10am Only

Sunday with Jack…10am Only

By CFlando Posted on

Woburn : 10am Only

Canal Park : Closed

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Find a 3 rep max bench press in 15 minutes

 

then perform AMRAP push-ups in 5 minutes

 

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP

2 Rope Climbs, 15′
20 Pistols, alternating
40 Double Unders

 

S : 8 Strict Pull-ups, 30 Air Squats, 80 Singles

L1 : Rope Climbs as able, scaled pistols (wall or box), 20 Double Unders

 

Rx+ : Legless Rope Climbs

 

 

The Program : Off

 

 

Dec
18
By CFlando

Last Saturday Before Christmas

Last Saturday Before Christmas

By CFlando Posted on

No Competitors Training tomorrow, Saturday, but regular classes and Open Gym (Woburn), and normal schedule at Canal Park. Sunday normal schedule.

 

Come get fit!!!

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5, then

2-2-2-2, both paused, 5-10 seconds

 

 

WOD: Partner WOD: For 15 minutes complete:

a: Accumulate 5:00 in a forearm plank, 1 partner working at a time. Breaking straight line or knees touching is a broken plank and requires switching. 

 

then once you have accumulated 5 total minutes in a plank between the 2, begin AMRAP with remaining time:

 

b: 10 Burpee + Pull-Up + Toes to Bar + Squat + Candlestick Roll + Burpee Pull-Over
7 Bear Complex, “strict” : Power Clean + Front Squat + Push Press (no jerks) + Back Squat + Push Press + Lower to Floor (no drops)

 

 

The Program

 

– Part 1 cannot be done during a class time. If you cannot get there before class or during Open Gym you cannot do it. Part 2 and 3 can be done in class, squatting with them and along side for WOD.

 

1. EMOM 5m
5 TnG Power Clean 225/155

– Rest 1 full minute then

 

EMOM 5m
3 TnG Squat Clean + Jerk, “TNG” off shoulders 205/145

– rest 1 full minute then

 

3m AMRAP : Power Clean and Jerk 205/145, TnG off shoulders to count

 

– This is a weight that would be high level competition must for this many reps. If you cannot do this weight chose a weight that is challenging and questionably doable by end of EMOM. Failure should be a possibility. DO NOT USE HEAVIER, just go FASTER

 

 

rest as needed

 

 

2. Squats

5-5-5-5 Front Squat, heavy but keep speed decent. Probably 90% ish but go how you feel, then

1-1-1-1 Pause Front Squat, 10 second pause

 

 

3. 15 minutes

5 Rounds of “Cindy”
3 Rounds of MU “Cindy” : 3 MU 6 STOH 135/95 9 OHS
then AMRAP
Row 20 Cal
1 Rope Climb, 20′

 

 


18
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 3×25 TTB, res 1:30 between sets, then immediately perform 100 Supermans, Run 40m, 50 Toes Touches (laying on back) 

 

Conditioning : Max Effort 1 set of each movemnt

1) Forearm Plank, 3 min max

2) Hollow Hold, 3 min max

3) 30 Plank Push-ups, 40 Hollow Rocks

 

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Find a max Thruster in 15-20 minutes

 

 

WOD: 3 Rounds, each round 3:00 with 2:00 break after. Score is total rounds + reps each 3:00 rounds added together at end.

25 KB Swings 53/35
25 Double Unders
15 Jumping Bar squat, 45/35

 

rx+: Each Movement UB

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m
2 Squat Snatch, heavy

 

3. Front Squat, 4×3

 

 

Dec
16
By CFlando

Single Digits!

Single Digits!

By CFlando Posted on

cousineddie

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Core Work: 50 Barbell Roll-outs
– EMOM perform 5 push-ups

 

WOD 1: 10m AMRAP
Run 200m
3 Wall Climbs
-Rest :30

 

rest 6 minutes then

 

WOD 2: For Time
Row 400m
75 Situps
Row 400m

 

 

The Program : Off

Dec
15
By CFlando

New RULES-Rules-rules….

New RULES-Rules-rules….

By CFlando Posted on

south-park-s19e01c09-football-nightmare_16x9

 

Going to try this one again with my misfire last night….

 

Here’s the deal guys and gals. At the end of the day we are only as good as we can make each other. There is an increasing amount of lack of respect being shown towards the coaches teaching classes at both locations. I truly believe this is unintentional but regardless something that needs to be pointed out and governed. Read below for more explanation and new rules…

 

1) Phones (10 Burpee Penalty): This is getting ridiculous especially at Canal Park, but you Woburn folk aren’t free of blame either. From this moment forward phones are not allowed on the floor FOR ANY REASON during your class. Before and after are totally cool, but even something like checking WODify or the website is no go. 

 

I know you all have lives that matter so this doesn’t mean you can’t check the phone ever during your class. There are plenty of break/transition times during class that we give you for a few minutes to yourselves. You can certainly go to the cubby or your stuff and check your phone then while we transition and break. Just don’t bring it to the floor and don’t make yourself late getting back into class because of it.

 

I know what you are all thinking. I admit that myself and all of the coaches have their phones on the floor. I allow this because we take pictures and videos of you all to help with coaching. However I especially am guilty of using it for other purposes too often. So I sympathize with your plight, and we all can be better.

 

2) Not Giving Attention During Coaching Periods (10 Burpee Penalty): This in particular is getting out of hand at Woburn, but similarly CPers aren’t off the hook. When your coach is coaching, pay attention. Don’t move, don’t go change, don’t go to the bathroom. We give you plenty of opportunities for breaks to fill water, to use the bathroom, to tape your hands, wrists, and otherwise mummify yourself. Go to where your coach tells you to, listen to their commands, and stay there the entire time. To wait until the coach calls you into a circle, or asks you to go to your bars because they are going to start coaching, to then walk off and go do something else…I just don’t get it. (Obviously emergencies can be tolerated. We all know the line). 

 

Personally this drives me crazy when I coach for sure but really when I watch my other coaches working and I see people wandering around, checking their phones and WODify, talking to other people, all while the coach is working their ass off giving information to help you get more fit. It’s insane to me. But Im sure many people watch me day to day and think I should be institutionalized, so it is what it is. Just think about it and stop doing it. Please.

 

Honestly, as I said this is about showing the right respect to your coach, but it’s mainly about respecting your fellow members and you getting the most out of your time. I can’t tell you how many times someone is off wandering when I do the WOD breakdown, or is on their phone while I am coaching the clean, and that same person comes and asks a question that I specifically addressed when they were not paying attention/present during my coaching. Also think if it’s a distraction to the coach it’s also a distraction to other members especially if you are all over the place and not doing the right thing. We put a lot into our coaching here at CrossFit Lando. I hold the staff to a very high standard which is upheld through evaluations and staff meetings every week. I guarantee you all your coaches love what they do and put a great amount of themselves into each class. All of us do a lot of work outside of class time to learn and get better.

 

I know where I stand as a coach so not even referring to myself, you all have the chance to be coached by one of the best coaches in this sport every single day you come to either location. All of our coaches went through the coaching program that I created years ago in graduate school and honed with Stacey many times over once we opened Woburn. You won’t find a more enthusiastic and well educated staff than we have, and I know you won’t find better coaches than Stacey, Flavio, Jack, and Kyle. Get the most out of your hour of fitness. Learn something new every time you set foot in the door. It’s usually the little things that make the difference between a PR or a sad face, a great score on a WOD or an excuse, and the little things come and go quickly.

 

All of us can get better in these two things, me very much included, so let’s start right now. The penalties are there so a coach can enforce it but this hopefully is the only time it even has to be mentioned.

 

Getting better every day doesn’t just happen. It takes work. What we do at our gyms doesn’t have to just mean being better in fitness.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
9×3, rest exactly 60s between sets. Start at 65% 1 rm and go no higher than 75%. All TnG reps including final must be put down

 

WOD : For Time

Buy in with 30 Power Snatch 135/95
– then 3 Rounds of
10 Pistols (alternating)
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (can bound)
– then
30 Overhead Squat 135/95

– 18 Minute Hard Time Cap

 

S: 75/55, scaled pistols and step ups (alternating)
L1: 95/65, scaled pistols and box jump height

Rx+ : weighted pistols, 35/25# plate at chest

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 10m
3 Stone to Shoulder, heaviest able quickly
immediately into

Every 3:30 for 4 rounds
Run 600m AFAP

 

3. CORE
4×20 GHD Hip Extension
4×5 TGU 70/53 each side

 

 


15
By CFlando

Why (Most) All of You Should Compete….and All Already Do

Why (Most) All of You Should Compete….and All Already Do

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Competition is the foundation of CrossFit regardless of your individual pursuits and efforts day to day. I will even admit that it took me some time to wrap my head around the fact that most people actually don’t invite competition into their daily lives. Having grown up in sports I just developed the mindset that me against whatever was normal daily life, be it the daily heavyweight championship of Me V. Whole Foods Clerk scanning and bagging against me swiping and typing on the pin pad, winner gets to initiate awkward eye contact, or waking up at 6:59 to I beat the sleep zombie that always turns my alarms off when I sleep past 7:00am. Yet in reality the very word “competition” gives many people anxiety and personally it’s been an interesting and fun broadening of my thinking 

Dec
14
By CFlando

New Respect Guidelines

New Respect Guidelines

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk
2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
5 UB Hang Clean and Jerk 135/95
10 UB Pull-ups
15 UB Wall Ball 20/24

 

– Any time a set is broken before finishing athlete must perform 2 burpees on the spot and those reps DO NOT count towards your score.

 

S : 95/65 and 9′ target

L1 : 115/80

 

Rx+ 5 Muscle Ups for Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 3×100′ HS Sprint or 3 falls or 90 seconds. Mark distance if not 100′, mark time if 100′. Rest 2:30 between sets. 

 

after last 2:30 rest right into 

 

2×12-25 HSPU, regular scale, rest :45 between efforts.  Mark reps and time.

 

3a: 4×4 Bench Press, hold extension for 3 seconds each rep, rest :30
3b: 4×8 Pull Max Row, damper at 10/7, rest :60

 

 

Dec
13
By CFlando

Post Workout Recovery, Continued

Post Workout Recovery, Continued

By CFlando Posted on

Tom+Brady+Houston+Texans+v+New+England+Patriots+bKu2NWbYwm8l

 

Big congrats to my wife Sarah Landes for winning the CF 2A Winter Throwdown, to Coach Kyle Hicks for top 10 the first 2 WODs before giving his body to the game and having to end his day due to injury (we almost took him out back and shot him like a horse), and to Ron Lohse for another competitive performance!

 

 

In case you missed it I wrote a stripped down info post about the why and how of post workout recovery and the very important necessity of taking a whey protein shake within 1 hour of your workout end.

 

Now the question is what to take and where to buy it. Here is the 411.

 

What you are looking for is a good, clean whey protein. Good and clean is in reference to where it comes from, how it’s processed, and what is put in it in terms of additives and preservatives. Whey is the left over from the coagulation of milk when cheese is being made. For those of you who are Paleo conscious and argue against whey because it is dairy, it is essentially only a 5% dairy solution. Why it is so good for post workout recovery is it is low if not devoid of nutritional fat while high in protein. Since it is a powder it is nearly instantly digestible, getting your body the much needed nutrients you crave post workout.

 

Like any food or specifically any supplement there is good and bad. Whey protein supplements are a huge “you get what you pay for” item. You can get $15, 10 gallon jars of it at costco that has an ingredient list longer than this post in words, and half of them you cannot pronounce and certainly don’t know the meaning. This would be a “bad” protein buy. You want as few additives and preservatives as possible just like all the other things you are putting into your body on a daily basis. When looking at the supplement facts you want high in protein (20g or more), low in fat (3g or less, 0 ideally), and low carb (preferably 0 as well) unless you have more specific goals.

 

The products we recommend are from Stronger Faster Healthier, which we sell at both gyms (more on this below), and NutriForce, the latter being a company that sponsors Stacey and can be bought through Gameplan/Strength.com right through our website under the Members tab on the main page menu. ALWAYS buy it here as you get up to 20% off each order and they do monthly recurring delivery right to your doorstep!

 

Those of you SFH fanatics do not worry, the rumors of us eliminating it fully from the gym are not true, but we are changing how we do things. Protein will be ordered 1 time only each month, on demand as usual. You must have your name and order written on the sheet by the 1st or you cannot order it through us. CHARGE ONLY, no cash accepted. If your name is on there you will be charged and there will be no extras bought. January 1 will be the first month this takes effect. 

 

Why we are changing things is there is a decent price increase of about 20% from them which we have to pass on to you. Honestly I would lead you to going with NutriForce through the Gameplan/Strength.com portal if you asked me but both are good products from good companies. Gameplan has many more products than whey protein as well so it is worth checking out!

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 100 Hollow Rocks for Time, 10 min cap

 

WOD : 9 Rounds
5 Burpees
10 Air Squats
15 Double Unders/30 Singles
– Run 200m every odd round including first (1,3,5,7,9)

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Back Rack Complex
2 Lunges (one each leg) + 3 Back Squat

– Find a max weight. Take the bar out of the rack. Stay in place on lunges.  The goal here is total weight moved. Take as much time as you need on the lunges but limit time under tension on the squats. MOVE!!!

 

 

WOD : For Time
5 Power Clean
10 Squat Clean 115/80
15 Front Rack Lunges (alternating, in place)
20 Burpees
25 Thrusters
Run 300m
35 Deadlift
40 Double Unders

 

S: 75/55, 80 Singles
L1: 95/65, 20 DUs or 80 Singles

Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx+

 

2. EMOM 14m
O: ME Double KB SDLHP, 53/35 each hand (floor to chest)
E: Rest

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3, quick and heavy

Dec
12
By CFlando

Sundays with Jack

Sundays with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

I have come to believe that the whole world is an enigma, a harmless enigma that is made terrible by our own mad attempt to interpret it as though it had an underlying truth

 

 

SUNDAY (10am ONLY)

 

Strength : EMOM 20m
O: 3-7 strict CTB pull-ups
E: Sprint 150m (end of building and back)

 

 

WOD : For Time – 21-15-9

STOH 115/75
Hang Power Clean
OHS
Situps

 

Dec
11
By CFlando

Saturday!!

Saturday!!

By CFlando Posted on

Tom-Brady-640x480

 

 

 

 

Both locations rolling hot this Saturday with normal schedule. Remember Early Crew is now Somewhat Late Crew with 11-12pm optional work during Open Gym and 1-2pm group work. Come in and get fit then get your Saturday going!

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

– Get as many sets of 5 at 80% or higher as you can in 20 minutes

 

 

WOD : For Time
4 Rounds
8 Toes to Bar
8 Getup + Press 45/35
8 Ground to OH with plate
100m Farmer’s Carry, switch hands at turn

 

then

 

4 Rounds
5 Strict Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Front Squat 135/95

 

then

 

Run 800m AFAP

 

 

 

 

 

The Program

 

11:00am-12:00pm

 

1. Get Squat work above done by 11:30

 

2. 50 strict HSPU or 50 strict pull-ups w/vest or 30 strict MU or 30 (each side) OH pistols 45/35

 

3. 6 TGU each side, 70/53

 

1pm-2pm: TBD

Dec
10
By CFlando

15 Days til Santa!!!

15 Days til Santa!!!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : Stacey’s Funhouse

 

WOD : 21-15-9

Burpees
Situps
Box Step Overs 24/20 holding KB at chest, 53/35
Hollow Rocks
Shuffle Sprints, 6′
Power Clean, 45/35 barbell

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Clean (and Jerk)
Find a 1 rep max in 15-20 minutes. Once jerk fails continue with clean

– Canal Park only clean during 12pm and 430pm classes

 

WOD : 40 Squat Clean + Jerk 155/105
– E90S perform 3 box step overs 30/24 (total not each leg)

 

S : 95/65
L1 : 135/95

 

Rx+ : 185/135

 

* 16m time cap. Pick a challenging weight. Singles is OK

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×3 Clean Pull with 3 second pause at launch position, rest :60
2b: 4xME or 20s L Sit Hold chin over bar, rest :60

 

3: High Bar Back Squat
7×2, all heavy

Dec
9
By CFlando

15 Days til Christmas!

15 Days til Christmas!

By CFlando Posted on

toys-for-tots

 

 

 

We haven’t done the final tally but there is a monstrous pile of toys at both gyms. Thank you all for being so awesome. More in depth on this tomorrow night!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
35 KB Swings, 53/35
– Every time KB is put down row 10 calories AFAP. KB Must be put down at 35 each time. Score is rounds of 35 completed + reps. + 10 reps to final tally of unfinished rep score for every UB 35 done.

 

S/L1: Scale KB so you are able to do at least 10 in a row

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

 

Program Off

Dec
8
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

Doubt is the Brother of Shame – Erik Erikson

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
10×2, E 90 s, stay at 60-75% 1 rep max

 

WOD : For Max Rounds + Reps (Add fully completed minutes together as rounds and then remaining reps of round failed on), done “death by” style. Rest 1 full minute after failing a movement then continue next at 1 or wherever it says to start. 

 

1) Power Clean 165/115…Deadlift 225/155 @ CP
2) Wall Climbs
3) Air Squats x3
4) 50′ Shuttle Sprint, 25′ Down and Back (must touch floor or line)

 

– At “3-2-1…GO” athletes perform 1 Power Clean. Every minute on the minute you increase by 1 rep until you cannot complete the work in that minute. Rest 1 minute then start back at 1 for the next movement. Continue this way until you fail at air squats.

 

S : 95/65, scaled wall climb

L1 : 135/95, scaled WC

 

Rx+ : 205/140

 

Time Cap : 35:00

 

The Program

 

 

 

 

Dec
7
By CFlando

Clock is Ticking…Toy Drive Has 2 More Days!

Clock is Ticking…Toy Drive Has 2 More Days!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

Little reminder: Please be respectful of your coaches time after the last class of the evening. Do your best to be out the door by 20 minutes after class finishes. Most of the time your coach for the evening block has been at it since 430am, or working another job, or school, or any combination of the above. Also Jack and Stacey have 30+ minute drives home at the best. Since no one here will ask you to leave since we want this to be a welcoming place you want to hang out. This is not an issue as of now, just a friendly public service announcement!

 

Toy Drive Total : 65 between both gyms. Lot of work to do…

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Snatch

Find a 1 rep max Power Snatch in a loose EOM format

 

WOD : 11m AMRAP
7 Power Snatch 75/55
21 Double Unders
7 CTB Pull-Ups

 

S : 65/45, 42 Singles, 12 Pull-Ups/Jumping Pull-Ups

L1: 65/45, 12 Double Unders, Scaled CTB

 

Rx+: 11m AMRAP
7 Power Snatch 95/65
7 Triple Unders
7 Muscle Ups ( 8 Bar MU @ CP, Bar MU are not an RX sub at Woburn)

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Balance
15 minutes for heavy single. Work on SPEED BABY SPEED

 

3: 7×2 Press, heavy as hell, rest :60 between sets
immediately after last set : Run 400m, 25 HSPU 

Dec
6
By CFlando

Sadness

Sadness

By CFlando Posted on

enhanced-5643-1399906516-15

 

 

THE BRONCOS STILL SUCK LAUREN AND RICKY!!

 

OK they don’t and I love you guys…

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning

 

CORE : 3 Rounds, 3:00 per round with 1:30 rest after each round

10 Burpees
– then escalating AMRAP with remaining time of
Situps
Strict Hanging Knees to Chest
Alternating Knees to Elbow  from Straight Arm Plank

 

– Start at 2 reps and escalate by 1 each round. For KNE in Plank it is # for each side, so double for total

 

CONDITIONING : 10 Minute AMRAP
Rowing (for distance)
– Every 90 seconds perform 10 Air Squats

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

 

– Each set should be 80% or higher of 1 rep max

 

WOD : 9-7-5
Squat Clean Thruster 135/95
Bar Facing Burpees
Pistols (each side)
– EMOM perform 7 Toes to Bar

 

S : 75/55, scaled pistols
L1 : 115/75

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Clean Work
EMOM 5m : 3 TnG reps, 225/155 or higher, or 75% if this is too heavy for 3
EMOM 5m : 1 heavy rep

 

3a: 6×1 rack pull from knees, heavy as hell, rest :60
3b: 25s ME GHD Situps

 

Dec
5
By CFlando

Jack’s Sunday

Jack’s Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

10am CrossFit 

 

Strength : Power Snatch
– work 20 minutes on a perfect single rep. Focus on all the things we have worked on with the squat versus power.

 

WOD : For Time
Run 400m
21 Ring Dips
15 Overhead Squat 95/65
50 Double Unders
50 Situps
50 Wall Ball 20/14
21 Power Clean 95/65
21 Thrusters
Row 500m

 

 

Strongman (11am)

 

Strength : Find a max 50′ yoke carry in 20 minutes

 

WOD : 50 Deadlift 225/155
– EMOM 1 Stone Carry, 75′, heavy but doable without drop

Dec
4
By CFlando

Saturdayz

Saturdayz

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

Early Crew becomes Later Crew tomorrow. Individual work can be done 11a-12p including deads. Group starts at 1pm sharp. Organized work will be done by 2pm.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

STRENGTH : Clean and Jerk
– 15 Minutes to work on form and/or work for a max weight, preferably both.

 

WOD : With a partner complete each required work set. Score is total clean and jerk at the end. Subtract 1 pound for each rep or every 10 meters not completed in previous sections.

 

Minutes 1-10 : Row 2000m, alternating every 400m
Minutes 10-18: 4 Rounds:  15 Pistols, 15 Toes to Bar, 50 Double Unders…scale all movements accordingly
Minutes 18-26: Find a max clean and jerk (any) for both partners 

 

 

The Program/Late Crew

 

Late crew will usually have 2 sections.

 

– Optional 11am work during Open Gym

 

– Group work as always at 1pm.

 

This is the start of something new and fresh. Be there and plan on getting better each week. There will be some more freedom to work on specific skills that I will help direct you on how to approach during the Open Gym time. Intensity will be up every week, there will be different style workouts, team stuff, solo stuff, awesome stuff all around. Let’s get after it.

 


11am-12pm (Optional but encouraged)
– spend 10 minutes warming up then pick a skill to work on below

 

1. 10m AMRAP for quality
6 OH (barbell) pistols (any weight, any scale even to a box), or 1 legless rope climb, or 3 muscle ups (kipping or strict)
4 TnG Power Snatch 155/105, scale as needed for TnG perfect reps
4 Box Jumps 40/30
Accumulated 20s HS Hold (FS)

 

2. Deadlift
10×3, every 90s, band tension

 

1pm-2pm : TBD

Dec
3
By CFlando

Toy Drive Challenge : Want Lando Doing Hundreds of Burpees in a Santa Suit?

Toy Drive Challenge : Want Lando Doing Hundreds of Burpees in a Santa Suit?

By CFlando Posted on

toys-for-tots copy

 

 

 

The 3rd Annual CrossFit Lando Toy Drive starts Friday (tomorrow), December 4th. This year we are going full steam ahead for a short and sweet drive. This doesn’t mean I expect less participation. Please do your best to contribute by next Wednesday as we need to collect and turn all the toys in by Thursday, December 10th down at Canal Park.

 

Canal Park is all decorated so toys can be put under the tree starting immediately. Woburn will be decorated by Noon tomorrow so anyone bringing in toys Friday morning can put them under the T-Shirts next to the fridge.

 

The goal is 125+ between both communities. This is aggressive in 6 days but we are an aggressive bunch. If you ever have had that fear of disappointing your parents or a teacher or a coach, if we don’t break that goal imagine that fear multiplied by 5,000,000. That is how disappointed I will be in everyone. However if we reach the goal…

 

…I will perform 5 burpees for every toy that is brought in above 125 toys. Wearing a Santa costume. For every toy under 125 if that is the final count every class will do 100 burpees AS A WARMUP on some undisclosed day before we close for the holidays the week of Christmas.

 

The challenge is on….

 

 

HERO FRIDAY

 

WOD : “Walsh”
4 Rounds
22 Burpee Pull-ups
22 Back Squat (taken from floor) 185/135
Run 200m holding plate OH, 45/35

 

S : 3 Rounds, 14 reps each movement, 95/65, run holding plate any way
L1 : 3 full rounds OR 4 rounds of 14 reps, 135/95, lighter plate still held OH

 

 

The Program

 

1. Warmup (done while class warms up) : 12 m AMRAP for quality
5 strict HSPU or Pull-Ups, or 3 strict MU
5 sotts press 45/35
3 TGU (each side) 53/35 KB

 

2. WOD as RX

 

3a : 4×5 RDL, heaviest able, rest :30
3b: 4×15 UB TTB, rest :30

 

4. 50 DB bent over rows, 50 russian swings heaviest able 2 sets max

Dec
2
By CFlando

What Is or Isn’t?

What Is or Isn’t?

By CFlando Posted on

How many life changing interactions have you really had? I’m talking times with another person that literally changes the fabric of who you are, the perspective you have on life. I feel like life changing person to person interactions are things of fiction, or at least look a lot better in fiction. I like to think that these ones that truly shape our existence, however, count for something more, like bonus life points or something. Those pretty heart to hearts that happen in books and movies are way less common in real life, and they DEFINITELY aren’t understood at the time, or at least not understood soon enough to have the tear filled embrace that seals it as a “this one changed me” time. More like on the drive home wiping tears away so you can see until you AHA! and realize you don’t have their number anymore because you deleted it after you tearfully said goodbye. Ok maybe a lot of my life changing interactions have been breakups. Whatever. I feel like personal soundtracks would help a lot with these. Like the crescendo of Radiohead’s “Fake Plastic Trees” cued up and ready for me anytime a brain cell locks in a life changing experience would really be sick. 

 

Anyways. I had one of these talks with a man named John White that truly changed me. I think about it probably on a weekly basis. This talk occurred about 6 years ago before I got into CrossFit. I was at a crossroads in my life in a big, big way. I had left college baseball coaching and ultimately had no idea what to do. I thought I wanted to join the Army and become a Special Forces operator but an eyesight issue nixed that real quick. I was definitely that cliche dude who fantasized about being the next Rambo and definitely would have been the first in my team to step on an IED. Anyways, so there I was, 27 years old with a fresh new Master’s in Education and $0 paycheck or the slightest prospect of one in sight. The latter was mainly because I had 0% idea of what I wanted to do with my life. Make that -5000% idea.

 

My Dad being the insanely successful man he is was setting me up with everyone he knew to talk about job prospects. Most of these were just hour long catch up sessions that ended in them asking why the hell I left coaching baseball. I really didn’t have an answer because the truth was I couldn’t stomach the fact that I would have to be willing to up and move to Wichita, Kansas on a whim if I really wanted to make it. Moving to Wichita would be just under drinking 15 saline laxative cocktails and doing 250 BW back squats with no pants on and the entire Lando membership watching.

 

One of these meetings however was breakfast with John White, a breakfast I think about almost every time I eat breakfast. I found myself looking very forward to this setup mainly because I loved Mr. White and also because the buffet at the Langham is straight up LEGIT. I had no idea that I was going to hypothetically get kicked squarely in the balls so hard that I wouldn’t eat a bite of my granola and yogurt, something that was a topic of disdain among many other things about my current situation to John.

 

I’ll spare the details but as I have said I think about this all the time. I can still vividly remember so much about this breakfast, from the table we sat at, the way the coffee tasted, what I was wearing. So many details because so many little things ended up meaning so much, every word he said sticking with me in ways no other conversation has. One thing that hit me particularly hard, which I guess set the tone for the whole shindig since it happened before we even sat down, was his lack of loving embrace I was expecting. We ended up having one of those awkward half bro hugs when one person goes handshake and the other goes hug, which was made even worse by the fact that he was a 60 year old man that looked like Santa Claus and was 5’5″. What I always remember was he looked me square in the eye and said “sit down”. Never before had someone so small in stature owned me so completely.

 

What proceeded was 60 minutes of being so thoroughly dressed down in a way that I never had been and never will again. I was completely obliterated, chewed up and spit out, eviscerated by this small, almost feeble, 60 year old man who looked like Santa Claus, yet I hung on every word he spoke like I was in the presence of Pedro Martinez talking to me about pitching 1 on 1 during the 2001 season (I like pitching, and Pedro Martinez). I was enthralled and ecstatic as he attacked every part of the person I was in front of him. Presence, posture, demeanor, life choices. 28 and jobless with the setup I had was borderline pathetic according to him. He attacked my attire (crapy jeans and a Polo), my posture, my “mope” as he called it. Rather than build me up with the same how great I am and all I need to do is apply myself to something and I’ll get where I want to go talk I had received in all my previous setups, Mr. White gave it to me straight. This is what changed me. Rather than feed me the same old shit I got from all the people who had the power and ability to truly change me, John White took a Wednesday morning breakfast with one of his friend’s kids as a chance to make a difference in someone’s life. He nailed it.

 

After we finished he stood up, told me it is the last time he will pay for one of my meals and I should teach myself to expect the same from everyone I meet, looked me straight in the eye and said “Do the right thing.”. With that he left, not looking back or caring to notice me standing like a wooden indian as he traversed the 100 meter long lobby of the hotel. I think I passed out. I left and walked around Post Office Square for an hour and eventually made it home to Charlestown by 2pm in a complete daze. Hours seemed like minutes or maybe days, I really didn’t know. I had never felt so beaten and simultaneously awoken in my entire life. I credit this breakfast to so much of who and where I am today. In case you didn’t get that by now. 

 

To say life works in weird and unexpected ways is cliche and dumb, but cliches and dumbness exist for a reason, and that reason is they, well, exist. The daily grind is awful, not because of the reasons we see from the usual Monday Facebook posts but because it lulls us into a hypnosis that causes us to miss out on these fictional moments. Fiction is made from reality, right? Shit I just made that up. I wish I could say we should be prepared but we can’t. The only thing to do is put ourselves in as many situations as possible that might change our lives. Personally I am the worst at this. I spent a lot of my life making sure I knew where every social line was, from being too cool to just cool enough, a poser to a pretender, I knew it all and never crossed one. The problem was I became a boring, vanilla mid 20’s guy who every person I walked past could tell who I was without me speaking a word. What John White taught me was so much can change in an hour. How many hours we have each day!

 

Sometimes I stay awake at night wondering what happens when we die. I wonder what happens to our mind, the thoughts we have, the memories that shape us. What happens to the person we area internally, the person that has taken years and years and so many encounters and experiences to shape? Does it just stop existing? I feel like that isn’t fair. Maybe if we create so many of these interactions and have our lives changed and shaped enough in a mind blowing way we just never die?

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Push Press

3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Push-Ups (hand release)

 

S : Step Ups, 9′ target

L1 : Scaled box jumps, lighter MB

 

Rx + : 30/24, 24/16# ball

 

 

The Program : Rest 

 

Dec
1
By CFlando

Toys for Tots

Toys for Tots

By CFlando Posted on

toys-for-tots

 

 

 

It’s that time again! Pretty soon both CrossFit Lando locations will be decked out in Christmas decor as we get ready to celebrate the holiday season. Yes, I will call it Christmas decor. I and all our community support all religions and celebrations this time and any time of year, but I will also freely celebrate my favorite holiday. If you have a specific decoration for your religion that celebrates a holiday this time of year please let me know and I am very open to adding it to what we put up! 

 

Part of the reason we decorate is to have a place for us to collect donated toys. This will be the third year that we participate in the Toys for Tots drive. Both years we have donated as a community over 75 toys each time with over 100 our first year! Amazing generosity by all of you. This year let’s knock it out of the park with both locations.

 

Starting Friday, December 4 we will be collecting toys at both locations. This year we will be doing turbo mode as we will be adding the entire pile to the Canal Park Toy Drive so we have to have them in by December 9th! I know this is fast but all it takes is one trip to Target, Toys R Us, or wherever the kids go these days and clean the place out. Anything is appreciated but make sure it is unopened and acceptable for kids/teens. There is nothing too small or too large. Surely anyone can think of how sad it might be for a child to go this time of year without the happiness of sitting around with family and opening a gift that shows there is someone out there who loves and cares about them. Let’s make this another year where the Lando community makes sure that doesn’t happen for a lot of kids in Massachusetts!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

STRENGTH  : Snatch
 – EMOM 15m : 1 Heavy Snatch + 1 OHS

 

(NOON CLASS @ CANAL PARK WILL BE DOING SNATCH BALANCE)

 

 

WOD : For Time
30 Hang Squat Snatch 135/95

 

S : 75/55 Power Snatch

L1 : 95/65

 

No RX+

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. Back Squat : 6 Sets
3 High Bar Back Squat, heaviest able
– immediately after each set perform 3 high box jumps, no time element

 

3. Conditioning
20 Minute Tempo Run : 70-90% increasing every 5 min
or
15 Minute Tempo Row : same intensity
or
25 Minute Tempo AD : same intensity

Nov
30
By CFlando

Recovery is the Name of the Game

Recovery is the Name of the Game

By CFlando Posted on

There are a limited number of extra sweatshirts that are now for sale for $45. If you missed the order and want one NOW IS THE TIME. They will be first come first serve. Email, call, in person, whatever. Once they go they are gone! Both locations.

 

Every time I sit down to write a post about post workout recovery I have a bit of an inner battle concerning the relevance to my audience. On the one hand I have our newbies who are being blasted with new information every time you set foot in the box and at about 3 weeks in are wondering whether you joined a gym or yes did actually sign up for a cult like everyone claimed you would be.

 

For concern on the latter don’t worry, the Kool-Aid party is next week. Make sure you drink last.

 

For you newbies this post is super important because in this world of fitness there is a lot of information that you can take or leave but RECOVERY might be the most important thing you know something about.

 

On the other hand I have the not so newbies all the way to the veterans who might be hearing this stuff for the 5th time. I have this deep inner fear of you all tuning me out and never reading my blog posts so I fear you see the subject of this post and skip right to the WOD. Then, however, I remember that about once a week I have a talk with someone who I have been coaching here for 3 years and they tell me they have never taken whey protein post-WOD in their lives and I have a complete meltdown and try to free base whey protein and water in a spoon and inject them directly into their Superior Vena Cava.

 

So, with that said, I have decided as always that this is a worthy little diddy of information for ALL because newbies need to know and veterans don’t listen half the time anyways and therefore will hopefully absorb this at some point.

 

POST WORKOUT RECOVERY!!!!!

 

First and foremost let it be known that there are many theories on nutrition of all kinds and that includes recovery methods. This that I am going to lay out is what I think is the best way to recover from the work you are putting your body through here at CrossFit Lando.

 

Bottom line is this : the work you are doing in 1 hour in class on a given day is A LOT. Regardless of your goals here you MUST replace the nutrients your body expended during that time and quickly. There is approximately 30-60 minutes depending on what science you believe where our cells are willing and able (and NEED) nutrients to shuttle to your various parts that were used during the work. The most important thing we can ingest during this time is PROTEIN. The most readily available form of protein is whey protein that comes in a powder form. Eating real food for this takes too long to digest and subsequently misses the window to fully replenish that which was used. Most important nutrient again is PROTEIN and some carbohydrate can also be beneficial as it serves as a transport for our protein. Reminder : we are using 5th grade science here. Spare me.

 

If we don’t hit this window and replenish our used energy stores we run the risk of our body not only not recovering but actually shutting down our metabolism and acting almost like it is being starved. Then we don’t build and recover but also potentially damage longer term that day and beyond. Long story short, not ingesting our recovery nutrients in that window negates all the hard work we just did!

 

Easiest way to get this protein is in whey protein powder form. There are many brands but all are not made the same. For those arguing about whether whey is paleo or not (whey is protein derivative from milk production) my response is the good far outweighs the little bad from eating some dairy. The whey powders we recommend can all be found on the Gameplan (soon to be Strength.com) site that is under the Members section right on the website. Nutri-Force is a brand that sponsors our very own Coach Stacey. Stronger Faster Healthier is a brand we also promote as a great product and can be bought at the beginning of the month by on demand order only at both Lando locations.

 

Post WOD recovery protein is an absolute must REGARDLESS OF GOALS. If you want to lose weight, gain strength, or any combination of the two, you MUST take your post WOD protein. Not doing so will reverse whatever your work is trying to do, either by slowing your metabolism down and not burning fat, or not repairing and building muscle tissue that was used in your workout. NO EXCUSE!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

STRENGTH : Jerk Work

Push Jerk : 4-4-4
then
Split Jerk : 1-1-1-1

 

WOD : For Time
9  Thruster 95/65
9 Muscle Ups
21 Burpees
15 Thruster
15 CTB Pull-Ups
15 Burpees
21 Thruster
21 Pull-ups
9 Burpees

 

S : Jumping Pull-ups for all MU/Pull-Ups, 75/55
L1 : CTB for MU or scaled PU variations, 75/55

 

RX+ : 115/80

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Hang Clean + Jerk
Every 90s for 7 sets
– 1 Heavy rep with 3 second hold in catch + Split Jerk with 3 second hold in catch

 

3a: 4×5 Bench Press, heavy, rest :60
3b: 4×7 each side DB Snatch 100/75 or heaviest able, rest :60

 

4. XOver Symmetry

Nov
29
By CFlando

December Here We Come!!!

December Here We Come!!!

By CFlando Posted on

20-tom-brady-2011-kentucky-derby-hat

 

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 3 Rounds
Max Effort Forearm plank hold, 2 minute cap
after 3rd round immediately perform 50 Lemons

 

 

Conditioning : For Time
Row 1000m
Run 600m
150 Air Squats
75 Jumping Lunges

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

– Program : High Bar 1-1-1-1 with 3s pause in bottom of each rep after Front Squat done (done before WOD)

 

WOD : 18-12-6
KB Swing 53/35
KB Goblet Squat
KB Sumo Deadlift High Pull
Handstand Push-ups

– Run 200m after each set (18-12-6)

 

– For today scale HSPU with Ring Dips if you cannot get on the wall. Today cycle speed is most important!

 

S / L1: Scale KB so UB is possible and Ring Dips for HSPU

Rx+ : 70/53, 3″ deficit HSPU

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 12m
1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Front Squat with 3 second pause in bottom

Nov
28
By CFlando

Back at it X 2

Back at it X 2

By CFlando Posted on

turkey-workout

 

 

 

 

Canal Park Closed as usual. Woburn OPEN for 10am and 11am Strongman.

 

 

SUNDAY

 

CrossFit (10am)

 

Strength : Press
5-5-5-5-3-3-3

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP

40 Burpees
40 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
AMRAP Back Squat 135/95 (from floor) with remaining time
– immediately after 7 minutes is up RUN 400m AFAP. Score separately.

 

Strongman (11am) : Come carry some yokes with Jack!

Nov
27
By CFlando

Regular Schedule in Woburn and Canal Park for Saturday and Sunday

Regular Schedule in Woburn and Canal Park for Saturday and Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Have some Thanksgiving regret? What better way to fight it off then a partner WOD at your favorite fitness facility? Come in and get fit at the usual Saturday and Sunday schedules for both locations (see below).

 

 

WOBURN :

SATURDAY: Early Crew meet at 8:30, then regular CrossFit at 10:00am and 12:00pm. 

– I know this is a tough time but do your best to make it this Saturday morning, and if you cannot then ESPECIALLY next Saturday at 1:00pm. There will be a new time for competitor training on Saturdays and attendance at these times will directly play into the team for 2016. We have a lot of new faces ready to make some great improvements so lets get ready to make a commitment and see where we all can go. 

 

SUNDAY : 10:00am CrossFit, 11:00am Strongman

 

CANAL PARK

SATURDAY : 10:00am and 11:00am as usual. Gym closes at 12:15 sharp. Sunday closed as usual.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew : TBD

 

CrossFit: 10:00am, 12:00pm

 

Strength: Back Squat (athlete choice)
5-5-5-5

 

Partner WOD: For Time
150 KB Swings 53/35
250 Double Unders/400 Singles
100 Hang Squat Clean Thruster 95/65

– Scale as needed, one KB and Bar per group if able!

Nov
25
By CFlando

Happy Thanksgiving

Happy Thanksgiving

By CFlando Posted on

turkey-workout

 

 

 

 

Happy Thanksgiving from the CrossFit Lando Staff!

 

Whatever you do this Thanksgiving may it be happy, safe, and fit as f**k!

 

The CrossFit Lando Community is closed for Thanksgiving and Friday, November 27. We will reopen on Saturday, November 28 at both locations for regularly scheduled classes including early crew at Woburn.

 

 

Nov
24
By CFlando

Allowing Your Gifts

Allowing Your Gifts

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

We can no longer avoid the fact that the holiday season is here. Thanksgiving is literally days away and December is only a few more behind it. We all know what that means to people who prioritize fitness. If you are anything like me this becomes a time of great internal turmoil, a season of constant ebb and flow between guilt and penance, acceptance and punishment.

 

I like have struggled with the inevitable gluttony of the holidays since I can remember. At first my new CrossFit self laughed at the challenge of ignoring the constant crush of vice’s to inhale while I ate salad, grilled meat, and sipped tequila all day. It only took about a week before I woke up naked covered in my grandmother’s famous peanut butter chocolate cookies face down in the lawn. Regardless of my new found understanding of what fitness and health really was I was still a fat kid at heart who really, really loved the holidays. So at this point in my life, which was bout 5  years ago, when I thought this new CrossFit life was the godsend I needed to keep me going through my 20s and into my 30s, suddenly I found myself with a new struggle. Now I KNEW how bad what I did this time of year was for me, I KNEW how good exactly good was when I was clean, rested, and focused on my health. 

 

But dammit, I also knew how god damn delicious hot cider and bourbon is, how great endless christmas cookies from my Mom, and the joy of every weekend of the month of December being booked with parties and holiday sh*t I would only want to do this time of year.

 

My first holidays as a CrossFitter down right sucked. Every hangover was twice as bad because I had the guilt of instant noticing of fat deposits around my stomach from every empty calorie I consumed (I have since stopped noticing this as closely…). Every PR I missed I knew was because I was way under my needed 6-8 hours each night because of the weekend before.

 

That sucked. So I decided to quit fighting.

 

Surviving the holidays is about acceptance and planning ahead. Accept that you probably won’t maintain the pillar of fitness you imagine yourself as, and plan ahead so you can try to get your workouts in especially if you are traveling. On the other end you also need to accept that your fitness is important to you and you need to show SOME restraint. If you happen to not be close to a CrossFit gym or dare I say a “regular” gym, you won’t decompose from missing a workout or two this week. Looking further ahead I’m not saying you want to just mail it in for December as I know all too well the mental strain that causes, and worse yet how it can give a bitter feel to what should be a season of joy, parties, happiness, and even some unabashed gluttony.

 

Plan on a few pounds of weight gain. Don’t accept 5-10# in 2-3 weeks. Set some goals and minimums, like say you are an unlimited member then maybe 3-4x a week for 2 weeks is OK. Holding yourself to an attainable standard sets you up for success. Being unrealistic in thinking you are somehow going to go to your office party, family party, gym party, partner’s party, roommates party, neighbor’s party, and my party, and NOT miss a few days in the gym then you either are super human or are set for a big let down come December 26.

 

Bottom line is this : enjoying the holidays is not only OK but a must. This is the best 4-5 weeks of the year for a reason. Whatever your letting loose is, let loose. Just plan ahead so you can reign it in in time before the regrets pile up. Worst case you completely lose it and fall off the wagon, we will be here January 2nd to get you back on with a new set of wheels.

 

 

WEDNESDAY : No 6:30pm class at either location. 4:30 Open Gym at Woburn, 5:30 class…4:30/5:30 class at Canal Park

 

STRENGTH : Deadlift
Find a 2 rep max

 

WOD : “Turkey Slaughter/Funhouse”

 

15 minute AMRAP for max points.

– Athlete chooses which movement to perform for each timed section of 5 minutes, 4 minutes, 3 minutes, 2 minutes, and 1 minute, performed in order from longest to shortest. Once a movement is performed you cannot perform it again for another section.

 

a) Situps : 1 Point
b) Double Unders : 2 Point (singles divide by 2 for score)
c) Box Jumps 30/24″ : 3 Points (divide by 1.5 for 24/20″ and by 2 for step ups), full stand at top
d) Squat Snatch 165/110 : 4 points (can power snatch + OHS for 3 points), 135/95 = 2 points, 95/65 = 1 point and all scales lower
e) HSPU : 5 Points (subtract 1 point for each abmat/plate of scale, add 1 point for every 3″ deficit). Push-ups = 1 point

 

Example : Athlete chooses Squat Snatch for 5 minutes, Box Jumps for 4 minutes, Double Unders for 3 minutes, HSPU for 2 minutes, and sit-ups for 1 minute. 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as written (hardest able for each movement in WOD)

 

2. Running clock
3 minute Max Hip Ext
3 minute Max TTB
3 minute Max Russian Swing, 106/88
3 minute max Squat Jumps wearing vest, reach to target 12″

 

3. 8 TGU each side, heaviest able in under 10 minutes

Nov
23
By CFlando

Thanksgiving Week!

Thanksgiving Week!

By CFlando Posted on

 

unnamed-1

Stacey coaching in the frozen tundra apparently…

 

 

 

Normal schedule Tuesday. Get in and get a head start on that feast prep! Wednesday is limited schedule, Thursday and Friday are closed. See you all tomorrow!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-3-3, pause for 3 seconds in bottom of dip

 

WOD: 9 Rounds
5 CTB Pull-Ups
5 Thrusters 95/65

 

 

S : Jumping Pull-Ups, 65/45

– If you are relatively new still but have done jumping pull-ups a few times don’t be afraid to try banding up and doing real pull-ups. Have to start somewhere!!

 

L1 : Chin Over Bar Pull-Ups, 75/55

Rx+: 3 Muscle Ups

 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 20m
O: 1 Heavy Split Jerk
E: 2 Heavy Front Squat

 

3. 10m AMRAP for quality
2 TGU 70/53 (each side)
3-5 Strict HSPU with deficit, hardest able UB
ME OH hold (barbell), 225/155

 

 

 

 

Nov
22
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

Full schedule Monday and Tuesday. Limited evening on Wednesday.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 5 Rounds
45 second forearm plank hold
10 pushups
15 situps
20 supermans

 

– 12 minute time cap

 

Conditioning : 4 Rounds
30 Double Unders/60 Singles
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat/Back Squat
1 Front Squat + 3 Back Squat, find a max in at least 5 sets

 

– Perform the front squat, re rack, and immediately start back squats

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 800m
40 Overhead Squat 135/95
20 Power Clean

 

S: 65/45, 600m
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Snatch Work
EOM 14m (warmup before)
– 2 above knee hang power snatch, 1 below hang squat snatch. Focus on bar height through all 3 reps. Pause 3 seconds in hole of 3rd rep.

 

3a: 4×10 Cal Row, damper at 10/8, AFAP, rest :60
3b: 4×7 DB Deadlift 100/75, rest :60

 

4. 5m AMRAP : Toes to Bar, done in UB sets of 10+


22
By CFlando

Closed Sunday

Closed Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando is Closed Sunday and will re-open Monday with a full schedule (both locations)

Nov
20
By CFlando

Heat List, Schedule, and Everything Else for Saturday

Heat List, Schedule, and Everything Else for Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

REMINDER : CrossFit Lando Locations are Closed for Saturday, November 21 for the 3rd Annual In House Throwdown. There will be 1 class at Canal Park at 9:30 am and run to 10:15am. Gym closes at 10:30 am on the button. Woburn is running no classes and competition starts at 10:00am. All members, family, friends are welcome to come watch, cheer, eat, and then party starting at 8pm at Causeway on Causeway street by the Garden.

 

PLAN AHEAD FOR SATURDAY NIGHT. THE BRUINS ARE AT HOME, PARKING WILL SUCK, T WILL BE PACKED, OTHER BARS IN THE AREA WILL BE CHAOS TIL 7:30.

 

 

3rd Annual In House Throwdown!
Sponsored by Redline, NutriForce, Connector Cafe, Fuel For Fire, and Kill Cliff

 

In House Info: Follow the link here for the heat list.  Heat List for In House. PLEASE EMAIL ME, [email protected], ASAP IF SOMETHING IS WRONG (DIVISION, ON OR NOT ON AND SHOULDN’T/SHOULD BE, ETC). If you need to pull-out for some reason it is OK but let me know as soon as you can.

 

Athlete Check In9:15am-9:30am. Volunteers please arrive between 9:00am and 9:15am

 

MANDATORY Athlete/Judges Brief9:35-9:45am. This is where all movement standards will be discussed and questions answered!

 

First Heat : 10:00am sharp. All heats will be 10 total minutes (7 minutes on and 3 minutes for transition) and will move without pause. Plan accordingly. WOD 1 starts at 10:00am, WOD 2 at 11:00am, WOD 3 at 12:00pm. Final will be for Top 6 RX for both Male and Female and start around 1:30. Champions crowned at 2:00.

 

Other InfoChristina from Lando – Woburn and Connector Cafe will be there selling food for not a lot of $$ but come prepared. She will have breakfast baked goods and lunch food. Cash or Card. Volunteers and Athletes eat for free, spectators will get a big discount with the rest covered by us!

 

Night outGet to Causeway on Causeway Street anytime from 8pm on. We have the upstairs to ourselves to cause trouble from 8pm-10pm then it opens up to public, if they want to be around us. Come anytime but come early if you can!!

 

Hope to see you all anytime throughout the day. Come at night if you can’t come to the competition, and come cheer even if you aren’t going out after!

Nov
19
By CFlando

Full Schedule Friday, 9:30am (CP) Only on Saturday

Full Schedule Friday, 9:30am (CP) Only on Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

Bret-Hart-bret-hitman-hart-16506166-1280-960

 

 

 

Full Schedule at both gyms on Friday. In- House competitors should take the day off

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 8 minute AMRAP

8 Situps
4 Strict Toes to Bar
12 Barbell Good Mornings
16 Straight Leg Hip Rolls

 

Conditioning : 15m AMRAP
5 Jumping Pull-ups
10 Medball Floor Press 20/14
15 Jumping Split Jumps

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean
3-3-3-1-1-1

 

WOD : Complete the required work in each round as long as possible. Each round :30 on, :30 off.

– When clock starts perform 400m run. At 3:00 begin first round of hang clean + 1 jerk:

 
– 5 Rounds per movement for 1st 3 movements, then AMRAP for Burpees

1) 3 Hang Power Clean + 1 Jerk 155/105

2) 5 Thruster (from floor)

3) 7 Pull-Ups (if you usually use bands use 

4) 9 Burpees

 

– Go until you can’t finish the allotted work in 30s. Score is total completed rounds + reps finished before failure. 

 

S: 75/55, Jumping Pull-Ups
L1: 135/95, Jumping CTB Pull-Ups

 

Rx+ : 185/135, CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 20m : High Bar Back Squat
1 rep @ speed + 1 rep with 5 second pause + 1 rep @ speed

 

3a. 4x 10 Push-ups +  30′ HS Walk + 3 FS HSPU, rest :30
3b. 4×1 min Airdyne Sprint, rest 2:00

Nov
18
By CFlando

Failing is Sometimes the Best Option

Failing is Sometimes the Best Option

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando – Woburn and CrossFit Lando – Canal Park are closed Thursday, November 19. Both locations will re-open for full schedule on Friday morning. Thank you for your understanding and cooperation during this tough time.

 

One of the toughest things to deal with in any part of life is failure. Accepting failure in my opinion is the absolute most difficult thing for a person to do and the inability to do so gracefully can lead to some serious personality and character issues. Sometimes lasting, sometimes temporary, but either way the older we get and the more failures we stack up the more negative, bitter, defensive, and outright angry we can become. What accepting failure looks like exactly is up to interpretation but how we react, learn, and grow from these instances shape us into who we are each day.

 

Bottom line is failure is hard to deal with for many reasons, but it can also be an incredible tool for learning. I readily admit that I am very much so a person who learns the hard way. Not that I don’t like to listen to people but I just have a hard time listening to advice the first time around…from people, so I have accepted that my life is full of bad situations that are simply due to my own doing. I do think, however, that I am a better person in many facets of my life because I always look for ways to learn from my mistakes. There are many so I have learned a lot along the way.

 

In the gym we face a lot of failure. If you think about it you can probably find a time you failed every day in the past week. This is a good thing! The most common situation is something we want you to do almost every day which is in our lifting sessions. Failing a squat, press, deadlift, and so on, teaches us where our limits are. This is useful in that we should know just for our knowledge but also so we can assess development in our fitness, where we are compared to our goal timeline, and if we need to make adjustments to our program, schedule, etc. When performing the olympic lifts (snatch, clean/jerk) this is even more so true.

 

Snatch days and tears tend to go hand in hand in our world. I have had my share of lifting meltdowns and certainly have coached many athletes through a meltdown spurred by a frustrating lifting session. Believe me I am not going to say you should accept failure as inevitable and “OK”, but accepting that it is going to happen and that it isn’t always a bad thing is a different story. Here at CrossFit Lando, much of what we teach in terms of technique has roots in cause and effect. It isn’t enough to just coach the specific issue as there is usually something before it that made that situation happen. For example when an athlete fails a press because they pressed the bar too far forward in their rise we try to go beyond teaching you to “press the bar up not forward”. Hopefully you are all at the point where if any coach corrected you in that way and stopped there you would look at us and say “no shit”. When an athlete presses forward in their overhead lift there is usually a reason such as dropping of the elbows, improper dip, etc. Learn the cause, stop the effect.

 

Yesterday saw a great deal of failure since there was a snatch complex and difficult hang snatches in the workout. I wouldn’t blame anyone if you admitted that you had a fit at some point yesterday. Anyone who has been at Woburn a few years remembers my jumprope hanging in memorial over the WODify TVs during the Opens in 2014 after I tossed it in anger after 14.1. It happens. What I want, however, is for all of you, all of us, to always remember to learn from the failure. Snatching especially can only be progressed if we fail! Missing the bar in front of you is telling you something. Not being able to lock out is telling you something. Clipping your knees on the way up is telling you something. Almost any failure has a lesson to be learned. If you aren’t sure what that is (which I wouldn’t expect anyone to) that is what us coaches are here for!

 

Failure is an inevitability that none of us want to face. Unfortunately it’s going to happen. You can recite as many nice motivation sayings as you want about refusing failure but those words aren’t making you better. Strong people don’t refuse to fail. Strong people embrace their failures and make themselves stronger from it. Being strong is cool.

Nov
17
By CFlando

Leg Drop

Leg Drop

By CFlando Posted on

legdrop2

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-3-2

 

WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
60 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
120 Double Unders

 

S: Row 750m, 40 Step Ups, 200 Singles
L1: 40 Box Jumps 24/20, 80 Double Unders

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx

 

2. EMOM 15m
a: 12 Cal Airdyne AFAP
b: 8 Hang Power Clean (for speed method)
c: ME HSPU 3″ deficit (kip)

 

3. 400m Sled Drag walking forward, done heal to toe loaded with 180/110

Nov
16
By CFlando

In House WOD, Schedule Updates/Closing Thursday

In House WOD, Schedule Updates/Closing Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

14

 

 

 

We will be closing both locations on Thursday, November 19th in remembrance of our friend Pat Padgett and out of respect for him and his family on the day of his funeral service. Friday we will be open in both spots for a full schedule, and Saturday’s In House and Party will be considered a day and night of celebration for the fantastic life he lived and his love for fitness, friends, and a good time.

 

Schedule Update at Canal Park : Effective immediately there will be no 11:30am-12:00pm Rush Hour class on Tuesdays and Fridays only. No other changes are taking place at this time! An 8am class will be added a couple days a week starting December 1. Details to come.

 

 

In House Throwdown WOD #3: “Hogan Leg Drop”

 

 

Part 1: 8 Minutes to establish a 1 Rep Max Clean and Jerk

 

Rest 60 seconds then

 

Part 2:  75 seconds to accumulate most Double Unders

 

 

Score is max pounds lifted + double unders/single unders (2 reps = 1 pound)

 

 

Scaling, Scoring, Execution : Athletes will have an empty bar and at 3-2-1 GO they will have 8 minutes to make as many attempts as desired at a max clean and jerk. Any clean, and jerk. Press out is allowed. Knees can not touch the floor at any point during the lift and elbows cannot touch the knees. Control must be shown at the top of the jerk until the judge confirms it is a good lift. Athletes must confirm with their judge the weight they are lifting before they lift or they risk a mistake by the judge that cannot be changed.

 

After 8 minutes there will be a mandatory 1 minute break, then athletes have 75 seconds to complete as many double unders/singles as they can to add to their score for 1 total score. 

 

Scaling : The clean and jerk will be done as is. Athletes will perform singles in place of double unders and be scored the same way, adding max weight to total double unders converting every 2 reps to 1 pound for a total score.

 

If you are doing the In House you should plan on training through Thursday and taking Friday off. Saturday will not be insane in terms of additional volume than you are used to but it is more than usual so you want to be ready!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Snatch Complex
– 15-20 minutes to find a 1 rep max Power Snatch + Squat Snatch + 3 Second Overhead Squat

 

 

WOD : 12 Minute AMRAP
4 Rounds of “Cindy”
10 Hang Power Snatch 115/75
4 Rounds of “Cindy”
then AMRAP Hang Squat Snatch with remaining time

 

S : 75/55 Power Snatch, 3 Rounds of Jumping Pull-Ups  “Cindy” each time

L1 : 95/65, 3 Rounds of “Cindy”

 

Rx+: 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD rx+

 

2. 3×75′ HS Sprint for time (each round), rest 2:00 between attempts

 

3a: 4×3 Behind Neck Push Press, rest :60
3b: 4x30s Ring Dip from Muscle Up, rest :60

 

4. Finisher NFT: 25 Bent Over Row 75% BW on bar floor to chest, 25 L Pull-Ups, 25 DB strict curl + press, 25 strict hspu, 25 strict rope pull-ups, alternating top hand/low hand.

Nov
15
By CFlando

In House Competition This Saturday, Party at Causeway Saturday Night!

In House Competition This Saturday, Party at Causeway Saturday Night!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

We have a solid amount of signups for Saturday’s competition but we need more, more, more! 2 of the 3 workouts have been announced with #3 being released tomorrow (Monday) night. Hopefully you see that none of this is anything different than what we usually do in classes. If you are worried about scale or RX please email me or talk to a coach and we can guide you. You can also change the day of and even mid-competition!

 

Saturday night will be at Causeway on Causeway street right next to The Harp. Plan on getting there 8pmish or anytime after. There will be a live band starting at 10pm so try to get there before! It might be $5-$10 for cover but we will figure something out. Just plan on getting there and having a great time!

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning  (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 10 Rounds
5 Situps
10 Hip Rolls (5 each side)
5 Supermans

 

Conditioning : 30 Rounds
5 Air Squats
3 KB Swings 53/35 (overhead)
1 Burpee

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-1-5-1-3-1-3-1-1-1

 

-This will be 20 minutes to get your work in. The 5s and 3s are heavy but are meant to focus on speed and setup the 1s at the end. Try to PR by the 2nd to last 1.

 

 

WOD: For Time
15-12-9
Squat Clean 155/105
STOH
– Run 400m after each set.

 

S: 75/55
L1: 135/95

RX+: 205/145

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD , Rx+

 

2. 3×30 Pistols (alternating 15/15 each leg), rest :60 between efforts.

– This is for speed. Test how fast this can get done with limited rest.

 

 

3. 5 Rounds NFT
3-6 Power Snatch, 75-80% max power snatch, tng throughout, right into
3-6 Snatch Balance
1 Box Jump, 40/30″

– rest as needed after each round but perform each round AFAP with as perfect technique as able

 

4. 100 GHD Hip Extension, NFT

 

Nov
14
By CFlando

Pat’s WOD

Pat’s WOD

By CFlando Posted on

14

 

Someone that we knew very well died today. His name was Pat Padgett. Many people knew him well as he was a staple in the CrossFit community in Boston. Many at CF Lando were close with Pat. About a year ago we held, along with many other gyms in the area, the “PR for Pat” WOD to help raise money for Pat and his treatment. All of you were amazing in helping raise over $60,000, more than $10,000 over what was asked for.

 

Sunday will be a WOD done in not just in memory but in celebration of Pat and the amazing way he lived life. There will be a memorial this week and both gyms will be closed in remembrance.

 

 

SUNDAY for Pat

10am CrossFit, 11am Strongman

 

 

PR for Pat WOD: 20m AMRAP

6 Power Cleans 185/135
12 Burpees
14 TTB
50 ft HS Walk /3 Wall Climbs

 

– As always scale the movements as needed. 

Nov
13
By CFlando

Weekend

Weekend

By CFlando Posted on

 

Unknown-1

I go to bed fearing for my life every night…

 

 

It seems like forever that we had a normal weekend schedule at both Lando compounds. This weekend is all systems go including Strongman at 11am on Sunday!

 

Couple of notes : Sweatshirts are in. Check in at the desk and ask a coach or admin to help you with your order. If there are any mistakes they will be fixed in time but we need to wait until everyone gets their order picked up. Unfortunately if its a size mistake we cannot just replace it as we have exact numbers for the time being. If additional sweatshirts need to be made due to a mistake it will be fixed.

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn) : 8:30 arrival, ready to go by 8:45. Try your best to get in early or on time.

 

Strength : 15 minutes to find a 3 rep max tng Power Snatch
then EMOM 7m
2 Power Snatch with 5 second pause at waist in full standing after 1st rep

 

WOD: For Time
15 squat snatch, 155/105
30 toes-to-bars
30 box jumps, 24-inch/20
20 ring dips
30 double-unders
15 thrusters, 155/105
30 hang power clean
30 burpees
300-foot walking lunge with a 45-lb. plate held overhead

 

Extra Work
– Spend 20 minutes working on your weakness (skill/BW only). 10-15m EMOM volume training. Then 20-30 min mobility.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
Find a 5 rep max in 4-5 attempts

 

WOD: For Time
Row 2500m
225 KB Swings 53/35

 

Every 75 seconds perform 2 – 75′ Sprints, 1 without KB and 1 holding KB (Woburn = length of floor, CP = 1 Canal Sign). Partners run together and hand off KB at turn around.

Nov
12
By CFlando

WOD #2 : “Slappy the Slap Happy Squireel”

WOD #2 : “Slappy the Slap Happy Squireel”

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

 

IN HOUSE THROWDOWN WOD #2: “Slappy the Slap Happy Squirrel”

 

For Time:
10 Wall Climbs
20 High Jump, 12″ above standing reach (6″ scaled) 
30 Hang Squat Snatch

– EMOM perform 5 Squat Clean, including start

 

Weight: 
Rx: 95/65

Scaled : 65/45

 

 

Standards, Scaling, Scoring : Wall climbs will be done to a line of tape on the floor. Hands will have to pass the line rather than chest to wall. Scaled will just be further from wall to make it basically a half or 75% climb. High jump will be against a wall with tape marking where you must touch each time. Snatch standards are as usual and hands must be even or outside of lines on bar.

 

Score is total time to complete required work. There will be a 12 minute time cap. If work is not completed in 12 minutes score is 12:00 + 3 seconds for any reps not completed. Tie break is time when wall climbs are completed, or amount of wall climbs completed at time cap.

 

Get signed up. Make plans. Let’s party…I mean get fit!

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

Core : 12 Minute Running Clock
3 Min Max Barbell Roll-outs
3 Min Max Situps
3 Min Max Supermans
3 Min Max Accumulated Forearm Plank Hold, rotating from middle, left side, right side every 30 seconds.

 

Conditioning : For Time
Row 400m
75 Russian Swings, heaviest able
100 Air Squats
Row 400m
50 Walking Lunges

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3, then 2-2-2-2 with 2 second pause on way up at just above knee

 

WOD : 5 Rounds, each round 2:30 with 1:30 rest
10  CTB Pull-ups
150′ Shuttle Sprint (75′ down and back)
AMRAP Front Squat 135/95 with remaining time

 

S: 10 Pull-Ups/12 Jumping Pull-ups, 75/55#
L1: 115/80#

Rx+:  5 MU for pull-ups (7 Bar MU at CP), 155/105#
– Bar MU can be done as a sub at Woburn if you are not able to do ring but it is NOT Rx+.

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

2a: 3xME KB Thruster 70/53 each hand, rest :60
2b: 3xME Double KB Swing 70/53 each hand, rest :60

-immediately after last Double Swing set perform 30 burpees AFAP, then Run 400m AFAP

 

3. Clean work
– Spend 10-15m working on a max sets of 4 Power Clean, make 4/5 attempts

 

Then EMOM 8m, 3 Power Clean

 

 

Nov
11
By CFlando

In House Throwdown WOD #1

In House Throwdown WOD #1

By CFlando Posted on

HOOOOOOO BABYYYYYY!!!!!!

 

Here is WOD #1 for the In House Throwdown on Saturday, November 21! This will be the first of three WODs released this week. The competition itself will consist of those 3 WODs for both RX and Scaled, then the top 6 Male and top 6 Female athletes in the RX division will have a Final. Scaled athletes will be judged for final placing on the 3 main WODs.

 

Signups are live and only $20! It is a great time. Get your butts signed up and up to Woburn on the 21st! Better yet get to downtown that evening!

 

 

WOD #1 : “Wet Willy”

Rx: 7 Minute AMRAP
7 Thrusters 95/65
7/9 Floor to Top of Box, 24/20 
7 Burpees

 

Scaled: 7 Minute AMRAP

7 Thrusters 65/45
7 Step Ups 24/20
5 Burpees

 

Structure, Standards, and Scoring : The score is how many rounds and reps the athlete completes after the 7 minutes. Thrusters start from the floor and can be squat cleaned for the first rep. Standards are as usual for workouts done every day in class. Floor to Top of Box is either Box Jumps or Step Up at 24/20″. Both count equally as RX but 2 additional step ups will be required as they are much easier in terms of intensity. If you can box jump it, box jump it.

 

Tie Break: Tie break will be the athletes score after 1 minute.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
a) 5-5-5, normal tempo
then
b) 3-3-3, pause for 3 seconds at chest then drive up

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Push-Ups
50 Double Unders
35 Wall Ball 20/14

 

S: 15 Push-Ups, 75 Singles, 25 Wall Ball 20/14
L1: 100 Singles or 25 Doubles counting attempts. Scaled WB if needed

 

Rx+: 24/16# MB

 

The Program : Off. If you did Southie Showdown and looking to train today do the class WOD and the following below:

 

1. Alternating Tabata, 8 rounds of each movement
a) Top of Chin Up Hold
b) Bottom of Ring Dip Hold with Knees to Chest, muscle up to get there

rest 1 full minute then:

 

:30 on :30 off, go straight down through the list for 5 total rounds
1: Airdyne
2: GHD Situps
3: OH KB Lunges, 35/26 each hand
4: GHD Hip Extensions
5: HS Walk (distance)

 

Nov
10
By CFlando

Come Compete. Come Watch. Come Party

Come Compete. Come Watch. Come Party

By CFlando Posted on

November 21st, Saturday after next, is one of my favorite days of the year. It is our 3rd Annual In House Throwdown and then a social/party in downtown. This is the first event that brings both communities together. I am asking you from the very honest bottom of my heart to please come and participate in some way. Competing is one of the more fun parts of the day and I honestly can tell you we have had so many people do this for the first time during the In House and love every minute. The workouts will be just like what we do every day in class. If you don’t want to compete then come watch. Food will be provided and supporting your fellow Landos brings the community together like non other. Lastly, whether you participate during the day, the party that night always ends up being a great time. The location is TBD.

 

I will be the first to admit that the job I have isn’t easy. I’m sure a lot of you out there have talked amongst yourselves about how I don’t always look like Im having the most fun in life. I will again be the first to admit that I (stupidly) never would have guessed how much more work adding a 2nd location to my business would give me personally and strain my staff and resources. However, every single difficult moment, every 2 day stretch where I sleep less than 2 hours, every canceled membership that I take personally, all of it is made worth it by the community around these gyms. I say it anytime I can that the people are what make CrossFit what it is.

 

A great gym can have programming, coaches, location, equipment all that make it the best, but it’s the people that make the community what it is. It is rare that we all have the chance to come together and celebrate what we are in both fitness and social world. This is why I love the In House weekend. We get to see each other at the peak of our drive for a better life through fitness, and then enjoy each other in a setting we rarely get to. This year is extra special being the first event where both Woburn and Canal Park will participate together.

 

If you have the time I would personally greatly appreciate it if you could come and be part of what the 21st brings. You can bring significant others, family, and friends who aren’t members. The more the marrier. I just want to have a great day with the only people outside of my family that truly matter to me in the world.

 

I know many of you find that hard to believe, but you all are what keeps me going. See you in two Saturdays!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

unnamed-1

 

Strength : Overhead Squat

5-5-5-5

 

– The most important part of the overhead squat is in the direction of the hips at the top of the movements. Yes the lock out, wrist position, torso angle, turnaround, and width of your hands all matter but how you initiate with your hips is what makes or breaks the movements. We will be focusing on this as a point of emphasis. 

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP of Running (scored in 100 meters)
Buy In : 3 Rounds
7 Squat Snatch 115/75
7 Toes To Bar
then 3 Rounds
8 HSPU
8 Pistols (alternating)

 

S: 75/55, Knees to Chest, Ring Dips for HSPU, scaled pistols
L1: 95/65, Knees to Chest/Elbows, scaled HSPU, scaled pistols

Rx+: 135/95

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. Clean and Jerk Work
4 attempts at a 4 rep Clean and Jerk (any), done every other minute

 

immediately into

 

4 attempts at a 2 rep max Power Snatch, done every other minute

 

3. 5 Rounds, 90s on 90s off
7 Muscle Ups
AMRAP Stone to Shoulder, heaviest able

Nov
9
By CFlando

Throwing Down in the House

Throwing Down in the House

By CFlando Posted on

12227576_10153066300991541_5164144148641704583_n

 

 

Please note: Towel Service costs $10 per month. Not bad for unlimited towel use. Please be honest and adhere to this. If you have been using towels and didn’t know we won’t back charge you but will make sure we get the correction for the future! Thank you!

 

In House Throwdown!!!!

 

Fun times to be had in the near future. I am pleased to officially announce the 3rd Annual In-House Throwdown at CrossFit Lando – Woburn on Saturday, November 21. This is open to all members of the community at both locations and is an all levels event. The past years we have had upwards of 50 competitors and would love to have that or more again this year.

 

I know the biggest question is what can you expect? I will try and answer that right now!

 

Registration: Must be done in person to be official and only counts once paid. $20 and signup at the desk at either location. Must be cash, cannot be charged.

 

Timing: Expect an arrival in Woburn around 9am to check-in. Athlete briefing will go over standards and whatnot, then first heat around 10:00am. Expect to be done around 2:00.

 

WODs will be released in advance, the first being this Wednesday, November 11! 

 

WODs, levels, etc.: This is truly an all levels event. ANYONE can sign-up and participate and enjoy it. Many people do this as their first ever competition. It is meant to be a fun but competitive experience where you will be more comfortable because you will know the setting, the people, judges, etc. The workouts will be scaled just like the daily workouts, and you can expect similar type workouts as you do every day here at Lando. You will declare scaled or Rx before but can always switch mid competition if you feel you are too overwhelmed.

 

Expect the movements you see here most often. There will be nothing that is truly elite in terms of weight or technical demand. Don’t worry about bodyweight squat snatches or muscle ups (there will be none), worry about 10/9′ wall ball or push-ups.

 

Party?: As always there will be a social event that evening at a yet to be determined location in Boston. Anyone is invited whether you participate in the competition or not.

 

Spectators, Judges: Please think about coming to watch and/or volunteer if you are open that day. It is a ton of fun and will have food available. As always we need judges and while experience is always good it is not necessary.

 

Signup is officially live! Questions can go to any coaches but ultimately will be answered by myself so feel free to ask in person or email. Let’s get excited!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

 

WOD: EMOM 10m
5 Pull-Ups
3 Power Clean 135/95
1 STOH

 

– Any missed round, meaning either not finishing the work or taking the round off, is 100 meters of running done IMMEDIATELY after the workout. With that said, challenge yourself with the weight on this. It should be doable but hard to get all 4 reps.

 

S: 75/55, Jumping Pull-Ups
L1: 115/75 OR 135/95 but 5-2-1 reps

 

Rx+: CTB Pull-Ups, 205/145

 

 

The Program

 

People who did Southie Showdown be honest about your body. If you are still feeling run down you cannot do all the above work. Do a recovery row/airdyne/light push press day and go full on Wednesday. Your CNS and body in general needs another day if you are feeling it still. Be honest. It’s just one day.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 3×60′ HS Sprint. Rest 2:00 between efforts.

– We will be testing and lengthening this out through the next months.

 

3. 3×20 TTB, rest :90 between efforts. Go as UB as able each set.

 

4a: 4×3+3 (each leg) KB Push Press into OH Walking Lunge 53/35, rest :90
4b: 4xRope Climb into 5s L Sit, 10′ climb, rest :60

 

 

 

Nov
8
By CFlando

Congratulations and Thank You!

Congratulations and Thank You!

By CFlando Posted on
Operation Lando in Effect at CF Southie

Operation Lando in Effect at CF Southie

 

 

Congratulations : We had 9 people compete this weekend at CrossFit Southie and all 9 did an incredible job during what is always a challenging and highly competitive 2 day event. In less than 48 hours these 9 crazy kids did almost as much work from a volume standpoint as we do in 5 days of classes! All 9 deserve a big congratulations for putting in the work and enduring some trying times and achieving some massive successes. 

 

Special congratulations goes to a few. First, my wife Sarah finished in 5h place overall of more than 70 competitors. She was as high as 2nd place for much of the competition and made the final 8, eventually finishing in her 5th spot only 2 points from a podium placing. Jack also finished in 5th place, making the final WOD in 7th place and putting on a show by winning the final “Survivor” WOD. Lastly Joanna Whalen flirted with top 5 eventually hitting 9th place, mere points from making the final but holding down that top 10 finish. Just unbelievable having 3 athletes finish in the top 10 in such a big time competition.

 

Thank You: First to those 9 athletes mentioned above. All 9 of you represented the Lando name with unbelievable class. I can’t count how many people, friends and randoms, approached me, Stacey, my Mom, and others associated with the gym and say how impressed they were with how respectful and polite our athletes were, how positive and supportive you were, and how well you performed from a standards and technique standpoint. All are testament to the amount of work you all put in and the respect you have for what we try to teach you. 

 

Thank you also to the members of our community who came out to support these athletes for one or both days. This was the first event where we have elements from both locations competing and had parts of both communities there creating the new greater Lando community. It was incredibly fulfilling to see you all there enjoying seeing your friends struggle and triumph. You are all amazing people. Thanks to my Mom too.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 3 Rounds, each round 2 minutes with 1:00 rest
Hold a forearm plank for 1 minute, then AMRAP:

 

1) Mountain Climbers
2) Situps
3) Hanging Tucks/KTW/TTB

 

Conditioning: Half “Jerry”
Run 800m
Row 1000m
Run 800m

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Squat Clean
3-3-3-3-3, all TnG

 

WOD: “Little Engine that Could”
60 Burpee Box Jumps (full stand) 24/20

– EMOM, perform 6 KB Swings 53/35

 

S: 35 BBJ, 35/26
L1: 50 BBJ

 

Rx+ : 70/53

 

*10 minute time cap

 

The Program : Southie Showdowners are off. Do not hesitate to take Tuesday off as well. You just did 4/5 of a weeks worth of volume in 2 days. Tuesday can be an AR + Strict BW work day then work W-Sat. Probably best idea. Will advise tomorrow.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×3 Clean Deadlift with 3 second pause above knee, rest :90
2b: 4×10 Strict TTB, rest :60

 

3: High Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

Nov
7
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

10am only at Woburn tomorrow (Sunday). CP Closed as usual.

 

Very proud of all the Landos who competed in Day 1 of the Southie Showdown. If you are looking for something to do tomorrow come on over to CrossFit Southie and catch Day 2!

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Power Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 15-20 minutes

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 600m
15 OHS 135/95

*15m Time Cap

 

S: 65/45, 400m Runs
L1: 95/65

 

 

Nov
6
By CFlando

Southie Showdown Spectator Guide

Southie Showdown Spectator Guide

By CFlando Posted on

10am Only at Woburn, 10am/11am regular schedule at Canal Park tomorrow (Saturday). 10am Only at Woburn on Sunday, Canal Park closed as usual.

 

Come to CrossFit Southie both or either day this weekend to cheer on many Landos in what is always a great local competition. Good Luck to our competitors Beth and Nancy (who call Canal Park home base), Lando WU original B Strang, and Ashlee Centrella, Joanna Whalen, Molly Cunningham, Lauren D, Coach Jack, and my lovely wife Sarah! If your choice is between winning or having fun always remember…winning is a hell of a lot more fun!! But for real…go have win. Pizza and beers on me Sunday evening especially if the Patriots win!

 

In all seriousness all the community is very proud of all who are throwing themselves out into a tough 2 days that will surely be a great experience regardless of finish. We have such a diverse group of competitors this year, from first timers to seasoned veterans with multiple Regionals appearances. Very proud coach tonight! Athletes we will have a tent for you to bring chairs and whatnot and keep under and safe. Ill be there by 7:30 to set it up. Be sure to check your heats and times but I will have the time list as well.

 

 

Spectators: If you are planning on heading over to watch, Click here for viewing guide times, names, heats for Day 1 of Southie Showdown. The link brings you do a somewhat confusing looking but chronological by time list of all the Lando competitors, where they are going in terms of time of day, event, heat, lane, and if they are RX or Scaled. As you can see we have a full day of action for Landos starting at 9am!

 

 

SATURDAY (10am at Woburn, 10am and 11am at CP)

 

No Early Crew

 

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-5-5, work fast and get heavy

 

WOD: Partner Tabata Something Done in teams of 2
– 20s of work, 10s rest, alternating with a partner to accumulate as many reps as possible through 4 rounds of each movement (2 each).

 

Pull-Ups
Handstand Push-ups
Burpees
Clapping Push-ups
Calorie Row

 

Each partner will do a full 20s of work and switch during the 10s of rest. Go through 4 full rounds of 20 on 10 off of the same movement (2 each), accumulating the most reps able. After 4 rounds move to the next movement. Scale as needed. Score is total reps through whole workout.

Nov
5
By CFlando

Friday Baby

Friday Baby

By CFlando Posted on

Sarah

 

 

 

We have a lot of athletes from the Lando community competing at the Southie Showdown this weekend at CrossFit Southie. If you are around come on down and check it out. It’s a great competition over 2 days that has a lot of action, a lot of vendors, and a chance to see your fellow Landos in action!

 

The schedule for the weekend will be close to normal. Woburn will have NO Early Crew and only a 10am class, NO 12pm as Jack is competing. CP will have normal Saturday.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 10m AMRAP
10 Plank Ups (forearm to straight arm)
20s forearm plank
20s straight arm plank
10 Lemons

WOD : For Time
Row 1000m
50 Situps
50 Push-ups
30 Situps
30 Ring Dips
Row 500m

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Clean
Find a 1 rep max Clean

 

WOD : “Elizabeth”

21-15-9
Power Clean 135/95
Ring Dips

 

L1: 95/65

No Rx+

 

 

The Program

 

Southie Showdowners if you want to work day before and rested Thursday do the WOD from yesterday and shorten the EMOM in half. Do not work Friday if you did Thursday as well. 2 good hard days ahead. I will have strategy for WODs done tomorrow and email anyone competing, just email me to confirm you are so I can get you on the list.

 

1. Strength and WOD only

Nov
4
By CFlando

A Thursday

A Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max PR in 20 minutes

 

WOD : 5 Rounds, each round 2 min long with 1 min off
25 Air Squats
15 Toes to Bar
AMRAP KB Swings 53/35

 

S: Knees to Chest, 35/26

L1: Knees to Tris, 53/35 Russian Swings

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

– Score is total KB Swings added together

 

The Program : Off

 

If you are doing Southie this weekend, options are rest today and pre-comp day tomorrow, or visa versa.

 

Pre – Comp Work

 

1. EMOM 20m

O : 12 Cal Airdyne Sprint
E: 2 Hang Squat Clean + 2 STOH + 2 Bar MU
– Bar 165/110

 

2. 10m AMRAP, for quality not score
1 Strict HSPU
2 Burpee BJO 24/20
3 Thrusters 95/65
4 Power Snatch 95/65
Row 10 Cal

Nov
3
By CFlando

Hump Day Cure : Sweat It Out

Hump Day Cure : Sweat It Out

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Core WOD : Hollow Rock City
15 Rounds
10s on, 10s off : Hollow Rocks
then immediately after
75 Supermans, alternating sides

 

WOD : For Time
Run 200m
1 Rope Climb (3 Strict Pull-ups as scale and at CP)
10 Burpees
1 Deadlift 275/185
Run 200m
1 Rope Climb
9 Burpees
2 Deadlift
Run 200m
1 Rope Climb
8 Burpees
3 Deadlift

 

– Continue this way (Run 200m, 1 Rope/3 Pull-ups….) decreasing Burpees by 1 and increasing Deadlift by 1 until you get to 1 Burpee and 10 Deadlift. 

 

*35 Minute Time Cap

 

S: 135/95, start reps at 8/1

L1: 225/155, 10′ Rope Climb

 

Rx+: 315/225

 

 

The Program

– Anyone doing the Southie Showdown this is your last day for intense work. I don’t care how super hero ish you think you are you have 2 solid days of work this weekend. Be smart. It won’t ruin your training completely if you take Thurs and Fri basically off to be ready to test yourself to the best of your ability. There will be pre-comp training days posted both days for your choice. One day MUST be fully off, the other a pre-comp work day.

 

1. All Class Work as Rx+

 

2. EMOM 15m : 2 OHS (rack)
Get heavy as able

 

3. Core Work: Just get it done
14 Turkish Getups, 53/35, 7 each side
30 UB GHD Situps
50 GHD Hip Ext.
30 UB GHD Situps
25 (each side) standing oblique crunches 70/53 each side

 

 

Nov
2
By CFlando

Sweatshirts!!!

Sweatshirts!!!

By CFlando Posted on
Order your newest favorite sweatshirt by Tuesday, November 3! Signup at the desk at either Woburn or CP! $45 each, will be charged on November 3!

Orders done on Tuesday, November 3! $45 each.

 

Sweatshirts will be charged and ordered by the end of tomorrow (Tuesday). Get your orders in by the close of business at either facility. Orders must be filled out in person on the order form. No texts, emails, phone calls, etc. No exceptions! There will be no extras so you need to order them to get one.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength: Bar Complex, find a max
2 Hang Squat Clean
2 Jerk

 

WOD : 6m AMRAP
3 Wall Climbs
6 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
9 Wall Ball 20/14
27 Double Unders

rest 4 minutes then

 

6m AMRAP
3 Handstand Push-Ups
6 Wall Ball 2 for 1, 20/14
9 Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding)
27 Double Unders

 

S: Scaled Wall Climb, wall ball weight, box height, 50 Single Unders
L1: 15 Double Unders

 

Rx+: 5 Triple Unders

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. HS Walk Endurance Work
5m AMRAP
5 Push-ups
– immediately kick into HS and walk for 10′. Every 10′ perform 5 more push-ups. Every kick up to HS must be from where hands were in push-ups and within 5 seconds of last pushup.

 

3. 4×20 CTB Pull-Ups, rest :60 between sets. If you are able to do these sets UB then go for speed. If UB is questionable then work on hanging on for dear life.

 

4. 400m farmer’s carry, 45/35# bumper plate in each hand (big boys not comp plates)

– every drop perform max 5 single arm push-ups (each arm)

Nov
1
By CFlando

Maxing Out

Maxing Out

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

Oh baby it’s that glorious time again where we put all the weights on all the barbells and we lift them many times until we hopefully lift more of the weights than has ever been lifted before by us. MAX WEEK BABY!!!

 

When we lift for a 1 rep max and are trying for a PR, that and only that PR lift is your priority and goal. Nothing else matters but trying to lift more weight for that particular lift, in Monday’s case the Back Squat, than you ever have for that rep scheme. The 1 rep max is King and here is how you should go about getting on top of the throne:

 

 

 

Warmup

 

In class your coaches warm you up. Most of the time for all classes the warmup is specific to the daily work. On a day like Monday where we are maxing out for the back squat we will be stimulating your Central Nervous System, the focus on heavy loading and explosive movement throughout the lower body, with some alternate focus on the support of the core. Things like box jumps, sprints, planks, hollow holds, and good ol’ cardiovascular conditioning are just a few examples of what can be done to get the body ready for heavy back squats. 

 

 

Planning and Performing The Work

 

There is no exact science as to how heavy you should be shooting for, or where you should start. If you have hit every day since last back squat day and been improving in everything then you most likely will be primed for a PR. How long you have been lifting in your current training life also matters. Beginners tend to see massive gains while more veteran lifters could work for months for 5#.  5# or 50#, progress should be celebrated as that is the goal for all we do every day. Be better, every day. Now we are just (hopefully) proving it.

 

You should always be lifting with a plan even if it is foggy at the start. First and foremost find and know your current 1 rm, then set a goal. Most important is a realistic goal. Oh, and NEVER EVER ATTEMPT YOUR CURRENT 1RM!!! If you want to make me very upset when taking my class then make an attempt that is the same as your current PR. Once you get to over 90% of your current max you need to think about it as you only have so many bullets in your gun before the gun gets jammed and is done for the day at the shooting range. Why waste the time and energy lifting something you already know you can lift? Go for 1# less or attempt a PR at 1# over, just please for the sake of all that is holy do not attempt the same as your current.

 

Since you will be warm you should get right to it with the bar and some weight, 50% or so of your current PR being your first working set. How you increase is up to you. Some people can make big jumps, some like to creep up slowly. There is no best way as this is all relative to you as a lifter. If you like to make small increases then you need to start higher than 50%. Keep your reps under 20 before making attempts at heavy singles, and make your 2nd or 3rd attempt a PR attempt.

 

Check out this example workup for a male who has a PR of 310 and is going for 315. This is assuming the athlete is warm and ready to get the bar moving.

All attempts should be done with approximately 2:00 rest between efforts until the 1s. Then it’s rest as needed. Read your body.

 

Attempt 1: 5 @ 185
2: 5 @ 225
3: 3 @ 225 with 1 second pause in bottom of each rep
4: 3 @ 255
5: 2 @ 275

Rest 3-5 minutes

 

6: 1 @ 295, absolutely blasted through the roof
7: 1 @ 305, no slow down at all I must be The Hulk
8: 1 @ 315, I am the greatest, strongest man on Earth
9: 1 @ 325, nobody can stop me
10: 1 @ 330# (f), I hate everyone

 

The multi rep sets should be performed with the main focus on speed through the bottom, turnover, and standing up. Don’t just stand up, stand up with ferociousness. Jump the bar up off your shoulders! Throwing in some pause reps is for more than just keeping it interesting as pauses help train explosiveness out of the bottom. Speed and explosiveness out of the bottom is integral to standing up heavy squats.

 

 

Set a PR: What Now?

 

Lifting for a 1 rep max is about the mental success more than the physical. We don’t get that much stronger lifting 10-15 reps above 75% of our current max, but proving to ourselves that what we are doing is working and that we are in fact the strongest people in the world like we think we are is important beyond measure. The mental side of life trumps the physical 10 times out of 10.

 

This is why knowing when to stop during PR attempts is just as important as anything before it. You know the feeling of walking out of the gym having battled all day, and for weeks if not months before it, and got a PR you were chasing the entire time? That feeling is lasting beyond that day and that lift. It sticks with you, buried in your heart and soul, and is used time and time again as we face struggles in our training.

 

Now, just as great as that feeling is when succeeded in your battle is the awful feeling of walking out defeated without a new number that is a new PR. Minimize the damage. When performing the power lifts (squat, bench, deadlift), strength doesn’t just come about the day of a PR attempt. If you haven’t put in the work it probably isn’t happening. Don’t beat yourself up by failing over and over if your failures show little to no ability to make the lift. If your failures are close then work with your coach on any technique adjustments that can be made to improve your chances at hitting that lift. If you fail 2 or 3 times, probably not happening.

 

Lastly, DONT GET GREEDY! If you hit your goal that you set out for at the beginning of the session then know when to walk away even if the session isn’t over. If your only goal is to set a new PR and you happen to do so with 10 minutes left don’t get caught up in the energy of the situation. If your PR lift was an epic battle then it probably took everything you have. If it was a joke it was so easy then maybe make another lift. Know when to say when. Lifting and drinking have more in common than you ever knew.

 

Let’s get after this. Get pumped up and go set some PRs. This week is Max Week, the chance to show what all your work has been for. WHAMMY!

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 21-15-9

Situps
Supermans
Strict TTB or best able
Bicycle Situps (each side)
Toe Touches with Medball 20/14
Hollow Rocks, holding MB over chest in lockout

 

Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Run 300m
15 KB Swings 53/35
25 Air Squats
35 Double Unders/70 Singles
25 Push-Ups
15 Jumping Pull-ups

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Back Squat

Find a new 1 rep max

 

– If you have been training regularly you should be using low bar position. This is the position your coaches will be teaching. You can lift more weight because it engages your posterior chain and sets your hips equally under your bar as compared to your torso.

 

WOD: For Time, break the work any way you desire

30 Power Snatch 135/95
50 Burpee Pull-Ups

 

S: 75/55, Burpee to Jumping Pull-Ups
L1: 115/75

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2a: 5×2 Deadlift, heaviest able, rest :60
2b: 5×2 Front Squat, 3 second pause each rep, rest 2:00

 

– this should be very heavy

 

3. 100 Russian Swings, heaviest able for 10 reps at a time
then 100 GHD hip extensions

Oct
31
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack

Sunday with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-4

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

WOD 1: 10m AMRAP
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air Squats
20 Double Unders

 

rest 10 minutes

 

WOD 2: 10m AMRAP
Row 1000m, then
AMRAP with remaining time:
7 Hang Power Clean 115/75
2 Rope Climbs

 

Strongman (11am) : Come get strong with Jack. Rumor has it he is throwing odd objects around!

Oct
30
By CFlando

Halloween Saturday

Halloween Saturday

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-3

One of my top 3 costumes ever. Axl Rose, my brother (not shown here) as Slash and my friend Jen as a groupie. Top 3 are in order : 3) Axl and Slash (seen here) 2) Entire baseball house Senior Year as famous WWE superstars. I was Ultimate Warrior. Costume was wig, face paint, white undies, and arm tassels. I did bi’s, tri’s, and abs for 3 weeks straight before that. 1) Me as Ashley Shafer and my brother as Kenny Powers. It was amazing. However I threw up and passed out by 11pm so kinda ruined it.

 

Woburn came correct today with costumes and Canal Park absolutely dropped the ball. Partner WOD this Saturday and extra points for group costumes!

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn) : 8:30am arrival time. Start by 8:45.

1. Find a 1 rep max power snatch in no more than 15 minutes

 

then

 

2. 30 Power Snatch @ 85% above max
E90s perform 3 Back Squat @ 75 % 1 rep max

 

immediately after finished perform 15 Muscle Ups/45 CTB Pull-ups

 

3. Core
10 TGU (5/5) heaviest able
20 Strict TTB
30 GHD Hip Extension
40s (accumulated) top of ring L Sit hold
50 GHD Situps

 

 

10am/12pm (Woburn), 10am/11am (Canal Park)

 

Strength : Back Squat (any)
5-5-5-5-5

 

Work for a new 5 rep max PR

 

WOD: Partner WOD
For Time, work done any way you choose, 1 person working at a time
100 Burpees
2 High 5s
80 Situps w Medball 20/14, passed back and forth
4 High 5s
60 OH Jumping Lunges w Medball
6 High 5s
40 Back to Back Russian Twists w Medball (passed completely around is 1 rep)
8 High 5s
20 Strict Pull-Ups
10 High 5s
10 Wall Climbs

 

Oct
29
By CFlando

Costume Friday and Saturday

Costume Friday and Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

It’s Halloween weekend so other than eating so many Reese’s cups that you throw up on your children why don’t you come in and get a workout in wearing your costume? For Friday this is the only way you can RX the workout, and Saturday will be a partner WOD with best costume winners and extra points going to coordinated partners!

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : For Time
30 Bar Roll Outs
30 Knees to Elbows (alternating) in Straight Arm Plank
30 Bicycle Situps (each side)
30 Supermans
60 Situps

 

Conditioning: 3 Rounds
Run 400m
10 Burpees
20 Front Squats 75/55

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Bench Press
Find a new 1 rep max

 

WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9

Deadlift 225/155
HSPU

 

S: 135/95, Clapping push-ups (knees or plank)
L1: 185/135, scaled HSPU

 

Rx+: “Walking Diane”
-If you have a time under 4:30 or have done this many times, try doing it with HS Walks instead of HSPU. Triple the distance in feet and do the same deadlift weight.

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD (same parameters as above)

 

2. For Time
Run 800m, then
5 Rounds
7 Muscle Ups
1 Clean and Jerk 225/155

3a: 4×8-12 OHS 165/115 (from floor), rest :60
3b: 4×5 DB Snatch 100/75, TnG

Oct
28
By CFlando

Better Matters

Better Matters

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-2

 

 

Those of you close to me know that I have “issues” sleeping. These issues are that I don’t sleep. The whole “I have trouble sleeping” is a joke everyone shares but sadly it makes me grumpy…because it’s true. I go sometimes entire nights where not a moment passes with eyes closed and sleep happening. The days following such sleepless nights are interesting as I tend to get bits of sleep regardless of where I am, the position of my body, what lane I am driving in, movement I am demoing, fireworks I am lighting, you get the idea.

 

This is not a new thing and what is crazy is I have gotten somewhat used to it. It’s like I am in the Men In Black universe but only I live in it. One thing I have learned is the true power of a power nap. I used to claim I lived on these in college but really they were 20 minute snoozes followed by smashing my alarm clock and mentally noting my D in attendance for all my morning classes.

 

(Sidenote, I still remember the time I went to class on Friday in Grad School, sat down, and realized it was the first time I had been to 5 straight days of class since high school. I had to take that down to the first time I had been to all classes during a weeks time. It was Grad School. Not good. Amazing what actually going and trying in school does.)

 

During this evening of no sleep I decided to work programming of all things which can get downright silly (that is where the 1000 burpees comes from next Tuesday). I just saw a Verizon commercial, same one on loop during the World Series as seemingly the only commercial spot that was paid for. This was the 5th time I saw it but first time I noticed the slogan:

 

Better Matters

 

Jesus Hoobastank Christ kick me in the balls zip my face shut and stick a turkey baster up my ass, THIS IS FU*&ING AMAZING!!!

 

Better DOES matter. It matters always, literally all the time. Why? It just does, and that is what I like about how it was used in the commercial. There is no explanation. No description. Just simply that it does, it being better and does being it matters. So simple yet so complex, singular and diverse. It can be used to refer to everything you do. It can talk about being a better person (don’t steal because it hurts someone, that just matters), a better friend (just listen even if you don’t want to), and a better worker (hey maybe being paid to do something DOES matter, so do it better for shits.).

 

Guess what? Doing a power clean with a quality catch position (low hips, knees out, elbows and chest high) matters. It does because it transfers to the squat clean, the front squat, and just being a better lifter. Being a better lifter matters because it does. When you work on the power clean why not work on being better? THIS is why we coach you on technique and will commend you but tell you to be better if you get a good weight but do so with crap technique. Perfect technique can be looked at one of two ways: too much better already, or throw more weight on and make the better, better!

 

I encourage you to find YOUR better each day. I know most of you don’t think about me or what I write here outside of the gym. Hell I know you don’t think of it most anytime so I won’t try to push this idea beyond the walls of your CFL. I will push it in the boxes though, as we always strive to be better simply because great is better than good and winning is better than losing. It just is, because better matters. Better matters because it matters. Better matters because we are made to try and achieve higher with everything we do. Find something you do and find a way to perform it better, your life is better one more step.

 

It is for this reason why we all have been caught up in this fitness bug called CrossFit. I say this to every newbie after their first day, that it doesn’t get easier you just get better at it. This is because there is always another level. Even the best of the best continue to get stronger, faster, more skilled, and learn new things all the time. Better is always there, waiting to be chased in all that we do. Go chase it, achieve, and find the next better down the way. It will be there.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand and step down)
15 Push-Ups
immediately after last round perform 500m Row AFAP

*Score is total time 

 

The Program : Off

Oct
27
By CFlando

Sweatshirt Order is Live : Order by Tuesday, November 3

Sweatshirt Order is Live : Order by Tuesday, November 3

By CFlando Posted on
Order your newest favorite sweatshirt by Tuesday, November 3! Signup at the desk at either Woburn or CP! $45 each, will be charged on November 3!

Order your newest favorite sweatshirt by Tuesday, November 3! Signup at the desk at either Woburn or CP! $45 each, will be charged on November 3!

 

 

 

Yup it’s that time! The time when the weather gets cold and Stacey runs the heat 24/7 in Woburn leading to us bickering like an old married couple over the heating bill…

 

…and the fact that I left my dream of starting my own film production company that produced Pokemon only themed live action movies because she HAD to have kids before she was 35 because she HAD to prove her sorority sisters wrong that she WASN’T too irresponsible to have a child even though she killed 7 fish in 3 weeks her freshman year but demanded on kids and moving to the suburbs forcing me to go back to get my degree in accounting and now I toil endlessly day in and day out just to get that silver mini-van the Jones’ have but in black even though we got that 4-door just 2 years ago but maybe we want another kid before 36 and if so we need a bigger car and maybe a yard because with another kid maybe a dog is a good idea too and our town just doesn’t have places with a lot of property….

 

Also known as sweatshirt season!!!

 

The above sweatshirt mock is what we are going with for this Fall’s crop. If you have one of the maroon or blue ones from last year they are the same sweatshirt just obviously different color. Only one color choice this year unfortunately but otherwise same awesome style with some added cool with our new location. This is the first unifying piece of apparel that truly represents our community as one, universal place of shared love and respect for fitness and the journey that brings us here.

 

Sweatshirts are $45 and are unisex size wise. I am sure someone who got one last year will let you try theirs on for sizing but they are standard S-XXL, basically same as the Ts we get in terms of M vs. W sizing. When you fill out the form at the gym please indicate sizes and number of each size you want. You will be charged on Tuesday, November 3 and they will come in about 10 days later.

 

If you want a sweatshirt be sure to get your order in ASAP. There will be NO late orders as these are being ordered on demand. No extras to be bought later. If you are on the fence, GO FOR IT!!

 

Friday and Saturday : Get your costumes ready! Friday will be RX in Costume Only and Saturday will be a Best Costume Partner Workout at both gyms!

 

 

WEDNESDAY – HUMP DAY!!!

 

Strength : Power Clean + Power Clean + Split Jerk + 2 Front Squat
Every 2 min for 20 min

 

– Does not have to be TnG but make entire complex 20 seconds or less once you start first lift to count.

 

– Hold yourself accountable for your technique. Starfish feet is NO GOOD. Remember what we have been working on in the sense that we want to simulate a squat clean as long as we can and then stick the landing before we ride into a squat. Do not be satisfied with weight you move with shitty form. YOU WILL REGRET THIS DOWN THE ROAD.

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Back Squat (from floor) 155/105
KB Swing 53/35, fully overhead

 

S: 95/65 from rack, 35/26 or as able

L1: 135/95

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program 

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx+

 

2. Practice OH pistols for 5 minutes (barbell)

 

3. Threshold Skill Fun Time : Find someone or some people to go with/against. Move through each movement as listed (not usual A/B alternating)

a: 24 Pistols (alternating)
Rest :90
16 Weighted Pistols 53/35 at chest (alternating)
rest :60
8 OH Pistols 45/35 (alternating)

 

rest 2:00

 

b: Row 1 minute ME, legs only, damper at 10
Rest :30
1 minute ME walking lunges 35/26 held at side
Rest :30
40 Wall Ball 30/20, 5 burpees every drop
rest :30
150m Farmer’s Carry Run 35/26, 5 Burpees every drop
Rest :30
Forward sled push 225/180 loaded, 150′
– every stop, 5 burpees

 

Rest 1:00

 

c: 50 GHD Situps

Oct
26
By CFlando

New Things on the Horizon

New Things on the Horizon

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

We have some new things we are doing at both CrossFit Lando locations that are going to be a bit different but pretty cool. First of all we are getting back in association with Gameplan as a supplement provider. They have really revamped their business focusing mainly on the quality of what they do as a distributor. However they have also added a lot of products to their line and significantly improved their delivery guarantee and warehouse stock.

 

What does this mean? Starting November 1 all your supplement needs will be done through Gameplan. Those of you who used it before know generally how things work and it hasn’t changed much from how it works. For newbies to the Plan, the whole idea is you order your supplement needs, whether it is protein powder, pre-WOD mix, amino acids, etc. and they deliver it right to your door. We will have a special CrossFit Lando store where you get a discount on every order. What is even better is you can have it set to automatic delivery, so every month or whatever it is you just get charged and get your things delivered to your home, similar to your membership here. No worrying about timing it right, no worrying about running out and us not having stock here at the gyms, no worrying about having to get your supplements from multiple different places. The whole idea is Gameplan will become your 1 stop shop!! They will also have things like jump ropes, wrist wraps, and other essentials for all CrossFitting needs. Pretty darn cool!

 

This will change how we do SFH ordering here at the gyms. We will no longer do on demand ordering all the time. We will carry individual packs for day to day use for the instance where you forget your protein, and we will do a 1x a month order of the monthly supply bags similar to how we do now. However I strongly encourage you to use Gameplan once we get it going as they will carry a lot of good products from brands like NutriForce (one of Coach Kroon’s sponsors) and Gameplan brand which is very solid as well.

 

Second exciting thing has to do with apparel. We are going to do a run of sweatshirts that should be designed by tomorrow. You will be able to order as many as you want based off this design and we will get them made and delivered in the next few weeks. This is just like we have done in the past. Additionally we are going to start on demand apparel ordering for T shirts, Tanks, and other things you might want. At the start of every month there will be a special design T and Tank that will be posted for you to view. If we get 12 orders we will order it on demand, meaning you get exactly what you want in terms of size, color, etc.

 

Both of these new happenings will have more information posted this week as we get things settled so don’t worry if you aren’t quite sure what is going on. For Woburn people this is changes to an existing thing. For CP people this is new things being added to our already awesome facility and offerings for member services.

 

Lastly, check back here tomorrow if you were reading the information about supplement ordering and asked yourself “what the hell are supplements?”. Don’t worry, all that and more will be answered in tomorrow’s post!

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Press
5-5-3-3-1-1-1-1

 

– Try to set a new PR 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
5 Burpees
10 STOH 135/95
15 Pull-Ups

 

S: 75/55
L1: 115/95

 

Rx+: 165/115 push press, CTB Pull-ups

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 5m AMRAP
12 UB Toes to Bar

 

Rest 5 minutes

 

3m AMRAP

4 UB Muscle Ups/Bar MU (CP only)

– If this is beyond your ability in general then do a 3m AMRAP of the movement

 

rest 3 minutes

 

3m AMRAP
BW Bench Press, 80% BW for women

 

3. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-5, heavy throughout

Oct
25
By CFlando

Hotline Bling

Hotline Bling

By CFlando Posted on

B82JuTtCEAIBCqY

 

 

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 3 Rounds, 15 m Time Cap

10 Barbell Roll Outs, hold 2 seconds at extension
15 Supermans
20 Lemon Squeezers

 

Conditioning : For Time
Run 800m
50 Double Unders/100 Singles
10 Thrusters 45/35
20 Jumping Pull-ups
30 Air Squats
40 Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2-2-2

 

WOD: 5 Rounds, each round 1:00
5 Squat Clean 185/135
AMRAP Double Unders

rest 1:00 after each round, score is total DUs. Add 10 reps to score each rounds if all done TnG

 

S: 75/55, single unders

L1: 135/95

 

Rx+: 225/155

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx+

 

Squat Work:

1)2×3, all at 80% 1rm, concentrate on speed

2) 2×2, increase as able 80-90%, speed speed speed

3) 3×2, all at 95% or higher

 

2. 4×5 Clean Pos. Deadlift, pause 2 seconds at knees EACH REP going up, heaviest able, rest as needed between reps to get heavy. Make this hard.

 

3. 14 TGU, 7 each side, 70/53

Oct
24
By CFlando

Go Pats!

Go Pats!

By CFlando Posted on
Brady-1

I love this man with everything I have

 

 

 

SUNDAY (Woburn only)

 

 

CrossFit (10am)

Strength :  Bench Press
5-5-5-3-3-3
then 1-1-1-1-1 with 2 second pause at chest

 

WOD: 15-12-9
Squat Clean Thruster 135/95
Push-Ups
Calorie Row

 

 

S: 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 155/105

 

Strongman

Come in at 11am to get a great strength and WOD with some odd objects like stones, yokes, logs, and axle bars!

Oct
23
By CFlando

Athlete Camp : Schedule Changes for Saturday/Sunday

Athlete Camp : Schedule Changes for Saturday/Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

A couple important things for this weekend:

 

1. Program Athlete Camp : You can still sign up if you were on the fence and decided its a yes. If you can hang with RX stuff most of the way you SHOULD be there. If you are doing Southie, and plan on doing the Open as a competitor, you SHOULD be there. Please email me anytime tonight to ask if you aren’t sure. You can signup there.

 

Camp starts at 11am. Personal mobility from 11-11:15, then we are rocking and rolling. It will end between 3-4pm. Bring your own nutrition. Come ready to learn, and more ready to train.

 

2. Class Schedule: Check out changes below for both gyms, both days

 

Saturday: 10:00am ONLY at BOTH GYMs. Woburn and CP will close at 11am promptly after classes end. If you aren’t participating in Camp in Woburn please head out no later than 11:15.

 

Sunday: CP Closed. Woburn: 10am AND 11am Strongman

 

SATURDAY

 

Partner WOD: For Time
75 Overhead Squat 95/65
20 KB Swings 53/35
75 Power Clean
20 KB Swings
75 Lateral Burpees
20 KB Swings
75 STOH
20 KB Swings
Run 800m

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

*work can be broken up any way desired for non KB movements. KB Swings must be broken up in 10s. 

Oct
22
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

Core : 21-15-9
Russian Twists w MB
MB Situps
MB Front Squat
L Sit Hold, bar hang (seconds)
MB Toe Touches
Windshield Wipers, MB over chest

 

Conditioning : 10m AMRAP
10 Burpees
1 Wall Climb
Run 100m
5 Strict Pull-Ups

 

CrossFit

Strength : Front Squat

Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
15 Thrusters 95/65
20 Toes to Bar

 

S: 65/45, Knees to Chest
L1: 75/55, Knees to Chest/Elbows

Rx+: Barbell UB

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 4 Rounds
Run 200m
ME UB Power Snatch 115/80
Rest 3:00

 

3. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-3-3-3

Oct
21
By CFlando

A Long One

A Long One

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

If you look at this workout and you say to yourself “no way I am doing that!”, YOU SHOULD BE DOING IT!

 

 

THURSDAY

 

WOD : 2 Rounds
Run 1200m
25 Wall Ball 20/14
25 Lunges
40 Hand Release Push-Ups
40 Situps
25 Ring Dips
Row 1200m

S: 20 reps of each movements, 750m Run/Row

L1: Reps as written, 800m Run/Row

 

The Program : Off

– If you competed on Sunday and feel 100% you could train today. The above workout could serve as a good long conditioning day without excessive stress or loading. Remember that Saturday is 5+ hours of fitness so think of it as competition like in terms of NS fatigue.

Oct
20
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

If you plan on attending the Program Athlete Camp on Saturday you must sign up by tomorrow, Wednesday the 21st. This is just to have an idea of numbers for planning purposes especially for the epic team workouts you will be doing that are essentially fight to the death!!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

 

Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-3-2-2

 

– Make each set heavy and work on speed

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Pistols (alternating)
Box Jumps 30/24, full stand

– immediately after last round perform 30 Front Squats 155/105

 

S: scaled pistols, 24/20 with step ups, 75/55
L1: Pistols holding pole, 135/95

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD at Rx+

 

2. 90s work 90s rest, 3 rounds working through the list as written

a: FS HSPU
b: Toes to Bar
c: Power Clean, 2o5/145

 

3. Front Squat
1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1, 58×0 Tempo


20
By CFlando

Why You, and I, MUST Lift Heavy

Why You, and I, MUST Lift Heavy

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

At this point it is almost a joke. Aaron Landes programs heavy lifting.

 

All. The. Time.

 

Doesn’t he like conditioning? Or skill work? Or just regular lifting? Why does it have to always be so check your pants between sets heavy every damn day?

 

Mostly it’s because I just like being strong and I like strong people. I wouldn’t necessarily say more than not strong people, I just like people like me. Yes that is me saying I am strong. I squatted 405# x 5 last Saturday, I think I can say that. To put myself in my own place I will also admit I have gained 30# since January and get winded walking up the stairs to my new apartment, and those 30# is not “good” weight. So now I am even.

 

 

If you have been doing CrossFit for any semi long period of time, say 6 months or more, you know there is an element to this that makes what we do into a sport. This competitive element of CrossFit has brought structure to the world that once revolved around near total randomness at most levels, even if most people who practiced it then deny it now. Similar to any sport that has a season and off season, CrossFit training is done best when broken into different parts of a season with difference focuses (foci? focusses? haberdashery?). You, all of you, follow a program that follows the ebb and flow of the seasons, regardless of your intent for doing CrossFit as your fitness program. This means whether you are here each day just to get more fit in an hour and leave CF behind after, or you live for CF and want to be the next Froning/Foucher/Camille and won’t stop until you are, you follow the same strength biased program.

 

This one thing, the ability to have all people performing the same written piece on any given day regardless of age, ability, health, or other whatnot, is possibly my favorite thing about CrossFit. No matter what I put up on that blog, 99% of the time all people reading it can perform it in one way or another. Scaling to meet fitness needs happens daily, as does scaling to meet injury requirements on occasion. I truly believe in this program, both CrossFit in general and my program that I have created over 6 years of wide ranging testing that has lead to immense data collection, retesting, throwing data out, testing more, smashing things that were tested, yelling, crying, quitting only to not quit and then cry, and eventually celebrating triumphs of many people due to the success of their hard work following this program.

 

This is a program made for all. Since this program asks that you lift heavy weight often, and this program is made for all, then  all should lift heavy weight. When I say heavy it is in a relative sense, that in itself being another beauty of CrossFit, this fact that heavy is relative to your current place. Anyone who has taken an intro class with me probably remembers me saying that they could put an empty bar on their track and if they can barely stand it up 1x then that 45# bar is heavy. Others might need a few hundred pounds on that bar to make it heavy. Either way, heavy is heavy, and heavy builds fitness.

 

How does it build fitness? I thought you never would ask. I certainly have had my share of friendly arguments questioning why the hell I demand a heavy barbell be in someone’s hands almost every day of the week, 52 per year. I believe in the power of power, this power being our ability to move weight over a distance very fast. This power that greatest many positive hormonal changes within us that give us results both tangible and intangible, all great and leading to a stronger, fitter, better life.

 

There are two groups to put crossfitters in these days. Competitor and non-competitor. I could give the sometimes cheesy argument (that I use all the time) that we are competing in here every single day regardless of intent, but won’t. The non-competitor makes up 90% of the population in most gyms which means that most people doing this death by fitness thing are doing it simply to get more fit. Sadly we often times define more fit as toned, ripped, svelte, able to run a lot, whatever doesn’t mean strong. I want people always lifting heavy because regardless of intent those many positive things mentioned above happen to us that are good in and out of competition.

 

How about the fact that increased muscle mass has been proven to burn more fat during a person’s resting state (assuming here that we are of the understanding that lifting heavy is how we build increased muscle mass the quickest). Also, it has been proven that lifting to failure at 70%, 80%, and 90% of the same lift (which would yield lower reps performed for each increase in percentage) has nearly the exact same energy expenditure (calories burned) at 1 hour after the exercise was performed. This energy expenditure is also a good amount higher than someone who hadn’t lifted heavy weight 1 hour earlier. This shows that the increase in intensity (weight lifted) leads to an increased metabolic response well after you stop working out! Just getting fit without even trying. That is success. Every damn time.

 

Let’s talk about adaptations beyond what we can see. Lifting weights creates what we call a neuromuscular adaptation, a combination of muscular and neurological change due to the stimulus we are asking our body to react to. Think of the olympic lifts. We are asking our body to lift heavy weight long distances which often times ends up out of our sight for a period to time, ending up in a stabilizing position that is slightly different every time. A movement like the Clean works our posterior, grip muscles, core, legs, and shoulders while also developing a great deal of coordination, balance, and agility as we teach our body to move these weights. It can be assumed (as it is true) that the heavier the weight we lift the more muscle we use AND the stronger neurological response we get. Therefore, heavy = good in many ways.

 

Muscles work by muscle fibers being prompted to move from things connected to them called motor units. These units move in a linear fashion all the time, every time, without question. The bigger the muscle fiber, the bigger the motor unit, the further back in line of firing it is. These larger units and the fibers they are connected to expend exponentially more energy than the ones before them due to their size and energy needed to put them in action. The only way to get them going is increase intensity to get further down the line of motor units. Not only are these high end motor units connected to the strongest muscle fibers in terms of power, but they are also the ones that are used for greater feats of balance, coordination, and other neuro skills built during intense weight training. Heavier the load, more muscles used which we know means more energy burned, and greater neurological response. Again, heavy = good in many ways, seen and unseen.

 

All of the above principles apply to all CrossFitters large or small and regardless of their desires for fitness beyond their hour a day. A select few actually want to do this and put themselves up against others in front of many and compete for various prizes and titles. These people we call competitors. As the sport grows so do they, in size and in number. If you are someone who wants to be a competitor, or already considers yourself one, you need to lift heavy all the time.

 

If the above reasons aren’t enough then let’s simply look at what you might face as a competitive CFer. If you look across any competitor program, whether it’s the comp program at another gym or a widely followed online program, you will find that one common thread is the level of intensity when it comes to weights required to be lifted. Heavy, heavy, and heavy. This is a direct reflection of what we see at the highest level of competition. I have long believed that the Games and more so Regionals are the reservoir that is released at the end of competition, the demands presented flowing down throughout the next season dictating what is required of competitors. Example I always point to 2011 and the evolution of the muscle up. This was probably the year where the most drastic change was made post Games season, taking a movement that was held in the highest of regard by all, most not even thinking of trying it for years and years. Being able to do a muscle up defined you as a competitor, as an elite competitor if you were a female. Teams with multiple muscle up athletes? Unheard of.  Then “Amanda” happened at Regionals, with barely any teams finishing, and suddenly everyone realized that this movement was not only no longer off limits but required for any level of competitive athlete. With each year of the Games comes a new level of what crazy shit competitors should expect to put their bodies through, and this ALWAYS means heavier weight. As the bar is raised, the athletes are required to meet it. The ones that do stay or become competitive, the ones that don’t are left behind.

 

Local competitions reflect what comes down from the reservoir whether we like it or not. Heavier weights are creeping into even the most low key of competitions, shown by almost every one having to differentiate between Scaled and RX either by having separate divisions or declaring only as one kind of comp. Also, I would say that 90% of the time a competition is going to have a max lift event. This means that lifting heavy rewards an athlete in such a test, their strength and acumen at performing a lift to possibly lift more than they ever have directly affecting their success at the end of the competition. An athlete who is not regularly lifting heavy weight and pushing themselves past their limits not only won’t be getting strong enough to move the weights asked in a competitive environment but they also won’t be able to perform in a max event with any level of success. Again, heavy = good and MUCH SUCCESS.

 

Bottom line is regardless of your goals and desires that drive you in your daily fitness, heavy lifting like we do most days will lead you to success in many ways. Don’t be fooled into thinking heavy lifting is for competitors only, or not for women, or going to hurt you, because all are simply not true. Keep working hard let the program work for you and you will achieve great things.

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Push Jerk

2-2-2-1-1-1…

 

– All reps with a 2 second pause in dip. Focus on correct posture and then aggressive turnover.

 

WOD: 20 Rounds
1 Snatch 135/95
5 Burpees

 

 

S: 75/55, 10 Rounds
L1: 115/75, 15 Rounds

 

Rx+: 175/125

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4xME HS walk 30s, right into ME HSPU (fs or wall, hardest able) 30s or 1 set, rest :60
2b: 4xME legless rope climb (no kip) 10′, in 1 minute, rest :90

 

3: Bench Press

5-5-5-3-3-3

Oct
18
By CFlando

Hurt or Injured? Maybe Take a Break!

Hurt or Injured? Maybe Take a Break!

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

The nature of what we do as every day people disguised as super spectacular freak athletes bent on building amazing super powers day in and day out means we might walk out of the box with a bump and/or bruise here and there. Sometimes it might be even worse than just some skin discoloration and actually be something that needs attention. This attention is important to give because letting our bumps and bruises turn into worse usually means time away from CrossFit Lando. Time away means no work on fitness, and no work on fitness means lots of tears and pizza, followed quickly by a meth addiction. Trust me, it’s that quick of a slide down the slope.

 

There is a different between being hurt and being injured. Hurt can be worked through to a degree, sometimes activity being the only thing that can make the bumps and bruises go away quickly. Soreness happens, as many of you must know by now. A certain part of the body might linger in sore and tight land for a day or two, but if it starts to get better each time you wake up then your hurt is just that of your body getting stronger through your work. Still, hurt needs attention such as mobility, foam roll love, or more extensive work like hired body work. We have great access to body work with Coach Kyle who is available for sessions as low as $20 at either CFL location.

 

Injury is a different story.  Injury is something that doesn’t just go away with some personal care. Injury is tough to diagnose but usually hinders your ability to perform movements or even every day functions. Injury can happen even if you take care of everything correctly. Sometimes it’s just only so many bullets in the gun and one more rep sends you over the edge into injury. If you are injured, pain that hinders yoga ability to move, then talk to your coaches before you make any decisions. Sometimes just extended time off (more than “just a few days”) is needed and you make your way back before needing to go to a doctor.

 

Hurt or injured shouldn’t be taken lightly. Both can lead to more severe debilitations that would cause us to lose significant time in the gym. Losing time means losing fitness. The easiest way to avoid something major is to listen to your body. Nobody knows you better than you. If you are jogging and your knee hurts so badly you can’t put pressure on it, maybe take that one off. If you can’t extend your arms for a week after a pull-up WOD, maybe it’s time to get some body work done before you get after it again. The power to avoid causing significant issues with our body is usually in our decision making. One day or even one week off can be the deciding factor to avoiding one month or even more off.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 150 Situps
-EMOM perform 1 Push-Up + Strict Burpee to Air Squat

 

Conditioning: 8m AMRAP
Burpees
– EMOM perform 1 Power Clean 135/95

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Thruster

2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD: 10M AMRAP

3 Squat Clean 155/105
6 Muscle Ups (Bar MU @ CP)
24 Double Unders

 

 

S: 95/65, 12 Jumping Pull-ups, 48 Singles
L1: 135/95, 12 CTB Pull-Ups

 

Rx+: 225/155

 

 

The Program
– Off day for CFF Comp people. Tuesday on if no soreness. Active recovery option for Monday is 30 minutes light row/airdyne (no running). Otherwise fully off.

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3, all heavy at least 80%+, then
2-2-2-2-2, 3110 Tempo, heavy
1-1-1-1-1, 10 second pause in bottom

 

 

3. CORE
8 TGU (each side) 70/53

Oct
17
By CFlando

Patriot Act

Patriot Act

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-v-dallas-cowboys

 

 

 

NO STRONGMAN CLASS. Good luck to all the CrossFit Lando Athletes competing at CrossFit Fenway Sunday at the Beantown Throwdown. Especially my staff Jack and Kyle who are competing on separate awesome teams. 

 

If you have never been to a competition, and especially if you are interested in the In House Throwdown, come watch your fellow Landos compete at CF Fenway! NO STRONGMAN CLASS

 

 

SUNDAY (NO STRONGMAN CLASS AT 11AM. 10AM CROSSFIT ONLY)

 

Strength : Max Complex

1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Push Jerk + 1 Split Jerk + 1 OHS + 1 Split Jerk

 

WOD: 14 Rounds
1 Thruster 135/95
2 Shuttle Sprints, 75′
3 Push-ups
4 Broad Jumps, 4′
5 Situps
immediately after 14th round perform:
5 Turkish getups (each side), 53/35

 

 

Oct
16
By CFlando

Partner Saturday

Partner Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only)

– Arrive at 8:20. Lifting starts at 8:45 SHARP (cheddar)

 

Strength : EMOM 20m (Will be every minute with 10s transition built in)
O: 1 Heavy Odd Object Carry
E: 4 Hang Clean + 1 Squat Snatch

 

 

WOD: In 10 minutes complete:
1-3-5, 5-3-1
Wall Climbs, Rope Climbs
– at 10 minutes perform the following until minute 20:
Run 600m
30 Thrusters 115/75*
Run 600m
-at 20 minutes perform for time:
30 HSPU
40 Situps
75′ HS Walk

*Every time bar is dropped perform 10 bar facing burpees

 

 

10am + 12pm (Woburn), 10am + 11am (Canal Park)

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD: 5 Rounds, Partner Style!! (Teams of 2, one person working at a time)
22 Pull-Ups
22 Overhead Squats 115/75
Row 220m (Each)
22 Lateral Burpees
Run 220m
2 High Fives

Oct
15
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning

 

Core : 10m AMRAP

10 Strict Toes to Bar or Highest Able
10 Russian Twists (each side) w/ MB
10 MB Situps

 

Conditioning : For Time
Row 250m
25 Air Squats
Row 500m
25 Air Squats
Row 750m
25 Air Squats
Row 1000m
25 Air Squats

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Squat Clean
Every 90s on the 90s perform 1 rep. Get Heavy. 12 attempts

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
15 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Box jumps 24/20 (full stand)
3 Power Snatch 135/95

 

 

S: Scale weight on WB so you can get to 10′ or closest to it, step ups for BJ, 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

 

Rx+: 175/115

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD at Rx+

 

 

2a: 4xME Squat Clean, 225/155, or 85% 1 RM if this is more than that, rest :60
2b: 4xME Bar MU, rest :60

 

 

3: 5m AMRAP
Legless Rope Climb
– 2 Pistol Broad Jump (each leg) after each rep

Oct
14
By CFlando

In – House Throwdown : November 21

In – House Throwdown : November 21

By CFlando Posted on

We are happy to announce that our 3rd Annual In-House Throwdown will happen on Saturday, November 21. This is the Saturday before Thanksgiving weekend and 2 weeks after the Southie Showdown so hopefully will work for the most people possible.

 

This will be an ALL LEVELS competition with divisions for Rx and multiple scaling options. This is a great time to get your first competition under your belt. This is exciting too because it is open to all members both Woburn and Canal Park and will be held at CrossFit Lando – Woburn.

 

More details will come as we get closer but plan for around 10am start and running until 1/2pm. Sign up will be $20 cash at the desk of either gym and recommend/appreciate doing so sooner than later so we can plan workouts, judges, food, etc!

 

Please feel free to ask questions to your coaches. Hopefully we will see you in November!!

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
4-4-4-2-2-2

 

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 KB Deadlift 53/35
9 Sumo Deadlift High Pull
6 KB Swings, overhead
– immediately after perform:
100 Double Unders

 

S/L1: Scale KB as needed, 200 Singles or 50 Double Unders/cap at 4:00

Rx+: 70/53

Oct
13
By CFlando

Calm After the Storm?

Calm After the Storm?

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-2

 

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3-3

– 1st rep normal, 2nd rep with 2 second pause JUST ABOVE PARALLEL ON WAY UP, 3rd rep normal

 

WOD : 7 Rounds
7 Front Squat 155/105
5 Ring Dips
3 Hang Power Clean

 

S: 95/65, banded dips
L1: 135/95, banded dips

 

Rx+: 185/135, Dip from MU

 

– When choosing your scale keep in mind that this WOD is a sprint. Your goal is to do everything as UB as possible as long as possible. Go for broke and if/when you break, take a step back, breath, and go go go again. 

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as Rx+

 

2: Deadlift
– For the following don’t focus as much on PRing the 1s as much as getting the work in from all the sets. If you approach this correctly you shouldn’t want to or be able to PR the 1s

 

a. 5-5-5, all @ 75% 1 rep max, rest as needed between sets
b. 3-3-3, all at 80-90% or higher of 1 rep max, increase as able, rest as needed between sets
c. 1-1-1, all at 95% or higher, rest as needed between sets

 

3. Airdyne Conditioning (CP or distance followed without Airdyne can use Rower)  : 6 minutes total + 3 minutes cool down + whatever recovery from death needed.

– TEST : 30 seconds sprint, take note of max average (2-3 seconds consistent) speed during peak output. 

Use that for all percentages for the following work. Note goal distances for each section (this is for Airdyne, Rowing not applicable in this numbers, just go fast like Ricky Bobby!).

 

Conditioning
a. 1:30 warmup to 80% effort (.30-.40 miles)
b. :30 @ 100% effort (.20-.30 miles)
c. 1:00 @ 60-70% recovery effort (no distance goal, just maintain effort)
d. :45 @ 100% effort (.25-.35 miles)
e. :30 @ 60-70% recovery effort
f. :30 @ 100% effort (.20-.35 miles)
g. :15 @ 60-70% recovery effort
h. 1:00 @ 100% effort (.35-.50)

 

3:00 cool down pedal, just keep moving

Oct
12
By CFlando

Mid Week Hero

Mid Week Hero

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

Reminder: October 24th is coming fast. Competitors who plan on following The Program or currently do, or are competitively minded but looking to get more into it, are as much as we can required to attend the Program Athlete Camp on the 24th. There will be a lot of education about how the Program works, the why, and a lot of technique and competitive edge work. 

 

You MUST register before and pay $30 cash at the desk to have a spot. This is going to be incredibly worth while and cover all you need to know to get better for this year. A special bonus is we will be covering a lot of specifics for the Southie competition a few weeks later.

 

Camp is open to ALL members at Woburn and CP who can Rx most movements and WODs.

 

Also, Congratulations to Ellie O’Sullivan, member at CrossFit Lando – Woburn, who took a podium place at the New England Finals weightlifting meet this past weekend!!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Special Hero WOD mid week to get us going. Focus, remember what this one is about. Read about “Forrest” below:

 

U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration Special Agent Forrest Nelson Leamon, 37, assigned to the Foreign-deployed Advisory and Support Team (FAST) Echo was killed October 26th, 2009, while on a counternarcotics mission in Western Afghanistan when the helicopter he was in crashed. He is survived by his wife Ana, his son Luke, his parents, Sue and Richard Leamon, and his sister Heather.

 

 

WOD : “Forrest”

3 Rounds
20 L Pull-Ups
30 Toes to Bar
40 Burpees
Run 800m

 

*40 Minute Time Cap

 

The Program

 

1. WOD as written

 

2a: 4×10 Strict HSPU, hardest able for at least 3 reps at a time in first sets, rest :60
2b: 4×5 TnG Power Snatch, heaviest able, rest :60

 

3a: 4×5 Bench Press, pause at chest for 3 seconds each rep, heaviest able, rest as needed for next…
3b: 4xME strict MU, Bar MU, wide grip CTB Pull-up (whatever able at least 1 rep), rest :60

 

4: 5×5 bent over row, floor to chest, heaviest able

Oct
11
By CFlando

Back At It

Back At It

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

Dexter is on vacation tomorrow, the rest of the week, and let’s be honest for the remainder of the week because this guy has never worked a day in his life and he looks to keep it that way. The rest of us, however, will be working tomorrow and both locations will be open for all classes as scheduled.

 

Come in and get fit!

 

Program Athlete Camp: October 24th is the first ever Program Athlete Camp at CrossFit Lando in Woburn. It will be held from 11am-5pm and is strangle encouraged/nearly mandatory for ALL competitors or competitively minded individuals at both Lando – Woburn and CP. Individuals should be able to Rx MOST movements (MUs, HS walking are exceptions) and weights (at least 75%+ WODs done as Rx or Rx+, be able to clean over BW, snatch BW, back squat at least 1.5x BW).

 

Camp is $30 and MUST be paid in cash before the event. If you are a competitor or desire to be one and have close to the credentials above PLEASE plan on being there. It will be incredibly worth your while. Also, if you are doing the Southie Showdown we will be using those WODs for analysis sessions and practice.

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning  (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 5 Rounds, capped at 12 minutes

5 (each side) Single Leg RDL holding KB, heaviest able with control and balance
5 Getup holding KB at chest (single arm OH for advanced scaled)
Knee to Elbow in Straight Arm Plank, 5 each side with 5 second hold, alternate sides each rep
5 Barbell Roll-Outs with 2 second hold at most extended position

 

Conditioning : 15m AMRAP
Row 300m
Run 300m
30 Russian KB Swings, 53/35
15 Broad Jumps 6/4′

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-3-3-2-2-2

 

-Use all written sets as warmup and work. SPLIT JERK to get over head.

 

 

WOD : EMOM 21m
1: ME Thrusters 135/105
2: Run 200m
3: Rest

 

S: 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

 

The Program

 

1. Overhead Squat
a. 5-5-5, all clean grip from front rack
b. 3-3-3, “normal” grip, pause 2 seconds in bottom each rep
c. 2-2-1-1, heaviest abble

 

2.  WOD @ 185/135

 

3. EMOM 20m
O: 75′ Stone carry (carry at lap/chest), heaviest able
E: 2 Stone Squat (each side), heaviest able, must start each side on floor

Oct
10
By CFlando

Sunday Special

Sunday Special

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

Monday holiday schedule is normal Monday. Come get fit at your usual time!!

 

Come on in for 10am class for a special Sunday guest appearance by EVERYONE’s favorite coach!

 

SUNDAY

 

WOD 1: 10m AMRAP
Run 800m, then with remaining time AMRAP
5 Deadlift 225/155
20 Situps

 

S: 135/95
L1: 185/135

 

rest 5 minutes then

 

WOD 2: 10m AMRAP
Row 1000m, then with remaining time AMRAP
5 Ring Dips
75′ Bear Crawl
1 Rope Climb, 15′

 

– Sub 5 Ring Rows for Rope Climbs

Oct
9
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown-1

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew  (Woburn) : Meet at 8:30, don’t be late

Work TBD

 

 

CrossFit (10am + 12pm Woburn/ 10am + 11am CP)

 

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5, all heavy after warmup with at least 2 sets, then
2-2-2-2, 5313 Tempo

 

WOD : Partner WOD : 5 Rounds, each round 3:00 with 1:00 after each round
3 sets of : 5 Power Snatch 115/80, 10 Walking Lunges, 4 Wall Climbs
then
AMRAP Burpee Pull-Ups with remainder of time

 

– Score is total Burpee Pull-Ups

 

Scale weight and wall climbs as needed. 

Oct
8
By CFlando

Sorry Im Not Sorry

Sorry Im Not Sorry

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-3

 

 

 

Got a little late celebrating my wonderful wife’s birthday tonight so I apologize for the lateness of the post…

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning  (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 10m AMRAP
5 P-Lette/Box shoot thrus (dip and push-up at each end)
10 Situps
15 Supermans

 

Conditioning : 2 Rounds For Time
50 Cal Row
rest :30
30 Cal Row, arms only with legs extended, can flex at spine
rest :30
30 Cal Row, legs only, arms extended
Rest :30
5 Wall Climbs

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Split Jerk

Find a 2 rep max

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
2 Muscle Ups
2 Bear Complex (Power Clean + Front Squat + STOH + Back Squat + STOH)  145/100

 

S: 5 Pull-Ups + 5 Ring Dips for 2 MUs, 75/55

L1: 5 CTB + 5 Ring Dips, 115/80

 

Rx+: + 1 Ring Dip per MU, 165/11

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 4 Rounds, each round for time, rest as needed up to 3:00 between rounds

25 GHD Situps
100′ HS Walk

 

3a: 5×150′ Front Rack KB Walk, 70/53, rest :60
3b: 5×1+5 Squat Snatch + OHS, 175/120, rest :60

Oct
7
By CFlando

Lift Heavy, Get Fit, Do it Often, Get REALLY Fit

Lift Heavy, Get Fit, Do it Often, Get REALLY Fit

By CFlando Posted on

 

Unknown-1

 

 

 

I see the beautiful thing about fitness is it is very straight forward. Test your body, fuel it the right way, see improvements. The consistency and depth of the improvements have many factors that go into it, but that is the basic formula.

 

Strength training and the right and wrong way to do it, a microcosm of the fitness debate in general, is very polarizing in terms of how “experts” view it. Here at CrossFit Lando I certainly push a strength biased program, both in terms of intensity driven strength sessions most classes as well as “heavier than normal” weights in WODs. I am a big believer in one thing and that is evidence. You can argue a lot about right and wrong in fitness, but you can’t argue a lot of test and results providing a decently clear answer. In the case of lifting weights I have learned that, amazingly, lifting weight makes you stronger! Also, if you want to get stronger than you are you have to lift more weight than you currently do.

 

There is a lot of that science stuff that could go into this explanation but I majored in Sociology so I didn’t have to do the science and the maths. However there is a simple way to understand why our body improves when put through a fitness routine. Think of it like a response to fight or flight situations. Let’s look at today’s back squat session. Think of it as some of you might already view heavy back squat sets, like a confrontation that you must fight to the bitter end to assure your survival. . To move that muscle you use a lot of energy made from the nutrients you consume. The response to this is what makes us more fit. Once you are done with your squats your body starts going about repairing itself so it is ready to survive the next altercation. Through growth hormone release and repairing of beat up muscle tissue our body responds to the work you put it through by making itself stronger, assuring that you survive the next time because you are even STRONGER than the first time. This is why using the same weight might feel easier which makes us use heavier weight, which leads to stronger rebuild and recovery, and the cycle keeps going.

 

The key here is you have to lift heavy weight to…lift heavy weight…for you. Heavy is relative to your strength and ability. This, I think, is where people get the wrong idea about lifting to improve your fitness. You don’t have to lift hundreds of pounds over bodyweight to immediately improve your fitness. Sure, you want to be stronger than everyone else your age then you need to lift A LOT of weight eventually, but if you are just looking to come in each day and get a bit more fit, just keep lifting what is heavy weight FOR YOU.

 

You want to get big huge muscles? Lift heavy very often multiple times a day. You want to just get a little more toned and generally more fit? Lift heavy weight every day. Those who say you don’t want to get “big” (ladies Im looking at you), the physical specimen things of beauty women you see that you say you don’t want to look like, they train for many hours per day many days a week. 1 hour 3-4 times will not get you “too” big, so just keep lifting. Squatting uses an incredible amount of muscle every rep. Through weight into the fold and we are talking a lot of energy burned. Using energy leads to burning fat off the body. 

 

So, lifting heavy weight relative to your body and ability leads to increased strength, desired muscle build, and less fat on the body.

 

I’m sold, but I also wrote the post.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-1-1-1-1

 

-All sets should be heavy. Work to a heavy single rep not focused on a PR but on total work. PRs are always nice though!

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
Run 200m
15 Burpees

 

 

The Program : Off

Oct
6
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

Unknown

 

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
2-2-2-2-2-2, rest exactly 2:30 between sets

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP
12 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand and MUST step down
9 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35
5 Single Arm Thruster (each side)

 

S: Step Ups, scaled KB

Rx+: 70/53, OHS for Thrusters

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

2. EMOM 20m
O: ME Squat Clean and Jerk 55/35 DB (1 UB Set), cannot thruster
E: Rest

Oct
5
By CFlando

Getting the Competitive Juices Flowing

Getting the Competitive Juices Flowing

By CFlando Posted on

The fall tends to be a time where a lot of competitions happen in the local area that serve as an unofficial gearing up season for the big time competition season that is the official Reebok CrossFit Games. In recent years big time events held separately from CF HQs quest to find the fittest have sprung up around the country that attract big time athletes, provide big time pay outs, and another step for serious competitors to take leading to, or along side, their journey to the CrossFit Games.

 

If you are new to CrossFit you might be wondering what in the hell I am talking about, so let’s educate a bit. CrossFit is a trademarked entity that is governed by CrossFit HQ. The methodology that is taught is held by this business that is HQ which provides people with education and the ability to spread the knowledge through affiliated boxes like CrossFit Lando. HQ also puts on the biggest worldwide CrossFit competition each year called the CrossFit Games. Now it starts in February/March with the Opens, an online qualifier of sorts that last 5 weeks and attracts over 200,000 people worldwide. This list is cut down to 20 men, 20 women, and 30 teams in each region (regions dictated by HQ) that then hold live, 3 day events called Regionals. From here 5 men, 5 women, and 5 teams from each Region advance to the Reebok CrossFit Games held over a week in Carson, CA. This past year saw Teenage groups, Masters groups, and all sorts of amazing things over the entire week that resembles a kind of festival atmosphere. Some of the hardest tickets to get in sports are tickets to the CrossFit Games.

 

Aside from what is now known as the CrossFit Season, there are many local competitions all around the country put on by individual boxes at all times of the year. These are put on by the boxes themselves and are great examples of the community aspect of CrossFit affiliates. They range in size from hundreds of athletes signed up, to 20-30 people and even In-House Throwdowns (we hold one every year in Woburn). While local comps go on all year as said before the fall has become a time of year where a lot of good, established ones happen in our area. Local competitions are a lot of fun and usually open to anyone, with many having both RX and Scaled divisions and announced standards and WODs well before the competition so you know what you are in for.

 

I strongly encourage you to take a shot at a local competition if you have ANY inclination to compete in CrossFit. Competition is at the heart of what CrossFit is about. No matter what your feelings on competing in life are, every single day you are in here competing in some way; against yourself, against the clock, against your previous self, against a friend (or frenemy), or a combination of all the above. Now, I know it is a a different story doing what you do here in the comfort and safety of your “home box” compared to at another place with people watching, but life is all about chances and new experiences. Almost every person who has ever asked for recommendations on whether they should do their first competition or not comes away thrilled that they did it. Regardless of your placing in the end it is an incredibly scary, fulfilling, confidence building experience to take that leap and come out better for it.

 

If competing at a serious level is something you are interested in and you have a solid base of fitness already, the first ever The Program Athlete Camp is happening at CFL – Woburn on October 24 from 11am-5pm. This will be an intensive 6 hours of lecture, training, technique work, and more lead by yours truly. If you are able to RX most movements (Muscle ups and Handstand Walk are exception) and most weights in WODs we do at CFL/CFL-CP (80-90% of workouts) and follow The Program competitor work each day you train, you should be at this camp. If I would be able to make it mandatory I would so consider it as mandatory as can be given the circumstances. I will be not only coaching you all but will be going in depth with how The Program works in terms of intent throughout the season and the differences between every day CrossFit and competing in the Sport of CrossFit.

 

If you want to compete but aren’t sure you are too serious about it and/or aren’t quite at the above level of fitness yet there are still a lot of great local competitions coming up. A great one that many Landos are doing is at CrossFit Southie in early November. They have an RX and Scaled division so literally EVERYONE can do it. There are many others coming up as well as an online weightlifting competition put on by CrossFit HQ coming up in November as well. Lastly, there will be the 3rd Annual Lando In House Throwdown, a competition open to Landos only that will be held sometime in the coming months. Details will be announced soon.

 

As always ask your coaches if you have any questions about the above. Let’s get going to Tuesday!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Snatch

EMOM 12m : 1 Power snatch +1 OHS with 3 second pause
– regardless of ability this can be done by all. If you struggle with these movements then use light weight and work on your mobility.
– If you are good at these then increase throughout and challenge yourself

WOD: Double Alternating Tabata

 

A: Pull-ups
B: STOH 165/110

C: Toes to Bar
D: Wall Ball 20/14

 

S: 75/55, jumping pull-ups, hanging knees to chest
L1: 135/95, scaled pull-ups, KTC or KTE

 

Rx+ : 185/125

 

– Tabata is :20 of work with :10 rest for 8 rounds of each movement. This WOD you start on Pull-Ups for :20, rest :10, then hit STOH for :20, rest :10, then back to Pull-Ups. Do that for 8 rounds then right into TTB and Wall Ball for same structure.

Use your rest and get in position for your work. Don’t waste time recording scores or transitioning!

– Score is highest score + lowest score through the 8 rounds for each movement, then those 4 scores added together for a total.

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD

 

2. 5m AMRAP
HS Walk 50′
1 FS HSPU or Attempt

 

3. Bench Press

5-5-5-3-3-3-2-2-2-2, all heavy

– hold ME hanging L Sit with chin over bar after each set

Oct
4
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Check back here tomorrow for words on the October 24 Athlete Camp and competition season. The answer is “Yes, you should do it”. 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

Core : Stacey’s Funhouse

 

Conditioning : 10m AMRAP
10 Air Squats
5 Burpees
10 Jumping Pull-ups
5 Burpees
10 Situps
5 Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Clean and Jerk, TnG off shoulders

Find a 1 rep max. Must TnG off shoudlers

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
7 Clean and Jerk (tng off shoulders) 135/95
7 Front Squat
40 Double Unders
20 Push-Ups (hand release)
7 Pistols (each side)

 

S: 75/55, 80 singles
L1: 95/65, 20 DUs

Rx+ : 155/105

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD (Rx+)

 

2. Low Bar Back Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

 

3. Row Sprints/Threshold Work
Row for 1 minute at 90% pace
– rest 2:00 then
4 Rounds of row @ above distance @ 100% effort, rest 1:1. Goal is never going above 1 minute in time.

 

4. 10 Turkish Getups (Each side), 70/53
– this should be hard and should take a while. If it’s fast you are using too light a weight.

Oct
3
By CFlando

Strongman This Sunday

Strongman This Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Come on in this Sunday at 11am at Woburn to get strong with Jack’s Strongman Class. Strongman classes are for all levels, men and women, and for anyone interested in getting a good workout, not just interested in being strong! (Obviously that tends to happen too). Come check it out!

 

SUNDAY

 

10am CrossFit (Woburn Only)

 

Strength : 6xME strict pull0ups, rest as needed between sets up to 2:00
– There is a 15 minute cap to this. The goal is strength building in the pull for pull-ups, TTB, etc .Use only an overhand grip (more on this tomorrow). Scale as needed to do at least 5+ in first set.

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP
Row 750m
75 Double Unders
AMRAP Thrusters 115/80

 

S: 150 Singles, 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+ : 165/115

 

Strongman (11am Woburn Only)

 

Strength : Good Morning
Work to a heavy set of 5, at least 5 sets

 

WOD : 100 Russian (eye level)
– EMOM perform 1 50′ carry, any object

Oct
2
By CFlando

Nice Little Saturday

Nice Little Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

Strongman Class is THIS Sunday with Jack!

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only) : Meet at 8:30. Don’t be late.

Strength : Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD :TBD

 

 

CrossFit (10am, 12pm @ Woburn; 10am, 11am @ Canal Park)

 

Strength : Press
Find a 5 rep max in 20 minutes

 

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
30 KB Swings 53/35
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
50 Double Unders
6 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20

 

– After last round Row 725 Meters

Oct
1
By CFlando

“J.J”

“J.J”

By CFlando Posted on
Hero_LCplJustinJWilson

U.S. Marine Lance Corporal Justin James “JJ” Wilson, 24, of Palm City, Florida, assigned to 3rd Battalion, 10th Marine Regiment, 2nd Marine Division, II Marine Expeditionary Force, based in Camp Lejeune, North Carolina, was killed on March 22, 2010, while supporting combat operations in Helmand province, Afghanistan. He is survived by his wife Hannah McVeigh, parents Lance and Frances, brother Christopher, and sister Jamie-Ella.

 

 

 

HERO FRIDAY

 

Strength : Hang Squat Clean

– This is going to be more of a 10-15 minute skill session than for max weight. You can get heavy if you want but work on your technique

 

Skill : Handstand Push-Ups

– learn deficit, kipping from different deficits, setup, all the basics and advanced knowledge for HSPUs

 

 

WOD: “J.J”
1-10 Squat Clean 185/135
10-1 Parallette HSPU/5″ Deficit HSPU

 

S: Ring Push-Ups (scale or regular), 95/65
L1: Scaled HSPU, 135/95

 

*There will be a 25 minute cap to this workout. It should be HARD. Hardest possible scale for both movements. If you are scaling the squat cleans down then you should be doing singles, doubles max.

 

 

The Program

1. Hang Clean Work
– Working from launch position, focus on position of contact and dropping quickly being firm in bottom position.

 

2. Spend 10 minutes working on HS Walk
– Lando peeps watch coaches demo on deficit HSPU, setup your position for WOD, then spend rest of time practicing HSPU until coach moves on

 

3. WOD @ 185/135 and at least 5″ deficit (parallettes might be hard to come by)

 

4a: 4x30s Yoke/Barbell static hold, 30 second hold @ 2x BW yoke/1.5x BW barbell, rest :60
4b: 4×7 ball ups (pull-up bar), rest :60
4c: 4×25 UB push-ups, hardest scale

 

5. 35 barbell walking lunges @ BW
– taken from floor, must power clean and jerk to back. EOM perform 2 Muscle Ups

Sep
30
By CFlando

Double WODski

Double WODski

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-3

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Core : 7 Minute AMRAP

10 Barbell Rollouts
10 Situps
10 Windshield Wipers w Bar

 

 

WOD 1: 7m AMRAP
2 Deadlift 225/155
12 Wall Ball 20/14

Rx+: 335/245

 

Rest 7m

 

WOD 2: For Time
25 Hang Squat Snatch 75/55
Run 400m

Sep
29
By CFlando

Strength Time

Strength Time

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-2

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength WOD : In 20-30 minutes find a max for the following:

 

5 Back Squat
1 Jerk
5 Hang Clean
5 Lunges
5 TnG Power Clean

 

– There is no time component and no set rest. The goal is to get intensity from how much weight you can lift. Rest can happen at any point just not with the bar on the floor. 

 

Conditioning : 5m AMRAP
30 Unbroken Double Unders

S: 60 Unbroken Single Unders
L1: 15 Unbroken Double Unders

 

Rx+ : 40 Unbroken Double Unders

 

– Score is total full sets completed. Must be unbroken. Start back at 0 if stopped for any reason.

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and Conditioning as written

 

2. EMOM 10m
O: 4 TnG Romanian Deadlift
E: 8 Strict TTB

 

3. Every 30 seconds for 12 sets
8 GHD Situps

Sep
28
By CFlando

WODify Cherry Picking?? You Wouldn’t Dare!!

WODify Cherry Picking?? You Wouldn’t Dare!!

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

There will be no 430pm class at Canal Park tomorrow, Tuesday September 29

 

Something is creeping into our community that I must say I am not the biggest fan of : Cherry Picking WODify. You all know what I am talking about, some more than others, and I will admit that I have been there before many a time. A workout doesn’t go so hot and you decide that putting your info into WODify isn’t tops on your list of things to do because you aren’t happy with your lift and/or WOD score. Or there’s the times where you actually are pretty happy with what went down and then you see that your wife actually lifted more than you, or your partner and GM beat you using the same weight as you in the WOD. Embarrassed and questioning why you are doing this you decide to skip the tracking system and head right to the 99 for 2 or 10 25 ounce beers, call your wife demanding your dog pick you up because you are too drunk to drive, and end up walking the .5 mile home only to call your wife again to pick you up because your legs are too sore to make it up the hill so you sit down and quietly sob to yourself while you wait for her to show up. 

 

Really though, I get it. The last thing you want to do is put your perceived sub-par work result up for the world to see. This, however, is not good. In fact it is bad. In fact it is terrible. Here is why.

 

The first and simplest reason is that WODify is important for tracking our fitness. It’s why we use WODify as our fancy pants WOD book. Regardless of your immediate goals and desires for why you come to CrossFit Lando, the long term, never ending reason is you want to improve your fitness. A huge part of that is tracking your progress or lack thereof. If the latter is happening then you have records that can show you why you aren’t improving how you want to be and we as coaches can help you make some changes. On the positive side is the far that even the most confident among us needs a pat on the back and a “Good Job!” every now and then to reinforce that yes, this pain and agony is in fact worth while, and more so that yes, it is working!

 

The other big reason why cherry picking WODify tracking is no good is a bit more ambiguous. I have said it a few times already in this post that I get it, I’ve been there. It’s tough to put yourself out there especially when you don’t perform how you wanted to or think you should, OR worse yet how you think OTHERS think you should. This last piece I am guessing is a main driver in why WODify has been so light in results the past few months. Let’s be honest here, we all see what others are doing in the gym and some of us care more than others what our perceived competition is doing. There is a competitive element to even the most beginner of classes in CrossFit as we are always competing against something, be it a person, a clock, a movement, whatever. So it is only natural that eventually we all start competing with each other. 

 

This is a good thing. Friendly or even not always so friendly competition within the community makes CrossFit different than other fitness platforms. Having someone, friend or foe, next to you that you want to beat or keep up with to a certain degree makes us get to places we never thought we could. Sometimes we win, sometimes we lose in definition, but ultimately what we are doing really is about so much more than just those numbers. It’s about breaking down barriers we all have created somewhere in our lives. It’s about putting ourselves out, vulnerable as all hell, every single day and coming out the other side better, stronger, and alive, even if barely so. CrossFit is so great because it works in getting us in better physical shape, but almost every person who sticks to the program for any period of time becomes a better, stronger mental individual. Whether you feel it or not, the hour you spend in CrossFit Lando Wu or CP changes you mentally just as much as it does physically.

 

You need to develop a bit of Fukkit. This is when we eventually stand there and just say “you know what, fukkit” to the things we used to care about, what others thought, what we thought others thought, and just started really GOING for it. I’ll never forget the first time I fell over snatching. I always worried about it happening. I used to lift at the Harvard Varsity weight room which was an interesting situation in terms of interpersonal dynamics. I was a coach meaning I had some status there among all the athletes, yet I had no idea what I was doing as I felt my way through the first steps of my CrossFit journey which left me looking like an idiot and often times in front of my players on the baseball team. One day when my team, the softball team, and half the hockey team were all lifting, I toppled backwards trying to squat snatch 135#, knocking over bars and weights and sending things crashing all over the place. Nightmare. Except it wasn’t. I got up, realized anyone who did look was already moving on, and decided I wanted to try again. That moment on I never cared what anyone thought about me in the gym, and I hold that fukkit feeling with me to this day.

 

Next time you want to skip putting your scores into WODify ask yourself : why not? And if you really can’t face the embarrassment you think it will bring you, then I guess you have some work to do to get so you are the one at the top of the board.

 

Trust me, no matter where you are, nobody really cares.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 13m AMRAP
21 Burpees
15 Thrusters 95/65
9 Muscle Ups/Bar Muscle Ups

 

S: 15 reps of each and jumping pull-ups
L1: 18 CTB pull-Ups for MU

 

Rx+ : Burpee to target 6″ above reach, 135/95 thrusters

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2a: 4×7-10 strict HSPU, rest :60…add deficit if able
2b: 4xME L-Sit Hold at top of extension (ring dip/p-lettes, etc), rest :60

 

3: Bench Press
5-5-5-5-5, heavy as able

Sep
27
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

20-tom-brady-2011-kentucky-derby-hat

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 10m AMRAP
30 second accumulated forearm plank
10 Situps
15 V- Ups

Conditioning : Row 2000m AFAP

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Deadlift
2-2-2-2-2-2

 

* Pause at the knees on the way up on both reps.

** Must lower both reps to the floor for them to count

 

WOD: 9 Min AMRAP

9 OHS 115/80

7 Hang Power Snatch

2 Rope Climbs (7 Strict CTB Pull-Ups @ CP)

– Run 75m after each round

 

S: 65/45, 5 Strict Regular Pull-Ups for 2 Rope Climbs
L1: 95/65, 1 Rope Climb at at least 10 feet

Rx+ : Rope climbs done “TnG” ( Feet 5″ from floor go back up for 2nd rep)

Sep
26
By CFlando

Go Pats

Go Pats

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY (10am @ Woburn)

 

Strength : Press
5-4-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 21-15-9

Push Press 115/80
Hang Power Clean
Deadlift
– 40 Double Unders after each round

 

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 135/95

Sep
25
By CFlando

Life is Coming At You, So Might As Well…

Life is Coming At You, So Might As Well…

By CFlando Posted on

Take life as it comes – one day at a time, and have fun doing it – Joe Perry

 

Something about Joe Perry and Aerosmith has always fascinated me. I grew up with a rock and roll Mom, one of the many things I love her for as it introduced me to music at a very young age. I was the kid in 4th grade when asked to write in his journal what is favorite songs were cited “99 Ways to Die” by Megadeath and promptly got a letter sent home to my parents asking if everything was OK. My mom has a particular love for Aerosmith so even though Im not a huge fan of them I feel closer to them than other classic rock bands. What has always fascinated me about Joe Perry is he is known as just an outrageous asshole. Like a really, really mean, bad, selfish, cosmically self centered person. I just never got how someone who is considered a god amongst men at their craft, who has literally never ending money, can possibly be such a prick. I understand having an ego, I mean how could you not when standing in front of hundreds of thousands of people at a time all worshipping you, but being a mean person, I dunno. I also am fascinated by brutal heroin addicts. So there’s that.

 

This quote couldn’t be any better for me right now. Life certainly is coming and it’s coming really fast. Since CrossFit Lando – Canal Park opened I have barely seen what the rest of the world looks like. Some of it is by choice, a lot of it is by necessity, regardless a lot of it is getting old or at least tiring. I’m sure a lot of you reading this are nodding your head and saying “no shit we can tell”. Honestly since I opened the first CrossFit Lando life has gotten a lot more serious. I’m starting to not like serious life.

 

We got through many ebbs and flows in life. It’s the way of nature just like tides. We get full and high on our horse with good fortune and happiness, then swiftly get drained out to what seems like an insurmountable ocean of difficulty. However, going back to my post about our own narrative from the other night, so much of how we handle what life gives us is about how we shape it. I have to say that I consider myself one of the luckier people on the planet. I have a wife who deals with my shit constantly, whether it be not being home ever or when I am being so anxious and stressed I can burst into tears any moment. I have a best friend and partner in Stacey who works just as hard as I do to help me build my dream and has been there for me since day 1. Jack, Flavio, and Kyle, and April are the best staff I could ask for, and how could I not consider myself lucky when I get to have my baby sister work for me and help me build my business? I am starting to see that despite the difficulties of life it’s just the way things ebb at certain times, but I am can control whether that is a high or a low.

 

I fear death more than anything. At times it consumes me. At I spend a lot of time thinking my life is over, but I think I’m starting to see that so much of it is yet to even start. One of the most basic things that life gives us is the passage of time. Can’t do anything about it so why fight it? Might as well just take it as it comes and use it to our advantage. If we know that time is going to pass then we can do what we want with it. Heck WE created how time is measured!

 

Wake up early one day this week, or maybe stay up WAYYY too late. Walk instead of drive, or maybe even run!! Hang out at the gym after class and talk with one of your fellow Landos, or hang out in the sunshine while you cool down while we still have time to do it. Whatever it is try to remember it’s just a high or a low, but no matter what we are in control of it.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn only): Meet at 8:30, work TBD

 

CrossFit (10am, 12pm @ Woburn; 10am, 11am @ CP)

WOD : 25m Partner AMRAP

Run 2 miles, done in alternating 200m intervals

then AMRAP
20 Overhead Squat 75/55
20 Power Snatch

Sep
24
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

pic

 

 

Friday we have a Hero WOD named “Coe”. We have a lot of new people, especially at CP, who might not have experienced a Hero WOD before. Hero WODs are named after men and women who have died serving the greater good, whether it be in the military, fire, police, EMT, or other first responder work. These WODs are meant to be done with something special in the tank. We might be tired, sore, beat up, in a bad mood, struggling with the movements, whatever it might be, but remember while you are doing it that there are people out there who have suffered from the loss of someone who dedicated their lives to helping us.

 

Let’s get after it.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 2 sets, resting 2:00 between set 1 and 2
Set: 10 Rounds, each round 10 seconds with 10 seconds rest
– AMRAP Hollow Rocks

immediately after 2nd set perform 50 supermans

 

Conditioning : For Time
– 5 Rounds
9 Deadlift 75/55
3 Lateral Burpees
6 Hang Clean 75/55
3 Bar Facing Burpees
3 STOH 75/55
3 Lateral Burpees

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Clean
Find a 1 rep max Clean (any)

 

WOD : “Coe”
10 Rounds
10 Thrusters 95/65
10 Ring Push-ups (clapping push-ups at CP as option)

 

S: 65/45, scaled push-ups
L1: 75/65, scaled Ring/Clapping Push-ups

 

No RX+

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2a: 5xME Hang Power Clean 205/145, rest :60
2b: 5xME Bench Press @ 245/135, rest :60

 

– Scale as needed, especially for bench, for 5+ in first set

 

3. 10m AMRAP for Quality

2 TGU + OHS , 70/53
12 GHD Situps
12 GHD Hip Extension

 

 

 

 

Sep
23
By CFlando

You Are Your Own Narrator

You Are Your Own Narrator

By CFlando Posted on

Talk to yourself the same way you want to be talked to by others.- Me

 

Carry that quote with you every minute of the day. Tomorrow and every day after. How do you think your world will change if you start interacting with the world in front and around you with a positive view? What the hell will happen if you don’t complain about every thing you face every second of the day? The most powerful thing we have and can seriously alter how we physically and mentally perform in Life-Sport we have absolute control over. Our personal narrative is what I am talking about and it is the most important thing we can learn to use in all our lives.

 

Let’s be honest, life sucks very often. Shit is real, and real is hard. Most of us are conditioned to be negative when life is challenging. I don’t know if it’s tied to the proliferation of social media, with the Tweets and the Instafaces and whatnot out there all the kids are using, but complaining has become almost a type of social unification. While it’s fun, funny, and sometimes cathartic, it is poisonous. Every negative comment that comes out of your mouth poisons your outlook on the world in front of you.

 

How many times have you hit a PR lift after staring at the bar, repeatedly telling yourself there is no chance you can lift it? I know there are a few smart asses out there saying “haha Lando I did once…”. Great, but I’m assuming most of you said “yeah, not so much.”. Now, how often have you looked at a lift confidently, telling yourself you will crush it, and done just that? I bet a hell of a lot more times than the former. Your narrative is contagious and lasting. If you color everything in a positive hue you will start to see and feel positively throughout your waking hours. The most important thing about this is YOU control it no matter what you are facing. NO MATTER WHAT! Ever wonder what is going through the head of that person who shows up for the 530am class smiling and with a spring in their step? I bet it’s positive as positive can be. Annoying as hell I’m sure, but it sure works.

 

This isn’t just another Lando had free time on his hands post. This is practice makes perfect time. Lifting buddies, friends, coaches, we all owe it to ourselves and each other to promote positive self-talk. If you can positively talk yourself through one of our worst WODs (or Stacey’s warmup) I think we all know there isn’t a thing out there in the real world that you can’t work your way through. The negativity will creep in in it’s usual spots. Ignore it and look at a different approach. Rather than bedtime being late leading to a sucky morning, think about how awesome it is to have a comfortable mattress or clean sheets. Rowing and burpees sure do suck, but rewarding yourself with long life, health, and a few celebration beers you earned doesn’t.

 

You control your narrative so let’s get it talking about the right things. Excuses stop here. We are all in it together.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : EMOM 12m
O : 3 Barbell Good Morning, heaviest able
E : 30s accumulated L sit hold (any way, any apparatus. Mix it up!)

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP, escalating wall ball each round by 5 reps
2 Wall Climbs
5 Wall Ball 20/14
2 Wall Climbs
10 Wall Ball
2 Wall Climbs
15 Wall Ball
…. continue this way for 8 minutes

 

Scale weight and wall climb height as needed

 

Rx+ : 30/20 wall ball

 

The Program : Off

Sep
22
By CFlando

Getting Conditioned

Getting Conditioned

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-3

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk
EMOM 15m
1-5, 2 Clean + 2 Jerk
rest 1 min
7-11, 1 Clean + 2 Jerk
rest 1 min
13-17, 1 Clean + 1 Jerk

 

WOD : For Time
Row 50 Cal
50 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
Row 50 Cal
50 Burpees

S: 30 Cal, 30 reps each
L1: 40 Cal, 40 reps each

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD as written.

 

Rest at least 30 minutes and get some nutrients in ya!!!

 

2. EMOM 10m
2 hardest pistols (each leg…weighted, OH, etc)
2 heavy deadlift

 

 

Sep
21
By CFlando

Food Tasting at Canal Park on Tuesday!

Food Tasting at Canal Park on Tuesday!

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

This Tuesday, September 22 there will be a food tasting at 4:30pm at CrossFit Lando – Canal Park. Paleo Power Meals/Fresh Meal Plan is a nation wide food delivery service that has local roots and is CrossFit born. They specialize in very tasty meals that are Paleo or Paleo friendly that are delivered right here to CrossFit Lando. CrossFit Lando Woburn has this service already and we are going to start it at CP soon. They have many different plans and sizes that can be tailored to your needs and likes. Come take a class and try out some delicious food. I can personally attest to the fact that they are very good, healthy, and fit all your needs of nutrition and convenience.

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-3-1-1-1-1

 

3s are regular tempo, 1s with 3 second pause at chest and 3 second pause at lock-out

 

Skill Work (pre-WOD) : Pull-Ups
– Time to learn or master that Kip

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
10 Hand Release Push-Ups
15 Pull-Ups
5 Ring Dips
7 Toes to Bar

 

Scaling : Scale movements as needed to move quickly throughout the entire 12 minutes

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2. Spend 10 minutes working on Handstand Walking

 

3a. 5xME Weighted Forearm Plank 45/35 on back, max 60s (try free standing if wall is easy), rest :60
3b. 5×10 Pull Max on Rower, Damper at 10/8, rest :60
3c. 5×10 Russian KB Swing, 106/88, rest :90

 

 

Sep
20
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

Take life on life’s terms – one day at a time. And have fun doing it. – Joe Perry

 

Take a minute today and think about what this means to you. It will be brought back later this week.

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core :
1: 6m AMRAP
Ring V Outs
– Every 90s perform 3 Burpees + 5 Supermans 

then

2: 4m AMRAP
Situps
– EMOM perform 5 jumping squats

 

Conditioning : 15m AMRAP
5 Push-ups
10 Jumping Pull-Ups
Row 15 Calories

 

CrossFit

Strength : High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-1-1-1-1

 

– All 1s are done with a 5 second pause in rock bottom. All sets are working sets. Warmup up to your first 3 and it should be at least 75% of 1 rm, then go from there.

 

WOD : For Time
10 Deadlift 225/155
20 Thruster 135/95 (@ CP bar must be brought to shoulders before drop or rep doesn’t count)
Run 200m
30 Squat Clean 135/95
Run 400m

 

S : 135/95, 65/45
L1: 185/135, 95/65

 

Rx+ : 225/155 hand release double overhand each rep, 155/105, 400m each run

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD rx+

 

2. EMOM 21m
1: ME Strict MU, 3-5 Strict CTB Pull-Ups if no MU
2: 2 Heavy Ass Push Jerk, TnG
3: 2 (each side) Heavy Ass stone squat (CP do 2 Low Bar + Good Morning), must take from floor for each side

Sep
19
By CFlando

Sunday : 10am CrossFit, 11am Strongman with Jack, CP Closed

Sunday : 10am CrossFit, 11am Strongman with Jack, CP Closed

By CFlando Posted on
pic

Big Saturday at CP

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

CrossFit 

 

Strength : Press
4-4-3-3-2-2

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
10 Toes to Bar
3 Broad Jump 6/4
10 Situps
5 Broad Jump 6/4
10 V – Ups
30 Double unders

 

Strongman (11am)

Come get strong with Jack using the Yoke, Sleds, Stones, and more cool stuff we can’t use in regular classes.

Sep
18
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

IMG_2120

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only) : Meet at 8:30

 

Strength : Front Squat
3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2

– 3s regular tempo, 2s 3313 tempo

 

 

WOD : For Time
50 Double Unders
50 Cal Row
25 Power Clean 115/80
50 Walking Lunges
50 Push-Ups
25 STOH 115/80
50 Toes to Bar
50 Double Unders

 

Post Work: tbd

 

CrossFit (10am + 12pm Woburn, 10am + 11am Woburn)

 

Strength : Front Squat
3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2 – 3/2

– 3s regular tempo, 2s 3313 tempo

 

Partner WOD : 15m AMRAP
75 Push-Up Buy In, then
– 15m AMRAP
5 Thruster 115/80
10 Power Clean
15 Walking Lunges
20 Ring Dips
50 Double Unders

 

S: 75/55, 100 Singles
L1 : 95/65, 30 Double Unders

 

Rx+ : 135/95

Sep
17
By CFlando

“BarManda”

“BarManda”

By CFlando Posted on

mickey-mouse-4

 

Come hang out at CrossFit Lando – Canal Park @ 7:30 for a little Barbells and Beers social. Bring a Paleo (or non) appetizer or snack, bring some beverages, or just bring yourselves. Members and non-members welcome. Come hang out!

(if going via GPS easier to go to 25 First Street)

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Strength : Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20-25 minutes

 

WOD: “BarManda”
9-7-5
Bar Muscle Ups
Squat Snatch 135/95

 

S: 27-21-15 Jumping Pull-ups, 75/55
L1: 18-15-10 Pull-Ups, 105/75

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2. Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3-3-3, all sets heavy

 

3a: 4xME OHS 155/105, rest :60
3b: 4xME Ring Dips, rest :60

 

– If you can do 15+ ring dips add a weight vest

Sep
16
By CFlando

The Good and The Bad

The Good and The Bad

By CFlando Posted on

Cherry_picking_med

 

One thing you don’t want to be called in a CrossFit gym : Cherry Picker. 

 

Both gyms, especially Canal Park, were noticeably quiet today when a long, conditioning WOD was posted. Tomorrow I am sure isn’t going to be anyone’s favorite either, BUT the way we get better, the way we truly change ourselves mentally and physically, is pushing our way through things we don’t want to do. Making yourself do something you specifically say you don’t want to is the most fulfilling thing you can do for yourself day to day.

 

THIS IS WHY CROSSFIT IS GREAT. You have the chance to give yourself monumental, lasting, possibly life changing fulfillment EVERY SINGLE DAY. The people you have leading you at these two gyms are some of the best in the business. THEY ARE YOUR COACHING STAFF FOR A REASON. I chose them because they are great at coaching, great at relating to people, and great at knowing exactly what this thing called CrossFit is all about. They truly get why people want to be there at 5:30 in the morning, or stay late at 8:30 PM on a Friday after a long ass week. It’s because this can change your life every single day.

 

You can do it, you just need to show up. Stacey, Jack, Flav, Kyle, and I are the people who will push you, lead you in the direction so you can take the steps to lasting, life long change.

 

These 5 are your coaches. This is your community. Embrace it. Embrace the change. Especially when you don’t want to.

 

 

And now for something completely different…

 

 

 

 

I share this video with you for a few reasons. For those uninitiated in the sport of weightlifting, this is the great Dmitry Klokov, recently retired Russian weightlifter who is considered one of the best lifters of the past decade, and up there with the greatest ever. He is insanely strong and loves to play it up a bit, a quick google scoring you absurd videos of him doing absurd complexes at weights most humans can’t even pick up in teams of 2.

 

The Good

I love this video also for it’s technical use, both good and bad. If you have been a member of our community for any amount of time you probably notice that I program not only in waves based on the volume and intensity of the work but also in terms of how we teach movements. I am a big proponent of the fact that when performing difficult physical tasks we can only handle small bits of information at a time, especially when we only get to practice for short periods of time. So the programming here will be done so we as coaches can focus you on not just certain movements but certain aspects of those movements, essentially building throughout the 6-10 week work cycle to reinforce your technique along with your work capacity.

 

We have been doing a lot of push presses and jerks in the past few weeks and the focus from us coaches has been on the technique and purpose of the dip (and drive) and how important that whole part of these movements is. Take a look at the video again and notice that (yes it is in slow motion) he pauses in the bottom of the dip for a few seconds. Some of you who have taken a class with me, or probably any coach at Lando, have probably been told to do pause dips in a push press or jerk. This is so you can self coach your positioning and learn to generate power out of that bottom position with your hips and not so much from bar whip (oscillation) and momentum. Look at Klokov in the video during that pause. Basically perfect positioning in terms of how we teach here at Lando.

 

Think about the cues we give you about the dip. Tighten the core, release the hips back so the tailbone tracks the heals, keep the chest up by getting tall through the sternum, push the knees out. At the bottom of the dip Klokov is in a perfect position as possible to generate power from his hips when he drives up but also has the bar still perfectly over his center. Keeping his chest up is allowing him to keep that bar moving straight up when he starts his drive. The pause dip is a great little drill to do for the push press and the jerks to reinforce these important technical points. If you find you are not in the position in the video when you pause, that maybe your hips are still tucked under you, knees forward, and/or your chest and elbows are down, you can correct yourself before you drive. Doing this will reinforce good habits and motor patterns and eventually help break the bad habits. WHAMMY! BAD HABITS SEE YOU LATER!

 

 

The (sort of) Bad

Now let me be the first to say that yes it is kind of horsesh*t for me to be sitting in my office as owner of two nobody CrossFit gyms pointing out flaws in one of the greatest lifters of our time on video. I also do notice that the video says “perfect jerk technique”. Let me say it that anyone who wants to troll me can #&$ @**&, I am using this purely to show how even great lifters can make mistakes and how doing the most good in the early parts of the lifts can make up for some smaller flaws at the end. If you have a number of flaws to correct then focus on each point in succession. It does no good to have a perfect catch position but a horsesh*t dip and drive, right?

 

Look again at the video and notice his split. This might be just one bad rep, and bad is relative, but notice how his front foot hits the floor a bit early in relation to his lock out. Again, a bit, and relatively bad compared to the usually perfect lifts he makes. Anyone else out there a short stepper?  This is because you like Klokov in this video engage your press too soon. We are talking a matter of milliseconds, but the instant you push up on the bar that bar is pushing you down. Wherever your feet are you are ending up in your split. We always cue to fully finish your drive and get the bar above your head before you engage your press therefore allowing for the best split position possible. Klokov presses a bit early, but unlike us he is freakishly strong and is able to just keep the bar moving up where as the rest of us would get crushed beneath it and pee and poop our pants and cry for our mommies and Dexter. OK just me. Basically see where the bar ends up in relation to his head. Normally we would like to see that no higher than the top of his head. From a technique standpoint this would not be ideal, but superior freakish overhead strength can fix a lot of things too. Since none of us have strength like Klokov we need to be perfect in all aspects of our technique.

 

Lift like Dmitry always, but in this video lift like him in the first part maybe not so much in the last part.

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Split Jerk

3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 3 Rounds

40 Wall Ball 20/14
– 3 Power Clean and Jerk 155/105 every time ball hits the floor (including finishing set) or is rested against the wall

 

S: 25 reps, highest able with WB, 75/55
L1: 9′ target, 135/95

 

Rx+: 40 reps, 30/24, 205/145

The Program : Off

 

 

Sep
15
By CFlando

A Long One

A Long One

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04802

 

 

 

Barbells and Beers : OK let’s see if I can get this post right and get EVERYTHING together at once! This Friday, September 18, at 7:30pm at CrossFit Lando – Canal Park will be the first of many CrossFit Lando community social events geared towards just getting to know each other in and out of the gym. Now that the Lando community is 2 awesome locations we have a lot of new people to welcome in as well as long time Landos with a new place to get to know!  We have an awesome community of people, incredibly diverse yet similarly driven towards improving lives through fitness. Let’s have some fun together as we start the weekend this Friday evening.

 

So in summary…

 

What : Barbells and Beers

When : Friday, September 18, 7:30pm, right after 6:30pm class

Who: All Landos and non-Landos alike. I really encourage Woburn Landos to try and make the trip and bring your awesome presence down to Cambridge and get to know some of your Cambridge brethren.

 

Bring: Anything you would like. There will be some adult and non adult beverages provided. Snacks and apps are encouraged, Paleo and non-Paleo alike, so make and bring anything you would like. Honestly bring something, don’t bring anything, whatever you want. Just bring yourselves and come ready to hang out and be social for a bit. No need to confirm just come on over!

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Core Work : 12m AMRAP

5 Barbell Roll Outs
10 V ups
15 Hollow Rocks
20 Knee to Elbow in Plank (straight arm)
10 Burps

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
Run 600m
25 KB Swings 53/35
– immediately after last round perform a single 400m run holding KB at side (Farmer’s Carry), alternating sides at turn around

 

S: 400m runs, 35/26 KB, 200m Farmer’s Carry
L1: 35/26 KB, 300m Farmer’s Carry

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

The Program

 

1. Core work and WOD as written

 

2. Speed Work
7 sets of 5 Front Squat @ 65% 1 rm
– rest exactly 30 seconds between sets

 

3. Core Work
75 GHD situps, every 25 reps perform 50 double unders including at finish

Sep
14
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 5 Rounds, each round 1:30 long with 1:00 rest after
3 Wall Climbs
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
15 SDLHP 70/53
AMRAP CTB Pull-Ups

 

– Score is total reps each round

 

S: scaled wall climb, step ups, 53/35 SDLHP, jumping pull-ups
L1: regular pull-ups

 

RX+: 30/24 BJ

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. 50 Ring Dips, wearing weight vest

 

3. 3:00 AMRAP : HS Walk

Sep
13
By CFlando

New Week Ahead

New Week Ahead

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04736

 

 

 

 

This Friday, September 18th we will be having a little social gathering at CF Lando Canal Park. “Barbells and Beers” will be a traveling social meet-up for our community once or twice a month, sometimes at one of our two locations, sometimes at a local establishment. Just a little hour or so to have a few casual beverages and maybe some snacks and a chance to get to know your fellow Landos especially people who train at the other location than you.

 

Bring your favorite paleo snack or beverage (adult or all ages). Some food and drink will be provided by yours truly. More later this week. Hopefully see you all Friday!

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 10 Minutes to accumulate a forearm plank hold. Rest as needed throughout but perform:

– 5 Burpees at 2:00
– 5 Burpees and 5 Air Squats at 5:00
– 5 Burpees, 5 Air Squats, and 5 Jumping Lunges at 8:00

 

Conditioning : For Time
7m AMRAP : Box Jumps 24/20
– EMOM perform 5 Push-Ups + 5 Pull-Ups (scale to be able to do 5 easily)

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2-1-1-1

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
3 Deadlift 185/135
6 Barbell Facing Burpees
3 Front Squat (taken from floor, can squat clean)

 

S: 95/65
L1: 135/95

Rx+: 205/150

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD as written (Rx+)

 

2. EMOM 15m : Power Clean
2 Reps, hold catch position for 1 full second. The purpose is to focus on staying in control/contact with the bar throughout the lift.

 

3. CORE
10 Turkish Getups (each side), heaviest able
– 1 OHS after each rep

 

 

Sep
12
By CFlando

Sunday : 10am Only at Woburn

Sunday : 10am Only at Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Hang Power Clean

2-2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : 75 Toes to Bar
– Every 75 seconds perform 1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean

Sep
11
By CFlando

New Saturday Schedule in Woburn

New Saturday Schedule in Woburn

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04559

 

 

 

Reminder : 1pm class is now 12pm in Woburn. All other class times are same at both locations. Come get fit on a great Saturday !!

 

First Barbells and Beers social will be held at nCrossFit Lando – Canal Park at 730pm on Friday 9/18

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

Strength
a: 5×3 Strict Press, rest :60
b: 5×3 DB Squat Snatch, heaviest able (each side), rest :60
c: 5×5 Burpee Box Jump @ highest able with rebound, rest as needed

 

WOD : 100 Toes to Bar for Time
– Every 70 Seconds perform 1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean @ 75% 1 rm BEST CLEAN

 

Extra Work (done after, stay out of way of 10am): Back Squat, 5-5-5-5-5

 

 

CrossFit (10am/12pm Woburn, 10am/11am CP)

 

Strength : Back Squat (any)
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD: 20m AMRAP
15 KB Swings 53/35
15 Push-Ups
15 Sit Ups
1 Squat Clean, athlete choice heavy weight

Sep
10
By CFlando

Patriot’s Day

Patriot’s Day

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 21-18-15-12-9-6-3
Situps
Supermans
Hollow Rocks
Banded Good Morning (green or blue)

 

Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Row 750m
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength 1: Snatch
After 5 minute warmup find a 1 rep max in 10 minutes
immediately after

 

 

Strength 2: Clean and Jerk
After 5 minute warmup find a 1 rep max in 10 minutes

 

 

WOD : 5m AMRAP

 

3 Muscle Ups (3 Bar MUs @ CP)
1 Deadlift 225/155

 

 

S: 5 Pull-Ups, 135/95
L1 : 5 CTB Pull-Ups, 185/135

Rx+: 335/225

Rush Hour (CP Only)
5m AMRAP
3 Bar MU/5 Pull-Ups
1 Deadlift 225/155

Rest 5 minutes

5m AMRAP
5 Lateral Burpees Over Bar
5 Hang Squat Clean 135/95

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD (Rx+)

 

2. Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

3a: 4×5 RDL, rest :60
3b: 4×10 Strict TTB, rest :60

Sep
9
By CFlando

New Schedule (Woburn Only)

New Schedule (Woburn Only)

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04780

 

Starting immediately we are making some minor changes to the schedule in Woburn. First of all we are moving the 1pm class on Saturday to 12pm. Sunday will now only be a 10am class. 11am will be Strongman every other week like it currently is, but there will be no 11am CrossFit on the alternating weeks. Below is a summary:

 

Schedule Changes (Woburn Only)

 

Saturday: No 11am Intro, 1pm moved to 12pm

Sunday : Only 10am every week. 11am Strongman only every other week, starting first Sunday each month.

 

Thank you!

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
35 Wall Ball 20/14
Run 400m

 

 

The Program : Off

Sep
8
By CFlando

Taking Action : The Magic in the Ideas of Life

Taking Action : The Magic in the Ideas of Life

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05103

 

 

Who here likes to come up with ideas?

 

I know I do, or at least I did. I was such an idea man. Literally sat around endlessly listening to The Pixies and The Silversun Pickups just thinking of  “things” and “stuff”. Usually my ideas never made it past this stage or languished in the next stage, “tangible hint”.

 

Peanut Butter in little pouches. I thought of it my first year of college. The idea for the Pirates of the Caribbean and first 50 pages of the screenplay? High school Sophomore. I’m very sure that I came up with the idea for Xbox One but I don’t have as much evidence as the other two. Which is also 0.

 

You know what the difference between me now and Justin of Justin’s Almond Butter, or me and Johnny Depp, or me and Bill Gates? A shit-ton of money. Why? Because they all had ideas and made moves on them. I was stuck in my college dorm mentality of getting blitzed and coming up with ground breaking ideas while eating pizza and watching Family Guy. I had the best notebook ever that I just recently lost that was for my friends and I to write down all our thoughts during these sessions a decade ago. Talk about ideas…

 

Idea is nothing more than a 4 letter word if there isn’t action. Here in the gym we are full of ideas, plans, and goals. We all want the big squat, the new “Fran” time, the qualifying score for Regionals, the 10# lost, you name it we want it. The problem is that goals are achieved, ideas seen to fruition, in here just like the rest of the world : through planning and action, often long term and repeated.

 

No PRs ever happened by talking about them.

 

I never heard of someone losing 20# because they thought about how awesome the macro breakdown they got was.

 

Last time I checked all the athletes that qualified for Regionals and the Games did so by getting a plan and sticking to it for a year if not years.

 

The fall is the time for many people to start complaining about the loss of summer. I encourage you to turn that negativity around and develop a plan of action to reach a short term and a long term goal. Use this time to kick start your fitness and get moving towards goals that will launch you into 2016.

 

Action = Much Success

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Clean + Lunge Complex
– 1 Hang Squat Clean + 2 Front Rack Lunge + 1 Hang Squat Clean, find a max

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
Thruster 135/95

– Every time bar is dropped/thruster is broken (resting on back means broken) perform 10 double unders

 

S : 75/55, 15 single unders
L1: 115/75, 10 DUs counting attempts

 

Rx+: 145/100

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2. EMOM 12m : 3 Sumo Deadlift, heavy but no break in acceleration up

 

3a: 5×3 High Bar Back Squat, rest :60
3b: 5×5 Box jump, highest able within 1 minute, rest :60

Sep
7
By CFlando

The Program Athlete Camp : October 10th

The Program Athlete Camp : October 10th

By CFlando Posted on

historical-photos-pt5-arnold-schwarzenegger

 

 

I am very pleased to announce the first ever The Program Athlete Camp at CrossFit Lando – Woburn on Saturday, October 10th and possibly Sunday, October 11th if needed. Cost will be $30 for the full weekend and can be paid in cash when you sign up. If you plan on following The Program and/or consider yourself a competitor in the Lando community, consider this weekend Camp as mandatory as mandatory can be in this type of situation. I obviously cannot hold you to anything like that and will not hold it against anyone who doesn’t attend, however there will be a great deal if information given that otherwise will never be covered in a Lando class or blog posts, as well as technique work that will only be for a competitive athlete and therefore only covered in this Camp.

 

This will be a very intense 4-6 hours (each day if 2 days) that will cover many aspects of the sport of CrossFit and how we train for it in The Program. This is a dual purpose camp that will be equal parts training and education. The Program, for those newbies out there who might not know, is the competitor program that I created  about 4 years ago and has been the competitor program at CrossFit Lando since we opened.

 

I am very proud and excited about this camp as I never thought it would be something we could pull off when I made the first post 4 years ago, let alone have multiple individual athletes and teams have success at the highest levels of CrossFit, weightlifting, and GRID over the years.  I am most proud of the success so many of you here in the Lando community have had through your hard work following The Program, especially qualifying a team for the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Regionals.

 

 

What is the purpose/goal of the Camp?

The First Annual The Program Athlete Camp is meant to kick off the training season for anyone who is seriously interested in competing in CrossFit. This isn’t necessarily saying you should be competitive, as in might make Regionals this year, but you should be interested in competing in some fashion especially the 2016 Open. This 4-6 hours will have lifting, WODs, and analysis of all of the work you will be doing in a competitive sense. There will be a lot of work done so you should be very prepared, both in terms of your rest days that week (think of it more in terms of a competition than just another day of work) and food/fuel. More on this will be posted as we get closer, especially if there will be a 2nd day. 

 

From an educational standpoint, I will be teaching the inner workings of my programming and the what, why, and how for how each day and week is created that when put together is a full training cycle. I will be teaching the specific technique differences between “Regular” CrossFit and “Competitive” CrossFit, and teaching you how to identify the right time to employ each. Probably most importantly, I will be detailing as specifically as possible what it means to truly be competitive in this sport and what it takes from a work ethic standpoint to get to the highest levels. I will also be teaching you how to add in your own weakness programming needs and when to do so when we get closer to January.

 

Who can attend?

Unfortunately there will be a strict guideline for who can and cannot attend. Please understand that if I could I would have everyone who wants to train as a competitor at some point in their CrossFit lives attend, but for quality purposes for the people who truly can get something out of the camp that simply isn’t how it will be. The intent of this camp is for education and development of people who are already of competitive mindset and ability and will use this to kick into gear for the 2015-2016 season. If you don’t’ meet the requirements to attend camp you won’t get anything from attending as you will be too far behind physically. That is not to discriminate but just to be sure that people don’t show up and have a bad experience. That would be my biggest fear.

 

Below are the general requirements for attending.

 

– You must be able to Rx+ 90% of weights and WODs in general at CrossFit Lando (Canal Park included) to be allowed to attend.

 

– All movements in the gymnastics and conditioning realm must be able to be done Rx+ with the exception of Muscle Ups and Handstand Walking. Every other movement in these two categories must be able to be done without scaling IN WODs (big difference between being able to do a CTB pull-up and doing them in a WOD). The ability to do muscle ups and HS walks, while not required, must be close with some sort of understanding about how to work on the movements. Strict does not count in terms of “able to do” muscle ups. You would not do them strict in a WOD.

 

– If you regularly attend Early Crew on Saturdays in Woburn and are able to hang even though you scale then you are allowed to attend. 

 

If you just fall short of any of these requirements, especially the weight, please contact me immediately. I will be the sole coach creating, planning, and running this camp as the other coaches (Stacey, Flav, Jack, Kyle, Sarah) will be attending the Camp as athletes to learn and get better. You are more than welcome to ask them questions leading up to Camp for general info but decisions based on ability to attend will run through me. If you have any questions PLEASE contact me ASAP. I am much nicer than you all think.

 

As we get closer there will be more information about Camp. Until then please ask questions for whatever you might have on your mind including whether you can attend or not. I will be honest both with whether you can and also my assessment of if you can’t then what you need to work on and how. This is open to any Lando Woburn member or Lando Canal Park member who meets the requirements. 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
10 Burpees
15 Handstand Push-ups
2 Rope Climbs, 15′
10 Pistols (alternating)

 

S: 15 Push-ups, 7 Strict Pull-Ups (RC), scaled pistols
L1 : 15 Scaled HSPU, 1 Rope Climb, scaled pistols

 

Rx+ : 2 Legless Rope Climbs – 10′

 

The Program

 

1. Strength and WOD Rx+

 

2a: 4×5 DB Snatch (each side), heavier than last week, rest :60
2b: 4×3-5 Hang Power Clean 225/155, rest :60

 

3. Thruster
1-1-1-1-1-1-1, 3 second pause in bottom

Sep
6
By CFlando

Monday : Woburn 12pm only, Canal Park Closed

Monday : Woburn 12pm only, Canal Park Closed

By CFlando Posted on

MONDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Back Squat (From floor) 185/135
Toes to Bar
– immediately after last round run 400m AFAP

 

S: 75/55, Knee to Waist
L1: 135/95, Knee to Elbows

 

Rx+: 205/150

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD (rx+)

 

2. Threshold
50 Burpees wearing 20/10# vest

rest 1:1

30 Clean and Jerk 135/95 wearing 20/10# vest

 

3. Find a max Yoke Carry 50′, 5-6 attempts

Sep
5
By CFlando

Rest of Weekend Schedule

Rest of Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

11986997_10100384320121289_4769406341027529101_n

 

 

Congratulations to my great friend Chris Navis and his fiancee Nicole getting married Sunday. Can’t wait to be part of the festivities!

 

Sunday : 10am only at Woburn, Canal Park Closed

Monday : 12pm only at Woburn, Canal Park Closed

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
12 Power Clean 135/95
12 STOH
12 Walking Lunges
12 Cal Row, damper at 10/8

Sep
4
By CFlando

Weekend Schedule

Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

historical-photos-pt5-arnold-schwarzenegger

 

Announcement : The first ever CrossFit Lando/The Program Athlete Camp will be held on Saturday, October 10. This is a very specific camp that is for Rx/Rx+ athletes only with serious intentions on competing in the 2015/2016 Season. More information will be announced on Monday night. Please save the date if you are interested and meet the criteria and please SAVE QUESTIONS for after Monday night.

 

Below is the schedule for the entire CrossFit Lando Community for Labor Day Weekend:

 

 

SATURDAY : Regular Schedule (both locations)

 

SUNDAY: Woburn 10am ONLY, Canal Park CLOSED

 

MONDAY: Woburn 12pm ONLY, Canal Park CLOSED

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only) :  Meet at 8:30

 

1. Clean
EMOM 10m : 2 TnG Reps
then EMOM 5m : 1 Heavy Rep

 

2. WOD : For Time
100 Double Unders
100m Farmers Carry 70/53 (each hand)…4x down and back in gym
25 Squat Snatch 135/95
50 Pushups
25 Front Squat
50 Bar Facing Burpees
100m Farmers Walk
100 Wall Ball 20/14

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5, then 1-1-1-1 with 3312 Tempo

 

10am (Woburn + CP), 11am (CP only), 1pm (Woburn only)

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

Partner WOD : For Time
100 Double Unders
100 KB Swing 53/35
100 Situps
100 Pushups
100 Wall Ball 20/14
100 Burpees

Sep
3
By CFlando

You Can’t Out Train a Bad Diet, And Fish Oil Isn’t Gross : Part 1 of Nutrition for Dummies Like Lando

You Can’t Out Train a Bad Diet, And Fish Oil Isn’t Gross : Part 1 of Nutrition for Dummies Like Lando

By CFlando Posted on

51f9899592b9e8ae3962b464516c30fa

 

 

 

I haven’t written anything about nutrition in a while and since we have a lot of new people who have joined our awesome community I decided it might be time to do so. This will be the first in a series of posts over the next month that will cover everything you need to know about nutrition, health, and wellness. I encourage ALL Landos to be reading these and all blog posts that are put up as even the most experienced and knowledgeable veteran can pick up nuggets of information from a topic they might already know about, and it’s proven that osmosis happens from staring at a computer screen. Also, the health and wellness industry is always changing, so something you might have “known” a year or two ago could be completely different now with new research and information.

 

Food might be the most polarizing thing we encounter in our daily lives. It can bring great comfort, happiness, and fulfillment, while bringing us together for holidays, events, or just good Friday nights. However it can also be a source of great pain, internal strife, and a lot of regret. It is a daily necessity to our lives that we absolutely cannot go without, but when handled the wrong way can cause some serious issues, both physical and mental. I mean think about it, how many other things do we rely on so greatly, that can both power us into incredible examples of health and wellness, but also create serious health issues that can contribute to our early death, than food?

 

The Basics : Food as Fuel

Now that we have taken a real serious turn I want to take it back a few steps and just introduce a few pillars of nutrition that can be easily applied to a fitness enthusiast’s daily life. The first of these being that we need to start thinking of food as fuel rather than food as, well anything but. Back in the day, and I mean like wayyy back to the day of beating our food to death with clubs, food was literally the main focus of our existence. Where we lived, who we lived with, everything we did centered around how and where we could get our next meal. It was fuel to keep us alive. Granted we now have some awesome technology and knowledge about what we can do to food to make it more enjoyable than just ripping flesh off a bone and mowing down on it, but a lot of our issues with food come from the mentality that it must be more to us than just something to keep us going. Why not change that mentality to just 10-20% of the time, the rest of the time it’s just fuel?

 

If you are struggling with your nutrition a good place to start is with the mentality of food as fuel. To do what we want to do here at CrossFit Lando, which is be amazing fitness machines preparing to conquer the world and defeat the NFL in any witch hunt they throw at us FREE BRADY..…sorry I was just staring at a picture of Tom Brady aka the most amazing man in the world who I wish would be my husband, or wife, or whatever he wants or wants me to be or wants to be to me just give me a chance Tom please… 

 

To do what we want to do here we need to be fueled properly. While the hard work happens during the hour or so we spend in the gym each day, where most of our goals are achieved is in the time before and after with what we put into our bodies. For now let’s focus on the basics. If we want to think of food as fuel then we need to make sure that 90% of what we put into our body is clean.  No one will ever accuse me of being the best eater in the world, but all I am promoting is putting things into your body that are efficient for your body to use. This means no gluten (protein found in grains and other things) little to no dairy, no preservatives and artificial anything, little to no added sugar, and absolutely no added sugar. Yeah sugar sucks so bad it gets 2 mentions. Sugar sucks. Deal with it.

 

Why is this important? All of these things mentioned above cause inflammation in your body, especially gluten. Think about the soreness and swelling you might feel the day after a kick ass workout here at Lando. Now imagine how much of that is being aided by the inflammatory agents you are ingesting! So your recovery is being greatly hindered by your nutrition if you are constantly bombarding your insides with food that it isn’t made to take. If you are tired of waking up and feeling like you can barely get yourself out of bed due to soreness from 3 days before maybe it’s time to take a look at your nutrition, as it is not uncommon for people who eat a 100% clean diet to not feel soreness at all even if after 7 days in a row of training. On top of inflammation, excess/processed sugar is proven to contribute to the development of cancerous cells, type II diabetes, hypertension, and a myriad of other illnesses both short and long term. Also, excess sugar in our bloodstream is what is stored as body fat! 

 

So now that we are all scared of eating, what next? Well we can start with…how to start. Absolutely the hardest thing with starting and maintaining a new way of eating is preparation. It is too easy when we don’t have food ready and available to grab something that is quick, and quick is often times not clean or healthy at all. This means a lot of cooking at home to make sure you are prepared. The definition of clean eating could look something like this : eat meat, poultry, fish, vegetables, some fruit, some nuts and seeds, no added sugar, no processed food. Think about what this would look like in a trip to the grocery store? Pretty much sticking to the outside ring and away from the aisles in the middle. If it is in a box or sealed bag and able to be on a shelf for weeks or months, NOT CLEAN! For those non-cooks out there who eat out for almost every  meal, just stick to the same plan when ordering food. You would be surprised with how clean you can be at almost any restaurant. Just beware of sauces, toppings, dressings, etc. as they are usually made to taste really good with things that are very bad.

 

Lastly, the most important part of this is to take it all in stride. The 90% rule I mentioned above is a good one to live by, but also has to be done in a weekly format, not daily. Few people are able to be completely, 100% clean, especially if they are transitioning from a not so clean method before. Everyone needs a cheat meal here and there. My cheat meals are epic. But where we can get in trouble is cheat meals turning into cheat days, or weekends, and then it’s more like 90% bad 10% clean. Try to keep the mentality that if 90% of what you put in your body is good, quality fuel, then you are in a good place! 

 

Of course if any of this doesn’t make sense or you have more questions on it feel free to ask any of your coaches. We also have a great nutritionist on staff, Sarah Landes, who can analyze a food journal for very little cost that can give you literally life altering guidance on your nutrition.  If you want more than just a food journal analysis you can have a sit down meeting with her and develop a meal plan based on your goals. Sarah is certified many ways in nutrition and has competed at the highest levels of both Figure/Bodybuilding and now CrossFit, the latter of which she considers a much healthier, happier point in her life.

 

Now that you are armed with some fresh new perspective, take the weekend to develop your knowledge on nutrition and how you can apply it to what you are trying to get out of your time at CrossFit Lando. Next week we will talk more in depth on how macro nutrients work and how we can supplement out nutrition to really reach our health and wellness goals.

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (WOBURN): landos funhouse

 

CrossFit

Strength : Split Jerk

2-2-2-1-1-1-1

 

– Your goal is to find a new PR 1 rep max

 

WOD :  3 Rounds, each movement station done for 1:30 continuously moving clock. Score is Total Reps
Muscle Ups (Bar MU CP)
Overhead Squat 115/80
Handstand Walk (Distance)
Rest

 

S : Jumping Pull-Ups, 65/45, Forearm Plank Shoulder Touches
L1 : Pull-Ups, 95/65, HS Hold Shoulder Touches

– Shoulder touches are scored 1 rep for every 5 touches.

Rx+ : 135/95

 

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD as written

 

2. Snatch Work
EMOM 8m : 2 TnG Power Snatch, medium-heavy
then EMOM 4m : 1 Heavy Power Snatch

 

3a: 6×1 Snatch Sotts Press + Stand, rest :60
3b: 6×3 Burpee + Legless Rope Climb, rest :60

Sep
2
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05032

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
5 Ring Dips
5 Snatch Balance 75/55
5 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)

 

L1 : 65/45, 24/20

 

Rx+ : , Muscle Up to Dip (Bar MU to Bar Dip @ CP), 95/65

 

The Program : Off

 

 

Sep
1
By CFlando

The Clean : It’s A Foot Thing, or a Knee Thing, or a Heart Attack!!….

The Clean : It’s A Foot Thing, or a Knee Thing, or a Heart Attack!!….

By CFlando Posted on

majorleauge_brown

 

 

Let’s talk weightlifting. Whether you are new or veteran in our community let’s take a good look at the Clean. For the newbies the video below is of Jon North, one of the best weightlifters in the country and a dear friend of mine. This video is from the American Open in 2014, one of the premier events in the sport of weightlifting in our country. He is the master of the way I teach weightlifting, and in turn the way all our coaches teach weightlifting at Lando(s), known as the Catapult method. Since he is the master I figured why not show a video of him performing a great example of it for all of us to learn?

 

 

 

 

Why again am I having you watch this video? Well first of all it’s mesmerizing. The 51 seconds of slow motion somehow takes up 51 minutes of my day when all is said and done because I just mindlessly hit replay to watch the perfection over, and over, and over. I also somehow end up with no pants on. Another reason why I shared it is we are performing the squat clean in class today during the WOD and it’s supposed to be heavvvvvyyyy. The purpose of the cleans in this structure is to perform heavy lifts when fatigued, teaching through force (and sometimes beatings) how to just get your thoughts and GO. We can’t always think through what we have to do yet still have to perform at a high level. Thinking also cripples even the strongest of beings. I also like to throw high skill movements (HSPU and pistols for example) with heavy lifts to really just F the mind up. The requirement of concentration to move the body through space for these tough movements mixed in with the requirement to move a heavy load with our body and manipulate our body to it provides an amazing neuromuscular response in a relatively short amount of time. In other words, we expend a lot of energy (burn fat), get huge (build muscle), and get smarter (Einstein cleaned 2x BW) all in like 15 minutes!

 

OK I lied about the smarter part. Anyways….

 

The last part about weightlifting is really important : manipulate our body to it, the it in this case being a barbell. In weightlifting we are ultimately trying to move a bar loaded with a relative metric s**t-ton of weight on it just enough so we can move out body in position to lift it better. For the clean  we want to move a bar from the ground to our shoulders and eventually or immediately into a full standing position. When we are talking about 400+ pounds like the video above we aren’t talking about pulling with our arms or back to get that thing up there. We need to squat that bad boy up there!

 

If you are newer to what we do here we want to move the most efficient way possible. This might mean moving the least to accomplish the most (near vertical bar path in the clean or snatch rather than swinging out in front of us), or might mean using the most/strongest part of our body to accomplish something we otherwise couldn’t with what we are given. This last part applies especially to the clean. Again if you are newer here you might not know this : the SQUAT is KING (or QUEEN). The barbell squat, specifically when loaded on our back, provides us with the potential to lift the most weight of any other movement there is. With the clean we take that bar and put it on our shoulders in the front rack position giving us almost the same strength. For many of us the easy part of the clean is the squat, the hard part is getting it there.

 

When performing the clean, to get started off the floor I want you to think about pushing through the feet into the floor RATHER than pulling off the floor with the posterior. In a way this is saying the same thing just a different way. As you can see in the video of Jon we want to move the bar off the floor by pushing our knees back while keeping our back and shoulders as stable as humanly possible. This is why so much of a weightlifter’s accessory work has to do with getting the posterior chain stronger. If you can start thinking of this lift as you needing to move the barbell from the floor to your LAUNCH position (launch being at :12/:13 in the video where the hips start coming into the bar and the bar into the hips) by pushing the knees back rather than pulling the bar up, you will get the idea of staying over the bar as long as possible because you can focus on pushing. Once launch hits and happens, the bar almost stays in one place while the body is moved into the bottom of a squat, preparing to receive the bar and stand it up.

 

So much of progress is about change. We find something, use it, change it, make it better, repeat. Or we don’t and we fail epically. The reason why weightlifting and CrossFit are so popular is they work as a fitness platform but they always have room for improvement. You can always meet a weight you cannot lift that particular time, or a movement you cannot perform. It’s time to start thinking of your bodies as high performance machines capable of both manipulating objects to itself or moving itself to move an object more efficiently. Either way we want to beat whatever object we are trying to move.

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : EMOM 10m
4 Handstand Push-ups
4 Pistols (alternating)
20 Double Unders

immediately after last round:
5m AMRAP : Squat Cleans 185/135

 

S : 5 Pushups, 5 Jumping Air Squats, 20 Single Unders, 75/55 Barbell
L1 : 2 HSPU, 2 Pistols, 10 Double Unders counting attempts, 115/80 Barbell

Rx+ : Strict HSPU, Jumping Pistols (over line in mat), 225/155 Barbell

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD as written (WOS Rx+ scale but as able to realistically finish EMOMs)

 

2a: Good Morning, 5×3 heavy, rest :60
2b: DB Snatch (single arm), 5×5 each side, TnG, heaviest able, rest :90

 

3. 40 Barbell Lunges @ BW, on back, no time component

Aug
31
By CFlando

Chasing Fran

Chasing Fran

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02360

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Press
4-4-4-4-4

 

 

WOD : For Time

Run 1200m
45 Thrusters 95/65
45 Pull-Ups

 

S : 65/45, Jumping PU
L1 : 75/55, Regular PU

 

The Program

 

1. Push Press
4-4-4-4-4

 

2. WOD
Run 12000m
45 Thrusters 95/65
45 Pull-Ups

 

3. 50 Strict HSPU
 – Cap at 10m 

 

 

Aug
30
By CFlando

Goin Up to Snatch on Monday

Goin Up to Snatch on Monday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04857

 

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 10m AMRAP
15 second L Sit Hold (hanging from bar)
15 Bar Roll Outs
15 Windshield Wipers holding bar in extension
15 Lemons

 

Strength : Snatch (Woburn)/Overhead Squat (Canal Park)

6 sets of 2

 

WOD : 6 Rounds, each round 2:00
WOBURN
7 Burpees
3 Power Snatch 135/95
7 Burpees
3 Squat Snatch 135/95

 

S : 75/55
L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 185/125

 

CANAL PARK

7 Burpees
7 KB Snatch (right arm) 53/35
7 Burpees
7 KB Snatch (left arm)

 

S/L1 : 35/26

 

Rx+ : 70/53, Squat Snatch

 

The Program

– DONT skip shit. DONT choose what you want to do. You want to get better then do everything written, start to finish. Everything has a purpose. Literally every rep, every day.

 

 

1. Strength : Snatch

6 sets of 2

 

2. WOD : 6 Rounds, each round 2:00

7 Burpees
3 Power Snatch 155/105
4 Burpees
3 Squat Snatch 155/105

 

3. 8 Sets, rest 90s between/after each set. Rest full 90s. If needed rest 2 min after each set to get as heavy as able. NO longer than 2 min but try best able to do 90s rest

a : 3 High Bar Back Squat, pause 2 seconds in bottom on 1 and 3 rep.
b : Complex: 1 Clean Deadlift (pause 3 seconds at “launch”), 1 Power Clean, 1 Hang Squat Clean

 

4. 50 GHD Situps, 50 Toes to Bar

Aug
29
By CFlando

Sunday Funday

Sunday Funday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02173

 

 

 

SUNDAY (Woburn 10am/11am, CP Closed)

 

Strength : Find a max for the following complex in 5-6 sets

1 Squat Clean
2 Push Jerk
1 Front Squat
2 Push Jerk
2 OH Lunges (1 each leg)

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
10 Hang Power Snatch 95/65
10 OH Walking Lunge (5 each leg)
5 Wall Climbs
2 Rope Climbs, 15′

Aug
28
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

IMG_1914

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only) : Meet at 8:15, start by 8:35

Strength 1 (15 Minutes) : Snatch Balance
1-1-1-1-1-1

Then : High Bar Back Squat (15 Minutes)
5-5-5-1-1-1, heavy and strict for all 5s, then increase on 1s

 

WOD : Partner WOD
2 Rounds
20 Muscle Ups
70 Thrusters 115/75
150 Double Unders

 

10am/11am (Canal Park)/1pm (Woburn)

 

Strength : Thruster
5-5-5-5

 

WOD: Partner WOD
20m AMRAP
20 Burpees
30 Pull-Ups
40 Situps
50 Double Unders
40 Pushups
30 Toes to Bar
Run 200m

Aug
27
By CFlando

Tomorrow

Tomorrow

By CFlando Posted on
FI HUNNID!

FI HUNNID!

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 4 Rounds
5 Strict Toes to Bar
20 Situps
30s Plank (forearm)

 

Conditioning : 8 Rounds
Run 200m
1 Wall Climb
5 Strict Pull-Ups

 

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Power Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max Power Clean and Jerk (any)

 

 

WOD : “Christine” : Compare to 4/3/15
3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 Deadlift @ BW
21 Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)

 

S : 50% BW
L1 : 75% BW

 

No RX+

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Power Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max Power Clean and Jerk (any)

 

2. WOD : “Christine” : Compare to 4/3/15
3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 Deadlift @ BW
21 Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)

 

3. Yoke Carry
Find a max 50′ Carry in no more than 15 minutes and no less than 5 attempts

Aug
26
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04733

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Push Press

5-5-5-3-3-3

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
7 Wall Ball 2 for 1, 20/14
14 Walking Lunges (alternating)
35 Double Unders

 

S : 7 Wall Ball, 9′ target, 70 Singles
L1 : 7 Wall Ball 2 for 1, 10′ target

 

 

The Program : Rest Day

Aug
25
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04974

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
4-4-4-4-4

 

WOD : 21-15-9
KB Swing, 53/35
Pull-Ups

 – – then

Row 500m
150 Air Squats

 

S: Jumping Pull-Ups

Rx+ : 70/53, CTB

 

The Program

 

1. Low Bar Back Squat
4-4-4-4-4

 

2.WOD : 21-15-9
KB Swing, 70/53
CTB Pull-Ups

– – then

Row 500m
150 Air Squats

 

3a: 4×6 Single Arm KB Bench Press (KB in both arms, one extended at all times, perform all reps for one side then all reps for other side while non working arm is extended with KB), 70/53, rest 60s
3b: 4×5 DB RDL, heaviest able, rest 60s

Aug
24
By CFlando

Snatch Day

Snatch Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04909

 

It’s Snatch Time!

 

Now I know it seems like “geez we just did a million snatches in the WOD on Monday”. Well, we did, and for a reason, which is to get you ready for today. The past few weeks, actually, we have upped the ante on the technique work for the snatch just to build to this day. No pressure, huh?

 

This seems like a good time to remind you what maxing out is really about no matter what the lift you are performing is. For me to illustrate my point let’s look at the actual day at hand, Snatch Tuesday, for a real life example. I always say that you should be lifting for a max for “today”. It might just seem like I chose a word randomly, but I say it that way for a reason. Every single one of us is an amateur CrossFitter in the sense that our livelihood is provided for by something other than CrossFit. This doesn’t mean anyone of you out there reading this doesn’t take it very seriously, it just is what it is. This means that we have to battle early wake ups, bad nights of sleep, kids, jobs, bad eating schedules, travel for work, sickness, the list goes on. Yet all of these things are just parts of life we have to deal with along the way to our desired CrossFit glory.

 

It is because of this that I constantly urge you to lift for “today”. While I certainly want your goal to be to PR the given lift and given rep scheme that day every time you lift, I know it sure as shit ain’t happening. Anyone who has had at it with this CrossFit thing for any period of time knows that there are days where shit just doesn’t line up the way you want it to  and your day in the gym doesn’t pan out the way you wanted. 

 

Rather than let this constantly discourage you, just take the approach that you are lifting to max out for “today”, whatever “today” is bringing. If you got a great sleep, fueled up well, and just feel good in general, than f**k yeah let’s try to set a lifetime PR in the Snatch this time around. If you feel more like you got run over by the rhabdo fairy and beaten with a kettle bell then maybe change your expectations, at least at the beginning.

 

The last part there is key. I NEVER encourage an athlete to lower their expectations until they start lifting. Never, ever enter the gym with the expectation to fail no matter how hard your day, week, month, year has been. If “today” ends up dictating that you numbers are lower than you wanted, so be it. The best thing about “today” is it always comes back around tomorrow for another chance.

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Snatch
Find a 1 rep max Snatch

 

WOD : For Time
100 Double Unders
5 Hang Squat Clean Thruster 185/125
then
4 Rounds
8 HSPU
– 3 Hang Squat Clean Thruster every time athlete comes down off wall (including when finishing set/round)
then 25 Lateral Burpees

 

S : 75/55, 200 Singles, 15 Clapping Push-ups (can scale) for HSPU
L1 : 135/95, 50 Double Unders, Scale HSPU

 

Rx+ : 205/135, 5″ Deficit HSPU

 

The Program

 

1. Snatch : Find a 1 rep max

 

2. WOD : same as above with Rx+ standards

 

3a : 4×10 Strict Pull-Ups, rest 60s
3b: 4×2 Turkish Getup (each arm), heaviest able, rest 60s

 

4: Snatch Balance
5 x 1, heavy
then EMOM 10m, 1 Snatch Position Thruster, heaviest able

Aug
23
By CFlando

Back at it : Week 2 Commence

Back at it : Week 2 Commence

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04851

 

 

 

I hope you all had a fantastic weekend. Now it’s back to work.

 

It is week 2 of our testing to get into the new cycle which happens to be the start of the new training season. This week we will be upping the ante in terms of total volume while testing maxes in our more dynamic lifts known as the Olympic Lifts. For the newer Landos out there the olympic lifts are the Snatch and Clean and Jerk when performed in a competitive setting for weightlifting. In CrossFit we tackle work on the Clean as well as the Jerk individually. This week we will be finding maxes in a few of these lifts.

 

These lifts are difficult due to their complexity. Not only are we required to exhibit great strength when doing these lifts but we need to display a great amount of technique that involves coordination, balance, and a great deal of speed. So we have to be strong as all hell but be able to control that strength nearly perfectly in a very imperfect situation since what we are asked to do is lift rubber and metal objects that are hanging on the ends of an iron bar we hold in our hands. Not exactly the recipe for precision, but it’s what makes weightlifting so rewarding. There truly are few things that are as gratifying in the gym as when you put the work into a lifting session and finally hit a goal in the snatch or clean and jerk that you have been chasing.

 

If you are a very new Lando this is something you will soon be privy to. The never ending chase for improvement, the constant battle between wanting the gratifying big numbers but having to swallow your pride and put the work into your technique. I promise you, whether you are brand new to CrossFit and weightlifting, or you have been part of this sport for years, the work you put in is worth it. Regardless of your goals and intentions with what you do CrossFit for, the desire to improve and be better each day is in our blood as humans. It is why working on these lifts becomes an interest for nearly everyone who gets into it. Every day you are in the gym especially when it’s a lifting day, focus on one or two things, three at the most, that you want to improve on (usually aided by one of your coaches telling you what it should be) and focus on it for that session and sessions to come until you perfect it. If you do this I guarantee you you will get better and the chase for the numbers will come to an end.

 

Briefly, that is, because we all know the next number will be in your head before you even leave the gym that same day.

 

We will be maxing out Snatch on Tuesday and Clean and Jerk on Friday, with clean work tomorrow and snatch during the workout, so try to schedule your gym days accordingly! If you don’t make it for one of those classes you can always make up a lift during Open Gym.

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

 

Core : 8m AMRAP : Situps
– EMOM perform 3 Burpee + Jumping Pull-Ups

 

Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Row 400m
20 Hanging Knees to Chest
20 Push-ups
5 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Clean and Jerk / Box Jumps

EMOM 16m
O : Clean and Jerk, 2 reps @ 70-80% 1 rep max, perfect technique
E : 5 Box Jumps, highest able to be done in 30 seconds

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP, increasing reps
1 Power Snatch 115/80
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
Run 200m

 

– Increase barbell movements by 1 rep each round.

 

S : 65/45, no squat snatch

L1 : 95/65

 

Rx+ : 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1.  Strength : Clean and Jerk / Box Jumps

EMOM 16m
O : Clean and Jerk, 2 reps @ 70-80% 1 rep max, perfect technique
E : 5 Box Jumps, highest able to be done in 30 seconds

 

2. WOD : 10m AMRAP, increasing reps
1 Power Snatch 115/80
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
Run 200m

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3, heavy each set

 

4a : 4×5 Good Morning, heavy, rest :60
4b : 4×5 (each leg) Pistols, AFAP, rest :60
– make pistols as difficult as able. Work on OH, weighted, etc. Must be fast moving.

Aug
22
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

10am

 

Strength : Power Clean

find a 2 rep max tng

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
10 Burpees
25 STOH 75/55

 

Strongman : Come hang with Jack and get strong at 11am

Aug
21
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04613

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

 

1. Low Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

2. For Time
Row 1000m
50 Thrusters 135/95

 

No extra work

 

10am/1pm

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : For Time
Row 1000m
40 Thrusters 115/75

Aug
20
By CFlando

Maxin Continues

Maxin Continues

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04552

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn)

Core : 10m AMRAP

Hold a forearm plank for ME then immediately
20 alternating Knee to Elbow, alternating, in straight arm plank
20 alternating straight leg raise, alternating, in forearm plank (6 inch raise)
20 hollow rocks
40 bicycle situps, alternating (20/20)
rest 30s after each round

 

Conditioning : Run 800m then
21-15-9
Clapping Push-ups
Jumping Pull-ups
Calorie Row
Broad Jumps

 

CrossFit

Strength : Bench Press
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : For Time
21 CTB Pull-Ups
25 Wall Ball 20/14
50 Double Unders
15 Bar Muscle Ups
20 Wall Ball
50 Double Unders
9 Strict Pull-Ups
15 Wall Ball
50 Double Unders

 

 

The Program

 

1.  Strength : Bench Press
Find a 1 rep max

 

 

2. WOD : For Time
21 CTB Pull-Ups
25 Wall Ball 20/14
50 Double Unders
15 Bar Muscle Ups
20 Wall Ball
50 Double Unders
9 Strict Pull-Ups
15 Wall Ball
50 Double Unders

 

3a : 4x30s ME HS walk, rest :60
3b : 4×1 Legless Rope Climb, highest able or 12′, rest :60

 

Aug
19
By CFlando

New Thinking on the Deadlift

New Thinking on the Deadlift

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04802

 

 

Notes on Today : The deadlift is commonly referred to as a “pull” movement because we are in a sense pulling it off the floor to get it to the top of the lift. I want you to start thinking of it as much as a push as a pull, however, and change the focus of your mind’s eye when it comes to how you are performing the movement.

 

Think of your feet and the movement with the hinging and unhinging of the knees and hips. To get this bar moving up we want to first drive through the middle of your foot through the floor. This pushing will help engage the hamstrings at the earliest point possible but also get the quads involved, a dynamic that is difficult to get when performing a “pull”. When we pull we tend to focus move on the hamstrings and low back, the former being fine but the latter being misused as we want to use the muscles of the lumbar area more as braces and support than pullers. By thinking of pushing through the floor we can drive our hips through the middle because we are trying to get as tall as possible as fast as possible. Engaging the hips through the middle allows us to get tall quickly, making the fight for lockout more in our favor when we have to battle.

 

Try this out for size when doing your deadlifts. Perhaps you scale the weight down a bit so you can focus, or re-focus, on how you are performing the lift. For some, or most, of you it might be a completely different mentality.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Ring Dips
10 KB Swings 53/35
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (can bound)

 

S : 35/26, step ups 24/20
L1 : 35/26, 10 Box Jumps 24/20

 

The Program : OFF

Aug
18
By CFlando

Time to Get Fired Up!

Time to Get Fired Up!

By CFlando Posted on

 

Today we are working towards a 1 rep max, PR attempt, back squat for our Strength portion of class. I LOVE Max Out days for Back Squat. I love Max Out days for pretty much every lift but ESPECIALLY back squat. So as I sit here and write this I am already giddy with excitement, tempered only by the fact that I have to wake up at 430 am again and for some reason the past few mornings I have zero recollection of my alarms going off leading me to be scrambling out of bed with 10 minutes of available time to complete my entire morning routine that usually takes 30 minutes start to finish. It hasn’t been a pretty start to the week. So other than the anxiety that is causing me to lose sleep because of my inability to wake up correctly despite nearly 6 years of doing this same job at the same hours, I am amped for tomorrow. 

 

Tomorrow is EXTRA special max out day because it kicks off our new season of training. Regardless of your intentions with CrossFit, the programming (daily training) for this gym is all centralized through a system I have worked on for 5 years that is beneficial to everyone, from the very top of the top elite professionals to the very beginner newbie. CrossFit as a fitness platform is about progress, and to have progress we must have measurements. To measure we must have a starting point and a path towards some sort of end with checkpoints dispersed along the way.

 

So, we have a training season. For some of you it just means you will be coming to the box, being told what to do, pushing past your limits like no other, and going home feeling a weird combination of beat down and glorified, so much weird that you feel it necessary to tell everyone around you about it because, well, something this odd and amazing must be shouted about from the highest of mountain tops. Others of you who have a competitive desire in this crazy sport will still come here and get the greatest fitness of your life but it will be done in a directed way that applies to your development as an athlete. Either way, you are going to get your ass kicked, you are going to get fit beyond your wildest dreams, and you are going to love it.

 

We start it off with the back squat. Your goal today (Wednesday) is to lift the most weight you ever have, or more than you have in recent training, with a bar on your back and passing through a squat. You want to move this weight fast as hell from rep 1. I’m talking weight jumping off your shoulders like you’re doing some weird version of the “Whip, Nae Nae” on LSD. The reason we want to move weight FAST AS F**K is we want to get our Central Nervous System relaying to our Peripheral Nervous System that we are moving BIG ASS WEIGHT. By moving fast we tap into our largest motor units which move our largest muscle fibers. In other words, moving fast gets the nerves connected to the biggest muscle fibers in our body to EXPLODE! Like anything, however, this has to be trained. If you just ease into your squats then try to move big weight explosively, the only thing exploding will be your pants down the seam as you get buried in the bottom.

 

If Wednesday doesn’t end up being a PR then it is a great starting point for the season and a great place for you to set goals from. Either way let’s make this day EPIC AS HELL!

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Back Squat
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
Run 300m
7 Squat Snatch 135/95

 

S : 65/45
L1 : 115/80

Rx+ : UB barbell

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength: Back Squat
Find a 1 rep max

 

2. WOD : 5 Rounds
Run 300m
7 Squat Snatch 135/95, UB

 

3. Snatch Complex
7 sets, every 90s : 1 Power Snatch + 2 OHS + 1 Squat Snatch, work to a max

 

4. Snatch Accessory work : Pick 1

a) Snatch Balance : work to a heavy single in 15 minutes

b) Snatch Deadlift : work to a heavy 2, pause at knees each rep, 15 minutes

 

– Pick based on your weakness : getting down into squat (a) or staying over bar (b)

Aug
17
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04791

 

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Press
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD : For Time
50 Burpee to Toes to Bar

 

S/L1 : Kipping Hanging Tuck, Kipping KTE

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Press
Find a 1 rep max Press in 20 minutes

 

2. WOD : 50 Burpee TTB

 

3a. 4xME L Pull-Up Chin Over Bar Hold, rest :60
3b. 4xME Forearm Plank Hold, max 90 seconds, rest :60

Aug
16
By CFlando

New Season

New Season

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04554

 

 

 

This week marks the beginning of the training season for 2015-2016. This means different levels of things to each and every one of you, but what it means for all of you is max out time for the next 10-14 days. This is a lot of fun and also very important for testing our fitness and setting the stage for the next phase of things to come. While it is not world ending, if you miss a 1 RM strength session just let your coaches know so you can try to make it up. If you miss some of the test conditioning it’s not so important to make up.

Let’s get after it this and next week!!

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 10 M AMRAP

20 Hip Rolls
20 Throwdowns
10 Getups
10 Bar Rollouts
4 TGU

 

Conditioning : 3 Rounds, rest 2m after each round
Row 500m
Run 400m
20 Burpees
20 Box Jumps 24/20

 

CrossFit

 

Core Strength : 8 AMRAP

20 Hip Rolls
20 Throwdowns
10 Getups
10 Bar Rollouts
4 TGU

 

Barbell Strength : EMOM 8m
2 Thruster, heaviest able, from floor

 

WOD : For Time
100 Pushups
EMOM 2 Squat Clean 225/145

 

S : 115/75
L1 : 155/105

 

Rx+ 245/165

 

The Program : No additional work. Prep for this week body wise. Mobility or specific conditioning only

Aug
15
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

There will be no Sunday classes at Canal Park until further notice. Woburn schedule as is.

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Sumo Deadlift
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 21-15-9

Power Snatch 135/95
– perform 150′ bear crawl between sets

Aug
14
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

CFL – Canal Park be sure to check the schedule for Saturday class times.

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew (Woburn Only) : Meet at 8:30

 

WOD : Minutes 0-15
Run 1200m
100 Push-Ups
10 Snatch 135/95

 

Minutes 15-30
3 Rounds
Row 40 Calorie
100 Double Unders

 

Minutes 30-45
100 Pull-Ups
50 Handstand Push-ups

 

CrossFit (Woburn and CP)

 

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : For Time
50 Pull-Ups
50 Double Unders 
50 Situps
5 Rope Climbs / 15 Strict Pull-Ups
5 Wall Climbs / 50 Push-ups

Aug
13
By CFlando

“Karen”

“Karen”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02349

 

 

 

For you newbies out there I would like to welcome you to a girl named “Karen”. She is one of the “Benchmark Girls”, a series of workouts created to be used as repetitive tests of our fitness.

 

I know repetitive isn’t a word we really associate with CrossFit as we battle the norms of fitness routines that are built on doing the same thing consistently. Constantly varied is our ethos, giving our body something different every day to break through our physical threshold and plateaus. Even my sales pitch for new people is “you could come her every day for 2 months and not do the same workout twice”.

 

There comes a time, however, where we need repeat workouts to test if this whole fitness thing is working. What is less talked about in CrossFit popularity is that the greatness of it lies in the ability to test and retest to explicitly show if we are improving in our fitness. By performing workouts repetitively over 3-6 month periods of time we have real time evidence of our program working, or not.

 

The “Girls” as these benchmarks are often referred to are named after OG CrossFit girls who were there from the beginning. “Karen” is as OG as OG can get. For some of you, this is beauty, this is that WOD that you dream about coming out in the Opens. For others, this is hell on Earth. There really isn’t an in between. Wall Ball are just one of those movements that is split down the middle with polarizing positions no different than the families in Romeo and Juliet.

 

For you newbies out there fear not, we have many ways to scale this workout and will show you all of them. For you veterans let’s see who is going to set the biggest PR!

 

FRIDAY = PR DAY

 

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

Core : 2 rounds For Time
30 Ring V Outs
30 Plank Pushups
30 Situps

 

Conditioning : 12m AMRAP
5 Burpees
5 Thruster 45/35
5 Broad Jumps
Run 50m (75′ down and back)

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Jerk (Split)
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : “Karen”
150 Wall Ball for time, 20/14 to 10′ target

 

S: scaled WB to 9′ target
L1 : scaled WB to 10′ target

 

Rx+ : Heavy Wall Ball ONLY if you have done Karen UNBROKEN

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

 

2. WOD : “Karen”
150 Wall Ball for time 20/14

 

3a. Power Clean, sets of 12, 8, 5, 3, @ 185/135, 205/145, 225/155, 245/165, rest 90s
3b. Strict HSPU, 4×10, rest 90s

 

4. Good Morning
5-5-5-5-5

 

Aug
12
By CFlando

8 PM???

8 PM???

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04179

 

 

Blog posted right at 8pm??? Man I must have had nothing to do. This means EVERYONE better be at Flav’s classes.

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: 7 min AMRAP
5 STOH 135/95
7 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
9 KB Swings 53/35

 

The Program : Off

Aug
11
By CFlando

Back Squats

Back Squats

By CFlando Posted on

 

WEDNESDAY



1. Low bar back squat

2-2-2-2-2-2

 

2. 40 Deadlift 275/185
– EMOM 4 Lateral Burpees over bar

 

S: 135/95
L1: 225/155

Rx+ : 315/225

 

 

The Program

 

1. Low bar back squat
2-2-2-2-2

 

2. 50 Deadlift 275/185
– EMOM 4 Lateral Burpees over bar

 

3. 2m on, 2m off, 3 rounds

Double KB OH walking lunge, 70/53, or whatever able.

Aug
10
By CFlando

Snatch Day

Snatch Day

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Squat Snatch

EMOM 12m : 2 Reps

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
Run 400m
Max Effort Muscle Ups

 

S : Max Effort Pull-Ups
L1 : Max Effort CTB Pull-Ups

 

The Program

1. Strength : Squat Snatch

EMOM 12m : 2 Reps

 

2. WOD : 4 Rounds
Run 400m
Max Effort Muscle Ups

 

3. 40 Strict Handstand Pushups

– Every 2 minutes perform 2 Power Clean @ 80% 1 rep max

Aug
9
By CFlando

Getting Overhead

Getting Overhead

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

The overhead squat is both a strength and skill movement. It take a great deal of flexibility and coordination to develop the movement and get to a point where strength can be built. To put in perspective the level of skill it takes to get great strength in the overhead squat, it is considered the same level of accomplishment to overhead squat your bodyweight as it is to back squat 1.5x bodyweight. Anyone who has tried to overhead squat for the first time, especially people who have over developed chests from years of old school fitness, know how difficult it can be to build with weight in this movement.

 

When performing the overhead squat for strength we want to take it out of the rack and use a split jerk to get the bar overhead. I am strict on this because the split jerk is the most consistent way to get heavy weight up overhead. Getting lazy with a sloppy push jerk will come back to bite you when your limit of what you can overhead squat is held up by your jerk. If this is a new movement for you then start the good practice of using the split, and if it isn’t a new movement to you then work on perfecting your split to help your OHS. Behind the neck jerks are a great way to work on the split jerk as it makes for an easy way to practice a perfectly vertical bar path.

 

Canal Park Notes : This week starts signing in for classes. If you have a membership then please sign in for classes you want through the BoxHQ. Classes will be locked down once they reach their limit. If you have issues or do not have a membership (what are you waiting for???!!! lol) please email us at [email protected]

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (Woburn Only)

 

Core : 50 Barbell Rollouts
– EMOM 1 burpee

 

Conditioning : EMOM 12m
5 Box Jumps
5 Air Squats
5 Cal Row

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Overhead Squat
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
5 Front Squat 135/95
10 Push-ups
10 Toes to Bar
Run 200m

 

S : 75/55
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 185/135

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Overhead Squat
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

2. WOD : 4 Rounds
5 Front Squat 185/135
10 Push-ups
10 Toes to Bar
Run 200m

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2, 3 second pause each rep

 

4a. 3×30 GHD Situps, AFAP, rest :60
4b. 4×4 Power Snatch 175/115, rest :60

Aug
8
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

I have the best community in the world. Thank you so much for everything today, all of you.

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Hang Squat Clean

3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
3 Hang Squat Clean Thruster 155/105
6 Box Jumps 24/20
9 Pull-Ups

 

Strongman (11am)

 

Strength : Stones

 

WOD : 10 Rounds
3 Stone to Shoulder
3 Back Squat, heaviest able

Aug
7
By CFlando

Grand Opening Day and Party : August 8th

Grand Opening Day and Party : August 8th

By CFlando Posted on

11822581_10100370548659409_7979619176027425325_n

 

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando – Canal Park is hosting our Grand Opening tomorrow. CrossFit Lando (Woburn) will be closed. We would love it if all Landos would come on down and partake in the WOD at 10:30 (get here anytime from 10:00 on) and then food and hanging out after.

 

All Landos are invited, new and old, and family and friends. This is a celebration of our community as we grow to our next chapter. You are all a part of it.

 

 

SATURDAY

 

CF Lando Woburn is closed. 10:00am at Canal Park for Grand Opening!

Aug
6
By CFlando

It’s Friday

It’s Friday

By CFlando Posted on

 

 

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning

Core : 21-15-9
Toes to Bar
Lemons
Hanging Side to Side (from bar)
Plank Pushups

 

WOD : 5 Rounds
15 Burpees
15 KB Swings 53/35

 

CrossFit

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD : “Grace” in some form

 

S: 95/55
L1 : 115/75

Rx : 135/95

 

Do not scale up

 

The Program

 

1. Clean and Jerk : 1 Rm

2. “Grace” as Rx

 

3. EMOM 12m
3 Thruster (from rack

 

4. Find a 50′ max Yoke carry in 6 minutes and 4 attempts minimum

 

 

Aug
5
By CFlando

CFL – Canal Park Grand Opening on Saturday

CFL – Canal Park Grand Opening on Saturday

By CFlando Posted on
10405618_912779905189_2944320916596916331_n

The First Class

 

 

 

Today marked the first ever class for CrossFit Lando – Canal Park. For all you CPers out there, bear with us as we put the finishing touches on the gym throughout the week. On Monday this place will have a much different feel and appearance than it did today. Many things coming that we are very excited about, and very soon! WODify, Mobility Area, more equipment, and Kyle’s availability for ART work all coming next week.

 

Grand Opening WOD and Party is THIS SATURDAY!

 

Lando Woburn people, Lando Canal Park people, friends, family, all are welcome to come at 10:30am (get here closer to 10:00am) for a WOD and then hang out/social time. We will be outside, playing games, drinking beers/water, and getting to know each other as two communities come together to celebrate the history of one and the beginning of the other!

 

THEN, we have our Grand Opening Party at Causeway Bar in Boston, located on Causeway Street (conveniently enough) by the Boston/TD Garden. This is going to be a BLAST of a time as we continue the celebration from the day. Causeway is part owned by Dave Fernando, a soon to be CFL-CPer, and has his whole staff ready for us.

 

Don’t be shy! Bring yourselves, your friends, your family, everyone is welcome regardless of being a member or not!

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Push Press

2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : 8m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 95/65
Run 100m
2 Power Snatch 95/65
Run 100m
3 Power Snatch 95/65

 

– escalating snatch reps while run stays the same

 

S : 65/45
L1 : 75/55

 

The Program : Off

Aug
4
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando – Canal Park Opens Tomorrow! 4:30 pm is FIRST CLASS!!

CrossFit Lando – Canal Park Opens Tomorrow! 4:30 pm is FIRST CLASS!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02529

 

 

CrossFit Lando – Canal Park, our new location in Cambridge, MA, opens tomorrow. The first class will be at 4:30pm and will be followed by 5:30pm and 6:30pm classes. If you are interested in checking the gym out and getting your workout in there tomorrow you are welcome. You must sign up ahead of time so please contact us in advance if you want to come. Membership for our Woburn location does not count for Canal Park unless you want to do the Passport option which will be available by week end. If you want to take a class at Canal Park tomorrow you can pay a $10 member drop-in if there is space in class.

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : For Time
10 Power Clean 185/135
20 Front Squat
30 Lateral Burpees Over Bar

 

S : 75/55
L1: 135/95

 

Rx+: 205/155

 

 

The Program

1. Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

2. WOD : For Time
10 Power Clean 205/155
20 Front Squat
30 Lateral Burpees Over Bar

 

3a: 4x30s Sled Push @ BW (load), rest :60
3b: 4×3 (each leg) back rack lunges, heaviest able without pause, rest :90

 

4. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-3-3-3, heavy

Aug
3
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02138

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Push Jerk
– Hold a 2 second pause in both the a) Dip and b) Catch Position

2-2-2-2-1-1-1

 

WOD : 2 Rounds for Time
20 Handstand Pushups
75 Double Unders
20 Pistols (alternating)

 

 

The Program

1. Strength : Push Jerk
– Hold a 2 second pause in both the a) Dip and b) Catch Position
2-2-2-2-1-1-1

 

2. WOD : 2 Rounds for Time
20 Handstand Pushups
75 Double Unders
20 Pistols (alternating)

 

3a. 4xME Ring Dips, rest :60
3b. 4xME Overhead Squat 185/135, rest :60
3c. 4xME Handstand Walk (distance UB), rest 2 min

 

4. Bench Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

– Hold each rep at chest but active for 2 seconds

Aug
2
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02328

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Strength : Thruster (From rack)

2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2

 

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
5 Bar Muscle Ups
5 Thruster 155/105
8 Hang Squat Clean

 

S: 75/55, 10 Jumping Pull-ups
L1: 115/75, 10 Pull-Ups

 

The Program

1. Strength : Thruster (From rack)

2-2-2-2-2-2-2

 

 

2. WOD : 12m AMRAP
5 Bar Muscle Ups
5 Thruster 155/105
8 Hang Squat Clean

 

3a. 4×5 RDL, rest :90
3b: 4×10 Strict Toes to Bar, rest :60

 

4. Low Bar Back Squat

3-3-3-3, heavy

Aug
1
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02328

 

 

 

SUNDAY

 

WOD : For Time

Row 750m
30 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Handstand Push-ups
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Wall Climbs
30 Box Jumps 24/20
Row 750m

 

Jul
31
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04303

 

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
17 Squat Snatch 95/65
17 Bar Facing Burpees
17 Toes to Bar
immediately after last round : 50 Thrusters 45/35

 

No Extra Work

 

10am/1pm

 

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5

 

WOD : Partner WOD
15m AMRAP, work split any way desired

 

30 Ground to OH 45/35 plate
30 Power Snatch 95/65, barbell
30 Hang Clean and Jerk, 95/65
Run 300m as a team

 

 

Jul
30
By CFlando

Save The Date : August 8th!

Save The Date : August 8th!

By CFlando Posted on
11825172_10100366954596939_384640985382748228_n

Currently a Warzone, Soon a Gym!

 

 

While it looks like we are a long ways away from opening our doors for business, unbelievably we are officially less than 1 week from opening our second location, CrossFit Lando – Canal Park. The next 6 days are going to be nerve wracking to say the least but we have exciting times on the horizon!

 

One such time is our Grand Opening Day and Summer Party on August 8th. While these were originally supposed to be separate days a week apart, due to unforeseen circumstances we had to delay the Grand Opening. Now that I look at it, however, I think it’s going to be an awesome day for the Lando community. Why not bring everyone together at our new location to mix new and veteran and then continue the party into the evening at Causeway Restaurant and Bar on Causeway Street? Plan on hauling yourselves down to Canal Park on the 8th as CFL – Woburn will be closed that day.

 

In the meantime we will see you all here in Woburn!

 

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Snatch

Find a 1 rep max

 

 

WOD : For Time
Run 800m
30 Power Clean 135/95
30 Pull-Ups
30 Ring Dips
150 Double Unders

 

S : Run 600m, 75/55, 200 Singles

L1: 95/65, 75 Doubles or 300 Singles

 

Rx+: 145/100

 

The Program

1. Strength : Snatch

Find a 1 rep max

 

2. WOD : For Time
Run 800m
30 Power Clean 135/95
30 Pull-Ups
30 Ring Dips
150 Double Unders

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1

 

All 12 of these sets are working sets. This should be almost a days work in itself. Do not skimp on this. You should want to cry, for mercy or more, after this.

Jul
29
By CFlando

Getting Conditioned

Getting Conditioned

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04280

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Press
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : For Time
Row 1000m
50 Lunges (alternating)
50 Burpees

 

The Program : Off

Jul
28
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02360

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Deadlift
EMOM 10m : 2 Heavy Reps

 

WOD : EMOM 10m
2 Muscle Up
4 Lateral Burpees Over Bar
2 Squat Clean Thruster 135/95

 

– Every missed round is 100m of running after workout is finished (immediately after minute 10)

 

S : 4 Pull-ups/Jumping Pull-ups,  Squat Clean Thruster 75/55
L1 : 4 CTB Pull-Ups,  Squat Clean Thruster 95/65

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Deadlift
EMOM 10m : 2 Heavy Reps

 

2. WOD : EMOM 10m
2 Muscle Up
4 Lateral Burpees Over Bar
2 Squat Clean Thruster 135/95

 

3. 3×25 Wall Ball 24/16, rest :30 between sets

4. Tabata Jumping Squats, wearing vest as heavy as able
– 8 rounds, jumping as high as able, weight as heavy as able continuous movement

Jul
27
By CFlando

News on Canal Park

News on Canal Park

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04199

 

 

 

As always with construction we have hit a few minor snags in timing. This means that our Grand Opening WOD will be August 8th rather than August 1st. It is looking like our first day of classes at Canal Park will be August 3rd. It is actually one of those situations where might all end up working better in the end as we will have the Grand Opening WOD and the Summer Party all on August 8th! One big happy awesome CrossFit Lando Day!!

 

On August 8th we will be keeping Woburn closed so we can get as big a crowd possible down at Canal Park. There will be food, workouts, demonstrations, and just a old fashion good time, then party that night!

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength: Snatch
EMOM 12m : 1 Power Snatch
– Warmup EMOM 4 minutes with building weight then make all 12 minutes heavy

 

WOD : 7m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 100/75
1 Hang Power Snatch
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
30 Double Unders

 

S: 65/45, 60 Singles
L1: 75/55, 15 Double Unders

Rx+ : 135/95

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength: Snatch
EMOM 12m : 1 Power Snatch
– Warmup EMOM 4 minutes with building weight then make all 12 minutes heavy

 

2. WOD : 7m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 135/95
1 Hang Power Snatch
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
30 Double Unders

 

3. Snatch Accessory Work

a. Snatch Push Press
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

b. Snatch Balance
1-1-1-1-1-1

 

4. Running Clock for reps

3m AMRAP  Wall Climbs
2m AMRAP Broad Jumps 6’/4′
1m AMRAP HS Walk

Jul
26
By CFlando

Married!??!!

Married!??!!

By CFlando Posted on

11012596_10155721077755363_5368065803976376403_n

 

 

 

When this post hits live Jo and Craig will be married!!!

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning

Core : Plank Test
Hold a forearm plank for Max Effort. Upon failure perform 50 sit-ups with abmat then immediately run 400m upon completion.

 

Conditioning : For Time
55 Push-Ups
55 Air squat
Row 550m
55 Scissor Kicks (90 degrees to parallel)
55 Russian KB Swings, 53/35
Row 550m

 

 

CrossFit

Strength : Back Squat (low bar)
2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1, all done with 90s rest between efforts. Get your work in!!

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 300m
15 Front Squat 135/95
20 Box Jump 24/20 (bounding)

 

S: 75/55, step ups
L1: 95/65

 

Rx+: 145/100

 

The Program

 

1.  Back Squat (low bar)
2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1, all done with 90s rest between efforts. Get your work in!!

 

2.  3 Rounds
Run 300m
15 Front Squat 145/100
20 Box Jump 24/20 (bounding)

 

3a: 3×20 pistols (alternating) AFAP, rest :30
3b: 3×5 RDL, heaviest able TnG, rest 2:00

 

4: 30s on 30s off, 4 rounds
GHD Situps
rest 1:00 after last round then hold forearm plank for at least 2 minutes but max effort


26
By CFlando

Congratulations Jo and Craig

Congratulations Jo and Craig

By CFlando Posted on
11012596_10155721077755363_5368065803976376403_n

Seriously no other pictures of them together on Facebook

 

 

 

Today (Sunday) is the wedding day of a great friend(s) of mine and wonderful members of CrossFit Lando, Joanna Whalen and Craig Eaton. Joanna has been with us for years and was a member of the Operation Lando regional team this past year. Craig recently joined us but has been an outside member of the Lando tribe since Jo joined us. They are an amazing couple, humble and awesome, and I consider myself lucky to have them as part of our community. I know I speak for all the staff as well.

 

Jo, coaching you has been a pleasure since you walked in and joined our gym, and I am impressed with what you do every day. Craig, I am so glad you finally joined the good side, and already working with you has been fulfilling and refreshing to have such a person willing to learn every day.

 

You guys deserve all the happiness in the world. Thank you for giving me and us the chance to be part of your lives. Enjoy today because you (hopefully) never get another!

 

 

SUNDAY : Craig and Jo’s WOD, 7-26-15

 

Strength : Bench Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

 

7 Rounds
26 Double Unders
15 KB Swings 53/35

 

 

Strongman (11am Class)

 

Strength : Sled Work

 

WOD: 30 Minute Running Clock

15 Rounds
2 Bench Press
3 Deadlift
With remaining time AMRAP Burpees

Jul
24
By CFlando

Working for the Weekend

Working for the Weekend

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02354

 

 

SATURDAY

 

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

TBD

 

10am and 1pm

Strength : Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : Partner WOD
3 Rounds of

21-15-9
STOH 115/75
Hang Clean
Lateral Jumps Over Bar

 

Then 2 Rounds of
15-12-9
Jumping Lunges
Hang Power Snatch 115/75

 

Then 1 Round each of
12-9-6
Ring Dips
Toes to Bar
Bar Facing Burpees

Jul
23
By CFlando

“Badger”

“Badger”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02947

 

 

 

HERO FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning

Core : 5 Rounds

5 Barbell Roll-outs
10 GHD Situps
15 Barbell Good Morning

 

WOD: For Time
Row 500m
35 Burpees
35 Jumping Lunges
35 Burpees
Row 500m

 

CrossFit

 

WOD: “Badger”
3 Rounds
30 Squat Clean 95/65
30 Pull-Ups
Run 800m

 

S: 65/45, Jumping Pull-Ups

L1: 75/55

 

40 Minute Time Cap

 

The Program

 

1. WOD: “Badger”
3 Rounds
30 Squat Clean 95/65
30 Pull-Ups
Run 800m

 

2. Deadlift
2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1

 

Jul
22
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02330

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength : Hang Power Snatch 
1-1-1-1-1

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Push-ups
10 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Situps

 

– This is 10 minutes of non stop action. Pick a spot on the wall, get your medball, and get moving! 

 

The Program : Optional Work Day

– Choose to work today and through Fri/Sat. This is not to replace one of those days. If you feel good get the following skill work in:

 

1. Airdyne for 15 minutes at 80% consistent pace

 

2. 4 Rounds, resting 3 minutes after each round

5 Strict MUs
10 OH pistols, any scale
15 Strict TTB
40′ HS walk
10 Triple Unders/Attempts

Jul
21
By CFlando

Sasquatsnatch

Sasquatsnatch

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02834

 

No Weightlifting Class @ 630pm. Regular CrossFit. This will continue as so until further notice, mid August.

 

This is one of those WODs where I will walk in around 9am and people lingering from the 7:30a will give me a couple “go F yourself” looks, I’ll get a few texts from people I am closer with telling me that Dexter is as good as dead once they get their hands on him, and I’m bound to have a CFer from another box who checks out the programming tell me how grateful they are that they don’t have to be subjected to such terrible bouts of insanity that I put you all through.

 

Hey, we never said this was supposed to be easy, right? But let’s take a look at why I demand we do something like this.

 

WOD : 4 Rounds
40 Double Unders
15 Squat Snatch 100/70

 

– Every time bar is dropped you MUST add 10 double unders/20 singles to the NEXT ROUND of double unders. 5 burpees immediately performed for dropping during last round.

 

Other than this being a way to lose friends, the reason I wrote something like this is 1) to work on some high skill movements like the double under and squat snatch while under added stress, and 2) to grow a pair, (wo)man up, grow some hair on your chat, put your big girl/big boy pants on…or become mentally tougher. Heck we all know it to the point where it’s kicking a dead horse in the groin, that CrossFit is more mental than it is anything physical. A workout like this is practicing that exact point while also teaching us a thing or two about pacing and optional variance within a WOD.

 

The Mental Game: Imagine the penalty wasn’t there for this workout. How would you do it then? I bet many of you said you would break it into sets of 5 or even 3. Not a bad idea, and honestly for many of you the best strategy because it will allow you to keep moving consistently rather than work in short bursts with long periods of rest. This allows you to stay right in that comfortable place where you are moving but nowhere beyond the zone where you feel out of control, technically or physiologically.

 

At some point in our fitness journey, however, we need to be a bit out of control to really get better. More specifically we need to train out of our comfort zone, not just in terms of doing movements we don’t like or training at times we aren’t used to, but in making us do things differently than we do 95% of the time.

 

Much of this is mental conditioning. How many times have you stared at a bar, kettle bell, the floor, and told yourself you were going to do 10 of the movement you were staring down, absolutely convinced it was happening at 4, only to inexplicably stop at 7 or 8? It’s not that you didn’t want to keep going (well, in our own sick way it wasn’t), and we both know it wasn’t that you couldn’t physically do it. Simply put, you have trained yourself to stop within that comfortable place rather than push to where you want to and should be going. Just like the physical part of our fitness the mental game has to be trained as well.

 

Thing is we can all talk a big game about going unbroken or doing crazy big sets to set the tone, but if we have spent months if not years training our brains to stop at a certain point you better believe that’s what is going to happen. Any of you out there feel like you are mentally less able than you were when you first started CrsosFit? That’s mental conditioning, just going in the wrong direction. So we throw a little accountability onto the menu to teach us exactly where our limits are. Hopefully once you complete a workout like this, even if it’s a total disaster, you have a better understanding of your physical limits, and even MORE hopefully it’s beyond what you thought it was!

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

– This must be failed at some point

 

WOD: For Time
4 Rounds
40 Double unders
15 Squat Snatch 100/70

 

S: 65/45
L1: 75/55

 

Rx+: 125/85

 

– Every time squat snatches are broken up you must add 10 double unders/20 single unders to the NEXT ROUND/5 Burpees done immediately upon dropping during last round. So if you are in your first round and do 12 TnG Snatches, drop and rest, then do the last 3, for round 2 you must do 50 Double Unders and 15 Squat Snatch. There is a 18 minute time cap.

 

The Program

 

1: Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3

 

– This must be failed at some point

 

2: WOD: For Time
4 Rounds
40 Double unders
15 Squat Snatch 125/85

 

3: Snatch Pull (not high pull)

2-2-2-2-1-1-1-1, heavy

 

EMOM 16m
O: 2 High Bar Back Squat
E: 1 Turkish Getup, each arm, use a KB

Jul
20
By CFlando

Party Time and More!

Party Time and More!

By CFlando Posted on

IMAGE43

 

 

We sure as hell have a lot to celebrate here in the CrossFit Lando community! Not only are we all part the best community in the fitness world, but we are cruising through an amazing summer where our gym was represented at the Reebok CrossFit Games Regional, we hosted the first ever AWF Nationals, and the 3rd Annual Summer Solstice Team Showdown.

 

To make this year the best year in CFL history, on July 29 we will be opening the doors to the second CrossFit Lando facility, CrossFit Lando – Canal Park. This is an incredibly exciting time, expanding our business and our community as we invite in countless more people into the Lando fold.

 

We are going to celebrate everything and all things on Saturday, August 8th at Causeway Restaurant and Bar. Time will be determined as we get closer but we have the entire upstairs of the place to ourselves. Come one, come all, bring friends, bring family, and most importantly, bring yourselves!

 

See you all on the 8th!!

 

Below are the important dates of things coming up related to the new location:

 

July 29 – August 1: Open House Week Starts. Free classes for newbies. Limited class schedule as we get going.

August 1 : Grand Opening Social : Lando Woburn will be closed and we encourage you all to come down for our first ever Saturday of classes at CrossFit Lando – Canal Park. There will be food and demonstrations after the workout.

August 3 : CrossFit Lando – Canal Park will be operating at full force!

August 8: CrossFit Lando Summer Party @ Causeway

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD: For Time
30 Strict Handstand Pushups
65 Burpees

 

S: 30 Scaled Clapping Push-ups
L1: Scaled Strict HSPU

 

The Program

 

1.  Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

2. WOD:  For Time
30 Strict Handstand Pushups
65 Burpees

 

3a: 4×8 DB Press @ heaviest able, rest 60s
3b: 4×5 Strict Pull-Up, weighted, rest 60s

 

4. Tabata HS Walk
Continuous distance during work set. Score is max distance

Jul
19
By CFlando

Another Monday

Another Monday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02840

 

 

 

MONDAY

 

Core Conditioning

 

Core : 15-12-9
Getups
Windshield Wipers
Ring V-Outs

 

Conditioning : 12m AMRAP
5 Burpees
10 Box Jumps 24/20
15 Hang Power Clean 75/55

 

CrossFit

Strength : Power Clean
Every 2 minutes complete 1 rep for 20 minutes

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Goblet Squat 53/35
SDLHP 53/35
Toes to Bar

 

L1: 35/26, Kipping Knee Raises

 

Rx+: 70/53

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Power Clean
Every 2 minutes complete 1 rep for 20 minutes

 

2. WOD: 21-15-9
Goblet Squat 70/53
SDLHP 70/53
Toes to Bar

 

3. Front Squat
3-3-3-1-1-1-1-1

 

4. 100 Russian Swings, heaviest able in sets of at least 20
– 5 Pistols (each leg) with some weight added but keeping pistols fast, between sets

Jul
18
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on
Lauren doing casual L Sits from Muscle Up...

Lauren doing casual L Sits from Muscle Up…

 

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength : Hang Squat Clean
3-3-3-2-2-1…

 

Find a max single once through that rep scheme. USE 3s to WARMUP.

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
50′ Walking Lunges
5 Burpees*

 

Rx+  : Wear a weight vest (10#), and don’t wine on Monday

 

*add 1 burpee every round. Score is total number of burpees completed

 

Score Sheet (Burpees)
5 = 5
6 = 11
7= 18
8= 26
9= 35
10= 45
11= 56
12= 68
13= 81
You can figure it out after that!!!

Jul
17
By CFlando

Saturday We Squat

Saturday We Squat

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02360

 

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

1. Back Squat (Low Bar)
5-5-5-5-5

 

2. Threshold Work
1 Min Max Double Unders, then
EMOM 6m
O: AMRAP “DT”
E: 2 Wall Climbs
EMOM 6m
E: AMRAP Thruster 155/105
O: 3 Burpee Box Jumps 30/24
EMOM 6m
E: 5 Muscle Ups, AMRAP HS Walk (distance)
O: Rest

 

3. Wide Grip Deadlift (beyond cuts)
1-1-1-1-1-1-1, hold at launch at least 5 seconds, get heavy

 

4. 100 Ghd Situps

 

CrossFit , 10am + 1pm

Strength : Back Squat (low bar)
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD: Partner WOD
15m AMRAP
Run 300m
21-15-9
Squat Snatch 95/65
Synchronized Push-ups

– Snatch can be broken up any way desired. Push-ups must be synchronized.

Jul
16
By CFlando

“Twins”

“Twins”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02880

 

FRIDAY

 

Core Conditioning

 

Core : Alternating Tabata, 8 rounds each couplet

 

a. Situps/Forearm plank hold

b. Barbell rollout/Hollow position hold

c. Supermans/Hollow rocks

 

Conditioning: For Time
Run 1 Mile (4x400m)
100 Double Unders/200 Singles

 

CrossFit

 

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD: “Twins”
2 Rounds of
Row 750
20 HSPU

 

then 2 Rounds of
20 Thrusters 115/75
20 L Pull-Ups

 

 

The Program

 

 

Strength: Find a 1 rm Snatch

 

WOD: “Twins”

 

3. EMOM 8m
2 Hang Clean + 2 Jerk

 

4. Push Press
5-5-3-3-2-2

 

5. Run for 15m @ 90% pace


16
By CFlando

Sure

Sure

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02523

 

 

 

THURSDAY

Core Strength: 10m AMRAP
Ring L Sit Hold, max effort (scaling options)
Bar L Sit Hold, max effort
10 Lemon Squeezers
10 Russian KB Swing

 

 

WOD: Double WOD
6m AMRAP
8 Air Squats
8 Jumping Lunges
8 Burpees

 

 

Rest 6 minutes

 

 

6m AMRAP
Run 400m
30 Pushups
AMRAP KB Swings 53/35

 

 

 

The Program : Off

Jul
14
By CFlando

Good Ol’ Fashion Leg Day

Good Ol’ Fashion Leg Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02107

 

 

 

No Weightlifting Class at 6:30. Regular CrossFit.

 

 

Notes on today : Whenever doing strength work take note of the sets and reps written. This is done for a specific reason, implying that the total number of reps is part of the overarching plan for the day, week, cycle. This is important because while strength work is certainly different and separate from WOD work, the total number of reps and the intensity applied in each is all part of the bigger picture.

 

Strength work is about moving heavy weight, intensity through the load being moved. The hormonal change that occurs through exercise in this case is brought on by this intensity. No matter what your goals, be it get stronger with huge muscles or lean our and lose fat or something totally different, the production and release of growth hormone is important, and this hormone is stimulated by intensity in your exercise.

 

While it is certainly more scientific than this, think of the reps you complete at intensity (intensity can also come from moving lower weight for higher reps REALLY fast) as adding another scoop of the Popeye style spinach to your plate (and it tastes like ice cream). The more reps you complete the more growth hormone released which means more muscle built, more fat burned, more fitness had.

 

However if you don’t get these reps done you are just leaving spinach on the shelves, leaving GH unreleased. See GH is naturally produced but high intensity exercise stimulates it’s release. While rep ranges are determined for more than just controlling hormonal release (like safety and Delayed Onset Muscle Soreness), getting your work in means doing the written work to get the most from your time in the gym. When going about your work be sure to hit “working sets” for every set written. This means weight beyond your warmup, and numerically can be determined by at least 80% 1 rm (this is where GH is released the most).

 

Today be sure to get 6 working sets in. Warmup as needed then get heavy for your first set of 5. If you happen to fail on your journey don’t worry but make sure you make the set up with doable weight. Spending too much time on warmup weights or not making up your failures over time can be a significant amount of work you don’t complete!

 

Get heavy and get fit my friends! Today is for heavy weight!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

5-5-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: 15m EMOM

2 Squat Clean, heaviest able

 

The Program

Session I

1. Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

5-5-3-3-3-3

 

2. WOD: 15m AMRAP

2 Squat Clean, heaviest able

 

Session II : Can be done in succession but have protein/carb and at least 20 minutes rest between

 

1. Clean Position Deadlift
1-1-1-1-1-1-1….hold at launch position as long as able, heaviest able

 

2. EMOM 12m
3 Thrusters (from rack)

 

3. Yoke Carry
50′ max carry, as many attempts as needed

Jul
13
By CFlando

Passport Membership

Passport Membership

By CFlando Posted on

10981819_10100357353597419_5313639478951225847_n

 

 

 

As we bomb closer to our opening of our new location at 2 Canal Park in Cambridge there certainly is not a lack of questions from the community about what is going on. I will do my best to address common questions through the blog here but also feel free to ask me in person or email as always.

 

One of the main questions I get is whether your membership here at CrossFit Lando is good at CFL- Canal Park. The simple answer is “No”. The two facilities operate as separate entities under the same business umbrella. However there will be a membership option called the Passport Membership that will allow you to have unlimited access to both gyms. As it is giving you access to two gyms it will be pricey, so if it is out of your range but you still have the desire or need to use both my suggestion is pick one gym as your “home base” and then pay $10 member drop-ins at the other.

 

If you are interested in the Passport Membership shoot me an email. We will be open at Canal Park in a few weeks so your next bill you might want to be for that.

 

I know many of you are concerned about what will happen with the staff here at Woburn. All I can say is don’t worry, I will be coaching all the classes here in Woburn so you can all rest easy…

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Bench Press
6-6-4-4-4-4

 

WOD: For Time
12 Rope Climbs, 15′
65 Burpees

 

*20 minute time cap

 

S: 30 Strict Pull-Ups, scale so you can barely do 3-5 at a time, 45 Burpees
L1: 8 Rope Climbs

 

Rx+: 15 Rope Climbs

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Bench Press
6-6-4-4-4-4

 

2. WOD: For Time
15 Rope Climbs, 15′
65 Burpees

 

3. Snatch Work
EMOM…1 Power Snatch, go until you don’t want to anymore or it is not productive

 

4. Press
5-5-5-5
– Hold chin over bar (L pull-up) ME after each set

 

5. 30s on, 30s off, 5 rounds each finish each movement before moving on
– strict hang clean and press w db
– DB bicep curl
– diamond/close hand position push-ups
– ring dips

Jul
12
By CFlando

Introducing the Kiosk

Introducing the Kiosk

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02173

 

Surely most of you have already noticed the TV setup having been moved near the hallway. This is the start of our new check-in system we are implementing now to better track attendance figures. This will allow us to get a better grasp for the popularity of specific classes, both time of day and day of the week, which in turn makes it easier for me go gauge if, when, where to add or change class times and how to staff coaches. The kiosk system also will be where you charge items to your account which will replace the write in system we have now.

 

Starting tomorrow morning with the 5:30am class, ALL members wanting to attend class MUST sign in BEFORE you enter class. Even if you are late you will be asked to sign in before you are allowed to partake in any part of class. There will be 2 sign in kiosks to combat even the busiest classes, one will be the TV that is setup now and there will be an iPad installed this week that will operate the same way.

 

Like many new things there will be a learning and adjustment curve. Hopefully from a technical standpoint it’s all set up but there could be some issues. I apologize in advance if anything doesn’t work as we are hoping, and also thank you in advance for bearing with us as we implement this new system.

 

Like anything just ask if you are having any issues! 

 

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (9:15-10:00)

Core : For Time with focus on quality
5 Rounds
2 Turkish Getup (each arm)
12 RDL
22 Russian Twists, 30/20 

 

– RDL should be done with heaviest KB able

 

Conditioning : For Time
10 Burpee Box Jump 24/20
30 Jumping Pull-Ups
20 Burpee Box Jump 24/20
30 Jumping Pull-Ups
10 Burpee Box Jumps 
Run 600m

 

CrossFit

Strength : Deadlift
6-6-4-4-3-3, heaviest able

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
10 Deadlift 275/185
15 Box Jumps 30/24
20 Situps
25 Cal Row

 

S: 135/95, 24/20
L1: 225/155, 24/20

Rx+: 315/225, GHD Situps

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Deadlift
6-6-4-4-3-3, heaviest able

 

2. WOD : 15m AMRAP
10 Deadlift 315/225
15 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
20 Situps (GHD if able)
25 Cal Row (Rower set at 10/8 damper)

 

*Deadlift must be done double overhand

 

**try to share the GHD so people can all get a shot. Otherwise use abmat sit-ups. 

 

3. High Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-1-1-11-1-1

*First 3 singles do at 5515 tempo

Jul
11
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02525

 

 

 

SUNDAY (10am and 11am)

 

Strength : 5 Sets of:
1 Press, 3 Push Press, 5 Push Jerk

 

– all the same weight for each set. Work to a heaviest set possible. If the press is severely limiting then work on speed, moving the bar AFAP.

 

 

WOD : 3 rounds
25 Push-Ups
20 Situps
15 Clean and Jerk 115/80
10 Pistols (alternating)
5 Squat Snatch 115/80

 

S: 65/45, Scale gymnastics movements so you are able to continue moving quickly.
L1: 95/65, Pistols to box

Rx+ : 155/105


11
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Early Crew meet at 8:45, start work at 9:00

Strength : Front Squat
EMOM 15m, 2 heavy reps

WOD : 4 Rounds, each round 4:00, rest 1:00 after each round
Run 500m
AMRAP Bar MU (scale with band or jumping if needed)

 

10am/1pm

Strength : Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 600m
15 Ring Dips

Jul
9
By CFlando

No Core Class

No Core Class

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02356

 

 

 

There will be no Core Conditioning tomorrow, Friday, but the rest of the schedule remains as is. Core will pick back up on Monday. Thank you for understanding!

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD : For total reps

5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-ups
AMRAP Air Squats remainder of time
immediately into

5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
150′ Shuttle Sprint
75′ Bear Crawl
AMRAP Push-ups
immediately into

5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
5 Ring Dips
10 Toes to Bar
AMRAP Pull-Ups

 

The Program

1. Strength : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

2. WOD : For total reps

5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-ups
AMRAP Air Squats remainder of time
immediately into
5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
150′ Shuttle Sprint
75′ Bear Crawl
AMRAP Push-ups
immediately into
5 Rounds, each round 45s work, 15s rest
5 Ring Dips
10 Toes to Bar
AMRAP Pull-Ups

 

3. Deadlift
5×2, 3 second pause at knees on way up, heavy as able

 

4. High Bar Back Squat
2-2-2-2-2, heavy as able

Jul
8
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05952

 

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength: Press
7×2

 

WOD : For Time
Row 750m then
3 Rounds
30 Wall Ball 20/14
20 KB Swings 53/35

 

The Program : Off


8
By CFlando

Today We Clean…and Squat and Deadlift

Today We Clean…and Squat and Deadlift

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09353

 

 

This is one of those days where the community is strictly divided into two groups, one who absolutely loves me and one who absolutely despises me. I have a feeling these two groups were switched when seeing Tuesday’s workout. So I’ll keep the lectures minimal. Work just as hard at today as you did yesterday (the love me group from Tuesday), and the hate me group from Tuesday, well this is your cookie.

 

Bottom line is lifting heavy weight will illicit a hormonal response unlike any other type of working out. When we are able to work in all three energy pathways for an extended period of time we burn energy —-> fat like none other. That’s what we all want right? Not to mention we build muscle mass like Black Rob drops rhymes.

 

Get in here and get after it!

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength: Clean
2-2-2-1-1-1-1-1….find a heavy single

 

Strength-WOD: EMOM 16m
O: Deadlift, 2 reps
E: Thrusters, 2 reps

 

Both are heavy as able and using different barbells. This can be done with many partners and moving at your own EMOM. 

 

The Program

 

Session I : Above Work

 

Session II:

 

Very strongly suggested to be done at least 4 hours after Session I

 

Warmup: 4m AMRAP, 20′ Rope Climbs

 

1. Overhead Squat
2-2-2-2-2, 3 second pause in bottom of each rep

 

2. Snatch Work
EMOM 8m
2 Power Snatch, TnG
rest 2 full minutes then
EMOM 6m
2 Power Snatch, can drop
rest 1 full minute then
EMOM 5m
1 Squat Snatch
rest 2 minutes
100′ handstand walk
– Every fall must Row 200m

 

Jul
7
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09482

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength : Clean and Jerk Complex

 

Hang Clean + 3 Jerks (any)
Find a max in 5-6 sets

 

WOD: For Time
16 Muscle Ups (ring)
65 Burpees

 

Scaling Options

 

S: 24 Pull-ups, 24 Push-ups for 12 MUs, 45 Burpees
L1: 24 Pull-Ups, 24 Ring Dips for 12 MUs, 55 Burpees

 

 

The Program

 

1. Strength : Clean and Jerk Complex

 

Hang Clean + 3 Jerks (any)
Find a max in 5-6 sets

 

2. WOD: For Time
16 Muscle Ups (ring)
65 Burpees

 

3. Bench Press
4-4-4-2-2-2

 

4a: 10 Pull ME on rower, damper @ 10, rest :60
4b: 5xME Strict HSPU, rest :60

Jul
2
By CFlando

Special Friday

Special Friday

By CFlando Posted on

Thank you for bearing with me as we work the bugs out of the new website! We should be pretty and smooth by next week!

Remember that we are running only 2 classes tomorrow, 9am and 12pm. They will be regular CrossFit classes. Since we are heading into the 4th of July, aka the best weekend of the year, Friday’s classes will be a special workout for America. Come on in and get your workout in to earn however you will be celebrating this weekend.

FRIDAY

Strength: Deadlift
2-2-2-2-2

WOD: “Bradshaw”
10 Rounds
3 HSPU
6 Deadlift 225
12 Pull-Ups
24 Double Unders

 

The Program

1. Deadlift
2-2-2-2-2

2. WOD : “Bradshaw”

3. EMOM 10m
2 Pistols (each leg), add weight if able
2 Power Snatch, heavy
rest 3 full minutes then
EMOM 12m
2 High Bar Back Squat, 5510 Tempo
rest 5m then Run 1000m AFAP

Jul
1
By CFlando

And We Are Live!!

And We Are Live!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09292

 

 

As you can probably tell the new website is finally live! There will be many updates and adjustments in the next week so bear with me but I think it came out real nice. Real nice Clark!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Press
5-3-3-3-3

WOD: 21-15-9
Push Press 115/75
Russian Swings 53/35
– 2 Rope Climb , 15’ after each “set”

S: 75/55, 53/35, 5 strict pull-ups
L1: 95/65, 53/35, 7 Strict Pull-ups or 10’ climb

Rx+: 135/95, 70/53

 

The Program : Off Day

Jun
30
By CFlando

Old Fashion Wu-Banga

Old Fashion Wu-Banga

By CFlando Posted on

613251-wutangclan

Reminder for the Weekend: We will have  two classes, 9am and 12pm, on Friday, July 3. We are closed then for Saturday and Sunday, reopening on Monday. Friday will be a special American

 

WEDNESDAY (ain’t nothin’ to f**k with)

*Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm. Focus : Come find out!

 

Strength : Clean Complex
Squat (floor) + Hand P. Clean (knees) + Hang Squat Clean (thigh) + Power Clean (Floor)
– Find a max in 5-6 sets

 

WOD : 20m AMRAP:
Run 400m
1 Squat Clean 175/115
1 Squat Clean Thruster
1 Thruster
3 Clean and Jerk

 

The Program

Strength : Clean Complex
Squat (floor) + Hand P. Clean (knees) + Hang Squat Clean (thigh) + Power Clean (Floor)
– Find a max in 5-6 sets

WOD : 20m AMRAP:
Run 400m
1 Squat Clean 175/115
1 Squat Clean Thruster
1 Thruster
3 Clean and Jerk

 

Accessory Work
1. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-3-3

2. Back Rack Lunge, heaviest able
3-3-2-2 (each leg)

3. Run for 10 minutes @ 90% pace

Jun
29
By CFlando

The Waiting Game

The Waiting Game

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09257

 

So at this point I am sure you all don’t believe me that the website is being redesigned. But i assure you it’s getting done! I am just becoming best of friends with the company helping me with it (sarcasm). They have to do a few last things before they will launch it so unfortunately the same old boring website will be up until Wednesday.

The redesign is being done to just spruce the site up and make it more functional especially with the new location coming in a few week, but there will be some new cool perks to it. The Coach’s Corner will be a place where in depth articles written about technique, nutrition, community, and other pertinent info that you will be able to go through at your leisure. These articles will be much longer than the daily blog post and get very technical in some aspects. I am very excited about this. Also, WODs will be easily accessible on the main page and the whole site will be mobile friendly on all devices.

As the new location opens and grows and we continue to grow here, the site will continue to grow with it.

Other stuff coming? Yoga, additional Core Classes, expanded weekend hours, and more!

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Snatch
3 sets of 3, then EMOM 6m, 1 Heavy Snatch

 

WOD : For total combined reps moving straight down the list 1 time, each movement is 40 seconds on, 20 seconds off

Box Jumps 30/24, full stand
Squat Snatch 75/55
Push-ups (hand release)
Power Snatch
Toes to Bar
Hang Split Snatch (Left Leg)
Pull-Ups
Hang Split Snatch (Right Leg)

*Perform 3 Hand Release Burpees during every rest interval

Scaling
L1: 65/45, scale other movements as needed
Rx+: No further scale

 

The Program

Strength : Snatch
3 sets of 3, then EMOM 6m, 1 Heavy Snatch

WOD : For total combined reps, each movement is 90 seconds on, 60 seconds off

Box Jumps 30/24, full stand
Squat Snatch 75/55
Push-ups (hand release)
Power Snatch
Toes to Bar
Hang Split Snatch (Left Leg)
Pull-Ups
Hang Split Snatch (Right Leg)

Accessory Work
1. Behind Neck Push Press
2-2-2-1-1-1-1-1, make the 1s heavy and then drop if you aren’t good at lowering to neck

2. EMOM 12m
O: 3 Bench Press, heavy
E: 3 Stone to Shoulder, heavy

3a. Ring Dips, 4×5 weighted, rest as needed
3b. Turkish GU, 4×1 (each side) heaviest KB able, rest 60s

Jun
28
By CFlando

The Week Ahead

The Week Ahead

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

Coach Stacey and I are finishing up our certification weekend and ready to get back to the gym. Anyone coming to classes Monday night will get a super special double team by the two of us coaching classes. It was been a great weekend filled with lots of knowledge, some working out, CrossFit celebrities (though I got to hang out with one 24/7) and ice cream sandwiches (no joke, this place in San Jose you go in, pick your cookies, pick your ice cream, pick your toppings, BAM ice cream sandwich. I had 2).

Schedule: This week we will have a normal schedule up until Friday, with weightlifting class at 6:30pm on Wednesday. Friday’s schedule will be 9am and 12pm, then we will be closed until Monday, July 6. This is different than we originally posted but with Friday being the corporate holiday day off we figured why not get everyone in for a cool, pre-July 4th patriotic workout. More on that to come!

Website: I know way more about building websites than I should given my career. The relaunch with the new design will happen tomorrow. You have to do nothing different, just letting you know!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: 10m AMRAP
5 Barbell Rollouts
10 Toes to bar or best scale
15 Supermans

Conditioning : 3 Rounds
Run 600m
20 Walking Lunges
20 Pushups
20 Broad Jumps

 

CrossFit

Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3, heavy all 5 sets

WOD : 8m AMRAP
8 Clean and Jerk 135/95
10 Air Squat
12 Sit-ups

S: 75/55
L1: 115/80

Rx+ : 165/115

 

The Program
Ideally this work is broken into 2 sessions, 1+2 then 3-5 at least 4 hours later. Ideally.

1. Strength : Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3, heavy all 5 sets
2. WOD : 8m AMRAP
8 Clean and Jerk 165/115
10 Air Squat
12 Sit-ups

3. Clean Work
4×3, then EMOM 8m, 3 Squat Clean

4. High Bar Back Squat
2-2-2 at speed
1-1-1-1-1-1, 3313 Tempo

5a: 4×25 GHD Situps AFAP, rest as needed
5b: 4×5 Box Jumps with weight vest, highest able completing all 5 reps in 1 minutes, rest :60

 

Jun
25
By CFlando

July 4th Schedule

July 4th Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

Some of you have asked as you are already making plans so figured why not get this out there!

Next weekend we will be closed Friday, Saturday, and Sunday for July 4th weekend. This might be my favorite holiday ever, you know aside from Christmas and all, so I am a fan of taking some solid time to enjoy it.

Our time here is precious. Every chance you get take advantage of the beauty of your life, your friends and family, your surroundings, and the opportunities you have to enjoy all of it. July 4th is a chance to enjoy friends and family, weather, beauty of both nature and man (outside and fireworks), all together. Doesn’t get much better than that!

We still got some time before then so let’s get to work! Flav, Jack, and Kyle are in charge Friday through Monday as Stacey and I are out in California getting our CrossFit certifications redone. We are going to be SOOOO full of knowledge when we get back!

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Jerk (any)
Find a 1 rep max in 25 minutes

 

WOD : Heavy “Grace”

30 Clean and Jerk 155/105

S: 95/65
L1: 135/95

Rx+: 205/145

 

– The workout “Grace” is meant to be a sub 5:00 workout, sub 2:00 for elite athletes. Heavy Grace is a different story. There will be a 12 minute time cap to this and I encourage you to use it. Push yourself weight wise and don’t worry about time. Yes, I want you to finish in the cap but i would rather you barely make it at RX then finish in 5 minutes at 135/95.

Worst that happens is you don’t finish and live to see another day!

 

The Program : Keep it minimal, stick to the work listed. There is a method to the madness

1. Strength : Find a 1 rep max Jerk

2. WOD: 30 Clean and Jerk 205/145

3. Push Press
3-3-3-3, heavy 4 working sets

4. EMOM 20m
O: 30′ HS walk, start and finish with FS HSPU
E: 5 weighted pistols (each leg), see what you can do

5. Airdyne Conditioning
1m sprint
1m full rest
1m sprint
1m arms only
1m legs only
1m full rest
1m sprint
1m full rest
1m sprint
1m full rest
3m @ 80% recovery

 

Jun
24
By CFlando

Bring a Friend : Saturday, June 27

Bring a Friend : Saturday, June 27

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07423

 

 

Bring a friend who isn’t a member of CFL and show them what we are all about! BAF class will be the 10am!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Push Press + Push Jerk
5 sets of 2+2

 

WOD : 10m AMRAP
30 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Burpees

 

The Program

1. EMOM 20m
O : 75′ Farmer’s Carry 45/25 each hand (holding plates)
E : 1 TGU + OHS each side, heaviest able

2. EMOM 20m
10 Cal Row Sprint

Jun
23
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06041

 

 

 

WEDNESDAY

 

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3-3-3

Get at least 7 working sets in

 

WOD: For Time
30 Box Jumps 24/20
40 Pull-Ups
15 Deadlift 275/205

S: Scaled Box Jumps, 135/95
L1: 225/155

Rx+ : 315/225

 

The Program

1. Strength : Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3-3-3-3
Get at least 7 working sets in

2. WOD: For Time
30 Box Jumps 24/20
40 Pull-Ups
15 Deadlift 315/225

3. Snatch
EMOM 10m : 2 Squat Snatch, heavy

4. Behind Neck Push Press
3-3-3-1-1-1-1-1

 

Jun
22
By CFlando

Re-Launch Coming This Week

Re-Launch Coming This Week

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07263

 

 

 

Be on the look out this week for our completely redesigned website. It will be hosted at the same place so you don’t have to do a thing but we will have added features to include the new location (opening the last week of July) as well as the new Coach’s Corner, video archives, and more media!

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Press
3-3-3+4+5

– Work to a heavy set of 3 in 3 working sets, then try to get a set of 4 and 5 with that same weight you did 3 on. The last set of 3 should be a 7-8/10 intensity

WOD : For total completed rounds
4 Min AMRAP
3 Muscle Ups
3 Squat Snatch 135/95

rest 2 minutes

4 Min AMRAP
3 HSPU
3 Burpees
30 Double Unders

rest 2 minutes

4 Min AMRAP
3 UB Squat Clean Thruster 135/95

– This means 1 “round” is 3 unbroken, tng squat clean thruster


Scale for all 3 AMRAPs

S: 3 CTB/3 Ring Dips, 65/45
L1: 6 CTB/6 Ring Dips, 95/65

Rx+ : Deficit HSPU to 3″, 175/120 barbell

 

The Program

1. Strength : Press
3-3-3+4+5

– Work to a heavy set of 3 in 3 working sets, then try to get a set of 4 and 5 with that same weight you did 3 on. The last set of 3 should be a 7-8/10 intensity

2. WOD : For total completed rounds
4 Min AMRAP
3 Muscle Ups
3 Squat Snatch 175/120

rest 2 minutes

4 Min AMRAP
3 HSPU
3 Burpees
30 Double Unders

rest 2 minutes

4 Min AMRAP
3 UB Squat Clean Thruster 175/120

– This means 1 “round” is 3 unbroken, tng squat clean thruster

 

3a: 4×10 single arm pushups (each arm), rest :60
3b: 4×3 strict pull-up hold+ L sit hold for 3 seconds+ up and over, rest :60

4: DB Bench, 3×10 heaviest able/fastest able

Jun
21
By CFlando

Finally a Full Schedule

Finally a Full Schedule

By CFlando Posted on
1908191_10153368763540409_2443485893859818977_n

Ladies with the hardware!

 

 

 

We have had some amazing events the past two weekends. This past weekend was awesome at the American Weightlifting Nationals with 4 Landos taking podium spots and one of them, Sarah Lando, taking 2nd place overall of all female lifters based on bodyweight and weight lifted. Stacey, Sarah, Molly, and April all took 1st place in their respective weight classes! The men did a heck of a job too with many PRs by Brian, Ben, Dan, and Jack “J-Man”.

As always I have to say thank you to the volunteers. Kyle and Tim legit stayed on the platform for 10 hours changing plates, Stacy D. ran the desk all day, and Christina, Flav, Jack, Stacey, Andrea, all devoted hours of their Saturday to help put on a great event. Sorry for anyone I might have forgotten!

Finally a week with a full schedule Sunday to Sunday! Get in here and get fit!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core : Stacey’s Funhouse

WOD : 15m AMRAP
20 Toes to Plate 45/35
20 Situps
20 Cal Row
20 Split Jumps (total)

 

CrossFit

Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD : 3 Rounds
15 Toes to Bar
25 KB Swings 53/35
45 Air Squats
Run 300m

 

L1 : Hanging Tuck, 35/26

Rx+ : 70/53

 

The Program

1. Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-2-2

2. WOD : 3 Rounds
15 Toes to Bar
25 KB Swings 70/53
45 Air Squats
Run 300m

3. Low Bar Back Squat
3-3-3-3, heavy

4. Yoke Carry
5×50′, max able

5. EMOM 8m
5 Box Jumps, highest able (try to increase throughout)

Jun
19
By CFlando

Closed for AWF Nationals

Closed for AWF Nationals

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06443

Volunteers Needed!!! We need help from 8am to 6pm, anytime in between or all day. Free food and entertainment!!

VOLUNTEERS WHO ALREADY AGREED PLEASE SHOW UP AT 8AM!!!

CrossFit Lando is closed for the AWF Nationals. Come watch international weightlifting legends lift some weight!

The Program

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-5-5-5

WOD: Running Clock
EMOM 5m : 1 DL, 2 Power Clean, 3 Front Squat, 2 Power Clean, 1 DL 145/100
Run 200m immediately after last round
Rest 3 full minutes

EMOM 5m: 3 Push Jerk @ 75% 1rm
20 Burpees immediately after last set
Rest 3 full minutes
50 Box Jumps 24/20

then 10m AMRAP
10 Toes to Bar
10 HSPU
10 Broad Jump 6′
5 Power Snatch 115/75

Jun
18
By CFlando

Weekend Schedule : Friday Evening Change, Closed Saturday, Full Schedule Sunday

Weekend Schedule : Friday Evening Change, Closed Saturday, Full Schedule Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07575

PLEASE READ BELOW FOR SCHEDULE CHANGES STARTING TOMORROW EVENING

AWF Athletes (Non-CF Lando Members) : If you are looking to train you can use the gym from 9-10am or 4-6pm. We do not have alternate times for athletes to train around our class schedule. We apologize if these times do not work!

Because of the American Weightlifting Federation National Championship being held at CrossFit Lando on Saturday we will be closed the entire day. We still need many volunteers as well as spectators to come cheer on your many Landos and coaches who are competing! There are some international weightlifting superstars lifting so it will be a great time!

Schedule for Weekend : 

Friday : Morning and Noon no changes
4:00-6:00pm Open Gym
6:00-7:00pm CrossFit

Saturday : Closed

Sunday : Regular Schedule

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD : 10 Rounds
1 Round of “Cindy”
1 Clean and Jerk @ 75% 1 rep max

The Program

If competing on Saturday then off or light movement and mobility

If not competing do strength and WOD then High Bar Back Squat 5×5, then Clean Position Deadlift 5×3. Both heavy as able

Jun
17
By CFlando

Volunteers Needed!

Volunteers Needed!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06171

 

 

 

This Saturday we are hosting an amazing event, the American Weightlifting Federation National Championships. The AWF is a new federation for weightlifting that is headed by Jon North and his wife Jessica North. They are two of the best lifters in the world, Jon having won a National Championship in 2011 and competed for the USA in the Pan Am Games. I am lucky enough to call them friends and sit on the board of directors for the AWF which is why we are hosting this event.

While it won’t be as rigorous as volunteering for a CF competition we need some people to just help with changing weights and generally hanging out. This is crucial to making this event run smoothly. We will be providing food as usual and a ton of entertainment. If you want to see someone snatch 375# and clean and jerk north of 450# then come on by Saturday, help out, or just watch!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Bench Press
6-6-6-6

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
15 Walking Lunges
15 KB Swings 53/35
15 Thruster 45/35

 

The Program

With us being closed on Saturday you can use today as optional active recovery. You will be allowed to do this in class.

1. EMOM 20m
O: Airdyne/Row 10 Cal Sprint
E: 10 Clapping Pushups
then EMOM 20m
O: 10 Box Jumps 30/24
E: 3 Deadlift, increasing staying at 8/10 intensity

2. 8 TGU (each side) working up in weight w KB or DB

Jun
16
By CFlando

The Power of EMOM

The Power of EMOM

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07317

 

 

EMOM, Every Minute On the Minute, training is a great programming device we use that is often times misinterpreted. In an EMOM style workout there is a given amount of work to be done repetitively during a minute. The workout has a set amount of minutes to be done of that work set, and in a class setting we can sometimes set penalty parameters for unfinished rounds.

I sometimes hear people groan about an EMOM for the WOD portion of class because they think allowing rest means they aren’t getting a full, ass kicking workout like we do in 80% of our WODs. While I totally understand the perception I would argue that EMOMs, when done correctly, provide the potentially for an even GREATER intensity during the work phase. A well constructed EMOM can be brutal because it has just the right amount of work and just the right amount of rest to bring you to the edge most rounds but allow you to come back and still go hard at the next minute. There is no feeling of intensity quite like the last few minutes of a 10-12 minutes EMOM where you are at the brink but able to come back one last time to get that last minute.

The intensity must come from you though, more so than in regular WODs. The rest in this kind of interval work is designed to allow your body and mind come back from the dead zone enough to really push. If you kind of half ass the work part of an EMOM then you very well might finish feeling like you didn’t get everything out of the required work. The idea is to push yourself like it’s the first round of a 5 rounder every single minute and use the rest to get back to that point. With the rest it also allows us to focus on the movements at hand a little more than if we were constantly moving through a WOD. Done this way an EMOM can be a great way to practice skills or lifts while also getting a great deal of fitness.

Notes on Today : This weightlifting centric EMOM will get cardiovascular very quickly. Your goal should be unbroken, if not the entire 15 rep round then at least each element. Focus also on the skill of each movement. Pick a weight that will push your fitness but allows you to maintain solid technique and do each part without letting go. You might be shocked at how much progress you can get out of 10 minutes!

Push to the brink every minute and use your rest to get back to the point where you can GO every single time. Your focus should be on getting to minute 9. Once there it’s one last minute and you are done. If you are running into the end of the minute without finishing the work, or barely making it, then take a minute off so you can get right back to hard charging. You should be getting done with about half the round left to rest for the first 5 or so minutes.

 

WEDNESDAY

– Weightlifting class will be Snatching for the entire time and some review of the AWF Nationals for Saturday. If you want to get a WOD in try to before or after class. Do not snatch twice. Nothing wrong with doing an all lifting day this time of year too!

 

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 25 minutes

WOD: EMOM 10m
3 Power Snatch 105/85
3 Hang Squat Snatch
3 Power Clean
3 Hang Squat Clean
3 Push Jerk

S: 65/45, all power snatches
L1: 85/65

Rx+: 125/100

 

The Program

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 25 minutes

 

WOD: EMOM 10m
3 Power Snatch 125/100
3 Hang Squat Snatch
3 Power Clean
3 Hang Squat Clean
3 Push Jerk

Core : 100 Russian Swings 106/88

SkWAT Team : High Bar for 3, 10 minutes at 8/10 intensity

Jun
15
By CFlando

Ring/Bar Test

Ring/Bar Test

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07392

 

 

Today we are testing you pull-up or muscle up ability, getting another baseline number for our assessment moving forward. For many of you this will just be the pull-ups because you aren’t at the stage yet of doing muscle ups. Go after these pull-ups with a vengeance and crank out as many as you can right off the bat, then sustain whatever can.

For you muscle uppers it’s a bit of a decision to make and it’s only one you can make. If you just got a muscle up recently and really can only do one or two in a session you probably want to stick to the pull-ups, however it is totally up to you. There will be a 12 minute time cap and you will want to get to at least halfway.

A lot of work to do today. Let’s get after it!!

 

TUESDAY

Test : 60 Pull-Ups / 30 Muscle Ups for time

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD : 12m AMRAP
3 Burpees*
6 HSPU
9 CTB Pull-Ups
18 Situps
36 Double Unders

S : Scaled HSPU, Jumping Pull-ups
L1: Scaled HSPU, Regular Pull-ups

Rx+ : Burpee Pull-Overs

 

Weightlifting : Work on Power Jerk for 10 minutes, then 1 rep max Split Jerk

 

The Program

 

Test : 60 Pull-Ups / 30 Muscle Ups for time

Strength : Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD : 12m AMRAP
3 Burpees Pull-Overs
6 HSPU
9 CTB Pull-Ups
18 Situps
36 Double Unders

3a: DB Bench, 4×5, heaviest able, rest 60s
3b: DB Bent Over Row, 4×7 each side, heaviest able, rest 60s

4. For Time, each part
100 Pushups
Rest 2:00
50 Strict Pull-Ups

Jun
14
By CFlando

Looking Ahead

Looking Ahead

By CFlando Posted on
Dead

Dead

 

 

Thank you again for all who volunteered, competed, and otherwise supported CrossFit Lando on Saturday. What a great event, and it’s all about you, the people.

We have another great event coming this Saturday, the American Weightlifting Federation Nationals. A number of Landos are lifting and we have 60 other athletes from around the world coming in to participate. Going to be an amazing experience as there are a number of world renown lifters including Jon North, head of the AWF, competing.

We need volunteers again and would really appreciate any help. It will not be judging, more just registration and whatnot. Please email me, [email protected]. If you are competing you want to be following workouts as usual and the additional Weightlifting programming leading up to go time on Saturday.

Come check it out!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core : 150 Situps for time

Conditioning : For Time
2 Rounds
10 Burpees
Run 400m
75′ Bear Crawl
75′ Walking Lunges
75′ Broad Jump
Row 500m
10 Burpees

 

CrossFit
Strength : Thruster (from rack)
4-4-4-2-2-2

 
WOD: 21-15-9
Overhead Squat 115/75
Box Jumps 24/20
Wall Ball 20/14
Toes to Bar

S: 75/55, Hanging Tuck
L1: 95/65, Knees to Chest

Rx+ : 135/95, 24/16#

 

Weightlifting : Clean Work : EMOM 10m, 1 full + 1 hang clean

 

The Program
1. Strength and WOD above (Rx+), WL if competing, then:

2. Depth Squat Box Jumps : 30s on 30s off, 6 Rounds
– Full squat then jump onto box, full stand at top, wear a weight vest

3. Core Work
a. Good Morning
5-5-5-3-3-2

b. GHD Situps
Every 30s perform 12 GHD situps for 6 rounds

Jun
13
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07414

 

 

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit

Strength : EMOM 12m
1 Push Press + 1 Hang Squat Clean + 1 Push Jerk

WOD : 8m AMRAP
7 Burpees
7 Ring Dips
7 Pull-Ups
7 STOH 115/80

 

11am Strongman

Warmup : Sled Work

 

WOD : EMOM 24m
O : 2 Heavy Deadlifts
E: 2 Heavy Front Squat

 

Jun
12
By CFlando

Summer Solstice Heats!! No Classes!

Summer Solstice Heats!! No Classes!

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando is CLOSED for the Summer Solstice Team Competition. Come cheer on your fellow WODmates! We will re-open for Sunday regular schedule.

 

Athlete Check-In begins at 8:00am and goes until 8:30am

Athlete Briefing begins at 8:30am

First Heat begins at roughly 9:00am

 

Volunteers please arrive at 7:30am

 

 Heats are the same for each event in terms of lane assignment
WOD 1 starts at roughly 9:00am, WOD 2 at roughly 10:30am, WOD 3 at roughly 12:00pm. Each heat will be roughly 15 minutes for Events 1 and 2, roughly 20 minutes for Event 3.

 

Heat 1 : 9:00am (Event 1), 10:30am (Event 2), 12:00pm (Event 3)

1. 2 Boxes are better then 1 (Crossfit No Regrets), Scaled

2. 99 Problems but my squat ain’t one (Crossfit Lando)

3. BALLS 2 DA WALL
Leigha Maciel – (Crossfit Route 1) arnold sevilla – (Crossfit Route 1)

4. Barbells, not burpees!
Molly Cunningham – (Molly Cunningham) Mike Gray – (Crossfit Lando)

5. Crossfit Hartford
Andrea Migliori – (Crossfit Hartford) John Durrett – (Crossfit Hartford)

Heat 2 

1. Chalk Dirty To Me, Scaled
Allison Ostashen – (Crossfit Subdued ) Daniel Ryan – (Crossfit Subdued)

2. CrossFit Route 1
Nicole Vera – (CrossFit Route 1) Eddie Melara – (CrossFit Route 1)

3. Dre & long
andrea domenici – (Andrea domenici ) Long Lam – (Crossfit lando )

4. EMPIRE
Amy Bradley – (CF Lando) Mike Ingalls – (CF Lando)

5. Full Bodied Hotties
Kyra Williams – (Crossfit Southie) Michael Jones – (Crossfit Southie)

Heat 3

1.

2. GLAMRAP
Kelly Wilhide – (CrossFit Brutality) Ryan Cormier – (CrossFit EXP)

3. Here 2 Lift
Peter Ostashen – (Crossfit Subdued) Sam Cohen – (Crossfit Subdued)

4. Lets go PR
Rachael Donovan – (Crossfit Route 1) Pete Kelley – (Crossfit Route 1)

5. Make It Jerk
Brendan Noonan – (Crossfit Lando) Vanessa Loverme Akhtar – (Crossfit Lando)

Heat 4

1. Squats and Shots, Scaled
Megan Papetti – (Crossfit Lando) John Gill – (Crossfit Lando)

2. Nearly 100
Jenny Fujii – (Crossfit Lando) Michael Milofsky – (Crossfit Lando)

3. Powered by Pop-Tarts
Kyle Hicks – (Crossfit Lando) Lauren D’Arrigo – (Crossfit Lando)

4. Team Goshan
Olga Akselrod – (Lando) Alex Mirchevsky – (Lando)

5. Team Kittay
Tim Bryant – (CF Lando) Joanna Whalen – (CF Lando

Jun
11
By CFlando

Back Squat PR City

Back Squat PR City

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05873

 

 

We strongly encourage anyone competing on Saturday to come in and train today if only to get the back squat done. This is important for your progress and tracking! Let’s get after it today!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : Running Clock

2m AMRAP : Situps
2m AMRAP : Forearm Plank
2m AMRAP : Flutter Kicks
2m AMRAP : Getups 45/35 plate
2m AMRAP : Lemon Squeezers

Conditioning : 5 Rounds
Run 200m
10 Burpees
20 Air Squats

 

CrossFit

Strength : Find a 1 rep max Back Squat (any style)

 

WOD: For Time
30 Toes to Bar
30 Hang Clean and Jerk 115/75
20 Toes to Bar
20 Front Rack Lunges
10 Toes to Bar
10 Power Snatch

S: 75/55, Hanging Tuck
L1: 95/65

Rx+ : 135/95

 

The Program

If competing just do above. If not competing do 5×50′ Yoke Carry after class for max weight

Jun
10
By CFlando

Swings and Jumps

Swings and Jumps

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07423

 

 

Quick assessment about the competition in terms of those competing.

The amount of work you are doing on Saturday is as much if not less than a normal Saturday. I know you all want to do well, and we want you to do well, but you can and are encouraged to train as normal. Come in Friday, PR your back squat, and then get after it on Saturday. This is the highly encouraged route to take!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 4 Rounds

20 KB Swing 53/35
7 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20

 

The Program : Optional Active Recovery session
– Do not do this if you question if you should. Encouraged for anyone taking Friday off (which isn’t encouraged) doing the comp on Saturday

1. EMOM 20m
O: 25′, 50′, 25′, 50′ suicides (down and back to that distance)
E: 5 Strict Pull-ups on Rings

2. Row 4x500m @ 85% rowing pace, rest 1:00 between efforts

Jun
9
By CFlando

The Root

The Root

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05759

 

Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm. Focus on Clean and Jerk.

WEDNESDAY

Strength : Front Squat
Sets of 1 with 5 second pause in bottom. Find a max in 20 minutes

WOD: 15m AMRAP
Run 200m
12 Alternating Pistols
15 Pull-Ups
12 Wall Ball 20/14

 

The Program

1. Strength : Front Squat

Sets of 1 with 5 second pause in bottom. Find a max in 20 minutes

2. WOD: 15m AMRAP
Run 200m
12 Alternating Pistols
5 Muscle Ups
12 Wall Ball 20/14

3. Deadlift
3-3-3-3-5+

– Last set go for a heavy set for as many number wise as possible

4. WL Work (if not taking class…do before DL work)
Clean and Jerk: EMOM 12m, work to a heavy single rep

Jun
8
By CFlando

Weekend Schedule

Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07647

 

 

This weekend we will be closed for classes on Saturday due to the team competition going down all day. Those of you competing should expect to be at the gym around 8am til 2 ish.

Some of you have already asked about how to go about preparing for the competition. I am a big proponent of not letting a competition interfere with your training. We will be maxing out the back squat on Friday and I encourage all competition participants to do that even though it is an event on Saturday. Maxing out back squats isn’t really something that takes a lot out of you since you don’t perform that many reps, and it will help you get an idea for your efforts on Saturday. Most important is this is an important number to have for your training and skipping it will throw a lot off for you down the line.

But what do I know?

 

TUESDAY

Strength 1 : Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

Strength 2: Push Press
5-5-3-3, 10 minutes of work

Conditioning : Row 1000m AFAP

 

The Program

Strength 1 : Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

Strength 2: Push Press
5-5-3-3, 10 minutes of work

Conditioning : Row 1000m AFAP

 

Post Class Work

1. 3×25 CTB Pull-Ups, rest 1 minute between efforts, time total time and each interval

2a: 4×15 GHD Situps, rest 30s
2b, 4×8 GHD Hip Extension, Barbell Weighted, rest 60s

3. 100 Push-ups for quality

Jun
7
By CFlando

Power Time

Power Time

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05954

 

Today we are testing power output in my own fun, fancy way. Today (Monday) starts what I deem our Bridge Cycle, the period of time that brings us into the new training season in August. This and next week will be one of our testing periods where we test out our lifts, times, and other parts of our fitness to see where we are. The numbers don’t lie!

Some of you might be reading this and saying “what the hell is Aaron talking about?”. This happens to me a lot so I am always prepared to explain myself!

No matter what level you are at as a Crossfitter or what your goals and purpose at CrossFIt Lando are, the training is structured in a season format just like other sports. This allows for a full development of our fitness as we are able to work on different elements in different times of the year. For serious competitors this is important for developing all facets of your fitness and have the right amount of time to work on your weaknesses while also developing your strengths. For the rest of us this just means it is a more efficient way of improving your fitness rather than just a blind dart throwing method.

This bridge period is a time for kind of personal development. If you have been beating yourself up and are more than just sore here and there, this is the time to get your body right. Injuries only mean less time you can spend getting fit. No good there. Specifically speaking in terms of the training elements our testing the next 2 weeks will put a good spotlight on what you need to work on. Then I will detail out how to go about working on them.

Whether you are part of our community to improve your fitness or are a serious competitor, nobody wants weaknesses in their game. Now is the time we work on them, whether it be mental or physical fatigue, or specific elements of our training. More on this to come!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 915am

Core Work: 21-15-9
Windshield Wipers
Superman
Situps, weighted
Russian Twist
Alternating Single Arm Ring Plank Holds

Conditioning : For Time
Run 800m
30 Squat Clean 95/65
Run 800m

CrossFit

Strength: Power Clean
Find a 2 rep max. Do not touch and go, but make both reps within 20 seconds

WOD: 21 Power Clean @ 85% above
– EMOM 2 Wall Climbs, starting with wall climbs
S: 10 Pushups
L1: 1 Wall Climb

Rx+: 90%

 

The Program

1. Strength: Power Clean
Find a 2 rep max. Do not touch and go, but make both reps within 20 seconds

2. WOD: 21 Power Clean @ 90% above
– EMOM 2 Wall Climbs, starting with wall climbs

3. High Bar Back Squat
3×5 @ 8 of 10 intensity, then 5×1 @ 102% last 5

4a. Good Morning, 5-5-3-3, rest 60s
4b Handstand Hold (free or wall) 4x60s or ME whichever comes first, rest 60s

Jun
5
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Early Crew meets ads 8:30am

SATURDAY

Strength: Front Squat

5-5-5-5-5

WOD: Find a Partner!

20m AMRAP
21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Pull-Ups
Burpees, lateral over bar
Push-ups

21-15-9 = 1 round

Jun
4
By CFlando

Hero Friday

Hero Friday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07337

 

Super awesome special Hero WOD this Friday! Not only are we doing the WOD “Randy” that is a Hero that makes it special in it’s own right, but this is also Event 1 from the Individual portion of the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games Regionals! So you get a crack at what a lot of you saw the amazing individual athletes at this years competition do just a few weeks ago.

“Randy” is a unique Hero WOD in it is short and fast, kind of exact opposite of most Heroes. While the Rx is light it is still 75 reps so scale accordingly. You want this to be done in at most 8 minutes but really int he 5 minute range. This is not a “see if I can push it weight wise” WOD because of the high volume of snatches. This is one where you get your intensity out of moving the barbell fast and often!

Let’s kick the weekend off right with this classic Hero!

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

WOD: “Randy”

75 Snatches for Time, 75/55

S: 50 Snatches, 55/35
L1: 65/45

 

The Program

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Randy”

3. Snatch Position Deadlift
5×3, TnG

4. Snatch Position Push Press
5×1, heavy, if not comfortable bringing the weight down just drop from the top. Also a good chance to practice this with lighter weight at beginning

 

Jun
3
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05662

 

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Press
5-3-3-3-2

 

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Toes to Bar
10 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Box Jump 24/20 (full stand)

 

The Program

Off

Jun
2
By CFlando

Volunteers Needed!

Volunteers Needed!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07621

 

If you are interested in helping out for the 3rd Annual Summer Solstice Team Competition Saturday, June 13th, please email Stacey. We need help judging and setting up the day of!

 

Weightlifting class at 6:30 will focus on the snatch as well as work on your openers and approaches for the AWF Nationals.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength : Clean
EMOM 12m, 1 heavy rep
WOD : 12m AMRAP
3 Thrusters 135/95
4 Power Clean
5 Hang Squat Clean
3 Wall Climbs

S: 75/55
L1: 115/75

Rx+ : 185/135, 5 MUs for Wall Climbs

 

The Program

1. Strength : Clean
EMOM 12m, 1 heavy rep
2. WOD : 12m AMRAP
3 Thrusters 185/135
4 Power Clean
5 Hang Squat Clean
5 Muscle Ups

3a: Clean Position Deadlift, 4×2, rest :60
3b: Pistols, 4×5 (each leg) add weight as able, rest :60

4. Core Work
30 L Sit Pull-Ups, hold 5 seconds chin over bar each rep

Jun
1
By CFlando

Rain Run…or Not

Rain Run…or Not

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07489

 

 

Today we will give you the option of running or rowing. BUT you better believe we will not let you stand around waiting for a rower. If the rain is making it unsafe then we will be slightly less harsh but otherwise a little rain never hurt anyone!!

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Bench Press
2-2-2-2-2

 

WOD : 16m AMRAP
10 Push Press 115/75 (must be push press)
Run 200m/Row 250m
10 Toes to Bar
40 Double Unders

S: 75/55, 10 Hanging Tuck, 80 Singles
L1: 95/65, 10 Knees to Elbow, 20 Double Unders or 80 Singles

Rx+: 135/95

 

The Program

1. Strength : Bench Press
2-2-2-2-2
2. WOD : 16m AMRAP
10 Push Press 135/95 (must be push press)
Run 200m/Row 250m
10 Toes to Bar
40 Double Unders

3. Weightlifting
Jerk : Warmup then every 90s perform 1 split jerk for 8 sets

4. 100 Pushups, 40 Strict pull-ups, not for time

May
31
By CFlando

Inov-8 Summer Solstice Team Competition June 13th

Inov-8 Summer Solstice Team Competition June 13th

By CFlando Posted on

If you are interested in competing and haven’t signed up yet the time is now. We have both Rx and Scaled divisions and people looking for partners. If you want to compete and don’t have a partner come see us at the desk! For more info on the event go here.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core : 10m AMRAP
Hold Forearm Plank for 45s then immediately perform 10 strict TTB/Hanging Tuck
rest 20s

Conditioning: For Time
4 Rounds
25 Burpees
rest 1:00

 

CrossFit

Strength : Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Strict HSPU
5 Deadlift 275/185
10 CTB Pull-ups
– after last round perform 25 Burpees

 

S: 5 Ring Dips, 135/95, Ring Rows
L1: Scaled S-HSPU, 225/155, Regular Pull-Ups

Rx+ : 335/225

 

The Program

1. Strength : Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3
2. WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Strict HSPU
5 Deadlift 335/225
10 CTB Pull-ups
– after last round perform 25 Burpees

 

3. Barbell Good Morning
5-5-5-5

4. 50 GHD Situps AFAP, rest 1:00, 50 TTB AFAP

5. Back Squat (high bar)
4-4-3-3

May
30
By CFlando

Strongman Sunday

Strongman Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Come in and get your Strongman/woman on at 11am with Jack!

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit

Strength : Press
5-3-3-3-1

WOD: 5 Rounds
75′ Walking Lunge
75′ Bear Crawl
75′ Broad Jump
25 Situps

Strongman at 11am

May
29
By CFlando

“Murph” Day

“Murph” Day

By CFlando Posted on

20130418-202548

 

There will be no Early Crew tomorrow. All are encouraged to come for “Murph” at 10am

Come on in for the 10am class and hit the most Hero of Hero WODs, “Murph”. If you want to read more on this WOD and the tradition of it check out last night’s post here.

All are welcome, members and non-members, veterans and newbies. HOWEVER, and please please please pay attention to this, if you are bringing a non-member especially a non-crossfitter, they MUST have some level of fitness beyond 0. I’m not saying they need to be super fit but they need to be regularly working out in some capacity multiple times per week. There will be many ways to scale (listed below) but it is still a lot of work to do.

There will be no time cap. However be smart in your scaling. 90 minutes for a workout is not good fitness and will lead to you hurting yourselves.

 

SATURDAY

10am/1pm (1pm class will have a strict 45-60 minute time cap to the workout, however long after warmup is left til 2pm)
WOD: “Murph”

Run 1 Mile, then
100 Pull-Ups
200 Push-Ups
300 Squats, then
Run 1 Mile

S: “Half Murph”
L1: Same run, 75, 150, 200 reps

Rx+ : Wear a weight vest (this is usually said to be Rx)

 

– The work can be broken up (between the miles) any way you want. Many people do 20 rounds of “Cindy” (5 pull-ups, 10 push-ups, 15 air squats). Doing it straight through is not exactly smart but an option.

– Scale A LOT. This is not the WOD to push yourself on your pull-ups, or anything else for that matter. Your goal should be sub 60 minutes. However it is not uncommon to go over that if you are pushing for a certain goal. Go for whatever you feel you can and your coaches will help as you go.

May
28
By CFlando

“Murph” is Saturday!

“Murph” is Saturday!

By CFlando Posted on
DSC00298

Murph 2014

 

 

For those of you wondering what happened to the traditional “Murphy” day for CrossFit Lando we didn’t forget! Just didn’t have a place in the schedule last weekend to get it done so we are doing it this Saturday at 10am!

For those of you wondering what the hell is “Murph”, read ahead!

It’s so much easier explaining this now since The Lone Survivor came out because “Murph” was one of these SEALs from that movie. Lieutenant Michael Murphy was killed in Afghanistan during the now infamous mission to capture bad dudes during our war overseas. This was one of the first Hero WODs ever made and is traditionally done by CrossFitters around the world on Memorial Day. Like many Heroes it is long, difficult, and downright brutal, but like all Heroes it is meant to be done with something special in your heart and mind.

This will be our 3rd year running “Murph” around this time of year and each year we get more and more people involved. The workout is as follows:

Run 1 Mile
then
100 Pull-Ups
200 Pushups
300 Squats
then
Run 1 Mile

The pull-ups, pushups, and squats can be done any way you want, with many people breaking it up into 5-10-15 like the workout “Cindy”, ultimately doing 20 rounds of that workout sandwiched between the miles. I strongly encourage you to do the workout that way as this is all about endurance in all aspects of fitness. Blowing yourself up in one element or another will be a huge blow to your ability to finish the workout.

While we understand this is going to be a long one, like always we want to keep this somewhat in the realm of reasonable attempts at fitness. With this in mind, we encourage scaling. This is not being weak, this is being smart. While we cannot individually help every single person that comes on Saturday (we had over 50 people in class last year) we want to guide you as best as possible. If you are relatively new, or have never come remotely close to doing a workout of this length, you are encouraged to do Half “Murph”, with all scaling for each element as you always do. There are a few other options we will lay out tomorrow.

I personally want to encourage each and every one of you to come to class at 10am and give this a try. You can scale anything and everything about this workout. It is always one of the best times of the year, getting so many people together to celebrate the life, service, commitment, and sacrifice of Lieutenant Murphy and so many other brave men and women who help us both home and abroad enjoy the very ability to do this workout in the safety of our beautiful gym.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : Stacey’s Funhouse

WOD : For Time
Run 400m
Row 500m
50 Double Unders/100 Singles
20 Burpees
20 Box Jumps 24/20

 

CrossFit

Strength: Overhead Squat
1-1-1-1-1-1…your goal is find a new 1 rep max

WOD: For Time
15 Muscle Ups
10 Squat Clean 205/145

S: 30 Pull-Ups, 95/65 clean
L1: 30 CTB Pull-Ups, 135/95 clean

No Rx+

 

The Program

1. Strength: Overhead Squat
1-1-1-1-1-1…your goal is find a new 1 rep max

2. WOD: For Time
15 Muscle Ups
10 Squat Clean 205/145

3. Front Squat
Every 90s for 6+ rounds (as many as you can take)
2 reps with 5 second pause in bottom

 

May
27
By CFlando

More Core

More Core

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06109

 

 

 

It’s that time of year, when core work becomes everyone’s focus, whether we want to admit it or not. Now, no matter if you do core work for the beach or you could care less about the aesthetic value of it, core work serves an incredibly important functional purpose for what we do here. You have probably heard the phrase “core to extremity” before. If not it is referring to the way we function in any athletic movement, or any movement in general. We literally move from our center (core: abs, low back, glutes, hips) to our extremities (arms, legs, etc.). Every movement we do we start from our middle. Sometimes our core is a lever, like in a deadlift (hips are part of the core). Other times it is a brace, like a press or other overhead movements. Either way our core is important to starting or continuing movements, either functionally or just from a safety standpoint.

Whether it is actually being used to help move you or an object, or it is just serving to brace against the movement you are performing, a strong core is integral to your functioning as an athlete or person in general. A lot of the movements we do involve your core and are good core strengtheners, like squatting for example, but doing work like we have today is good for focusing just on the core. When doing these movements you don’t have to worry about actually squatting a weight while building your ab muscles, you get to just work these muscles alone. We need these muscles to activate and start our body to move. It might be a millisecond delay but all movement starts from the core as our nerves originate from the spine outward. Getting these middle muscles strong helps just about everything.

Build those beach muscles AND improve your squats, jerks, presses, pulls, pull-ups, HSPUs, and everything else? Sign me up!

 

THURSDAY
1. Strength : Core/Stability Work
12m AMRAP

1 TGU (each side) 53/35, 70/53
2 Single Arm KB Thruster + Press (Each arm)
30 second hollow rock
4 Shoulder Touches (each side) on wall
5 V Outs (on rings) or barbell roll-outs

2. WOD: 15m AMRAP
3 Squat Snatch 135/95
5 Thrusters 135/95
55 Double Unders
Rest 1:00

S: 75/55, Power Snatch, 100 singles
L1: 115/75, 35 doubles or 100 singles

Rx+ : 185/135

 

 

The Program

1. Strength : Core/Stability Work
12m AMRAP

1 TGU (each side) 53/35, 70/53
2 Single Arm KB Thruster + Press (Each arm)
30 second hollow rock
4 Shoulder Touches (each side) on wall
5 V Outs (on rings) or barbell roll-outs

2. WOD: 15m AMRAP
3 Squat Snatch 135/95
5 Thrusters 135/95
55 Double Unders
Rest 1:00

 

3. Snatch Deadlift
5-5-5, hold at knee for 1 second

May
26
By CFlando

Max Vs. Dynamic Effort

Max Vs. Dynamic Effort

By CFlando Posted on
Kyle posing for some reason while coaching

Kyle posing for some reason while coaching

 

 

Assistant Coach Kyle Hicks proposed to his longtime girlfriend Lauren D’arrigo who is a Lando as well. Be sure to give them a big congratulations!

Weightlifting class is basically EVERY class this Wednesday. Focus

Here we have another (almost) all strength day, but today we are mixing both max effort and dynamic effort. Max effort means exactly what it sounds like, maxing out for a given lift and rep scheme. For my method (which is borrowed off other powerlifting methods) I usually keep ME days at reps of 3, 2, or 1. Obviously we sometimes do 5s as well which is important for volume. Dynamic Effort days are higher rep and more explosive. These days are used to get those high end motor units and muscle fibers firing without the heavy loading of a Max Effort day. Our CNS (Central Nervous System…brain and spine) can only take so much beat down in a week before it needs time to rest and recover. If we beat down our CNS too much without properly recovering we will be heading down the road of constant fatigue, soreness, and possible injury.

So, to combat this but allow us to keep training to get stronger, we use Dynamic Effort days or sessions to still get huge. Today we are combining a bit of both. Most of the time you can group clean, snatch, jerk, into DE because they are explosive and usually lighter in weight compared to absolute strength. Then we are maxing out with the squat. What is cool about today is the burpee box jumps I like to throw in as a DE element because you are moving a lot of weight (your body) a long distance which requires explosive action from the hips, knees, and ankles.

So just another creative way to get huge while keeping us fresh!

 


WEDNESDAY

– Weightlifting Class @ 6:30pm but will follow the same programming as class just with extra focus on the lifting elements and no WOD

CrossFit

1. Strength : Bear Complex
– Find a max of the following complex : Power Clean + Front Squat + Jerk + Back Squat + Jerk + Power Clean + Front Squat + Jerk + Back Squat + Jerk

2. Strength 2: Back Squat (high bar)
3-3-3-2-2-2

3. WOD: 5m AMRAP
Burpee Box Jumps 24/20

Rx+: 30/24, wear a weight vest

The Program

1-3 as written, then

4. 7 Rounds, each round 2:00
15 KB Swing 88/70
15 Wall Ball 30/20
rest remainder of time

May
25
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06138

 

 

 

TUESDAY

 

Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
5 Strict HSPU
7 Hang Clean 145/100
10 Front Squat
12 Pull-Ups
– After last round immediately run 400m, then TIME

S: 5 Ring Dips, scale as needed, 95/65 barbell
L1: Scaled Strict HPUS, 115/75

 

The Program

1. Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3-3
2. WOD: 4 Rounds
5 Strict HSPU
7 Hang Clean 145/100
10 Front Squat
12 Pull-Ups
– After last round immediately run 400m, then TIME

3. Bench Press
3-3-3-3, heavy

4a: 6x ME HS walk in 20s, rest 20s
4b: 6x ME Legless Rope Climb, 10′ or highest able, rest 20s

May
22
By CFlando

Closed until Tuesday

Closed until Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on
Sea of Landos

Sea of Landos

 

 

CrossFit Lando will be closed until Tuesday morning at 530am. Thank you to all who made it to the East Regionals to support our team and have a Happy Memorial Day Weekend

May
21
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando is Regionals Bound!!

CrossFit Lando is Regionals Bound!!

By CFlando Posted on
9802487pizapw1432168203

Operation Lando

 

 Anyone in need of Regionals tickets, first come first serve behind the desk in the envelope marked “Rob”. A few 1 day passes

 

There are many things to say, many thanks, many well wishes, many many things. I don’t think I can compile them all now because there is just too much for too many things and too many people. I don’t want to rush it or leave anyone out. It will all come soon enough, probably in a tear filled rambling post full of love, thanks, praise, and move love (and more tears).

For right now I want to thank all of you. The community at CrossFit Lando is the best there is. This isn’t hyperbole, this is truth. I have been in this game long enough to know what greatness is, and the CFL community is great. Thank you, every one of you, for the support of this gym, this gym that is my business, my business that is my dream, my wish, my anxiety, my heartbreak, my terror in the middle of the night, literally my everything. Thank you for supporting me, supporting my staff, supporting my family.

Specifically thank you for supporting this gym this year as we put a team together and qualified for the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games Regionals for the first time ever! When we opened this gym I specifically remember telling Stacey one of my goals was to qualify a team one day. We did it just over 2 full years later. It wouldn’t be possible without the support from all of you who so generously donated time and money to our quest, and I know many of you will continue donating this weekend as you make the trip to Hartford to support these amazing athletes.

Of all the great things the best of all is I get to coach THIS team:

Sarah Landes : I remember when I first started doing CF with Sarah when we were dating. She could barely do a kipping pull-up. Now we are married and she qualified for Regionals as an individual. Coincidence????? I THINK NOT! But seriously, how many guys get to have a wife who loves fitness so much and who trusts him enough to let him coach her in the sport of CrossFit and still is willing to cook dinner for him and run errands with him and help at the gym despite her extreme hatred she might have on any given night due to workouts he programmed? I am even luckier than lucky is to have Sarah in my corner every day, and for the fact that she hasn’t killed me yet. She was a surprise to everyone but her and me this year and I am so proud, even prouder of the fact that she gave up a spot as an individual to help our team this year.

Stacey Kroon (like we need to put her full name): One of my best friends in the entire world who also happens to be an athlete who I have coached longer than any athlete I have and who is my right hand woman in this whole operation. I can’t say enough about this girl. I am so lucky to have her on my side in this sport and to have her to mess around with my crazy ideas as a coach and programmer, and to go to coffee and talk me off the ledge when I lose my mind, which is literally a daily event. I am blessed to be able to be associated with, let alone coach, someone like Stacey and I thank her for it every day.

Joanna Whalen : “Jo” is hands down the most impressive athlete I coach, and that is saying a lot. She is almost pint sized but strong as *%@$. I still remember after a competitor meeting last fall that she was the first and only person to come up to me and ask if I thought she deserved to compete. I was blown away considering she was probably (at the time) the ONLY member who could legitimately compete. She has come so far as an athlete and person (she actually smiles now) since joining CF Lando and, like all the above, I am incredibly lucky that she chose this place as her home, and wanted to be part of our team this year.

Jack Martin : Yes, the “J-Man” is a mere 19 years old yet has more hair on his chest than me. I have literally watched this kid grow up in front of me. He is the most impressive young dude there is. I am a hardass, I think we all know this, but Jack knows how to deal with me on my worst days as a coach and boss, and he impresses me with his intelligence, work ethic, and coaching ability every single day. This kid works harder than EVERYONE, and I am proud like a papa.

Rob Tomlinson: “Doc” Tomlinson came to me 10 months ago and said something along the lines of “so this competing thing. What do you think?”. I told him do it. He stopped drinking, stopped eating crap (both of our favorite past times), dropped a bunch of weight, and went from barely able to do a muscle up to being a reliable bodyweight guy as well as an absolute horse on the barbell. I am overusing the word proud but I am incredibly proud of what Rob has done this year, how far he has come, and how much of a leader he has become on this team. He also keeps me from having scoliosis or some s**t which is a bonus.

Tim Bryant : Tim might be the most impressive of everyone on this team because he came from literally zero CrossFit background and is completely home grown. He walked in a month after we opened for his first ever CF class and was a small train wreck. He is now jacked to shreds and unstoppable on most things. Best thing about Tim is he is the most humble, easy going, respectful dude there is, yet he could literally rip your face off. Tim has come the farthest of anyone in the time he has been part of CFL and it is nothing short of amazing that he is not just a competitive athlete but part of our team.

 

I wanted to take this time to say thank you to these 6 for dedicating so much of their lives to this gym and this team, and for letting me coach them and be part of this awesome ride. I have done this already but there are a few people to thank as well who aren’t part of the team but are important parts of what has happened with Operation Lando this year. Flavio, the other coach at the gym, might not be on the team but has been integral in helping out when the rest of us are off doing team things. Without his dedication and above and beyond effort we wouldn’t be able to be in Hartford right now or have had many practices and team meetings to put this all together. I have to also thank our alternates, Lauren D., Ashlee Centrella, and Mike Gray, who dedicated their time just like these team members did and even when the team was decided helped push them all as training partners. This sport is training, plain and simple, and your training partners make or break your improvement. Kyle Hicks is one of if not the biggest supporter of everyone and everything CrossFit Lando, and I have to recognize Kyle for the outstanding body work he does on our athletes and so many members at CFL. Lastly, Jorge Galvez is the selfless man behind the camera who has documented this season in pictures, thank you my man!

OK, for real lastly, I have to thank my biggest supporter in my CrossFit life, my Mom. Michele Landes has been following me around CF gyms I worked at for years and has the longest commute of anyone ever to get her fitness on. She is CFL’s biggest fan and has literally kept me afloat at times when I needed it the most. My entire family as always deserves many thanks at a time like this because, well, they made me, and created me, and put up with me now as I wind my way down this insane life I lead. I am a blessed person to have a family like this and so many wonderful people in my life who want to help me and each other.

CrossFit Lando, Operation Lando, is about you, the people, the community, and I thank you all dearly.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : 40 Barbell Roll Outs
Every 60 seconds perform V Ups

WOD: For Time
10 Burpee Box Jumps
20 Air Squats
30 Burpee Box Jumps
Run 400m
50 Box Jumps
Row 600m
70 Double Unders

 

CrossFit

Strength: Deadlift
Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Toes to Bar
Lateral Bar Hops

S: 135/95, hanging tucks, jumping squats
L1: 185/135, knees to elbows

Rx+: 275/185

May
20
By CFlando

Weekend Schedule

Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02433

 

 

Reminder : Because of the East Regionals for the 2015 CrossFit Games which CrossFit Lando will have a team competing in, we will be closed from Friday at 12pm through Monday. We will re-open for Tuesday morning classes after the 12pm class on Friday!

 

THURSDAY

1. Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

2. WOD
Row 750m
rest 30 seconds
50 Burpees
rest 30 seconds
50 KB Swings 53/35
rest 30 seconds
50 Thrusters 45/35

S: 30 Reps
L1: 40 Reps

Rx+ : 70/53

 

The Program : Off

May
19
By CFlando

Lifting Only!!! What???!!!

Lifting Only!!! What???!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06039

 

So here is that time where we really see who is buying into the idea of constantly varied functional fitness. How many cherry pickers do we get today?

In all seriousness, I know many of you are going to look at this workout and be like “Aaron, come on!! Where is the cardio? Where is the conditioning? Where is the sweat!!??”.

I understand. But please let me explain why days like this are good. And needed. And will get you fit as f**k.

When we workout a lot of things are happening in our body. It’s like a locomotive, airplane, power plant, and tsunami in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean happening all at once. The thing I want to focus on today, however, is the production and release of growth hormone from exercise.

Growth hormone is exactly what it sounds like : a hormone that causes us to grow. Specifically it helps maintain normal body structure and metabolism, and helps keep blood glucose levels at a normal level. GH is produced and stored in the anterior pituitary gland and released in bursts of 3-5 hours or by things like stress, anxiety, sleep, and exercise.

(Newsflash: notice that second to last thing…SLEEP? Yes, one of the highest rates of GH production/release happens when sleeping. So you “oh I survive on 4-5 hours”. Nope. You don’t. You are stunting your gainzzz, and leading yourself to an early death. Yes I am going to die at 35.).

Think of GH release as a survival reaction. When we put ourselves through a stressful situation, like an intense workout, our body “learns” from it and releases a bunch of GH to be “ready” for the next bout. It goes back to our simplest survival mechanisms of be ready for any fight we might face in the wild, or die. While (hopefully) no bout in the gym will lead to death, it is a similar situation. Putting ourselves through intense workouts forces out body to react to strengthen it for the next time. This is why we build muscle from working out, we beat our muscles up and then recover from the excess GH released afterwards.

When doing heavy lifting we stimulate so many high end motor units and muscle fibers that the amount of GH triggered for release is many times that of “regular” exercise. Basically the simple science is movements like the squat use the most muscles of almost any exercise we can do, so add weight to it for many reps and we are doing A TON of work. All that work stimulates A TON of GH release. Add to that the neuromuscular factors that movements like the clean and jerk have, stimulating our brain and muscles together, and we are primed for a growth hormone rave all up in our bodies.

Growth hormone doesn’t mean big or bulky. Yeah I got to that before you got the question through your head. I know the name conjures up images of muscle beach, but GH burns as much fat as it builds muscle. The biggest misconception about lifting heavy weight I hear, especially from women, is they don’t want to get “big and bulky”. First of all, muscle is extremely attractive in any amount and anywhere. Secondly, to get big and bulky it takes literally hours of work a day. The 1 hour of fitness you are getting in a class here at CrossFit Lando is just enough to burn a lot of calories and therefore body fat while adding muscle in all the right places.

So, in summary, lifting weights when done with enough weight and repetition can burn a ton of body fat. While it doesn’t accomplish the conditioning aspect of our fitness that we need to have, when it comes to building strength there literally is no better way, and it helps us look sweet too!

 

WEDNESDAY

– There will be no specific weightlifting class as every class is basically weightlifting class today!
Strength 1 : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20-30 minutes

 

Strength 2 : High Bar Back Squat with Pause
Find a 2 rep max with 5 second pause at bottom of both reps, 20-30 minutes

 

The Program

Strength 1 : Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20-30 minutes

Strength 2 : High Bar Back Squat with Pause
Find a 2 rep max with 5 second pause at bottom of both reps

Pistols Test : 50 pistols AFAP (alternating)

May
18
By CFlando

Correction

Correction

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05943

 

 

The previously announced Mental Skills Workshop is being moved to a later date. It was originally announced for June 6th but we will be changing it to sometime in July. A date will be announced soon. In the meantime please mention your level of interest in such a workshop to any of your coaches or Vanessa so we can assess what time we can dedicate to it.

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Push Press
6-5-4-3-2-1

– Pause for 1 second in the bottom of your dip in each rep

 

WOD : 3 Rounds
20 CTB Pull-ups
150′ Bear Crawl
Run 800m

S : Ring Rows, Run 600m
L1 : Regular Pull-Ups

Rx+ : 12 Bar Muscle Ups (sub CTB), 50′ HS Walk

 

The Program

1. Strength : Push Press
6-5-4-3-2-1

– Pause for 1 second in the bottom of your dip in each rep

2. WOD : 3 Rounds
20 CTB Pull-ups
150′ Bear Crawl
Run 800m

3. Core
10 Turkish Getups (each side), heaviest able

– This is the only extra work for the day. If done correctly with the right intensity weight wise, this should be very hard and take at least 15 minutes. Push yourself, make each rep perfect.

May
17
By CFlando

Memorial Day Weekend Schedule

Memorial Day Weekend Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06147

 

 

This coming weekend is a very special one, being both Memorial Day and the first ever appearance by CrossFit Lando as a team at the Reebok CrossFit Games East Regional. This is a big event and something that all Landos have the right to be proud of and enjoy. Since Jack, Stacey, Sarah, and I are all part of the team, we will be severely limited on coaches. Flav is amazing but is only one man!

Therefore, we will be closed after the 12pm class on Friday for the remainder of the weekend. We will re-open on Tuesday at 530am. Thank you in advance for understanding!

If you are interested in making it down to Hartford tickets are still available!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : 3 Rounds
10 Hanging Tuck/Toes to Bar (strict)
20 Russian Twists
30 Weighted Situps
40 Superman

Conditioning : 20m AMRAP
Run 800m
50 Double Unders/100 Singles
20 KB Swing 53/35

 

CrossFit

Strength : High Bar Back Squat

5-1-5-1-5-1…

 

WOD: 15 Minutes
Row 2000m
20 Overhead Squat @ BW
AMRAP Deadlift @ BW

S: Front Squat @ 50% BW
L1: 75% BW/100% BW

 

WL : Hang Clean, EMOM 10m : 1 Power + 1 Squat

 

The Program

1. Strength : High Bar Back Squat
5-1-5-1-5-1…

2. WOD: 15 Minutes
Row 2000m
20 Overhead Squat @ BW
AMRAP Deadlift @ BW

3. WL work

4a: 5×20 Russian Swing (heaviest able), no set rest
4b: 5×15 weighted (at chest) situps, rest :60

 

May
16
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

10am and 11am

 

Strength : 6 Step Walking Lunge (front rack)
– taken from floor from any clean

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
5 Ring Dips
10 Burpee Box Jumps
150 m Row, arms only

Rx+ : Wear weight vest

 

May
15
By CFlando

Partner Day

Partner Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05912

 

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

Work TBD

 

10am/1pm

Strength : Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD : Done with a partner, work broken up any way you want

20 Power Clean 95/65
125 Double Unders
20 Power Snatch 95/65
100 Air Squats
20 Power Clean
75 Burpees
20 Power Snatch
50 Box Jumps 24/20

 

May
14
By CFlando

“Tommy V”

“Tommy V”

By CFlando Posted on
TOMMYV

Tommy V

 

Vanessa Akhtar, our resident Sport Psychologist, will be hosting another Goal Setting and Performance Psychology seminar on June 6. More information will be announced on Monday but keep the date open. 

 

Today is a super special Friday as we are doing a Hero WOD that is also one of the workouts of the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games Regionals. While this isn’t a team event that Operation Lando will be doing next weekend as this is an individual event, but it’s still cool!

For those of you who don’t know what Hero WODs are, CrossFit has a special group of workouts, “The Heros” that are created and named after service men and women who died doing their duty here on US soil or abroad while serving out country. Hero WODs are special in the sense that they are kinda crazy, either in volume, movements, duration, or all the above, but also in the sense that you are doing the workout for the person it is named after. While we always want to be working as hard as possible, take a different mindset into workouts like this one we are doing today. Work harder, get it done, reach a little deeper into the tank than usual.

This one today is for Thomas Valentine. Come in and give it a go.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : Stacey’s Imaginarium

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 200m
Row 400m
60 Air Squats

 

CrossFit

WOD : “Tommy V”

21 Thrusters, 115/75
12 Rope Climbs, 15′
15 Thrusters
9 Rope Climbs
9 Thrusters
6 Rope Climbs

S : Strict Pull-Ups for Rope Climbs, 24-18-12
L1 : 9-6-3 Rope Climbs

No RX+

 

The Program

1. WOD : Tommy V

2. Weightlifting : Snatch Work
7×1 Complex : Power Snatch + Squat Snatch, both from floor, work to a max
then 4×2 Snatch Position Deadlift @ 110% 1 rm Snatch

3. Push Press
5-5-3-3-3-3

May
13
By CFlando

Climbing Up The Walls

Climbing Up The Walls

By CFlando Posted on
DSC05791

Jason Mid Split

 

 

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Split Jerk
2-2-2-2-2

WOD : 10m AMRAP
2 Wall Climbs
15 Sumo DL High Pull 53/35
2 Wall Climbs
15 KB Swings 53/35

L1 : Scaled Wall Climbs, 35/26
Rx+ : 70/53

 

The Program : Off

May
12
By CFlando

Why We Olympic Lift

Why We Olympic Lift

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05882

 

 

Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm tonight and every Wednesday night until the AWF Nationals. If you haven’t signed up yet…DO IT!

Snatch, Clean, Jerk are 3 very polarizing movements in our community and any CrossFit community. You really either love or hate weightlifting (olympic lifting), there is rarely in between. It usually is a good or bad thing. When we are good at something we tend to like doing it, where as being bad at something usually detracts us from doing anything, let alone putting weights on a bar made of iron and having them slam into you one way or another and usually forcing you into a squat which for some of us doesn’t always feel that good even when doing it without weight.

So what I am saying is I understand it if you tend to “miss” days that are olympic lifting centric if you just absolutely hate doing it. Now I’m going to try and convince you that it really isn’t all that bad, and that “good” is relative since our goal here is just about improving our fitness, not just putting up numbers.

There are a few reasons why we lift so often here at CrossFit Lando. Mainly we do it because CrossFit is about being “good” at many things, at least functionally, and one of those things is weightlifting. The reason this is part of the CrossFit prescription is because from a fitness standpoint these lifts accomplish a great deal in a small amount of time. Sort of like killing many birds with one stone.

First, they build a great deal of strength. The snatch is the fastest movement in all of sport, where we have the potential to lift a great deal of weight a very long distance very quickly. The clean allows us to lift even more weight with great speed too.

Second, the olympic lifts help develop our coordination, balance, and kinesthetic awareness. With the snatch and the jerk we are lifting weight a long distance and we can’t see what we are doing, relying on our ability to feel the bar through our understanding of where we are in space. While it isn’t definitively proven, it can be inferred that this helps our ability in other movements like pull-ups and toes to bar that involve us moving an object or against an object in space.

Both of these elements of our fitness can be improved without using a great deal of weight too. Strength doesn’t just get built through huge weight (though it certainly helps). Moving weight very quickly can tap into the same high end motor units and muscle fibers used while moving big time weight. The second point about coordination, balance, and KA requires very little weight at all. Even moving an empty bar in the lifts can help improve our fitness!

Hopefully you see that being “good” at weightlifting is actually all relative. While our sport is driven by numbers remember why you are here (even you super competitors out there). The first time you stepped through our doors you came here because you wanted to improve your fitness (or you heard the owner was the man/very handsome/has great socks). If that is still the case (and it better be…about the fitness I mean) then you get a lot of fitness in a very short time with weightlifting.

We should be doing it every day!!!

 

WEDNESDAY (If you plan on doing WL class read below)

Strength : Clean (Squat)
EMOM 12m, 3 heavy reps (min 1-4), 2 heavy reps (min 5-8), 1 heavy rep (min 9-12)
– Multi rep sets should be TnG
WOD : 75 Toes to Bar
– Every 90s perform 75′ farmers carry holding a KB in each hand (70/53 for Rx) then 5 KB Front Squat

S: Hanging Tuck, 35/26# carries and squat
L1: Knees to Elbow, 53/35# carries and squat

Rx+: 100 reps

WL: Clean Pulls, EMOM 8m, 1 @ 110% best clean, then 3×3 high bar back squat, heavy as hell

***If you plan on taking WL class but want to do WOD too, do not do the strength portion of a class. WL class will be doing Clean work. Jump into the WOD of the 530pm class or stay after and do the WOD quick after class. DO NOT do the cleans of a class before WL class

 

The Program

1. Strength : Clean (Squat)

EMOM 12m, 3 heavy reps (min 1-4), 2 heavy reps (min 5-8), 1 heavy rep (min 9-12)
– Multi rep sets should be TnG
2. WOD : 100 Toes to Bar
– Every 90s perform 75′ farmers carry holding a KB in each hand then 5 KB Thruster 70/53

3. WL work

4. 5 Rounds
10s L Sit Hold on P-Lettes
20s top of ring dip hold with knee tuck
30s straight arm plank (on rings fist from floor)
40s forearm plank

May
11
By CFlando

Tuesday Work

Tuesday Work

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05662

 

 

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Press
4-4-3-3-2-2

 

WOD : For Time
Row 500m
30 STOH 95/65
100 Double Unders
30 Ring Dips
30 Burpees
50 Pull-ups

– Scale double unders with 2x singles. If you have double unders but struggle with them, cap yourself at 3:00 for double unders then move on regardless of where you are.

20 Minute Time Cap

 

The Program

1. Press
4-4-3-3-2-2

2. WOD
Row 500m
30 STOH 95/65
150 Double Unders
30 Ring Dips
30 Burpees
50 Pull-ups

3a: DB Bench, 4xME @ 75/55, rest 60s
3b: 4 x Row 100m (arms only damper at 10/8), rest 60s

4. 30 GHD Row @ 70% BW

May
10
By CFlando

Case of the Mondays

Case of the Mondays

By CFlando Posted on

Benicio_Del_Toro_Bad_Friend

 

Been a long 4 days being a college kid again at my sister’s graduation. So proud of what she accomplished while also allowing me to live vicariously through her for 5 years.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core : 2 Rounds For Time
50 Situps
40 Supermans
30 Toes to Bar
20 Ring V Outs
10 Getup with plate 45/35 (or weighted situp)

Conditioning : Row 5x500m, rest 1:1
– These are all out sprints. Send it each time.

 

CrossFit

Strength : Front Squat
3×1 with 10s pause in bottom, increase throughout
then 3×3 no pause, increase throughout

WOD : 5 Rounds
5 Deadlift 275/185
40 Double Unders

S: 135/95, 80 Singles each round
L1: 225/155, 20 Double Unders if you have them but are a challenge, or 80 Singles

Rx+ : 315/225

Weightlfiting : 5×1 Clean + 2 Jerk, get heavy, then 3×3 high bar backsquat (yes even after all the front squats)

 

The Program

1. Strength : Front Squat
3×1 with 10s pause in bottom, increase throughout
then 3×3 no pause, increase throughout

2. WOD : 5 Rounds
5 Deadlift 315/225
40 Double Unders

3. WL
5×1, Clean + 2 Jerk
then 3×3 high bar back squat

4. Core
5 TGU each side, then 50 GHD Situps AFAP
– TGU are for quality not time and use heaviest weight able, then do GHD for time

May
8
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03503

 

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

1. Snatch
EMOM work, then work to a 1 rm in 1 min efforts

2. WOD
3 Rounds, each round 5:00
Run 400m
25 Wall Ball, try a heavier ball than usual

3. Back Squat (high bar)
5×5

 

10am/1pm

1. Back Squat (high bar)
5×5

2. WOD: 4 Rounds
10 Power Snatch 95/65
10 Overhead Squat
10 Bar Facing Burpees

L1 : 75/55
Rx+ : 115/80

May
7
By CFlando

T Shirt Time

T Shirt Time

By CFlando Posted on

T-Shirt-Time

 

 

Regionals T Shirts need to be ordered by tomorrow, Friday May 8th. No late orders can be taken!!! Remember please indicate what kind (T, V-neck, or Ladies Tank) and what size. Remember Ladies tanks run large so order a size down, both Ts are unisex. They are all the same brand we have in stock now.

All shirts/tanks are $40. All profit goes towards paying for Team Operation Lando to compete at the 2015 CrossFit Games East Regional.

Thank you all for your support!

 

FRIDAY

Strength : Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD : “Helen”
3 Rounds
Run 400m
21 KB Swings 53/35
12 Pull-Ups

There is no Rx+ for this WOD. Scale pull-ups and KB weight to be unbroken or close.

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD same

2a: 3×8 Strict HSPU, add deficit if able, rest :60
2b: 3×2 Legless Rope Climb,

3. Run 800m AFAP, rest 3:00, Run 800m AFAP

May
6
By CFlando

Member of the Month : Chris Olsen

Member of the Month : Chris Olsen

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04430

 

Check out the Chris Olsen, the April/May Member of the Month and Newsletter. Technically this is April’s Newsletter but better late than never, right??!! RIGHT??!!!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Bench Press
2-2-2-2-2

WOD : 10m AMRAP
20 Wall Ball 20/14
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

 

The Program : Off

May
5
By CFlando

Snatch Time

Snatch Time

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04801

 

 

 

Weightlifting class starts at 6:30pm. Focus will be on the Jerk especially the feet.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength : Snatch
EMOM 20m, 1 snatch

– This is one of the more difficult sessions both physically and mentally. We will get right into it in each class and use the first part of the EMOM to warm up. Your goal is to hit 10 lifts at 80% or higher. Make small jumps

 

WOD: For Time
20 Pistols (each leg…40 total)
30 Deadlift 225/155
Row 500m

L1 : Scaled Pistols, 155/100
Rx+ : 275/205

 

The Program

Session I

1. Strength : Snatch
EMOM 20m, 1 snatch
– This is one of the more difficult sessions both physically and mentally. We will get right into it in each class and use the first part of the EMOM to warm up. Your goal is to hit 10 lifts at 80% or higher. Make small jumps

2. WOD: For Time
30 Pistols (each leg…60 total)
30 Deadlift 275/185
Row 500m

3. Accessory Work : Posterior Chain
50 Russian Swings, heaviest able
75 GHD Hip Extension
25 DB RDL, 100/75 each hand

Session II
Lifting Class if able

May
4
By CFlando

Regionals Fundraiser Shirts, Order Today!

Regionals Fundraiser Shirts, Order Today!

By CFlando Posted on

CF Lando East Mocks 4 copy

 

Order your Operation Lando Regionals Shirt, V-Neck, or Tank Top at the desk. ONLY ORDERS AT THE DESK STARTING TOMORROW WILL BE ACCEPTED. Non-Members or out of towners only can email for order. Follow instructions on the sheet and fill in what you would like. All proceeds go to funding the team going to Regionals, and you get a sweet shirt to rock at Regionals in Hartford!!

Options are : Crew Neck T (pictured), V-Neck T, Tank Top (hot pink color). The design is the same on all 3. colors of the T and V are the same.

Ladies tank tops run big, so order a size DOWN. Yes, I messed that up on the email!

Orders have to be in by Friday, May 9. No late orders can be accepted because we need to order in time.

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Push Jerk
3-3-3-3-3

Program : Must be touch and go off shoulders

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Handstand Push-ups
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
Double Unders x2 (42-30-18)
Air Squat x2 (42-30-18)

S : Pushups, regular pull-ups, singles 84-60-36
L1: Scaled HSPU, Scaled CTB

Rx+: Deficit HSPU 5/3″

 

The Program

1. Strength : Push Jerk
3-3-3-3-3

Program : Must be touch and go off shoulders

2. WOD : 21-15-9
Deficit Handstand Push-ups 5/3″
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
Double Unders x2 (42-30-18)
Air Squat x2 (42-30-18)

3a: 4×8 DB Bench Press (flat), 75/55, rest 60s
3b: 4×5 L Situps, hold for 5 sec chin over bar, rest 60s

4. Airdyne
5 minutes, arm dominant, max calories

May
3
By CFlando

Many Squats

Many Squats

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (915-10am)

Core : 10 Rounds
5 Side Plank Hip Raises (each side)
5 Russian Swings, heaviest able (make this challenging)
5 Toes to KB
5 Plank Push-Ups (Each arm)

 

WOD : For Time
150 Double Unders/300 Singes
50 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20

 

CrossFit

Strength : Back Squat (low bar)
6 sets of 3 reps, rest EXACTLY 2:00 between sets

 

WOD : For Time
Run 800m
20 Squat Clean and Jerk 165/115

15 minute time cap

S : 115/75
L1 : 135/95

Rx+ : 225/155

 

Weightlifting:
1. Power Clean, 8×2, rest 90s between sets
2. SkWAT Team work

SkWAT Team : 3×3 Front Squat, heaviest able, working quickly

 

The Program

1. Strength : Back Squat (low bar), Front Squat
– Get both done during class strength time. Work quickly

a. Back Squat
6 sets of 3 reps, rest EXACTLY 2:00 between sets
then
b. Front Squat
3×3, heaviest able, work quickly

2. WOD : For Time
Run 800m
20 Squat Clean and Jerk 225/155

– make the weight a struggle. There will be a 15 minute time cap on this. 800m run is anything from 3-5 minutes, so use this as a chance to work with heavy ass weight!

3. Accessory Work
a : 4×5 (each leg) barbell front rack step ups, 20/16″, rest as needed
b : 4×3 box jump, highest able with no mid-step, rest as needed

May
2
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04747

 

 

SUNDAY (10am and 11am CrossFit)

Strength : Deadlift
5-5-3-3-2

WOD : 12m AMRAP
Row 300m
15 Toes to Bar
Bear Crawl 75′
3 Snatch 135/95

May
1
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

Squad Practice

 

 

 

Mobility with Flav at 11am!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Arrive at 8:30-8:45

 

10am/1pm

Strength : Back Squat
5×5

 

WOD : 15m AMRAP
Run 400m
25 Thrusters 95/65
25 Pull-Ups

Apr
30
By CFlando

Protein! Take It!

Protein! Take It!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04158

 

We will no longer be engaged in our partnership with Gameplan supplements. Unfortunately you won’t be able to use our portal to gain a discount but can still order their product from their main website. Read below for some other options for supplements that we carry or promote!

1) Stronger Faster Healthier Order Form : At the desk there is a clipboard with an order form for SFH protein. This is some of the best protein on the market as it is from a very pure, clean source for whey protein. There is some delay in when you order it to when we order it as we have to order at least 6 at a time so we wait until at least 4 people are waiting for it, so plan ahead!! A bag usually lasts about a month so time it and you should be good. We get this at a HUGE discount for you, at least $15 off what you would get online or at Whole Foods.

SFH offers just protein and fish oil, both essentials to your training and general health and wellness. Their products are a bit pricey, however.

2) Nutriforce : Another great quality brand that offers a lot more than just protein. You can get protein, pre-wod, amino acid blends, beta-alanine, and other supplements essential to your training and recovery. You can order from their website here.

Plus they are a sponsor of Stacey so they have to be good!!

 

Like many things here at the gym or around CrossFit, health and wellness, if you every want more information about something…just ask! You can always email me or ask myself or a coach at the gym when you are here.

 

HERO FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 915-10am

Core : 10m AMRAP
5 Barbell Roll Outs
10 Situps
15 Plank Pushups

WOD : 3 Rounds
Run 300m
25 Box Jumps 24/20
Run 300m
25 Double Unders

 

CrossFit

– This is a “Hero WOD” created in memory of U.S. Army Sergeant First Class Adrian Elizalde, 30, of North Bend, Oregon, assigned to the 2nd Battalion, 1st Special Forces Group (Airborne), based in Fort Lewis, Washington, died on August 23, 2007, in Baghdad, Iraq, of wounds sustained from an improvised explosive device. He is survived by his parents, Jorge and Teresa Elizalde, sister Rachel, and daughter Sydney Grace.

When we do Hero WODs they are meant to be done with a little something extra both physically and mentally. Sometimes they are long and grueling, somethings short and fast, sometimes technically difficult, sometimes a combination of all! Whatever the workout calls for bring a different mindset into the box today and go after this workout!

 

Strength : Overhead Squat Complex

Find a max for the following in 20 minutes : 1 Push Press + 5 Overhead Squat

 

WOD : “Adrian”
7 Rounds
3 Forward Roll
5 Wall Climbs
7 Toes to Bar
9 Box Jumps 30/24

 

The Program

1. 50 Strict Pull-Ups (done pre-class if able. If you have at least 5 minutes just do it and get to whatever you can by the time class starts)

2. Strength : OHS Complex

3. “Adrian”

4. 5m AMRAP : Hand Release Burpee, wear weight vest

5. Weightlifting (in place of #4)

Jerk : EMOM 10m, 1 Jerk. Increase as able.

then : 30 strict HSPU, any scale

 

Apr
29
By CFlando

Pressed Ham

Pressed Ham

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04156

 

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Press
5-4-3-2-1

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP

8 Burpees
20 KB Swing 53/35

L1: 35/26

Rx+: 70/53

 

The Program : Off

Apr
28
By CFlando

Weightlifting Every Wednesday at 6:30

Weightlifting Every Wednesday at 6:30

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

As we have a lot of people interested in the AWF National Championships, we will be having a Weightlifting class EVERY Wednesday at 6:30pm from now until June 20th. This will operate just like our every other week classes just more consistency. If you are doing the AWF meet you should try your best to make these classes every week. If you aren’t doing the meet you can still come (like usual) and we encourage you to make as many as possible.

Weightlifting (Snatch, Clean/Jerk) is a unique part of CrossFit in a sense that it is a sport in and of itself. It would be like asking a football player to also be an expert baseball pitcher. This is why we spend so much time on these elements when we have them in class as they take the most time and effort to get better at. Like many things in life, however, they are much more fun the better you get!

 

WEDNESDAY

CrossFit

50 Pull-Ups
Run 400m
50 Front Squat 95/65
Run 400m
50 Power Snatch 95/65
Run 400m
50 Wall Ball 20/14

S : 30 Reps, 75/55
L1 : 40 Reps, 95/65

Rx+: 20 MUs for Pull-ups, 115/80

 

Weightlifting (630pm)

Skill : Banded Power Clean, Fixed foot position Clean
Performance : Power Clean
Strength : Clean Position Deadlift

Apr
27
By CFlando

Weightlifting Programming for Nationals

Weightlifting Programming for Nationals

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04371

 

 

I want to give one more congratulations to this guy above, Mike Gray, for qualifying for and then completing the Master’s Qualifier this past weekend. Mike went at 4 grueling workouts a number of times and came out in a great spot. We will see where the chips fall but I am so unbelievably proud of him.

8 months ago when we met to set out his training the goal was to make the Qualifier. Suddenly in January it was more realistic that he give the Qualifier a run for it’s money and possibly make the Games. While that might be a long shot now it was an honor to coach Mike through this process, and an inspiration to see him beat up on dudes half his age all the time while being a great father of many kids and a business owner himself!

Congratulations Mike. I’m proud of you buddy!

 

Weightlifting Programming : Anyone interested in extra lifting programming it will be listed on certain days just like SkWAT Team work. It will lead right up to the AWF Nationals. It will usually be M-W-F-Sat

 

TUESDAY

Strength : Bench Press
5-5-5-5

WOD: 3 Rounds
35 Pushups
55 Double Unders
3 Turkish Getup (each side)
The Program

1. Bench Press
5-5-5-5
2. WOD : 3 Rounds
35 Pushups
55 Double Unders
3 TGU 70/53 (Each side)

3. EMOM 10m
5-7 strict pull-ups

Apr
26
By CFlando

Help Operation Lando Go to Regionals

Help Operation Lando Go to Regionals

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

As has been talked about, CrossFit Lando qualified a team for the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games East Regional. The team ended the Open competition in 10th place out of over 300 teams in the Northeast and will get a chance to compete against 29 other teams from our region and the entire Canada East region.

Regionals are in Hartford, CT the weekend of Memorial Day. We will be staying in Hartford from Thursday to Sunday. Between lodging and feeding this amazing athletes it is going to cost a pretty penny to pull this off so I am asking for YOUR help.

Any little bit helps. Literally. We are trying to raise up to $5000. If every person in the gym donated $30 that would reach our goal. Trust me I know these days any amount of money is precious and in no way is it expected that anyone donate to this cause, but if you have some extra cash laying around we would really appreciate the help. The 6 members of Operation Lando deserve this chance to represent our gym and community at Regionals and we will do whatever it takes to get them there.

Please click the link here to check out our Go Fund Me page. We will also have a donation jar at the gym. Lastly I am getting T-Shirts made up that anyone can buy that all profits will go directly to the team for Regionals. Tomorrow will start an order form for people to order a shirt in advance. They will be slightly more expensive than our usual apparel since they are for fundraising.

Thank you in advance for anything you might give. We look forward to giving this team a chance to represent down in Hartford!

 

Click here to donate!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : TBD

WOD : 10m AMRAP
20 Box Jumps
20 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35

 

CrossFit

Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

2 reps, 1 full rep then 1 rep with pause ABOVE knee

 

WOD : 21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Toes to Bar
Hang Power Clean

L1 : 75/55, Hanging Tuck

Rx+ : 115/80

 

The Program

1. Strength : Low Bar Back Squat

2 reps, 1 full rep then 1 rep with pause ABOVE knee
2. WOD : 21-15-9
Thrusters 115/80
Toes to Bar
Hang Power Clean

3. Weightlifting
Snatch : 4×3 (squat)
then Snatch Deadlift : 3×5, pause above knee for 2 seconds 1,3,5 rep

 

Apr
25
By CFlando

Strongman Sunday

Strongman Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01242

 

 

 

SUNDAY

CrossFit (10am)

Strength : EMOM 12m
2 Hang Clean + 1 Jerk

 

WOD: 2 rounds
50 KB Swings 53/35
50 Double Unders
50 Wall Ball 20/14

L1: 100 Singles, scale weight for large sets

 

Strongman

Strength : Yoke Carry

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
50′ Yoke Carry, percentage of max
50′ Stone Carry
5 Stone over Beam

Apr
24
By CFlando

Bring a Friend

Bring a Friend

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01506

 

Grab a friend, a buddy, a sibling, a parent, a person you want to share your experience at CrossFit Lando with, even if just for this one time. If they decide to stay for a month (or 10) you get $10 off your next bill. The WOD will be challenging as always but more basic movements so people with little to no experience can have a good time too. Pretty sweet!

 

Reminder : AWF Nationals meeting at 11:00am tomorrow!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:45am

 

10am/1pm

Strength : TBD

WOD: TBD

 

Apr
23
By CFlando

New Nutrition Plans and AWF Nationals Meeting

New Nutrition Plans and AWF Nationals Meeting

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03769

 

AWF Nationals June 20:  Anyone interested in the American Weightlifting Federation National Championships I will be having a brief but informative meeting on it on Saturday at 11am SHARP!!! Come even if you are only a very slight bit interested in it, or if you are already signed up and planning to go. I will cover everything from the easy part like signing up, to how I will be structuring your training form now til then, and things like weight classes and opening weights.

If you cannot make this meeting please contact me ASAP. Please direct all inquiries about this to yours truly. I am the lead member of the Board of Directors of the AWF, I am obviously the lead in the hosting of the event since it’s at our gym, and I will be coaching any and all athletes who sign up from CF Lando. Not saying that Stacey, Jack, Flavio, and Sarah can’t answer simple questions but they will also be competing and therefore won’t be as educated of a resource leading up to the event.

I might be busy and might take a day to respond, but I will respond. Like I said a few weeks ago, ANYONE who signs up from CF Lando I will coach through the event meaning I will help with your openers, your weight increases, and the training leading up to the event. There will be a structured lifting program starting next week for anyone doing Nationals.

Sign up ASAP before spots fill up. If you need help with openers during signup EMAIL ME ASAP!!

 

New Nutrition Program : Going to the beach or somewhere tropical this summer and want to look beach ready? Do you have a fitness goal for the summer, like competing in a CrossFit or Weightlifting competition or a Triathlon? Whatever your goals are our resident nutritionist Sarah Landes can help you out. We are especially excited about her new fully inclusive nutrition plan that comes complete with meal plans, daily breakdowns, literally step by step what you need and the tupperware and serving sizes included!

If you haven’t already then contact Sarah via email, [email protected], and set up a consultation. It’s $25 and covers a lot of what you need already. Then if you so choose you can get started on a custom nutrition plan for whatever your goals are. She works with highly competitive CrossFit athletes down to the every day person just looking to get more fit.

Shoot her an email!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 915-10am

Core Work : 15 Min AMRAP
30 Russian Swings
4 Alternating Turkish Getups
5 Overhead Squat/Goblet Squat
60 Second Accumulated Plank Hold, switching straight arm to forearm and back every 15s

WOD: For Time
Row 1500m
75 Situps
45 Thrusters 45/35

 

CrossFit

Strength : Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Push-ups

S : 135/95, Clapping Push-ups from Knees
L1: 185/135, Scaled HSPU or Clapping Push-ups

No Rx+

 

The Program

1. Strength : Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

2. WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Push-ups

3. EMOM 12m
5 CTB Pull-Up
2 (1 each side) Stone to Shoulder + Squat, heaviest able

Apr
22
By CFlando

Bring a Friend and Lando Social Event!

Bring a Friend and Lando Social Event!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03517

 

 

 

This Saturday will be another Bring a Friend Day at CrossFit Lando. Bring a friend or family member you have been bugging about CrossFit even if they have no experience at all. The workout will be a good one but also have basic elements doable or scalable for any skill level. If a friend or family member signup its $10 off your next month membership!

Also be on the lookout for the next Lando Social Event one of these upcoming Friday nights! Details coming.

 

THURSDAY

Skill : Pull-Up Volume Training
EMOM 10m, XX reps strict pull-ups

WOD: For Time
30 Box Jumps 24/20
30 Pushups
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Knees to Elbows
5 Wall Climbs
30 Pull-ups (kipping)
30 Walking Lunges
30 Ball Toss 20/14 (Push Press to WB Target)
30 Broad Jumps 6/4′

 

The Program : Full Off

Apr
21
By CFlando

East Regional, Here Comes Operation Lando!!

East Regional, Here Comes Operation Lando!!

By CFlando Posted on
Top 10!

Top 10!

So some of you are probably tired of me making all these posts bragging about our people and the CrossFit Games Regionals. OK, you probably aren’t, but I promise this is the last one…this week.

First what exactly am I talking about when I talk about Regionals? So the Reebok CrossFit Games are the top of the mountain of the CrossFit competition season. It has both an individual and team competition of many age groups and is held in Carson, CA in July. 50 or so men and 50 or so women in 4 age groups as well as 30-40 teams qualify to get to the Games through Regionals. Regional qualifiers come from the Open competition that many of you participated in this past few months. This year they combined Regionals to make Super Regionals, combining the Northeast with Canada East and limited the number of qualifying spots.

Yet, as I posted about last week we had 2 superstar ladies in Stacey and Sarah qualify as individuals for the East Regional. We also qualified our team, Operation Lando, and Mike Gray qualified for the next round of competition in his age group. In other words, CrossFit Lando smashed sh*t this Open season!

Introducing CrossFit Lando’s 2015 Regionals Team, “Operation Lando TeamDO”: There are a lot of you out there who worked your tails off every day to improve your fitness and deserve a lot of credit for what you do every day. We have 6 superstars who I consider myself lucky to have been able to coach intimately the past 8 months as we set out to qualify a Regional team for the first time ever in the history of CrossFit Lando. For a team to qualify they have to be in the top 15 in our specific region (Northeast) at the end of the Open competition. As you see above our team finished in 11th place. Absolutely amazing. The 6 that make up our team are Tim “T-Bone” Bryant, Jack “J-Man” Martin, Rob “Doc” Tomlinson, Joanna Whalen, Stacey Kroon, and Sarah Landes. All 6 of them carried the team in one way or another, whether it be rising above their weaknesses to grab a great score in a difficult WOD or working through the rigors of an intense training schedule combined with the rest of the difficulties that real life brings to competitive CrossFitters. These 6 deserve a big congratulations for their hard work through the entire season and for being part of the first ever CrossFit Lando Regional Team.

 

Special Thanks : I want to take this moment to personally thank all 6 of these athletes as they dedicated a great deal of time and effort to what essentially was my master plan and small dream that I hatched 3 years ago when Stacey and I got this gym started. They tirelessly worked with whatever I threw at them every single day and they came out better athletes, teammates, and people after all was said and done. I want to also say one last special piece of recognition and thanks to Stacey and Sarah as they both sacrificed their chance as individuals to compete as part of the team for this gym, truly exemplifying that no individuals are greater than a team.

They say it takes a village to accomplish greatness and that is certainly true of this team and this gym. I know I won’t cover everybody that deserves a special thank you but I want to say thanks to Kyle Hicks, Chris Collins, Brian Strang, Lauren D, and Stacy Doyle for helping out as judges, video crew, body work, and other special support all throughout the Open while competing themselves.

Finally, thank you to all of you, our community here at CrossFit Lando. This is truly a special place and it is 100% because of the people that make it a community. Thank you to all of you who participated in the Open, for understanding the schedule changes and shuffling of coaches and classes, and otherwise being awesome people to work with and compete with the entire time.

Now it is on to Regionals where the team and gym are going to continue to need your help and support. I will be posting about fundraising efforts we are putting together to help feed and lodge this team down in Hartford for the weekend. We are only a month away so get excited!!

 

WEDNESDAY

1. Strength : Clean
3-3-3-3-3

 

2. WOD : 20 Rounds
1 Pistols (each leg)
10 Double Unders
5 Burpees

S: 5 Air Squats, 20 Singles, 3 Burpees
L1: Scaled pistols, 5 Double Unders

No Rx+

 

The Program

1 and 2 as above

3. 3m AMRAP : Weighted Step Ups 24/20, (alternating legs) 35/26 KB at chest, immediately into 3m AMRAP Box Jumps 30/24

Apr
20
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on
11138581_10100304904161509_556011747714973570_n

Me and Sis before the finish line

 

 There is NO 12PM Class Tuesday, April 21

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Press
5-5-4-4-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
3 Jerk 185/125
15 KB Swing 53/35
10 Toes to Bar

L1: 135/95, Hanging Tuck

Rx+ : 225/155, 70/53

15m Time Cap

 

The Program

Strength and WOD as above

then

3a: 3x ME Ring Dip, rest 60s
3b: 3xME Chin over bar hold (supinated), rest :60

Apr
19
By CFlando

Good Luck to Our Runners!

Good Luck to Our Runners!

By CFlando Posted on

9802487pizapw1429484373

 

We are running a full/normal schedule tomorrow

I want to take the time to extend the biggest of good luck and congratulations to the four Landos we have running the Boston Marathon!!!!!

Sam Eaton, Kelli Dedonato, and Addie Dion are current members who are running tomorrow for their various charities. Then there is a distance runner (pun maybe intended) who is extra special named Taylor Landes who is a Lando at heart and by blood, my baby sister finishing up her last year of college at THE Ohio State University. These four made an unreal commitment to not only run 26.2 miles tomorrow but doing so to raise money for various charities and training during the brutal winter we had here and Columbus, OH. I ran the Boston Marathon in 2008 and can say without question the most difficult training situation for any sport or event I ever had was training for Boston simply because of the time of year and area we are training. So ladies you have my and all of our utmost respect!

I am very proud of all of these ladies. As you can imagine I have a very personal pride when it comes to my sister. I am very much not the kind of person who likes to inject myself into situations to create imagined drama, but I like many have a story related to the tragedy two years ago that has turned into a victory for this city. I was with my father, brother in law (a Lando), and my sister Taylor walking to the finish line in 2013 after the traditional Red Sox game. We were nearly directly across the street when bomb #2 went off. I’ll put it this way, we were close enough that I felt my bones rattle.

The rest as they say is history. We are incredibly lucky that nobody in my family or anyone I am close with was hurt, but like so many all 4 of us were touched by the events of that day in a way that will never leave us. I still remember the feeling of anxiety, uncertainty, and general chaos we all dealt with for the hours after as we walked from Back Bay to Charlestown wondering what the hell we just experienced. It wasn’t until we got to a bar in Charlestown that we got the full story of what we were literally a block away from.

Like I have said a few times my family and I are very lucky to have experienced the tragedy that many were deeply affected by. However, like so many stories, our experience spawned something great which was my sister committing to running the Boston Marathon in 2015 something that required weight loss, training like she never had come close to doing in her life, all while doing it as a college student in an area of the country where cold and snow are an absolute during training. Like the other 3 Lando Ladies she set her sights on her goal, raised thousands of dollars for charity, and is 24 hours away from completing a goal that started 2 years ago.

I am proud of all these women but as you can imagine I am most proud of my baby sister. I have been her coach through the process so her training has been my responsibility since September. I find it hard enough programming for you all when it’s a tough workout and I know it’s going to be a struggle. Imagine trying to tell your little sister to go run for 3 hours when it’s 28 degrees outside! Alas, she did it, and she did it well.

Taylor, (Pnut as we call her), you are the best and I am so proud of you for even attempting what you are attempting. I know you are going to crush tomorrow and I can’t wait to celebrate with you! Kelli, Addie, and Sam best of luck as well! We are all here for you!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 915-10:00am

Core Work : Stacey’s Choice…BE READY!!

WOD: 5 Rounds, 20s work, 10s rest, switching movements every interval
Jumping Lunges
Burpees
Wall Climb Hold (halfway hold)
Situps
Superman
Weighted Step Ups, 35/26

CrossFit

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
5-5-4-4-3-3-2

Start at around 70% of your 1 rep max for the first set of 5 then increase accordingly

 

WOD: 10 Minutes
Run 1000m
AMRAP Squat Snatch 135/95

S: Power Snatch + OHS 75/55
L1: 115/75 (Squat Snatch)

Rx+ : 155/105

 

SkWAT Team : 100 Russian Swings, heaviest KB able (try the big boys/girls!!)

 

The Program : Same as above

Apr
18
By CFlando

Sunday Funday

Sunday Funday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

CrossFit 10am and 11am

 

Strength : Push Press + Push Jerk
5 sets of 3 + 1

 

WOD: For Time
Run 400m
20 Push Press 135/95
Run 400m
15 Push Press 135/95
Run 400m
10 Push Press 135/95
Run 400m
5 Push Press 135/95

 

Apr
17
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

 

10am/1pm

Strength: Front Squat

5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
Row 500m
35 Burpees

Apr
16
By CFlando

Congratulations

Congratulations

By CFlando Posted on

1507592_887205651321294_709830815096025641_n

 

I know it seems like the Open is long passed but I guess it takes CF HQ weeks to officially work through scores that are electronically kept up to the date minute by minute to find out who the official qualifiers for Regionals are. Now that it is officially done there is need for some congratulations.

The graphic above shows just how impossible hard it is to qualify for Regionals this past year. Not only did CrossFit Lando have one but two qualifiers this year. Both my lovely wife Sarah and my amazing head coach/gym manager Stacey qualified as individuals, meaning they are among the 20 fittest women in the entire Northeast region which consisted of over 3000 athletes at the start. CrossFit Lando is represents 10% of the female Regional qualifiers!

My relationship with Stacey really started 3 years ago. I still remember the email I got back then that shaped so much of my life as it stands now. I was coaching at another box in Boston and had maintained a distance friendship with Stacey while she worked at Again Faster selling equipment to gyms. Coming off a “disappointing” performance at Regionals (she finished 7th) she was asking me to help her and become her coach. At the time I had been working tirelessly on developing my own template for training fitness athletes which is what is now known as The Program but really hadn’t had the chance to coach an athlete through an entire season using my methods. Not only was this my first chance but it was with an athlete who had qualified for the CrossFit Games just the year before in 2011. Yes I consider myself lucky. Little did I know this was just the start of what has become one of the most important relationships in my entire life. Soon after that email I embarked on opening CrossFit Lando and through my coach-athlete relationship with Stacey had the chance to convince her to work for me as my head coach here. We have been through everything together and I couldn’t be luckier to have had the chance to coach her the past 3 years and develop the relationship we have as friends, coach-athlete, and colleagues.

As her coach I couldn’t be more proud of her. This is the 7th year in a row she has qualified for Regionals. She has never finished out of the top 10 in the Open while the field has gotten more and more talented every year. There are names of people she used to compete with who don’t even compete at a high level anymore, and yet she continues to dominate as an athlete no matter what year it is. Now after perhaps the toughest year in competition Stacey went out and qualified in 6th place overall out of 3000+. To say she is an example of what working hard for a goal is is an understatement. Every year the names change except for her. She just keeps doing it. Just another year, just another amazing performance from Stacey Kroon.

Last year was a tough year for Sarah. She had been working really hard and was excited to see what she could do as an individual. Then a week into the Open she spent 2 days in the hospital and got her gall bladder taken out effectively ending her competition season. Little did we both know this is where her journey to 2015 would start. Where a lot of people would spend months feeling bad for themselves, the second she could get back in the gym she set out to get stronger, more skilled, just overall better. She asked me what I felt she needed to do to get where she wanted and she set out to do it, and kept doing it, and doing it, and doing it.

I say all the time that in anything in life true hard work is done when other people have no idea it is happening. This can be said for both of these girls for a fact. Sarah has spent Saturday afternoon/evening in the gym by herself the past 8 months after working a full day just because it was her only time to get her training in. I can’t tell you how many nights at 9:30 or 10pm I was here finishing up work while she got her training in. Everyone was surprised at how well she was doing starting a few months ago but I tell you I was the least surprised of anyone. I saw the work she was putting in and it’s hard work that gets results, especially when nobody knows you are doing it. I am so proud of my wife for setting a goal over a year ago and setting out to accomplish it and doing it through hard work and dedication to her craft.

I know this seems a bit like overkill but I had to give these two ladies their due. This is an amazing accomplishment as seen above. I am even more proud of the fact that they are giving up their spot as individuals to represent our gym for our team that also qualified with the help of 4 other awesome individuals. Stay tuned on Sunday night while I introduce you to the other 4 individuals that make up the 2015 Regional Team. These 6 are a special group and I am honored to be their coach!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning: 915-10:00am

Core: TBD

 

WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 500m
75′ Broad Jump
75′ Bear Crawl
25 Knees to Elbows
25 Pushups

 

CrossFit

Strength : Barbell Complex (Clean and Jerk)

1 Hang Power Clean + 1 Split Jerk + 2 Hang Squat Clean  + 2 Push Jerk

 

WOD: Running “Jackie”

Run 800m
50 Thrusters 45#
30 Pullups*

Rx+: 15 Muscle Ups

 

The Program

1 and 2 same as above

3. Push Press
4-4-4-4-4

 

Apr
15
By CFlando

Special Thanks to Jack and Flav

Special Thanks to Jack and Flav

By CFlando Posted on
DSC02806

The Staff

 

 

All too often the job that my staff here at CrossFit Lando does goes overlooked. We have established a level of excellence here that almost is expected. I wouldn’t have it any other way as from day 1 I set it as a goal to achieve this level as not just a goal but an expectation of our entire program. Yet even I have to be reminded sometimes that the reason we are able to maintain such a great system and have such a great community is I have fantastic coaches carrying out my vision, not just my vision but our vision for what a great fitness facility is.

Stacey gets plenty of well deserved gratitude and thanks, but today I want to extend a special thank you to Jack and Flavio. The past 10 days we have been short staffed with Stacey being on (much deserved) vacation, and with me working overtime on the new location opening in the summer we needed a lot of extra effort out of them here in Woburn. They stepped up to the plate big time. I always say that a well run facility in this business would be one that the owner and managers could leave and it would barely be noticed. This was absolutely the case, with both Jack and Flav stepping up and taking early morning hours, late night hours, keeping up with cleaning and maintenance, all the while keeping their hours as full time students (Jack) and whatever else Flav does (bartender, street racer, male stripper, etc).

Jack and Flav, thank you for everything you guys do here especially the past 2 weeks. Your heart and love for this place doesn’t go unnoticed and I truly appreciate the effort you put into this community every day.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Bench Press

5-5-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP

12 Box Jumps 24/20
12 STOH 115/80
12 KB Swings 53/35

S: step ups (6 each side) 75/55, 35/26
L1: 95/65

Rx+ : 30/24, 70/53 KB

 

The Program : Full Off

Apr
14
By CFlando

Weightlifting Wednesday

Weightlifting Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on
DSC02094

Split Jerk Like This!!!

 

 

Weightlifting Class kicks off at 6:30pm. Come learn how to Snatch lots of weights.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength : Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: 100 Overhead Squat 115/80
4 Box Jumps every 75 seconds, 24/20

– 20 minute HARD time cap

S: 65/45, 75 Squats, 2 Box Jumps
L1: 95/65

Rx+ : 135/95

 

The Program (Double Session)

1. All Same as above

2. Snatch Work (if unable to make lifting class)
WARMUP : 3×3 tall snatch, super light weight

then 7×1 Power Snatch @ 80%, aiming to hit all 7

then EMOM 7m : 1 Squat Snatch, increase weight as able

 

Apr
13
By CFlando

Going UP on a Tuesday

Going UP on a Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02115

 

 

 

I have used that headline too many times, but I still giggle.

 

TUESDAY

Gymnastic Strength : HS work and Rope Climbs
14m EMOM

Odd Minutes : 2-5 Handstand Push-u0s, hardest scale able
Even Minutes : 1-2 Rope Climbs, hardest height able

WOD: For Time
21 CTB Pull-ups
21 Walking Lunges
3 Wall Climbs
40 Double Unders
15 CTB Pull-Ups
15 Walking Lunges
3 Wall Climbs
40 Double Unders
9 CTB Pull-Ups
9 Walking Lunges
40 Double Unders

 

The Program

1. Gymnastic Strength : HS work and Rope Climbs

EMOM 14m
Odd Minutes : 2-5 Handstand Push-u0s, hardest scale able
Even Minutes : 1-2 Rope Climbs, hardest height able
2. WOD: For Time
21 CTB Pull-ups
21 Walking Lunges
3 Wall Climbs
40 Double Unders
15 CTB Pull-Ups
15 Walking Lunges
3 Wall Climbs
40 Double Unders
9 CTB Pull-Ups
9 Walking Lunges
40 Double Unders

3a: Ring Dips, 4×10 (weighted if able), rest :60
3b: DB Snatch + OHS, 4×5 (each side), rest :60

4. 50 Band Pull/Upright Row
– Stand on a band and hold end at your waist then pull it up to your chin like pulling a clean. AFAP

Apr
12
By CFlando

Finally, The Weather!!!

Finally, The Weather!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02809

 

 

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15am-10:00am

TBD, come in and get fit!

 

CrossFit

Strength : Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD: For Time
20 Front Squat 155/105
40 Lateral Burpees

– The work can be broken up any way desired and at any time. For scaling questions, this front squat weight should not be done unbroken unless you are RXing or RX+. Make it challenging!

S: 95/65
L1: 13595

Rx+ : 225/160

 

The Program

1. Front Squat

2. WOD

3. 4 Rounds for Quality
30 second OH stability hold, 80% BW or so
3 Turkish Getups (each side)

4. CORE
50 Box Squat 75/55
50 GHD Hip Extension 75/55 on back

– This video shows good technique used when doing a max lift. Make the 50 AFAP. Still using quality technique but moving quickly.

httpv://youtu.be/0PIeIVKHAEU

Apr
11
By CFlando

Sunday Strongman

Sunday Strongman

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02719

 

 

 

SUNDAY

CrossFit 10am

WOD: Run 800m
50 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Double Unders
Run 600m
40 Wall Ball
20 Double Unders
Run 400m
30 Wall Ball
30 Double Unders
Run 300m
20 Wall Ball
40 Double Unders
Run 200m
10 Wall Ball
50 Double Unders

 

Strongman 11am

Skill : Odd Object Carry

WOD: Spend 10-15m finding a heavy 1 rm Power Clean

50 Heavy Power Clean (70-80% 1 rm)
– Every Other Minute perform 1 heavy carry 60′

 

Apr
10
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01725

 

Sorry for the late post. Our server has been having a lot of issues and I couldn’t post for hours. Here we go!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

1. Jerk Max Out MFer!!!

2. Air Force WOD Style (similar concept, different movements)

3. Front Squat

4. Skill Work
3m AMRAP
20′ HS Walk + 2 HSPU (FS)
3m AMRAP
L Sit Rope Climb, highest able
3m AMRAP
Pistol Jump Over, 10/8″
3m AMRAP
Burpee Lateral Box Jump 20″
3m, AMRAP
Double Unders

 

10am/1pm

1. Strength: Front Squat
5×5

 

2. WOD: Partner WOD
– 1 person works at a time. Must alternate work after finish/breaks

40 Hang Power Clean 95/65
40 Sumo Deadlift High Pull
40 Push Jerks
40 Overhead Squat
40 Hang Squat Snatchb

– EMOM perform 4 Burpees

3. SkWAT Team: EMOM 12m
3 Squat Clean, TnG

Apr
9
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando Train, Every Stop PR City

CrossFit Lando Train, Every Stop PR City

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01399

 

 

 

I am almost done with the analysis of the strength tests this week and Ill tell you what, so far they are astounding. Not only the sheer volume of PRs in squats, pulls, and presses, but also the fact that this strength cycle decreased overall tonnage by about 15% throughout the 9 weeks because of the Open going on. You know, that little 5 week thing that caused almost everyone to go through at least 1 high stress workout every week but usually 2-3 high stress workouts. So, the fact that people still PRd, many times multiple days, is astounding.

You all rock.

Didn’t PR? Then let’s find time to analyze why. I already have time set up with someone for tomorrow morning.

I love this stuff. This is what I live for. I will always make time to help you figure out your training. All you have to do is ask and we will get you the PRs you chase, the confidence you want, the fun you crave, the feel you need.

#whammy.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 915am-10am


Core: For Time
80 Bicycle (40 each side)
60 Toes to Plate
40 Situps
20 Getups

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 800m
30 Superman/GHD Hip Extension

 

CrossFit

Strength: Squat Clean Thruster, ladder style

– Every 90 seconds for 15 minutes (after warmup) you will perform 1 squat clean thruster. Increase as able after every MADE lift. Perform 3 box jumps 30/24 before each attempt sometime during the 90 seconds.

Hero WOD: “Coe”
10 Rounds
10 Thrusters 95/65
10 Ring Pushups

S: 65/45, scaled regular pushups
L1: 75/55, scaled ring pushups

 

The Program

1. Strength and WOD same as class

2. EMOM 14m
O: Stone Work
E: Ring or Bar Complex

– The goal is to do whatever complex without coming off the object. Scale to 1 MU if that makes you able to do it

3. Core Work/Sprint Interval

Apr
8
By CFlando

Summer Solstice Team Competition : June 13

Summer Solstice Team Competition : June 13

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01267

 

 

 

We are hosting the 3rd Annual Summer Solstice Team Competition on Saturday, June 13. For the first time ever we are having both RX and SCALED divisions. The competition is mixed gender teams and always is a blast.

This year is going to be something special. We are going to have a live DJ and MC, and the events are going to make it unlike any competition around. It’s going to be a mix of olympic lifting, powerlifting, and straight up CrossFit events. Think team 1 rep max clean and jerk, team 1 rep max front squat, then team “Fran” (no it will not be those events, that was just an example).

This is a surefire can’t miss summer time event that we would love as many Landos partaking as possible. Click here to sign up your team. We will also need volunteers and judges from the usual best community in the world and we will be taking signups for that as we get closer to the event.

See you June 13!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Push Press
5-4-3-3-2-1-1

– Try for a 1 rep max

 

WOD: 6 Rounds
Row 500m
– Rest 1:1

 

The Program : Off

Apr
7
By CFlando

Double Max Time

Double Max Time

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02091

 

 Due to the nature of the programming with the testing there will be no weightlifting class at 6:30. Regular classes throughout. Next Wednesday will have Weightlifting class!

Today we have a fun one ahead. We are going to have 2 barbell elements that we max out with. First you will max out on the back squat. This is our main focus. We will drill the snatch to get warmed up so you are ready for that, then focus on the back squat portion. Once everyone is done squatting you will have 5 minutes to prepare to start snatching, then 10 minutes to find a 1 rep max snatch, immediately followed by the various gymnastics AMRAPs.

Let’s have some fun with this! We don’t do things like this that often. Focus on the squat and take the snatch as just a fun new way of getting towards your max, or maybe even set a PR. Think of the squat as your PR attempt and the Snatch as getting your work in.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Back Squat
Find a 1 rep max
WOD: 10 Minutes to find a 1 rep max snatch
then
3 Minute AMRAP Toes to Bar
3 Minute AMRAP Wall Climbs
3 Minute AMRAP Rope Climbs, 15′

*Score is max weight lifted + total reps (Rope and Wall Climb = 2 for 1)

– Scaling for all 3 movements will be discussed

SkWAT Team : Find a 50′ max yoke carry in 5-6 attempts

 

The Program

1. Same as class

2. Find a 50′ max yoke carry in 5-6 attempts

3. Row 5 minutes @ 90% pace.

Apr
6
By CFlando

American Weightlifting Federation National Championship : June 20-21

American Weightlifting Federation National Championship : June 20-21

By CFlando Posted on

10931727_785445254838198_7933740583820197733_n

 

 

While this isn’t exactly “news” in the true sense of the word this is the first time I am really writing about.

This June we have a great month of stuff happening here at the gym. We are hosting a couple great events, one of which being the American Weightlifting Federation National Championship. Since this is the first year of operation this is basically an open championship, meaning ANYONE can sign up.

That means you! If you have ever wanted to do a lifting competition this is the one to do it. It’s going to be an amazing weekend, tons of fun, lead by some of the best lifters in the world, but with a lot of beginners just like you slamming bars officially for the first time ever. Some of your very own coaches from CrossFit Lando will certainly be lifting and we might even have a few National Champions in the mix!

More information will be forthcoming but I assure you this is going to be an event not to miss. Most of you CFLers are very green to the sport of weightlifting so it will be a new experience all around. It’s very cool with more strategy and gamesmanship than you see with a lot happening behind the scenes. Even though I will have my board member duties I will personally coach anyone who enters the competition as a lifter because I like it so much, so get signed up and let’s get to work!

For some this might be opening a door to something new that you had no idea you could compete in. That is our mission with the AWF, to show that the sport of weightlifting is open to all abilities and that in fact many competitors are very much beginners. At the Grand Open in January I saw more PRs that were below BW lifts than you probably would believe. For others this could serve as just a cool experience, another chance to compete in something similar but at the same time totally different than CrossFit. Whatever it is I think this is a great opportunity for our community and something for all of you.

Ask me anytime for more info and in the meantime go check the website for news, apparel, announcements, and more! Check back here tomorrow for info on our CrossFit competition the weekend before!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Press
Find a 1 rep max shoulder press

WOD: 60 Burpee Pull-ups for Time

S/L1: Burpee into Jumping Pull-up
Rx+: 30 Burpee Muscle Ups

*15 min time cap

 

The Program : Check Board

Apr
5
By CFlando

TMI Moment on the Deadlift : Words from Jack

TMI Moment on the Deadlift : Words from Jack

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02353

 

There will be no Core Conditioning Class tomorrow (Monday). Gym must close at 8:45 so post class work must be quick. Our apologies but it is an otherwise unavoidable scheduling conflict. Morning schedule will be : 530, 630, 730, 12. Thank you!!

 

The deadlift is a movement that might be the best example possible proving my belief about the importance of the setup. I say it all the time, that a good setup gets you over 50% of the way to a well executed movement. Even if your technique isn’t great you can save a lot with a good setup. On the other side of the spectrum, you can be a great mover with a grew understanding of the movement itself but if you setup poorly your execution will be flawed. As a coach the first thing I look at is setup no matter what level of athlete I am working with as a lot of issues from start to finish can be fixed just from working hard on someone’s setup.

The deadlift is fairly simple from a technique standpoint, especially compared to the clean, snatch, jerk, etc. This doesn’t necessarily mean it’s easy but it allows for more thought and focus on all parts of technique. Jack, the J-man, loves deadlifting (in case you didn’t know). Here are a couple tips and ideas he has and uses both when he coaches and he is lifting that I think will be helpful when getting ready to max out today. Yup, you heard it correctly, the next 10 days are testing time/Max Week! Get in here and get it done!

 

From Jack on the Deadlift : When you set up, I believe in setting up at the top, this will allow for a tighter bracing technique of the lower back and T-Spine (Thoracic Spine). Try this, approach a bar, get as close as you can to it, try to spread the floor apart with your feet, squeeze your butt and your abs, then reach with your arms/shoulders, flexing your chest and lats as hard as you can (Think about how body builders flex their lats in a physique show). Flexing these two muscle groups will aid in bracing your thoracic spine, making it safe to pull. Hinge at your hips and reach down and place hands directly under your shoulders on your bar, and then fall back into your heels, and pull. The act of falling into your heels will do two things. One, it’ll place your shoulders directly over the bar, and two, it’ll pull the tension out of your bar, which is crucial for a successful lift at near maximal weight.

 

MONDAY : No Core Conditioning

Strength: Deadlift
Find a 1 rep max

– As always when the focus is to find a 1 rep max, how you get there is totally up to you. I always recommend some sets around 50-60% 1 rep max of 3-5 reps moving as fast as possible. This preps the nervous system for moving tons of heavy weight.

WOD: For Time
21-15-9
Hang Clean and Jerk 115/80
– Run 400m after each round

L1: 95/65
Rx+ : 135/95

 

The Program

1. Deadlift

2. WOD @ 135/95

3. Tall Snatch : 5×2, stay light and technical

4. 5 Rounds
Sled Push 30m @ BW, AFAP
6 Box Jumps 30/24
30 second back rack isolation hold @ 110% current 1 rep max back squat
– rest until you are fully able to perform the next round AFAP (nearly running pace on sled)

 

Important For Today : Competitive Speed Hang Clean

httpv://youtu.be/GXD6uJ3wquc

 

Tall Snatch 

httpv://youtu.be/bR1d7tG_8P0

Apr
4
By CFlando

Closed Easter Sunday

Closed Easter Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

itiskurtis_b

Please enjoy the day and have a happy and safe rest of the weekend. Happy Easter!

CrossFit Lando is Closed for Easter Sunday. We will re-open for the 5:30am class on Monday.

Apr
3
By CFlando

Closed for Easter Sunday

Closed for Easter Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02401

 

 

There will be no classes on Easter Sunday. Full schedule tomorrow including Mobility with Flav at 11:00am right after the 10:00am class.

SATURDAY

Early Crew : Meet at 8:30

Strength : Snatch ladder

WOD: Partner WOD

10am and 1pm

Strength: Front Squat
4 or 5 sets of 5 reps, get heavy

WOD: Partner WOD, for time

75 Broad Jumps 5/4′
150 Double Unders
300 Air Squats
150 Walking Lunges
75 Burpees
2 High Fives with a SUPER HIGH JUMP!!

L1: 300 Singles

Rx+ : 6′ jumps, working partner wears weight vest for Squats, Lunges, Burpees, High Five

Apr
2
By CFlando

“Christine”

“Christine”

By CFlando Posted on

My apologies for the late post. Something was wrong with our server. My bad!

It’s back to our Benchmark Fridays! Here is a throw back, one of the first benchmarks we ever did. “Christine” is a classic. 3 Rounds of brutality and grace all wrapped into one. Row fast enough that you can get a good time, but pace enough that you can do your deadlifts in big sets or even unbroken. Then those beautiful box jumps! Oh those box jumps. Zone out, get a pace, and just go. Fast feet = fast box jumps!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 915am

Core: 5 Rounds or 15 minutes
30 plank push ups
10 windshield wipers
10 burps
10 GHD situps
30 supermans

WOD: 12m AMRAP
Run 800m THEN
AMRAP
10 weighted step up 53/35 at chest
10 KB Swings
10 KB goblet squat
10 (5 each side) KB single arm thruster

CrossFit

Strength: Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD: “Christine”

3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 Deadlift @ BW
21 Box Jumps, bounding allowed, 24/2-0

S : 50% BW
L1: 75% BW

– It’s been a while since we did this workout so your scale might be totally different than last time. Don’t stick to what you did before. Sometimes that is best so you can get a real close comparison but in this case go with the challenge of scaling the next level up, whatever that may be!

 

The Program

1. Clean and Jerk

2. “Christine”

3. 5m AMRAP : Overhead Step Overs (see video) and Burpee Box Jump Over

– Wear a weight vest. Perform 2 OH SO on each arm. Use heaviest able with absolute control/safety. Drop and then snatch each rep. Then perform 5 Burpee Box Jump Over with lateral jump each jump. AMRAP 5m. Video is shown with 75# DB.

4. Core Work : Posted on whiteboard

 

httpv://youtu.be/_oG1UGepq8k

Apr
1
By CFlando

Muscle Ups

Muscle Ups

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01464

 

 

Those of you muscle up fiends, Stacey with some small assist by myself is working on a great MU program that will have a full step by step system for how to start to finish measure and build your ability to do a muscle up. Keep a look out for it at the end of the week/beginning of next week!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Core Work
3 Rounds
5 Turkish Getups 53/35 (70/53) each side
20 Russian Swings
35 Situps

* cap at 15 minutes. Work through for quality.

WOD: 21-15-9
Front Squat 135/95
Lateral Burpee Over Bar

L1: 115/80

Rx+ : 145/100

 

The Program : Off

 

Mar
31
By CFlando

So Complex!

So Complex!

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/dJw3i7pVNv0

 

What a fun little complex today!!

I know some of you just rolled your eyes and you know I actually understand. Many of you, me included, look at that and say “yeah, right, what am I doing instead?”. What I don’t want is you saying “looks like Wednesday is a rest day this week!”. Instead let’s look at this as how widely varying our scale can be for the same workout, a true testament to why CrossFit is so amazing.

Now, that video of Jack the Incredible is the Rx+ version of today. Just wanted to show it as something to strive for. I know it might be intimidating but think of it more as just something amazing to see. Trust me there is a reason why he is in the video and not me, an example of no matter how long you do this there is always something or someone to strive for.

Again, this complex is a great example of why CrossFit is so great in the sense that everything can be scaled so that nearly infinite amounts of ability levels can be in the same class getting the same great fitness. For those of you who don’t have pull-ups without a band yet you will do jumping pull-ups even if you use only a red band, and for the super pull-up masters like Jack on the other end of the spectrum you will do 3 TTB + 3 Bar Muscle Ups, all done unbroken BTW! For the in between where you are able to do the Rx of real pull-ups, do whatever you can without bands, regular or CTB pull-ups. While CTB might be a harder Rx it really is about getting better and more fit, right? The point of this workout is doing a version of the bar complex as unbroken as possible, as difficult as possible, and doing so as QUICKLY as possible with all the afore mentioned pieces in place.

No matter what your ability level is there is always something for you to do to get more fit and enjoy doing it. That is CrossFit at it’s most basic.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

WOD: 8m AMRAP
3 TTB + 4 Pull-Ups/CTB Pull-Ups
2 Squat Snatch 115/80

S: 2 Hanging Knee Tuck + 4 Jumping Pull-ups, Power Snatch + OHS 75/55
L1: 2 Knee to Elbow + 4 Pull-Ups/ CTB Pull-ups, 95/65

Rx+ : 3 TTB + 3 Bar MU, 155/105

 

The Program

1. Strength: Overhead Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

2. WOD: 8m AMRAP
3 TTB + 3 Bar MU
2 Squat Snatch 155/105, all TnG

3. 15m AMRAP for Quality (max weight)
2 High Bar Back Squat
2 Deadlift (use axle if able)
35 Double Unders

– Start @ 80% max both movements (approximately) and add 10-20# each round. You should aim for 6-7+ rounds but max weight is most important.

4. 20 Turkish Getups 70/53, 10 each side.

Mar
30
By CFlando

Practice Makes Perfect

Practice Makes Perfect

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06975

Member of the Month : Stacy Doyle!!!

Read more about Stacy and what else is going on with CrossFit Lando in the March Newsletter. Better late than never, right?!

 

Notes on Today: 

Today (Tuesday) we are doing the Push Press for strength. If you have no idea what that is check out the video below for a quick look at what the movement is. In short it is a dynamic version of the press where rather than strictly use our arms only to get a bar from shoulders to overhead we use an explosive drive from the legs to get the bar moving. We usually can lift 30-40% more in the push press than we can on the strict press because of this use of the legs. Our muscles in the legs are much larger than those in the shoulders and arms so it just makes sense…hopefully.

The press and push press are related not just in that they are overhead movements, but it should be thought of that the press is a precursor to the push press in strength and technique. The same can be said for the push press and the jerks, push and split. When it comes down to it the push press is a jerk in the first 75% of the movement, the only difference being the catch. So while the press is a strength builder for the push press, the push press is a strength builder for the jerks. It is also a technique builder for the jerks, especially in the dip and drive.

Focus on this aspect of the push press today. All too often the jerk is ruined by a poor dip and drive, either dropping to fast in the dip and causing bar-body separation, or allowing your weight to leak forward through the knees pushing the entire movement forward, or pushing the bar too far forward. A lot can be worked on for the jerk when performing the push press, on top of just simply building strength in the movement. The dip-drive is also where the power to get the bar as high as possible comes from. A quick change of direction in the bottom is what is important so developing explosiveness here is another thing to work on. Concentrate on the dip-drive portion of the movement to really develop the beginnings to success in both the push press and the jerk(s).

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
Run 300m
25s HS Hold (against wail)
20 Wall Ball 20/14

– HS Hold is accumulated so resting is allowed

L1: 15s Hold
Rx+: FS 15s Hold

 

The Program

1. Push Press

2. WOD : same as class

3. Bench Press and MU Super Set

Mar
29
By CFlando

2015 Open is Over!…Almost

2015 Open is Over!…Almost

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01872

 

I have much more to say on this another day this week, but for now I want to first say thank you. Thank you to everyone in our community, literally every single person in this gym, for the commitment and understanding you all showed during the past 5 weeks. Whether you were doing the Open officially or not this was a big commitment to our community. The schedule changed, Saturday classes were huge and not always the best workout, but everyone was great through the whole process.

I know there is one more change on Monday to do 15.5 again. Here is my 2 cents : Don’t do it. Unless you had a catastrophic mishap there is no reason for you to do the terribleness that is that workout again. If you absolutely desperately want to you can during class times on Monday.

Regardless, by 8:00pm Monday night it’s time to turn the page and look ahead to more awesome training, fun times, and great weather!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : 3 Rounds, 12 minute cap
50 Situps
40 Supermans
30 Russian Twists 20/14 MB
20 Hollow Rocks
1:00 Plank Hold (forearm)

WOD: 12m AMRAP
Run 600m then AMRAP
20 Jumping Pull-Ups
10 Broad Jump 6/4′
10 Burpees
20 Wall Ball 20/14#

CrossFit

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: EMOM 15m
1 Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 2 Pistols (each leg)

SkWAT Team: Clean Pulls
5 sets of 2 reps @ 105-110%

 

The Program : For full details see Whiteboard

1. Strength: Back Squat (low bar)

2. WOD: EMOM similar to class

3. SkWAT Team Work

4. Accessory Work : Core and Stability Work

5. Airdyne Sprints

Mar
28
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

FullSizeRender-2

 

 

Open WOD attempts should be done at 11:00am and by appointment via email with me

 

SUNDAY

CrossFit (10:00am)

Strength: Push Jerk
3-3-3-3-3
WOD: 10m AMRAP
5 STOH 155/105
5 Hang Power Clean
1 Rope Climb, 15′
5 Hang Power Clean
5 Burpee Box Jump 24/20

L1: 95/65, 10′ climb
Rx+: 185/125

 

Strongman (11:00am)

Strength: Find a max odd object OH (keg, stone, log, axle)
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: Partner WOD
Double “Grace” with Axle Bar
– Every 2 minutes perform 10 Deadlift 225/155

Mar
27
By CFlando

Coming Soon : CrossFit Lando – Canal Park

Coming Soon : CrossFit Lando – Canal Park

By CFlando Posted on

1958072_10100292868071929_1671143998058947286_n

 

 

 

I am beyond happy, more than thrilled, over the moon excited to announce that we will be opening another CrossFit Lando location in the summer of 2015! The location is at 2 Canal Park in Cambridge, MA, a stones throw away from the Museum of Science in Boston and part of the Canal Park cluster by the Cambridgeside Galleria Mall. It is going to be a part of the CrossFit Lando family, built in the model that this location in Woburn was built with all the same goals, ideals, and purpose.

I know the question on everyone’s mind is “what is going to happen to Lando Woburn??”. The answer simply is nothing! This location will run just as it has before. While some of us will obviously be spreading out time out between both locations, all the coaches here at Lando Woburn will continue coaching in the same capacity (maybe different hours) as they have, an there will be a couple new additions to the staff. Otherwise things will be business as usual. Beyond that I cannot speak much on the structure of the business as, honestly, I don’t have many answers. This has been a tireless process that started 15 months ago and has been solidly dedicated to finding a perfect location to grow the CF Lando empire. We found it, now we will work on how the operation will run.

What I can promise is we will be opening an extension of the family, not a replacement. It will be another home, one independent but part of the greater whole that is CrossFit Lando. You need not worry about losing the greatness that has been established here, or major changes from what you have grown to know and love. It’s just growth and everything good that comes with it!

 

SATURDAY: Last Open WOD. Gym opens at 9:45 as usual. Heats start at 10:30. Let’s get it on one last time!!

WOD: 27-21-15-9

Row (calories)
Thrusters 95/65

– As always we will help with strategy and scaling options. Let’s send the Open out with a bang!!

Mar
26
By CFlando

Friday Night Throwdown

Friday Night Throwdown

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08656

Come in at 7:30 to watch all the competitor athletes including the 6 Operation Lando TeamDO Regional Team athletes go at 15.5, the last Open WOD. The first heat will most likely go off around 8:00pm. All Early Crew regulars are invited to throw down and all members are invited to come watch.

We are really looking forward to having you come watch these members give it their all for this last WOD. The team is currently right in the mix for qualifying for Regionals in May, and Stacey and Sarah are both in qualification right now for individual, so there is a lot to be excited about! The extra energy from their fellow members will certainly add to the environment. Please, my only request as Coach is that you respect their needs as athletes tomorrow night. All the athletes tomorrow, whether they are team members or not, have worked incredibly hard for this time of the year. We wanted to give you all a chance to come support everyone on this last weekend so please bring it as fans and support them in every way possible!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning 9:15-10:00am

Core Work : Turkish Getups, Plate Getups

 

WOD: 50 Squat Clean Thruster for Time, 75/55
– Every 90s perform 20 Double Unders/40 Singles

 

CrossFit

Strength: Thruster (From Floor)
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Toes to Plate 45/35
20 Plate Getups*
20 Ground to OH w/ Plate

* if you cannot do a getup NO FEAR, we have a scale :)

S: 35/25, 10 Getup OR 35 Air Squats
L1: 15 Getup OR 50 Air Squats

 

The Program

1. Strength: Thruster (From Floor)
5-5-3-3-2-2

2. WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Toes to Plate 45/35
20 Plate Getups
20 Ground to OH w/ Plate

3. Deadlift
6×2, increase as able

4. EMOM 6m
20′ HS Walk + FS HSPU
immediately into 30 Strict HSPU immediately into 30 strict CTB pull-ups

 

httpv://youtu.be/lQ5kVk6MddY

Mar
25
By CFlando

What Will It Be?

What Will It Be?

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00700

I can’t believe we are rolling up on Week 5, the last week, of the 2015 Open. It’s been such a great experience to be a part of, from multiple first TTB, CTB pull-ups, and Muscle Ups, to PRing lifts in workout, to seeing beginners go from timid first timers to throwing their hat in the ring of an international competition, to the 6 members of Operation Lando TeamDO Regional Team busting their ass every day as I yell like a tyrant eating grapes and pate from my throne.

Let’s give this last workout, whatever it is, absolute hell and throw down like its 1999 on Saturday! And Friday, Sunday, and Monday if you are redoing it.

Friday night we are opening the Regional team attempt at 15.5 to everyone. There are some great story lines to watch. Our team is currently just out of qualification for Regionals but has a great shot of making it into the Top 15 and being invited to Hartford in May for the Northeast-Canada Super Regional. Having CF Lando represented at Regionals has been a dream of mine since we opened the gym so this is incredibly exciting. Everyone in the gym has been working unbelievably hard, and these 6 have worked harder than anyone. They have been doing doubles, night time practices, and whatever else I think up for the past months and it’s been paying off. What is incredible is this is happening with Regional qualifying being so much harder this year. They cut the field in half for who qualifies and this team is still doing it.

Also in the mix is Stacey and Sarah fighting to maintain their Regional qualifying status as individuals. While they both have committed to competing with the team if we qualify, if we unfortunately do not they hope to be competing as individuals. Similar to team, CrossFit HQ made qualifying for Regionals incredibly hard this year, even more so than it was before, with only 20 people qualifying out of nearly 4000 from each region. Both ladies are currently in qualifying status so this weekend is going to be epic.

The entire team needs your support as well as all the other Early Crew members who have been busting their butts on Friday nights, so come Friday night and watch all the competitors, the Early Crew, as well as the 6 team members (Stacey, Sarah, Joanna Whalen, Jack, Rob Tomlinson, Tim Bryant) compete for their spot at Regionals in May!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Press + Push Press

2 + 6, 5 Sets

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
21 Walking Lunges
15 Box Jumps 24/20
9 Burpees

 

The Program : Off

Mar
24
By CFlando

It’s Finally Nice Out…For Real

It’s Finally Nice Out…For Real

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01993

 

 

Weightlifting Class at 6:30! Get there and learn the ins, outs, and what have your about Clean and Jerk!

 

WEDNESDAY
Strength: Pull-Ups and Dips

S + L1 (use bands for pull-ups and dips) : EMOM 10m, X Pull-ups, then EMOM 10m, X Dips
– For X choose a rep number that you can maintain +/- 1 rep throughout all 10 minutes. You will do 10 minutes of pull-ups then 10 minutes of dips. Band accordinly

Rx : Weighted Pull-ups/Dips
– 10 minutes to find a 3 rep max weighted pull-up set then 10 minutes for 3 rep dip set

 

WOD: 6 Rounds
12 Toes to Bar
Run 300m
Rest 1:15 after each round

S: 10 reps of knees to waist
L1: 12 reps of knees to elbows

Rx+: Unbroken Toes to Bar, rounds have to be under 2:00 to count.

Mar
23
By CFlando

A Classic Percentage Day

A Classic Percentage Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01972

 

Every now and then when I’m feeling really saucy I’ll throw some actual percentages into your lifting. Other than just trying to look smart there is a reason why I do this. I am sure many of you have at least heard me say, if not directly to you, that I want your effort to be productive in the gym. I mean this in the simplest definition of the word and both in a broad and acute sense. We don’t have enough time to mess around with wasted efforts, so everything we do in the gym needs to be done with purpose. If your time here, which we all know is incredibly precious, isn’t spent being productive then what the hell are you doing? This follows all the way down to every rep, every stretch, every effort you put forth in a singular sense within these four walls must be in effort to accomplish something.

When performing the power lifts (squat and variations, deadlift, press and variations) the goal its to get stronger. This means every rep we execute must be in effort towards the goal of getting stronger. We do this by the intensity that we perform our lifts at. Intensity comes mainly from the amount of weight we are moving but speed at which we are moving it matters as well. This is where percentage work comes into play. It is proven that at a certain percentage for certain reps you can move weight that is large enough to create a positive strength response, and you are able to move it fast enough to create a positive intensity response. Too much weight and/or for too many reps will make weight move too slow therefore getting little if any strength response, the one which we are looking for being a growth hormone response through the use of high end motor units and muscle fibers.

Long story short, follow this percentage work as close to a “T” as you can. It matters!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Front Squat, all percentages are based off 1 rep max
5 @ 60%
5 @ 75%
5 @ 80%
2 @ 85%
2 @ 90%
2 @ 92%
2 @ 95%

WOD: 7m AMRAP
7 Deadlift 225/155
42 Double Unders

S: 135/85, 50 Singles
L1: 185/135, 25 Double Unders/50 Singles

Rx+: 315/205

 

The Program

1. Strength: Front Squat, all percentages are based off 1 rep max
5 @ 60%
5 @ 75%
5 @ 80%
2 @ 85%
2 @ 90%
2 @ 92%
2 @ 95%

2. WOD: 7m AMRAP
7 Deadlift 315/205
42 Double Unders

3. 30s on 90s off for 6 rounds
Sled Push @ BW loaded, heal-toe pace
-immediately after last rep : 35 CTB pull-ups for time

Mar
22
By CFlando

One More Week

One More Week

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00856

 

We are 4 out of 5 weeks done for the Open this year. It has been such a great experience so far. Let’s make this week a great one! Get those scores in from 15.4, and if you are redoing it make sure you get it done in a class time by 7:30.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditionin

Core : All done with running clock
3 minutes to accumulate fore arm plank,
rest 1 minute
3 minute to accumulate straight arm plank,
rest 1 minute
2 minute max plank push ups
rest 1 minute
2 minute hollow hold
rest 1 minute
2 minute hollow rock

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)
10 Burpees
10 Thrusters 45/35

CrossFit

Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 10 minutes, then every 90 seconds for 6 sets perform 3 reps @ 75% and building

WOD: For Time
10 Barbell Walking Lunges (each leg) 115/75
15 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
10 Walking Lunges
12 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
10 Walking Lunges
9 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
20 Ring Dips*

S: 75/55, Regular Lunges, 15 Ring Dips*
L1: 95/65
Rx+: 135/95, Front Rack Lunges, 7 Bar MU*

 

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
2 Back Squat + 2 Behind Neck Jerk + 2 Squat Clean
– Find a max weight

 

The Program

1. Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 10 minutes, then every 90 seconds for 6 sets perform 3 reps @ 75% and building

2. WOD: For Time
10 Front Rack Lunges (each leg) 135/95
15 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
10 Front Rack Walking Lunges
12 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
10 Front Rack Walking Lunges
9 Thrusters
7 Hang Power Snatch
7 Bar Muscle Ups

3. EMOM 10m
2 Back Squat + 2 Behind Neck Jerk + 2 Squat Clean
– Build each minute

4. Bench Press
EMOM 10m
3 Reps

Mar
20
By CFlando

Open WOD 15.4

Open WOD 15.4

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01318

 

 

It’s week 4 of the Reebok CrossFit Open and we are running the WOD as usual. It is an 8 minute AMRAP so it’s quick heats, then Flav’s double under seminar starts at 11:30 or about 10 minutes after the last heat finishes, which ever comes first. Come on in and get a great workout in. It has handstand pushups and cleans so don’t worry if you can’t do the movement or weight, we will show you how to scale!

Please get here for gym opening at 9:45am as this workout takes some explaining and setup and we want to get everyone a good shot at performing it the way they want.

 

SATURDAY

WOD : “Open WOD 15.4″

8 minute AMRAP

3 HSPU
3 Cleans 185/125

– HSPU and Cleans escalate in reps at varying levels

 

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
5 sets of 5 reps , heavy all 5 reps

then

EMOM 5m : 5 Heavy Deadlift + Hang Clean Pull

Mar
19
By CFlando

The Evolution of An Insane Fitness Advocate aka a CrossFitter

The Evolution of An Insane Fitness Advocate aka a CrossFitter

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01241


Double Under Workshop Saturday @ 11:30 (approximately).

Free, no $$, 30 minutes from our DU expert Flavio. Come on in and get those DUs down!!

There has been an epidemic of people cleaning up and leaving before the workout is done. If you have situations that make it so you need to leave ASAP when class time is over that is totally understandable, but if you are done and someone is struggling to finish please respect their efforts. Stick around, cheer them on, give them a boost. We have all been there before. Being the last one done happens to everyone, but it sucks to have that be the case AND you are standing in an empty gym with nobody but the coach around. We are a community, we are a team, we are friends and a family. Stick together always.

 

Something insane happened last week in the world of CrossFit. After a simple announcement of a workout for the Open suddenly seemingly 5.2 million people became singularly concerned about one thing : muscle ups. Everyone became focused on muscle ups. People, babies, animals, all obsessing over muscle ups. The internet exploded with videos, videos from experts promising last ditch advise for getting the first ever muscle up, videos of people making videos about muscle ups, videos of animals doing muscle ups, and somehow I always ended up at some adult only site. The insane thing isn’t necessarily that people were obsessed with muscle ups. The insanity goes deep into the question of what the hell were we all doing for the 361 days before last Thursday?!

Obsessively working on something isn’t insane to us. It is how we work in the CrossFit world. I won’t go as far as to say “its who we are” because while bonding over this common desire to improve ourselves through fitness, CrossFit is so wonderful in part because it brings people together who are so completely different. To apply the “who we are” principle to our obsessive nature of working on things at the box would be misguided. I like to think of it more as CrossFit brings out this nature in all of us, the nature to want to conquer something we otherwise couldn’t before. As our experience level grows over time and accomplishment the level of difficulty of what we are attempting to conquer increases. In other words what first was a “real” pushup became an un-banded pull-up which became a BW back squat which became a BW snatch which became…

The list is endless, and THIS is where the insanity is. The list of what we NEED/WANT/SHOULD work on is literally endless. If I wrote out everything that could be worked on and limited it to 1 thing to work on per day you might not hit everything 2x in a year. Intimidating, maybe, but I like to think of it as inspiring. Every day you walk into the box there is something you can work on and something that meets your ability level.

This last part is key. What was insane about what happened with the Open last week wasn’t that we all lost our minds over muscle ups, or that most of us decided suddenly that we cared that much about muscle ups that we spent 3 hours in the box each day, but that so many people suddenly forgot that developing our fitness is a process and that process doesn’t happen overnight. Muscle ups are hard, damn hard! Doing a muscle up is the equivalent of back squatting 1.5x BW, or snatching your BW, or doing 25 unbroken pull-ups, not in the sense of applicable strength but in the sense of the level you need to be at in your fitness to perform the movement. Truthfully I admire the work that all CrossFitters do, from the beginner who I see for the first time staying after class to hook up that colored band and bang out some strict pull-ups in their quest to get the illusive “first pull-up”, to the veteran banging out SkWAT Team work aiming for that BW OHS x 15 reps. It takes a bit of crazy in all of us to do what we do. We all joke about it from time to time, the “sickness” we all have that makes us like coming in, being bossed around by a coach to do things that cause us pain and suffering from 5-45 minutes, only to laugh about it after with our newfound lifelong friends secretly waiting to be able to get back at it the next day. It’s an amazing thing to see and be a part of.

Still, we all must remember that we came here from different places and we all still are in different places in our fitness. While the all mighty muscle up is what so many strive for it is the pinnacle of the gymnastics pyramid. There are SO many things to work on, to master, to have fun learning, before the muscle up becomes our obsession. Never lose sight of the fact that this is a process, a journey if you will, to achieving a great level of fitness beyond what you ever thought you would have before you started doing CrossFit. Getting one phantom muscle up or heavy lift is like not getting it at all. I have known people who have gotten a muscle up then never got one again for 7 months. In the meantime they got 0% better at pull-ups, ring dips, snatching, box jumps, or running, just to name a few. Never forget the process and that if you are meant to do a muscle up it will come through hard work as much as will.

That being said, before I leave you please always remember this one thing. If you felt defeated and without purpose because of your inability to do a movement in the Open, you have one simple thing to do : never let it happen again. The great thing about CrossFit is we ultimately are in charge of our process. You have over 300 days until next year’s Open. Don’t let a movement keep you from achieving what you want, even if participation and comforting sleep at night is all that is.

Own your journey.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : GHD work, Strict TTB, L Sits

WOD: Scaled “100s”
100 Jumping Pull-ups
100 Jumping Squats
100 KB Swings 35/26
100 Single Unders

 

CrossFit (tentative based on Open WOD announcement tonight)

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
2 + 1, 5 sets for a max

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 KB Swings 53/35
20 Pistols (alternating)

L1: 35/26, Scaled Pistols

Rx+: 70/53, Weighted Pistols 10/5

 

The Program

15.4

Mar
18
By CFlando

Something Different

Something Different

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01464

 

 

THURSDAY

 

Strength: Bench Press
5-5-5-5

 

WOD: 21-15-9

Dynamic Pushups (alternating arms)
Windshield Wipers (holding plate OH on floor)
OH Walking Lunges 45/35
Toes to Plate
Double Unders x3

L1: 35/25, Strict Leg Touch Downs, Singles x5
Rx+: Triple Under Attempts 15-12-9

 

The Program

Off

Mar
17
By CFlando

How To Run a Marathon

How To Run a Marathon

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01229

 

Frustrated by something in the Open WOD this past week? Before you lose your mind over Muscle Ups, come to a clinic on Double Unders. It will start after the Open WOD 15.4 on Saturday. All abilities welcome!

If you are looking for some cheap, quality workout apparel, all the shirts and tanks in our store are $15 as we clear things out for our next round of gear. 2 for $25!

There is NO lifting class tomorrow. It will meet again next week.

In CrossFit we rarely visit the long time domain of 20+ minutes. Let’s get real, very few of you out there really want to see this being programmed anyways. We are used to and prefer short and fast, or medium and sub maximal, but we aren’t so keen on the long and steady, 5k like pace. Heck I’m pretty sure if I programmed “Run 5k” I would lose 50% of the membership within 24 hours. While it might not be what every one wants to see, long time domains are a necessary element to building our fitness. Aerobic exercise, usually achieved through long duration efforts, is important for building fitness from a physical sense but I also find it important in building the mental piece of training.

Like I said, I know many people don’t really enjoy time domains longer than 20 minutes. Let’s get serious, people really hate time domains longer than 20 minutes. It’s why we all do CrossFit now. While we hated just strapping the shoes on and running around in circles talking about optimal heart rates with our stupid runner friends while jogging in place like an idiot while waiting for a light to change, we especially hated the boring, monotonous mental state of long duration exercise. This is why CrossFit was our savior because not only did we get super sexy and seem super cool (said with a French accent there) it made exercise FUN again (how novel!!!). Now let’s focus on is how we can gain immeasurable benefit in our mental buildup as a CrossFitter when working in this long workouts.

We have all been in the situation where we are facing the middle of a WOD and there is no end in sight. We have already been beat down by what we did and have 5 seemingly endless minutes or 3 rounds that literally have no end left. It’s mentally impossible to get through this sometimes, leading to internal battles that range from wanting to cry/quit, to stabbing me in the chest with your barbell, to tying Jack up with a red band and dragging him behind your car for a mile. I know the feeling as I have been there many times. 10 minutes earlier you were happy and ready to WOD, and suddenly you are in the depths of something you never want to experience again and worse yet you have no idea how to get out of it.

This last part is what I want to focus on. Sometimes our training seems to insurmountable its really hard to face. It is awful when this happens mid workout. A way to combat it is rather than look at everything you have in front of you just look at what is immediately in front. Take a round, a set, or even just the reps of an element immediately ahead of you and focus on that. Literally one step at a time until you are finally done. I know this sounds dumb and child like but trust me, it works.

Since long duration workouts are usually slower in terms pace they are good times to practice this mental piece. When you see the workout below I think you are going to a) hate me and b) want to work on any mental skill you can to make it seem less brutal. Work on taking it one step at a time without even thinking of the next element. Like life itself, you can’t speed the WOD up, you can only accomplish what is ahead of you. Do this each step of the way and you will find not only are you less wanting to beat your coach or the person next to you but you also get through the workout much faster from a mental sense. Once you get this practice down for longer, slower moving workouts you can start to apply it to the 8-15 minute faster workouts we see more often.

 

WEDNESDAY

WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 2000m
60 Situps
50 Air Squats
40 Pushups
30 Toes to Bar
20 Lateral Burpee over mat

S: 1500m, Knees to Chest
L1: 2000m, Knees to Elbows

 

The Program

1. WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 2000m
60 Situps
50 Air Squats
40 Pushups
30 Toes to Bar
20 Lateral Burpee over mat

2. Snatch
Spend 15m working on a 2 rep max any snatch

then

EMOM 5m : 4 TnG @ 75% above

3a: Snatch Pull, 4×2 @ 110% 1 rm Snatch, rest :60
3b: Pistol, 4×5 weighted, alternating, rest :60

 

Mar
16
By CFlando

Overhead

Overhead

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01196

 

 

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Jerk + Split Jerk

5 sets of 2+2

 

WOD: 25 Box Jumps 24/20, then
3 Rounds
30 Pull-Ups
30 STOH 115/80

S: 75/55
L1: 95/65

Rx+: 3 Burpee penalty every drop from bar, only 1 break for STOH, 100′ HS Walk after 3rd round

 

The Program

1. Strength: Push Jerk + Split Jerk
5 sets of 2+2

2. WOD: 25 Box Jumps 24/20, then
3 Rounds
30 Pull-Ups
30 STOH 115/80, only 1 drop allowed
then 100′ HS Walk

3. For Quality : Cap at 15 MINUTES
30 Strict Ring Pull-Ups holding false grip
30 Strict Ring TTB
30 Strict HSPU
5 Strict MUs

Mar
15
By CFlando

Open WOD 15.3 closes at 8pm EST on Monday

Open WOD 15.3 closes at 8pm EST on Monday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01538

 

Make sure if you plan on redoing 15.3 that you do so in one of tomorrow’s classes. Scores must be logged in by 7:59pm EST.

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15a-10a

Core Work : Work straight through 1 time. Rest exactly 2 minutes between elements

a: Max Effort forearm plank hold
– if you can hold without weight for longer than 2 minutes then do this with weight on your back

b: Max Effort hollow rocks without breaking, then finish to 100 total hollow rocks

c: Max Effort super mans without breaking, then finish to 100 total hollow rocks

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 KB Swings 53/35
50 Jumping Lunges (25 each leg)
25 Burpees
2×50′ Bear Crawl

CrossFit

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)

3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 3 Rounds
7 Overhead Squat 135/95
14 Power Clean 135/95
After last round immediately run 400m

S: 96/65
L1: 115/80

Rx+: 165/115

SkWAT Team: EMOM 12m
O: 8 KB Swings 106/88
E: 2 Thruster with pause in squat, heaviest able

The Program

1. Strength: Back Squat (low bar)

3-3-3-3-3

2. WOD: 4 Rounds
7 Overhead Squat 165/115
14 Power Clean 165/115
After last round immediately run 400m

3. SkWAT Team: EMOM 12m
O: 8 KB Swings 106/88
E: 2 Thruster with pause in squat, heaviest able

4. Accessory Work
3m ME weighted step ups 53/35 each hand, 20/16″
2m ME squat jumps 35/26 each hand
90s ME box jumps 30/24, full stand

Mar
14
By CFlando

Sunday Funday

Sunday Funday

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit at 10. Strongman CrossFit at 11. Open WOD runs at 11 as well! Email me if you are doing the Open!

 

SUNDAY

CrossFit

Strength: Push Jerk + Push Press + Push Jerk Complex

2 + 2 + 2

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 Pushups
225′ Sprint (75′ shuttles)
25 Toes to Bar
225′ Sprint
12 Hang Squat Clean 115/80
12 Thruster 115/80
225′ Sprint

*15m Time Cap

L1: 95/65, Knee Pushups, Hanging Knee Tuck

Rx+: 135/95, clapping pushups

 

Strongman

Strength: Find a max object carry (yoke, handles, stone) for 60′

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Object to Shoulder + Squat
8 HSPU
Sprint 150m
Rest 1:00

Mar
13
By CFlando

Open 15.3

Open 15.3

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00293

Gym Opens at 9:45. First heat at 10:15.

Strategy below!!!

Come get more fit and have a blast doing it!

We Are Having a Muscle Up Emergency Workshop Tomorrow after the Open WOD. All are welcome but it is recommended that you are close to doing a muscle up for this WOD as the drills we do for the workshop will be for such. Remember, while we all want to do muscle ups and be better at them they are one of if not THE most elite skill in CrossFit. That is not to say you have to be elite to do it but it means you need to be able to do 15-20+ Pull-Ups UB, 8-12+ CTB UB, and 5-10+ Ring Dips UB (this is generally speaking strength wise). We all want these but they take time to develop the strength as well as the skill to do them! Keep at it!!

 

Here is some general strategy for 15.3.

 

General 

– Gear up for benefit : you know I am old school when it comes to using “crap” but I also believe in using what helps when it counts. This counts. Knee sleeves, wraps, lifting shoes if you have light ones like the Reeboks for the WB (you won’t change shoes) but otherwise really flat/minimal shoes. Use stuff that helps

– Know your ability : This is a very different workout for different people. Elite level athletes need to do as little resting as possible, but also it does no good to do things unbroken or in huge sets and then just stand around. Break things up intentionally and rest little.

– Women: Use the advantage of 9′ target. Both easier and faster. The fewer breaks the more competitive. However like above don’t do huge sets and stand around. See more below.

– Every Rep Counts The Same: Don’t waste time on double unders. Bang them out and earn the reps where they are easy.

 

MUSCLE UPS

– Whatever your max is divide that by about 2. That is what you should maintain. So if you can do 10 UB then never do more than 5 and shoot for 2 sets each round.

– Kip out of dip as you land. No 2 parters. No strict.

– Also make the kip tight. Stay hollow, stay tight, LEGS/FEET TOGETHER!!

– No failures!!!! Do not go for that gut it out rep unless you know you got it. If you fail rest 2-3x longer than you have been to make sure you recover.

 

WALL BALLS

– 10′ means 10′, 9′ means 9′ : don’t throw it 11′ if you don’t have to.

– Pick a work : rest ratio and stick to it : break up more than you think. We once tested doing 50 reps UB versus someone doing sets of 10-15 with 5s rest and the 50 UB was 8 reps faster. Think of how this affects the next thing? This is very person specific. If you are superior at WB then do as much UB as you can but you need to be able to keep moving. If WB are a weakness then sets of 10 with 5s between is a MUST.

– Use the “competitive timing method” of your descent to make them faster and use the bounce out of the bottom.

 

DOUBLE UNDERS

– Relax and breath

– Similar to kip of MUs, stay hollow and graceful

– Break into work sets that are doable mentally and physically.

– If you were ready to go you are ready to go. If you trip at 1 you don’t need to stop of another 10 seconds. Shake off the frustration of tripping at 1-2 and just get back to it.

 

SCALED

– Break up your WB in 10s, maybe 15s. Just keep moving. Singles are a breath catcher. Use it. Just move, pick up the reps where you can earn em!

 

 

WARMUP (all levels, just change scale for your level): For this workout you should warmup with a solid sprint on the rower or air dyne about 20-30 minutes before you go. Can also be like 30 burpees AFAP, Run 800m. Etc.

Then do the following within 5 minutes of your cardio:

15 GHD Situps
15 Box Jumps 24/20
20 GHD Situps
15 Box Jumps 24/20
25 Wall Ball @ heavier than WOD

Then rest / let heart settle for 10 minutes then get ready to roll. This means get rings set, get rope set, tape and whatnot, then you are starting 5 minutes later. Your warmup should be no longer than 10 total minutes. This does not include mobility, Crossover Symmetry (a must for this), etc. 10 minutes is just heart rate/CNS Prep. This warmup should be started about 20-30 minutes before you GO.

 

SATURDAY: No early crew. Gym opens at 9:45

10am and 1pm Class

WOD: “15.3”

14m AMRAP

7 Muscle Ups
50 Wall Ball 20/14, 9′ target for women
100 Double Unders

If you cannot do MUs we will talk about what to do scaling wise tomorrow!!

Mar
12
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05345

 

 

 

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: 12m AMRAP
Run 200m
10 Bar Rollouts w/pause
10 Toes to Barbell
10 Situps

WOD: 15m AMRAP
Row 2000m
50 Pushups
50 Supermans
50 Air Squats

 

CrossFit

Strength: Power Clean
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 12m AMRAP
8 Power Clean 135/95
18 Walking Lunges
1 Rope Climbs
12 Toes to Bar
2 Wall Climbs

L1: 105/85, KTC, 5 Strict Pull-Ups

Rx+: 155/105, Legless

Mar
11
By CFlando

It’s Nice, Go Run!

It’s Nice, Go Run!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01283

 

Hey it might not be that warm yet but it’s warm enough. Time to stretch those legs!!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Press (Strict)

5-5-5-4-2-2

 

WOD: 5 Rounds, each round 3 minutes long

15 KB Swings 53/35
Run 150m
8 Burpees

-These are short, fast sprints. Get done AFAP with each element!

L1: 35/26

RX+ : 70/53

 

The Program

– If you have missed any days this week this isn’t a bad day to come get work in. You won’t be sore but will get to breath and get some good OH in even if you plan on doing the Open on Friday. If you are doing the Open on Saturday then come in and do this as is tomorrow.

 

Mar
10
By CFlando

Donate to My Sister Taylor for the Boston Marathon

Donate to My Sister Taylor for the Boston Marathon

By CFlando Posted on
Taylor (left) and Friends

Taylor (left) and Friends

 

 

We have a number of awesome, devoted people running the Boston Marathon this year. Two members that I know of, Kelli Dedonato and Addie Dion are running and have posted in the CF Lando Facebook Page about their fundraising efforts. Sam Eaton, an evening and weekend warrior, is also going strong in her training. I strongly encourage you to go make a donation for them. More info on all their efforts coming as well!

I want to make a special request, however, for a very amazing person running her first ever marathon this year. My baby sister Taylor, nicknamed “P-Nut”, is running the marathon in a month for Dana Farber. As I mentioned before this is her first ever marathon, and running 26.2 miles is no easy feat, but for a 6 ft tall girl finishing up her last year of college, training in frigid Ohio, it’s even more impressive that she is so dedicated to this cause. I will always remember the marathon 2 years ago as Taylor, my father, my brother in law, and I stood almost directly across the street from the now historic blasts that seared that day in everyone’s memories for life. Taylor remembers it like it was yesterday and vowed the day after to run the marathon sometime in the future in dedication of the people who were affected physically by the bombs.

This is her dedication to that day, and I am so proud of her for doing it. I ran two marathons back in my earlier days but they were when I was an out of college, somewhat adult. Never could I imagine trying the training she is doing while a college student, a senior and head of her sorority on top of it!

Please take a moment and visit Taylor’s fundraising page. Every dollar counts and goes to an amazing cause, the Barr Foundation for Dana Farber, the best cancer research institute in the world. Her page can be found here! Be sure to friend her on Facebook and follow her training progress as well!

ThL1:!ank you!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 3 rep max, TnG

WOD: “Isabel”

30 Snatch, 135/95

 

s: 75/55

L1: 95/65

 

*8 min time cap

 

The Program

1. Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 3 rep max, TnG

2. WOD: “Isabel”
30 Snatch, 135/95

3a: Behind Neck Push Press + Jerk : 2 + 2, 5 sets, rest :60
3b: L Sit Hold, hardest able unbroken for at least 10 seconds, 5 sets, rest :60

4. Accessory work
3m weighted step up, 35/26 KB each hand, 24/20
2m pistols, alternating
1m burpees

Mar
9
By CFlando

Goin Up! On A Tuesday

Goin Up! On A Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

TUESDAY

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
5-1(90%)-5-1(93%)-5-1(95%)-1(95%+)

– This rep scheme is done to get some speed work in before heavy singles to improve those singles. Just like I tell you often times to put lighter weight on the bar and move with explosiveness like you are trying to jump the bar off your back, this is building speed within your working sets. By moving weight around 60-80% 1 rep max AFAP you are tapping into the same high end motor units you might be when doing a heavy single. This gets you “warmed up” if you will for those singles. Anyone who played baseball or softball knows what it is like to swing a weighted bat before you get up to bat and the regular bat then feels like a feather. Sort of the same idea, just rather than the weight feeling light (it won’t because it is in fact heavier) you are getting the body primed to move fast. There is no set percentage for the 5s but your 1s should be around the percentages listed.

WOD: For Max Reps of each 2nd movement, rest 3m between each AMRAP

1: 4m AMRAP
100 Double Unders
Front Squat 115/80

2: 4m AMRAP
30 Burpees
Power Clean 115/80

3: 4m AMRAP
Thrusters 115/80

S: 75/55
L1: 95/65

RX+: 135/95

 

The Program

1. Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
5-1(90%)-5-1(93%)-5-1(95%)-1(95%+)

2. WOD: For Max Reps of each 2nd movement, rest 3m between each AMRAP

A: 4m AMRAP
100 Double Unders
Front Squat 135/95

B: 4m AMRAP
30 Burpees
Power Clean 135/95

C: 4m AMRAP
Thrusters 135/95

3. Row 1000m wearing training mask then immediately into

5 Rounds (no training mask)
1m on, 1m off
Box Jumps, 40/30

then

5 Rounds, 1m on, 1m off
Jumping Pistols (over object) 10″/8″

Mar
8
By CFlando

Hook Grip Everything…Except Deadlifts. Never Do That

Hook Grip Everything…Except Deadlifts. Never Do That

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01084

 

 

 

The hook grip is a great tool for a lot of barbell movements, mainly the olympic lifts. Grabbing that thumb under your fore and middle finger locks the bar into your hands so you can rip that bad boy as far up as needed. Anyone who doesn’t use the hook grip on the snatch and clean needs to just try it once. Trust me from personal experience that you will never, ever go back to lifting without it. However, the Deadlift is not a time to hook grip. I know some of you might be yelling at me through your computers right now, wondering why I have deceived you so much up to this point when I say “hook grip everything” in class. I promise you can all hit me with a PVC one time as penance.

Joking aside using the hook grip on the deadlift can be dangerous for 2 reasons. If any of you out there have found that your elbows really hurt when you deadlift, and you happen to hook grip that sucker, then it is likely this is contributing to that elbow pain. Just sitting here reading this go ahead and grab your thumb with your two fingers into a fist just like you are hook gripping. Feel where tension develops in your elbows? That is your various wrist flexors and ulna tendon/nerve group that are mainly used for gripping things with a fist. Using a hook grip for repetitive, heavy deadlifts creates a lot of tension that can lead to tendonitis in your elbow focused around these tendons. No good! To get the same effect as the hook grip on the deadlift you should be using the switch grip, having your palms facing different directions.

Another reason the hook grip on the deadlift is bad is it limits the development of your neuromuscular pathways in which we use our hands to move objects. In other words, we get less adept at using our hands to move heavy ass weight! Go ahead and grab something without a hook grip, then grab it with it. Which do you “feel” more? If you answered the non-hook grip way that is what I am going for. Because the hook helps lock the object (in our case a barbell) into your hand it limits the neurological response of your brain having to really work to keep the hand closed. This interferes with the communication of the Central Nervous System (brain, spinal cord) and the Peripheral Nervous System (outside of brain and spinal cord) to pull and press things held in the hands.

While hook gripping cleans and snatches is a must, the relative low weight and reps compared to what we would do for a deadlift makes this negative effect minimal. However, since with the deadlift we are usually using heavy weight in relation to what we normally lift it needs high end motor units and muscle fibers for us to move it. If we are doing so in a way that interrupts our CNS-PNS neural communication with our hands this means we are training our body to not communicate fully with our hands. This causes problems when we are asked to do so. Consistently using the hook grip on heavy and high rep deadlifts makes us less and less capable to move and manipulate heavy weight with our hands gracefully.

For today’s workout play around with your hand grip. Since there isn’t a lot of grip intensive movements going on then try using double overhand for as many sets as possible. This will help develop the deadlift muscles in the back and shoulders evenly. Then when you would normally use a hook grip start using the switch hand grip instead.

Happy deadlifting!!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: 3 rounds

for max reps, 1m for each movement

Situps

Burps

Forearm plank

Hollow Rocks

rest

 

WOD: For Time

Run 600m

50 Toes to Bar

Run 600m

50 Barbell Good Mornong

Run 600m

 

CrossFit

Strength: Push Press
4-4-3-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Deadlift 225/155
10 Ring Dips
15 Box Jump 24/20 (full stand)

S: 135/95, Pushups
L1: 155/105
Rx+: 275/185, 27/23 (45# plate on regular size)

 

The Program

1. Strength: Push Press
4-4-3-3-3

2. WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Deadlift 275/185
10 Ring Dips
15 Box Jump 27/23

3. Snatch Work
EMOM 10m : 1 Power Snatch + 1 Squat Snatch

4. Core Work
5×12 Toes to bar, rest 45s between efforts

5. 40 Strict HSPU (8m time cap)

Mar
7
By CFlando

Sunday (Daylight Savings)

Sunday (Daylight Savings)

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01201

 

 

If you need to do the Open WOD come in at 11am and we will get you situated. Rock and Roll Baby!!!!!!!!!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Hang Squat Clean

4×3, heavy

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Burpees
15 KB Swings 53/35
25 Situps

L1: 35/26
Rx+: 70/53

Mar
6
By CFlando

Open WOD 15.2

Open WOD 15.2

By CFlando Posted on

Come in for the 10am and 1pm classes and do another phenomenal Open WOD. This is a doozy so be sure to get in here and get warmed up. Gym opens at 9:45am!

 

SATURDAY

“Open WOD 15.2″

3:00 to complete 2 Rounds of:
10 OHS 95/65
10 CTB Pull-ups

Then 3:00 to complete 2 Rounds of:
12 OHS
12 CTB Pull-ups

Continue adding 2 reps every 3:00 until you cannot complete the work allotted.

We will help with scaling and getting a good workout in. Just come in and we will take care of you!

 

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
4 sets of 5 reps

Mar
5
By CFlando

Big Weekend!

Big Weekend!

By CFlando Posted on

FullSizeRender

 

 

 

Reminder: Open WOD 15.2 will start right at 10am on Saturday done just like last year. All are welcome. The Mental Skills and Goal Setting Workshop will start around 11:30 and go for about 1 hour. This is all based on amount of people who show for the Open WOD. We had 45 people last week, let’s pack this place!!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 915a-10a

Core Work: Obliques and Erectors, Oh My!

WOD: For Time
20 Box Jumps 24/20
30 Burpees onto Plate
40 Ground to OH with Plate, 45/35
50 Box Step Ups 24/20 (alternating legs)
60 Double Unders or 120 Singles
50 Pushups
40 Ground to OH with Plate
30 Burpees onto Plate
20 Box Jumps

 

CrossFit

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 4 Rounds
50 Double Unders
25 Shoulder to OH 75/55

L1: 65/45

No RX+

 

The Program

1. 15.2 : check back tomorrow AM for gameplan

2. Deadlift : 5×3

Mar
4
By CFlando

Workshop on Saturday

Workshop on Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00700

 

 

Have you ever wanted to set a goal for your time at CrossFit Lando but not know how or where to start? Have you ever wondered how to make CrossFit fit more gracefully in your life, especially with your not so CrossFit parts of your life? Have you struggled in the past or currently with this aspect, with the “where does CrossFit fit in my life?” question?

There are so many positive aspects of CrossFit that influence our lives. It is why it is such a popular and growing fitness program as it goes beyond the amazing physical fitness it gives. It extends to beyond the fitness, beyond the walls of the gym, and positively affects our entire lives. With this, however, comes new challenges about balance and how to maintain it with this newfound/different obsession. Along with the challenges outside of the gym comes the challenge of developing your fitness within these walls. CrossFit is a journey, a quest if you will, and there needs to be stops along the way to the end of this quest. There are many stops, and might not be an end, but these stops are necessary and integral to your success. We call these stops Goals.

If any of this pertains to you then we are running a workshop you want to be at. Vanessa Akhtar and I will be running the first in a series of workshops about CrossFit, Goal Setting, Life, and how it all fits together in our universe. If you have ever in any way shape or form struggled with CrossFit but love the whole process then come in and check it out. It’s $20 for 60-90 minutes of hands on, intensive goal setting practice and discussion with a PhD Sport Psychologist (that’s Vanessa…I know, shocking it isn’t me…) and myself.

This will be the first in what we hope is a series of workshops and seminars like this that tackle all the issues of mind and body when dealing with the thing we all love : CrossFit

 

THURSDAY

Core Work : 10m Escalating AMRAP, increase by 3

3 Russian Twists
3 Chair MB Press
3 MB Superman
3 MB Situps

WOD: Row Intervals

2 Rounds

Row 250m
Row 500m
Row 750m
Row 500m

Rest 1:1 after each interval or as close to it as able.

Mar
3
By CFlando

Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm

Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01146
Have you been struggling with some part of the Jerk? Can’t get the whole concept of pushing yourself down and not the bar up? Do you avoid classes with ground to overhead generally because you just hate the jerk? Then tomorrow night is the class for you! 6:30pm weightlifting with Lando. This class will be comprehensive in covering the Jerk, from warmup to drills to performing the movement and finally strengthening for the future. It’s one hour with about 50 minutes of lifting so be ready to rock and roll!

Also, Saturday we have an incredibly unique workshop taking place from 11:30am-1:00pm. We will be hosting a Goal Setting and Sport Performance Enhancement Workshop co-lead by myself, Aaron Landes, and one of our own members, Vanessa Akhtar, who is an Ed.D in Sport Psychology. There isn’t a workshop like this anywhere in the area, one that combines goal setting for the every day CrossFitter and the competitive athlete all into one, “how to improve” workshop. We will tackle goal setting and much more. Come ready to be hands on, light working out, and get your mind blown!

Sign up at the desk. $20 cash. Time may be altered slightly due to the Open WOD.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Barbell Complex
Power Clean + Squat Clean Thruster + Thruster

WOD: 8m AMRAP
8 Thruster 95/65
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
L1: 75/55

Rx+: 115/80, 24/20 with full foot on box (heels on box)

 

The Program

1. Strength: Barbell Complex
Power Clean + Squat Clean Thruster + Thruster

2. WOD: 8m AMRAP
3 Barbell Complex 115/80 : Power Clean + Hang Power Clean and Jerk + Thruster = 1 rep
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full foot on box, at least heels)

3. Front Squat
3 Rounds
4 reps every :30 for 4 sets
– rest 2:15 after 3rd set of each round. During rest perform 25 Pull-Ups including after last round
– Round 1 @ 65% 1rm, Round 2 @ 68%, Round 3 @ 70%
– This is not rest :30 every round its every 30 s.

4. Row 2500m @ 80% pace

 

Get to lifting class if able. Cut out #4 if time is of essence to make it to lifting class instead. #1-3 are most important.

Mar
2
By CFlando

Kickstarter Challenge Winner : Olga Akselrod!

Kickstarter Challenge Winner : Olga Akselrod!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08696

 

 

It’s time to announce the amazingness that was the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge. There were some valiant efforts throughout the gym, from people trying clean eating/paleo for the first time, giving up drinking for 7 weeks, actually learning to eat balanced meals and proper water intake, and how to listen to your body for rest and recovery. Whenever we do these kinds of thing at the gym I am always amazed at what people accomplish other than the benchmarks we are looking for. This past 2 months was no different than other challenges we have had in the sense that people continually impressed us with their effort, dedication, and accomplishment. So, here we go!!

 

Winner : Olga Akselrod

Olga absolutely kicked butt during the Kickstarter Challenge. She barely missed getting a point throughout the entire time, only missing a balanced meal here or there. She PRd everything in sight, including her back squat by 15# and an entire round of the test WOD. While we never put a major emphasis on aesthetics here we did do some before and after pictures and hers were absolutely amazing. If you see Olga around the gym this week congratulate her on 7 weeks of great work and dedication. Her commitment to herself and her goals is something to be followed, so ask her for some tips!

 

Honorable Mentions

There were a lot of people who did great work during the Challenge and I want to take this time to commend all of you for a job well done. I know this isn’t easy and you probably got your share of weird looks and head scratching from family and friends when you turned down nachos, beer, or a Friday night out on the town. Not only do you deserve praise but I thank you for your commitment to what we strive for here at CrossFit Lando.

Ronny Diaz continued his streak of being amazing with a PR back squat and PR on the WOD by a full round. Megan Papetti proved that it doesn’t matter if you are new or veteran as she joined the Challenge literally a week after joining the gym (maybe it was 2 weeks but I just like saying literally). She lost 5#, PRd her back squat by 20# and almost doubled her WOD score. Jess Ngui did amazing work by increasing her back squat by 25# and 2 rounds on the WOD. She also did something pretty cool by actually gaining 1# but continuing to look and feel great, proving that fitness is more about strength and work than it is numbers on a scale.

Last but not least I have to give a special shout out to my Mom, Michele Landes. She is the most dedicated CrossFitter ever, traveling an hour without traffic to make it here or performing the daily WOD by herself at home at 6am. She has had multiple knee surgeries from a bad skiing accident 20 years ago that gives her pain every day, yet she is here busting her tail like everyone else making no excuses.

Congratulations Olga and everyone else on a job well done!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Hang Squat Snatch
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 KB Swings 53/35
20 Burpees
20 Double unders
20 Pushups
3 Wall Climb

L1: 40 Singles

RX+ 70/53 KB Snatch, Burpee to target 6″ above reach

 

The Program

1. Strength: Hang Squat Snatch
Find a 1 rep max

then 3m amrap hang squat snatch @ 80% above
2. WOD: 3 Rounds
20 KB Swings 53/35
20 Burpees
20 Double unders
20 Pushups
3 Wall Climb
L1: 40 Singles

RX+ 70/53 KB Snatch, Burpee to target 6″ above reach

3. Bench Press
Find a 3 rep max

4. 4m AMRAP : Strict MUs

Mar
1
By CFlando

Goal Setting and Sport Performance Workshop : Saturday, March 7

Goal Setting and Sport Performance Workshop : Saturday, March 7

By CFlando Posted on

This coming Saturday we will be holding a workshop from 11-12:30 about Goal Setting and Sport Performance. This is a great workshop that I will be co-leading along with Vanessa Akhtar, one of our own members who has her Ed.D in Sport Psychology. Aside from being a very dedicated CrossFitter who, along side her husband Erik, has been a member at CFL for almost 2 years she is a dedicated Yogi and was a gymnast back in her day. She is now a Performance Enhancement and Mental Conditioning Consultant and works with a wide range of athletes, both amateur and professional.

Now a lot of you are probably thinking “why the heck do I need this workshop? I’m just an average Joe trying to get more fit. This is for elite athletes right?”. Wrong!! This workshop is as much if not more for the every day athlete who struggles with CrossFit and it’s place in their life than the person who has dedicated their life to being a competitive CrossFitter. We all have been there before and well all will, where for one reason or another things just don’t of as planned in a given day at the box. Then one day turns to a week, and a week turns into a “period of time” where you are in a CrossFit rut. Then the doom and gloom of your performance in the gym starts spreading to the rest of life. It shouldn’t be this way, it doesn’t have to be this way. It’s just about learning the proper way to set goals and work on those goals with CrossFit as a part of your already busy life. Whether you are a beginner or a competitor this will be a great, hands on workshop for you, one of a series we will be doing over the next few months. Sign up at the desk starting tomorrow. We need to know numbers so please sign up early! $20, limited space.

Read on for worlds directly from Vanessa about her work and the workshop!

 

The Truth About Sport Psychology:

Introduction to Mental Training for CrossFitters

 

For some of you, this blog might be repetitive if you read my post on Sport Psychology back in January 2014 or came to my first workshop. But, given that that was over a year ago now, Aaron and I felt it was important to re-introduce this foundation to set up the upcoming goal setting workshop, and future workshops. We hope to make these mental skills workshops into a recurring series. In order for this to work well, we hope that you will read the below so everyone comes on the same page and so we can jump right into the meat of the workshop without spending too much time on the questions answered here. I promise, future posts won’t be as long!!

 

For many people, the term “psychology” conjures up images of Freud, sitting behind his client as she lies on a couch, revealing her deepest, darkest secrets. Some people think you only see a psychologist when something is wrong, or because you’re crazy in some way. Yes, some of the athletes that come to see me are dealing with some serious concerns. Yes, many athletes are a little bit (or a lot) crazy, including those of us that do CrossFit. But for the most part, this typical picture of a psychologist is far from what I, and most sport psychology consultants, do on a daily basis.

So, if sport psychology isn’t just about “fixing” athletes, what is it?

Simply put, sport psychology is mental conditioning. We take the time to train our bodies, day in and day out, constantly pushing for that PR. But, we often just assume that our minds will follow. In order to reach peak performance, we need to actually take time to strengthen our mindset. As a sport psychology consultant, my goal is to help athletes and coaches build from strengths and skills they already have. The key is intentionality and productive use of these strengths and skills.

There are four core mental skills in sport psychology: self-talk, imagery, goal setting, and energy management/relaxation. We all use all four of these skills on a regular basis. The question is, are we using them effectively?

How many times during a WOD have you been yelling at yourself in your head and fighting the urge not to slow down, or quit? Or just thinking about how much it hurts when you’re 10 minutes into a 20 minute AMRAP, knowing you’re only half way there? Focusing on “not quitting” and how much pain you’re in probably isn’t going to help you hit that PR, or beat the competitor next to you. Mental conditioning techniques can help you figure out what to focus on that’s going to keep you in a productive mindset that facilitates performance.

Building these four core skills, and the nuances around these skills, can result in more confidence, focus, and control. The ultimate goal is to tailor mental training to your individual goals and needs. And, to continually build on these mental skills, so you’re always pushing yourself to the next level.

How can sport psychology help CrossFitters, specifically? 

CrossFit is a unique sport, in that it is incredibly physically demanding. It takes strength and endurance. Whether the WOD takes you 2 minutes or 30 minutes, you pretty much feel like you’re going to pass out by the end (or at least, I do). Every single workout is mentally taxing, and it takes a lot of mental toughness to get through them – whether you are new to CrossFit, a Games level athlete, or anywhere in between. It takes even more mental toughness to excel at them.

Mental training can help CrossFitters identify their current goals (both for the long-term and for individual workouts), find ways to align their mindset and approach to these goals during each WOD/competition, evaluate their progress toward these goals, prepare for competitions, and push past mental roadblocks to surpass what they think their physical limit is. Having a strong mental foundation can also help CrossFitters limit the likelihood of injury, and return from injuries quicker when they do happen (so maybe you won’t have to write “heal” as your monthly goal on the whiteboard for awhile).

Looking ahead…

As we continue to develop more workshops as part of this series, I will provide brief introductions to each topic, with significantly more information in the session. Our hope is that by building these workshops on each other, you will have the opportunity to try out different mental techniques in between sessions, and bring back any questions/successes/challenges. A few topics already on our radar include: goal setting (coming up next weekend!), mental recovery (both in- and post-WOD) – which will include some relaxation techniques, and productive thinking. If you have specific requests, please let us know and we’ll try to incorporate these into the serious.

Goal Setting Workshop

As an athlete at CrossFit Lando, you are given a lot of direction in terms of programming. Aaron spends a lot of time carefully planning your workouts to help you get the most out of your training. BUT… he also leaves room for you to figure out exactly how much and what you choose to get out of this programming, in terms of scaling options, extra work during open gym and for those following the Competitor Program, room to work on your specific areas for improvement. Part of maximizing the programming has to do with how you set goals for yourself.

For some, it’s hard to know where to start at all when setting goals. For others, it’s pretty easy to figure out what your end-goal is. But effective goal setting has to go beyond the long-term view. Absolutely use this long-term goal as your continued motivation, to help drive you through the ups and downs of the season. But without consideration of your shorter-term goals, you’ll: 1. Have a hard time gauging if you’re on the right track to reaching that long-term goal, 2. Struggle to persist through the tough training days or weeks, and 3. Probably make it harder to actually reach that long-term goal.

During this 45-60 minute workshop, we will talk about basics to get you started with setting goals (spending some time with a spefic focus on finishing out the Opens); provide strategies for how to map out your short- and long-term goals; discuss how to set and adjust goals during a WOD; and give you a chance to start making a plan. We will leave plenty of time to ask us questions, so you can take advantage of the time you have us both together to tackle your training goals from both a mental and physical standpoint.

 

MONDAY

Strength: High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 10 Rounds
5 CTB Pull-ups
3 Power Clean 175/115

L1: 3 CTB Pull-ups, 135/95

Rx+: 3 Bar MUs, 225/145

17 Minute Time Cap

The Program

1. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-3-3-3

2. WOD: 10 Rounds
3 Bar MU
3 Power Clean 225/145

3. EMOM 8m
3 Deadlift, 3 Hang Clean, 3 STOH 100/75 (DB each hand)

4. Core Work
a: 4×5 Barbell Good Morning, heavy, rest :60
b: 4×15 barbell roll out, rest :60

 

Check out this MOBility Video from Flav. Might help for the Power Clean Catch!

Feb
28
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00700

 

 

CrossFit at 10am. Strongman CrossFit at 11am. Open WOD at 11am also.

SUNDAY

WOD: 5 Rounds
Row 750m
22 KB Swings 53/35
22 Double Unders
8 Ring Dips

Strongman

Strength: Find a max 6 step (alternating) Back Rack Lunge

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Stone to Shoulder, heaviest able
10 Pull-ups
35 Double Unders

Feb
27
By CFlando

Open WOD 15.1

Open WOD 15.1

By CFlando Posted on

11008066_863385930369933_4691436352097040726_n

 

 

 

The time has come for the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games Open. For the next 5 weeks on Thursday night CrossFit HQ will release a workout that everyone has as many chances as they want to complete until Monday at 8pm ET. If you haven’t gotten the point yet, this is truly a competition for EVERYONE, including YOU!!

Here is my last “This is why you should sign up” statement. If you are planning on coming to Saturday classes for the next 5 weeks you will do the Open WOD of the week. If you are signed up officially then you have the opportunity to enter your score. If you aren’t then you don’t. That simple. Why limit your ability to do something when your sacrifice is only the $20 sign up fee? If you are going to be here anyway, and I guarantee you will find it a lot of fun and want to submit officially, you might as well.

 

 

SATURDAY : Gym opens at 9:45

First heat goes at 10:15. Done by 11:45. Get here and put your name in for a heat time.

10am and 1pm Class will be running the WOD (listed above)

Feb
26
By CFlando

Strongman for CrossFit

Strongman for CrossFit

By CFlando Posted on

 

Some of you know that every other Sunday we have a Strongman class that is taught by Jack. I know that most of you don’t even know what Strongman is, or when you think about it you think of crazy Nordic men who are 4x the size of the average human doing things like pulling trucks and cars, holding slot machines with their arms extended, and tossing kegs filled with 300# over 30 foot barriers. While this essentially is Strongman, Jack’s class is not the World’s Strongest Man competition. The fitness theory behind it, however, is similar and great for everyone.

What is Strongman?: The essence of Strongman is moving large loads long distances, quickly. If that sounds familiar it’s because it is part of the definition of fitness that CrossFit uses. Using odd objects like stones, axle (fat) bars, yokes, kegs, and other things, Strongman training is about “classic” strength, moving weight however you can. While there is a technique and method to a lot of the movements, many people find it a fun change of pace because it really is just about moving weight without such an important emphasis on the technical aspect of it. Often times it is easier to find success lifting strongman stuff than with the olympic lifts because of this.

While the name itself obviously refers to strength, strongman training is a great full body conditioning workout as well. Lifting heavy weight very fast shreds fat. The method by which Strongman trains is to work in the first energy pathway we use, the ATP/Creatine pathway, which is the greatest use of energy we have. It is the quick, explosive power pathway, the one you use doing a 1 rep max or a sprint. Strongman events are 90 second or less efforts of total, all out energy use. This is why they are usually heavy weight, max effort things like heavy stone loads or a heavy keg toss. Doing these efforts burns a ton of energy which results in both a great amount of fitness and an overall feeling of a great workout.

Strongman and CrossFit: While a Strongman purist might think it is the best way to train we certainly understand that not everyone thinks picking up heavy, concrete circles and dropping them is a ton of fun. OK, maybe nobody thinks that is fun but me and Jack. We do, however, apply the Strongman principles and movements to the classic CrossFit methodology. A Strongman class might involve one of the classic Strongman events for the “strength” of the day like a max yoke carry, max stone to shoulder, or even a 1 rep max back squat. The WOD then might be a more CrossFit like AMRAP where we replace one or two elements with Strongman movements.

An example class could be the following:

Strength: Back Squat
Find a 1 rep max

or

Yoke Carry
Find a max carry for 50′ in 5-6 attempts

 

 

WOD: “DT”

5 Rounds
12 Deadlift 155/105
9 Hang Clean 155/105
6 Push Jerk 155/105

What we can do with this for Strongman class is replace the barbell with an axle/fat bar or even a stone. So as you see you with our Strongman class you get some classic Strongman mixed with our own hybrid Strongman/CrossFit, getting the fun and new experience out of the Strongman training and the same conditioning, familiarity, and great fitness you get with CrossFit without feeling like you are on ESPN the Ocho doing weird things with a VW Bug for $50 and a pat on the back.

Come check out a Strongman class this Sunday at 11am. Jack is very passionate about Strongman as he is with all his coaching and you will get a great experience and have a ton of fun learning some new stuff. You will get your ass kicked too, of course!

 

FRIDAY : Remember even if you aren’t doing the Open “officially” you can come take class on Saturday just like any other Saturday and do the WOD.

Core Conditioning at 9:15

 

CROSSFIT

Strength: Squat Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max

 

WOD: 4 Rounds

5 Hang Squat Clean 155/105
10 Burpee Broad Jump, 4′

L1: 115/80

Rx+: 185/135

SKWAT TEAM: Sumo Deadlift, 4×3 with pause at knee up and down

 

Feb
25
By CFlando

24 Hours…

24 Hours…

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08892

 

Often times I like to say the things I want my own way, but here is an article from the CrossFit Games site that sums up the reason for doing the Open no matter what your ability or experience. Please give it a read as its a good one even if you have no intention of signing up for the Open, or if you signed up 5 weeks ago.

Tomorrow night is the first WOD announcement. Get ready for Saturday!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Bench Press
8-8-5-5-3-3

WOD: 6 Rounds
Row 500m
Rest 1:1

Perform 5 Box Jumps @ highest possible during rest

 

The Program : Off

Feb
24
By CFlando

The Open

The Open

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08645

 

This Thursday night roughly 250,000 CrossFitters around the world will be (not) patiently waiting by their computer to see what the first workout (15.1) of the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Open is. This is the start of the CrossFit season that follows the Open, goes to Regionals, and ends in the Reebok CrossFit Games in July. The Games is a meeting of the fittest 40 or so men and women and 30 or so teams from around the world vying for the title of “Fittest in the World”.

This is an incredibly exciting time for a lot of people and an incredibly fun time at CrossFit Lando. For the past 2 weeks we have urged you to take part in the Open. What happens here at CFL is once the WOD is released Thursday night (every Thursday for the next 5 weeks a new WOD is released) we make plans for the gym to take a crack at it on Saturday at 10am during the 10am class. This is your chance to come see how you do along with people from all over the world, but also your chance to come and participate in something with the ENTIRE Lando community. It is your chance to come work with your community, to cheer on your fellow athletes, to say you were part of what is always the most exciting and fun time of the year at CFL.

Literally anyone can do the Open. If you usually scale the workouts heavily then you can sign up for the scaled division. If you can come close to Rx then I encourage you to do the Rx division as you can always scale if needed but gives you a chance to get an Rx score each week. There are also various Masters divisions and a teen division. Something for everyone and every skill. On Saturday we will teach the movements like any other class so you literally have nothing to worry about!

If you cannot make it for Saturday and have signed up for the Open officially you can make arrangements to do the WOD Friday, Sunday, or Monday as well. You have until Monday at 8pm ET to submit your workout on the official Games site.

If you haven’t signed up yet and are curious I really, really encourage you to do it. I honestly don’t know a single person who was on the fence who ended up regretting signing up when all was said and done. Signing up gives you the chance even if you decide you don’t want to, If you don’t sign up you will never get a chance! Please feel free to each out for any questions you might have as well. We are here for you.

 

WEDNESDAY

Core Strength: 10m AMRAP
10 Barbell Roll-outs
45s Plank Hold
15 Supermans
20s Hollow Hold

 

Double WOD

WOD 1: 8m AMRAP
5 Hang Squat Snatch 95/65
10 Toes to Bar

L1: 75/55, 10 KTE/KTC
Rx+: 135/95

Rest 8m

WOD 2: 8m AMRAP
5 Pistols (each leg)
5 Hang Power Clean 95/65
5 Handstand Pushups

L1: Scaled Pistols, Elevated Push-ups or scaled HSPU
Rx+: Weighted Pistols 35/26# KB at chest, 135/95, Strict HSPU

 

The Program

All work as is above, then:

EMOM 8m
2 Squat Snatch

 

Nothing else!

Feb
23
By CFlando

Kickstarter Challenge Wraps Up This Week

Kickstarter Challenge Wraps Up This Week

By CFlando Posted on

1947896_10205223810588490_4977677712574689052_n

 

 

 

The Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge is officially over and judging by how we all celebrated on Saturday everybody is excited about it! A couple things need to happen before we can announce a winner. First you need to turn in your score sheets or at minimum let us know your final score in terms of point total. Worksheets are preferred! Somewhere on those sheets we need your change in Back Squat and the Test WOD. Then we need a weigh in to judge your overall weight fluctuation. Lastly if you took a before picture you can get your after picture done by Jorge this coming Saturday, February 28.

Another order of business for this week is the start of the Reebok CrossFit Open! This is like CrossFitter Christmas. Be sure to check here tomorrow night for a post all about the Open, how it works, and how we will be doing it here at Lando. If you haven’t registered yet please do so by the weekend so you can participate and be part of Operation Lando TeamDO. Everyone gets to be part of the team so sign up and get ready to test your fitness!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
5-5-5-5
– 5 Strict Chin Ups between each set

WOD: For Time
20 CTB Pull-Ups
50 Situps
15 CTB Pull-Ups
30 Wall Ball 20/14
10 CTB Pull-ups
30 Burpees

L1: Regular Pull-Ups, 9’ Target

RX+: 9-7-5 Muscle Ups

 

The Program

WARMUP: either before class or during first part of class warmup : 2 Rounds, 3m AMRAP HS Walk, 50′ increments. rest 1 min between rounds

1. Strength: Push Press
5-5-5-5
– 5 Strict Chin Ups between each set

2. WOD: For Time
9 Muscle Ups
50 Situps
7 Muscle Ups
30 Wall Ball 20/14
5 Muscle Ups
30 Burpees

3a. 4×8 Elevated Barbell Row, rest :60
3b. 4×5 DB Bench Press w/3 sec pause at chest, rest :60

4. 3m AMRAP
Box Jumps, 24/20, full stand at top

Feb
22
By CFlando

Thank You

Thank You

By CFlando Posted on

thank you note

 

I want to take the time to say thank you to each and every one of you who came out to the 2 Year Anniversary Party. It was incredible to see so many people take time out of their lives to come hang out with us all at The Brickyard. I know to some it just is another night out but to us it is an opportunity to appreciate everyone who has been involved with building this community. CrossFit Lando isn’t just a place to workout, it is a place where people of all different backgrounds, interests, shapes, and sizes can come and work with each other on the pursuit of common goals. It is where people come to get many different things out of their time there, and through it all forge lasting relationships that extend beyond the gym.

Every social event I am struck by the fact that I didn’t know any of you before January 24, 2013. Now I am blessed to call over 100 people my friends. Thank you again for being part of our gym and for making it the amazing place it is.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work: 10m AMRAP
10 Standing Oblique Crunches (each side), 53/35 each hand
20 Russian Swings 53/35
10 Russian Twists 53/35 (each side)
20 Hollow Rocks

WOD: For Time
50 Burpees
50 Box Jumps 24/20
25 Burpees Box Jumps

 

CrossFit

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-3-3-2-1

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Squat Clean Thruster 115/80
50 Double Unders

S: 75/55, 100 Singles
L1: 95/65, 25 Double Unders

Rx+: 165/115

 

The Program

1. Strength: Front Squat
5-5-3-3-2-1

2. WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Squat Clean Thruster 165/115
50 Double Unders

3. 5×1 Wide Grip Rack Pull from above knee, heaviest able

4a: 4xME Stone to Shoulder in 1 minute, rest :60
4b: 4xME GHD Situps in 1 minute, rest :60

Feb
21
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

We hope to see many of you at the Brickyard in Woburn tonight at 8pm (Saturday) for our 2 Year Anniversary Party!

 

SUNDAY: Strongman Next Week, just 10am and 11am CrossFit this week

Strength: Power Clean

EMOM 12m, 2 reps

 

WOD: “Isabel”

30 Snatch 135/95 for time

Feb
20
By CFlando

2 Year Anniversary Party @ The Brickyard

2 Year Anniversary Party @ The Brickyard

By CFlando Posted on

web_8576

 

I can’t believe it was 2 years ago (January 24) that Stacey and I opened the doors for our first classes here at 10 Micro Drive. So much went into putting this place together, so much has gone into keeping it going, and I have to many feelings and things I want to say to all of you. This is the main reason for having this party. While we want to celebrate and have a good time, Stacey, Flav, Jack, Sarah, and myself want a chance to spend time with all of you to celebrate and say thank you for being part of this amazing experience.

Everyone, truly everyone is welcome. It doesn’t matter how long you have been a member, bring yourself, bring friends, bring significant others, bring family. We want to meet them all.

And yes, there will be an open bar for at least an hour and a half! Please just drop $20 in the donation jar when you get there. Food will not be served so make sure you eat before! The party starts at 8pm and goes until close. We have the entire basement to ourselves. Please come and say hi at least, or stay all night at most.

Before the party come in and get a great workout in with your friends and fellow members at 10am or 1pm.

 

SATURDAY: No early crew, gym opens at 9:45am

10am and 1pm class WOD TBD. Come in and have some fun on Anniversary Day!

 

Feb
19
By CFlando

February Member of the Month and Newsletter

February Member of the Month and Newsletter

By CFlando Posted on

 

Member of the Month : Jorge Galvez

Member of the Month : Jorge Galvez

 

There will be no early crew on Saturday morning. The gym will open at 9:40. Program people take a look below for next 2 days’ work.

 

I am proud to announce February’s Member of the Month is Jorge Galvez! Some of you might remember that his wife Candice was last month’s M.O.M. so this marks the first ever couple M.O.M. in our history!! Jorge is the man. Plain and simple. A noon class regular he is also the guy behind the lens of all the amazing pictures you see on this website. A multi-talented man, he is an inspiration to all of us and such a great part of our community. You won’t find someone more selfless as Jorge!

Read through the newsletter here to learn more about Jorge and the other things going on in the CF Lando community!

Jorge is MOM! February Newsletter

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

WOD: 12m AMRAP
Row 50m
2 Burpee
Row 100m
4 Burpees
Row 150m
6 Burpees


… increase as so for 12 minutes

 

CrossFit

Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD: Challenge Re-Test # 2

12m AMRAP
9 Thruster 95/65
1 Rope Climb, 15′

S: 75/55, 3 strict pull-up
L1: 75/55, 10′ Rope Climb

Rx+ 95/65, Legless Rope Climb, 12′

 

The Program : Stick to this work only other than minor weakness additions. Saturday is your time to max out your back squat so want you as fresh as possible. There will be NO EARLY CREW on Saturday. The gym will open at 9:40. We would like as many people as possible here for 10am class and you will all be squatting for 1 RM from 11-1 with additional strength work. This is intentional volume tapering going into next week for the Open.

 

1. Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

2. WOD: 12m AMRAP
9 Thruster 95/65
1 Legless Rope Climb, 12′

3. 5m AMRAP
Strict HSPU

4. Practice Triple Unders for 5 minutes.

Feb
18
By CFlando

Kickstarter Re-Test

Kickstarter Re-Test

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08600-2

2 Year Anniversary Party : Saturday @ The Brickyard in Woburn. 8pm til Close. Bring friends and loved ones to celebrate our 2nd year of amazing!

More “Thoughts on the Open” from Brian Strang. Brian is a past Member of the Month and one of our first ever members. He is a group favorite anywhere he goes and we are blessed to have him as part of the Lando family. Here is his take on the Open:

From Brian:

This will be my third year competing in the Crossfit Open. I am more excited than ever. I know I can’t compete against the tops in this sport but there is one person I will beat this year and it’s 2014 Brian. I have never been more crushed by a workout than 14.5, there isn’t a burpee or thruster workout that has gone by where I didn’t think about that WOD. I hated it so bad and have worked so hard this year, I want 15.1 = 14.5. And that’s what coming into Lando everyday and doing the work is all about, being more fit than yesterday. The Opens are my final exam.

I remember Stacey asking me if I was going to sign up for the 2013 Opens. Me? I’ve been doing this for a month, I don’t have a chance to go to the games. She told me it didn’t matter. Yada, yada, yada, I PR’d my snatch in 13.1. I can’t wait to see who surprises themselves this year.

 

THURSDAY : Kickstarter Challenge Retest 

Strength: Back Squat (any)
Find a 1 rep max

– If you are too tired, sore, run down from the week and don’t want to test the back squat you can always do it Friday or Saturday. Saturday is the absolute latest.

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Pushups
20 Air Squats
5 Deadlift 225/155

S: Scaled Push-ups, 155/105
L1: 185/135

Rx+: 255/175

 

The Program : Off

Back Squat 1 rep max will be on Saturday programming

Feb
17
By CFlando

Thoughts on The Open

Thoughts on The Open

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08593

CrossFit Lando 2 Year Anniversary Party : Saturday night @ 8pm at The Brickyard, Woburn MA. Come and enjoy one of the most fun nights we have in this community. Come thirsty!

Hopefully by now you know that the Reebok CrossFit Open is starting the middle of next week. This is the start of the CrossFit season, the beginning of what is one of the coolest things in all of sport. This is where 200,000+ people can sign up to participate and everyone has an equal chance to make it all the way to the “Championship”, the Reebok CrossFit Games. You could be one of those 200,000 people, all you have to do is sign up! It is a 5 week experience where a workout is released every Thursday and you have a chance to do it and submit a score by Monday night. We do a whole big group throw down on Saturday mornings here at Lando which quickly became one of the most fun times of the year for our community. Check out the official Games website to learn more and to sign up. There is a teen division and divisions for various 40+ age groups. There is a scale division but I strongly suggest you sign up for the Rx regardless of your ability to do workouts as Rx. If you cannot do a movement Rx then you would scale it anyways, so why not give yourself every chance possible!

I asked a few of our more veteran members to give me a blurb or two on the Reebok CrossFit Open and their thoughts/experience on the whole shebang. Here are some thoughts from Jenny Quigley, a long tenured member who’s husband is a member at another gym in Boston and introduced us to her. We couldn’t be more thankful to have Jenny as part of our community and have Mike as a distance member as well!

 

From Jenny: 

Thoughts on the open…

So I had just started coming to CFL and doing crossfit in general in Feb 2013 and Aaron had encouraged all of us to compete in the opens. I had no idea what I was doing in terms of CF but I decided to give it a try. I had seen Mike compete in the opens the year before, so I figured why not, looked fun :) Well, it was definitely fun for sure, getting to know some of the movements during the open workouts. One of my favorite memories was trying to do pull-ups for one of the workouts and I really wanted to get a score. I looked at Aaron and asked him if I could just try and jump and get my chin above the bar. He laughed and nicely told me it would be a no rep :) and I think that is one of the reasons I have been motivated to work on my pull-ups whenever I can. I still got a score from the first part of that workout and I felt happy that I got a few points on the board, but I knew someday I would be able to improve on that and I did!! The whole experience was really great and I got to learn a lot about CrossFit through the opens experience.

Last year, I had an even better experience, mostly because of the environment in which we did the workouts. I loved doing the workouts with all my fellow Landos and it gave us all something to look forward to each week. I felt better having more experience with CrossFit and it was pretty cool to check my performance against athletes word-wide!

I am pretty pumped about the opens this year. Who knows what we will be in for but I know that it will be another awesome experience!!

 

WEDNESDAY : Weightlifting Class at 6:30pm. Focus is Clean and Jerk

-Tomorrow we are testing the first of the Kickstarter Challenge re-tests. 1 rep max Back Squat!

Core-Skill: 10m amrap

3 dragon flag
10 situp w/medball
5 ring v out
10 RDL w KB 70/53

Strength: Snatch

Find a 1 rep max Power Snatch

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Power Clean 115/85
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
15 Ring Dips

L1: 95/65
Rx+: 135/95, 30/24

 

The Program

1. Core Work from class

2. Find a 1 rep max power snatch

2. WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Power Clean 135/95
15 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
15 Ring Dips

Session II: Lifting Class if able

3. EMOM 20m
3 Power Clean + 1 Jerk
– make it heavy but make minute 1 heavy and minute 20 heavy. Do not make it a light to super heavy increase. Go heavy throughout.

4. Deadlift
3 sets of 3, pause 2 seconds at knees on way up on 1st and 3rd rep.

Feb
16
By CFlando

Push Pressing to Freedom

Push Pressing to Freedom

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08656

A wise man once told me that “you have to lift heavy weight to lift heavy weight”. I thought about this a lot when he first said it to me until I realized it was the most brilliant thing I have ever been told.

The quote came up when I was asking him, him being a world renown powerlifter and owner/coach at one of the best powerlifting gyms in the world, how I could get to the point where I jerk 300#. Back then I was puny and had flimsy arms that couldn’t jerk 250# let alone 300. Back then I thought the secret was in the strict shoulder press. No sir, he said, because not only could I only press 150# which did not translate into lifting 2x that over my head but the strict press also did not mimic the jerk enough. This is not to say the press doesn’t have it’s merits, it does, but they are not in helping one jerk 75# over BW.

Here us the magic of the Push Press. Not only can we lift a lot of weight over our head with this lift but it also mimics the setup and first 75% of the various jerks (push and split). This is the magic. I was a big believer in this as a baseball coach, in doing drills and skill sessions that mimic your competition movements as closely as possible. In baseball especially as a pitching coach that meant doing things that mimicked the pitching motion as much as possible. In CrossFit everything is our competition movement as we are training to train, so this means we want to practice movements that have cross over benefit as much as possible. Again, not taking away from what the press can do for us, but when it comes to lifting heavy s**t over our head the push press is where it’s at for building strength (and the bench press but that’s for another conversation).

If you want to get a big time jerk in my opinion the best exercise you can do that directly benefits both strength and technique is the push press. I think of it not as an accessory movement to the jerk as I do a predecessor. It is more like a brother or sister than a cousin. It shares direct DNA and carries the most benefit from practicing it routinely. If your goal is a big jerk then do your best to make it to days we Push Press, and if you miss it then this is the movement to make up for the next 6-8 weeks.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
20 HSPU
200 Double Unders

S: 750m, Clapping Pushups at knees, 300 Singles
L1: 1000m, 10 HSPU, or 20 Clapping Pushups from plank, 100 Double Unders or 300 Singles

RX+: 1000m, Deficit HSPU 5″, 200 Double Unders

 

The Program

1. Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

2. WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
20 HSPU to 5″ deficit
200 Double Unders

3. EMOM 6m
1-3 Strict MU
then EMOM 6m
1 TTB + 1 CTB + 1 Bar MU
then EMOM 3m
5 Ring MU

Feb
15
By CFlando

Challenge Retest Week and 2 Year Party on Saturday!!

Challenge Retest Week and 2 Year Party on Saturday!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08643

Reminder: Reduced schedule tomorrow morning. 9:15a, 12p, then regular evening

 

We have an amazingly awesome week ahead of us. We as a community are going to give a great up yours to the weather and have ourselves a great week of fitness and community. This is the end of our training cycle and it is a special one as it is retesting our 1 rep max Back Squat and the special WOD for the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge!

I know the Kickstarter isn’t being done by everyone, and we have a solid amount of newbies since then, but this week is just as awesome for people not doing the Challenge as those who are. Part of what makes CrossFit and CFL in particular so great is the always progressing, always measuring aspect of our program. We are big believers in numbers that go up are just as important as ones that go down. In a perfect world we would throw the scale out the window and nobody would care about the numbers it spits out, at least not on a day to day basis. I mean heck there are times when the scale going up is a good thing! So part of the program at CFL is a retesting period of various lifts, workouts, and skills to see how we have developed in our fitness.

The important thing to know about this week and the Challenge retests in particular is mindset and honesty going into each day. On Thursday, for example, we are retesting the 1 rep max Back Squat. Now if you haven’t made it to a single squatting day for lifting since the last time we tested in early January it is safe to say you have a high percentage chance of NOT setting a PR. If your gym schedule has just been a mess because of work, the weather, life in general, probably not going to smash this week in general.

R-E-L-A-X.

Trust me when I say this, that I care about my performance in the gym immensely. Sometimes it feels like all I have to live for is squat day (yes very over dramatic I know). But if your retests or max outs don’t go well just use it for motivation the next time around. Use this week as a jump off, the same way we said to use the Kickstarter in the first place, one way or the other. Sometimes it takes a little jostling to get back into gear. This has been a tough few weeks with all this snow and not exactly the start to the new year we all wanted. Well, enough with excuses. This week starts our Challenge retests, some various other max outs, and only a few weeks until Spring!

Challenge Tests : Thursday and Friday.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 915a-10a

Core: Plank Progressions

WOD: Escalating Ladder, 10m AMRAP
Wall Ball 20/14 by 3
Burpees by 3
Hollow Rocks by 3

 

CrossFit

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 15-12-9
Squat Snatch 95/65
Pull-Ups
Lateral Burpees over Bar

S: 75/55, jumping pull-ups
L1: 75/55, banded pull-ups

Rx+: 115/80, CTB Pull-ups

 

The Program

1. Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max
2. WOD: 15-12-9
Squat Snatch 115/80
CTB Pull-ups
Lateral Burpees over Bar

3. Core Work
50 GHD Situps
50 Barbell Roll-Outs
50 Weighted GHD Hip Ext. 95/65 barbell

4. Accessory work : work through the entire work of each element before moving on

a: banded lat pull-down (pvc on pull-up bar)
b: snatch grip deadlift, 3×5, heavy
c: high bar back squat, 4×3, hevy

Feb
14
By CFlando

Closed Sunday

Closed Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

We will be closed due to the snow for Sunday, February 15. Please stay safe!

In recognition of President’s Day we will be running a reduced morning schedule. Gym will open at 915am for Core Conditioning, then schedule will proceed as usual from there (12pm, 430pm, 530pm, 630pm).

Check back tomorrow for a word on Rest Days, Recovery, and Shoveling Snow

 

Feb
13
By CFlando

Littering and…littering and…littering and…

Littering and…littering and…littering and…

By CFlando Posted on

original

 

Rowing…

Workshop at 11:30. Stacey teaches technique, reading the monitor, how to approach rowing in WODs, and more! Stacey is one of the best female rowers in all of CrossFit and has been trained by Olympian Erin Cafaro. There are about 12 more spots left and it is first come first serve. There will not be more than 16 people allowed because of the amount of rowers. If you are interested then email tonight to ensure a spot or sign up right when you get here tomorrow. $10 for the workshop!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 1-10, 10-1, sets must be UB
CTB Pull-ups, Ring Dips

 

10am, 1pm Class

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-3-3, stick to 4 working sets

WOD: 21-15-9
Knees to Elbow
Shoulder to Overhead 115/80
Front Squat

L1: Knees to Chest, 95/65

Rx+: KTE, 135/95

 

Feb
12
By CFlando

Lando Social @ 8:00pm

Lando Social @ 8:00pm

By CFlando Posted on

grumpy-doyles-1

 

 

Come over to Grumpy’s Ale House in Reading at 8:00pm to enjoy some social time with your fellow Landos. New to the gym? Veteran? Whatever you are this is a great chance to get to know each other and some of your coaches outside of the gym. You would be surprised how normal we are…or how similarly crazy….depends how you look at it!

Doing the Opens?: Come to our Opens Prep Workshop next Saturday. For $30 you will get 2 hours of start to finish “how to” on the Opens from schedule, approach, training, in WOD mentality, etc. This is open to all people officially registered for the Opens, member and non-membter.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work: 21-15-9
Barbell Good Morning, make it heavy but able to be done UB
Windshield Wiper holding bar w/ extended arms (above sternum)
– scale to holding fixed object overhead if needed
Russian Twists, 53/35 KB
KB Swing, full OH, 53/35

WOD: 10m AMRAP
50 Double Unders
10 Burpees
10 Hang Clean and Jerk 95/65

 

CrossFit

Strength: Snatch
Find a max Snatch, any way

 

WOD: Benchmark Combo: “Isabel” + Row 500m + 30 HSPU

30 Snatch 135/95
Row 500m
30 Handstand Pushups

Scaling:
S: 75/55, Row 500m, 30 clapping pushups from knees or plank
L1: 95/65, Row 500m, 20 Handstand Push-ups or 30 clapping pushups from plank
Rx+ 135/95, Row 500m, 30 HSPU to 2.5″ deficit (25# AF plates)

SkWAT Team: Find a max complex
2 Back Squat + 2 Walking Lunges (each leg) + 2 Back Squat

 

The Program

1. Practice Deficit HSPU sometime before class

2. Strength: Snatch
Find a max Snatch, any way

3. WOD: Benchmark Combo: “Isabel” + Row 500m + 30 HSPU

30 Snatch 135/95
Row 500m
30 Handstand Pushups to 2.5″ deficit

4. Skill Work: 15 minutes for quality
40′ HS Walk to FS handstand hold, 10s hold
10s L Sit hold from paralettes or floor object

– try your best to make each movement perfect

5. Accessory Work
a: 3×3 Snatch Balance, medium-heavy
b: 3×1 Complex: Back Squat + Walking Lunge (each leg) + 2 Back Squat

Feb
11
By CFlando

Rowing Workshop Saturday @ 11:30

Rowing Workshop Saturday @ 11:30

By CFlando Posted on

concept-2-rower-black-web-2

 

 

As previously announced we are hosting a rowing workshop on Saturday at 11:30. It will last about an hour and will include drills and a WOD to practice your new found skills. This workshop is for anyone and everyone. Think about how often you dread a rowing workout? Like everything we do in here there are technical aspects of rowing that make it easier both from a physical efficiency standpoint and from a time standpoint. Not only will we be going over the physical aspects of better rowing but we will be teaching you how to read the monitor and how to adapt your technique/mentality based on the work being asked. Rowing is an integral part of our training and you bet with this snow limiting our ability to run then this is a great time to improve your rowing.

Since the 14th is also Valentine’s Day this might be the best bang for your buck all day!!

 

THURSDAY

1. Core Work
5 Rounds
50 second forearm plank (weighted if able)
5 barbell roll outs (standing or kneeling)
5 strict ttb/leg raises
15 situps/ghd if able

2. WOD
5m AMRAP : Wall Ball 20/14
-EMOM 10 Superman

S: lighter ball and 9′ target
L1: 20/14, 9′ target
Rx+: 24/16 or heavier

rest 3m

5m AMRAP: Wall Climbs
– EMOM 5 Strict Pull-up

S/L1: Halfway/3/4 way up

rest 3m

5m AMRAP: Burpees
– EMOM 5 ball slam 20/14

Rx+ 24/20 ball slam or heavier

 

The Program : If you took Monday off then come in and get your work in and either go through Saturday or take Friday off.

 

1. Core Work
5 Rounds
50 second forearm plank (weighted if able)
5 barbell roll outs (standing or kneeling)
5 strict ttb/leg raises
15 situps/ghd if able

2. WOD
5m AMRAP : Wall Ball 24/20
-EMOM 10 Superman

rest 3m

5m AMRAP: Wall Climbs
– EMOM 5 Strict CTB pull-up

rest 3m

5m AMRAP: Burpees
– EMOM 5 ball slam 24/20

 

3. Yoke Carry
Find a 50’ max in 5 attempts, then EMOM 6m, 75’ carry @ 80% max established

4. Front Squat
3×3

– work quick and get heavy for 3 sets

Feb
10
By CFlando

One In The Chamber

One In The Chamber

By CFlando Posted on

Pistols. I hate pistols. I know a lot of you do too. It’s like they couldn’t just leave the squat alone? Something so pure, so simple, so productive, so adaptable. I mean the squat you can do all kinds of crazy things like put bars on your back, your front rack, over your head even! You can make the squat the ending of a totally different lift like the clean or snatch, and even more crazy like the jerk (squat jerk). The squat is like the color black or grey, so simple yet goes with everything, even things you would never think of it for!

Then they go and make you do it on one leg. Suddenly it’s really hard. Like I’m talking super hard, like makes me want to cry hard (also due to the pain I feel when doing them). Just when you think you have something conquered it becomes infinitely harder than it was, not to mention more dangerous! I can’t tell you how many times I’ve almost fallen over doing a pistol. Have you seen this 6’5″ body fall? It isn’t pretty. Similar to when you get the last punch of a building and it tumbles down in the arcade game Rampage.

Fear not my friends. We are here to help you conquer the pistol. Take a look at the video below for exactly what the pistol is, the key points to think about when doing it, and how to scale it so you will improve upon the movement for the future.

 

httpv://youtu.be/v7DmodxM64A

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Barbell Complex
1 Deadlift + 1 Hang Power Clean + 1 Full Squat Clean

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Pistols (each leg/alternating)
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

– Find a pistol scale either in the video or from your coach.

S: scale pistols as needed, 20/14 box
L1: scale pistols as needed

Rx+: 30/24 box jumps

 

SkWAT Team: Core Work
50 GHD Situps
50 Toes to Bar
50 GHD Hip Extension

 

The Program

1. Strength: Barbell Complex
1 Deadlift + 1 Hang Power Clean + 1 Full Squat Clean

2. WOD: 21-15-9
Pistols (each leg/alternating)
Box Jumps 30/24

3. SkWAT Team: Core Work
50 GHD Situps
50 Toes to Bar
50 GHD Hip Extension

4. Accessory Work
a: Lat Pulldowns w/ Band, 4×8
– tie a green band around pull-up bar then loop a PVC thru it. Sit on the ground straight legged. Pull to your chest then back to extension. BAM!
b: Axle Dimel Deadlift, 3xME 95/65 + red band (see video)

httpv://youtu.be/uuw8lZVhcJQ

 

SESSION II ( if you cannot do this in 2 sections at least 2 hours apart then DO NOT do section II. It will be made up)

 

1. Overhead Squat
6×1, 3 second pause in bottom, heaviest able

2. Conditioning

Airdyne: 20 minutes
EMOM 10m : 8 Calories
then 10 Minutes : 1m sprint, 1m 50% sprint, 1m 75% sprint, 1m sprint, 1m full rest. x2
rest 5 minutes then
Row 3000m @ 90% pace, consistently held

Feb
9
By CFlando

Open Prep Workshop : Saturday, February 21. AND MORE!

Open Prep Workshop : Saturday, February 21. AND MORE!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08641

 

We have a lot of stuff coming up in February both CrossFit and Social. Check out what we have going on!

All workshops are cash payment upon signup. You can sign up for any workshop at the desk. For things that require payment we ask you please pay when you sign up or we cannot guarantee your spot. Unfortunately we cannot chase people for payment either. Thank you!

 

WORKSHOPS

Open Prep Workshop. Saturday, February 21 (Time TBD). Signups limited to 25 athletes: If you plan on signing up for the Opens then this is a great workshop for you. Whether this is your first year or you are a strong competitor excited to see how you move up the leaderboard, this is going to be an awesome workshop for you! We will be going over the structure of the Opens from schedule to participation, how to game plan workouts based on the style, the movements involved, and your goals, and some critical movement standards that will help efficiency.

The workshop will be led by myself (Lando) and Stacey. Between the two of us we have 8 years of Opens experience as athletes and coaches, 6 trips to Regionals as athletes (1 with CF Fenway team for me, 5 as an individual for her), 3 trips to the Games (2011 team for me, 2009/2011 individual for her), coach and athlete experience in the new GRID league (Head Coach of the Boston Iron for me, starting athlete for her), and we have coached together at CF Fenway and then CF Lando for 4 years total.

In other words we have some experience with the Opens and competing in CrossFit in general.

There is no requisite experience or ability level to be allowed to attend. I will say that it will have a good amount of time focused on the competitive elements of CrossFit WODs you would find in the Opens (think fast, work capacity focused, high skill towards the end when fatigued). Anyone and everyone is welcome to sign up and attend and regardless of your ability you will find value. Nobody will be turned away but if you are on the fence please ask. Stacey and I will be more than happy to give you advice and our opinion about your participation and on the Opens in general. The only person I would steer away from coming to the workshop is if you are signing up for the Opens purely as a scaled athlete and are doing it just for the fun of it with no desire or care for the competitive side of it this year.

Rowing Workshop ($10) : Saturday, February 14 @ 11:30-12:15. Signups limited to 16 athletes: When you see rowing in the daily WOD do you end up crying yourself to sleep? Trust me you are not alone! Rowing is a very basic but challenging movement that if not done properly can absolutely crush you in a workout. Like everything we do in CrossFit there is a good and bad way, a right and wrong. Stacey will be running a basic rowing fundamental course that will cover start to finish how to row and make you actually look forward to smashing row workouts.. It will have lecture, drills, and a WOD at the end to test your new skills.

Stacey is one of the best female rowers in competitive CrossFit and has been trained extensively by one of the greatest rowers of all time…ME!! Kidding, she was fortunate enough to spend a weekend learning from Erin Cafaro who rowed in the Olympics!

 

SOCIAL EVENTS

Social Hour (or 5) at Grumpy’s in Reading. Friday, February 13 @ 8pm: Come have a beer, cocktail, soda, or water and hang out with your fellow Landos and some coaches for a while. We all get to spend time together in yoga pants, sports bras, shorts, and Ts at the gym, talking over panting and pain faces (nothing wrong with all this), come spend time over a beverage of choice and maybe some food and get to know each other even more!

2 Year Anniversary Party. Saturday, February 21 @ 8pm-Close. The Brickyard, Woburn : We have been incredibly fortunate to be open for 2 years! This place wouldn’t be possible without all of you, our members current and passed, and we want to thank you by getting everyone together and blowing it out at the Brickyard. They hosted us last year and were thrilled to have us coming back. More details will be coming but plan on 8pm until the place closes, some period of open bar, and a small requested donation.

Bring family and friends. The more the merrier. It doesn’t matter if you have been a member for 1 month or were an OG, you are not only welcome but we WANT YOU THERE! This was honestly the best day of the year last year with over 100 people coming. Lets double it this time around!

 

TUESDAY : We are open for ALL CLASSES. Check the schedule for the updated times and coaches. It is finalized.

Strength: Bench Press
8-8-5-5-5

WOD: 12m AMRAP
20 Russian (eye level) KB Swings 53/35
20 Pull-Ups
20 Double Unders

S: 35/26, 15 Pull-ups, 40 Singles
L1: 53/35, 15 pull-ups, 40 Singles
Rx+: 70/53, UB Double Unders (trip up or stop means restart at 0)

 

The Program

1. Bench Press
8-8-5-5-5

2. WOD: 12m AMRAP
20 Russian Swings 70/53
20 Pull-Ups
20 UB Double Unders

Rest at least 20 minutes Post WOD. Long enough for protein and recovery is preferred.

3. Snatch Work
EMOM 16m
O: 3 Triple Unders
E: 1 Power Snatch + 1 Squat Snatch + 1 Snatch Balance

–  triple unders are for pure practice. work to whatever level you have and try to get better. Snatch work is to be increased as able but UB

4. Snatch Accessory Work
a. 3×5 Behind Neck Push Press, heaviest able
b. 3×3 Sotts Press, heaviest able

5. High Bar Back Squat
3×3, heaviest able

– warmup with at least 2-3 sets then 3 sets heaviest able. Should be a 9/10 intensity. We will be squatting Tues, Wed, Fri, Sat this week.

Feb
8
By CFlando

Closed Monday. Will be open on Tuesday, February 10

Closed Monday. Will be open on Tuesday, February 10

By CFlando Posted on

snowed-in-commute

 

 

 

More snow. Unreal. We will be closed until Tuesday at 5:30am. We will be open no matter what on Tuesday morning for a full day. Please be smart and safe tomorrow. Check out our TravelWODs or the home WOD listed below. We will not have lifting class on Wednesday night because of the lose of a day of classes. I know some people don’t like this but I think it is more important to have a general class more often. We will have lifting class the following Wednesday (18th).

 

Snowed In WOD : requires 2 DBs of equal weight

WOD: 10 Rounds
10 Pushups
10 DB Front Squat (held at chest) 55/35 each hand
10 Situps

If you do not have DBs then replace the front squat with 15 jumping air squat!


8
By CFlando

Late

Late

By CFlando Posted on

I apologize for the lateness of this post.

I schedule all posts ahead of time so they hit at around 8pm. This obviously doesn’t happen all the time and if it is late it is usually due to me working on a post.

Tonight something happened with the server and things just didn’t post and couldn’t. I apologize for anyone who was affected by this. Hopefully you all planned on getting to the 10am class with Jack and his Stongman at 11 regardless of the post.

 

SUNDAY : Double WOD Time!

WOD 1: 8m AMRAP
3 Front Squats 115/80
6 Shoulder to OH 115/80
9 Thrusters 115/80
12 Hang Power Clean

S: 75/55
L1: 95/65

No Rx+

rest 8 minutes

WOD 2: 8m AMRAP

3 Strict Pull-Ups
6 CTB Pull-Ups
9 Pull-Ups
12 Push-ups

– Scale as needed for pull-ups/push-ups

Feb
6
By CFlando

Partner Time!

Partner Time!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08604

 

(Random) things to know:

Saturday Schedule: Starting next week, February 14th, Saturday will go back to 1pm for the afternoon class switching back from 12pm. As originally announced this was just an experiment and from attendance and survey feedback we found that 1pm versus 12pm really made no difference, but having class at 1pm allows for 11a-1p to be used for workshops, seminars, a potential yoga class, etc. So again, there will be no changes for tomorrow (February 7th) but will be going back to 1pm for afternoon class as of February 14th.

Reebok CrossFit Games Opens: Signups are live and are done solely through CrossFit HQ. These workouts will be done on Saturdays as a giant group class at 10am starting February 28. This will take the place of the 10am class. The Open workouts are all levels, open to all even if you are not signed up officially, and are unbelievable fun. When you sign up you want to register with CrossFit Lando and for the team Operation Lando. Check out the CrossFit Games site for more information about the Opens and the whole Reebok CrossFit Games season. It’s going to be a lot of fun!

Mobility and Strongman : Mobility class is at 11am tomorrow with Flavio. It’s a great time to catch up with your mob sessions that you might have missed throughout the week. Flav even takes requests! Then Strongman class is at 11am on Sunday with Jack. No experience is necessary. Don’t let the name of the class fool you. While it is certainly intense and strength biased, strongman is the term used for the type of movements and implements used (stones, axle bars, yokes, things like that). It is a really cool class and great chance to learn how to use some of the other equipment that we can’t use in classes.

Lastly, Social Event: One of the new things for 2015 is more social events beyond major events like anniversary and end of Paleo Challenge parties. These will be as often as we feel. Many will be to meet at a local establishment and enjoy a feel adult beverages and get to meet each other a bit more than we do at the gym. As the weather gets nicer we will combine these into outdoor events that end at adult beverage establishments. Anyways, Friday February 13 at Grumpys Ale House in Reading, anyone who wants to meet at 8:00pm for drinks, food, conversation, etc., we will be there. All are welcome and encouraged to come hang out!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30. Training starts 8:45ish.

Strength: Clean work
WOD: “King Kong” and more

– Those who are able (explanation tomorrow) to attempt King Kong will have a go at it. The rest of us will cheer and then we all will do more training after.

 

10am and 12pm

Strength: Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: Partner Time!
3m AMRAP : Air Squats
then 3:00 to complete
50 Clean and Jerk 115/80
then 3m AMRAP : Pushups
then 3:00 to complete
75 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
then 3m AMRAP: Split Jumps (alternating)

L1: 95/65
Rx+ 135/95, 100 Box Jumps

-This workout is for total score of air squats, pushups, and split jumps combined. You must complete the work required in the timed segments before you can move onto the next AMRAP. One partner works at a time.

Feb
5
By CFlando

More On Scaling

More On Scaling

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08634

 

Party Time: February 21 at the Brickyard in Woburn! Come one Come all!

 

Please keep in mind that the idea for scaling is to give you the best option to improve on the movements within the workout while also giving you the best workout possible. This is a delicate balance as working on some skills might mean you move slower and intensity (moving fast) gets you the best workout. You have enough to worry about in your day and while performing a WOD (like “will I die?”), how to scale shouldn’t be one of them. That is our job. Take a look below at explanations of each level to help you with the new scaling options. Please read the entire thing.

Never worry about scaling “too much”. If you scale a lot then you will move faster and faster means more intensity which means more fitness.

Starter (S): Are you new to CrossFit? This is the level for you. Is the written WOD ridiculously hard or contain elements that you SEVERELY struggle with? Then this is the level for you also. The starter level has the easiest approach to the workout that will allow you to work on some skills while also not being completely crushed by anything. There is no ego in this scale. You just want to get a good workout and keep getting better at your fitness. The goal is if you perform at the Starter level for 2-4 months that you will get fit enough to move to performing more L1 level workouts.

The starter scale will not be in every WOD. Some WODs just don’t have enough that needs to be scale for this level. If this is the case then a beginner or someone who usually does this level should do the L1.

 

Level 1 (L1): More advanced than Starter but still a good amount of scaling from the Rx level to allow you to get through the WOD with confidence and purpose. This might have more difficult weight options on a bar, KB, or wall ball, or more reps for a gymnastics movement, so your challenge is there. This will be the level that 80% of the membership would and should do. Rx isn’t for everyone. It is a goal to shoot for. I remember it took me 8 months of doing CrossFit on my own before I was able to do a WOD “RX” from the CrossFit main site. Level 1 is for someone looking to improve on skills each day but still struggles with some things, or just isn’t there yet in some movements, so needs to take it back a bit from Rx to get through the WOD successfully and within a time frame to provide solid fitness. Similarly to the Starter level, if you are consistent in your training then 3-6 months of performing the L1 scale should build your fitness enough to be able to attempt some Rx WODs after that amount of time.

Do not think of this level as “easy” or be too proud to use this. Scaling is truly about building your fitness. Constant improvement is the name of the game. Please do not think of yourself as “failing” if you scale your workouts. That is not how CrossFit started. Someone who wants to build into a competitive level CrossFit athlete can develop skills at the L1 level to work to being able to do Rx and Rx+ WODs some day.

Rx: This is hard. I think the biggest misconception is that Rx is “regular” while scaling is the “easy way out”. This is not the case. When CrossFit started it was just workout posted on the main site. If you read through the hundreds of comments each day you would see hundreds if not thousands of people performing the WODs with some scale. Think of it this way : WODs performed at the CrossFit Games are Rx WODs. This isn’t to say you need to be Games level to ever do a WOD “Rx”, it just shows that this level is no joke. However, since I know we aren’t at the CF Games and most of us never will be, our Rx will most of the time be not as challenging as that level.

At the Level 1 Certification they teach us to write workouts for the elite and then teach how to scale. This covers all bases. A good workout is one that a Games level CrossFit athlete should be able to get crushed by while at the same time someone scaling every single aspect of it should feel the same way after. This is what I try to do with every workout.

Rx+: Competition is at the heart of CrossFit. There are people in our community who truly want to compete at the highest level of CrossFit. They deserve the training to do so. The Rx+ level is the level that a competitive CrossFit athlete should expect to be competing at should they want to accomplish their highest goals. This doesn’t mean you have to be a competitor to do this level but it is meant to be hard. If you attempt this level you should be able to do all things written in it from weight to skill. If you have any question about your ability to do so then you should do the Rx level.

 

I hope this helps with understanding the new scaling options. We think this will be the best way to help people understand how to go about a WOD while also getting the best experience from a WOD. Let’s face it, no one likes constantly feeling like they got kicked in the teeth. Only occasionally.

 

FRIDAY : Benchmark Day!

Core Conditioning : 9:15-10:00

Core: Pole Work

WOD: EMOM 15m
3 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20
3 Pull-Ups
3 Thrusters 95/65

CrossFit

Skill: Pull-ups
Work on skill of kip, butterfly, or perform the following

EMOM 5m : 5 strict weighted pull-ups

WOD: “Jackie”

Row 1000m
50 Thrusters 45#
30 Pull-ups

 

– There are no scaling suggestions for this as it is a CrossFit Benchmark Workout. There is also little to scale so it is just the RX that will be written. Scale pull-ups as you always do so you can do at least 5-10 in your first set.

 

The Program

1. EMOM 5m
5 Strict weighted pull-ups, heaviest able UB

then 20 strict CTB pull-ups
2. WOD : “Jackie”

3. Optional Extra Work
– if you are beat up then be done after the WOD. If not then perform ALL of the following

A: Overhead Squat 3×3, heaviest able
B: Snatch Balance : 4×1, heaviest able
C: Low Bar Back Squat : 3×3, heaviest bale

Feb
4
By CFlando

No Core Conditioning on Thursdays

No Core Conditioning on Thursdays

By CFlando Posted on

Reminder: As if last week there is no Core Conditioning on Thursdays for the time being due to lack of attendance. If there is desire for it please let us know and we will make adjustments as requested. Thanks!

 

You talked, we listened.

As you all hopefully know by now a survey went out that had some quick but important questions about the gym. Some of it focused on the coaching staff, some of it focused on the gym, all of it is super important for the future of this place we all call home. I want you all to know that I took it all very personally (in a good way). I cannot thank you enough for the feedback. I am literally floored by how many people have responded and how thorough you all were with your responses. I think almost all of us can agree that we have the foundation of a really great place here but like anything striving for greatness we can always make changes to make it better.

I will be addressing some of the recurring suggestions that came up. I can guarantee that there will be some adjustments to class schedule (adding a 4:30pm at least a few days a week), more frequent weekend workshops (this was in the works already but we are going to step it up starting next Saturday), and more clearly defined programming.

The latter starts immediately. One of the issues many of you voiced was that you love the programming and feel you get a lot out of it but it sometimes is hard to understand what is being asked, especially when it comes to how to scale, what Rx is, and what Rx+ is. So what we are going to do is do away with the Base, Plus, The Program designations. The WOD will be posted as is with then designations listed below it for scaling options. The written WOD will be the Rx version. Below it will be 2 scaled options (Starter or “S” and Level 1 or “L1″), and one scaled up option (Rx+). How you scale it is completely up to you but do your best to stick with one of the options. There is absolutely no rule as to how you need to scale or should scale, this is simply just to help you decide the best way to go at the workout where you get more fit and enjoy what you are doing. Starter will be the lightest weight and “easiest” designation but still a great workout, L1 will be slightly more difficult but still under Rx. Rx+ is for competitively minded people or if you are looking to get after it that day!

One of the things that really stuck with me about the comments on the programming is while people felt it was quality they felt sometimes it was just too hard. I take this very personally as I take great pride in the amount of work I put into the programming. Good programming does no good if people aren’t enjoying what they are doing. I think too often “scaling” is looked at as copping out. That is not the case. Scaling is simply the best way for you to do the workout and get more fit and enjoy it, preferably without getting hurt. So, these options will hopefully help guide you towards a better experience. Try to stick to one of the scaling options for recording purposes. WODify will still only have an Rx or Rx+ but in your comments you can write S or L1 as well.

Programmers, your work will still be listed as The Program and still the Rx+ designation. No changes there.

More changes to come. Stay tuned!

 

THURSDAY

Strength : Hang Squat Clean
2-2-2-2-2

– Work on linking reps together without stopping!

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP
10 Hang Power Clean 115/80
20 Situps
30 Double Unders

S : 75/55, 60 Single Unders
L1: 95/65, 15 Double Unders or 30 Singles

Rx+: 135/95, GHD Situps, 30 Double Unders

 

The Program

– If you took Monday off then get your work in today. Don’t go crazy as Friday and Saturday are a lot of work. Stick to what is written and any weakness work you want.

1. Strength: Hang Power Snatch
2-2-2-2-2

2. WOD: 12m AMRAP
10 Hang Power Clean 135/95
20 GHD Situps
30 Double Unders

3. EMOM 12m
O: 5 DB Snatch (each arm), heaviest able
E: 5 DB Front Rack Lunge (each leg), heaviest able

Feb
3
By CFlando

Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge Comes to an End…

Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge Comes to an End…

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08596

 

 

 

With the announcement of the Two Year Anniversary Party means we have an end date for the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge. The last day of “challenging” will be Friday, February 20. That will also be the day we re-test the WOD that was done (Rope Climbs and Thrusters). That Wednesday, February 18, we will re-test 1 rep max Back Squat.

Now, I know that some of you might be having an “oh shit” moment realizing that is in 2 weeks. I’m just trying to pile it all on with Valentine’s Day for a big “oh shit” week. But in seriousness, while it might be too late to “get started”, if you haven’t really locked it up I strongly encourage you to do so!

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Sumo Deadlift
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 21-15-9
Russian (eye level) KB Swings 53/35
Pull-Ups
Pushups

PLUS

Strength: Sumo Deadlift
3-3-3-2-2-2
WOD: 21-15-9
Russian (eye level) KB Swings 53/35
Pull-Ups
Pushups

 

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
Front Squat, 4210 tempo

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength: Sumo Deadlift
3-3-3-2-2-2
2. WOD: 21-15-9
KB Swings 70/53
Pull-Ups
Ring Dips

 

Rest as needed to be fresh for the following

3. Every 90s, 7 sets
1 Power Clean + 1 Hang Power Clean + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Hang Squat Clean + 1 Split Jerk

– this is for WEIGHT AND SPEED. Try to find a max weight but doing so AFAP. No stopping at any point, all TnG, and doing the actual movements STUPID FAST.

4. EMOM 7m
2 Front Squat, 4210 Tempo

5. Handstand Pushups (kipping)
3 Rounds, 25 Reps AFAP
rest :60 between sets

Feb
2
By CFlando

Party Time!

Party Time!

By CFlando Posted on

web_8576

 

We will open for classes at 12pm. We will be running a 12pm, 5:30pm, 6:30pm class. The gym will close at 7:30pm. Open Gym at 4:30-5:30pm

 

It’s finally time to announce our Two Year Anniversary Party date. Our anniversary is actually January 24 but due to some conflicts like competitions and availability of the venue we pushed it back til now.

Saturday, February 21 at the Brickyard in Woburn. We will have some more details as we get closer but the date is settled and it’s time to get excited! We will start at 8:00pm and go until they kick us out. They love us there because of last year so they are very excited. We have the entire downstairs to ourselves and will have an open bar. All we ask is for a $20 donation.

Bring friends, bring family, bring anyone and everyone. Last year was an absolute blast and we hope you all want to join us again!

 

 

TUESDAY

BASE and PLUS

Strength: Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 4 Rounds
Row 300m
5 Clean and Jerk 185/125
150′ Bear Crawl
150′ Shuttle Sprint

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
3×5

– Since Monday was a wash, get some squat work in to make sure you get 2-3 days in this week!

 

THE PROGRAM

1. WARMUP : 3 rounds, not for time
40′ HS Walk
20s L Sit Hold – hanging from pull-up bar
rest 1 min
40′ HS Walk
20s L Sit Hold – top of ring dip from 2 muscle ups (perform 1 then another then hold at top of 2nd)
rest 1 min

2. Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

3. WOD: 4 Rounds
Row 300m
5 Clean and Jerk 225/145
5 Box Jumps 40/30 (full stand)

4. 100 Pushups, 50 strict pull-ups, 10 strict muscle ups
– for quality not time. take your time, failure is fine.

Feb
1
By CFlando

Closed Monday

Closed Monday

By CFlando Posted on

snowed-in-commute

 

 

Given he snow predictions it isn’t safe to be open.

We are closed for Monday.

Come ready to workout on Tuesday. All members can use this week as an unlimited week.

 

Home WOD

Shovel Snow for 20-30 minutes

then

10 rounds

10 Pushups
15 Air Squats
20 Situps

then

30 Burpees with max height jump each rep

Jan
31
By CFlando

Schedule Changes

Schedule Changes

By CFlando Posted on

Starting this week there are the following schedule changes which will take affect immediately and be permanent until further notice:

Core Conditioning will be only Monday and Friday. No more Thursday.

Monday Evening : no 7:30pm

Thursday Evening: no 7:30pm

SUNDAY

All Levels

Strength: Bent Over Row
5-5-5-3-3-3

– 10 KB Swings after each set @ heaviest KB possible. Use this as a chance to swing a heavy KB more so than what you are used to!

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Power Clean 135/95
20 Burpees
– after last round : 45 Ring Dips

*155/105

Jan
30
By CFlando

Obviously We Are Squatting

Obviously We Are Squatting

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07877

There is no early crew for Saturday morning. The gym opens with Flav at 9:30 for 10:00am class. Remember classes are 10:00am, 11:00am intro, and 12pm. Open gym from 11a-1pm.

Coach Flav is flying solo Saturday morning. Please work with him and help so everyone can have a great class. You know you are in for a fun class with Flav at the helm!

Best of luck to Stacey and Tim (CrossFit Lando Elite), my lovely wife Sarah and Rob (CrossFit Lando Strong), and Jack and Joanna (CrossFit Lando Swift) competing tomorrow at CrossFit Route 1 along with Mike Gray and Molly Cunningham (Team I Don’t Know Their Name). That’s 4 strong teams that are going to give the podium spots a run for their money. If you have nothing to do tomorrow make your way to CrossFit Route 1 in Melrose and check out what is always a great competition put on by Jared Monaco and Co.

 

 

SATURDAY (All Levels)

Strength: Back Squat (athlete choice)

5-5-5-5

Note on today’s WOD: Do not replace the row with a run. It is too icy/snowy/unsafe out there with the cold and snow. Work with Flav and he will get you going in separate start times to make sure you get in your flow and everything works out fine. Airdyne is a fine replacement and should be done for 3:30 not a given distance.

WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 1000m
50 Wall Ball 20/14
50 Walking Lunges
20 Strict Pull-Ups
15 Handstand Pushups

*25 minute time cap

– Scale your strict pull-ups so you can do 3-5 when fresh. Even if you are doing 1 at a time that is fine. This workout is meant to be on the long side

Jan
29
By CFlando

I Am a Failure

I Am a Failure

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07876

 

There will be no early crew on Saturday morning

At 31 years old it is safe to say that I am a failure of epic proportions. Looking back on all the things I wished and planned for through the years I think my success rate is hovering at around 10%, and that’s throwing out the wish upon my lucky stars shoot from the hip and hope for a horseshoe kind of goals. I had plans. I remember sitting in the dugout of my 11 year old Little League all-star team telling another teammate that I was in fact going to be a pro baseball player. Come high school that turned into “until someone tells me no.”. That no came pretty quickly after so it turned into “f you I do what I want!”. Obviously I did not become a pro baseball player.

Along the way I was going to be a real Hollywood screenwriter (I have 7 completed screenplays to prove it), a member of the Peace Corps that single handedly solved the crisis in Darfur and/or arrested Joseph Kony with my bare hands, and the youngest Division I baseball head coach ever (until as a 25 year old assistant at Harvard I coached against a team lead by a 23 year old).

Really my life has been one failure after another. Hopes and dreams that just weren’t met, either from a change of circumstance or a change of heart, or the worst an actual outright miss despite my greatest efforts. My transition from college baseball coach to CrossFit person was due only to my attempt to become one of the first graduating members of the 18x Special Forces program in the Army. Knowing my lanky ass marathon figure wouldn’t cut it in Ranger school I found this CrossFit thing all the badasses were doing and decided that would get me ready. Little did I know that you need decent eye sight to pass the physical. Chalk it up as my 5th major fail of my mid 20s. Finishing off my Gatsby-esque enchanted years was realizing that my plans to earn a living as a CrossFit competitor were a bit harder than I imagined (no lie I sat in Fenway Park detailing to my Mom how all I needed to do was train a bit and a Reebok sponsorship was just a matter of time).

I know there aren’t many tears being shed for me out there and that isn’t the point. Failure happens. Life is full of failures big and small. Show me someone who has never failed and I’ll show you someone who is a huge pu**y. What happens after you fail is what separates average from good and good from great. It’s no different than our efforts in the gym. Failing is such a dirty word here and it shouldn’t be. It’s part of the process, part of the plan. If you think you are going to get there without a bump in the road then boy do we need to have a talk! Every day you walk in here you should plan on falling short somewhere, whether it be in a lift or attempting a new skill. Whatever it is, the only way you get better (in anything) is taking chances, and when you take chances you are going to fail. Think to when you have had great success. How many times did that happen on your first try or without any sort of miss along the way?

Failing is educating. The learn the hard way mentality has been my preferred method of education for myself since I was young. When I was 8 I learned that not completing a flip off the diving board because I got scared was a hell of a lot worse than I could have imagined on impact. At 12 I learned what happens when you throw a fastball belt high that splits the plate to a team’s 4 hitter. At 16 I learned what smoking pot and throwing fire crackers around an upper middle class neighborhood on Halloween gets you (it involved Police and a lot of tears from Mom). At 18, 18.5, 18.75, 19, 19.5, 20, 20 and 1 day, 21, and many times in between, before, and after I learned that “liquor before beer, you’re in the clear” actually is a crock of s**t and actual amount of consumption is wayyyyyy more important than order.

Every time you miss a lift you are being told something. Bar in front, bar behind, it all means something. When a workout sneaks up on you that you had no idea would do so, something is telling you something. Maybe it’s your preparation, maybe it’s your diet, sleep, water, or maybe it’s your 4th day in a row. Absolutely nothing, and I mean this with every part of me, absolutely nothing happens in life without a purpose. I don’t care what your higher power is, whether it be God, Allah, karma, unicorns, Ninja Turtles, Hunter S. Thompson, Keith Richards, Ghandi, rhubarb pie, ice cream, or Arnold Schwarzenegger, every outcome has a reason and somewhere in that reason you are involved. It might not be your fault but you better believe something you did had a hand in it.

Accepting this responsibility for the outcomes in your world is a massive part of success. Not necessarily because this is some secret to making everything turn out in your favor, but because looking at the world in that way will in turn make everything a learning experience. Even if whatever happened happened because you crushed it, learn why you crushed it and make sure you do it every single time. Too many times we take the good and dismiss it as “just having a good day” or luck, but when bad happens it’s the root or start of a bigger problem, bigger faults in our process. Good and bad are equal so weigh them so. When you kick ass at the box damn right you should celebrate it. I hung that gong up on the wall for a reason. So Dexter ate the mallet? Smash that sucker with your hand! Humility is something to be celebrated but the woman/man who is constantly humble is one who has never allowed themselves to experience true, amazing success in their heart and soul. Sometimes a gigantic middle finger to the rest of the world (or however you celebrate success) needs to happen.

Take no lesson for granted. Failure is not to be avoided but embraced. Through my years I have learned that my failures aren’t faults but just steps to success. Obviously you want to be sure to be learning from those failures or they just become useless shortcomings. With every failure is a chance to learn and get better. If you look at it that way then you will never be scared of the bar, the skill, the WOD, the interview, leading the project, the breakup, the proposal, or the new beginning. F**k failure. Yay success.

Everything means something.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: ascending KB and GHD ladder

Start at a light KB, perform 10 russian swings (eye high) then 10 GHD sit-ups. Go up in weight and repeat until you cannot swing the KB 10 times.

Conditioning: 15m AMRAP
30 Air Squats
30 Cal Row/Airdyne (alternate each round)
30 Clapping Pushups
25m Sled Push

 

BASE

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max Clean and Jerk. Once you fail the jerk increase and set a new PR on the clean if able

 

WOD: 10m amrap
40 Bar Facing Burpees
30 Overhead Squat 95/65

– This is a deceiving WOD in format. Getting through 1 round would be very good. Pace your burpees (these will come up in the Opens) and give it your best at the OHS. Even if it is a movement that crushes you, doing 5 at a time at RX would be a great success.

 

 

PLUS

Strength: Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max Clean and Jerk. Once you fail the jerk increase and set a new PR on the clean if able

WOD: 10m amrap
40 Bar Facing Burpees
30 Overhead Squat 95/65
SkWAT Team: complete each part before moving on

a: 3×3 Clean Position Deadlift (heaviest able)
b: 3×3 Bench Press (heaviest able)
c: 3×8 DB Bench Press (heaviest able)
d: 3×6 Single Arm DB Bent Over Row (floor to chest, back parallel)

 

THE PROGRAM

– If you are competing on Saturday use this as optional. The work on Saturday is not insane and not much different than a normal Saturday training day. Keep in mind it IS competition so your intensity will naturally be much higher. If you feel you want to lift I encourage it (I know a number of competitors are). Competition Saturday is just another day, every training day matters. Full rest is a great option and a full work day is a great option, just make the decision that is best for you. Ultimately you know yourself best.

1. Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max, then 1 rep max clean once failed jerk

then

EMOM 6m
2 Clean and Jerk @ 80% above max

2. WOD: “11.4”
10m AMRAP
60 Bar Facing Burpees
30 OHS 120/90
10 Muscle Ups

3. Complete each portion before moving to the next:
a: 3×3 Clean Position Deadlift (heaviest able)
b: 3×3 Bench Press (heaviest able)
c: 3×8 DB Bench Press (heaviest able)
d: 3×6 Single Arm DB Bent Over Row (floor to chest, back parallel)
e: 2m ME double unders, rest 1m, repeat.

Jan
28
By CFlando

How’s Your Challenge?

How’s Your Challenge?

By CFlando Posted on

water_info_2048x2048

 

 

The Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge is in full swing. How are you doing with it? I hope you are using your home worksheet to keep track of your points. We will check these at the end!

One of the biggest issues I find with people trying to improve their fitness is staying on top their daily intake of what I group into “outside supplementation”. This includes water, fish oil, and post-wod protein. Water is so important that I am giving it it’s own props for this post.

Take a look at the above diagram. It is one of the best easy to see and use examples of how water helps the human body. Look at all the important things it does? I wish I had found this earlier so I could make it into a sticker and put it on someone’s forehead anytime they tell me they have trouble drinking enough water. I mean if I told you there was a thing out there that we had easy access to that improved brain function, waste removal from all parts of the body, oxygen transportation from cells to muscles for improved muscled function, better skin, improved joint function, among other things, you would probably fight to get to the front of the line no matter how hard it was to access or expensive it was. Imagine that it is right there in your faucet, literally free 99% of the time!

It might be easy for me or any fitness coach to say you need to drink water and there really aren’t decent excuses. However after dealing with people who endlessly have a hard time getting their water in I know it isn’t that easy. The most important thing to make getting your water allotted water in each day easier is having a water bottle. Even if it’s just one that you buy at a convenience store that you then refill after you drink the given amount, something that you can measure what you are drinking and easily refill is crucial.

I also know a lot of the things in the diagram above are hard to really relate to. As much as we all want improved muscle function in our WODs and recovery I know it is hard to really imagine water helping oxygen distribution as you live day to day. If anything moves you each day to drink your water is the fact that it helps with weight loss. The part that says it helps remove waste and toxins, that is what you should focus on. Every time you keep your body hydrated you help it quickly get rid of the crap that sits in your various tissues that keeps you bloated and holding weight. While it isn’t the only thing you need to do for weight loss it surely is an important one!

 

THURSDAY

BASE 

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 3 Rounds
35 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
25 Toes to Bar

 

PLUS

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-1-1-1
WOD: 3 Rounds
35 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
25 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: 50 Strict HSPU, 10m Time Cap

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Warmup
100′ HS Walk
60s L sit hold from top of rings
15 strict L sit raises from hanging position from bar, hold for 3 seconds

 

2. Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-1-1-1
3. WOD: 3 Rounds
35 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
25 Toes to Bar*

*every break perform 3 burpees to bar

4. SkWAT Team: 50 Strict HSPU, 10m Time Cap

Jan
27
By CFlando

Classes Start at 12pm. Schedule 5p, 6p, 7p

Classes Start at 12pm. Schedule 5p, 6p, 7p

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-1

Dexter Wishing for a Workout

 

 

 

The snow is keeping us at bay until 12pm tomorrow. We will be having classes at 12pm, 5pm, 6pm, and 7pm. 6pm will be Olympic Lifting class with yours truly at the helm.

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Front Squat
2×8
3×3
all heavy, all increasing

WOD: Each couplet is for max reps of 2nd movement
-2 minutes for each couplet, 1 minute rest between

a. 16 Lateral Burpees
Squat Clean, 135/95

b. 70 Double Unders
Pull-ups

c. 35 KB Swings, 53/35
Squat Clean, 135/95

d. Row 350m
Pull-ups

e. 5 Rope Climbs
Squat Clean, 135/95

 

PLUS

Strength: Front Squat
2×8
3×3
all heavy, all increasing

 

2. WOD: Each couplet is for max reps of 2nd movement
-2 minutes for each couplet, 1 minute rest between

a. 16 Lateral Burpees
Squat Clean, 135/95

b. 70 Double Unders
Pull-ups

c. 35 KB Swings, 53/35
Squat Clean, 135/95

d. Row 350m
Pull-ups

e. 5 Rope Climbs
Squat Clean, 135/95

 

SkWAT Team: Hip Extension
3×8, weighted
2×15 unweighted, AFAP

 

THE PROGRAM

– If you get to class early spend at least 10-15m on your hips, low back

1. Strength: Front Squat

2×8
3×3
all heavy, all increasing

 

2. WOD: Each couplet is for max reps of 2nd movement
-2 minutes for each couplet, 1 minute rest between

a. 16 Lateral Burpees
Squat Clean, 155/105

b. 70 Double Unders
Pull-ups

c. 35 KB Swings, 70/53
Squat Clean, 155/105

d. Row 350m
Pull-ups

e. 5 Rope Climbs
Squat Clean, 155/105

3. SkWAT Team: Hip Extension
3×8, weighted
2×15 unweighted, AFAP

Rest at least 30-45+ minutes

 

Session II

Weightlifting Class if able

1. Snatch drills

2. Snatch max work
-Post Class

3. Snatch grip push press
4×3

 

Jan
26
By CFlando

Closed Tuesday

Closed Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

snowed-in-commute

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando will be closed all day Tuesday. Check back here for information about Wednesday. I am planning on being open. Be smart about training. There is nothing wrong with taking n off day. Just adjust your usual off days. You don’t need to drive out to another gym somewhere just to get a workout in. If you must check out the TravelWODs link at the top of the homepage. Or try out below:

TUESDAY

1. Shovel snow continuously for 20 minutes. EMOM perform 10 Air Squat. After you are finished run 400m in full snow gear (200m down and back).

2. Once inside perform 100 pushups, 150 sit-ups, 100 walking lunges.

Jan
25
By CFlando

Shelter From the Storm: No 7:30pm Class on Mondays til Further Notice

Shelter From the Storm: No 7:30pm Class on Mondays til Further Notice

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/tZQR-o4nO1E

 

Try imagining a place where it’s always safe and warm
“Come in,” she said, “I’ll give you shelter from the storm”

 

No 7:30pm class on Monday: For the foreseeable future we will be having no 7:30pm class on Monday. This is for training for the team for the 2015 Reebok CrossFIt Games, a great and unique opportunity for some of the members of CrossFIt Lando.

There will be Open Gym from 7:30-830pm on Monday starting tomorrow and while this period continues. The gym will close at 8:30pm even if Operation Lando training isn’t done.

Weather Update: We will be open as long as we can tomorrow which I am planning on being through the entire day and night. Get your work in while you can as it looks like we will be closed on Tuesday for at least some part of the day. You can count on classes all the way through the Noon for tomorrow. After that we will see how the weather is. I am assuming we will be good all day and night.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work: 42-30-18

Side Plank Ups (each side)
Plank Ups
Forearm Plank Hold (seconds)
Abmat Situps

WOD: 3 Rounds
:30 @ 70%
:40 @ 80%
:50 @ 90%
:60 @ 100%
rest :30

BASE

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
5×3+1

– Find a max 3 hang clean + 1 jerk, squat clean and split jerk

WOD: “11.3”

5m AMRAP
Squat Clean and Jerk, 165/115

– The jerk can be a squat clean thruster

 

PLUS

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
5×3+1

– Find a max 3 hang clean + 1 jerk, squat clean and split jerk

WOD: “11.3”

5m AMRAP
Squat Clean and Jerk, 165/115

– The jerk can be a squat clean thruster

 

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat

2×6 @ heaviest able, then 5×1 @ heaviest able

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
5×3+1

– Find a max 3 hang clean + 1 jerk, squat clean and split jerk

2. WOD: “11.3”

5m AMRAP
Squat Clean and Jerk, 165/115

– The jerk can be a squat clean thruster

Rest 2 minutes after last minute then:
40 Burpees AFAP, 3 minute time cap

3. SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
2×6 @ heaviest able, then 5×1 @ heaviest able

4. Core Work
a: 4×6 standing DB oblique crunches (each side), rest :60
b: 4x30s weighted forearm plank, rest :60

5. Row 500m, rest :30, row 500m, Break Yourself!

Jan
23
By CFlando

Saturday : Competitor Meeting, Early Crew, and Stacey at ECC

Saturday : Competitor Meeting, Early Crew, and Stacey at ECC

By CFlando Posted on
DSC07299

Wish Coach Stacey luck as she competes at the East Coast Championships tomorrow and Sunday (team on Sunday). Myself and other Landos will be down there cheering her on!

 

Today (Saturday) is the 2 year anniversary of CrossFit Lando. Unbelievable we are at the stage we are at. 2 Year Anniversary party will be on February 21 or 28. Firm date will be announced Monday. EVERYONE MUST COME!

Early Crew: We will be having a competition meeting at 8:00am sharp. I know this is kind of early but I need to get down to coach Stacey by 8:45. We will be discussing plans for team training as well as the Opens in general. While the team training will only apply to a few people the meeting will be important for everyone for how to continue developing through the Open and how we will be doing this whole season as a competitor group and more specific team. This is a special year as it is the first year CrossFit Lando has any legitimate shot of having a team for Regionals. No matter what your role is it will be exciting to be a part of!

 

Reminder: 11am mobility with Flav and class is at 12pm not 1pm.

 

Early Crew: 8:00 am meeting

Strength: Deadlift
5×5

WOD: 8x500m Row, rest 1:1

No extra work. If you want to work on weaknesses that is OK but otherwise do not do anything more. This is volume restriction for a reason.

 

CrossFit (10am, 12pm)

Strength: Deadlift
4×5

WOD: For Time

Row 1000m
50 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
50 KB Swings 53/35
5 Rope Climbs

*70/53 KB

Jan
22
By CFlando

Open Practice

Open Practice

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06675

 

Inevitably we now start hearing the conversations around the box about doing the opens or not. I absolutely understand the reservations especially if this is the first year you are involved with CrossFit Lando. Let me tell you that what my post on the Opens finished with a few nights ago is absolutely true. The experience is invaluable and to the person I don’t know anyone who participated in the Opens who regrets it. Especially here at CFL. Here we do “Open Saturdays”. They are honestly the most fun 5 weeks here. Make’s February and March go by like a snap and next thing we know it is April and warm. On Open Saturdays we get everyone who wants to participate in different heats and everyone throws down together. It is more fun than anything you have done in CrossFit with the exception of the CFL 2 Year Anniversary Party )coming end of February!!!).

The best thing about the Opens is the best thing about CrossFit : It is truly all levels welcome. They even have a scaled and teen divisions this year to go with the Master’s divisions they already had. We allow you to scale however you normally would in class on the Saturday throw downs. Schedule a problem? Still not an excuse because we will make accommodations to allow you to do the workout whenever you need. More on schedule of the Opens next week.

I truly and honestly believe all 130 of you should participate in the Opens this year. While I know you won’t all sign up please give it a thought. It is the one sport where you can do the exact same thing as the professionals do at the exact same time. It’s like tossing the football around on Thanksgiving but doing it with Tom Brady not just your drunk cousin in a Brady jersey.

Today’s workout is from the 2013 Opens. It is quite the nice workout. Burpees and snatches with escalating weight. You will use 1 bar and increase your weight on your own. There are suggested scales that I want you to stick to. Takes the thinking out of it for you and you just need to do the work!

For more on the Opens go to the CrossFit Games site. You might even catch some old clips of our own Coach Stacey Kroon when she competed at the Reebok CrossFit Games!

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: 50 Ring V Outs in plank

WOD: EMOM 20m
O: 3 Burpees
3 Snatch 75/55
3 Push Press 75/55
3 Split Jumps

E: 20 Double Unders


For today’s workout the scaling is listed as Base being scale 1, Plus being scale 2, and The Program as RX. Please pick one of the listed scales for your weights so you are not confused for your snatch weights. If you usually RX workouts you should be doing The Program weight.

 

BASE

Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 17m AMRAP

40 Burpees
30 Snatch 55/45
30 Burpees
30 Snatch 75/55
20 Burpees
30 Snatch 95/65
10 Burpees
30 Snatch 115/75

 

PLUS

Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 17m AMRAP

40 Burpees
30 Snatch 75/55
30 Burpees
30 Snatch 95/65
20 Burpees
30 Snatch 115/75
10 Burpees
30 Snatch 135/95

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3

2. WOD: 17m AMRAP

40 Burpees to a target 6″ above reach
30 Snatch 75/45
30 Burpees
30 Snatch 135/75
20 Burpees
30 Snatch 165/100
10 Burpees
30 Snatch 210/120

3. Muslce Up Work
EMOM 7m
3-5 MU
– if you excel at MUs then try banded (see video)

4a: Front Rack Lunge, 4×5 each leg, rest :60
4b: Standing Oblique Crunch w DB, 4×5 each side, rest :60

both are heaviest able

 

Banded Muscle Up

– This is to work being explosive and efficient with the hips and more aggressive with your pull/turn over but without the added risk to the shoulders of a weight vest pushing you down.

httpv://youtu.be/mwa1sF58FH4

Jan
21
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07870

 

THURSDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : 21-15-9
Standing Oblique Crunches (KB) 53/35, KB in hand towards floor
Seated Russian Twists 53/35
Plank Ups
Hollow Rocks

WOD: For Time
50 Cal Row
50 Double Unders
50 Walking Lunges
50 Burpees

BASE and PLUS

Strength: Bench Press
5-5-5-5-5

WOD: 21-15-9
Front Squat 135/95
Deadlift 135/95
Pushups
Lateral Bar Hops

SkWAT Team: No Extra Work

Jan
20
By CFlando

Challenged Yet?

Challenged Yet?

By CFlando Posted on

clean-eating

 

 

 

Not sure if you remembered or not but we are smack in the middle of the 2015 Kickstarter Fitness Challenge. S**T IS GETTING REAL!

So, how are we doing?

The hardest part about clean eating is without a doubt the preparation. At the end of a long day, you are hungry like wolf, and you get home to nothing prepared. Even worse is you know this before you even get home. What is easy? Crap take out food, or a crap food stop. next thing you know you got Wendy’s wrappers and 2 Dominoes pizzas down the hatch and it’s Tuesday night…(man I hope there’s food at home).

In my experience, both personally and with helping others, the other hard part about clean eating is knowing what exactly is clean and not clean. Notice I am not using Paleo. This is not because I don’t advocate Paleo anymore, it’s just because this Challenge isn’t focusing on Paleo only. Take a look at the above list. This is an awesome list. Notice there are some non-Paleo items. The truth is there is no magic formula for determining the paleoness you need for perfect functioning. I like to live by the mentality of “something is better than nothing”, which in turn would mean that a LOT of something is MUCH better than nothing.

The above list is not meant to be taken absolute seriously, like I don’t want you all running out and buying this list verbatim. This is more to give you some ideas for alternatives if you are stuck or some insight into what clean eating really is. While there might be some non-Paleo items on this list they are still pretty darn healthy. What you include and what you take out all depends on your goals. A high functioning, high work capacity athlete would probably be able to eat anything on that list and then some. Someone who is more sedentary during the day (95% of the people reading this) and/or someone looking for weight loss would want to completely cut out the legumes/beans, dairy, sweeteners, and grains section. This is because they all are high in carbohydrate content in terms of per serving. While this isn’t exactly Harvard chemistry, controlling (not cutting) carbs is essential to cutting weight, so you would want to avoid high carb foods.

Remember the goal of this Challenge : improved fitness. Now some people might say “oh well Aaron isn’t expecting us to clean up our eating”. Nope, sorry. Improved fitness can only happen with a clean diet. 100% truth bomb city. A clean diet is actually the beginning of improved fitness. Improving your fitness and performance only comes with increased intensity in your workouts. Increased intensity in your workouts can only come with quality fuel. Quality fuel can only come from clean food. Whammy.

If you are struggling, either just mentally or you think your fitness isn’t improving the way you want, I can say with almost 100% confidence it is due to your diet. This might not mean your diet is bad in terms of what you are eating but eating ENOUGH is also essential. The best part about this challenge is we have someone with more knowledge in her left foot than all the rest of us in this gym combined when it comes to how to eat for health and performance. Email Sarah for a consultation and finally get your nutrition figured out so it stops being the thing holding you back. Even if you think you have nutrition down, for $25 you can get 45 minutes with a nutrition expert and get things tweaked here and there. She has already worked with many members who are seeing incredible results, and she is officially hired by yours truly for my 6-pack challenge that ends March 31 with one of our fellow coaches.

If you are struggling also keep in mind that we are only 2 weeks in. You still have about 4 to go. The end is all that matters. If you squat a house and crush that rope climb and thruster WOD then you did your job. Remember another point of this Challenge is to get you on a new path for this year. 2015 is very young and you have a lot of time to get things going in the right direction. This is meant to get you pointed towards that direction and probably start you down the hill.

You are all crushing life whether you think so or not so let’s keep it going!

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Squat Snatch
EMOM 10m, 1 heavy rep

– Use this time to work on your technique then try to set a PR by the end

WOD: For time
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead squat 135/95
35 Double Unders
20 Toes to Bar
20 Pistols each leg
35 Double Unders
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead Squat
35 Double Unders

– 15 minute time cap

 

PLUS

Strength: Squat Snatch
EMOM 10m, 1 heavy rep

– Use this time to work on your technique then try to set a PR by the end

WOD: For time
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead squat 135/95
35 Double Unders
20 Toes to Bar
20 Pistols each leg
35 Double Unders
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead Squat
35 Double Unders

– 15 minute time cap

SkWAT Team: Find a heavy back squat (high bar) for a set of 2

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength: Squat Snatch
EMOM 10m, 1 heavy rep

– Use this time to work on your technique then try to set a PR by the end

2. WOD: For time
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead squat 155/105
35 Double Unders
20 Toes to Bar
20 Pistols each leg
35 Double Unders
20 CTB Pull-ups
10 Overhead Squat
35 Double Unders

– 15 minute time cap

3. Clean Work (Power)
EMOM 7m
3 heavy reps, start at 80% 1 rep max and work at 80-90% for all 10m

4. SkWAT Team: Find a heavy back squat (high bar) for a set of 2

5. CORE WOD
30 GHD sit-ups
50 Russian Swing 88/70
30 GHD sit-ups

 

Important for Today: Squat Snatch

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

Jan
19
By CFlando

Opens Are Here, You Should Sign Up

Opens Are Here, You Should Sign Up

By CFlando Posted on
stacey1

Stacey at the 2011 Reebok CrossFit Games

 

 

It’s Opens Season! The Reebok CrossFit Opens are one of the most fun times of the year at this gym. It is an incredibly special time for me because it really shows the growth of our community with the involvement of you all through the years. We opened in late January of 2013 and since the Opens start at the end of February we had 17 people sign up that year. Last year we had over 60. This year? Let’s hit 100!

The Opens are the start to the CrossFit Games season. The CrossFit Games are a 5 day event held live in California where truly the fittest people in the world qualify to compete in events just like we do here at CrossFit Lando. The entire thing has become massive in nature, grown from a few hundred spectators in 2007 on a ranch in Aromas, CA to 40,000 people selling out the Stub Hub Center in Carson, CA with a vendor village that rivals that of a music festival. To get to the Games athletes have to qualify from a Regional. This year the Regionals have changed to even more exclusive events where athletes qualify out of the Opens to get to them, many times regions spanning many states, countries, and even continents.

The Opens are the start of it all and it is where ALL of us can be involved. It is an open sign up and small registration fee and you are officially competing in the 2015 Reebok CrossFit Games season. Starting in late February a workout will be released 1x a week for 5 weeks where you have as many chances to get a score which you submit to the official website. Then you can see where you stack up in your gender, age group, region, and world wide.

So, why should you do it? Mainly because it is an incredibly fun experience. The way we do it here at Lando is we do a huge group go at it on Saturday. You have never experienced energy and push like you will feel during an Open Saturday at CrossFit Lando. You will do things you never thought possible in a workout because of all the people cheering and pushing you and everyone else through the whole thing. It might be nerve wracking to think about but trust me when I say literally EVERYONE can and should participate. The workouts that are released are just like the ones we do every day here at Lando. There is even a scaled division. The only difference is you get to measure your score against people around the world, something that might seem daunting but becomes something very cool. This in turn becomes a measuring stick every year. I have done the Opens 4 years in a row and know where I finished each and every year.

Regardless of your experience level I strongly encourage you to participate in the Opens. To register simply go to this link and sign up. It’s a pretty straight forward process but we can help you if you run into trouble. The 5 weeks are some of the most fun you will have and truly bring you into being a part of the community here at the box and the greater community around the world. Everyone remembers workout “12.1” and the horror/wonder/excitement we all had. You will be able to go to another box on vacation in a year and see the WOD is “15.2” and be able to talk with members there about your experience doing it last year. Pretty interesting if you ask me.

Nothing is quite as cool as seeing everyone of all different ability levels going after something as an individual but completely together. CrossFit at it’s heart is about measuring yourself. You come in every single day pushing yourself against a clock and a score, so why not do it on a global scale. They say there could be 300,000 people signing up this year, you know you want to be one of them! While I know it seems like pressure suddenly added to your daily activity, it is a fulfilling experience beyond words. Truly something you need to experience to understand.

With absolute honesty, I have never heard a person say they regretted doing it. I use this comparison all the time. Everyone can toss a football around, but not many people can say they did it the exact same way Tom Brady did it. Many of you know the names Rich Froning and Camille Leblanc, and if you don’t you soon will. If you participate in the Opens you will get to say you did the same thing as them this year and any other year.

I will announce more info about exactly how the Opens will work here at CFL as we get closer. For now get over to the Games website and check things out. This year is going to be a big year for the Opens at CF Lando. This is the first year we will have a legitimate shot at qualifying a team for Regionals, something that will be amazing beyond words. I am not saying it is a sure thing because it is very competitive but it is the first year we have run our competitor program for a full season of training and we have a lot of very good athletes beyond just the coaches who are going to do very well in this year’s Open. If anything your participation will be part of the journey of Operation Lando!

BASE
Strength: Strict Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 10m AMRAP- score is total reps completed
9  Jerk 155/105
12 Box Jump  Over 24/20
7 Jerk
9 BJO
5 Jerk
6 BJO

PLUS

Strength: Strict Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 10m AMRAP- score is total reps completed
9  Jerk 155/105
12 Box Jump  Over 24/20
7 Jerk
9 BJO
5 Jerk
6 BJO

SkWAT Team
a: Barbell bent over row (axle) 4×5, rest :60
b: 4×4-8 Ring Dip, rest :60

 

THE PROGRAM

1. 4×3 Weighted pullup, then 30 strict CTB pull-ups

– This IS your warmup. Do not do it after class.

2. Strength: Strict Press
5-5-3-3-3

3. WOD: 10m AMRAP- score is total reps completed
9  Jerk 205/135
12 Box Jump  Over 30/34
7 Jerk
9 BJO
5 Jerk
6 BJO

4. SkWAT Team
a. 4×5 Barbell Bent Over Row (axle), rest :60
b. 4×3-8 Muscle Ups, rest :60

5. Airdyne sprint for 50 cal

Jan
18
By CFlando

No Flex Zone

No Flex Zone

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

 

 

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: 8 Rounds Tabata, working through the entire list each round
– Scissor Kicks
– Plank Hold
– Windshield Wipers
– Hollow Hold

WOD: 3 Rounds
2 Min Row
2 Min Airdyne
2 Min Rest

BASE
Strength: Front Squat
3×5 @ 75-80% 1 rep max (these are working warmup sets)
3×3 @ 80, 85, 90%
then 2×1 for heaviest able

WOD: 4 Rounds
10 Thruster 115/80
Run 300m
10 Hang Power Clean

PLUS

Strength: Front Squat
3×5 @ 75-80% 1 rep max (these are working warmup sets)
3×3 @ 80, 85, 90%
then 2×1 for heaviest able

WOD: 4 Rounds
10 Thruster 115/80
Run 300m
10 Hang Power Clean

SkWAT Team: Find a max for the following. Entire complex must be done in 25 seconds to count

2 Back Squat, 2 Lunges (total), 2 Back Squat, 2 Lunges, 2 Back Squat

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength
Front Squat

3×5 @ 80% 1 rep max
rest no longer than 2:00 between sets, then
3×3 @ 80, 85, 90% 1 rep max
no set rest
then 2×1 @ max

2. WOD: 4 Rounds
10 Thruster 135/95
Run 300m
10 Hang Power Clean

3. SkWAT Team: Find a max complex, each attempt must be done within 30 seconds. Make 3-5 attempts.
2 Back Squat, 2 Lunge (total), 2 Back Squat, 2 Lunge (total), 2 Back Squat

4. CORE work
L Sit practice for 3-5 minutes then:
8m AMRAP
30’ HS Walk
10s Free Handstand Hold
10s L Sit Hold (P-Lettes)

– can be accumulated holds

Jan
17
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06735

SUNDAY

Strength: Press
4×3

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Pullups
30 Pushups
40 Situps
50 Air Squats

*20 minute time cap

Jan
16
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on
IMG_3038

Bootleg Medal Pic

 

Very proud of Stacey with her 6 for 6 and first place in both snatch and clean and jerk performance at the first ever American Weightlifting Federation meet.

I have a lot to say about this but will save it for another time. For now come on in and workout at 10am and 12pm (new January time instead of 1pm).

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: TBD, meet at 8:30am

 

10am and 12pm

Strength: Back Squat (high bar)

5-5-5-5-5

 

WOD: Partner WOD for time

80 OHS 95/65
10 HSPU
80 Power Clean 95/65
10 HSPU
80 Burpees

 

 

Jan
15
By CFlando

AWF Grand Open Starts Today

AWF Grand Open Starts Today

By CFlando Posted on

10931727_785445254838198_7933740583820197733_n

 

The American Weightlifting Federation Grand Open starts tomorrow at 11am. Coach Stacey is lifting tomorrow and the event goes all weekend. This is the birth of a new weightlifting federation and is going to be something special. Floelite will be live streaming it and they wrote a great article here about the event and why to watch it.

 

FRIDAY

BASE

Strength: Push Jerk
3×3 as 70-80% warmup, then

Split Jerk
Find a max single

WOD: 21-15-9-6-3
Squat Clean Thruster 95/65
Pull-Up
Push-Up

PLUS

Strength: Push Jerk
3×3 as 70-80% warmup, then

Split Jerk
Find a max single

WOD: 21-15-9-6-3
Squat Clean Thruster 95/65
Pull-Up
Push-Up

SkWAT Team: Clean Position Rack Pull, above knee position
4 sets of 2

THE PROGRAM

1. GYMNO Warmup: 15m Running Clock, use this as YOUR WARMUP
– Perform total work during the entire minute stretch…

Min 1-3: Perform 1 20’ Rope Climb, 2 Legless Rope Climb, 3 15’ Rope Climb
Min 4+5: Perform 6-10 Bar MU
Min 6-8: Perform 30 Burpees
Min 9+10: Perform 10 Deficit HSPU 5”
Min 11-15: Perform 6 Wall Climb + Forward Roll into Pistol

2. Strength: Push Jerk

3×3 as 70-80% warmup, then

Split Jerk
Find a max single

3. WOD: 21-15-9-6-3
Squat Clean Thruster 115/80
Pull-Up
Push-Up

4. SkWAT Team: Clean Position Rack Pull, above knee position
4 sets of 2

5. Core Work : Work for 10 minutes on Muscle Up to L Sit to Forward Roll from hanging ring position

httpv://youtu.be/-NPIiLwT4nQ

Jan
14
By CFlando

Vegas Baby

Vegas Baby

By CFlando Posted on

Monte_Carlo_Exterior_-_with_Las_Vegas_skyline

 

Kickstarter Challenge Points Clarification : For your protein/fish oil supplement point you get a point for taking fish oil on days you don’t workout. So if you take Thursday off or you workout 4 days you aren’t at a disadvantage against someone who works out 6 days. Technically you can get 7 supplement points a week because on non-work days you still get a point for taking fish oil. On workout days you must take both protein and fish oil for the point.

Stacey and I are heading out to Las Vegas for the American Weightlifting Federation Grand Open! It is a new weightlifting federation that I am fortunate enough to have been asked to be on the Board of Directors of, so of course I got Stacey to lift as one of the competitors. There are over 100 people lifting in this 2 day meet that will feature President of the AWF and 2x National Champion Jon North, as well as USA Olympian Kendrick Farris, among others!

Jack, Flav, and Sarah are in charge this weekend. Let them know if you have any immediate and pressing concerns. We will be back Monday morning so don’t worry Jack will only be programming stone workouts for 4 days. Hopefully they will be able to get the live stream for the event on during the day Friday and Saturday so you get a chance to see Coach Stacey in her singlet and me bombing around in my monkey suit looking official (looking being the key there).


THURSDAY

Core Conditioning

CORE: 21-15-9
Supermans
Situps
Alternating Supermans
Toes Touches
V Ups

WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
Rest :30
Row 500m
Rest :30
30 Burpees
Rest :30
30 Burpees
Rest :30
Row 500m
Rest :30
Row 1000m

BASE AND PLUS

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
30 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Hang Power Clean 135/95
12 Bar Facing Burpees

* 155/105

Hang Clean WOD Form: Check this video out demonstrating the hang clean and different ways of doing it in WODs including the Speed Clean competitive technique:

httpv://youtu.be/GXD6uJ3wquc


THE PROGRAM

OFF

Jan
13
By CFlando

Member of the Month : Candice Galvez

Member of the Month : Candice Galvez

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06890

 

Weightlifting Class @ 6pm Wednesday. Come and lift some weight. Focus is the Clean (and possibly Jerk)

The Member of the Month for January is a special one (not that all aren’t). I know I say that every time but I have a great little anecdote about Candice that I bring up with her from time to time. Candice walked in a little over a year ago interested in our program. From minute one she was very intent on making sure she could join for “only two months”. I think she asked that 3 times her first day/intro class and then another few times at her first real class, “just two months” then she wanted to be done with it. Lo and behold after two months she stayed with us.

Now, not only has Candice stayed past two months but she is one of the most dedicated members we have. I doubt she imagined sitting at her desk watching HookGrip slo-mo videos in her spare time. Best yet is she convinced her husband Jorge to join shortly after her and they are a CrossFit Lando power couple. He is the man behind the camera for all the amazing pics you see on here!

Please read this months newsletter for more about Candice and what else is going on with CrossFit Lando these days!!

WEDNESDAY

BASE and PLUS

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-2-2-2

WOD: For Time
Run 600m
100 KB Swings 53/35

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: 2 Minute HS Walk Test
– Must go 50′ before falling

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-2-2-2

WOD: For Time
Run 600m
100 KB Swings 70/53

SkWAT Team: Low Bar Back Squat
4×3, heavy

 

Session II

Weightlifting class if able

1. EMOM 15m
1 Clean and Jerk
– once failing the jerk continue with the clean. Max the hell out

2. Airdyne
10 minutes for calories

– puke

Jan
12
By CFlando

Introducing/Remembering the (Last) Pull

Introducing/Remembering the (Last) Pull

By CFlando Posted on

packet

We have a new product for sale here at CrossFit Lando. The people who bring you Custom FIt Meals have a meal/protein bar that is phenomenal. It’s so good they even named it “The Best Bar Ever”. It really is a solid bar. SImilar in texture to Larabars but much better as it contains a much higher amount of protein. They are now on sale for $4.00 and are a perfect snack-meal for coming in right from work having not eaten for a long while, or leaving to go back to work where you know you don’t have time for a full meal for a while.

They are phenomenal BUT be careful. They are not supplements. Use them as described above but they pack a punch in terms of caloric value. While not quite a meal they are certainly a mini-meal so don’t be adding them to a meal unless you are looking to gain quality weight.

Hello there! I would like to introduce to you the last pull of the snatch. This part of the lift has many names. The last pull. The snatch high pull. Just to name two. This is a forgotten part of the lift here at CrossFit Lando because we are big on teaching how important the extension of the hips are to the lift. Borrowing from the Catapult method we really drill the body to bar contact and extension of the knees and hips through the feet driving into the floor. This is great, THE BEST way to perform the olympic lifts from the floor, but it tends to forget our friend at the end. The high pull is like that Elian Gonzalez of olympic lifting, stuck in the middle of a fight that it didn’t even create but somehow found itself an integral part of.

Us catapulters don’t want to lay claim to it but I don’t think most of us even understand why we would use it let alone why we should want to or not. See the issue is that most people want to just disagree with the why that the reason behind the why isn’t even discussed. So let’s get reasonable!

The last pull, this high pull, this end of the long line of perfectly timed mechanisms like the best 4th of July fireworks display ever, is important for two reasons : redirection and leverage for your body. The only bad part of using the catapult method, the aggressive body to bar contact that creates an explosion of Big Bang proportions in the gymnasium, is that the bar gets left out in no person’s land out in front of your body. This is no good especially in the snatch because you need to get the bar overhead and BEHIND the body in a matter of milliseconds. So what is in your back pocket to save the day? The last pull!

Aiding you in your quest to rocket propel yourself underneath the bar is you pulling this last pull. See a funny thing happens with the physics and the barbells and unicorns and whatnot. Once you have that bar hurtling through space at astronomical speeds you can use it for leverage. Pull up for you to go down. Sort of like pulling the cord on that emergency wash thing in high school chemistry class that dumped 50000 gallons of water on you when you were on fire from a chlorine bomb you for some reason were making in high school chemistry like it’a reasonable and useful thing for a 15 year old. Pull down and unleash hell. Sort of like that thing in high school, or maybe nothing like it I just wanted to get it into a blog. The key here is pulling up on the bar with the elbows high and towards the ceiling to not only get the bar into position BACK over head but also to help position yourself DOWN under that bar. It’s so easy it’s like high school chemistry!

So there you have it. The lost/last pull of the snatch for us catapulters. As you work on getting that super extension of the knees and hips by pushing through the floor, focus today on pulling aggressively upwards with your elbows once you are on your tippy toes. The tippiest of top of those tippy toes. Since most of us are working on a 1 rep max power snatch this is a great time to work on this concept because you don’t have to go down as low in your catch.

Progress baby, progress!

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max Power Snatch

WOD: 3 Rounds

20 Hang Squat Snatch 75/55
20 CTB Pull-Ups

PLUS

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max Power Snatch

WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Hang Squat Snatch 75/55
20 CTB Pull-Ups

SkWAT Team: 30-50 strict HSPU, 10 min cap

 

THE PROGRAM

1. 30 Burpee MU for Time
– 10 minute time cap. Get it done.

2. Strength: Snatch
1 Power Snatch + 2 Snatch Balance

3. WOD: 3 Rounds
20 Hang Squat Snatch 95/65
20 CTB Pull-Ups

4. SkWAT : 50 strict HSPU. 10m Cap

5. CORE: EMOM 16m
O: 4 Shoot Thru (Dip and Pushup)
E: 3 Db Bent Over Row (single arm) + 3 Barbell Bent Over Row, both heaviest able

Jan
11
By CFlando

Cleaning up the Clean

Cleaning up the Clean

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06846

 

This is something I have been focusing on as a coach for a few months now: The difference (or lack there of) of the power clean and squat clean. Performing the clean, specifically the link between a power clean and a squat clean in the sense that they are the same movement with a different finish position is something that must be understood by athletes of any ability. All too often people have completely different executions of these two movements when in fact they are the SAME thing for 90% of the lift. Literally the only different between the power clean and the squat clean is that the power clean you try to keep your hips above your knees after bar meets body, where squat clean you lead the bar into the squat.

If you are someone who feels like you look like a high school cheerleader doing a jump split when performing a power clean you are not alone. There is a disconnect with many individuals with this movement where the “power” tends to mean “pull as high and hard as possible and go down by spreading legs wide and tucking hips for a very awkward, limbo-esque catch”. Clean limbo is the secret class in many CrossFit gyms.

Today (Monday) might as well be Power Clean Day. Cleans for strength and cleans for the WOD, all of which can be used to work on this connection of the technique through the Clean proper. Power or squat, the lift is the same. I actually like the practice of when performing the power clean to think like a squat clean the entire time, only to stop the descent into the squat when the bar gets to the shoulders and fight to keep it above parallel. I say this and I mean it, that a failed power clean really should only be when the bar pushes you down into a squat, not because you don’t get it to your shoulders.

Use today to work on getting better. Every day you can work on getting better. Not only will you get more fit and stronger today but it is a GREAT day to work on technique. Master that power clean today!

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15am-10:00am

Core Work : 3 Rounds

1:30 forearm plank immediately into 30 hollow rocks
rest 1:00 after each round

WOD: For Time
Row 1500m
25 Power Clean 75/55
45 Thrusters 75/55
65 Pushups

 

CrossFit

BASE

Strength: Power Clean
Find a 2 rep max touch and go

WOD: 10m AMRAP
3 Power Clean @ 75% above
7 Pistols (alternating)
Row 300m

 

PLUS

Strength: Power Clean
Find a 2 rep max touch and go

WOD: 10m AMRAP
3 Power Clean @ 75% above
7 Pistols (alternating)
Row 300m

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
8×2, 5311 tempo for both reps

 

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: Spend 15 minutes working on the following, then join class. DO NOT slack. Slacking leads to death, and death doesn’t allow for increased production

4 Rounds NFT
5 OH Pistols 65/45
3 Power Clean 225/155, tng off shoulders and floor
5 Ring Dips with 3 second pause at bottom

1. Strength: Power Clean
Find a 2 rep max touch and go

2. WOD: 10m AMRAP
3 Power Clean @ 75% above
7 Pistols (alternating)
50 Double Unders

3. SkWAT Team: Front Squat
8×2, 5311 tempo for both reps

4. Core Work: 5 Rounds
25′ Weighted Broad Jump 54/35
25′ Straight Arm Plank Walk Out to Extension
– Start in straight arm plank, walk out with control til flat on the ground, then pushup to plank.

5. Conditioning
Row 500
rest 1:00
Row 250
rest :30
Row 750
rest 1:00
Row 250
rest :30
Row 1000
rest 1:00
Row 250

 

Power Clean

httpv://youtu.be/QXahCNi1jeg

Squat Clean

httpv://youtu.be/1nXJ-nv9KLA

 


11
By CFlando

Strongman at 11

Strongman at 11

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

Strength: Bench Press
5-5-3-3-2-2

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 Pushups
75′ Sprint x2 (down and back)
25 Air Squats
15 Power Clean
75′ Sprint x2 (down and back)

 

Strongman : Come see Jack at 11am !

Jan
9
By CFlando

Saturday Time Change

Saturday Time Change

By CFlando Posted on

00004-3

 

We are changing the late class for Saturday for the month of January from 1 pm to 12pm. Suggestions welcome.

Flav will be holding a 20 minute mobility session at 11am right after the 10am class. Stay and get mobile after a hard week! Also Jorge will be taking “before” photos for the Challenge

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: WOD first then SkWAT

WOD: 2 Rounds
80 Double Unders
20 Deadlift 185/135
40 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Hang Power Clean and Jerk 185/135
10 Muscle Ups
10 Front Squat 185/135

10am and 12pm

WOD: For Time
2 Rounds
40 Double Unders
20 Deadlift 155/105
40 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Hang Power Clean and Jerk 155/105
10 CTB Pull-Ups*
10 Front Squat 155/105

*185/135, Muscle Ups

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
4×5, heavy

Jan
8
By CFlando

Protein Is Your Friend (And a MUST)

Protein Is Your Friend (And a MUST)

By CFlando Posted on

recovery

 

Something I hear around the gym a lot is complaints or arguments about taking protein supplements. This is not good. Here is why.

First of all I will admit that I understand some reservations about mixing some flavored powder in water and gulping it down quickly and being forced to believe it is somehow good for you. Even the best protein in the world tastes marginally good. So I am not here to talk like some brainwashed door to door salesman throwing beaded necklaces at you trying to pay for college. For many of you this whole concept was foreign and I totally understand.

So it isn’t foreign anymore. Time to accept and apply, because protein supplementation is one of if not the most important thing you put in your body.

Let’s take a more real life example to illustrate why. Think about how hard you work in life, mainly at your job. You break your back day in and day out to make money. So let’s say you start a savings account. That savings account takes 20% of your income. You never touch it. NEVER. All year. You never touch all that hard earned money because you know having a savings is important. Maybe it’s a future college fund for a kid. Maybe an emergency fund for when your card dies. Maybe a ring for your girlfriend, or the extra special wedding dress for your wedding. You put in extra hours at work, tons of overtime, miss out on nights out with family and friends because you take weekend shifts. I’m talking HARD work here.

Then on a whim you decide to empty your savings account because you don’t like Bank of America’s colors in their logo and decide to spend all the money you saved for years on paying for an extra episode of the Bachelor for next season. One extra episode in a bid that you win which gives you and other Bachelor fans one measly episode more and that money you spent on it doesn’t go to anyone but Justin Bieber for the world’s most expensive tattoo.

This is ridiculous, but if you don’t take post workout protein it’s basically the same thing. I know sometimes when talking about this kind of stuff I get a little to science lab on you all so I’ll save it for another time. The basics are that you have a window of 30-45 minutes after you workout to replace the “energy” stores in your blood and muscles that was used during your time of exercise. This has to be replaced by protein and a small amount of carbohydrate (yes you post WOD carb junkies, a small amount. Not an entire banana but a bite of one). If this does not happen within the 30-45 minutes then your body goes into a state where it shuts down it’s rebuilding process almost like it is in starvation mode. So all the hard work you put in literally goes to waste. Worse yet your body will start using parts of itself for energy. Good for the rest of the day, not good for post workout when we need to be building.

Some people are believers in eating your protein instead but this is only acceptable if you absolutely have to because of allergies or other health reasons. It’s all about the timing. Considering even shredded chicken takes AT LEAST 30 minutes to digest, and AT LEAST an additional 15 minutes for the nutrients to be spread through your body, and AT LEAST another 5-10 minutes for those to be absorbed, liquid protein supplements are the most practical post WOD protein to take. Eating is simply too long. Even if you literally sucked down a blended grilled chicken 5 minutes after peeling yourself off the floor post WOD it wouldn’t be soon enough once the protein is absorbed. The real science behind this is if you take more than 30-45 minutes to get protein into your system your body goes into what is called a catabolic state when your body starts feeding off it’s own muscle tissue for energy in place of this needed protein and carbohydrate. What happens then? Your body composition turns into less muscle and more fat. Not something we want no matter what our goals are.

For those of you with concerns about whey because you consider it dairy, whey is a by product of the production of some dairy products. So the “dairy-ness” of it is very, very minimal. So those of you with issues you think are associated with taking whey (even lactose/dairy intolerances) I think need to look at the other aspects of your diet. Harsh to some I know but these are truths we all must accept. If you absolutely cannot stand to take whey protein then please come to us for help. There are other instant protein supplement options beyond just “eat when you get home” options that you should consider.

Or it’s just time to suck it up and face the facts that you work too hard to let something like a mixed 12 oz cup of liquid being drank or not ruin your gains.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15a-10:00a

Core Work: Work straight down through the list
1. 50 standing side crunches holding KB (each arm)
2. 10 Strict TTB/Leg Raises
3. 60 second hollow hold (accumulated)
4. 30 Windshield Wiper
5. 25 Getup 45/35 (see video below)

WOD: 4 Rounds
Row 500m
30 KB Swings 53/35
30 Jumping Pull-ups

BASE

1. Strength: Thruster
2-2-2-2-2-2

2. WOD (Kickstarter Test #2): 12m AMRAP
9 Thruster 95/65
1 Rope Climb, 15′

 

PLUS

1. Strength: Thruster
2-2-2-2-2-2

2. WOD: 12m AMRAP
9 Thruster 95/65
1 Rope Climb, 15′

3. SkWAT Team: 3×20 GHD Situps, AFAP

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Warmup quickly then:

3×30 Pull-Ups, rest :30 between sets

then finish class warmup with class. DO NOT take more than 10 minutes start to finish on this. You should be with the class going over Thrusters if not before.

2. Strength: Thruster
2-2-2-2-2-2

3. WOD: 12m AMRAP
9 Thruster 95/65
1 Legless Rope Climb, 12′

4. EMOM 10m
O: HS Walk 30′ (15′ down and back with turn on hands)
E: 20 GHD Situps

5. 50 Strict HSPU

 

httpv://youtu.be/lQ5kVk6MddY

Jan
7
By CFlando

More on the Kickstarter Challenge

More on the Kickstarter Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

00004-7

Be careful Thursday. It’s supposed to be COOOOLLLLD!!

Be sure to pick up your score and info packet at the desk for the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge! If you can’t make it in these couple of days be sure to download it Here and the score sheet Here, and also plan to get your tests in. Great job on Back Squat today next test is Friday.

Score sheet will be in the Member’s Area on Monday once everyone is signed up.

 

THURSDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15a-10:00a

Core Work: one time through
Holding a medball perform:

50 Russian Twists
20 Medball Situps
40 Russian Twists
20 Medball Toe Touches
30 Russian Twists
20 Medball Situps
20 Russian Twists
20 Medball Toe Touches
10 Russian Twists

WOD: 6 Rounds
Row 500m, rest 1:1

BASE
Strength: Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 21-15-9
Wall Ball 20/14
Split Jumps Holding MB OH (knee to floor)
Burpee Ball Slam
– For Burpee Ball Slam, chest touches ball then up to extension then slam

PLUS

Strength: Push Press
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 21-15-9
Wall Ball 20/14
Split Jumps Holding MB OH (knee to floor)
Burpee Ball Slam
– For Burpee Ball Slam, chest touches ball then up to extension then slam

SkWAT Team: No Extra Work

THE PROGRAM : OFF

Jan
6
By CFlando

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge : Starts Wednesday, January 7

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge : Starts Wednesday, January 7

By CFlando Posted on

00005-1

 

THE CHALLENGE : THE GIST

Keep this in mind the entire time you read this and throughout the Kickstarter : If you have to think about it too hard, you are doing it wrong. If you need to think about the food you are eating and if it is good for you then it probably isn’t good for you. If you are wondering about special cases, then it probably is not good.

This is simple : You get points if you eat correctly, if you workout, if you sleep, and if you supplement correctly. If you don’t do those things you get nothing. If you do this you will get results and those results also get you points at the end.

Quick Info:

– 6-7 weeks long. Will end the week of our 2 year anniversary party (date TBD). Official start is Wednesday (Tomorrow) January 7 and ends approximately February 14.

– No “losing” points.

– Eat 3 balanced “clean” meals a day

 – Clean : nothing fried, no bread, no added sugar. Don’t get caught up in the Paleo v. Non-Paleo argument. Don’t look it up. If you have to look it up, argue about it, think too long, or ask…it probably ISN’T GOOD FOR YOU!

– Balanced: Covers all three macronutrient needs of Fat, Carbohydrate, Protein. If you eat meat then it’s meat and vegetables every meal. Fruit can be tossed in sometimes. Breakfast is eggs, avocado, good oil, etc.

– Workout at least 4 times in a week.

 – Less than this isn’t enough activity for any person let alone someone who is committed to a fit and healthy life. To be honest it should be 4-5 times minimum. If you are a 2x a week member then you need to do something outside of the gym. 2x a week isn’t enough even if you are running marathons. Get on a treadmill, get on a rower, do 100 burpees for time, whatever it takes. Fitness is a daily activity.

THE CHALLENGE : POINTS

– There will be a clipboard and roster in the Member’s Area. You will very publicly keep track of your points there. You will also have a take home list you will turn in at the end of the Challenge.

You cannot lose points. You will get points for the following :

1. 3 Balanced Meals = 1 point
– You must eat 3 meals in a day and they must be balanced as described above. Paleo isn’t in play here but they also must be “clean”. You must do all 3 meals and do them in this way to get 1 point.

2. Fish Oil + Post WOD Protein = 1 point
– these must BOTH be done to get the point

3. 6+ hours of sleep a night = 1 point
– Don’t have time to do this? Go to bed earlier. Figure it out. Less than this is unacceptable and you are only hurting yourself and your family, or at least Dexter.

4. At Least 4 Workouts per week = 1 point
– Workouts. Not just activity. If you can’t make it into the gym 4x a week then do something on your own. 100 burpees for time, run 5k, etc. 2 or 3 workouts in a week is not enough for health. If you need help with home workouts check out our TravelWODs, or ask us for help. Home WODs must be 45 minutes of activity to count, unless they are significant Run/Row like 1 Mile Run or 2k Row. Even then you must add some core work and mobility.

5. Water Intake (60-120oz, or 50% BW# in ounces) per day = 1 point

5. PR on Back Squat Re-Test = +10 Bonus at end of Challenge

6. PR on WOD Re-Test = + 10 Bonus at end of Challenge

7. Lose body weight of a measurable* amount : + 5 Bonus at end of Challenge
– A measurable amount means it is at least 3% BW from your start weight as of this Friday. The reason for this is that people fluctuate BW especially when doing high intensity exercise, drinking a lot of water, and throwing a cheat meal in here and there. I know I can fluctuate 5-7 pounds in 24 hours depending on my food, time I wake up, water, etc.

This is simple. Being more fit is simple. If you are looking for shortcuts, or secrets, or quick fixes, you are in the wrong business. As you can see this is a results oriented Challenge. Performance and weight loss will be the proof in the pudding if you will. There is no shortcuts, no cheats, no easy ways. Just straight up work, commitment, desire, and more work and you will get results. It really is that simple. Dedicate yourself to this for 6-7 weeks, this being healthy eating and 1 hour of fitness 4 times a week, and you will not only be on your way on a NEW path for 2015 but see significant results in your performance and your physical appearance. We all know what that means for our mental state!

You can do this, every single one of you. You have all done one of the most difficult things in your life which is walk into CrossFit Lando sight unseen and take a step into the world of fitness you never imagined doing the day before. You can commit to 7 weeks to get your fitness on point.

Signups go through this week. Tests are Wednesday and Friday, makeups can be done up through next week. All your coaches are doing it. We already have 25 names on the list. It ends with our 2 Year Anniversary Party.

WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR?!

 

WEDNESDAY (Kickstarter Test 1 of 2)

BASE

Strength: Find a 1 rep max Back Squat
– 20 minutes

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Power Snatch 115/75
10 Overhead Squat
15 Pushups

PLUS

Strength: Find a 1 rep max Back Squat
– 20 minutes

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Power Snatch 115/75
10 Overhead Squat
15 Pushups

SkWAT Team: Snatch Position Deadlift
4×4 @ heaviest possible, 3 second pause at knee and at top for each rep

 

THE PROGRAM : You are all STRONGLY encouraged to partake in the Kickstarter. You will use your most recent 1 rep max BS recorded for your PR score.

– Warmup with class. Your workout is different than the Base and Plus but you should partake with class throughout. Timing will be the same

1. Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
3 sets of 3, heavy, then EMOM 10m, 1 Heavy Rep at least 90% 1 rep max

2. WOD: Threshold Work
3 Minute to Complete : 3 Rounds
7 Power Snatch 135/95
Row 100m

then 3 Minutes to Complete : 1 Round
30 Burpees

then 3 Minutes to Complete : 1 Round
25 Front Squat 135/95
15 Power Clean 135/95

then 3 Minutes to Complete : 1 Round
100 Double Unders
30 Shoulder to Overhead 135/95

Rest at least 20 minutes then

3. Snatch Position Deadlift
4×4 @ heaviest possible, 3 second pause at knee and top of each rep

4. EMOM 7m
1 Skin to Cat + 2-5 Muscle Ups
– the goal is at least 2 MU each round

 

Jan
5
By CFlando

Fitness

Fitness

By CFlando Posted on

Info for the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge will be available starting tomorrow. All info will be posted tomorrow night. Wednesday is the first test of 1 rep max Back Squat. Sign up at the desk at the signup sheet and pay in person or put it into the envelope!

 

Fitness can be defined a number of different ways depending on where you look. The dictionary description is very general but somehow also to the point : “The condition of being physically fit and healthy”. I say general because what fit and healthy is can also have many definitions, but this leaves nothing to the imagination. What I like about it is it introduces fitness and health as hand in hand, not necessarily one in the same but similar in a sense that you almost can’t have one without the other.

I like a definition with some sort of assumption of activity for a person to be considered fit. Fitness in my opinion is above average, average being the condition of the status quo in the human population. Most people sadly don’t do anything beyond eat, work, sleep. So to be considered fit is beyond just being healthy, because healthy can be achieved through carefully monitored nutrition and sleep. We could get into definition after definition about what all this means, but bottom line to me is that fitness must be defined by physical activity. A definition I found that I like much better is “the body’s ability to perform physical activity without distress or injury”. That right there is what fitness is all about, not just being “healthy” but being able to do what life calls you to do without it causing you distress beyond a few short breaths or some beads of sweat.

To me that is what fitness is all about. It reminds me of some of the old school CrossFit sayings that found their way on T-Shirts, ones like “Stronger people are harder to kill, and generally more useful”. While that one is a bit douchey for my liking, one of my favorite sayings about CrossFit is one that is used by the founders themselves : To do the ordinary extraordinarily well. As you all know we did some major renovations and construction (major for us) to the front of the gym. It struck me as all of us hauled furniture, lumber, power tools, and refrigerators around that we never thought twice of our ability to get it all done. The same happened when Sarah and I were at her parents’ about a month ago and literally moved the entire upstairs ourselves, hauling entire rooms worth of furniture back and forth. Ok, Sarah did most of the work, but I helped…

Fitness allows us to live our lives in ways that being unfit doesn’t. Shockingly aware I know, but think about all the things you do, (excuse my pettiness for some of these examples) from wearing certain clothes, to the type of vacations you take or are able to take, the extra curricular activities you do, the people you hang out with. Not to mention the every day things like taking the stairs instead of the elevator at work, or having to do so because of mechanical problems and not worrying about it. There are people in every building in America who’s worst nightmare is to have the elevator go down at work, not because they don’t like the stairs but because they physically can’t take them without being out for the count for the rest of the day.

I know some of this might come off petty as I said or even judgmental, but that is not what this is meant to be about. Fitness is an amazing thing and the ability to have it is a privilege. I was talking to Jon North today (yes I will name drop) who happens to be one of the best weightlifters in the world and in the best shape of his life right now. He said the most incredible thing about what he does in terms of how hard he works is that it is just the way it is for him. Some people, he said, think working hard is some incredible feat done only once in a while, while we (he was referring to hard working fitness enthusiasts) just look at it as part of the day.

As we embark on the 2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge remember that the gift you are given each day, the ability to perform hard work in any capacity, is a privilege that not all people have. We are all lucky to have the ability and desire to break ourselves physically and mentally so we come out healthier on the other side. Don’t ignore it. This is one thing you can take advantage of. The next 6-7 weeks you get a chance to start your year off the best way possible : fit and healthy.

Whatever that means.

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Push Jerk
5-5-5-5

WOD: 7m AMRAP
Escalating Ladder of Kettlebell Swings 53/35, starting at 5 and increasing by 5 reps
– Perform 1 Wall Climb after every “set”. (5,10,15, etc)

*Score would be the number of swings you finish + unfinished reps. So if you get into the round of 20 swings and get all 20 done + the wall climb, your score is 15+21. If you get 1 swing done in that next round then it would be 20+1.

 

PLUS

Strength: Push Jerk
5-5-5-5

WOD: 7m AMRAP
Escalating Ladder of Kettlebell Swings 53/35, starting at 5 and increasing by 5 reps
– Perform 1 Wall Climb after every “set”. (5,10,15, etc)Strength: Push Jerk
5-5-5-5

SkWAT Team: Weighted Ring Dip
5×5

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Strength: Push Jerk
5-5-5-5

2. WOD: 7m AMRAP
Escalating Ladder of Kettlebell Swings 70/53, starting at 5 and increasing by 5 reps
– Perform 1 Wall Climb after every “set”. (5,10,15, etc)

3a: weighted ring dip, 4×5, rest :60
3b: overhead squat, 155/105, 4xME, rest :60

4: Snatch Work : 10 minutes max
3×3 fixed feet squat snatch

– Don’t worry about being super heavy. Feet must stay in place to work on extending knees and hips NOT jumping.

5. Strict Press (behind neck)
4×3

Jan
4
By CFlando

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

Renovations are almost done. The bulk of the work will be done by opening tomorrow. Some minor things are still to come throughout the week. What you will see is new:

– New Desk/Reception Area
– New and Expanded Member’s Area with new TVs and new Coaches Corner TV area for streaming video (work in progress)
– Still to Come: Expanded apparel area

I will be here through the night finishing up and cleaning so things are good for classes tomorrow. Thanks to Stacey and Flav for putting in a full day on a Saturday with Jack and I, and special thanks to Jack for giving me 6 more hours today after he coached. Unreal effort by my staff. Another special thanks to Mike Gray for letting us borrow some all important tools!

Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge : How it works

– Pay $10 this week. Challenge starts Wednesday
– Tests on Wednesday and Friday (Back Squat and WOD)
– Over 6-7 weeks you will get “checks” for 3 meals a day, post WOD protein and fish oil, sleeping 7+, and working out.
– No negative points
– Info packet will be at the desk starting Monday night.

Results speak for themselves. We want to make this simple to follow and simple to measure. Lose weight, get jacked, PR your back squat and a WOD, and you obviously did the right thing. Remember my post last week. Most of you know by now how this works. Eat and do crap, then get crap. Eat and do amazing, then get amazing. It’s that easy.

Schedule a consult with Sarah. We have elite level coaches for your fitness. What many of you are missing is we have an elite level nutrition coach as well. People are literally shedding weight and crushing workouts, beginners up to elite competitors, using Sarah’s SIMPLE methods that SHE USES HERSELF. So next time you see her back squat more than most guys at the gym or do “Fran” in 2:08, it’s THAT nutrition plan. She is here to help for the Challenge, so GET ON IT!

Stay tuned and buy in. There’s no excuses. You pay a membership at a gym to get more fit. So this is to take it a step further and hold you accountable to get started on a NEW path for 2015. Get on it and be excited to look back at yourself in 6-7 weeks and see the changes. NO EXCUSES.

MONDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15-10:00am

Core: :30 on :10 off, move through each movement for 5 rounds
Situps
Supermans
Hollow Rocks
Russian Swings 70/53

WOD: 21-15-9
Bar Facing Burpees
Shoulder to Overhead 75/55
Lateral Bar Hops
Thruster 75/55

BASE
Strength: Front Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

WOD: For Time
9 Squat Clean 135/95
18 CTB Pull-ups
7 Squat Clean 135/95
14 CTB Pull-ups
5 Squat Clean 135/95
10 CTB Pull-ups

PLUS

Strength: Front Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

WOD: For Time
9 Squat Clean 135/95
18 CTB Pull-ups
7 Squat Clean 135/95
14 CTB Pull-ups
5 Squat Clean 135/95
10 CTB Pull-ups

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
3 Thrusters, heaviest able (from rack)

 

THE PROGRAM : If you regularly follow The Program you are STRONGLY encouraged to buy in and do the Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge. STRONGLY

* Today’s WOD is different that the class but you will do it with the class on the same schedule. Consider yourselves as much a part of class as everyone else.

1. Warmup with class

2. Front Squat
2-2-2-2-2-2

3. For Time
9-7-5
Squat Clean Thruster 185/135
Bar Facing Burpee
Box Jump 30/24 (full stand)

4. EMOM 10m
1 Deadlift + 1 Squat Clean + 1 Front Squat w/ 3 second pause at bottom

5. Core/Accessory work : finish each section before starting the next
a. 75 GHD Situps
b. 4×8 Single Arm DB Bent Over Row, heaviest able to chest
c. 75 GHD Hip Extension

Jan
3
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Are you sick of the holidays? Are you sick of the same old start to the new year with the same results? Are you ready to get rid of the holiday 10# and get your ass into gear? Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge starts this week. Get your $10 in at the desk and get ready to set a new standard for 2015!

There will be only 10am class tomorrow. We are in the middle of some serious restructuring of the front of the gym and need as much time as possible to get things done so we have a full schedule Monday. Thank you SO much for understanding. Get in at 10am!!

SUNDAY

Strength: EMOM 7m
1 Clean and Jerk
– Warmup up for 5-10 minutes then you will start the EMOM. All should be heavy

WOD: “Air Force WOD”

20 Thrusters 95/65
20 Sumo Deadlift High Pull
20 Push Jerk
20 Overhead Squat
20 Front Squat

– EMOM perform 4 burpees including the start of the workout. There is a 15 minute hard cap to this workout.

Jan
2
By CFlando

Schedule for Weekend

Schedule for Weekend

By CFlando Posted on

As many of you know we are doing some renovations this weekend to the office and lounge area. What (hopefully) we will have by Monday is a sweet new setup, expanded lounge with new TVs, sitting areas, and a real office with a real desk! Only took 2 years!

So first of all thank you for accepting our unkempt look today and the weekend. Also, we will be closing at 12pm tomorrow. No 1pm class. Morning schedule and Sunday will be as usual. This will give us more clear time to get work done without fear of hacking someone’s limb off with a circular saw.

 

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 3 rep max

WOD: TBD

 

10am Class

Strength: Push Press
4 sets of 5 reps

WOD: 15-12-9-6-3
Deadlift 275/185
Lateral Burpee Over Bar
Wall Ball 20/14
then Run 400m AFAP

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
EMOM 10m, 3 reps, heavy

Jan
1
By CFlando

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge

2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

The only way to have fun at fitness is to kick ass and to be out in front of everybody else, be a little bit different, and to try to separate yourself from others. If you aren’t getting better you’re getting worse. – Mark Bell

 

 

Not your average Paleo Challenge. The Paleo Challenge was so 2014. This is the 2015 way of doing it! Get ready to get on a new track starting Monday, January 5! Details below.

Note on today’s training: Read this article I wrote about how to lift for the most benefit regardless of percentages or what day it is. This has been a question I have gotten a lot and it affects everyone from beginners to top level competitors. 

 

It’s no secret that this is the time of year where people need to get control their fitness and nutrition. The holidays are an awesome time but they are filled with cream, frosting, chocolate, and booze, and somehow operate on half the sleep of normal. It’s crazy. But now the holidays are over, wrap them up and put them in the closet with the rest of the end of the year crap, and time to set things straight. Back on track, refocused, resolution, all those ideas need to be trashed. We are setting out on new. We aren’t looking for resolutions that are mere declarations, we want goals and accomplishments. I want January 31 to be rife with people checking things off their list.

So, here at CrossFit Lando we are starting the 2015 Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge. Think similar to our Paleo Challenge, but very different. This will be less formal but no less serious. Less structured but no less important. The next 6 weeks set the tone for your entire year. 6 weeks from now you can not only erase the damage of the holiday season but start making positive gains towards the new, kick ass you. Your health and fitness is a constant work in progress that ultimately should never stop. Like any new goal after a rough patch we all need a boot in the ass. This is the boot in the ass.

There are no secrets. Bad food is crap. Fried crap, sugar, desserts, pizza, bread, gluten, cream, cookies, all that crap is not good for you and not good for building kick ass, fit machines. Sitting on your butt while eating these things is even worse. If you are looking for a quick fix then you are doing the wrong thing. If you are looking for some fad diet, you are looking in the wrong direction. However, while it might not be quick, after 10-14 days you will see some serious changes, IF YOU DO THE RIGHT THING.

 

THE CHALLENGE

We are simplifying it like back in elementary school. Checks for doing the right thing, nothing for doing the wrong thing. Results will speak for themselves. In my opinion the biggest issue with the Paleo Challenge is because of the strictness of it people are constantly looking for loopholes. Paleo treats, gray area foods, alcohol, people are always trying to find a way around the rules. Then at the end of the whole thing the results aren’t there and people wonder why.

The Kickstart Your Fitness Challenge leaves no wondering why. We will test 2 simple things, then retest them at the end of 6-7 weeks. You will get points for eating, taking protein, taking fish oil, sleeping, and working out. In other words, you will be rewarded for doing the basic, necessary, daily tasks to lead a healthy and fit lifestyle.

You want to eat Paleo baked goods? Fine. Want to eat pizza? More than fine. Want to drink every night? Eat beans? Eat Ranch dressing? Fine, fine, and fine. But you will not get the results you want by mid February, and your 2015 will be on the same track your 2014 ended on. If you want changes you MUST make changes.

For the sake of everyone reading and following along, the rules will be posted tomorrow. They will be simple. They will start January 5. It will be about eating, sleeping, and training. If you do it the right way then your results will show. If you do not do it the right way then your results will show. All your coaches will be doing it, and I want a 75% participation out of the gym. There will be a prize at the end for best performers which will be announced at the Two Year Anniversary Party in February which will conveniently coincide with the end of the Challenge.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning : 9:15-10:00am

Core : 10 Minutes, for quality
10 Left Side Plank Raises (forearm)
10 Plank Ups (center)
10 Right Side Plank Raises (forearm)
20 Abmat Situps
3 Dragon Flag

Conditioning: For Time
50 Box Jumps 24/20 (can bound)
50 Wall Ball 20/14
50 Double Unders/100 Singles
50 KB Swings 53/35

BASE
Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 5 rep max

WOD: 2014 Master’s Qualifier Event 3
3 Rounds
Row 50 Calories
15 Handstand Push-ups
50 Double Unders

 

PLUS

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 5 rep max

WOD: 2014 Master’s Qualifier Event 3
3 Rounds
Row 50 Calories
15 Handstand Push-ups
50 Double Unders

 

SkWAT Team: Push Press, behind the neck
Find a max set of 3

 

THE PROGRAM
Warmup with class

1. Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 5 rep max

2. WOD: 3 Rounds
Row 50 Calories
15 Handstand Pushups
50 Double Unders

 

3. SkWAT Team
Snatch Assistance Work : work straight down the list
1. 4×5 Snatch Grip Front Raise (full squat) : see video below (that is me, not Klokov)
2. 4×3 Snatch Pos. Deadlift, pause at knee for 2 seconds
3. 4×5 Weight Box Jump: For height, wear weight vest 20/15#
– this is not a “max height box jump”. This is work on explosiveness and extension. 30-40/24-30″, working on quick and explosive

Snatch Grip Front Raise

httpv://youtu.be/NsGu8t3qQWw

Dec
31
By CFlando

Happy New Year

Happy New Year

By CFlando Posted on

Benicio_Del_Toro_Bad_Friend

 

 

 

There was madness in any direction, at any hour. If not across the Bay, then up the Golden Gate or down 101 to Los Altos or La Honda. You could strike sparks anywhere. There was a fantastic universal sense that whatever we were doing was right, that we were winning.

 

I love this quote from Hunter S. Thompson ala Raul Duke because even if I didn’t live in San Francisco in the 60s I feel it speaks to me. I feel it speaks to all of us. Whether you were a raging hippie in the 60s looking for free love and drugs, or you were a punk rocker in the late 70’s and 80’s, or you were an up and comer in the 90s wearing sick fluorescent tops and zebra pants, or building the sickest MySpace page 10 years ago, there has always been something that you identify with, that identifies you, that links you with the time around you. It’s what is so cool about life, so cool about this country, that no matter what you are into, no matter where you are, there is always something you can be into, something you can truly identify with.

I used to lament about being born in 1983 because I missed so many cool things. I missed Guns N’ Roses really being a band. Yeah I can listen to them whenever, and I could technically see the atrocity they are now, but I couldn’t’ see them in 1987 in LA. I missed the 60s and the 70s and the amazing music and lifestyle changes that happened in those decades. I missed the roaring 20s. What I would give to be at one of Gatsby’s parties, man. I would absolutely become one of his go to guys. I spent many younger years being pissed that the 90s and 2000s were so dumb with all the twitters and the facebooking. Maybe I’m just getting old, or maybe the world is getting cooler, but I don’t feel this way anymore. I am lucky enough to live in a time where health and fitness are at the forefront of life. Even better is there is a movement that we are all part of that is literally changing the way people live around the globe.

CrossFit. 5 years ago it was nothing. 3 years ago it was a dirty word. Even a year ago it was “oh that’s that thing on TV”. Now it is it. We are living the revolution of not just health and fitness but the revolution of living. Out is smoking cigarettes and eating grass and soy products (if you want to see me in a heated debate bring me a Vegan, please), and in is getting up early because you went to bed early and want to spend an hour or more working out, refueling your body, and planning your vacation around where you can eat clean and workout.

Yeah there are people out there who would say that is stupid. I might even be one of those people. I am bipolar in my desire to fully invest myself in fitness sometimes because I truly believe in balance of all things. But, and this is a big but, it’s pretty damn cool that 5 years ago we were the weird people doing workouts in garages and making our hands bleed like maniacs, and now the weirdos are the people who can’t get their lazy asses out of bed to join a gym or hit happy hour right at 5pm because they don’t care to get their workout in first.

I am not hating on anyone, I am just loving on us, US being the people of the world who have worked so hard to put fitness and health on the map. Yes, being fit is now cool. Working hard is awesome. Women being jacked is sexy as hell. Going to bed at 9pm on a Friday night doesn’t make you a loser because your friends will be at the gym with you early on Saturday morning. When people ask me if I ever am tired of my lifestyle I say absolutely not. I mean if you look at me you know I don’t exactly take strictness to the grave, but I think some of the most fun I have ever had is days and nights with my fitness friends. I guess the whole work hard play hard thing really does exist. Or maybe it’s that truly and honestly the desire to not die before 90 brings people together in ways nothing else in life can.

With our 2 year anniversary coming up I have plenty of chances to get sappy and say thank you so I will keep this short. Thank you all, from the new members to my great friends, thank you for sharing this lifestyle with me. Thank you for choosing to share it with me. I have many things to say about New Year and resolutions and they will be brought out tomorrow. For now, for tonight, remember that you are part of an always growing but exclusive group of people who loves what they live for, and that is to be healthier than they were the day before. Enjoy your night. You earned it.

 

HAPPY NEW YEAR. CROSSFIT LANDO WILL BE CLOSED NEW YEAR’S DAY. OPEN FRIDAY MORNING 5:30AM.

Dec
30
By CFlando

Consistency and Intensity

Consistency and Intensity

By CFlando Posted on

_4608407791

 

REMINDER: We are closed tonight at 6:30. The schedule will be Open Gym from 4:30pm-5:30pm and 1 class at 5:30pm. We will be closed all day tomorrow, January 1.

 

The two main factors in building and maintaining your fitness are consistency and intensity. In a way they go hand in hand, as the level of intensity you train at must be consistently high, and consistency in training means nothing if it isn’t done with some level of high intensity. You can debate all you want about the secrets to training and I am sure some would be true. There certainly are more keys to success in the fitness world than these two nuggets I speak of, but in my opinion (which remember is very humble and ALWAYS right) nothing matters in comparison to consistency and intensity.

The first is almost so simple it’s stupid. Consistency. It is the end all be all. Literally NOTHING matters in health and wellness if you aren’t consistent. I mean it. NOTHING. No thing matters. I don’t care how hard you go, how well you eat, if it’s flash in the pan, in and out, hit or miss, it means nothing. Two good weeks can be destroyed in a matter of 48 hours. Think about house cleaning. You clean the living daylights out of it, I mean floor to ceiling sparkle and shine, then neglect it totally for 5 days and what happens? I think 3 days of neglect in our apartment starts to show signs of filth (it’s Dexter I swear).

Your body is no different. Being spot on with your nutrition, hitting the box 7 days in a week, means nothing if you totally ignore all the good immediately after. Consistency also applies to multiple platforms. Being solid with your time in the gym means nothing if you aren’t doing the same with your nutrition, water, and supplements. While being on point with nutrition with no training is a bit better it is still almost the same. The consistency has to be maintained across all facets of your well being. Being well.

This intensity thing is one of if not the most misunderstood parts of fitness. What the heck does it mean? It means go hard, and keep going hard, until you cannot go harder. How about that for a tough guy answer? Yet it really is the simplest, best thing I can come up with. How else would you want to live your life? Do you really plan on coming into the gym and half assing any portion of class time (PLEASE don’t share your answer if it is yes). Do you ever plan on intentionally eating like cr….oh wait. Scratch that. But hopefully we all at least cheat like we have never eaten before when we decide to have a cheat meal. I’m talking pizza oozing out of the ears, mozzarella smeared into the hairs on your arms, buffalo sauce coating the face. Total nutrition destruction.

The reason I consider these two things so important is your personal goals or intentions don’t matter. If you want to be more fit and healthy then you must have both of these in your training and what you put in your body. Plain and simple. No excuse, no substitutions, do not pass go or collect $200.

We are 1 day away. It’s almost a new calendar. Go bananas, pee like a happy dog, do whatever it is you do to celebrate. Thursday we reign it in. Set the goals, set the clock, get up early and get ready to consistently dominate.

I can’t think of another way to dominate than intensely, so there we go. Consistently be intense. We have it figured out.

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Squat Clean + 4 Front Rack Lunges
EMOM 10m, heaviest able

WOD: 10m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 115/75
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
2 Power Clean
2 Hang Squat Clean
2 Thrusters
1 Rope Climb, 15′

PLUS

Strength: Squat Clean + 4 Front Rack Lunges
EMOM 10m, heaviest able

WOD: 10m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 105/65
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
2 Power Clean
2 Hang Squat Clean
2 Thrusters
1 Rope Climb, 15′

SkWAT Team: Sumo Deadlift
EMOM 8m, 3 reps. TnG and FAST

 

THE PROGRAM

Warmup with class

1. Strength: Squat Clean + 4 Front Rack Lunges
EMOM 10m, heaviest able

2. WOD: 10m AMRAP
1 Power Snatch 135/95
1 Hang Squat Snatch
1 Overhead Squat
2 Power Clean
2 Hang Squat Clean
2 Thrusters
1 Rope Climb, 20′ (to the chain)

3. SkWAT Team: Sumo Deadlift
EMOM 8m, 3 reps. TnG and FAST

4. Skill Sesh : 12m AMRAP
– for quality not score. Move with focus on each movement

3 Jumping Pistol 10″, each leg
3-5 Bar MU (linked)
15s L Sit Hold (floor)

For L Sit, start with paralettes and work to having hands on floor and legs straight.

Dec
29
By CFlando

Confusing Confucius

Confusing Confucius

By CFlando Posted on

Life is really simple, but we insist on making it complicated – Confucius

 

Take 5 minutes and really think about this quote today.

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 2 rep max

WOD: 14m AMRAP
14 CTB Pull-Ups
Run 200m
12 STOH 115/80

 

PLUS

Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 2 rep max

WOD: 14m AMRAP
14 CTB Pull-Ups
Run 200m
12 STOH 115/80

SkWAT Team: Bench Press
5×3, heavy

– 10 strict ring pull-ups between sets

 

THE PROGRAM

Warmup with class

1. Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 2 rep max

2. WOD: 14m AMRAP
14 CTB Pull-Ups
Run 200m
12 STOH 135/95

3. EMOM 6m
1 Skin The Cat + 2-5 Muscle Ups

4. SkWAT Team: Bench Press
5×3, heavy
– 10 strict ring pull-ups between sets

Dec
28
By CFlando

The Time is Now

The Time is Now

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05595

We will be closed on Thursday, January 1. Wednesday, December 31 will have a limited evening schedule with only a 5:30pm class. Morning and noon will be as scheduled. Friday, January 2 will be a regular day.

 

Resolution time. Why wait?

The next few days we will see every iteration imaginable of “New Year, New You” on social media to the point where a cleansing of social media friend lists is inevitable. This of course leads to an awkward encounter with your aunt (the one who shared a status about going to the gym on Jan. 1 15 times in 1 day) at the family reunion, as well as the weird midnight Facebook message from the old gym friend (the one who kept posting memes about how empty the gym will be by February 1 which he can’t wait for because he is so hardcore) calling you out for the friend drop while  you really only were “friends” because you used to see each other back in the day at Planet Fitness. “Resolution” will be the most searched and posted about word/phrase on all the internets, just slightly ahead of “best nicotine patch” and “best diet pill” which will tie for 2nd, with 3rd place being “best Hollywood crash diet for my wedding in March”.

Personally I am not a fan of New Year’s Resolutions. I know it shocks many of you that I don’t like something that is widely accepted in society. In my opinion, which is very humble yet always correct, January 1 is no more than a new day, the only marked difference being that it is a new calendar and new date book. Yet we are pressured into making some grand declaration about a major change we want to make, which in turn sets us up for failure in a couple of ways.

First, because of the grandiose nature of the Resolution we tend to go a bit over the top. Rather than a simple weight loss goal we aim for total body transformation. Instead of working on cutting back cigarettes to eventually quit we want to get rid of the 3 pack a day habit by next week. Check ’em off the list and move on. By the end of 2015 we plan on being completely different amazing people, changed with cyborg like efficiency into an amazing human being matched only by the likes of Tom Brady. We all know what happens with these kind of goals. Epic, disgusting, total and complete failure. The second issue compounds the first, in that we tend to make NY Resolutions very public. Rather than make a private pledge to change something in our lives for the better we find it necessary (damn society!) to post it very publicly. We might as well tattoo “want to lose weight” on our foreheads, then immediately google tattoo removal and correction services.

I know some of this is just c’est la vie. I still don’t think we should buy it. I guess I feel like why wait? We are embarking on a new week so what better time to get something new started. Purge everything bad around you and get after it. Toss the junk food, the cookies, the cake, the cigarettes, and set the plan NOW. January 1 is a Thursday, who starts anything on a Thursday anyways?

I really have no problem with people making NY Resolutions. I do think there is a better option, and I will share it. Here’s what I say. Ignore the pressures of “making a resolution” and take a focused look at what lies ahead in 2015. Guess what? It’s just another year. The year will consist of days. Each day has activities like work, or not work, sometimes special things like weddings or birthday parties. You will be in control of the things that matter, and things will happen that are out of your control. Set the clock for change and have it start tomorrow morning, then you will be ahead of all the Resolution people anyways.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning

Core Work : 12 Rounds
10s on, 10s off : Hollow Rocks
– Immediately after last round, perform a max effort forearm plank hold

then

30 GHD Situps, 30 GHD Hip Extension

WOD: For Time
Run 400m
50 Burpee Box Jumps 24/20 (can bound)
Run 400m

BASE
Strength: Hang Clean
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 2 Rounds
15 Front Squat 185/125
60 Double Unders
then 6 Rounds
6 Deadlift
10 Toes to Bar

PLUS
Strength: Hang Clean
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 2 Rounds
15 Front Squat 185/125
60 Double Unders
then 6 Rounds
6 Deadlift
10 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: Romanian (Stiff Leg) Deadlift
4 sets of 5 reps

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Snatch Work
a. 10 minute work on sets of 2 high pull
b. EMOM 7m : 1 power snatch + 3 OHS

2. Strength: Hang Clean
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD
2 Rounds
15 Front Squat 225/155
60 Double Unders
then 6 Rounds
6 Deadlift
10 Toes to Bar

4. SkWAT Team: RDL
4×5

5. CORE : Turkish Getup
5×3 (each side) 70/53 or heavier KB

Dec
27
By CFlando

Almost a New Year

Almost a New Year

By CFlando Posted on

11am class will be Strongman with Jack. Come get strong!!!

 

 

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit

Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 3 rep max touch and go

WOD: “11.2”

15m AMRAP
9 Deadlift 155/105
12 Hand Release Push-ups
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)

– This is a workout from the 2011 Reebok CrossFit Opens. We will be talking more about the Opens in the next few weeks. It is a great part of the year and awesome way to start things off in 2015!

11am: Strongman Class with Jack.

All levels welcome!

Dec
26
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

We are back and in action for Saturday. Full regular schedule. Get in here and get your sweat on!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:15am

8:45: Power Snatch x 3: Max in 15 minutes
9:10: WOD: 12m AMRAP: 150 Wall Ball 20/14, 90 Double Unders, 30 Muscle Ups
9:45: Push Press x5 : Max in 10 minutes

 

10am/1pm

Strength: Back Squat
4×5

WOD: 12m AMRAP
4m Max Wall Ball 20/14
4m Max Double Unders
4m Max Muscle Ups/Pull-Ups

 

 

Dec
25
By CFlando

Set the Clock

Set the Clock

By CFlando Posted on

christmas-vacation-clark-griswold-lights-1

I don’t even know where to begin.

This has become one of those blog posts where I have wrote and deleted the first paragraph over 5 times. 5 Timers are special posts. You all don’t know them as 5 Timers but they are usually the ones that turn into me going off the rails in one way or another, like having conversations in Swedish with myself. 5 Timers are ones I just can’t get right at the beginning because I have the body of the writing done but the usual 8th grade English tricks of the trade aren’t working to get that first paragraph off the ground. So here we are, into the 6th rendition of this post, and all I have are these 6 stupid sentences and a picture of Clark Griswold.

I am Clark Griswold in every sense of the man, both real and imagined. Perhaps I am missing some aspects of the real man, like putting a down payment on the pool I have to buy for my ungrateful family which leads me to having a soul sucking job that inches me closer to suicide at 55 years old every single day. I wish I had a Cousin Eddie, and bowls of eggnog just sitting out all day. Where me and Clark mirror each other is what Christmas does to our psyche, our emotions, and how much we love decorating outside of houses. He has me in skills though.

It usually starts the day after Thanksgiving. The stress. Black Friday burns in my real and imagined calendar once the weather starts cooling down. It is the day that states I can no longer ignore the most important time of year for me, the time of year I love so much it gives me tear inducing anxiety. This year the tears happened on Thanksgiving night. It was a bad start.

See, Christmas to me becomes a season of expectations that ultimately cannot be met. I will not spend enough time with people, I will not watch enough movies, I will not eat enough dinners in enough decorated restaurants that allow me to escape reality for an hour or two. It is all impossible. Like my favorite character in my favorite Christmas movie, I cling to every moment from Friday after Thanksgiving like it is going to have profound changes on all parts of my life, like the Christmas season itself is going to right all wrongs.

It is the falsity of this last part that made this season the best one I have had since adulthood. With the tears that came down through an anxiety ridden hour of loneliness on Thanksgiving night went all the anxiety of living up to a Christmas that is unattainable. It was never a conscious decision, it was just an understanding that life isn’t about moments that are fabricated in our consciousness but rather moments that happen. Instead of pegging days on my calendar that had to be filled with Christmas I just made it a point to get a little cheer in every day, whether it be drink a Christmas drink or drive a different way home to soak up the lights. Little things to help make the unavoidable day less about fulfilling all the needs that were yet to be met and more about what it is : just another 24 hours to spend with people special to me and a chance to show them.

We all have a bit of Clark Griswold in us every day of the year. Whether it be Christmas, a friend/family wedding, a yearly event, 4th of July, birthdays, we all have moments and events that we hold onto and build up that the older we get are more difficult to recreate in the picture of years past. We get older, we have more responsibility, more people/things to please, yet the day still only has 24 hours in it. This year survival was about accepting and adapting, taking control of this particular set of standards surrounding this particular holiday season.

Maybe this post is just me venting or sharing, or maybe it has something to do with fitness. I still am not sure and I could delete this whole thing before I finish. What I do know is that life keeps chugging along and takes no prisoners. It’s either keep up or be left in the dust. Regardless of what 2015 has in store your health and happiness is paramount to your enjoyment. Being fit and healthy makes any and all situations better. There is no excuse that can trump your setting of a schedule and sticking to it, your setting of a nutrition plan and making it happen, both of which will give you anything and everything you want in the upcoming year.

This leads me to one of my classic points where I ask the question about where you will be in the future. What will 2015 hold for you? Christmas is 364 days away. Where will you be at that moment? How will you perceive yourself? How will you perceive your year?

If ever there is a time to take something I say seriously it is now : you have the power to shape all parts of your existence. Every single moment, every single second, from the time you open your eyes to the time you close them, and each day has the power to shape you. Use it. Use each moment, use each day, starting immediately, and shape what you want your New Year to be. Set the clock. Get up early. Hit the morning class and come back at night. Do extra squatting. Avoid the cream in the coffee at Starbucks, shit avoid the Starbucks all together and see what happens to your bank account. BRING A FRIEND TO LANDO, ask a friend out on a date. Set the clock. Get up early.

2015 is a new year. It will be different than 2014 in every moment. Be ready. Accept and adapt. Do not cling to the moments of the past but rather create the moments on your own terms. If you have that thing, that party or that date or that family time, make it a point that it is the greatest one of all time. 2015 should be the best one yet because YOU are ready for it and YOU dictate what goes down. Set the clock. Get up early.

Be prepared for greatness.

CROSSFIT LANDO is CLOSED Friday, December 26. Get this home WOD in to start setting the stage for YOUR 2015 already. We will be open for all classes on Saturday, December 27.

WOD: 6 Rounds
35 Air Squats
Run 400m
25 Pushups

THE PROGRAM HERE

Dec
24
By CFlando

Merry Christmas

Merry Christmas

By CFlando Posted on

buff-santa

Merry Christmas to you and yours on this wonderful Christmas Day. Take the day off from training and enjoy food, drink, family, friends, and whatever else you look forward to.

Be sure to check back here tomorrow for some thoughts on Christmas and the upcoming year.

Dec
23
By CFlando

‘Twas The Night Before Christmas…

‘Twas The Night Before Christmas…

By CFlando Posted on

10384350_10100234393685069_8320173782048699080_n

 

 

CrossFit Lando will be closed Wednesday, December 24 thru Friday, December 26. Check back each day for home workouts, Christmas stories, and thoughts on life after a lot of eggnog and Christmas cheer.

 

HOME WOD

Worried about too much Holiday cheer? Then get your butt moving Wednesday morning!

WOD: 7 Minute AMRAP
Burpees
immediately into
3 Rounds
20 Situps
20 Air Squats
20 Walking Lunges


THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: Alternating Tabata, 8 total rounds
– Bridge Hold
– L Sit Hold (from floor)

1. Deadlift
5-5-5-2-2-2

then

EMOM 8m
3 Deadlift @ 60% above heaviest 2, use band resistance

2. WOD: For Time
65 Burpees
35 Back Squat @ BW (taken from floor)
7 Rope Climbs (20 Strict Pull-Ups)

Dec
22
By CFlando

“12 Days of CrossFit Lando Christmas”

“12 Days of CrossFit Lando Christmas”

By CFlando Posted on

buff-santa

CrossFit Lando is open all day Tuesday with normal classes. We are closed Wednesday, Thursday, Friday in observance of Christmas.

Yup! Here it is. The “12 Days of CrossFit Lando Christmas”. This is year 2 of hopefully many years of this workout kicking our asses a couple days before Christmas.

It works just like the song. You start at 1. Then do 2, then 1. Then 3, 2, 1. Then 4, 3, 2, 1. You do it just like the song just without a elongated pause/hold of a note at 5.

Think of this as a Hero WOD. It’s going to be long. It’s going to be brutal. You might pass to the great beyond and come back. While we ask that you think of the men and women who made sacrifices for us when doing a Hero WOD, for this WOD we ask you to reflect on this past year and the ups and downs that brought you to where you are. When you need an extra push think of the great things you accomplished, or the rough patches you had to battle through, whatever happened this past year that has made you a stronger, healthier you at this exact moment.

Let’s get after it one more time as a community before we break until Saturday!

TUESDAY

ALL LEVELS

WOD: “12 Days of CrossFit Lando Christmas”

-Performed just like the song. Scale WAY more than you think you need to. This is a hard cap of 45 minutes.

1 Muscle Up (scale is 1 Burpee-Pull-up)
2 Squat Snatch 115/75
3 Box Jump (full stand) 30/24
4 Front Squat 115/75
5 KB Swing 53/35
6 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 53/35
7 Hand Release Push-ups
8 Hang Power Clean 115/75
9 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Burpees
11 Toes to Bar
12 Handstand Push-ups

45 Minute Time Cap

Dec
21
By CFlando

Week Schedule

Week Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

buff-santa

 

It’s that time! The culmination of many celebrations for many reasons this past month. Unbelievably the holiday season is at it’s crescendo. We will adjusting our schedule for the holidays by closing a few days but would like to extend this week as an unlimited week for everyone. Come to as many classes as you want while we are open through Sunday of next week (28th) regardless of membership level.

Monday and Tuesday: Regular schedule
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday: Closed
Saturday and Sunday: Regular schedule

Be sure to check here while we are away for the holidays for some home workouts and mobility to keep up with your fitness even when we are away.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15-10:00am

Core: 3 Rounds for quality

3 Turkish Getup, 53/35 (each side)
3 Strict TTB
13 Lemon Squeezer

 

WOD: 20m AMRAP
Run 400m
20 Supermans
20 Burpees

BASE
Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: For Time
30 Overhead Squat 95/65
Run 600m
30 Power Snatch 95/65

 

PLUS

Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: For Time
30 Overhead Squat 95/65
Run 600m
30 Power Snatch 95/65

SkWAT Team: Snatch Position Deadlift
find a max set of 3 reps, pause at below knee for 2 seconds each rep

CORE: 50 GHD Situps, AFAP

 

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: 3 Rounds Tabata
Hang Squat Snatch 75/55

then

1. Find a max Hang Squat Snatch + Power Snatch (floor)

then

EMOM 4m : 3 Hang Squat Snatch @ 75% above

 

2. Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD: For Time
30 OHS 115/80
Run 600m
30 Split Snatch 115/80 (alternating feet)

 

4a: Snatch Pos. Deadlift, 4×3, 2 second pause at knees going up, rest :60
4b: GHD Situps, 4×15, rest :60

 

Dec
19
By CFlando

Music and Scaling

Music and Scaling

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05449

 

There is 1 thing about music that really bothers me: Good or great songs being too short. That one that you just love and can jam out on repeat in your car all day but every time it leaves you just short of breathless. I can list 5 songs that I consider “good” and not “great” simply because they are too short. I still wish I knew Hendrix when he wrote “Little Wing” and could be like “bro you just need to ride that solo out like 2 more minutes man, at least give us four and a half solid minutes!”.

I doubt many people talk about Hendrix and then immediately about Avicii, but I am fascinated with Avicii. The little pip-squeak is like 24 years old and already has something like 5 top songs in his career and is worth $50 million and counting. Argue what you want about EDM music and it’s worthiness in being categorized as “music”, but Avicii has quickly taken over as one of the Dudes of the scene. His songs are just so damn catchy, I bet he has a wicked hard time finding female friends.

He is also a too short offender to the max! I’m talking like makes me want to wring his puny little Swedish neck and scream “JUST PLAY THE LOOP FOR 30 MORE SECONDS FOR GOD SAKES WHAT’S WRONG WITH YOU!!??”. In which he would reply “Håll käften Lando är jag allt du önskar att du var at 24 år och jag sätt snyggare”. Which would anger me and I would then say “that’s not nice Mr. Avicii, at least I can back squat 400#.”. In which he would then reply “Bro ni ens lyfta?”. That one would just confuse me because it would be redundant. I would win the argument, however, when I play all of his hits together and they don’t even come to 15:00. He would certainly cry really hard in his new $15 million Hollywood Hills mansion, for at least a minute. Stupid brat.

The feeling I get when I hear Avicii’s song “The Night” is the same as when you don’t get the most out of your workout because of not scaling properly. Let’s get real here. None of us do this (CrossFit) as a living. None of us do this to a point where it matters more than just fitness and personal growth. So let’s be honest and scale ourselves appropriately starting in 2015. Yes, I just gave you a New Year’s Resolution that has to do with scaling CrossFit workouts.

What am I talking about? Choosing a weight or scale of a movement that you can operate for the full time of the workout. If you look at your times and you are constantly at the bottom of the pile in terms of the top times, or lowest round scores, and I mean if this happens nearly every time you come to the gym, then you aren’t getting the most out of your fitness. At the end of the day we have a good sample size of scores that gives us a good median score. Since 99.9% of us here are doing this for the fitness of it, no matter what the scale someone used is that median score is a good indicator of where we “should” be at. If you are always wayyyyyy off this median score then you are short changing yourself with your fitness the same way Avicii short changes me with my enjoyment of his music.

Scaling is a skill in and of itself. Using too heavy of a weight or trying too hard of a movement will cut your intensity down so much that you get nothing out of the workout. If a 12 minute amrap yields most people in a 5-6 round range, and you end up with 3, something went wrong there. Obviously I am negating effort in this assessment, but I implore you all to kick off the new year with a distinct focus on proper scaling. Nobody needs to be a hero, seriously, we just need to be fit. I recently read that the key to fitness is consistency and intensity. I would argue that they can even be factored as one in the same, as maintaining consistency with your intensity in a workout is the key, and doing this on a consistent basis is even more key.

As always your coaches are here to help. If you have a question about what weight you should do or how to scale a movement please ask. We are all here to guide you not just in coaching the movements but in how to perform at the best of your ability.

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: EMOM 20m
1 Deadlift, 1 Squat Clean, 1 Power Clean, 1 Jerk

WOD: TBD

 

10am/1pm

Strength: Press
5-5-5-5-5

WOD: Partner WOD
200 Air Squats
200 Double Unders
100 Knees to Elbows
100 Burpees
50 Hang Clean 115/80
50 STOH

Dec
18
By CFlando

“Rahoi”

“Rahoi”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01908

 

 

Toys are going out to our drop off Friday morning. Thanks so much for what you all did. We have an amazing haul!

In the spirit of giving I am asking you give a little extra today for this WOD, “Rahoi”, a CrossFit “Hero” WOD. This one is slightly different than most heroes in that it isn’t anything crazy or brutal, it’s just straight up nasty. This is 12 minutes of bust your ass, non stop, go. Every time you want to take an extra break, or put down the bar, or lay on the floor a little longer, just remember this WOD like all hero WODs is to be done with a little something extra in mind and heart.

 

FRIDAY

Core Conditioning

Core: Max Effort Forearm Plank Hold
a) Max Effort Forearm Plank Hold (perfect positioning)
-literally hold until you shake and break in half

rest for 5 minutes or until fully recovered then

b) Max Effort Forearm Plank Hold with Weight on Back
Try for 45/35, but choose a weight and try to hold for at least a minute

WOD: Run 1 mile AFAP

– Sometimes the best fitness is in simple work. We get our intensity from constantly varied movements combined together, but sometimes good old fashion mono structural workouts are the worst. See how your 1 mile run stacks up to your 2k row time!

 

CrossFit
BASE AND PLUS

Strength: Deadlift

Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Rahoi”
12 minute AMRAP
12 Box Jumps, 24/20 (bounding allowed)
6 Thruster 95/65
6 Bar Facing Burpee

SkWAT Team: EMOM 8m
3 Stone Squat (stone on shoulder), heaviest able

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Gymno/Core Warmup
-5 Sets
a. Hold a bridge for 30 seconds, rest :30
b. Max plank walk out + 5 second hold at max, rest :30

2. Deadlift
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD: “Rahoi”
12 minute AMRAP

12 Box Jumps, 24/20 (bounding allowed)
6 Thruster 95/65
6 Bar Facing Burpee

4. SkWAT Team: EMOM 6m

3 Stone Squat (stone on shoulder), heaviest able

5. Strict Press
3 heavy reps, 5-6 sets

 

"Bridge"

“Bridge”

 

Dec
17
By CFlando

Holiday Schedule and Toys For Tots Ends FRIDAY!!!

Holiday Schedule and Toys For Tots Ends FRIDAY!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05515

Holiday Schedule: Unbelievably it’s almost that time we call Christmas. Some of you are probably already celebrating your respective holidays. Here at CrossFit Lando we take a solid time off around the Christmas Holiday to be around family and friends as much as we can during my personal favorite time of the year.

Our schedule will be normal up through Tuesday, December 23 of next week. We will then be closed Wednesday, December 24, through Friday, December 26. We will re-open for normal schedule on Saturday , December 27 with a super special Strongman (3rd of the month!) on Sunday, December 28.

We thank you in advance for being understanding. To thank you we would like to extend an unlimited week for all members starting Sunday of this coming week. So Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Saturday, Sunday of next week you are welcome to come to as many classes as you want regardless of membership level. Also, Tuesday will be the special “12 Days of CrossFit Lando Christmas” WOD, one not to be missed!!

 

THURSDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15am-10:00am

4 Rounds
5 Dragon Flag
10 Situps
5 V-Outs (ring)

WOD: Row 2000m AFAP

CrossFit: Base and Plus

Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-1-1

WOD: For Time
Row 500m
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 KB Swings 53/35
30 Jumping Squats
30 Pushups
90 Double Unders/150 Singles
Row 500m

THE PROGRAM: OFF

Dec
16
By CFlando

PR City Here We Come

PR City Here We Come

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05614

 

 

Olympic Lifting class at 6pm Wednesday. Focus will be on the Snatch with some strength accessory work after (overhead). Come join in! Non-Members welcome.


WEDNESDAY

BASE AND PLUS

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)

Find a 1 rep max in 20-25 minutes

WOD: For Time
Run 1000m (one loop)
40 Thrusters 75/55
40 Walking Lunges
Run 600m
30 Thrusters
30 Walking Lunges
Run 400m
20 Thrusters
20 Walking Lunges

THE PROGRAM
See Today’s Work Here for Session I

Session II: Lifting class @ 6pm, strongly suggested

Dec
15
By CFlando

Gainz Don’t Mean S**T: Why You Should Stop Listening to Your Favorite Online CF Celebrity

Gainz Don’t Mean S**T: Why You Should Stop Listening to Your Favorite Online CF Celebrity

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05465

 

Warning: Pro Paleo Lifestyle article here.

Warning: If you don’t know what Paleo is watch the video then proceed. I promise this will all be informative. I promise I hate the song as much as you:

httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-PhB5uyyKJ0

 

There are many things I am tired of. People talking badly about Tom Brady. The cold. People not being able to drive when it rains or snows 1″. These are all trivial things that really have no consequence on my life other than daily angry outbursts that only Dexter can console me on.

There is, however, something I am tired of in the CrossFit world that is actually kind of disturbing, and it has to do with the way people are eating.

Think about that for a second. There is something out there that we directly have control over and that thing may be the most important aspect of our lives in determining how long we live.

Wouldn’t we want to do EVERYTHING we can do make sure this has the greatest positive effect possible on our lives every single day? Regardless of how much we squat because of it?

I am a big believer in the health benefits of eating clean. There are specifics that when followed can be determined to be following Paleo, but when it comes down to it it’s just about eating clean, clean meaning without unnatural aspects that contribute to inflammation. This means no inflammatory proteins like gluten or lechitin, no unnatural sugar (as in 0.00 grams of it), no artificial additives or preservatives. Call it what you want, but when it comes down to it it’s just about eating clean. Paleo is an easy way of categorizing it.

I am the most Paleo person there is. NOT. I clearly have my good days and bad days, good weeks and bad weeks. I ate enough non-Paleo food to kill Jimmy Paleo this past weekend 55 times. I enjoy eating things like pizza, chicken fingers, cake, and ice cream, and I enjoy drinking and methamphetamine.

I also enjoy making jokes about being a meth addict.

I believe in the Paleo lifestyle because it is simple, proven science. I also do not take excuses from people who tell me they can’t follow it. Your body was meant to process natural ingredients like meat, vegetables, fruit, and nuts. It wasn’t made to process things created in labs, or spliced so many times it doesn’t represent it’s original form in any way.

So the thing I am tired of is the prevailing mentality that Paleo is not the thing to do anymore because the big name CF competitors don’t follow it. All I care about is Stacey follows it and that’s good enough for me! The worst thing to happen to the CF community was the story coming out of the 2012 CrossFit Games that Rich Froning was eating Kentucky Fried Chicken backstage after Day 2. Ever sense then every Jim, Dick, and Sally Crossfitter think they can gorge on ice cream and friend chicken just because they hit a hard squat workout on a Friday afternoon. You can’t turn on the social medias without seeing someone bash Paleo, or brag about their pizza they crushed, or the ice cream they made, and how it’s all for “GAINZZZZZZZ”.

I hate gainz, especially when it has a # in front of it. Hate.

The pizza you are eating, the ice cream you are crushing, isn’t giving you gainz, it is giving you disease and sickness that will kill you at age 55. Not you like you reading this but the proverbial you as in the person posting on Insta….ok never mind.

I hate this. I hate this mentality that EVERYONE can eat like crap because it helps your squat go up. It doesn’t. The reason some elite crossfitters can eat that way at specific times is because they need the calories to perform the immense amount of work they did or are about to do. It still isn’t good for them but they are trading long term negatives for short term benefits. We are all guilty of this at times, and an argument can be made that a Pop-Tart or a burger with a bun here and there during a peak volume cycle won’t really have a negative affect on your lifespan.

The problem is doing it every single day for years will have a negative affect. Eating the crap that Paleo avoids kills you. Plain and simple. Cancer cells feed off of sugar. Excess sugar is stored in the blood and eventually in your liver, kidneys, and muscle tissue. Liver cancer, ever know anyone who survives that for too long? Me neither. But hey eating that ice cream is all about the GAINZ baby! Gainz right to the grave. I’m going to make a new program called Gainz to Graves: Eating Your Way to Stardom then Death.

I was totally healthy and happy on Friday. I went on a holiday bender of the weekend, eating burgers with buns, french fries, so much cake and ice cream, and booze. Today? Sick. Not just worn down and tired. Actually ill. Couldn’t’ leave my apartment all day. Congestion, stomach sickness, severe fatigue. Why? Because I ate poorly. I didn’t just somehow catch a disease while sleeping last night. My body is reacting to the crap I fed it constantly for 3 days.

Our bodies are amazing and can adapt to things very quickly, so if I continued eating this way I wouldn’t be sick all the time I would just adapt to feeling this way all the time. It isn’t that eating poorly isn’t the that bad for you, it’s that your body just deals with it. So if you don’t eat clean yet this means you have existed for years operating at about 25% efficiency. That is just a random percentage I threw out there but it really is about true.

Eating poorly kills you. It literally makes you sick. I am proof of it this very day. If you are not on the Paleo lifestyle train I urge you to start, immediately. I promise you you can do it and it is worthwhile. 3-4 years ago I couldn’t’ sleep a lick, I couldn’t’ survive a day without a nap and tons of coffee, and I never had the physique I wanted. I had allergies so bad I had to take Claritin the second I woke up. I even had Exzema. No lie. Rashes would develop on my hands and feet almost monthly. Finally after bombing another CF competition I decided to listen to the stupid diet the stupid girl I worked with followed. She happened to be a pretty good CrossFit competitor who actually followed and preached a healthy lifestyle regardless of performance. Yes, the Stacey you all know and love convinced me to finally go Paleo. Within a week I slept for 8 straight hours in a night for the first time since I could remember. My hands and feet cleared up and I haven’t had a breakout since. Even after a bad weekend like this past weekend I am still on average 20 pounds lighter than I averaged back then even though I was doing CrossFit daily.

Our body was made to endure. We were created to thrive, to win, to succeed in the face of anything Nature could throw at us. We aren’t supposed to be sick (it’s not just “the season”). We aren’t supposed to hurt even if we are training constantly. The human body is an amazing piece of machinery that when treated the right way is meant to be beaten down and recover in a matter of hours and do so day in and day out for decade after decade after decade. Trust me, I might enjoy food and drink more than anyone else reading this, and I promise you I will have my days and times of the year where I don’t think twice about eating bad food and having a drink. If you enjoy it then enjoy it. But I promise you, if you aren’t on the Paleo train you want to be on it. Immediately. It isn’t too hard, it isn’t too intimidating. It might be 2 weeks of learning, which is actually fun, and then you will literally have changed your life.

I am one of millions who can say “I don’t’ even remember what not being Paleo was like”. Detractors say it’s crazy, but crazy is doing the same thing while expecting the same result. If you are unhappy with your lifestyle, with yourself physically, with your energy or your lack thereof, with anything about your physical self and you DON’T follow a clean lifestyle, then you are crazy.

Hey it might be hard but the alternative is dying. And we are the crazy ones?

 

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Bench Press
6 sets of 2 reps.

– Remember when working for sets of 2. The goal is to hit or get as close as possible to hitting your 1 rep max for a set of 2.

WOD: 8 minute AMRAP
3 STOH 135/95
7 Pull-Ups
3 Pistols (each leg)
7 Deadlift 135/95

 

PLUS

Strength: Bench Press
6 sets of 2 reps.

– Remember when working for sets of 2. The goal is to hit or get as close as possible to hitting your 1 rep max for a set of 2.

WOD: 8 minute AMRAP
3 STOH 135/95
7 Pull-Ups
3 Pistols (each leg)
7 Deadlift 135/95

SkWAT Team: 30 Strict HSPU, 20 Rope Pull-ups (extension to chest)

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Warmup quickly then
5 minute practice strict MU
– if you have them on rings practice Bar

then choose based on ability:
a. New to Strict MU (either have never done them or just got them)
WOD: 10m AMRAP
Strict MU

b. “Have” them
WOD: 3 Rounds (cap @ 10m)
3 Strict MU
25′ HS Walk, stopped every 3 steps for 1 second
25 Double Unders
– If you excel at strict MU then add some difficulty : L sit, weighted, Bar

2. Strength: Bench Press
6 sets of 2 reps
*perform 3 L Pull-up with 3113 tempo (check with your coach about this tempo) after each set

– Remember when working for sets of 2. The goal is to hit or get as close as possible to hitting your 1 rep max for a set of 2.

3. WOD: 8 minute AMRAP
3 STOH 185/135
7 CTB Pull-Ups
3 Weighted Pistols (each leg) 35/25
7 Deadlift 185/135

4. SkWAT Team: EMOM 8m
O: 5-10 Strict HSPU
E: 5 TnG Power Clean (increasing)

Dec
14
By CFlando

Feeling It

Feeling It

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05644

Struggle grasping the concepts talked about in the following post or with lifts in general? Come to an olympic lifting class. Next one is this Wednesday at 6pm.

When performing any of the olympic lifts (Clean, Jerk, Snatch) feeling the bar is uber important. Uber means lots. At least in the way I am currently using it. Lots important.

Feel the bar. What does that mean?

When moving the bar for the snatch, which we are doing Monday, you move the bar using your legs. The arms and back are secondary movers once you get the bar in place and explode with the hips. After you extend through the launch position you shrug and pull, both to get the bar moving up as much as possible but also to get it into place.

So then what?

It would be great if the bar could majestically float perfectly into the overhead position where we are waiting to catch it with perfectly locked out. I like to think of it as a Tinkerbell with gargantuanism who is also invisible that floats above me when I am lifting and she grabs the bar and puts it perfectly in place. When I make bad lifts I fail because she slams the bar down on top of me, blasting me back onto my ass to teach me a lesson. You know when you make that beautifully perfect lift, the snatch that seems to literally weightlessly float into the perfect position like it barely had to be moved? That’s your Tinkerbell.

Unfortunately these Tinkerbells are asleep at the wheel at times. Some might even say they don’t exist. Notice none of them go to my gym because they have been expelled. So, without the magic sprites moving our bars into place we have to finish the lift ourselves to get the bar into that perfect position.

Take a look at the video below. While it is a light weight used for a simple technique video it still is a good example of feeling the bar throughout the lift, dropping to catch where the bar ends up after pulling it overhead:

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

At 95# this is a very light weight for Stacey. Notice how she catches the bar still well above the squat position then carries it into the squat. If she wanted to make this a power snatch she would simply stick the landing rather than carry it into the squat.

This is what feeling the bar through the lift looks like. With different weights the bar will pull to different heights. No matter how strong you become the heavier the weight the lower it will be after your last pull. This is why we preach learning the squat for both the snatch and clean so you can get under and meet the bar at the lowest catch position needed. However, with weights you are stronger with your catch will be higher. Simply dropping under the bar will lead to the weight crashing down on you, making for a difficult time to catch and stand. With the clean the weight will literally burry you into the floor, and with the snatch the weight will be very difficult to lock out with it crashing down upon you.

Learning to feel the bar through the turnover (after the last pull, before the catch) is where great lifters are made. Even a super heavy weight that requires a full squat needs to be controlled through the turnover to be prepared and strong in the catch. Focus on this concept with your lifts today. Even with the power snatches, feel the bar through the turnover and adjust your catch to the weight. Be strict on yourself. If you catch with your feet splayed out like you are doing some weird dance, don’t let it count. When trying to improve your lifts you must improve technique, and much of that is about muscle memory.

They say it takes 1000 good reps to improve/fix muscle memory. Make every rep count.

 

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (9:15-10:00am)

CORE: For Quality
20 Straight Arm Plank Extension – Tuck (each side)
20 Side Plank Hip Extension (forearm or straight arm, each side)
50 Hollow Position Scissor (each side)

WOD: For Time
5 Rounds
Run 300m
15 Burpees

BASE
Strength: Snatch Complex
Find a max Complex: Power + Hang Squat

WOD: 3 Rounds
5 Squat Snatch 135/95
10 Front Squat
15 Toes to Bar

PLUS
Strength: Snatch Complex
Find a max Complex: Power + Hang Squat

WOD: 3 Rounds
5 Squat Snatch 135/95
10 Front Squat
15 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
3 Stone to Shoulder @ heaviest able

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: 3 Rounds NFT
4 Turkish Getup 70/53
5 Weighted Pistol 53/35

– use this to practice pistols with weight. Weighted pistols will be on the docket tomorrow

1. Strength: Snatch Complex
Find a max Complex: Power + Hang Squat

2. WOD: 3 Rounds
5 Squat Snatch 155/105
10 Front Squat
15 Toes to Bar

3. SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
3 Stone to Shoulder @ heaviest able

4. High Bar Back Squat
4 sets of 3 reps, heavy but continuous up.

CORE: 3 Rounds
Row 750m
30 GHD Situps AFAP

– This is a WOD but the focus is on the GHD Situps. The goal is AFAP/unbroken. Row at 90-95%.

Dec
13
By CFlando

Strong Sunday

Strong Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Strongman Class this Sunday with Jack. Interested in what the Strongman classes are all about? Come in and take the 11am class. NO experience is necessary. The J-Man is Strongman and CrossFit Certified and has extensive knowledge in everything strongman. He programs these classes himself so you know he is 100% the guy for what is going on.

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit Class:

Strength: Bench Press
5-5-5-5

WOD: 10m AMRAP
5 Clapping Pushups
10 Jumping CTB Pullups
15 Walking Lunges

11am Strongman Class

Strength: Tabata Atlas Stone

WOD: Keg/Log Conga Line

Dec
12
By CFlando

Home Depot

Home Depot

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-1

The Photographer Gets Photographed

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: TBD

 

10am/1pm
*Note: Starting January 1 we will be moving the 1pm class to 12pm for a month to try it out. Feedback is welcome!

 

Strength: Clean Complex
Power Clean + Hang Power Clean + 2 Jerk (any)

WOD: 21-15-9-5-4-3-2-1
Deadlift 225/155
Toes to Bar
Burpees
Situps

SkWAT Team: Back Squat
4×5, heavy

 

Dec
11
By CFlando

“Nancy”

“Nancy”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05439

There will be no Core Conditioning class for Friday, December 12

The tree is way too empty. Get those Toys for Tots in ASAP!

Here is a good old school benchmark WOD. “Nancy” is one of the originals. For those of you who haven’t done many benchmarks these are exactly that, benchmarks to measure your fitness journey, and to just get a kick ass workout in on a given day. We last did this bad girl on May 9th, 2014. If you did it back then make sure you check in with WODify and see how you fared. It’s been a long enough time that you don’t necessarily have to, or want to, do it the same way as then, but it’s always fun to see how much progress you have made!

MONDAY

BASE

Strength: Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: “Nancy”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Overhead Squat 95/65

PLUS
Strength: Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: “Nancy”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Overhead Squat 95/65

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
8×2, 3311 tempo, 2 minutes between sets

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP: EMOM style
1,2: legless rope clib
3,4: L sit rope climb
5-7: 5 strict HSPU
7-9: 50′ HS Walk
10-12: 5 weighted pistol (each leg) 53/35
13-15: 2 TGU (each arm) 70/53

1. Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

2. “Heavy Nancy”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 OHS 135/95

3a: Front Squat
8×2, 3310 tempo, rest :60
3b: Muscle Ups
4xME (every other FS set), rest :60

Dec
10
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

bird

There will be no Core Conditioning on Friday, December 12

THURSDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15-10:00am

Core Work:
:45 GHD extensions
:45 Left Side Plank dips
:45 Plank hold
:45 Right Plank side dips
WOD:
Buy in: 50 walking lunges 35/25 OH
Then AMRAP 12
10 GTOH with Plate
75′ sprint with plate
10 Side to side with Plate (seated)
Shuttle Sprint (75′) down and back (no plate)

BASE
Strength: Push Jerk
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 4 Rounds
3 Wall Climb
8 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 75/55
12 Front Rack Lunges 75/55

PLUS
Strength: Push Jerk
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 4 Rounds
3 Wall Climb
8 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 95/65
12 Front Rack Lunges 95/65

THE PROGRAM: OFF

Dec
9
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

8564195

WEDNESDAY

BASE and PLUS

WOD: 6 Minutes to complete:
12-8-4
Hang Power Snatch 115/80
Pistols (each leg)
Then AMRAP Double Unders with remaining time

Rest 3:00 then:

6 Minute AMRAP
12-8-4
Wall Ball 2 for 1, 20/14
STOH 135/95
Hang Power Clean 135/95
Then AMRAP Box Jumps 24/20 with remaining time

Rest 3:00 then:

6 Minute AMRAP
12-8-4
Handstand Pushup
75′ Sprint
Then AMRAP Deadlift 225/155 with remaining time


THE PROGRAM

1. WOD: 6 Minutes to complete:
12-8-4
Hang Power Snatch 135/95
Pistols (each leg)
Then AMRAP Double Unders with remaining time

Rest 3:00 then:

6 Minute AMRAP
12-8-4
Wall Ball 2 for 1, 20/14
STOH 155/105
Hang Power Clean 155/105
Then AMRAP Box Jumps 24/20 with remaining time

Rest 3:00 then:

6 Minute AMRAP
12-8-4
Handstand Pushup to 5″ deficit
75′ Sprint
Then AMRAP Deadlift 275/185 with remaining time

 

2. Core WORK
3×20 GHD Situp, each set AFAP
– 5 Heavy Barbell Good Morning after each set

SESSION II

1. Snatch Work
EMOM 8m
2 Power Snatch
– focus is on meeting the bar in the catch. Try to catch just above parallel each time and feel where you are in relation to the bar

then

Snatch Pull
3×3, heavy, not TnG.

2. Conditioning
40 Minutes Airdyne
Minutes 1-20
-30s sprint, 30s @ 70%
Minutes 21-40
-Steady state continuous

If you do not have an Airdyne and will be rowing instead, cut time down to 30 minutes and cut intervals down to 15 minutes each

Dec
8
By CFlando

Welcome to MOB-City and Enduraville, New to Lando-Land

Welcome to MOB-City and Enduraville, New to Lando-Land

By CFlando Posted on
Body work and mobility is as essential to the health of a CrossFitter as squatting, eating, and sleeping

Body work and mobility is as essential to the health of a CrossFitter as squatting, eating, and sleeping

 

 

Next time you are in the box you will notice a new and improved mobility area as well as an Endurance WOD section as well. Welcome to MOB-City and Enduraville, your place for mobility and endurance workouts in the land of CrossFit Lando.

I have said it before and I will say it again, mobility is the most over looked part of almost every CrossFitter’s routine. As a coach and programmer of all levels of athletes I believe in 5 facets of a healthy CrossFit athlete : Strength training, conditioning, sleep, mobility, and fuel/nutrition. Applying this to a general audience I believe it should be spread out equally in terms of an athlete’s attention to each facet (it might change based on an athlete’s ability or goals). So this means that 20% of our effort and focus should be spent on each part of this to make us a well rounded, healthy CrossFitter. This applies to EVERYONE, especially the everyday, want to simply get fit person.

Now, who out there actually applies equal effort and focus to their mobility? If anyone except for Tony Lorusso said yes then you are lying (love you T!). Nobody, myself and every coach at CrossFit Lando included, spends the proper amount of time on mobility as is needed. Like nutrition, or a squat cycle, or sleeping, mobility takes preparation and guidance which is one of if not the main reason why many of us slack on it. As a member of this wonderful oasis of fitness you have the programming done for you for strength and conditioning daily, and you have awesome coaches like Coach Kroon to make sure you give it your all. You have one of the best nutritionists there is in Sarah Landes available for all nutrition needs and goals. Sleep, well we can tire you out and give you advice on how to get as much as possible, or you can take Arnold’s advice and just sleep faster.

The point I am trying to make is we got you covered, because now you got MOB-City baby!! In MOB-City there will be expanded mobility devices like voodoo bands, more rollers, rolling sticks, and other great torture mobility tools for all your needs. Even better is we are expanding and refocusing the mobility program under the tutelage of Flav and yours truly, the Mayor of Lando-Land.

The new Mobility Project:


Each week on Monday morning there will be mobility programming for the entire week written out on the new whiteboard space (it will be posted on here for you early Monday people). There will be pre-wod, post-wod, and general maintenance work for the entire week. Every piece will have exercises marked with the corresponding demonstration on the mobility posters, and we will release a MOB-City video each week to further demonstrate new exercises or one’s without descriptions.

Your baseline each week should be the Weekly Maintenance. Each week’s maintenance work will reflect the focus of the programming so you know that even if you can only be here 2-3 times a week that you are able to maintain your body along with the work being asked of you. This is the bare minimum for keeping you healthy and fit, able to come in and perform every day you desire. An injured athlete cannot perform in class, and as a human being you are made to to epic shit every single day. If you are frequently injured or sore to a point of pain this is not normal and also not the fault of the programming, it is the fault of your recovery program. While this can be either fuel, sleep, or mobility, I am willing to bet a lot of it is mobility. So now you have no excuse.

Beyond the minimum is the daily Pre and Post work that will be specific to each day’s programming. This takes the minimum even further to a point where you aren’t just keeping up with the work but you are getting ahead of it. This is recommended for everyone, and if you care about your performance at all then it is highly, highly recommended.

All of this is on the wall of the new mobility section of the gym, known as MOB-City. Along with this posted information there will still be the 15 minute class Monday at 5:15-5:30pm lead by Flav or myself that will go over the week’s program as well as any new and interesting stuff Flav might come up with. Along with this will be a video released on Monday night/Tuesday morning with more in depth information that was addressed in the class for those who cannot make it in. There will no longer be a Wednesday evening class but there will be a 30 minute total body mobility and total request live class every other Saturday from 11:00-11:30am. This is for anyone and everyone looking for a directed class of mobility since we all know we need to be forced to do it!

Looking for something to do in Open Gym? This is a great time to get your work in on the Mobility Project. We are also creating an Endurance area, known as Enduraville, where endurance related WODs will be posted each week for your choosing. I know there are a few people training for the Boston Marathon and we have some marathon, triathlon, and endurance race (Spartan, Tough Mudder, etc) fans out there. These endurance WODs will be geared towards you, people who want to keep their CrossFit going but need that longer time domain once or twice a week that we don’t really hit in class. These are not supplements to any part of our programming, meaning you shouldn’t come in and do an Endurance WOD, then stay for class, and do extra work after. These are stand alone WODs meant for people who have specific endurance based fitness goals or anyone looking to change it up during the week.

This will all be done and operational at the end of classes tomorrow (Tuesday).

Toys for Tots is live and rolling. Bring those toys in. We have only 10 more days this year!!!!

 

TUESDAY

BASE
Strength: Push Press
3-3-2-2

WOD: Every 1:30 until failure, capping at 10 rounds, perform:
7 Pull-ups
8 Thrusters 95/65
5 Lateral Burpees Over Bar

PLUS
Strength: Push Press
3-3-2-2

WOD: Every 1:30 until failure, capping at 10 rounds, perform:
7 CTB Pull-ups
8 Thrusters 95/65
5 Bar Facing Burpees

SkWAT Team: 100 Pushups

THE PROGRAM
WARMUP
3 Rounds NFT
5 Strict HSPU
5 Getups 45/35 (see video at bottom)
5 Wall Ball 2 for 1 30/20
5 OHS 45/35 (barbell) hands touching or closest able

1. 5m AMRAP
Free Standing HSPU + 20′ HS Walk + FS HSPU to 5″ deficit

2. Push Press
3-3-2-2 (heavy each set)

3. WOD: Every 1:30 til failure, cap at 10 rounds, perform:
4 Bar MUs
8 Thrusters 115/80
5 Bar Facing Burpees

4a: 4×10 Plyo Pushups to 10″ deficit, rest :30
4b: 4×25 Russian KB Swing, 106/88, rest :60
4c: 4×10 ME Legless C2 Rower Pull, damper @ 10, rest :90
– set monitor to Watts, goal is highest average watt pull over 10 pulls with legs straight

 

httpv://youtu.be/lQ5kVk6MddY

Dec
7
By CFlando

Ronnie Diaz M.O.M., December Newsletter, Nutrition Consults

Ronnie Diaz M.O.M., December Newsletter, Nutrition Consults

By CFlando Posted on

ronnie

 

Here we are. Long awaited but well worth it. I am thrilled to announce our December Member of the Month, Ronny Diaz! Ronny is the man and his “about” is a great read in the monthly newsletter. Included in this month are some tips for surviving the holidays from a health and wellness standpoint, simple yet easy to follow steps to not just staying on the wagon but even enjoying the indulgences of this time of year. Of course there are some member accomplishments and upcoming events for you all to throw your hat in the ring of!

Check out the December Newsletter and M.O.M. announcement here!

Some people have asked about a holiday party. Since our anniversary is right around the New Year and given all the stuff people have going on this time of year we don’t have an actual holiday party. Be on the look out for our 2 Year Anniversary Party in January. Plans are in the works and we will let you know when. Plan on a Saturday in January that isn’t January 3rd or 17th.

Had a tough weekend to kick of December/Holiday Party season? Get into CrossFit Lando and get working! Need some help with your nutrition this time of year or all the time? Contact our nutritionist Sarah Landes, also author of the newsletter, with an email to [email protected]. A number of members have had success like they never imagined with Sarah’s simple, easy to follow nutrition work. This isn’t starve yourself, super paleo, hate life nutrition. This is real life, normal person stuff that can work for the casual crossfitter or the elite athlete. Rather than get behind from the holidays, why not stay on top of things throughout while enjoying this awesome time of year? What are you waiting for?

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15am-10:00am
Core: Work through the list
P-lette V Holds
Bench Slow Downs
Plate Twists 45/35
Superman Plate Raises

WOD: 10-9-8-7-6-5-4-3-2-1
Shuttle Sprints (75′ down and back)
– 8 burpees after each set


Warmup (Base and Plus): 
5 Rounds, not for time
20 Mountain Climbers (feet to hand)
5 Strict Pull-ups (no bands, flex arm hang for ME time if cannot do dead hang pull-up)
15 Air Squats
5 Dragon Flag

BASE
Strength: Back Squat
6 sets of 3 reps, heavy and increasing

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Power Clean 115/80
10 Ring Dips
5 Squat Clean
3 Rope Climbs, 15′

– 15 minute time cap

PLUS
Strength: Back Squat
6 sets of 3 reps, heavy and increasing

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Power Clean 135/95
10 Ring Dips
5 Squat Clean
3 Rope Climbs, 15′

– 15 minute time cap

THE PROGRAM

Barbell Warmup: 3 Rounds
5 Power Clean 75/55
10 Hang Squat Clean (above knee)
10 Push Press
5 Split Jerk

then 4-5 sets of 3 reps: Tall (toes) Jerk
– start with bar above forehead, on tip toes, Work on press down into split.

1. Clean and Jerk: EMOM 25m
1-10: 2 Squat Clean and Jerk
11-20: 1 Squat Clean and Jerk
21-25: Every 30s, 1 Power Clean and Jerk

– reps do not have to be touch and go. Make each minute relatively heavy. Get to failure. If it is soon then scale back for a few minutes and re-build. This is about volume of heavy reps. This will be difficult mentally. Work on focusing through the tough minutes. This is the majority of your work today so PUT IT IN.

2. Back Squat : high bar
4 sets of 3 reps, heavy and building quickly
then
EMOM 8m: 2 front squat with 2 second pause at bottom

3a: Wide Grip Clean Pos. Deadlift, pause below and above knee for 1 second, 4×2, heavy, rest :60
3b: Forearm Plank Rotation (ME center hold with weight on back, then 15 side plank hip raises each side), 4 sets, rest :60 after finish
3c: 4×3 Rope Climb, 15′, AFAP
– work on “tough and go” off the floor

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

Dec
6
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

jack

SUNDAY

Strength: Bench Press
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 KB Snatch (each arm) 53/35
10 KB Swings 53/35
15 Goblet Squat 53/35
20 Double Unders

Dec
5
By CFlando

SANTA!!!!!

SANTA!!!!!

By CFlando Posted on

elf

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: Clean Work
Find a heavy single then EMOM work

WOD: TBD
SkWAT Team: Front Squat
4 sets of 5 reps, heavy

 

10am/1pm

Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
4-5 sets of 5 res

Partner WOD: 20m AMRAP
21-15-9
Wall Ball 20/14
OH Walking Lunge 20/14
Partner Situp 20/14
– Run 200m carrying medball after each “round”

Dec
4
By CFlando

The 3 Best Conquer the World Videos and Why (In My Not So Humble Opinion)

The 3 Best Conquer the World Videos and Why (In My Not So Humble Opinion)

By CFlando Posted on

Toys for Tots Drive Starts Friday!! Bring unwrapped, unopened toys and stick them under the tree in the Lounge. We will closing the drive on Friday, December 19 so we can deliver them to the State Police in time. Last year we had over 100 toys so we got a lot of work to do!

You can’t go 5 minutes this time of year without being hit with some sort of emotion mining, media driven ad campaign. And I love it. I love the holidays, all parts of it, even the commercialized media side of it. Heck I might love this the most. Those Budweiser horses really pull at my heart strings. I am Holiday Shopper Zero, the person the powers that be study this time of year to learn about my actions and gear the next year’s campaigns around them. It’s only a matter of time before I buy one of the Budweiser Clydesdales during a hot tottie filled Friday night 2 weeks before Christmas after a well placed commercial right in between a college football bowl game.

The holiday season is never enough for me, which is why the stupid depiction of familial bliss brought on by a husband buying a wife a Lexus makes me smile. Any other time of year I make fun of this commercial for 5 minutes after it airs. Day after Thanksgiving thru January 1 I am trying to open a new credit card to buy a Lexus (500 is a good credit score right?). These marketing execs know what they are doing, shown by how the predominant commercials are cars, booze, and credit cards and how closely related they all could be. I want to see the first ever combo ad done by Lexus, Budweiser, and Chase Freedom Rewards card. The premise: The holiday party sponsored by Bud gets a little too fun and a lowly sales VP ends up buying a Lexus that he can’t afford online, BUT he bought it on his Chase Freedom Rewards Double Platinum Combo Blast Card, so the $70,000 of debt he will pay off through years of indentured servitude to the Lexus dealership will eventually lead to a vacation with his future 3rd wife (the previous 2 marriages ruined by his debt combined with his irreplaceable love for his 10 year old Lexus he bought when he was 25).

Alas, I promise you inspiration can be found this time of year beyond the commercialized blitz. I try a sort of reverse engineering tactic sometimes. When I am looking for something to move me, or maybe trying to hide from the non stop red, twinkling lights, and fresh greens, I like to read, watch, see, or in other ways experience something totally not holiday related. The truth is I am a sucker for anything emotional. This is why I will own a Budweiser horse, a Lexus, 17 credit cards, and a credit score in the 400s by the end of this season.

Honestly I think we all know how this time of year can get overwhelming because of all the above mentioned aspects. Through all the awesome office holiday parties, nights out with friends, dinner parties, mid day coffee breaks with a little something special at Starbucks, is the fact that all of this takes time we don’t have, it all costs money we wish we had, and inevitably all the joy will at times seem like it’s more hassle than it’s worth. It’s my Clark Griswold syndrome, where the happiness facade is constantly marred by the fact that unless we get that fabled holiday bonus or invent time travel, we are still left with the cost of the season when all the decorations and lights are put away. Then starts the downward spiral because if you are anything like me this stress then triggers feelings of guilt for feeling anything negative during this time of year. The guilt forces more extravagant holiday imbibing to make up for the guilt, which then leads to more guilt, and the pharma company that makes xanax is suddenly worth billions more.

To combat any feeling of hopelessness you might have, this time of year or anytime, here are 3 of my favorite speeches/videos that will no doubt, guaranteed, make you feel like you can shoulder the load of whatever world is on top of you. These 3 compilations are in my opinion the most inspirational things I can watch or listen to at any time, and this time of year especially is a welcome break from the fabricated cheese. I encourage you to watch all three of these and bookmark them, save them on your phone, and cue them up whenever you need.


1. Arnold Schwarzenegger : “6 Rules of Success” clip from Graduation Ceremony at USC

httpv://youtu.be/EyhOmBPtGNM

I went through a phase when we first opened here where I listened to this every day while driving up to Woburn from Charlestown. I would get goosebumps and tears in my eyes every time. This version is great because it is an abbreviated and chopped up version of the full speech to make it really awesome. Some could argue it takes out the true meaning of it because it is fabricated to be even more awesome, but I am looking for awesomeness here. Awesome 1, Not Awesome 0.

There are 2 things that make this video so amazing. First is the content. These motivating factors are coming from one of the most successful humans of all time. Say what you want about his transgressions, and I’m not saying they should be ignored, but this is a man who has served in the Austrian military, became the greatest action film star of all time, the greatest body builder of all time, and governor of a state in the United States. So I can’t help but take these 6 rules and want to follow them absolutely verbatim. Even if he wasn’t so accomplished these 6 things are awesome. The part about sleeping is absolute gold. Picturing Arnold laying in bed one minute, next minute woken up by an alarm at 6am, next minute wide awake and fully dressed already immersed in a days work not 3 minutes from waking. The other thing that generally makes this so awesome is the fact that it’s frigging Arnold. I would have given anything to have had him speak at my graduation. Just the way he says “pockets” when he talks about climbing the ladder of success is priceless.

What I find so cool about the actual 6 keys is they are so basic yet so profound. This isn’t some whacked out list of 6 things that you sit back and say “wow only Arnold would do something like this to get to the top”. No, it’ things like believe in yourself, break the rules and take some chances, don’t listen to doubters, work hard, and give back. I think this is so awesome because he’s basically saying there’s no magic potion, no magic wand, no spell that special people like him know which get them to where they are. It’s the same things we have always been told, always heard, just said in a way only the greatest muscle man who blows things up can say which doubles the awesome of it.

“After all what is the point of being on this Earth if all you want to do is be liked by everyone and stay out of trouble?”. It doesn’t get much better than that.


2. Robert Kennedy : “Mindless Menace of Violence”, remarks to the Cleveland City Club 1968

httpv://youtu.be/_BEu1zZAm2Y

I can’t imagine living in the time that he delivered this speech.

I always say this about being a block from the Boston Marathon bombs, that I still to this day can’t believe I was “part” of something like that. Luckily I was affected 0.00% from what happened other than maybe some elevated sense of danger for a few days after, but being at such an event that usually we see on TV like it was a fabrication still is surreal. I can’t imagine what it’s like for people who were really touched by it.

Things like this happened and still happen. It is striking to me that you could listen to this speech now and it would ring true just like it did in 1968. Some might say this is depressing but to me it reminds me that people like RFK actually existed, proving the potential in humanity to produce leaders who can literally alter the course of history. It also serves as a constant reminder to me that there are people who for one reason or another want to manipulate the world you have, so live the shit out of it while you can. This speech to me is saying the truth about the world, that no matter what there are good people and bad people, heroes and enemies, Gods and Satans, and we live as them and among them every single day. It is because of this that we must live each and every moment not just to the fullest but like we owe something to ourselves and the people around us.

While Bobby hits on a lot of things in this speech I always take that he is talking about us as individuals and how we are responsible for the things in the world, mainly how we can affect them. I like the look in the mirror approach to making the world a better place.

If you can find the movie “Bobby” watch the ending and you get a chilling version of this speech delivered at the end of a very underrated movie.


3. Jim Valvano “Jimmy V”: “Never Give Up” Speech at the 1993 ESPY Awards

httpv://youtu.be/HuoVM9nm42E

Get your tissues ready. Get ready for a public breakdown if you are out of your home. I have tears and chills just writing about this speech. If you can watch or listen to this and not decide you instantly want to change every negative aspect of your life then you have to see a doctor immediately. Even 5 seconds of this video brings me to tears at any moment in the day. It should be a frat boy initiation game, that the toughest members of the frat aren’t determined by drinking and beatings but by who can sit and watch this straight through and shed the least amount of tears. Not who sheds no tears because that would be impossible. The person that does that should be immortalized.

I wish I was more conscious of life when Jimmy V lived. I was born the year he won the NCAA Basketball National Championship with NC State and only 10 years old during this speech. I still remember seeing it and wondering what the big deal was. I then remember the first time I saw it, like really saw it, like it was yesterday. I didn’t think it was humanly possible to go from a state of general homeostasis to a complete puddle in such a short amount of time. To this day I still can’t fathom someone living through what he was living through and yet seeing life in such a positive, uplifting light. At the time of this speech he was 8 weeks from his death. 8 weeks. Not that he knew this necessarily, but watch the speech, listen to his words, see his face, and tell me you aren’t amazed by the life that was in this man. There are people who through their entire lives don’t show as much enthusiasm and lust for life, pure desire for giving to and changing people, as Jimmy V does in this 11 minutes.

“Think about it, if you laugh, you think, and you cry, that’s a full day, that’s a heck of a day”.

Pretty easy huh?

 

 

FRIDAY

BASE AND PLUS

Strength: Snatch
Find a 3 rep max in under 30 seconds (per set)

WOD: “Amanda”
9-7-5
Muscle Ups
Squat Snatch 135/95

*15m time cap

Scaled Version
27 Pull-ups
27 Push-ups
9 Squat Snatch
30 Toes to Bar
7 Squat Snatch
15 Pull-Ups
15 Push-ups
5 Squat Snatch

*15m time cap

THE PROGRAM
1. HS Walk Volume Training
EMOM 6m
40′ HS Walk

2. Snatch
Find a 3 rep max in 30 seconds (per set)

3. “Heavy Amanda”
9 Muscle Ups
9 Squat Snatch 185/125
7 Muscle Ups
7 Squat Snatch 185/125
5 Muscle Ups
5 Squat Snatch 185/125

*15m time cap

4a: Overhead Squat
4×2, 3313 tempo, rest :60
4b: Ring Dip
4xME, hold bottom of dip for 1 second each rep, rest :60

CORE: 3×25 Toes to Bar, rest :60 between efforts

Dec
3
By CFlando

Toys For Tots Starts Friday Morning

Toys For Tots Starts Friday Morning

By CFlando Posted on

10384350_10100234393685069_8320173782048699080_n

Toys for Tots starts Friday. Bring toys, feel great, make happiness.

 

 

THURSDAY

Core Conditioning (9:15-10:00am)

Core: 30 Seconds Max Effort, 15s rest between movements
V Ups
Hollow Hold
Hollow Rock
Lemon Squeezers
Situps
Toes Touches

WOD: For Max Reps, 2 Min of ME work with :30 rest
Airdyne Sprint
Double Unders/Singles
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
Pushups
Air Squats
KB Swings 53/35
Wall Ball 20/14

BASE and PLUS

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: For Time
100 Air Squats
80 Double Unders
60 Pushups
40 Situps
30 Burpees
20 Ring Dips
10 Handstand Pushups

 

THE PROGRAM : Off

Dec
2
By CFlando

Sprint, Lift, Repeat

Sprint, Lift, Repeat

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06968

 

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE + PLUS

Strength: Front Squat
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 10 Minutes for total score (meters + reps)
2 Minutes : Row (meters)
2 Minutes : Squat Clean Thrusters 115/75
2 Minutes : Row (meters)
2 Minutes : Squat Clean Thrusters 115/75
2 Minutes : Row (meters)

SkWAT Team: Barbell Good Morning
5 sets of 5 reps, very heavy

 

THE PROGRAM
SESSION I

1. Front Squat
3-3-3-1-1-1

2. EMOM 10m
2 TnG Squat Clean Thrusters, heaviest able

3. Barbell Good Morning
5 sets of 5 reps, heavy

4. Airdyne Conditioning
1 Minute Sprint
20 Burpees
rest 2:00
1 Minute Sprint
rest 2:00
20 Burpees
rest 2:00
6 Rounds
20s Sprint
60s @ 70% Sprint

SESSION II

1. WOD
a.12 minutes to complete:
5-4-3-2-1 reps of
Power Snatch, 75% 1 rm Snatch (all time)
Burpee to Ring 18″ above reach
Paralette HSPU to 5″ defict
Back Squat @ 80% 1 rm (low bar)
then
b. 12 minutes to complete
400m Sled Push, 50% BW loaded
then
c. 12 minutes to complete
40 L Pull-Ups

2a: Snatch Pos. Deadlift
3×7, 3331 tempo, rest :60 after each set
2b: Seated Box Jumps for height
3×5, rest :60 after each set
2c: Ring Dips
3xME, rest 60s after each set

Dec
1
By CFlando

Where Are YOUR Priorities??

Where Are YOUR Priorities??

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05243

We will be doing another Toys for Tots Drive here at CrossFit Lando like last year. Unwrapped, new toys will be accepted starting Friday, December 5. More info to come.

Weightlifting Class: Lifting will be at 7pm tomorrow (Tuesday) night. The focus will be on the Push Jerk

 

PROGRAM PEOPLE and PEOPLE DOING EXTRA WORK BEFORE/AFTER CLASS: Especially those who come in the evening, please do a better job of being quiet when coaches are coaching. Bars should be let down softly no matter how heavy, talking should be kept at a minimum, and other distractions should be avoided when the coach is coaching/talking. Please and thank you.

 

It’s Christmas. It’s official. Lights are up, trees are decorated, people are wearing ugly sweaters. I might have the best ugly sweater in the game. It could come out for a coaching session. Stay tuned.

This is the time of year where priorities start getting really distorted. Embrace this. Embrace the crap out of this. Rather than running and hiding, or fighting the demons, accept that the next 4 weeks you will probably lose some muscle definition, need a new belt, sit with your pants undone more often, probably have a few missed AM classes, and a few more tears shed late night due to another pizza you ate by yourself when home alone. Or maybe that only happens at the Landes household.

This is the one time of year where all this stuff is OK. Even the tears. This stuff, the ugly sweaters, missed classes, cookies for breakfast, believing in fat men essentially breaking into your home wearing a red costume, leaving stuff around your house, and eating your food like he’s your uninvited drunken cousin, all of it is OK. It’s all OK, we will all be OK, that is unless Santa is more like Billy Bob Thorton’s Santa in Bad Santa, which is my vote for best Holiday Movie out there, aside from Christmas Vacation. Don’t argue about this. Remember, I am a genius.

The priorities I’m talking about here aren’t the ones you probably all thought. I’m not going to chastise you all for being fitness slow people and eating your way to an early death. No, the priorities I am talking about are the ones within the gym. Working, always working. It seems this is the case for all of us in here. We are always working on something because there is always something to get better at. It might suck but to me it’s the reason this “way of working out” is so awesome. Not only does CrossFit work at getting us shredded well into our 70s but it never stops. You can ALWAYS get better.

But it’s the what you are getting better that I want you to reevaluate and prioritize, and if you have this under control then just give it an extra close inspection. It seems that year to year there are always the new sexy movements, standards, or gold standard weights that become all the rage. Then the Regionals and Games happen again and something new comes up. In 2010 it was ring handstand push-ups, in 2011 it was sled pushes and swimming, 2012 was bar muscle ups, 2013 was distance rowing, last year was all sorts of crazy shit. It’s really cool that there are certain events that set the standard for what humans have to be able to perform, and then everyone spends the entire next year bringing or trying to bring themselves to that level. I always remember how in 2011 when I was on a team that qualified for the Games the fact that we had a girl who could do muscle ups gave us an edge in the entire region. Now that would barely qualify as a team good enough to be in the top 100 in a region.

However, just because it is what the top .5% of the people who do CrossFit are doing doesn’t mean it is what is most important. And herein lies the problem. One of 50 things that makes me say “the best thing about CrossFit” is that the elite superstars and what they do are more tangibly accessible than in any other sport. I watch Rich Froning do muscle ups on TV, or do “Double Grace”, and I can honestly and realistically go do that the very next day, and with a Games athlete to boot. You might be able to throw a football but probably 0.00% of us will ever be throwing a football in 11 on 11 wearing full pads with an NFL player.

Again this doesn’t mean that this is what we should be doing. “Double Grace” is actually a terrible idea of a workout for 99% of the days you should train. Rarely would doing 60 clean and jerks for speed be a good idea in terms of a viable training model for peak performance. I’m not saying this is bad programming, I’m just saying it was done at the Games for a reason. My point here is it is great to want to do the cool things we see other people do, and in a way there is a place for that in all of our training regimens. If having a goal to do something you saw Camille or Rich do on ESPN during the CrossFit Games is part of your New Year Resolution then have at it. But I urge you also to have some realistic, measurable, and relatively approachable goals that guide how you spend your free time at the box. The last two points are especially key. Hey I want to snatch 300#. I currently snatch 225#, 205# regularly. I’m not snatching 300# anytime soon, and honestly at 31 years old and a back, hips, and knees worn down from being 6’5″ and over 230# for 10+ years, I’m probably never snatching 300#. So again, have your goals, but measurable (not “get better at snatching”) and approachable within this lifetime.

Much of this has to do with what your fitness goals are, but even those of you out there who want to some day compete and do so at the highest levels of the sport need to have a hierarchy for how and what you work on. Everyone wants to learn how to walk on their hands but honestly how valuable of a skill is this for YOU to have? Even the most elite competitors had to use it only once during the entire competition season. I’m not saying don’t work on HS walking when you are here. It sure is cool, but make sure you are balancing it out with things you actually must get better at, not just things you want to get better at. There is a difference. For example, everyone must get better at pull-ups. They are essentially the most universal movement in all of CrossFit, used a plenty at all levels of the sport. It is almost guaranteed there will be pull-ups at any CrossFit competition, at least once in a week of programming at any gym, at least once on the CrossFit.com main site WOD stream.

I talk about this with competitors a lot but it can be applied to anyone of any level and desire. Think of each movement as a pyramid with the hardest version of it being the top. Some movements have only one step, like ring dips (banded, unbanded), while others have many (handstand push-ups/walking). You don’t want to be at the top of the pyramid with a shaky or even no base. So when you go about your work here make sure you are building the base, the structural integrity of your skill set, just as much if not twice as much as you are working on the tip top.

This is supposed to be fun, this CrossFit thing, and having the freedom to work on things like lifetime goals of doing a pull-ups or walking on your hands makes it even more fun and cool, but doing well and winning at things is as much if not more fun than doing what you want. Prioritize how you spend your time here based on your goals and your realistic skill set.

There is nothing wrong with what I call vanity goals, goals that have zero value beyond just being able to say you did it, but be sure to balance out your fitness life with the needs and wants.

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Shoulder Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 12m AMRAP
3 Wall Climbs
20 Pull-Ups
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Pull-ups
10 Situps

PLUS
Strength: Shoulder Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 12m AMRAP
4 Wall Climbs
20 CTB Pull-ups
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Pull-Ups
10 Situps

SkWAT Team: Bench Press
4 sets of 3 reps
– perform 1 max effort set of Muscle Ups between sets. No set time interval.

THE PROGRAM
1. Skill Warmup
3 Rounds NFT
4 Strict MU
3 Free Standing HSPU
2 Turkish Getups 70/53 (each side)

2. Shoulder Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

3. WOD: 12m AMRAP
30′ HS Walk
20 CTB Pull-ups
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Pull-ups
10 Situps w medball 20/14 (floor to toes)

4. Bench Press
4 sets of 3 reps
– 1 max effort set of muscle ups between/after each set

Nov
30
By CFlando

Back At It

Back At It

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04831

MONDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15-10:00am
CORE
a: 4×15 GHD Sit-up/Weighted Situp, rest :60
b: 4×15 GHD Hip Extension/Barbell Good Morning 75/55, rest :60

– based on amount of people and GHD availability, alternate movements every other set

WOD: For Time
50 Double Unders
Run 400m
50 Double Unders
Run 600m
50 Double Unders
Run 800m
50 STOH 75/55


BASE

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-3-3-1-1

WOD: 7m AMRAP
Run 400m
AMRAP Snatch + OHS
115/80
– any snatch, then OHS

PLUS
Strength: Deadlift
5-5-3-3-1-1

WOD: 7m AMRAP
Run 400m
AMRAP Snatch + OHS
135/95
– any snatch, then OHS

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
1 Hang Squat Clean, 1 Power Clean, 1 Front Squat with 3 second pause in bottom. Heavy

THE PROGRAM
1. Snatch
5 sets of 1 from above knee hang position. Medium-Heavy

2. Deadlift
5-5-3-3-1-1

WOD: 7m AMRAP
Run 400m
AMRAP Squat Snatch + OHS
155/105

3. SkWAT Team:
1 Hang Squat Clean, 1 Power Clean, 1 Front Squat with 3 second pause in bottom. Heavy

4. EMOM 10m
O: 50′ Heavy Yoke Carry
E: 8 KB Swings 106/88

Nov
29
By CFlando

Strongperson Sunday

Strongperson Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Come in for 10am CrossFit or 11am Strongman class with Jack!

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength: Push Jerk
3-3-3-2-2

WOD: 50-40-30-20-10
Double Unders
Situps
Pushups

20 Minute Time Cape

Nov
28
By CFlando

One Last Hero

One Last Hero

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05344

 

 

Feeling beat up, sore, hurt, or tight? Contact Kyle Hicks, a member of CFL, and a physical therapist who already has been working on a lot of your fellow Landos. He specializes in Active Release Therapy and is great at working on issues in any part of your body. Contact Kyle today at [email protected] to schedule an appointment.

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

WOD 1: 30 MU for Time
– 12 minute time cap. This is first of a few tests for the next 10 days. We will be doing it again in 6 weeks. Be sure to record.

WOD 2: “Rankel”
20 Minute AMRAP
6 Deadlift 225/155
7 Burpee Pull-up
10 KB Swing 70/53
Run 200m

SkWAT Team Work (to be done sometime between 10-11): 8×2 Tempo Back Squat, 3310 tempo. Heaviest able.

10am/1pm Class

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
5-5-5 75% 1rm, 3-3-3 85% 1 rm

– keep the weight the same for all 3 sets of each rep scheme

WOD: “Rankel”
20m AMRAP
6 Deadlift 225/155
7 Burpee Pull-Ups
10 KB Swings 70/53
Run 200m

Nov
27
By CFlando

Time to Work It Off: Friday 11.28

Time to Work It Off: Friday 11.28

By CFlando Posted on

After a nice long day of eating, drinking, and sitting around there is nothing better than lifting lots of heavy, ass weight

 

1. Find a 1 rep max Snatch in 20 minutes

 

2. Find a 1 rep max Clean and Jerk in 20 minutes

 

3. Find a 1 rep max Front Squat in 20 minutes

Nov
26
By CFlando

Happy Thanksgiving

Happy Thanksgiving

By CFlando Posted on

Happy-Thanksgiving-Turkey-Clipart-2.gif

 

 

 

 

Have a safe and Happy Thanksgiving

 

Today isn’t the day to care about what is or isn’t Paleo. Today isn’t the day to worry about WODs or nutrition facts. Today is a day to care about the people around you, the what around you, and the life in front of you, both today and tomorrow and beyond.

Health and happiness is beyond just the food you put in your body and the weights you lift. It is beyond the miles you run and the meters you row. Health and happiness is measured just as much in the minutes you enjoy with things and people that make you happy, which can include the occasional low output day with little to no measurable progress.

If you are a 5k runner or morning WODer then enjoy the heck out of it. If you are a morning high school football with a mimosa kind of person then enjoy the heck out of it. If you are a sit on the couch for 12 hours going from parades to football to Survivor, then enjoy the heck out of it.

Whatever you do for Thanksgiving be sure to enjoy it for you and for the people you share it with, if you do. Many times the enjoyable part of holidays is the deviation from the norm that becomes the norm even if just for that day. So go enjoy normal.

 

CROSSFIT LANDO IS CLOSED UNTIL SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 29

Nov
25
By CFlando

“Whitten”

“Whitten”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04803

 

Army Captain Dan Whitten, 28, of Grimes, Iowa assigned to the 1st Battalion, 508th Parachute Infantry Regiment, 4th Brigade Combat Team, 82nd Airborne Division, assigned to Fort Bragg, NC, died February 2, 2010 when enemy forces in Zabul, Afghanistan attacked his vehicle with an IED. Captain Whitten is survived by his wife, Star Whitten, his mother Jill Whitten, his father Dan Whitten, and his sister US Army Captain Sarah Whitten.

 

Schedule: CrossFit Lando will be closed at 1pm on Wednesday. No evening classes, no classes on Thursday or Friday. We will re-open on Saturday for the 10am class. Saturday and Sunday will run a normal schedule.

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE AND PLUS

WOD: “Whitten” sub rowing. 45:00 time cap

5 Rounds
22 KB Swings, 70/53
22 Box Jumps, 24/20 (full stand)
Row 500m
22 Burpees
22 Wall Ball 20/14

This workout is usually done with a 400m run. Due to conflicts in programming and weather we will do it with a 500m row in place.

THE PROGRAM

1. WOD: “Whitten” sub rowing 45:00 time cap

5 Rounds
22 KB Swings, 70/53
22 Box Jumps, 24/20 (full stand)
Row 500m
22 Burpees
22 Wall Ball 20/14

Nov
24
By CFlando

Scaling: The Ins, Outs, and What Have Yous.

Scaling: The Ins, Outs, and What Have Yous.

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05345

Read this post. It will take you 5 minutes.

Let’s talk about scaling for a second. I had a member ask me last week about scaling a workout. It was a rather simple question that turned into a very cool and in depth discussion about the reasoning behind scaling. It was a discussion that could only happen at CrossFit Lando. We both loved every second of it, aka I loved every second of it and they pleased me through letting me talk about working out, and it also highlighted a necessary topic for discussion on a broader level.

Why and how do we scale? Easy answer: scaling is done to make a workout session more productive while also allowing the athlete to improve in a movement or movements being scaled. More productive = improved fitness. Each and every time you walk in the door you want to be getting more fit even if you don’t improve in measurable ways in any specific movements or movement grouping.

The ability to universally scale workouts is what makes CrossFit the best fitness program in existence. True story. Any workout can be altered for any person, and can be done so individually throughout a singular workout.

While scaling does make things easier it certainly isn’t easy to do correctly. Yes, all athletes should scale workouts at some point. Even your mighty coaches scaled workouts when they first started! The issue comes when scaling is done so without consideration for the goal, the end product, which is and always should be development towards the RX or unscaled version of the movement at hand. The reason for scaling ALWAYS is to improve your ability to one day do the movement without scale. This means that when scaling you should be making the movement close enough to the unscaled version that your body and mind will be getting the stimulus of memory that will make you better, and it also means it should be difficult enough that you are getting the physical stimulus that will make you stronger, faster, or in other ways more fit.

First let’s establish and understand that scaling is OK. It is beyond OK. It is necessary and accepted. It is also OK to scale just to make things easier. Yes I just contradicted myself from earlier, but at all levels of this topic is the fact that any given workout is your chance that day to get more fit. Your experience is exactly that, your experience, as in it belongs to you. Therefore if you choose to scale something to make it easier because you don’t feel like crushing yourself after a life and soul crushing day at the office, well then have at it. You will never hear any push back from yours truly, mainly because I have been there many times before. This gets into the whole “why do you CrossFit” discussion which we won’t get into today. Just understand that there are certainly times where it is OK to wave the white flag the second you enter the gym and success is measured by just making it out alive. CrossFit isn’t life for 99.9% of us and therefore should not contribute to negativity within our lives. This is when scaling for easiness is A-OK. So then beyond this is the fact that scaling is a necessary part of improving as an athlete regardless of your ability level and goals. Whenever you are scaling you should ask yourself what about the movement makes you have to scale: is is strength or is it skill? Then scale in a way that will help with both. Then make sure you are scaling it so that you can do the movement efficiently enough that you will get more fit.

Rope climbs are a great movement to show how scaling is necessary but also the proper way to do so. They are a movement that requires both strength for your pull and skill with the wrap techniques. Therefore you want to scale in a way that you can work on at least one but hopefully both of these aspects of rope climbs. If you do “pull to stands” you aren’t getting any skill work in but you can make them difficult enough that you get a great amount of pulling work in. If you can get onto the rope at all then scaling by doing 5′ or 10′ climbs allows you to work on your strength and the skill of the wrap technique together, but also make it manageable to allow you to get a good amount of work in through the 20 minutes.

This last part is a crucial part of scaling. Remember the whole thing about getting something out of your time at Lando from a fitness standpoint. Even if you come to the gym in a good frame of mind it is disheartening to do a 20 minute workout and barely get through 2 rounds. So scaling is for working on specific movements you might not be able to do yet but also to allow you to get through workouts in a manner in which you will get a benefit from it on a fitness level. AMRAPS are a great time to work on things you struggle with. Regardless of the nature of the workout, however, the first goal of every time you set foot in the gym is to get more fit.

In summary, scaling is done to make your workout better. Scaling allows you to do a workout with movements you cannot perform in a way that will get you more fit. Scaling appropriately means you do so in a way that will accomplish the former while also working you towards performing the movement RX.

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Bench Press
4-4-4-3-2-2-1-1

Hero WOD: “Moore”
20 minute AMRAP
1 Rope Climb, 15′
Run 400m
Max Effort Handstand Push-ups

PLUS
Strength: Bench Press
4-4-4-3-2-2-1-1

Hero WOD: “Moore”
20 minute AMRAP
1 Rope Climb, 15′
Run 400m
Max Effort HSPU

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
O: 3 Weighted Pull-Up
E: 35 Double Unders

THE PROGRAM

1. WARMUP: 10 minute handstand work
– work on handstands starting where you are able
a) heel touches on wall
b) free standing holds (10s +)
c) free standing HSPU
d) handstand walks + HSPU
e) HS Walk Obstacle Course: up and over to wall + HSPU+ walk backwards

2. Bench Press
4-4-4-3-2-2-1-1

3. Hero WOD: “Moore”
20 minute AMRAP
1 Rope Climb, 15′
Run 400m
Max Effort HSPU (coming off wall means move on)

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m
O: 3 Weighted Pull-Up
E: 35 Double Unders
– immediately after last minute perform the following
EMOM 3m
Max Effort (1 set each minute) Muscle Ups
immediately into
EMOM 3m
20 GHD Situps
– if you do not finish in 1 minute, rest until :30 into minute then go for next round, perform 5 burpees for every rep missed each round (after completion of 3 minutes)

Nov
23
By CFlando

Thanksgiving!

Thanksgiving!

By CFlando Posted on

10348600_10204534906486318_9049270718470105922_n

 

 

Thanksgiving Week Schedule:

Monday, Tuesday: Normal Schedule
Wednesday: Normal Morning and Noon, Gym closes at 1pm.
Thursday, Friday: Closed
Saturday, Sunday: Normal Schedule

This week we are going to be doing something special: a Hero WOD every day. While Thanksgiving might mean different things or be celebrated different ways to everyone here, we can all find commonality in our quest for health and fitness to show our appreciation for those that sacrifice for us. The land we walk on, the nation we live within, is special for many reasons but mainly because of FREEDOM.

There are men and women who sacrifice everything so we can have the things in our lives that come with being free. I just took a sip from a hot and creamy bulletproof coffee. It’s delicious and keeping me focused through all my work this Sunday evening. It was made using an automatic coffee maker, premium coffee, coconut oil, butter, cinnamon, and a Vitamix blender. All made in about 2 minutes without even leaving the kitchen/family room. I without a doubt appreciate the ability to have things like this on command, but I’ll admit I certainly take it for granted.

There are hundreds of these little things that create the world I live within, and every last one of them I owe to the fact that I live in a world with FREEDOM. These little things are given to me by the men and women who make up our military and first responders and the sacrifices they make. We can honor all of them, especially the fallen, by giving everything we have each and every day. Whether inside the walls of CrossFit Lando or out in the world, spend time this week giving a little extra to everything you do.

Every day a Hero WOD. In this way we can all say thanks, together.

Notes for today: Learn and practice linking hang cleans together. Your coaches will be focusing on this particularly for today. Use the benefit of momentum coming from the top as well as taking time under tension away to make for more efficiency.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15am-10:00am

Core Work
21-15-9
Hollow Rocks
Supermans
Abmat Situps
Good Morning 45/35 (empty bar)
– immediately after completing your last set of “9” perform a max effort forearm plank hold

WOD: For Time
Run 600m/Row 600m
then 2 Rounds
30 Russian KB Swings 53/35 (70/53 scale up)
30 Wall Ball 20/14
then Run 600m/Row 600m

CrossFit
BASE
Strength: Hang Power Clean
5 sets of 3 reps

WOD: “DT”
5 Rounds
12 Deadlift 155/105
9 Hang Clean
6 STOH

Time Cap: 15 Minutes

 

PLUS
Strength: Hang Power Clean
5 sets of 3 reps

WOD: “DT”
5 Rounds
12 Deadlift 155/105
9 Hang Clean
6 STOH

SkWAT Team: Back Squat
4×3, resting exactly 2 minutes between sets

 

THE PROGRAM
– Those of you who competed today, first of all GREAT JOB, second of all BE SMART. Here is the recommended recovery work for those looking for active recovery but still want to get the work in. Again this is recommended not mandatory:

1. Skill Work
a: Run 600m AFAP
b: EMOM 6m: 1 Bar MU, 2 CTB Pull-Up, 3 Pull-up
c: Tall Clean, 4×3

2. Hang Power Clean
Sets of 3. Stay light and technical. DO NOT max out.

3. WOD : recovery “DT”
EMOM 8m
3 Deadlift 155/105
3 Hang Clean
3 STOH

4. Mobility work on hips for 15m, then low back for 15m

Regular Work
1. Skill Work
a: Run 600m AFAP, then rest as needed
b: EMOM 8m: 1 Bar MU, 2 CTB Pull-Ups, 3 Pull-Ups, all done unbroken
c: Tall Clean (see video below)
4 sets of 3 with medium weight working on speed throughout

2. Hang Power Clean
5 sets of 3 reps

3. WOD: Heavy “DT”
6 Deadlift 185/125
3 Hang Clean
1 STOH

4. Back Squat (high bar)
5 sets of 3 reps

 

httpv://youtu.be/YhoGZIZeKZ8

Nov
22
By CFlando

Death by Clean and Jerk

Death by Clean and Jerk

By CFlando Posted on

Mikko Salo was one of my idols in my early CF days. He still is, but he is distant, always running from me…

 

httpv://youtu.be/ME91c_-jMQg

 

SUNDAY

 

Strength: Clean and Jerk

Find a 3 rep max TnG

 

WOD: “Death by Clean and Jerk”

1st minute 1…
2nd minute 2..
3rd minute 3…

go until you cannot complete the work as written

RX= 135/95

A “good” score is 10 minutes +, you should shoot for 8+

Nov
21
By CFlando

Thanksgiving Week Schedule

Thanksgiving Week Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

Happy-Thanksgiving-Turkey-Clipart-2.gif

 

 

I have had some inquiries about Thanksgiving week schedule so I figured I would get it out early so you could rest easy this weekend. We will be open as usual Monday and Tuesday. Wednesday we will run a morning and noon schedule as normal then be closed at 1pm. We will remain closed Thursday and Friday, then re-open for regular schedule on Saturday.

Regardless of your beliefs or nationality, next week can be thought of as a time to really reflect and give thanks. There are so many things to give thanks for like family, health, CrossFit, and obviously many more. Surely everyone has their own things they are thankful for, but in keeping with tradition from last year we will be doing a Hero WOD each day of the week to show some sacrifice and thanks to the veterans past, present, and future who have served our country giving us the greatest thing to be thankful for there is: FREEDOM.

If you have never done a Hero WOD here, they are special workouts written in the name and honor of a fallen hero from the military or first responders around the world. Some are absolutely brutal, others are more intense than normal, and others are special in the sense that they have odd movements. No matter what the Hero WOD is they are meant to be done with something special in the tank. Monday will be a shorter one, Tuesday will be a cool, kind of quirky WOD, and Wednesday will be a bruiser to prep you for all the Thanksgiving eating you will be doing on Thursday. Then Saturday will be a great get back into it workout to burn all of it off!

In the meantime let’s get some partner workout time in!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength:
Jerk: 5×1
Front Squat: 5×5

Partner WOD: TBD

10am/1pm

Strength: Front Squat
4×5

Partner WOD: 17m AMRAP
30-20-10
Double Unders
Pushups
Wall Ball 20/14
KB Swing 53/35

– 1 partner works at a time.

– The workout is scored as follows: 30-20-10 is equal to 1 round. “30”, “20”, and “10” respectively are equal to 1 rep. So if you get through all 4 movements that is 1 round. If you then get the 21 done of all 4 movements of round 2, then your score is 1+4 (1 full round “30-20-10″ of all 4 movements, then 30s of all 4 movements in the next round.

Nov
20
By CFlando

“Nasty Girls”

“Nasty Girls”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05207

 

 


FRIDAY

Core Conditioning
WOD: For Time
50 Squats
Run 400m
50 Squats
Row 500m
50 Squats
Airdyne 2:00
Rest 1:00
Run/Row/Airdyne

 

BASE
Strength: Snatch
Find a 2 rep max TnG

WOD: “Nasty Girls”
3 Rounds
50 Air Squats
7 Muscle Ups (15 CTB Pull-Ups)
10 Hang Power Clean 135/95

 

PLUS
Strength: Snatch
Find a 2 rep max TnG

WOD: “Nasty Girls
3 Rounds
50 Air Squats
7 Muscle Ups
10 Hang Power Clean 135/95

SkWAT Team: Snatch Pull
4×3, heavy

 

THE PROGRAM
1. 5 Rounds NFT
3 TTB + Bar MU
5 OH Pistol 55/35
5 Triple Unders

2. Split Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 10-15 minutes
then
Find a 5 rep TnG Power Snatch in 3 attempts max

3. “Nasty Girls”

4a: Snatch Pull, 4×3 heavy, rest :60
4b: GHD Press, 45/35, 4×15, rest :60

Nov
19
By CFlando

“Cindy” on a Thursday? Sort Of

“Cindy” on a Thursday? Sort Of

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03931

 


THURSDAY

Core Conditioning: 9:15am-10:00am
Core: 3 Rounds
45s ME plank ups
30s ME alternating arm plank extension
15s ME super plank
Rest 30s
then 50 alternating (arm to leg) V Ups

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 Air Squat
150′ Sprint (75′ down and back)
20 Ball Slam
150′ Sprint
15 Alternating Arm Pushup on Ball
150′ Sprint
10 Burpees
Row 500m


CrossFit
BASE

Strength: Shoulder Press (Strict)
Sets of 3

WOD: 12m AMRAP
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air Squats

 

PLUS

Strength: Shoulder Press (Strict)
5 sets of 3
– 10-20 DB bench press immediately after set 1,3,5

WOD: 12m AMRAP
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-Ups
15 Air Squats

 

THE PROGRAM : Optional: Rest or Conditioning Day

– Be honest in your assessment of yourself. If you are feeling good then come in and get your work in, especially if you are competing on Sunday and taking Saturday off. You will squat tomorrow to make sure you get that in before taking the day before the competition off.

Conditioning:

5 Rounds
Row 750m
20 Push-Ups
rest 2:1

– This should be an all out effort for each round. Rest is for the entire round not just row.

Nov
18
By CFlando

Coaching!

Coaching!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02417

 

 

Weightlifting class at 6pm Wednesday! Members and non-members welcome. 

 

Weightlifting Class: Hang Snatch Work and Why You Squat

 

Since I spent much of yesterday’s post releasing anger about the atrocity that is the invention of flying, today I will spend time on actually coaching people. So here goes:

 

Deadlift (today specific): Today’s deadlift work is a bit different. These are to be done as max attempts for your 5, 4, and 3 rep sets. Then your 2 and 1 are based on how you feel, but can be PR attempts for those as well. This is a lot of work from a mental standpoint but let’s really break it down and you will see it really isn’t that much. This is PR City time ladies and gents. PR. City. Next door to Intense-City. It’s a palace of strength I’m talking about here

Your warmup should be minimal. Your coaching staff will gear the warmup towards this work. The goal and purpose of today’s class is your strength and WOD (more on WOD later) and nothing else. You should do 2 or 3 warmup sets where you move light weight (relative) STUPID FAST and prep right for that 5 rep max attempt. Do not waste time or energy. While it might seem daunting to try to set a PR on multiple different rep schemes, you are only doing 15 working reps total. If you do 2 sets of 5+ as warmup you aren’t even doing 30 deadlift reps total with 15 being heavy, working reps. From an overall volume standpoint that is nothing. You all eat 15 reps for breakfast!

As you get to your 2 and 1s you might not feel as strong depending on time of day, how much training you have been doing, how much deadlifting you have been doing, and other factors like rest, food, stress, etc. Do not fret if your 2 and 1 aren’t PRs. Try to keep them in the percentage range listed at least, and if a PR is happening then have at it and go hamsteak and cheese on that bar.

Work with your coaches on this!

 

WOD (today specific): Today’s WOD has 1 singular focus: Fast and faster! You want to do this in supersonic speed. Try to push yourself to do things unbroken, but we want to see you drop a bar or fall off the wall because you are so burned out that you can’t possibly hang on. Just go, go, go!

 

Handstand Push-ups (always): It is almost alarming to me to see so many people still doing handstand push-ups without a kip. This is 100% on us, your coaches. I understand it might be easier to default to doing your HSPU strict with a scale because the kip is tough to get down. I mean it when I say I understand because I used to do them strict just because I didn’t know how to kip properly. You must look at the kip of the HSPU the same way you look at the kip for pull-ups. You wouldn’t do “Fran” with strict pull-ups right? You wouldn’t even consider it! You MUST look at HSPU the same way. Like all movements there are 2 important aspects of the movement: the setup, and the execution. Both are equally important.

No matter what your scale you must setup so your head and hands can be in a tripod. This allows you to get your knees deep into your chest for the kip and stay in balance. If your head and hands are in a straight line you are trying to do a kip on a balance beam. Impossible. If your hands are 6-12″ farther from the wall than your head you can bring your knees all the way to your chest while maintaining balance in the headstand.

The execution of the kip is simple on paper, harder to do but once you get it down it is by no means “hard”. It’s just like anything else we do in terms of it takes time to develop. Muscle memory is all about quality repetition. If there is something to think about for today’s workout it is like the kip of the toes to bar from Tuesday: quick change of direction. Think like a jerk or push press. The dip is controlled but aggressive and then the drive is explosive. You are doing the same thing here just upside down. Simple right?!!

Check the video for more on all of this and get ready for HAM-time!

httpv://youtu.be/DB28k21-Zro

 

WEDNESDAY
– Percentages for DL are all for respective rep max (5 @ 100-105% is 5 reps @ 100-105% of 5 rep max)

BASE
Strength: Deadlift
5 @ 100-105%
4 @ 100-105%
3 @ 100%+
2 @ 90-105%
1 @ 90-105%

WOD: 3 Rounds
30 Double Unders
20 Hang Power Clean 75/55
10 Handstand Push-ups
5 Pistols (each leg)

 

PLUS

Strength: Deadlift
5 @ 100-105%
4 @ 100-105%
3 @ 100%+
2 @ 90-105%
1 @ 90-105%

WOD: 3 Rounds
30 Double Unders
20 Hang Power Clean 75/55
10 Handstand Push-ups
5 Pistols (each leg)

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
5 x 3

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Deadlift
5 @ 100-105%
4 @ 100-105%
3 @ 100%+
2 @ 90-105%
1 @ 90-105%

2. 3 Rounds
30 Double Unders
20 Hang Power Clean 95/65
10 Handstand Push-ups (use competition plate 45s and abmat)
5 Pistols (each leg)

*For RX+ all movements must be unbroken (pistols are debatable but must be done without stopping). If you trip on double unders you must restart at 0 (to get RX+), hang cleans must be 20 without stopping, HSPU are 10 without coming off wall, you get the point.

3. Run 800m, 50 GHD Hip Extensions, Run 800m, 50 GHD Situps AFAP

SESSION II

1. 6pm Weightlifting Class

2. Front Squat: 5 x 3
1st rep: AFAP
2nd rep: 3 second pause at bottom
3rd rep: 3310 tempo

Nov
17
By CFlando

F You Wright Brothers

F You Wright Brothers

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04900

 

I hate flying. I hate flying more than anything I hate. I hate a lot of things. Strongly.

I just got off 2 flights coming back from watching the Greatest Team in the History of Every Sport Ever continue to prove their greatness. Both flights were the most awful experience of my life. I never want to step on a plane again. I am forever a driver only.

I am an awful person when traveling. It is entirely because I am so anxiety ridden by the prospect of my life resting 100% in statistics and probability that are in absolutely no way shape or form controlled by me. For a severely OCD alpha male control freak flying is the worst experience possible: strap me into a space made for people 1 foot and 100 pounds smaller than me, do this in a small tube filled with a bunch of other people I don’t know, force me to listen to people i don’t know and in no way trust, and then send the small tube hurtling through the bumpiest wooden roller coaster ride ever and give me only a small port hole to stare out of for hours on end wondering at what instant the fuselage is going to tear apart and we are all going to hurtle 6 miles to the Earth and die. Before this I go through the anxiety of take off, the “yeah sure I trust this person I haven’t even seen with my own eyes let alone meet or spend any time with at the controls of this tube filled with people traveling at 400 mph on a road that is traversed constantly by similar flying tubes all controlled by humans listening to other humans they can’t see. Don’t even get me started on landing. If a flight attendant offered to punch me repeatedly to knock me unconscious as we descended into Boston tonight I would have gladly accepted.

This anxiety makes me evil from the second I get to the airport to the second I leave. I am rude. I don’t say please or thank you, and certainly don’t look people in the eye. I knock over old ladies, spit on children, and even kicked a cat once (never a dog). Being 6’5″ and somewhat goofy looking I stick out normally let alone when Im barreling down a terminal scowling at everything in my path and not caring for anything my back trailing behind me takes out (try wheeling one of these around that is made for someone 5’2″). People see me, they see my hate, and they instantly hate me back.

The mutual hatred combined with my institutional level anxiety turns me into the worst person ever by the time I am at my destination. The second we get off the plane, which is after I have sworn not two quietly under my breath at anyone taking more than .2 seconds to get off the plane, I wish I knew some sort of drug dealer. I want to become a junkie. I want to commit felonies. I want to drive my car into every single person who eyed me or I saw and accused of in some way ruining my travel experience. Which is everyone on Earth. I hate the people who invented flying. If I knew the Wright Bros. back in the day I would have burned all their stupid wooden planes.

After about 10 minutes of driving from the airport all the irrationality subsides and I turn back into the semi-normal person I am on a daily basis. I put my travel hatred in a box and lock it deep down in the recesses of my being because at this point in my journey home I usually realize how awful a person I just was the past 5-8 hours. I think the first part of accepting you have a problem is admitting you have a problem right? I have a problem with flying.

See in reality I can’t drive everywhere. I have relatives I like in states far away. Boston is awesome but man it’s cold as shit for too long and I will be the angriest person ever if I couldn’t leave at some point in February. My hatred of traveling is completely insane, but I’m also not really a sane person.

Flying is a necessarily evil in my life, just like toes to bar are necessary evils to a fitness enthusiast. Many of you will look at this WOD today and want to become me on travel days. Toes to bar aren’t fun. They hurt. We suck at them. They make our hands turn into pumice rock especially in the winter. They aren’t a barbell. They probably are in some way responsible for every major natural disaster ever.

But we got to do them. Have to. They are an excellent way to develop strength in the core and muscles of the back, they develop coordination with the kip, and like all gymnastics movements give us a better understanding of how to control our body in space. Never doing toes to bar would be like never flying: you could do it but you would be severely lacking in life very quickly.

Take a look at the video on the toes to bar and pay close attention to the kip. The key to this movement no matter what your scale is the aggressive pulling down on the bar with your straight arms. This brings your body up and back, decreasing the range of motion of work your core has to do to get your feet up to the bar, knees to your elbows, or knees to your chest. Developing this kip is essential to the toes to bar. Commit to it. Suck up not going “Rx TTB” in a WOD because you actually work on stringing your kip together rather than dangle like a retarded monkey on every rep. Even if you are just starting off and doing hanging tucks do them with the proper kip. You will thank me in the end.

Pray we never see each other in an airport. I won’t be nice.

httpv://youtu.be/Iuq4nR40HAk

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Pull-Ups
– Work with your coach on either finding a 3 rep max weighted pull-up, or doing an EMOM of strict pull-ups

WOD: 75 Toes to Bar
– Every 1:15 perform 10 Wall Ball 20/14

PLUS
Strength: Pull-Ups
– Work with your coach on either finding a 3 rep max weighted pull-up, or doing an EMOM of strict pull-ups

WOD: 75 Toes to Bar
– Every 1:15 perform 10 Wall Ball 24/16

THE PROGRAM
1. 5m AMRAP
Wall climb + forward roll into pistol, alternate legs

2. Weighted Pull-up
Find a 3 rep max

3. WOD: 75 Toes to Bar
– EMOM perform 10 wall ball 30/20*
note different timing

4. Push Press
5 sets of 2 reps

Nov
16
By CFlando

Bear Complexes

Bear Complexes

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

MONDAY

BASE
Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
5 sets of 2 reps

WOD: 30 Bear Complex 105/65
– EMOM perform 2 bar facing burpees

15 min time cap

– The workout starts with 2 bar facing burpees. Then perform as many Bear Complex (squat clean + stoh + back squat + stoh…thruster is allowed) within a minute towards 30 total. Every minute you will perform 2 bar facing burpees

 

PLUS
Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
5 sets of 2 reps

WOD: 30 Bear Complex 115/75
– EMOM perform 2 bar facing burpees

SkWAT Team: 50 GHD Situps AFAP

 

THE PROGRAM
1. Power Snatch
3 sets of 2 reps, heavy
then
EMOM 3m: 1 rep
EMOM 3m: 2 reps
Every 30s for 2m: 3 reps

– all multi rep sets are TnG

2. Back Squat (high bar)
5 sets of 2 reps

3. WOD: 30 Bear Complex 135/95
– EMOM 2 bar facing burpees

4a: 4×4 (each leg) standing split squat (weight using KB held at side), rest 60s
4b: 4×3 Snatch high pull for max weight (finish pull each rep), rest 60s

5. 60 GHD situps AFAP

 

Core Conditioning (9:15-10:00am)
Core: 3 Rounds
:30 parallette leg hold
:30 parellette pass thoughts
:30 parallette plank hold
rest :15
2 min AMRAP
10s hollow hold
10 lemon squeezer

WOD: 12m AMRAP
Row 200m
75′ KB Farmer’s Carry
10 Goblet Squat
10 KB Swings
75′ KB Farmer’s Carry

Nov
15
By CFlando

Sunday Strongman

Sunday Strongman

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04824

 

 

Come on in at 11am for a Strongman class with Jack. Non-members welcome!

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit

Strength: Push Jerk
Find a 3 rep max in 15-20m

WOD: 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
21 Shoulder to Overhead 95/65
12 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 95/65

Nov
14
By CFlando

“Legion 8″ at 10am/1pm

“Legion 8″ at 10am/1pm

By CFlando Posted on

Legion8_logo-2-841x1024

 

 

Come in an get in on a great Hero WOD called “Legion 8″. Legion 8 exists to honor the soldiers of Company B, 1st Battalion, 8th Cavalry Regiment, 2nd Brigade Combat Team, 1st Cavalry Division, (Bravo Company, 1-8) who fell during Operation Iraqi Freedom on 6/8/2007.

This WOD is near and dear to one of our own members, Chris Olsen. Sergeant 1st Class Olsen served as part of B Company during the troop surge in Iraq and the 8 soldiers who died (commemorated by the “8) were like brothers. Chris is active duty National Guard and thanks everyone for the recognition of those who serve and have served for participating in this WOD.


SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: 4×5 Low Bar Back Squat
WOD: Partner Conditioning/Skill WOD

Early Crew is encouraged to stay and do “Legion 8″

 

10am/1pm: “Legion 8″

8 Rounds
8 Thrusters 95/65
8 CTB Pull-ups
8 Clapping Push-ups
8 Power Snatch
8 Knees to Elbows
8 Sumo Deadlift High Pull
8 Handstand Push-ups
8 Toes to Bar

Run 800m after 8th round

Nov
13
By CFlando

Get Strong Like…Gymnast?

Get Strong Like…Gymnast?

By CFlando Posted on

00000-5

Gymnastics aka bodyweight movements are the big mystery to many people in our sport. Even at the elite athlete level a lot of people aren’t really sure how you get better at them, whereas something like the squat or the clean we know start to finish what to do…lift heavy ass weight! But when it comes to getting a first muscle up, or learning handstand push-ups, or handstand walks, or even a kip or butterfly pull-up, we are all at a loss.

Next week I will be posting about many of the gymnastics movements we use and how to go about progressing them to their most advanced version. The hidden gem in a lot of these movements is strength, and this is a part that many coaches and athletes alike miss when developing a plan to improve these skills.

Technique is very important, don’t get me wrong. The muscle up, for example, has very important mechanics that are integral to learning the movement and being successful at it in an advanced setting. Kipping, probably the most basic skill we have in the sense that everyone learns it at some point, has a technique that makes or breaks it. Bodyweight skills are developed through muscle memory, so getting a plan of progressions helps not just in learning the movement piece by piece but also by developing muscle memory. They say it takes 1000 repetitions to teach the body something so we have a lot of work to do!

However the missing link a lot of times is strength. Again thinking of the muscle up as our example, it takes a great deal of strength to accomplish a muscle up. You could have technique out the you know what but if you aren’t strong enough you aren’t getting to the top of those rings. Strength also can make up for deficiencies in technique, mobility, and stamina. The latter of the three being super important for performing these movements in a WOD where we almost never are well rested, being strong enough to muscle through a skill movement like the muscle up can make or break completing that last rep in a brutal workout.

Strict pull strength and pressing strength are my go to developmental parts of the muscle up even before having someone start on a progressions regimen. Go watch videos of an elite gymnast now knowing what you know about the movements we do and I promise you will be in for a treat as you marvel at the strength of those men and women. Think a muscle up is hard with a kip? Male gymnasts do them strictly on command during their ring routines!

Stay tuned for talks on muscle ups, pull-ups, handstand push-ups, and other skill movements and the plan for developing them from both a strength and technique standpoint.

For now take a look at the video below on handstand push-ups for today’s WOD!

httpv://youtu.be/CkDa_YZvuJs

 

FRIDAY

BASE

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

WOD: 15-12-9
Overhead Squat 135/95
Handstand Push-up to 1″ deficit

 

PLUS

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

WOD: 15-12-9
Overhead Squat 155/105
Handstand Push-up to 3″ deficit

 

THE PROGRAM

1. 4 Rounds NFT
1 Legless Rope Climb
5 OH Pistol (any leg) 75/55
17 GHD Situp

2. Hang Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

3. 15-12-9
Overhead Squat 185/135
Handstand Push-up to 5″ deficit

4. 4×8 Barbell Hip Extension, Heavy

Nov
12
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03532


THURSDAY

Core Conditioning (915-10am)
Core:
25 SItups
then 1:00 plank shoulder touches
rest approx. 30s as a group
25 situps
then 1:00 side plank (right)
rest approx. 30s as a group
25 situps afap
then 1:00 side plank (left)
Rest approx. 30s as a group
then max effort plank hold

WOD: 50 Push-ups, then
Run 400m
21 KB Swings 53/35
21 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
Run 400m
15 KB Swings
15 Box Jumps
Run 400m
9 KB Swings
9 Box Jumps
Run 400m

BASE
Strength: Bench
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 21-15-9
KB Swing 53/35
Box Jump 24/20 (full stand)
Ring Dips

PLUS

Strength: Bench
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 21-15-9
KB Swing 53/35
Box Jump 30/24 (full stand)
Ring Dips

THE PROGRAM (Southie Showdown People. Others: Off)

1. Deadlift
3-3-3-3-3

2. Bench Press
5-5-3-3-1-1

3. WOD: 21-15-9
KB Swings 70/53
Box Jump 30/24 (full stand)
Ring Dips

4a: Barbell Lunge (back), 4×8 step, rest :60
4b: CTB Pull-up: 4×12-20 (2 efforts max each set), rest :60

Nov
11
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03526

 

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Squat Clean
EMOM 12m, 1 heavy rep

WOD: 15m AMRAP
30 Burpee
Run 800m
50 Pistols (alternating)
100 Double Unders
25 Deadlift 225/155

 

PLUS
Strength: Squat Clean
EMOM 12m, 1 heavy rep

WOD: 15m AMRAP
30 Burpee to target 1′ above reach
Run 800m
50 Pistols (alternating)
100 Double Unders
25 Deadlift 275/185

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
3 sets of 3 reps, heavy


THE PROGRAM

SESSION I
– Southie Showdown Peeps do only Session I
1. L Sit Rope Climb Practice 10m
– Work on various progressions. First jump with kip into L. Then seated start up to L hold. Then up to 10 ft. Then up to 15 ft.

2. EMOM 12m
1 Squat Clean

3. WOD
15m AMRAP
30 Burpee to target 2’ above reach (ring)
Run 800m
50 Pistols (alternating)
100 Double Unders
25 Deadlift 295/205

 

SESSION II

1. High Bar Back Squat,
5×2, 1st rep pause at just above parallel/sticking point, 2nd rep explosive through
– by default this will be lighter than usual x2 sets. The focus is on working through the sticking point and the physiological aspects of what you need to do to get through your sticking point. So you will bounce out of the bottom, then pause again at just above parallel.

2. EMOM 5m
5 Man maker push-up 55/35
right into EMOM 5m
Row 8 Cal
right into EMOM 5m
5 Box Jump 40/30
right into 5m AMRAP
5 MM PU 55/35
8 Cal Row
5 Box Jump 40/30

Nov
10
By CFlando

Closed Tuesday for Veteran’s Day

Closed Tuesday for Veteran’s Day

By CFlando Posted on

iwomtsurubachi

 

 

We here at CrossFit Lando are honoring our veterans by closing for Tuesday, November 11.

Now I know this doesn’t sit well with some people as it takes a day away from the whole fitness thing. This I understand and really appreciate you rolling with our punches. Not only is this day being taken as respect for our Veterans but it is also a CrossFit Lando professional development day. Your coaches will be here spending the day organizing the wrap up of 2014 and getting ready to usher in the new year of 2015. I know it’s almost depressing to think but we aren’t too far from that time of year! Even though it is an “off” day work wise for us we will be spending it getting better as a staff, or many beatings for Jack! With the busy schedule we have had as a community as a whole, and the great things we have started and on the horizon it is imperative that we get days like this where we can get things done uninterrupted as a group and make sure the product we are giving to all of you is beyond top notch. We want it to be the notch. To keep your thirst for learning at bay here is an article from The CFL Factory that applies to everyone about lifting and why certain weights are important and why/when. This article here.

If it absolutely kills you to not be able to make it in for class I suggest a couple things. First and probably the most sensical is go to another CrossFit gym. Maybe chose “the other one” you would be going to if we didn’t’ exist, maybe close to work or home or in some other way not CrossFit Lando. Sometimes it is fun and exciting to try a new place, experience different coaches, and see what another community is like. I am not too worried about losing you guys to another place, I mean how many gyms can you get the Stacey Kroon experience, or have me coach an entire class without smiling, or be cleaned up for your night out without even taking a shower by dog tongue enzymes? I like to think of it like if you broke up with your current husband and wife sometime in the past because you/they wondered what new and wonderful things were out there being missed, only to get back together after many crappy blind dates and sh**ty first kisses/walks of shame realizing that you had it pretty damn good in the first place. We strive to not be the walk of shame but rather the welcoming hug and kiss after a few months away, albeit with a few weeks after of sideways looks, sneaking off to the bathroom with your cell phone to check your text and call history, stealing your email password until you change it and claim we knew nothing of it, and calling you at noon screaming and crying over the “poke” you got from the person we had never heard of before the break up. “What do you mean it meant nothing??!!! I thought you said you didn’t meet anybody!!!!”.

Another option is go for a long run. Remember that thing you did before you fell in love with me, I mean CrossFit Lando (ok that really was a joke because I know none of you like me in the first place)? Guess what? Long runs are actually a great way of getting in shape if they are just one part of a fitness regimen that incorporates many other things. Go hit a 5k and see what your time is these days. It’s supposed to be very nice weather tomorrow so take advantage of these days while you can!

There is also something crazy like taking an off day that you can do. Crazy I know! Stacey has punched me in the face for mentioning such things. But maybe mixing up the off days especially one where it could be 60 degrees in November could really set the week up nicely?! Yes? No? Maybe!??!!

Either way, again we appreciate you understanding us closing mid-week and look forward to seeing everyone on Wednesday!

 

We will be up and running again on Wednesday morning with the regular scheduled 5:30am class.

Nov
9
By CFlando

Closed Tuesday for Veterans Day

Closed Tuesday for Veterans Day

By CFlando Posted on
 Southie Showdown : The Entire Lando Crew (minus a few)

Southie Showdown : The Entire Lando Crew (minus a few)

 

We will be closed all day on Tuesday for Veteran’s Day. We rarely take the “minor” holidays off but this is one we do. We will be doing a special WOD on Saturday called “Legion 8″ per recommendation of some of our members. More on this later on in the week.

 

This past weekend a few awesome Landos participated in the Southie Showdown, a 2 day competition at CrossFit Southie, and I couldn’t be more proud as the owner of this box. See it wasn’t just the performances (Sarah finished 2nd overall!, Jack just missed top 20 with a 21st place finish of nearly 100 men, Joanna tied for 20th, Molly ended up in 30th having hung in the top 25 most of the weekend, and many other great accomplishments all around), it was the way everyone competed. CrossFit Lando was one of the best represented boxes the entire weekend in terms of support. One time Sunday I stepped back and was just in awe of what I was seeing: I had 2 members competing with 10+ watching them an 4 of which were actually in the competition who had just finished a WOD or were 10-15 minutes from their next heat, my head coach was there cheering/coaching/supporting even though she had worked both Saturday and Sunday meaning not an off day all week, my wife crushing the entire competition, and everyone having a blast through the whole thing. I use a lot of hyperbole, but it was literally the best thing I have experienced in a long time.

Yes it doesn’t hurt that my wife nearly won the whole thing. I’ll tell you what, I thought I had experienced the peak of nervousness with coaching Stacey in competition, but when it’s your own family it takes it up an entire notch. I am glad it was only 2 days because I didn’t have any more nerves in me to be fried! I am so proud of Sarah. Obviously she is my wife and I am proud of her for many things. She has dealt with a lot of adversity like many athletes do, from some heartbreaking performances at Regionals a few years back to getting her gall bladder removed earlier this year, it has been a bumpy ride. But she has worked hard. More than just working hard she has trusted the process. The first thing she told me in the car when we were going home was how grateful she is that she has me and Stacey to help her from a coaching perspective. I must agree, not with the me part, but its not every day you get to be helped by a Games athlete when working on weaknesses.

Believe me when I say we both know her success is minor in the grand scheme of things, but you bet it is sweet at the moment. Her recent success shows how it isn’t just about working hard. Everyone works hard. Everyone has a rough go here and there. Everyone wants to do well. When you trust that you need to put in the work over time is when good things happen, and that is what Sarah has been doing for all of 2014. Once she got healthy she dedicated herself to getting better at all the things she needed to get better at, and this podium finish was one small step in the direction of greater success she seeks. I’m super proud of you babe!

Jack, Flav, Tim, Mike, Joanna, Molly, George, and Bri-Strang, this weekend was special. It brought the FactoryFamily closer as a crew and it’s because you all worked hard and carried an immense pride with you while you did it. The numbers don’t mean anything compared to what something like this weekend does for our community. Everyone at the Southie Showdown came away thinking of CrossFit Lando as a positive, respectful community that works hard and demands the best from themselves and each other. That is what this is all about.

I thank you all for being amazing.

 

MONDAY

Core Conditioning (9:15am)

CORE: 3 Rounds, increasing weight on MB each round
:30 MB Russian Twist
:30 MB Situps
:30 Hollow Hold with MB
1:00 plank hold hand on MB
Rest :45 after each round
after last round then
1:00 ME V-Ups

WOD: 4 Rounds
Row 350m
15 Wall Ball 20/14
15 Ground To Overhead w/ Plate 45/35
Run 400m

 

BASE
Strength: Snatch Balance
4 sets of 2 reps

WOD: For Time
Run 600m
12 Thrusters 155/105
2 Snatch
10 Thrusters
2 Snatch
8 Thrusters
2 Snatch
6 Thrusters
2 Snatch
4 Thrusters
2 Snatch
2 Thrusters

PLUS
Strength: Snatch Balance
4 sets of 2 reps

WOD: For Time
Run 600m
12 Thrusters 165/110
2 Snatch
10 Thrusters
2 Snatch
8 Thrusters
2 Snatch
6 Thrusters
2 Snatch
4 Thrusters
2 Snatch
2 Thrusters

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
4 sets of 3 reps, heavy

THE PROGRAM
-If you competed at the Southie Showdown you must have 2 recovery days. 1 full off day of nothing but mobility, and 1 active recovery day. This is non-negotiable. You will be kicked out of the gym if you try to workout later in the week without having done this. With us being closed on Tuesday it could be a good day to be off, so Monday can be active recovery. Suggested work is below.

Showdown Recovery Day:
Run/Row/Airdyne for 20m @ 80% pace, resting for 1 full minute every 5 minutes. Mix up the 3 if you want.
then
5 World’s Greatest Stretch (each side)

Strength: Front Squat
4 sets of 3 reps. 80% 3 rm all 4 sets.

WOD: 10m AMRAP, done @ 80% intensity
30 Situps
30 Pushups
30 Air Squat
Run 400m

Non-Showdown People

1. Snatch
EMOM 6m: 1 Squat Snatch
– medium to heavy weight

2. Snatch Balance
4 sets of 2 reps

WOD: For Time
Run 600m
12 Thrusters 175/120
2 Snatch
10 Thrusters
2 Snatch
8 Thrusters
2 Snatch
6 Thrusters
2 Snatch
4 Thrusters
2 Snatch
2 Thrusters

3. Front Squat
4 sets of 3 reps, heavy

4a: 3xME GHD Situp Isometric Hold, rest :90
4b: 3×3 Snatch Grip Deadlift, heavy TnG

– GHD Situp ISO-Hold is hold a GHD Situp prone position. ME is go until you dip below parallel or cannot hold anymore.

 

Nov
8
By CFlando

Reminder only 10am Class Sunday

Reminder only 10am Class Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02345

Only 1 class for Sunday @ 10am. Come get your WOD on with Stacey!

SUNDAY

Strength: Push Press + Push Jerk
2+2, 2+2, 2+2, 1+1, 1+1

WOD: 21-15-9
Thrusters 115/80
-Run 400m after each round

*135/95

Nov
7
By CFlando

Weekend Update: No Early Crew, no 1pm Class (gym closes at 12pm), only 10am Class Sunday

Weekend Update: No Early Crew, no 1pm Class (gym closes at 12pm), only 10am Class Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02399

 

There will be no 1pm class for Saturday (gym closes at 12pm), and Sunday there will be only 1 class @ 10:00am. Come support your fellow Landos including coaches Flav, Jack, and Sarah in one of the better competitions of the fall.

There will also be no Early Crew for Saturday morning.

 

We have a great contingent of athletes competing at CrossFit Southie in South Boston. Things start around 9am and we got athletes going all day. Check out the link below which was done by the awesome Stacy Doyle for the heat times of each person. Thanks so much Stacy!

Southie Schedule

Also I heard there was an issue with seeing the newsletter. So here is a new link to try.

November Newsletter

 

SATURDAY

All Levels

Strength: Deadlift
4×5

WOD: “Jerry Swinger” from Southie Showdown
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 KB Swings 53/35
60 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
30 KB Swings 53/35
30 Wall Ball 20/14

Nov
6
By CFlando

Member of the Month: Jaime Bailey!

Member of the Month: Jaime Bailey!

By CFlando Posted on
DSC02714

Jaime Flying High as M.O.M. November

 

Check out the November Newsletter and learn more about Jaime Bailey, our November Member of the Month!

The Southie Showdown is at CrossFit Southie this weekend. We have a lot of people competing. Come check out one or both days and cheer on your Landos! We will have a tent and plenty to cheer for.

 

FRIDAY

BASE

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Pushups

PLUS
Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Pushups

SkWAT Team: 4×15 banded hip extension, rest :60

 

THE PROGRAM

Southie Showdown people should be off other than mobility, VERY LIGHT moving/woding (see below)

Showdown Prep: 1 Round NFT
10 Hang Squat Snatch (above knee hang) 95/65
9 Lateral Burpee over bar
8 KB Swing 70/53
7 Wall Ball 30/20
6 CTB Pull-ups
5 Box Jumps 30/24
4 Bar MU
300m Row

Non-Showdown
1. Snatch Work (all from the floor)
Snatch High Pull + Power Snatch + Squat Snatch

2. Overhead Squat
Find a 1 rep max

3. “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155

4a: 4×15 Banded Hip Extension, rest :60
4b: 4×15 TTB AFAP, rest :60

5: 4×2 Back Squat (high bar), 5511 Tempo

Nov
5
By CFlando

Getting Huge

Getting Huge

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed-1

Coach Dexter Helping With the Clean

 

 

 

THURSDAY

CORE CONDITIONING (915-10am)

CORE: 3 Rounds
10 V-Ups into Hollow Hold, rest :20 between sets
then 2 rounds
Plank Up-Down
Side Plank Hold
Plank Up-Down
Side Plank Hold

WOD: 30-20-10
Calorie Row
Ball Slam 20/14
Run w/ medball (600-400-200)

 

BASE

Strength: Bench Press
4-4-3-3-3

WOD: 30-20-10
Calorie Row
KB Swing 53/35
Run x2 (600-400-200)

 

PLUS
Strength: Bench Press
4-4-3-3-3

WOD: 30-20-10
Calorie Row
KB Swing 53/35
Run x2 (600-400-200)

*All KB done unbroken


THE PROGRAM
Full Rest and Recover Day

– If you are competing at CrossFit Southie this weekend you should take both Thursday and Friday off. If you are someone who likes to do some sort of working out before a competition then Friday you could do something very light (I will post a suggestion). BUT I highly recommend, and so does your high level competitor/coach Stacey, that you rest both days as you have A LOT of work to do coming up this weekend.

More info about Southie to come.

Nov
4
By CFlando

Weightlifting Class at 6pm

Weightlifting Class at 6pm

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06485

 

There will be weightlifting class at 6pm Wednesday. This will be the first of the “monthly” weightlifting class taught by yours truly. These will be occurring bi-weekly starting immediately. Wednesday at 6pm and Tuesday at 7pm mid month.

Non-Members are welcome on a reservation basis. Contact us ASAP.

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

Strength: Thruster
Find a 3 rep max (from rack)

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Toes to Bar
10 Overhead Squat 115/75
15 Lateral Burpees

 

PLUS
Strength: Thruster
Find a 3 rep max (from rack)

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Toes to Bar
10 Overhead Squat 115/75
15 Lateral Burpee

SkWAT Team: 7×2 Deadlift, heaviest able

 

THE PROGRAM

1. Overhead Pistol Work
– work on the movement if it is new to you. Use the same box scale as regular pistols and use anything from a PVC to empty bars.
Then: WOD
4 Rounds NFT
5 OH Pistols (any leg)
5 Triple Unders
5 Dragon Flag

2. Thruster
Find a 3 rep max from rack

3. WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Bar Muscle Ups
10 Overhead Squat 135/95
15 Lateral Burpee

SESSION II

1. Clean and Jerk Work: EMOM 6m
2 Power Clean + 2 Hang Power Clean + 1 Split Jerk

– this is all about time under tension. Increase weight as able but this should be no misses or at least get 6 minutes done.

2. Deadlift
7 sets of 2 reps. Heavy as able

3. Row 3500m/Airdyne 12m
– Done @ 85% intensity

Nov
3
By CFlando

What Walt Disney Taught Me About CrossFit

What Walt Disney Taught Me About CrossFit

By CFlando Posted on

00000-12

 

One of the best books I have ever read, both from an interest standpoint and pure fascination standpoint, is called Married to the Mouse: Walt Disney World and Orlando. The book is awesome for many reasons, and for those of you who know me as a complete mental patient in my love for Disney would be surprised to know that the book isn’t really full of love and fireworks for Disney. I won’t ruin it for anyone who wants a good read, but basically the book is about the creation of Disney World, from the concept of the magic, to the legal creation of a nearly self governing state within the United States, to why they don’t actually let people die on property. Whether you like Disney World or not it is a book worth reading, I’ll just leave it at that, and maybe a few other things. Other than the behind the scenes, and I mean deep behind the scenes, look into the creation of the greatest place on Earth, the book is so fascinating to me because it really gets into the process that Walt Disney went through to launch and execute his idea from start to finish.

Process. If you have been an athlete I coach for any amount of time it is something you are used to hearing this time of year. If you haven’t been an athlete I coach for very long then you will start to hear this to a point where you will judo chop me in the throat by January any time you hear me say it. The process is about the start TO THE finish, not just the start, and certainly not just the finish. In Married to the Mouse the first 75 pages or so talk about all the meetings, secret and not so secret, that went into just deciding where to put this “family friendly land of tomorrow”. An interesting little tidbit is originally Walt, very family oriented and not a drinker, wanted the entire park to be booze free. St. Louis was all but signed sealed and delivered as the site of Walt Disney World until the deal was called off the night before it was to be signed. Why? Walt was at a cocktail party where he was chided by one from the Busch family that he could never create the place he wanted without serving booze. Walt Disney and his entire group left on a private plane at sunrise the next morning, calling the deal off and setting their sights on Orlando. Other interesting thing is the reason he chose Orlando or St. Louis was the fact that it was sizable enough of an area but also had many major highways connecting making it very accessible.

So much of life is about the process. The process is what fancy posters in Skymall magazine call “The Journey” with then some quote underneath it and a picture of a boat traversing the open ocean in a CAT 5 hurricane. For real though, rarely do we get to where we want to be or accomplish what we want to accomplish in a matter of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, or even a year. The things that truly mean something to us, the lifetime achievements, take exactly that: a lifetime. I don’t make this s**t up. Walt Disney put every ounce of his soul into the planning of Disney World, not the construction or design but the planning to do so, for years before a single shovel entered the ground to start building his dream land. Whether your dreams are literally dreamland size, or just something of a hobby that turns into a job that turns into opening your own business, the process makes or breaks the level of your accomplishment.

Nothing that is truly lasting and fulfilling happens inside these walls in just one session. Even hitting a PR really only counts if you are able to replicate it another time soon after. What good is it if you can do something only once? Trust me when I say this is a standard you should hold yourself to and therefore strive to accomplish. It makes every goal never ending, scary to think at first, but ultimately sickening and enjoyable all at the same time. No PR happens in just one session though it might be accomplished as such. It happened through many many sessions, probably some failures, and definitely some days of just grinding it out. Understanding and accepting that this, and so much of life, is a process where you grow beyond the scope of what you are actually working on is the key to developing your fitness, regardless of your goals. Think back to your last PR and think about all the time that went into achieving that goal. How many classes, how many hours of extra work, and all just for 1 PR, 1 step in the development of your fitness. Think too, however, to what you learned about not just the development of that specific movement or movement group but about your training. Through the process of trying to set a new back squat PR you might learn something about nutrition that is lasting beyond that 1.5x BW back squat goal.

Take this and run with it my loyal Landos, right to Disney World. We all have different ends which means we have different paths to take us there. Despite these differences we all share one thing in common: we have a process in front of us that isn’t just one day. Take strength in the fact that you have hundreds of people ready to battle it out just like you to achieve something great. Whether it’s something simple like losing bands on pull-ups, or PRing the Clean, or qualifying for Regionals, or those “rest of life” things like raising a child, getting a promotion, or planning a retirement, all of it happens through continued focus over a period of time, achievement of small victories along the way, and the understanding that adhering to the process will give you the power and ability to dominate all aspects of your life in a simultaneous harmony in which the synergy creates an Earth shattering Big Bang-esque explosion where an Earth size Disney World is created in the aftermath. I will be the owner and ruler, and you all will get free admission for life, and every meal will be served at the German Biergarten.

 

TUESDAY

– There will be no scaling of Rope Climbs today. Strict Pull-Ups will be done in place of Rope Climbs if you cannot perform them to 15′ (as written in Base).

BASE
Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 3 Rounds, each round 4:00, resting 1:00 after each round
30 Wall Ball 20/14
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
AMRAP Strict Pull-ups

PLUS
Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 3 Rounds, each round 4:00, resting 1:00 after each round
30 Wall Ball 20/14
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
AMRAP Rope Climbs, 15′

4a: 4×10 Strict Pull-Ups, rest :60
4b: 4×5 Bench Press, rest :60

THE PROGRAM

1. Gymno Warmup
EMOM 3m
:30 HS hold (free standing if able)
EMOM 3m
3 L Pull-Up done at 8 second tempo (down and up total time)
EMOM 3m
5 double KB OH Squat (pick weight)
EMOM 3m
5 cartwheel (alternating)

2. Push Press
5-5-3-3

then 1 minute max reps @ 205/145, can rest anywhere but cannot rack.

3. WOD
3 Rounds, each round 4 minutes, resting 1:00 after each
30 Wall Ball 24/16
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
AMRAP Rope Climbs, 15’

4a: 4×5 strict pull-up (weighted), rest :60
4b: 4×5 bench press, heavy, rest :60

5. EMOM XXm
75′ HS Walk (unbroken)

Important for Today: Push Press

httpv://youtu.be/03jSQGMbhGc

Nov
2
By CFlando

Core Conditioning Starts Monday!

Core Conditioning Starts Monday!

By CFlando Posted on
154456_10101789026688062_574590019_n

The Best Ever. Proven Tonight.

 

Core Conditioning: I am excited that Monday marks the beginning of our new “Core Conditioning” class. These classes will run from 9:15-10:00am on Monday, Thursday, and Friday. The style will be much like a boot camp in the sense that it is more conditioning based and less strength focused. Each class will contain a directed core strengthening period, class specific mobility, and a conditioning based WOD. The programming will run in month long cycles so it is recommended that new people try to make it at the beginning of the month. However if a newbie wants to jump in in the middle of the month we will welcome you with open arms!

Core Conditioning requires no intro class and runs on it’s own membership, so if you are a newbie looking to get involved at CFL or are a current member who knows someone who want to be involved, this might be the perfect way to get them here! Like every class at CFL all movements will be coached thoroughly so everyone knows what they are doing and will get a great and safe workout. No discounts or specials can apply for this membership that works like a 3x a week membership. The Core Conditioning membership is $125 and means you can attend all 3 CC classes each week, but your membership does not cover any other class, workshop, or Open Gym period at CrossFit Lando. It purely is a special membership for these classes that meet M-TH-F at 9:15am. Like all our memberships there is no long term commitment and adjustments can be made anytime. If a member joins for Core Conditioning and decides they want to use more of the awesomeness of the gym, they can certainly change their membership to a regular membership that would include CrossFit classes, Core Conditioning, Open Gym, Strongman, Weightlifting, and Mobility programs.

For those of you who are already members you can attend Core Conditioning class with no change in your membership. Like stated above, our standard memberships will cover Core Conditioning and count as a class for your week just like anything else.

We are also adding a few more things to the menu, like more weightlifting classes, an in house weightlifting meet, more competitor time mid week, and some other things as we approach the new year. As always, stay tuned!

Southie Showdown November 8-9: There are a lot of CF Lando members participating in the Southie Showdown this coming weekend. It is November 8-9 held at CrossFit Southie and is a great event. I know that Joanna, Jack, Flav, Tony, Molly, Brian Kelley, Brian Strang, Tim Bryant, and Sarah are all getting ready to roll and represent #CFL, #CLFL, #FACTORYFAMILY, #PROGRAMARMY (If I missed anyone PLEASE let me know). This is a great local competition. It is set up like a mini Regionals with a tent city for athletes and spectators, food and apparel vendors, and two boxes full of competition for both days. We have some great athletes who will be competing and most importantly it will be a blast of a weekend for both athletes and spectators. If you are free this coming weekend plan on making it down to Southie to watch. Classes will still be running in the mornings both days at CFL too, so you can get your WOD in then come down and support your fellow Landos!

 

MONDAY

BASE
Strength: Clean
Find a 1 rep max Power Clean

WOD: 10 Minute AMRAP
Run 1 Mile
AMRAP Clean and Jerk 135/95

PLUS
Strength: Clean
Find a 1 rep max Power Clean

WOD: 10 Minute AMRAP
Run 1 Mile
AMRAP Clean and Jerk 155/105

Core Work: 3×20 GHD Situps, rest :60 between efforts

THE PROGRAM
Read here for a few notes on what is going on. Didn’t want to post here so people don’t complain about things being too long.

1. Snatch Work
Option A:  If you are doing the Southie Showdown then you will do the complex for the event.
1 Hang Squat Snatch + 2 OHS, starting at a specific weight and performing a lift EOM for 10m, increasing by 10/5# every 2 min.

Option B: If you are not doing Southie Showdown then your work is the following
1 Hang Power Snatch + 1 Power Snatch (floor)

2. Power Clean
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD
10 Minute AMRAP
Run 1 mile
AMRAP Clean and Jerk 155/105

4a: 3×5 rack pull (above knee, heavy as f**k), rest :30
4b: 3×20 GHD AFAP, rest :60

5. Optional Extra Work: Push/Pull
WORK: Rogue Sled + Rope
– 5 rounds, push sled 60′, pull hand over hand 60′
find a max weight able to keep the weight moving

 

Core Conditioning
Core Work: 4 times through
:30 Sit ups
:30 Superman
1:00 Plank Hold
rest :30

Workout Of The Day
15 Minute AMRAP (As Many Rounds/Reps As Possible)
Run 400m
15 Burpees
20 Split Jumps
25 Kettle Bell Swings 53/35

– Each movement will be instructed before the work starts

Nov
1
By CFlando

Sunday 11.2

Sunday 11.2

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06958

 

Strongman Class is Sunday at 11am!

SUNDAY

10am CrossFit Class
Partner WOD:
2 Rounds
50 Thruster 95/65
100 Pushups
150 Double Unders

Strongman:

Find a max yoke carry, 50′
– must be done in :20 or less to count

Oct
31
By CFlando

Interesting Things…

Interesting Things…

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04351

 

Now that the Paleo Challenge is over and you don’t have the In House to look forward to, here are a few things to check out that a some of your fellow Landosians are up to:

 

ECC Qualifiers: The East Coast Championship has become a premier event for competitive CrossFit athletes all over the country and takes place right here in Boston. This year they are asking people to do an online qualifier, much like the Opens, to determine who gets to compete that weekend. It is incredibly prestigious and difficult to qualify, most likely around a 5% qualifier rate, but Jack, Sarah, and Joanna will be giving it their each weekend the next few weekends to see how it goes. All there are very prepared but it is a incredibly competitive situation so we are just all wishing them the best. Who knows, maybe they will even be able to qualify a CrossFit Lando Team that you can all cheer on at the competition which is held in January. Stacey will be competing as an individual and with another team that weekend.

Southie Showdown: Next weekend a bunch of Landos are competing at CrossFit Southie during the Southie Showdown. This is a very well run, 2 day competition right near downtown Boston. This year we will have a tent setup in Tent City and there are always a ton of vendors, both apparel and food, so it’s a great spectator venue. This combined with us having a bunch of great Lando athletes and November 8th and 9th look to be a really fun time.

Strongman: All you crazy strongmen/strongwomen out there, Jack will be coaching Strongman Class at 11am this Sunday! (replaces regular CF class)

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

1. Snatch
EMOM 10m
2 Hang Squat Snatch (any) from below knee. Keep this technical then technical. Make each rep perfect, THEN get heavy.

2. High Bar Back Squat
5-5-5-5-5
– this should take close to 25 minutes. Get heavy and get your rest in between sets.

3. Sled Drag/Push Conditioning
– 15m constant clock, push a sled 75′, then drag a sled 75′, then Airdyne 1:00, then Row 1:00, all done as close to continuously moving as possible but at about 90% pace. Sleds should have 90/45 on them.

10am/1pm class
Strength: High Bar Back Squat
5×5

WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
Run 1000m

Oct
30
By CFlando

And The Winner Is….

And The Winner Is….

By CFlando Posted on
Lil Wayne didn't win the Paleo Challenge, but he is the best rapper alive

Lil Wayne didn’t win the Paleo Challenge, but he is the best rapper alive

 

 

Well here we are. The time has come to announce the winner of the Fall Paleo Challenge 2014.

We had over 50 people take the Challenge and it looks like almost all 50 stuck with it through the entire process. Everyone who stuck it out, even if you had some lapses and wagon falling off ofs, deserves a huge amount of credit. Of all the hardest things about this lifestyle, THE hardest thing is the fact that the rest of society (sadly) isn’t on board. Unfortunately we only allow you to be here for a few hours a day. The rest of the time you have to spend fighting off the temptations and the naysayers trying to bring you down. You won the fight!

So this time around we are having 1 winner. When it came down to it we had 4 very eligible people for this top spot. What we decided was we chose 1 winner and then gave the other 3 a tie for runner up because all 4 of them did awesome in many facets of the Challenge. Our winner will get the full prize pack of a protein bag, a super awesome jump rope, Redline wrist wraps, and other goodies, and our runner uppers will get a SFH protein bag.

As for the Challenge the judgement came from a combination of highest point total for the food log, weight loss (% of BW), and performance in the retest. The decision ultimately is arbitrary that came down to a vote from the entire staff. So without stringing you all along any further, here is how it shook down:

 

Winner: Tarken Friske
Runners Up: Rob Tomlinsen, Tony LoRusso, Jorge Galvez

 

226817_18567529222_5548_n

Tarken Friske: Fall 2014 Challenge Winner!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tarken Friske: Known simply as “Tark” he had some of the most drastic changes. To start he lost just under 10% of his BW, took 2:30 off his “100 burpees” time (AMAZING), and 1:12 improvement on “Fran”. He improved by 10# on both his Back Squat and CnJ. These are all INCREDIBLE improvements. One of the biggest things Sarah said when she laid out the Challenge was that nutrition was a HUGE part of this, her best advice being “you can’t out train a bad diet”. This is very true and Tarken was almost perfect (8 points off the lead) in points coming in 4th overall. Not only did he kick butt in all measuring statistics but he proved that diligence to your diet makes the difference.

Not for nothing but this is coming from a dude who has a wife and 2 kids. Not the easiest thing to handle when making massive lifestyle changes! Congratulations Tarken!!

Jorge Galvez: Jorge had some incredible improvements, losing 5% bodyweight, 20# and 5# improvement on his CnJ and Back Squat respectively, a 1:00 improvement on “Fran” and :30 improvement on “100 burpees” which brought him seconds from sub 5:00. Jorge crushed the points coming in 5th place and was a great member of the community throughout, taking pictures for everyone, sharing recipes on Facebook, and cheering like a mad man during the test and retests.

Tony LoRusso: This is Tony’s second time on the leader board of a Paleo Challenge. Big T was 3rd overall in points, had a 20# improvement on the clean and jerk, 5# on his back squat (which was already 430#), and took his “Fran” down to sub 3:00. He also took 1:45 off his burpees. To top it off he lost 15# or almost 8% BW. Considering Tony was already very fit in many of his measurements these improvements are even more impressive.

Rob Tomlinsen: Rob was as close to the winner as any of the honorable mentions got, his coming in 9th overall on the points being his only non-spectacular part, but still pretty darn good! He lost almost 10% of his BW, improved his Back Squat to 450# (a 25# PR), 12s on “Fran” and 1:30 on “100 burpees”. Rob also won a personal battle between him and myself where he kicked my butt in all facets of the Challenge. Great job Rob!

 

As you can see the men dominated our top spots but it wasn’t just these 4 who did amazing things during the Paleo Challenge. Christina, the Queen of Paleo, was our points leader. Christina deserves a special shout out for the fact that she hasn’t cheated, literally, since 2014 began. Think of that? Her entire life is a Paleo Challenge! Alyssa Marina was 1 point behind her with 403 for 2nd place overall in the points. Kyle Hicks lost 14#, Teresa Clarke 8# and 2″ off her waist, and Dana Randolph used to have 3+ drinks a night and gave it up cold turkey helping him drop 9#. Kelli D lost 6# and saw a ton of improvement with stomach issues and noticed she sleeps a ton better too. Both of these are things I notice with myself when really spot on with my eating, proving that clean eating is more than just losing weight and lifting more (though the latter is especially important!). To round out our amazing losers is Ben Hollingsworth who lost 16#!

Maureen Demer entered into the Challenge very skeptical/scared and came out amazing. She PRd a 10k, all her retests, and lost 10#, all while learning to cook! Addie realized she needs new pants while improving by nearly 20# on the CnJ and 2:00 on “Fran”. Jenny Y might have some of the best overall improvements with 3:15 on “Fran”, 1:00 on burpees, 5# on both the back squat and CnJ, and 3# lost! My main man Ronny lost 10#, PRd almost everything, and Candice improved on all things especially :43 on “Fran”.

This surely isn’t the end of the list of amazing accomplishments from the Paleo Challenge but it is all we have for now. I am sure there are more people out there who did things that they never thought they could, nutrition and performance wise, and you all deserve so much credit. I know at times your staff here, especially Flav, Jack, Stacey, and Sarah, make everything look so easy with performance and diet. Trust me we all know it isn’t easy and you all did incredible things.

Congratulations to our winner Tarken Friske, our runner uppers, and all of you who stuck to the Challenge!

 

FRIDAY

BASE

Strength: Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Ryan”
5 Rounds
15 CTB Pull-Ups (7 Muscle Ups is “Rx” for this WOD)
21 Burpees

*25 minute time cap

 

PLUS

Strength: Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Ryan”
5 Rounds
7 Muscle Ups
21 Burpees

*25 minute time cap

THE PROGRAM

1. Gymno Warmup: not for time
10 skin the cat (ring)
5 legless rope climb
10 straddle press to handstand or progression
15 plyo pushups

2. Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD : “Ryan”
5 Rounds
7 Muscle Ups
21 Burpees

4a: 3×3 Push Press, rest :60
4b: 3×5 Axle Bar Bicep Curl w band, rest :60

 

Important for Today: Push Jerk

httpv://youtu.be/p-H4l9bK0LA

Oct
29
By CFlando

All of the Pressing

All of the Pressing

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05929

 

THURSDAY

BASE

Strength: Shoulder Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 11m AMRAP
5 KB Lunges, each leg (goblet) 53/35
10 KB Swings
15 Push-ups

PLUS
Strength: Shoulder Press
3-3-3-1-1-1

WOD: 11m AMRAP
5 KB Lunges, each leg (goblet) 70/53
10 KB Swings
15 Push-ups

THE PROGRAM
Full Rest Day

Oct
28
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge

Paleo Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

00001-5

Results for the Paleo Challenge will be released on Friday!

WEDNESDAY

BASE
Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: For Time
20 Front Squat 135/95
60 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Snatch 135/95

PLUS
Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: For Time
20 Front Squat 145/100
60 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
10 Snatch 145/100

SkWAT Team: EMOM 8m, 2 heavy power clean

THE PROGRAM
1. Run 400m AFAP
then
3×20 Pistols (alternating) rest 60s between pistol efforts
– This is speed pistol practice. Push your pace on them.

2. Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

3. WOD
20 Front Squat 165/115
60 Box Jumps 24/20 (Full stand)
10 Snatch 165/115

4. EMOM 8m, 2 heavy power clean

SESSION II

1. WOD: Part a. go AHAFP (As Hard As F**king Possible)
a. Row 750m
100 Double Unders
30 Lateral Burpees over P-Lette

Rest 5:00

b. 15 Rounds
Airdyne :30 AFAP, 1:00 easy pedal approx 70% pace of AFAP

Oct
27
By CFlando

The End and The Beginning

The End and The Beginning

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01923

 

This is the end…

If I was Jim Morrison I’d drop some LSD and fly to Vietnam to wax poetic about the Paleo Challenge finishing up and what it means to you, to me, to us, to the world and greater civilization.

I am not Jim Morrison, however, and I actually dislike the Doors for the overrated nostalgia driven fame that they have, and I have a hard enough time recovering from drinking nights like Saturday so LSD is just out of the question. Therefore instead of the intro to this blog being started off with cryptic helicopter rotors spinning to gloomy/creepy twinklings of another college bro over hyped Doors song, you get this. And if you have no idea what I’m talking about, go watch Apocalypse Now. Alone. At 3am. Naked.

What is a Paleo Challenge? Stripped down from all the emotional build up that occurs with a time of personal sacrifice and introspection, a Paleo Challenge is a time for change. Everyone takes this period of time differently. I know some people who have incredible transformations both physical and emotional. I know others who look at it as simply a time to challenge and sacrifice as a break from a usual lack of direction. Some people take it literally as a challenge, a “let me see what I can do” sort of period that otherwise doesn’t exist in their life. And for people like myself it is a time of reckoning, a wake-up call from a previous period where self control lacked along with any sense of pride.

Whatever the Paleo Challenge means to you, it is over now, so go eat pizza and drink every night. That’s the point right?

In reality it is sad that we even have to have a Paleo Challenge. I don’t mean this as a personal attack on any of us but rather a reflection on us, the world, the distance and time it would take to travel to Neptune. It has always struck me as interesting, even odd, that a place where health and wellness are the focal point, sometimes even the ONLY point, that there has to be a contest like period of time where food is restricted to get people to actually eat well. The thing with the Paleo Challenge is that the way of eating laid out in the rules is really the way we should be eating. It isn’t just a Lent like penance period where we can immediately just shut the book on “clean eating” for a few months. This is for real, but unfortunately none of us understand that it is in fact how we need to be treating ourselves year round with maybe a 6 week period where we can eat whatever we want. Clean is the new sexy. Actually it should just be, be not in the sense of eat this way to get wicked jacked but be in the sense of eat this way to not die fat and alone at an early age.

The truth of the matter is every time I gorge myself on pizza, booze, and ice cream (which is often) I am taking hours off my life. It is sad to think with all the amazing things the advancements of human intelligence have brought us it hasn’t brought us the understanding, or I guess self control, to not consume things that directly inflict damage upon the only thing that really matters; our body. It is like smoking. I never understood how anyone under the age of 40 smokes. If you do you are an idiot. Yet again here I am criticizing someone for the choices they make on consumption when I am still feeling the effects from what I drank on Saturday night. If that isn’t a clear indication of negatively affecting your life expectancy I don’t know what is. Truthfully if sugar and gluten and booze had the same negative press on smoking imagine where we could all be? I almost wish I was brought up knowing I would face incredible amounts of disdain, anger, and neglect from my parents if I ate cookies the same way it was pushed on me about smoking.

The even sadder thing with all of this is it won’t change. I probably will eat pizza tonight (I owe it to myself because I didn’t really eat anything bad all weekend). Everyone who did the Challenge will reverse much of the positive it had (if you even made it that far) in a matter of 2 weeks with all the “make up” eating and drinking we will do. This all just in time for the Holidays where pounds go on like winter sweaters but come off wayyyyyyy harder. Come January 1 the FB blog will have the posts and prayers for another Challenge because we are so off the wagon we don’t even know where we parked it last time we used it. Somewhere behind the pizza boxes. God I love pizza.

Or what about this. How about we can not let any of this happen. Imagine that. Really think about it. I shared my struggles on the couple of posts I made, the struggles I have had my entire life with my image and my desire to change it, yet having a weird inability to really do it to the extent I want because I essentially can’t stop myself from eating shit. So imagine if we took everything we learned, informationally and about ourselves, and actually kept using it? Like on Tuesdays from now until 2050, and on Saturdays until he same time, and everyday without a Challenge to force us. If you made it through the entire Challenge you showed a lot of strength, for many of you probably a strength you have never shown.

I’m not even saying continuing on Challenge like strictness, but maybe like 90% of the way. Think of the amazing realizations you made the first week or so, how bad your habits were and how amazed you were with how bad you actually were treating yourself. Now think of how far you have come (Rob Thomas style) and how your daily routine is nothing like it used to be from a consumption standpoint.

Why let yourself fall back into that?

The hardest thing to change is a habit. The Paleo Challenge is about breaking bad habits. If you survived then you broke scores of bad habits, ones that weren’t just hindering your daily happiness but ones that were hindering your earthly longevity. Now we all have the power to change, not to change but to remain changed. The hard work has been done. We are all on easy street now. If you ever feel weak you can indulge, or you can remember these words: Eating badly kills you just like smoking.

If you didn’t take the Challenge, or didn’t stay the course, you are doomed to an early death and probably a stint in hell.

I’m kidding again (or maybe it’s the LSD) but for all of us I ask, “what are we waiting for?”. We are part of an amazing community that focuses on health, on longevity, on always being better than we were the day before. The power is here for us all to make lasting changes every single day. Use it.

This is the final touch to my talk on Community that started last week, as what went on this past weekend is THE example of this community. We had 40+ people go through weeks of sacrifice, 40+ people compete with over half of them doing so for the first time, and just as many meet out in public to celebrate accomplishments that extend beyond PRs of pounds or seconds. What you all bring to this place every time you step in is what community is, the individual efforts, sacrifices, trials and tribulations that amount to something much greater but nearly immeasurable until times like this past weekend.

CrossFit Lando specifically is a place where you get from it what you put in. If you are looking for something in your life to help guide you, motivate you, change you, then I urge you to use this community. Partake in everything we have, sacrifice daily beyond what you ever have or ever dreamed you would, and give yourself to the community that has formed here. What you get from it, and better what you become from it, will be great thousands of times beyond any amount of money you spend on a membership or any time you can spend anywhere else.

That’s all I have for now. I’m going to enjoy my pizza tonight not because I deserve it but because I got married 6 months ago and feel I need to remind her of what I could become every now and then.

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Snatch Work
1 Hang Squat Snatch + 2 OHS: find a max in 15-20 minutes

WOD: 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
25 Pull-ups
12 Handstand Push-ups

PLUS
Strength: Snatch Work
1 Hang Squat Snatch + 2 OHS: find a max in 15-20 minutes

WOD: 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
25 Pull-ups
12 Handstand Push-ups

SkWAT Team: 4×3 Bench Press, heaviest possible

THE PROGRAM

1. Handstand Work
– work for 10m on FSHSPU
– EMOM 3m, 50’ HS walk

2. Snatch
Hang Squat Snatch + 2 OHS

3. WOD
3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
25 Pull-Ups
12 Handstand Push-ups*

*HSPU to 35# plates deficit

4a: 4×3 weighted pull-up, rest :60
4b: 4×3 bench press, rest :60

*when something is written like this, “a” and “b”, it means perform a set of “a”, rest the allotted time, then perform a set of “b” and so on.

5. EMOM 8m, ME banded pushup
– Men use green bands, women use blue. Perform 1 ME UB set, then try to maintain 75% of that number EMOM.

Oct
26
By CFlando

Monday

Monday

By CFlando Posted on
1533738_10152328173801541_122154957372303886_n

2014 In House Competition Crew

 

Those of you who participated on Saturday in the In House: First of all, thank you! Second of all, please be careful with your rest. If you are sore in any way you need more time off, BUT you need to get into the gym and move ASAP. If you wake up tomorrow and feel at all sore, tired, beat up, what you need is sub maximal intensity of about 30-60 minutes. If you want to take class then keep weights light and effort levels focused but sub maximal. If you don’t think you have class in you I urge you to still come in and do some rowing or running and mobilize. Your coaches can help guide you with work to do if you need it.

 

MONDAY

BASE

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-4-3-1-1-1

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
10 Clean and Jerk 135/95
Rest 2:00

 

PLUS
Strength: Front Squat
5-5-4-3-1-1-1

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
10 Clean and Jerk 155/105
Rest 2:00

Core: 3×20 GHD sit-ups AGAP, rest :60 between efforts

THE PROGRAM
1. Clean Work

– 15m for max hang power clean + hang power clean + hang squat clean (all above knee hang)

2. Strength: Front Squat
5-5-4-3-1-1-1

3. WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
10 Clean and Jerk, increasing weight each round*
Rest 2:00

*135/95, 155/105, 175/115, 195/125

4. 3×3 Deadlift + Hang Deadlift w/3s pause at above knee, strict across

5a: 3×7 Box Jump 40/30 (full stand), rest :60
5b: 3×20 GHD situps AFAP, rest :60

Oct
25
By CFlando

No Strongman. Regular Sunday Schedule

No Strongman. Regular Sunday Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

10348195_10204595741109391_50806376998180190_n

 

 

 

SUNDAY

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
50 Double Unders
20 Toes to Bar
rest 2:00

Oct
24
By CFlando

THROWDOWN!!!!

THROWDOWN!!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06973

CrossFit Lando is closed for classes for Saturday, October 25.

In House Throwdown: First heat goes off at 9:15am. Athlete registration starts at 8:00am. Volunteers and judges please be here by 8:15am. Meetings start at 8:30 and warmup starts at 9:00 (officially, you can warmup entire time before once you get here and are registered).

If you haven’t registered or paid yet please do so by 8:30 to be included in a heat. Late registration will not be allowed as we have to get the heats set.

Food will be here for sale (free for athletes and volunteers) and spectators are encouraged!

People seem to be fired up for going out tomorrow night so we will make a group decision tomorrow after the competition is over. People are welcome to stay and eat, play games, enjoy some beverages, and celebrate the end of the Paleo Challenge!! Non-competitors can come out as well. We want as many people out in Boston tomorrow night as possible. Come hang with your Lando community!

See you all tomorrow!

Oct
23
By CFlando

In House Throwdown Info

In House Throwdown Info

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06910

 

 

While we are still a full day from the In House I know a lot of you are like me and want details and information, so here is what we have so far.

 

In House Throwdown
-Volunteers and Judges please arrive no later than 8:15am

Athlete Check-in: 8:00-8:45am
– this is where you come in, declare your level, and do your personal mobility. There will be warm-up space and time for everyone and every heat including the 1st heat of the 1st WOD.

Athlete/Judges Standards meeting: 8:45-9:00am
– this is where we go over all the rules for each WOD

WOD 1 Start: 9:15am
– each heat runs 15 minutes. We will run 4 or 5 heats pending last minute sign ups. Figure 1 hour for each WOD. So WOD 1 will approximately be 9:15-10:15, WOD 2 10:30-11:30, WOD 3 11:45-12:45. We will have a 30 minute break to give people a rest and calculate final scores. Final WOD will be around 1:30 with the podium announced around 2pm.

 

FRIDAY
– If you are competing in the In House but are one of those people who like to get a little moving in the night before a competition and you took Thursday off your suggested work to be done in class is at the bottom of this page. You are more than welcome to get work in as you wish but please be respectful of classes.

 

BASE and PLUS

WOD: “Filthy Fifty”

50 Box jump, 24/20 (bounding allowed)
50 Jumping pull-ups
50 Kettlebell swings, 53/35
Walking Lunge, 50 steps
50 Knees to elbows
50 Push press, 45 pounds
50 Back extensions (Sub Supermans)
50 Wall ball shots, 20/14
50 Burpees
50 Double unders


THE PROGRAM 

1. Skill Warmup: for quality
Row 500m
30 alternating pistols
15 muscle ups

2. Power Snatch
Warmup then find a 5 rep max TnG in 3 attempts

3. “Filthy Fifty”

In House Competitors’ Suggested Work

WOD: Done at 80% intensity

30 Box jump, 24/20 (bounding allowed)
30 Jumping pull-ups
30 Kettlebell swings, 53/35
Walking Lunge, 30 steps
30 Knees to elbows
30 Push press, 45 pounds
30 Back extensions (Sub Supermans)
30 Wall ball shots, 20/14
30 Burpees
30 Double unders

 

Core Work: 8m AMRAP
5 GHD Situps
1 Legless Rope Climb
10 GHD Situps
1 Legless Rope Climb
15 GHD Situps
1 Legless Rope Climb

– Continue adding 5 GHD sit-ups each round

Oct
22
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Logging Ends Friday @ Midnight

Paleo Challenge Logging Ends Friday @ Midnight

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03985

 

Paleo logs close Friday! Get those stray logs in. Winners will be announced next week!

Great work by everyone this week. A little perspective on what went down:

Back Squat PRs: 36 with an average of 11.3# improvement
Clean and Jerk PRs: 39 with an average of 7.9# improvement
100 Burpees: Average improvement of 44 seconds
“Fran”: Average improvement of 30 seconds

 

In House Competition: Still not sure about signing up? We will take people all the way until Saturday morning. I have the setup so we can just plug people in so if you still need a few days to think about it you can. Do not worry about what scaling to do, just make the commitment and do it!!

 

THURSDAY

BASE
Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Overhead Squat 95/65
10 Lateral Hops, 2′ (half width of a floor mat)
10 Pushups

 

PLUS
Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Overhead Squat 115/80
10 Lateral Hops, 4′ (full width of a floor mat)
10 Pushups

 

THE PROGRAM

If you are doing the In House pick which day you want off, Thursday or Friday. If you want to take Friday off then it is suggested you do today’s workout as written (Plus). If you want to take Thursday off there will be a “pre-comp” work posted to guide you along the way. Of course you can also take both days off, it’s YOUR time.

Oct
21
By CFlando

Judges and Volunteers Needed for Saturday

Judges and Volunteers Needed for Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06469

 

 

 

So as you might know we are hosting our 2nd Annual In House Throwdown on Saturday. We have almost 40 people signed up which is epically awesome. We could use some help, however, with judging and just moving the day along. Judging is VERY relaxed. Basically counting reps and cheering people on. This is the most important thing for the day as the people competing deserve a fair and honest effort for what they are doing. The entire staff will be judging and volunteering but we need 4-5+ people to help.

Judges and volunteers, as well as all athletes, get free food from the one and only Connector Cafe. Spectators will be able to buy food and baked goods so even more reason to convince family and friends to come watch. Everyone is invited to hang out after the event and enjoy some adult beverages while we rehash the days events. ALMOST MORE IMPORTANTLY we will be convening down in the big city of Boston Saturday evening at a location TBD to further enjoy each other’s company.

In other words Saturday is can’t miss!

Competing on Saturday? Here is WOD #3.

 

WEDNESDAY: LAST PALEO CHALLENGE RE-TEST DAY

BASE AND PLUS

WOD: “Fran”
21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Pull-ups

 

THE PROGRAM

Session I: “Fran”

Session II

1. Snatch Work
3×2 from above knee hang
then
3×1 from floor (medium-heavy)
then
EMOM 6m
1 heavy full snatch

2. Overhead Squat, heaviest possible
3×6
– ME ring dips between sets, rest 2-3 minutes after ring dips before next OHS

3. Deadlift, heaviest possible
4×3, hands on rings grip (wide)

Oct
20
By CFlando

In House Therapist Kyle Hicks Now Available For Appointments!

In House Therapist Kyle Hicks Now Available For Appointments!

By CFlando Posted on

10341708_10202916956259943_2099469677687190507_n

 

In House Throwdown WOD #2

 

I would like to take a moment to introduce Kyle Hicks to our community. Kyle has been a member here for a few months and has been a distance part of the CFL Family since we opened so it’s kind of a late introduction. However I am giving him a formal intro as we are lucky to have him as our new Resident Therapist and Athletic Trainer. Kyle studied at Springfield College and has been an athletic trainer since graduation. He has always had an interest in sports and since starting CrossFit a few years back became even more interested in how his knowledge of the body and therapy can help people move better, heal quicker, and overall be more fit and healthy. He is especially adept in something called ART, or Active Release Therapy. It is a soft tissue release (massage) technique that is much more than just your every day massage. Kyle is also skilled in working with people of all athletic and fitness backgrounds in myofasical release, trigger point therapy, correcting biomechanics, and sports rehab.

Why is this important to you? Because Kyle is available for services to you here at CrossFit Lando, meaning we now have a therapist on hand for you to get worked on and heal whatever ailments you might develop. You can schedule an appointment with him right now through email, [email protected], and we will soon have a sign up through our website where you can book appointments when he is available. All of the coaches here get worked on and we have all seen amazing results in a short time. The best part is he only charges $20 for about 30 minutes of work (all depends on your issues) and is available at a lot of different times to do work right here at CrossFit Lando.

If you are having issues with ANY part of your body you should contact Kyle ASAP. Back trouble, shoulder issues, hips, elbows, ankles, literally any part of your body that is causing issues during your training he can assess and fix. This is more than a regular massage you get down at Massage Envy. This is real athletic performance improvement, but is for anyone and everyone who might be having pain that is hindering their training. Kyle will listen, assess your issue through both self reporting and his own tests, and find a way to fix it. If you need more convincing, another thing that makes him great at what he does is he is an active crossfitter. He knows the aches, pains, and sometimes unfortunate injuries that occur from what you are all doing. I have found personally that understanding what CrossFit is through daily participation gives Kyle a huge leg up on any body work specialist or therapist I have ever encountered.

It would be hard to find a better situation: knowledgable professional who performs a service you can’t really get elsewhere and right at your home gym. Pretty solid. Contact Kyle today and schedule an appointment. Many members already use his services so if you are in need get on it FAST so you can get a time as soon as possible and start feeling better immediately.

 

TUESDAY

BASE

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 300m
15 KB Swings 53/35
40 Double Unders

 

PLUS

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 300m
15 KB Swings 70/53
40 Double Unders

No Extra Work

 

THE PROGRAM

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 300m
15 KB Swings 70/53
40 Double Unders

SkWAT Team: 30 strict HSPU, hardest able

Oct
19
By CFlando

What is Community?

What is Community?

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07055

 

So many things to cover here.

Saturday was one of “those times” with CrossFit. It was one of “those days” where the majesty and beauty of the CrossFit community was on display in full force. As a gym we raised hundreds of dollars for a great cause and on top of it all you supported each other like you were family, like we were family.

This is what community is. This word is used so often with CrossFit it’s even in most of our slogans or sales pitches. What exactly is it, this community of CrossFit? It is family, plain and simple. Through a shared life we have all become connected just like those who grow up in the same household do. There is love, care, sympathy, pure emotion tied to the ups and downs of all of us in our group. For us the community is CrossFit Lando, therefore CrossFit Lando is another family. All of this is just fodder packed up and sealed for those who are CrossFit haters, a perfect example of our narcism and complete lack of touch with reality. I mean, we are another family to each other? Crazy!

I am not a CrossFit person that argues with detractors to prove my point. I know what I know, and know what I believe. I truly know that what we do isn’t for everyone. I also truly know that hundreds of thousands of more people would do this, if not millions, if they just opened themselves up to the experience that CrossFit is especially if they were able to see what happened at CrossFit Lando on Saturday. Stacey shared with me how she got chills watching the group cheer each other on, I stepped back on multiple occasions and wondered how something so amazing could be built with a group of random people, there were tears or awesome shed from multiple people on multiple occasions.

I have more to say on this but also have things we need to get detailed so I will be continuing this talk on Community tomorrow.


PALEO CHALLENGE
This week is testing week. 
We are at the end of the Paleo Challenge and will be retesting the original test WODs throughout the early part oft his week. The last day of logging is Friday, October 24. Yes this is slightly off from a post last week but I have trouble reading calendars sometimes. So the official end of the Challenge is Friday, but the last testing day is Wednesday, October 22. The testing schedule is as follows:

Monday: 1 rep max Back Squat, 100 burpees
Tuesday: 1 rep max Clean and Jerk
Wednesday: “Fran”

As always there will be time allotted for make ups on non-test days and you can make up during Open Gyms. The last day for testing will be allowed is Monday, October 27.

Lastly, the 2nd Annual In House Throwdown is Saturday, October 25. All are welcome and encouraged. Sign up for what level you will be competing at (Rx, L1, L2) next time you are in. If you haven’t signed up to compete yet, what are you waiting for?! If you are still unsure about whether you can do it or not read this post and the release of WOD #1.

Remember it isn’t a competition to compare yourself to others but to compare yourself to yourself, JUST like this week of re-testing. DO IT!

 

MONDAY

BASE
Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 100 Burpees for Time

PLUS and THE PROGRAM
Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 100 Burpees for Time

SkWAT Team/Core: 100 Hollow Rocks, 75 Supermans

 

Important for Today: Low Bar Back Squat

httpv://youtu.be/p0QwNvLJVBk

Oct
18
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

 

SUNDAY

ALL LEVELS

Strength: Deadlift
4×4, done in 12 minutes total

 

WOD: 15 Minute AMRAP
3 Rope Climbs 15′
Run 400m
15 Push Jerk 135/95

Oct
17
By CFlando

Barbells for Boobs

Barbells for Boobs

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06443

 

8:45 competitors meeting. We will lift and be ready for “Grace” at 10:00am.

 

SATURDAY

Come in and get your “Grace” on and donate $20 to Barbells for Boobs!

WOD: “Grace”
30 clean and jerk 135/35

Oct
16
By CFlando

In House Throwdown: WOD #1

In House Throwdown: WOD #1

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06432

WODs will NOT be allowed to be tested before the throw down. ANYONE found to be testing WODs will be removed from the competition and given many lashings and put in a medieval torture device I can’t think of the name of and have tomatoes thrown at you.

But really this is an official rule. No WOD testing before Throwdown at ANY time.

Workout # 1: “Deadlballs”

httpv://youtu.be/gThM5282gLI

 

 

FRIDAY

BASE

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

WOD: Modified from the CF Mainsite 9/26/14

3 Rounds
Run 400m
21 Hang Power Snatch 75/55
12 Toes to Bar

 

PLUS

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

WOD: Modified from the CF Mainsite 9/26/14

3 Rounds
Run 400m
21 Hang Power Snatch 75/55
12 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: 5×5 seated DB press, then 5×5 DB deadlift

 

THE PROGRAM

WARMUP:
1) “THE Weakness Warmup”
30 wall ball 30/20
10 Bar MU
10 Muscle Up

2) 4×3 Tall Snatch, very very light (75/55)

httpv://youtu.be/bR1d7tG_8P0

Strength: Snatch
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 400m
21 Hang Power Snatch 95/65
12 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: 5×5 Seated DB Press, then 5×3 snatch grip deadlift
then
5×50′ farmers carry, heaviest able, rest as needed

4. Behind the neck push press, 3×3

Oct
15
By CFlando

The End Is Near

The End Is Near

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03896

 

 

The End Is Near

Challenge Ends Thursday, October 23

 

THURSDAY

BASE

Strength: EMOM 10m
O: 2 Push Jerk
E: Rest

WOD: 20 Ring Dips
then
3 Rounds
5 Wall Climb
30 Double Unders
15 Pull-Ups

PLUS
Strength: EMOM 10m
O: 2 Push Jerk
E: Rest

WOD: 20 Ring Dips (from muscle up)
then
3 Rounds
5 Wall Climbs
30 Double Unders
15 Pull-Ups

THE PROGRAM
Off

Oct
14
By CFlando

Sometimes You Within The World Isn’t Ok…And That is OK

Sometimes You Within The World Isn’t Ok…And That is OK

By CFlando Posted on

1179199-2009_where_the_wild_things_are_005

 

Olympic Lifting Class tomorrow at 6pm. Limited space for non-members. Contact us to sign up. Members welcome like any other class. Barbells for Boobs this Saturday. Check it out here! $20 suggested donation.

 

I know most of you aren’t even going to read this so I’ll let you skip to the bottom. For those of you who are going to give the next 5 minutes a go, it is appreciated. I know I am far from short winded. I consider it a gift.

Today wasn’t the best of days. It was just “one of those days”. We all have them. Just a day. Not bad, not great, but nothing seems to be good or bring extensive amounts of joy to you as person in existence. Just another day marked off the calendar.

An example that explains today is what happened about an hour ago. I was checking something in the closet, set a drill down where it usually goes, and all three shelves proceeded to crash to the floor, catalyzed by the top one coming down first and taking everything with it in it’s path. There are way worse things that could happen on any given night, like someone breaking into the gym and stabbing me to death only to be found by the 5:30 am class, but there are certainly way better things to have happened to me as I wrapped up 10 hours of being at “work” wanting to try and get home before 9pm and spend some time with my wife and furry child. Instead I spent the past hour cleaning up all of about 673 nails and screws that dumped onto the floor. I still don’t know where the biggest socket wrench attachment went, but I also am not worried as I don’t plan on constructing a WWII replica tank anytime in the next 2 days.

There are just days like this. Days that just suck. It is written somewhere in the “Rules of Existence” that you must have X amount of days that suck in a calendar year. I strongly believe this X is directly tied to your karma rating. The worst part about shitty days is the fact that the world around you still exists. Yes you are in fact expected to still operate like a normal human being even when your day sucks. Imagine if, when you are having a day that you want to just end and turn into tomorrow, you could be guaranteed to not interact with another human or thing for the entirety of the time you are awake? You could just go about your business, get things done that need to be done, go home and drink yourself to sleep, and nobody would know or care! Sadly this isn’t the case. Instead we are faced with the questions, “what’s wrong?” and “you ok?” , questions that lead to either more questions or a worse day because we all know your answers aren’t going to consist of a smile and a positive explanation. You can’t avoid them, people that is.

Worse yet you can’t avoid their advice or pep talks. Trust me, as a coach I have become increasingly aware of this entire phenomenon. I know the look you give me when I’m giving you the 3rd piece of advice on snatching in 5 minutes and it just ain’t happening. Been on the other side and I am finally learning that sometimes the best thing a coach can do is turn and walk away…and come back with a hug, beer, and/or ice cream. A few more members and we will have a full service bar and ice cream parlor. Promise.

The thing is, days like this are ok. We all know what one of these days looks and feels like in the gym. It usually is catalyzed by the fact that you are having a day before the gym, had to skip every meal like a slave worker because your boss is in fact Jefferson Davis, slept like crap the night before, and spent 8 hours in a conference room. Of course it’s Snatch day, why wouldn’t it be? Nothing works, nothing feels good, and even though you suck at snatching you end up hitting 30# less than your PR. Kill me. Seriously, shot to face.

The thing is think about what happens during and after one of these days? Probably some tears, or a lot of tears, many swear words and possibly broken toes due to kicking, and some laying the fetal position. Yet after all is said and done, life goes on does it not? For better or for worse the world doesn’t end when the day sucks and you suck at life/the gym. You go to sleep, whether aided by tons of booze or not, and you wake up the next day. Life goes on, the world keeps going, Earth spins, and you have a chance at a better life experience. Proof that it is in fact OK to not be OK.

I distinctly remember the first time I became conscious of the fact that life can suck and the world isn’t made to just make us happy. It was recently believe it or not. Not that I lived in some fairy tale before this but I don’t think the full reality of our existence and relation to the world and each other had really hit me. Oddly enough this occurred after watching Where the Wild Things Are, the one that came out a few years ago that had real people in it. I watched it with my girlfriend at the time and I am pretty sure what transpired after had a lot to do with our not being together anymore (aside from the fact she was a terrible person and thought “drop crotch jeans” were a good thing). For whatever reason watching that stupid movie brought me through birth to current state in about 30 seconds and I realized that, well, life can suck sometimes. I proceeded to have a complete existential melt down. Some tears, lots of wide eyed staring at the wall, sudden urges to fast forward to the 5th of November and let freedom ring! I literally had a completely life changing moment from watching that movie. Very odd. Granted it (the movie) had strong ties to my childhood, and I was in the middle of a research project connecting my current life to the existential teachings of Irving Yalom. Still, very odd.

I realized we are no longer comforted by our parents at night through pretty books that have a sad story and a happy ending. In fact our parents sometimes annoy the hell out of us and do the exact opposite of providing comfort. I realized that there isn’t always a solution to the problems of the day and that we can in fact go to bed angry, tired, alone, and afraid of monsters being in the closet or under the bed, and now there isn’t a way to make us feel better about it. Worse yet these monsters are way scarier than actual thrashing, growling, drooling monsters. Real life monsters are way worse, like bank accounts with 0s as the first number, 3 hour client dinners with a client who doesn’t drink, cross country flights in the middle seat and a severe anxiety of flying (or not being in control of a situation), or kids, or death itself, can’t be slain with the mighty sword or the closing of a book. These monsters are here to stay.

I think of the many great things about being a kid the greatest easily is that every day is good and ends with a positive solution to our problems. This is also the worst part about being a kid because it fools us into thinking this is how the world works. I don’t know how young kids do CrossFit. They must fail a lift and be completely dumbfounded about what just happened. Half of them probably think if they just stare at the bar it will lift and end up locked out overhead with them in a squat.

Just like shaking off the trauma of no longer being a child, we live and grow with the power to keep fighting. Sometimes the fight just doesn’t get the job done and you end up having a day. It’s OK. It happens to everyone. Trust me, even the happy people who never seem to be struggling are really just better at answering the bad day questions. While it sometimes is a struggle to make everyone around us understand that, there is nothing wrong with going to bed at night knowing that what transpired for the past 12-24 hours was complete horses**t. It is OK to not PR when it’s 1 rep max day, it’s even OK to not improve on a single thing throughout the Paleo Challenge. Heck it’s even OK to be in a year long CrossFit funk. I have lived in this odd universe where I go from feeling amazing to feeling like I am 20 years older than I am in a matter of 2 days. Sometimes it sucks. Sometimes it’s fine. I am still here, and I still like lifting weights. Most of the time. I consider this a win overall.

No matter what, the day ends and a new one begins. As long as a new one always begins it’s another opportunity to have a good one, and that is enough to keep us going.

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

1. Back Squat (low bar)
8-5-5-3-3
– If you are feeling sore and run down, make this all a 7-8/10 effort

2. WOD: For Time
Row 500m
rest :30
21-15-9
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
HSPU

PLUS
1. Back Squat (low bar)
8-5-5-3-3
– If you are feeling sore and run down, make this all a 7-8/10 effort

2. WOD: For Time
Row 500m
rest :30
21-15-9
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
HSPU

3. SkWAT Team: EMOM 8m, 1 power clean + 2 front squat + 1 hang squat clean

THE PROGRAM
1. Back Squat (low bar)
3×3 @ 90% 3 rep max, then 2m AMRAP @ 275/205

2. WOD: For Time
Row 500m
rest :30
21-15-9
Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
HSPU to 3″ deficit (25s on floor/mat)


SESSION II

1. EMOM 20m
O: 1 Power Clean + 2 Front Squat + 1 Hang Squat Clean
E: 50′ Yoke Carry

all are heaviest able

Oct
13
By CFlando

Barbells for Boobs This Saturday (Competitors Meeting Too!)

Barbells for Boobs This Saturday (Competitors Meeting Too!)

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08932

 

We got a couple things happening this week to make sure you have on your radar.

First of all we got Weightlifting Wednesday back in action this week. 6pm class will be 1 full hour of lifting taught by yours truly. This is open to CFL members like any other class and open to 5 non-members (3 spots have already been booked) for $20 drop-in. This week we will be really digging into the jerk. We will talk a lot about timing as well as strength/accessory work. CFLers we all know we got 1 rep max clean and jerk coming up next week during Paleo Challenge retests so we need to clean up that jerk!

This weekend we as a gym will be participating in the Barbells for Boobs charity fundraiser. It is a global effort for raising awareness and funds for breast cancer. It’s a really cool charity/movement that brings together 2 great things: raising money to help others and fitness! Now the way it usually works is people raise money themselves and then perform the workout “Grace” at a BFB event. We are going to raise money as a gym on Saturday and do “Grace” in a few heats to do our part. There will be a $20 suggested donation (think of it as a drop in fee) in a jar which you are in no way obligated to do (but you really, really, really should) and are ALWAYS welcome to donate more.

Lastly for this weekend, the Early Crew will have a brief (for me) competitors meeting starting at 8:15 on Saturday to talk about the Season and expectations, suggestions, advice. This will talk about Team Lando for the 2015 Games Season as well as individual competing for the next few months. If you have been an Early Crew goer and/or do the RX+ routinely then you are encouraged to come. Even if you don’t think you are necessarily someone that will factor into the team this year the meeting will cover more than just that, so come along! We will workout as usual after.

Finally, In House Throwdown 2k15 next Saturday. Get your signups in ASAP. The #s will help determine how we set up WODs. If you sign up soon I promise I won’t make them too hard…they will only make Stacey want to throw up but not actually throw up.

 

 

TUESDAY

BASE
Strength: 
Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 10 minute escalating ladder, starting at 1 rep
Squat Snatch 135/95
– 2 CTB Pull-Ups between rounds

 

PLUS
Strength: Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 10 minute escalating ladder, starting at 1 rep
Squat Snatch 145/100
– 2 CTB Pull-Ups between rounds

SkWAT/Core Work: 5m AMRAP, 12 unbroken TTB (scale to 10 or 8 if can’t do 12 UB)

 

THE PROGRAM

1. 7 min Weakness Warmup

Rest as needed then

2 minute max effort HSPU (kipping)

Strength: Bench Press
3-3-3-3-3-3
– 3 rope pull-ups between sets

WOD: 10 minute escalating ladder, starting at 1 rep
165/110
– 2 Muscle Ups between rounds

SkWAT/Core Work: 5m AMRAP, 12 UB toes to bar, then 30 strict ring dips, hardest able (weight, pause, etc)

Oct
12
By CFlando

Work

Work

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05104

 

 

MONDAY

BASE
Strength: Clean
6 heavy sets of 2. Can be power or squat, TnG

WOD
3 Rounds
10 Deadlift 225/155
15 Bar Facing Burpees

 

PLUS
Strength: Clean
6 heavy sets of 2. Can be power or squat, TnG

WOD
3 Rounds
10 Deadlift 255/175
15 Bar Facing Burpees

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
3×5 building to a 7-8/10 intensity
then
EMOM 6m, 1 rep @ 105%+ above

 

THE PROGRAM
WARMUP: 5m AMRAP
:15 hanging L Sit from bar
20′ HS walk
:10 static HS Hold

Snatch Work
3×2 Squat snatch
then
Every :45 for 6 sets
– 1 Snatch Pull + 1 Snatch High Pull + 1 Power Snatch + 1 OHS, 155/105

Strength: Clean
6 heavy sets of 2. Can be power or squat, TnG

WOD
3 Rounds
10 Deadlift 275/205
15 Bar Facing Burpees

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
3×5 building to a 7-8/10 intensity
then
EMOM 6m, 1 rep @ 110%+ above

Oct
11
By CFlando

Sunday Strongman

Sunday Strongman

By CFlando Posted on

A note on tempo: We do a good amount of tempo work in our strength sessions, especially with squats and deadlifts. I’m not going to get too scientific this Saturday evening so I’ll leave it at it is just another way of mixing things up. What I want to talk a bit about is how tempo is written.

Every strength movement can be broken down into 4 parts: Eccentric (down), Bottom, Concentric (up), Top. In tempo training each part will have a time in seconds assigned to it. The tempo will always be written in the above order regardless of the movement. Down, bottom, up, top. Think of a squat. Eccentric is lowering the weight, bottom is below parallel, Concentric is standing the bar up, and top is standing. Where tempo can be confusing when written is with a pull-up. Even though the pull-up starts at the bottom, tempo will be written in the order of down, bottom, up, top. This is why I often times will just write “3 second hold with chin over bar” for example so we all are on the same page.

 

Two weeks from today will be the full 100% ending of the Paleo Challenge. 2 Weeks. 14 days. Testing goes up until the 22, logging ends the 24, but surely you will be keeping with it up through the In House. So basically exactly 14 days from now (maybe a few hours sooner) the Challenge is over.

The post for tomorrow night will be all about how to survive the next few weeks, and just as if not more importantly how to survive the aftermath of the Challenge being over.

As for the In House, it is fairly simple. I guarantee you won’t regret it. Get ready to get after it. $30 registration, 3 WODs, a final WOD, prizes for top finishers, and a after comp party. What a day/night!

 

SUNDAY (10am regular class)

Strength: EMOM 4m
3 strict pull-ups, 3431 tempo*

then, EMOM 4m
2 strict CTB pull-ups, normal tempo

then, EMOM 4m
1 weighted pull-up

*perform 3-5 ring dips after each pull-up set

WOD: EMOM 14m
O: 3 Deadlift, 2 Hang Clean, 1 Jerk
E: 10 Heavy Wall Ball (try to use a heavier ball than you usually use in WODs)

-increase as able throughout the barbell complex

 

11am Strongman

WOD: EMOM 30 minutes
1: 5 heavy OH axle deadlift
2: 1 heavy clean and jerk
3: 5 heavy wall ball

Oct
10
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00033

 

 

Good luck to Coach Stacey competing tomorrow with her team up in New Hampshire at CF Free!

Sign up for the In House Throwdown. All levels, October 25, 9am-1pm, $30. This is for EVERYONE who is a member of the CFL community. Also, next Strongman Class with Jack is this Sunday @ 11am replacing the regular 11am CrossFit Class. Open to all, non-members included. No Strongman experience necessary.

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Arrive 8:30
Strength: Back Squat 5×5
WOD: TBD

10am/1pm

Strength: Back Squat
10 minutes for max set of 5

Partner WOD: 3 Rounds
100 Double Unders
Row 1000m/Run 800m
50 Toes to Bar

Oct
9
By CFlando

Here, Jerks are Loved

Here, Jerks are Loved

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00012

 

It’s been 30 years but I’m back!”. Finally another entry into the Paleo Chronicles by Lando.
– First person to email me with the correct answer to what the above quote is from gets $5 off their next membership fee.

 

Boy do I have a lot to talk about when it comes to the jerk. This lift is the forgotten lift. The snatch is studied, practiced, obsessed over for hours every day. The clean is the powerhouse, the driver in the golf bag, the one everyone brags about. The jerk is the middle child, the forgotten one, the kid that gets left behind at the park because the older one wanted to leave and the younger one wet their pants in protest so Mom rushed to the car in embarrassment. The jerk is so aptly named its silly. The jerk seeks retribution for being left at the park with the junkies and gang bangers, and it gets this retribution by making you feel like a terrible, miserable failure. I mean think about it. This damn lift is a twin! It has two ways to torture you. The push jerk and the split jerk. Worse yet they trick you into thinking you are better at the push early into your lifting life only to realize how wrong you were but then are so behind the 8 ball with your split jerk it makes you feel like you are starting lifting all over again.

On top of it all there’s a way to make it worse. Here comes the clean. The clean and jerk. In no other sport is their such a vexing movement, one so polarizing with potential for such great reward while also a chance for bitter, insurmountable mental defeat. There is nothing worse than catching a clean, one that would be a PR clean and jerk, only to miss the jerk. Worst thing about it is the clean takes so much out of you at that point you might not even be able to hit it again. If you do, there’s that damn m*(%^$&* f*(#*$ s$% of a b#@$% jerk!

So then there’s the question of what the hell to work on? The clean? Jerk? Push? Split? Squats? All of them?

Yes.

But we don’t have time for that. NOBODY GOT TIME FOR THAT. Here are 3 simple, succinct things to work on/ think about when performing the jerk in any fashion.

1) It’s all about timing. Think of the jerk as 2 separate movements. The dip/drive as 1, and the extension of the arms/movement of feet as 2. 1+2= jerk. They must be 2 separate movements that flow into each other seamlessly. They must be 2 separate movements that are done with the explosiveness of a Daisy Cutter missile. “Dip/Drive” must be a controlled dip with the knees pushing out and a JUMP. Drive doesn’t mean going through a school zone, DRIVE is the highways of Montana in a 2015 Dodge Challenger Hellcat. Once that bar is FLYING through the air up past your head you lock the arms out like you are reaching for a wad of $100 bills thrown 2 feet over your head at 1000 mph.

Two movements done perfectly linked together.

The reason this is important is the drop under the bar must be driven by the arms pushing you under the body against the weight of the bar. If this is done too soon you will not have the time or space to move the feet and position the body correctly to get a good, ow landing. If the “push” of the arms is done while driving with the legs you will end up with a sloppy “push press-jerk” or a short stepped split. Both will probably end in failure and kicking of bars/walls/people.

2) Split unless Push. Yeah I know that makes no sense. But I’m trying to get your attention. The split jerk is going to be better to have mastered in the long run as you will be able to get more weight up. Physiologically you have more of your body under the bar in a stronger position because you have your feet in a lunge able to utilize your legs better than in the push, and your torso is able to absurd more of the weight with more control than in the push. Also the push jerk requires great shoulder flexibility because the heavier you go the lower your catch needs to be. While the push jerk might be easier to learn at first because it has less moving parts I believe that is the lazy way to go about it, both for the coach and the athlete. Learn/teach the split jerk early and you will master it early. The push is great to know and use, and in our sport is even required at times, but greatness awaits with the split jerk. Therefore split jerk unless push is required. ALWAYS.

3) Wider is better in the split. I/we will always teach to set up with your feet under your hips for all overheads. Sometimes, especially with longer athletes (like myself) starting with your feet a few inches wider will lead to a lower catch. We are talking physics here, pure physics. You are moving your feet front and back in the split to create a stable and powerful catch position and also to get under the bar. The lower the catch the easier the lock out. If your feet are wider shoulder to shoulder you get that much more in terms of depth in your catch. This isn’t exactly a tried and true method teaching wise, but I don’t exactly walk the beaten path as a coach.

3) Can’t lift easy. Lifting isn’t easy. It is hard. It is heavy. It is sometimes painful. But aggressiveness beats pain. It’s science. Trust me on this one, I am your coach. Nothing fixes not knowing what you are doing that completely unchecked aggression. It’s pretty standard in all of life. If you feel like you are ballroom dancing in the 8th grade when you split, or like you are trying to sit on a really wide toilet when push jerking, make up for any misgivings in technique by doing what you are doing LIKE A WILD F**KING ANIMAL ON SPEED AND METH.

Ok speed and meth in an animal would be bad and probably illegal in many ways. But I want you to be aggressive. Really aggressive. Try to throw the bar through the ceiling, and try to set off the Lunk Alarm with your front foot as it pounds into the floor on the split.

Furthermore, know when to stop and when to keep going. I have a belief that I am VERY adamant about as a lifter and coach. The belief says that if you have PR’d then be honest with your assessment of whether you should continue. If you PR by a squeaked out 3# that took 20 seconds to complete the lift start to finish, don’t get greedy. A lot can be said about walking out of the gym on a high note. The same going for walking out of the gym completely beaten down and dejected because you failed your last 3 lifts. I have seen too many an athlete near tears or beating a wall physically on a day where they PRd. On the other hand if you hit a PR on your 2nd lift by 35#, maybe it’s just your day and you should go, go, go.

A lot of this has to do with the consistency of your efforts and where you are in your training. Beginners will PR by massive amounts very often. It’s called the Novice Effect. Ride it like a wave of opportunity and satisfaction. Experienced athletes are going to PR much less, either in frequency or weight. Take what your training gives you. If you haven’t jerked in 10 weeks don’t expect a 10# PR tomorrow. At the same time if you have been crushing your strength work but just haven’t been in to jerk don’t be surprised if you PR on your 2nd or 3rd set.

Take what you can and hold onto it for dear life.

FRIDAY

BASE
1. Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

2. WOD: “Elizabeth”
21-15-9
Clean 135/95
Ring Dips

PLUS
1. Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

2. WOD: “Elizabeth”
21-15-9
Clean
Ring Dips

3. SkWAT Team: Clean Position Deadlift
3 sets of 3 reps, 4 second tempo up and down
– 20 GHD situps AFAP between sets

*there is no time frame for the sets or rest, but the GHD work is to get core work in but also work on GHD sit-ups FAST

THE PROGRAM
1. WARMUP: 7m Weakness WOD

2. Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

3. WOD: “Elizabeth”
21-15-9
Clean 135/95
Ring Dips

4a: 3×1 Clean Pull Complex, rest :60
4b: 3×20 GHD Situps (STUPID FAST), rest :60

– When work is written as “a” and “b” with rest after each it is to be done as a superset, alternating back and forth or through the list of movements. So for “4” you will do 1 clean pull complex, rest 60s, then 20 GHD sit-ups, rest 60s, then repeat. 3 total sets.

– Clean Pull Complex: 1 Clean Position Deadlift + 1 Clean Pull, done unbroken

 

Important for today: Various Jerks

Split Jerk

httpv://youtu.be/pQ_2rSzMCKc

 

Push Jerk: Not for today, but know what it is

httpv://youtu.be/p-H4l9bK0LA

Oct
8
By CFlando

In House Throwdown: October 25

In House Throwdown: October 25

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03899

 

Our 2nd Annual In House Throwdown will be held on October 25. This is a Saturday and will cap the Paleo Challenge. The In House Throwdown was easily one of my favorite days last year. It is an awesome time to see everyone in our community of all ages and levels compete. It is serious in the sense that we have judges, we count reps, and we give away prizes, but it is purely for fun and some community bragging rights. I urge EVERYONE to sign up, and I mean this with all my heart.

When I say this is all levels I mean it is all levels. Like last year every WOD will have elements in it that can be scaled universally and easily. For barbell movements there will be choices of weights to use through a level system that we will release next week. All you do is sign up for what level you want to compete at and we take care of the rest. And yes, don’t worry, we will guide you as to what level you should sign up for.

While in no way shape or form is competing for everyone, nor is it necessary to get the most out of CrossFit, it certainly is a central part of what we do here. If you really think of it (or actually just barely think of it for like 2 seconds) you are competing every single day you come in and get your workout in at CrossFit Lando. If you have ever pushed for a bit more in a strength set, or rang the gong because you hit a PR, or had an emotional reaction to WODify (good or bad) then you are competing even if just with yourself. THIS is what CrossFit is, the endless pursuit of something better in yourself, brought out by yourself and others. We have an amazing friendly competitive community here at CFL and it makes for an awesome environment for an in house throw down.

Last year we had 50-60 people. We are a bigger community this year so let’s get more people. Makes sense right? This is a great time to compete for the first time as it is on your home turf where you are familiar and comfortable. And like I said it really is meant to just be a good time with a little bit higher stakes than a normal day at the box.

We will be releasing workouts ahead of time but signups start NOW! As usual sign up at the desk. It’s $30 a person, paid in cash at the desk, from NOW until the Thursday before (October 23).

So here it is again:

What: In House Throwdown, 2nd Annual

When: Saturday, October 25. 9am-1pm
Who: Any and all members of any and all levels at CrossFit Lando. We will help guide scaling.
Why: Competitions are the center of everything we do with CrossFit. Doing one, especially your first, at your home base is easy as 3-2-1 GO!!

Signups can be done at the desk. $30 cash reserves your spot.

 

THURSDAY

BASE
1. Strict Press
4×5

2. WOD: 10m AMRAP
20 KB Swings 53/35
20 Sit-ups

PLUS

1. Strict Press
4×5

2. WOD: 10m AMRAP
20 KB Swings 70/53
20 Situps

No Extra Work

THE PROGRAM: Off

 

Oct
7
By CFlando

October Newsletter is Here!

October Newsletter is Here!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03950

 

 

The October Newsletter is here! Sarah worked hard on putting this together as always. Check it out and read about the Member of the Month, upcoming competitions, CFL happenings, and some words from Coach Flavio on double unders.

Olympic Lifting class will be NEXT Wednesday, October 15th. It is free (counts as a class) to members and $20 to non-members. Get ready for some intense lifting complex action and squats!

We are also starting a new class November 3rd!. Core Conditioning, a core and cardio-conditioning centric class from 9:15-10:00am, Monday, Thursday, and Friday. This will be just like a regular class for members and will also have a special membership package just for these classes for anyone interested. This is a great way to get friends introduced to CrossFit type fitness without jumping right in!

Last but not least a little note about programming. I am changing up how it will be listed. Rather than put all the pieces into one thing it will be separated specifically based on what a given person should be doing. The “regular” programming (strength and WOD) will be listed under “Base”. The following set of programming will be “Plus”. Then there will be “The Program”. Plus would be the regular programming + SkWAT Team, and The Program the structure for competitors.

 

 

WEDNESDAY

BASE

1. Front Squat
5-5-3-3-1-1
– find a heavy 1 but get your work in the sets before. Shoot for 90-95%+ not necessarily a PR attempt.

2. WOD:  12 minutes
Run 1600m
AMRAP Deadlift 225/155

PLUS

1. Front Squat
5-5-3-3-1-1
– find a heavy 1 but get your work in the sets before. Shoot for 90-95%+ not necessarily a PR attempt.

2. WOD: 12 minutes
Run 1600m
AMRAP Deadlift 255/175

3a: 3×25 Wall Ball 24/16, rest :60
3b: 3×15 Banded Hip Extension, rest :60

THE PROGRAM

Be sure to read the article about the upcoming season

1. Front Squat
5-5-3-3
rest 3-5 minutes after 3th set then make 1 attempt, racking allowed:
2 min max effort (reps) 225/155

2. WOD: 12 minutes
Run 1600m
AMRAP Deadlift 275/185

3: 3×25 Wall Ball 30/20, rest :60 between efforts

Session II

1. Power Clean + Jerk
3 attempts at 5 rep max TnG (both ways)

2. Breathing mask work
1 min on, 1 min off, 3 rounds
Burpees to 6″ target
immediately into
:90 AMRAP double unders
rest :30
:90 AMRAP Power Clean 185/135

CFL we have 2 masks behind the desk that will be out.

Oct
6
By CFlando

How To Live Your Life in 4 Words

How To Live Your Life in 4 Words

By CFlando Posted on
00002-10

The Ring Muscle Up is about altering your body to an object, then altering the object to your body. In this case it is altering your body to the rings, then pulling the rings to your body. The height of the hips is important but they should not be above the body where you become inverted. This creates a misdirected energy force. Here we see Jorge with a perfect example of bringing the hips to the rings just before starting to alter the rings while keeping his hips in line with his shoulders.

 

Paleo Challengers: Scoreboard is looking robust for some and straight up WEAK for others. Let’s get those lacking score sheets turned in and turn up the heat for these last few weeks!

 

 

The best advice I ever got was when I was 13 years old and was 4 words. These words came from a family friend who was with us over Thanksgiving. I was in 8th grade, and I was the personification of a young, useless punk.

I was the man back then, way too cool for school. I was more concerned with my performances on the baseball field or make out sessions at my locker than I was the district jazz band I was selected for or just school in general. At 31 years old I am OK with admitting that I might be the single biggest wasted brain in the history of wasting brains. I put negative % effort into school in 7th, 8th, 10th, 11th, and 12th grade, and continued doing little or nothing through all 5 years in college. Yes, 5 years, and that wasn’t for my Masters. Sadly it wasn’t until graduate school at the age of 26-28 that I realized that just going to class and cracking books made the difference between a C and an A. I breezed through graduate school with a 4.0 GPA which brings me no pride whatsoever because all it does is highlights my complete lack of effort during my high school years of 3.1 status and my robust 2.7 I pulled in college.

There were bright spots along the way. The one thing I have prided myself on is despite my shortcomings in how I treat myself I always, without question, and to the person, treat the people around me with respect. This comes solely from the 4 words Carl White uttered to me on Thanksgiving weekend, one of those weird situations where you aren’t quite sure what someone said or why they said it but find yourself thinking about it for the rest of the day.

Looking back on it I don’t remember at all what we did that weekend. I used to have the most amazing memory. My best friend marvels at how I remember the littlest of details about nondescript times in life, like exactly who was at a party we threw at the Cape in 2001, not the one after July 4th weekend but the one 2 weeks later when the cooks from UNOs brought their friends with the keg. I can name the entire roster that night. But life has gotten busy the past few years and my memory has suffered. So I really can’t remember back to that weekend to relay important stories but what I do know is I was shining brightly as a 5 star punk.

Too cool for my family, way too cool for a family friend, too bored to care. I had a girlfriend across town who hadn’t called in 2 days and I was starting to obsess over why, and I hated my haircut. That I remember. I remember we took a walk in the 100 acre field my family lived next too ( still lives actually) and had made an enormous snow ball. This thing was up to my waist. I didn’t care at the time because really, who cares about giant snowballs? Losers obviously, and you bet I was no loser back then.

Carl prepared to leave after the walk. It was a pretty nondescript awkward good bye, one where he was going to see one of the people involved (my father) in 2 days at work, and wasn’t going to see the rest of us for maybe a year. So he went down the line with handshakes and hugs, saying this or that. Carl had a deep, slow voice that could easily have been a replacement for James Earl Jones or Morgan Freeman in fame. When he got to me he looked at me and gave me a curt handshake. I nodded at him but he wouldn’t let me go until I met his eyes, which took my punk ass probably 5-6 seconds. When I did he gave me a look, not so much a smile or smirk as a completely intended look on condescension and superiority. This look said “you are a punk, and I know it, and I know where it’s going to get you”.

After what seemed like 5 hours Carl finally gave me his goodbye which happens to be the 4 words that have ended up being the mantra which I live by.

“Do the right thing”.

Point. Period. End of story.

I had no idea what or why at that point. I kind of nodded and smiled and just waited for him to leave. My Mom and Dad followed him out and saw him off, everyone else retreated to somewhere, but I kind of hung around. I watched as Carl got in his car and left. I was officially struck. I’ll save the indie movie like description of the next few weeks of my life. Clearly from what I detailed above it’s not like Carl’s advise changed me for good because I still jerked through life like an idiot, wasting my natural talents at every chance I could. But those 4 words completely changed the way I viewed myself in relation to other people.

I realized that being a complete punk ass jerk affected those around me. My parents worried about me, my siblings hated me, the cool people at school were my friends and the not cool people feared my presence because of the shame I would probably bring them. Looking back at it I hate who I was for much of my young life and wish Carl has spoken to me years earlier.

If there is a reason or moral to this story I would be hard pressed to explain it. Really I am just feeling introspective at the moment. When it comes down to it its just about treating other people the right way. There really isn’t gray when it comes to how you deal with others. There is a right and a wrong, and there is never an excuse for not doing the right. Always and forever do the right thing. It isn’t always the easiest, and it doesn’t always work out better for you in the end. I have learned this many, many times throughout my life and it tests me especially nowadays. When it comes down to it its just about knowing you can sleep comfortably because you helped someone else and did what was right.

May everyone have their Carl White experience or remember the fact that you did. Take his words like they are spoken to you every day. It doesn’t take a peace treaty or curing a plague to truly change the world. If 4 words can change someone’s life, then it can’t be that hard for everybody.



TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: EMOM 16m
O: 3 strict pull-ups, hardest possible
E: 2 Split Jerk*

*The Program: check for additional work here

WOD: 3 Rounds
7 Thruster 135/95
17 CTB Pull-Ups

*165/115

SkWAT Team: Bench Press
5×3, heavy

Oct
5
By CFlando

Go Pats

Go Pats

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

 

 

The Patriots turn it around tonight!!

MONDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Overhead Squat
5-4-4-3-2-2

WOD: 8 minute AMRAP
5 Overhead Squat (from floor) 135/95
8 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

*185/135 AND 30/24

SkWAT Team: Walking Lunge (back rack)
4-5 sets of 3 (each leg). Get heavy.

 

IMPORTANT FOR TODAY: Overhead Squat

httpv://youtu.be/an_eIcm2Sc4

Oct
3
By CFlando

Let’s Get Together

Let’s Get Together

By CFlando Posted on

00003-1

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30. Program Work Here

 

Strength: Push Press
2-2-2-2-2-2

Partner WOD: 20m AMRAP
Row 1000m
5 Rope Climbs
5 Wall Climbs

* Work is broken up as desired but must be done in order, 1 working at a time.

SkWAT Team: 3×5 Front Squat, heavy 3 sets

Oct
2
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Retest Practice

Paleo Challenge Retest Practice

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05179

 

 

Paleo Challenge is on the back end from here on out! 3 weeks and we will be retesting all those wonderful WODs to see how great you all did (hopefully!). So why not a little practice!?


Retest (Practice) FRIDAY

Program Work Here


Strength: 
EMOM 14m
O: 3 Strict Pull-Ups (hardest able)
E: 1 Squat Clean + 1 Split Jerk, pause in dip of split

WOD: For Time
50 Burpees
25 Thrusters 95/65
150′ Walking Lunges
25 HSPU*

*75′ HS walk

*10m hard time cap

Oct
1
By CFlando

Time For Something New

Time For Something New

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03863

 

We have some new policies here at the ol’ CrossFit box. Nothing major but all relatively important things having to do with membership, holds, purchasing, protein, etc. All good stuff, all things that will continue to make this place awesome, and also A LOT of information. So rather than blast it all over this blog page I have put it into a document that is in 2 places. First, it is on the table in the lounge. Feel free to browse. Second, it is shared in this “New Policies” file on our Google drive.

Please take a moment, literally won’t be more than 5 minutes, to read and understand the new stuff. When it comes to membership pricing don’t worry, current members will only be affected positively, meaning if your current membership changed for the future it will only change price if it went down.

 

THURSDAY

Program Work Here

Warmup: Core Madness
A. Tabata Forearm Plank (:20 on, :10 off) for 10 rounds
then
B. 50 Ring V Outs (not for time)
then
C. 50 Hollow Rocks

 

WOD: For Total Reps
3:00 to complete
100 situps (abmat)
rest 1:00

3:00 to complete
100 KB swings 53/35
rest 1:00

3:00 to complete
100 Wall Ball 20/14
rest 1:00

3:00 to complete
700/600m run
Rest 1:00

3:00 to complete
750/650m row

L2: 75 reps for each movement, 500/400m run, 650/550m row

For this workout keep a tally of total reps completed. A “perfect” RX score would be 1750 for a male, 1550 for a female. The goal is to finish the reps in the time allotted, so scale to L2 if you think that is better. At the same time don’t short change yourself. You have 1:00 to rest after each movement so push yourself right up until the 3:00. I would rather you get 80 reps done than finish a scaled version with an entire minute left.

Run Routes: old 600 line (down Micro Drive and back) and continue past the door to the end of the parking spot line in front of Planet Fitness, where the mulch island starts. Hit that area then turn around and run inside. Ladies just run the old 600 (down Micro Drive and back). 500m Run is to the large Mide garage bay entrance past the 400m line.

Important For Today: 

httpv://youtu.be/smV5GeL30fI

Sep
30
By CFlando

Imagine if We All Deadlifted

Imagine if We All Deadlifted

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05239

Imagine if everyone deadlifted heavy? As common as drinking coffee, or gathering around the water cooler?

Think of your usual office environment. Let’s imagine a 10 cube setup center style with offices around the outside. I’m talking 12th floor. Solid real estate. Here instead of the water cooler on the far wall there’s a platform with a bunch of plates and a barbell. Yes ladies only 1 bar, a 45#er, because come on, it’s an office space not a gym! In this office people periodically head to the platform and throw a few weights on it, bend over, pick them up a few times, then go about their business. Sometimes they just keep the same weights on there for weeks for “cold pulls”, a decently high weight that people are challenged to be able to pick up no matter what the situation is. 5am, midnight, after 15 hours without eating, after the office Christmas party walk of shame, doesn’t matter, if you walk by it you have to pull it. Cold Pull Babyyy!!!!

This office would be the calmest yet most positively energetic environment ever, one with little to no internal bickering, tons of mutual respect, and testosterone overload. Compare to a normal office scenario of having to work the weekend. The boss comes up with a weekend marathon brainstorming session for everyone at 3pm on Friday. Yep, everyone is staying for the weekend. Bossman/Lady offers to go get coffee for everyone and heads out. Normal office? Everyone stands around and bitches for 15 minutes, the hatred for the boss getting to an intense boil. By the time the boss is back with the coffee morale is at an all time low. Someone has peed in the coffee pot, and gum is stuck on the bottom of everyone’s loafers.

Now imagine the deadlifting office. Boss heads out for coffee, everyone strips their clothes off to their sports bras and spandex, AC/DC’s Thunderstruck starts ripping through the stereo speakers (yes this office has a top of the line sound system), and people hit their warmup set before getting into an abbreviated EMOM @ 1.5x BW. Boss gets back and is WICKED pissed. Not because the staff were deadlifting, however, but because they didn’t wait for him/her. Boss sets the coffee’s aside (10 quadruple espressos of course) and nails 32 reps at 1.5x BW, COLD! The only negativity in this office, even though people are doing some serious midnight oil burning, is at the neighbors who called the cops due to the noise. Tough drop situation on the 12th floor.

If everyone deadlifted heavy the entire world would be less anxious. Think of it! You would never have to worry about something falling on you and getting you stuck with nobody to help. You could be walking down the street at 2am and a massive rogue boulder smashes into you crushing your legs. For some reason you are in the middle of the outskirts of Wichita, Kansas. Nobody around for miles. Except 1 person. This does you no good because this boulder weighs 2000#. Except this person deadlifts like a madman every day of the week. Their 1 rep max is 1500# at 15 years old because why wouldn’t it be? So they saunter over, easily lift the boulder off your legs, and proceed to perform exoskeletal replacement surgery (think basically installing Wolverine like bone replacements into your shattered legs). The surgery is done in 5 minutes. You survive easily because the deadlifting has made you strong as f**k, and they of course could do such a surgery because lifting heavy not only makes you stronger but instantly makes you smarter and better at all things. We all know that, right?

Probably the best thing about the world in which everyone deadlifted heavy is that there is no such thing as crappy food. Since everyone lifts big weights every day the need for good, quality food, especially meat and vegetables, is off the charts. Therefore places like McDonald’s don’t exist because nobody can waste the time with that food. Since they serve amazing steak tips the Ninety Nine is actually the Official Chain of the World, with one on every corner. I also weight 500#.

Actually the above is the 2nd best thing about the world where everyone deadlifts. The best thing is I would be the king because, well, would you believe anything else would happen?

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 3 Rounds
10 Snatch 115/80
75 Double Unders

*145/100

15 minute firm time cap

SkWAT Team:  Squat City

a. Back Squat
EMOM 6m: 3 heavy back squat then
Every 30s for 4 sets, 2 heavy back squat
rest 1 full minute
then
b. Front Squat
EMOM 4m: 5 heavy front squat then
Every 45s for 4 sets, 1 heavy front squat with 3 sec pause in bottom

Sep
29
By CFlando

Split Jerk Holds

Split Jerk Holds

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05149

 

 

Here’s something new and exciting to help with the dreaded split jerk to make it not so dreaded. Today you will be doing split jerk holds. You might be asking yourself “Why, Aaron, must your torture us so?”. I promise… it is purely for my own pleasure and no benefit to you.

This I kid about. There is actually a lot of benefit both strength and technique to holding a lot of weight over your head in the split position. Once you do one it will probably be obvious that your shoulders get some good strength work in just from the isometric hold over your head especially as the weight gets heavy. Do it twice and your shoulders will surely be burning.

The technical purpose is even more important than getting stronger (I know, I know, it seems like I am talking crazy!). Tiring yourself out with the holds at the lock out forces you to focus on your legs and the technical side of the split jerk. Too often we resort to powering the weight over our head when jerking, both split and push, and this leads to failure once we get to above 90%. Failure leads to a lot of frustration and in my case lots of tears. Poor technique will be punished with this exercise, and you will also get great instant feedback upon failure that will be easy to correct, or at least to understand for next time.

Take a look at the video below for more on this exercise and get ready to put some heavy weight over your head!

 

httpv://youtu.be/DJ8ku3ZQa5s?

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Split Jerk
5 sets of 2 reps, 3 second hold in split for both reps

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP

5 Toes to Bar
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
5 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 75/55
15 Push Press 75/55

 

SkWAT Team: 5 Rounds NFT
3 Triangle (each side), 3 TGU (each side), 3 dip with 5 second hold at bottom (try L sit)

httpv://youtu.be/zNG4ksw66oI

Sep
28
By CFlando

Back In Action

Back In Action

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

 

And Back From Charlotte 

What a Monday! We are rolling through the end of summer/beginning of fall, past the halfway point of the Paleo Challenge, and the Patriots are the Monday Night Football game!

I for one am very glad to be back from our travels and working with all of you full-time again. The Grid experience was great despite our not so stellar performance, especially since I got to coach Stacey through her first season. I think we both learned a lot about the sport, ourselves as coach/athlete, and welcomed the break from the sometimes monotonous CrossFit season.

Part of what has me excited to be back is the great stuff we got on the schedule this week and beyond. Mobility warmup is from 5-5:15pm tomorrow. If you haven’t come to one of these short mobility classes you need to try to make it. Sarah and Flav are spreading great knowledge about how to prep and care for your body. Mobility will be for a full class on Wednesday, October 1 at 6pm. This is another can’t miss class. During this class you get a full 30-45 minutes with a chance to still complete the programmed WOD for that day. So you get to come get an in depth mobility experience and still get your WOD in before you leave, all in 1 hour! Two Wednesdays later (October 15) will be our 2nd ever Olympic Lifting Class with 1 full hour from 6-7pm dedicated to lots of lifting, both teaching and performing. Best of all is these classes are part of your membership and count like any other class at no extra cost.

Beyond this we have the Paleo Challenge wrapping up at the end of the month. This means retesting galore! At the end of October which also is the end of the Challenge we will be having our 2nd Annual In House Throwdown on Saturday, October 25. This will be an all levels competition (scaling, RX, RX+) mainly for fun but also serious bragging rights. That night we will have an End of the Challenge Party somewhere where adult beverages and non-Paleo food is served!

Come on in and say hi again especially to Coach Stacey. Let’s get a good start to a good week!

 

MONDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Every Minute on the Minute (EMOM) 20 Minutes
O: 2 Hang Power Clean, focus on good low catch, heaviest able
E: 2-5 Dips*

If 2-5 dips is easy then do bar dips/ring dips from a muscle up, or add weight (if you can’t do muscle ups)


WOD: 
3 Rounds
7 Bar Facing Burpees
25 Pull-Ups
7 Deadlift 275/185

*315/205

 

SkWAT Team: Front Squat, 4×4
– go by feel. If you aren’t feeling great then get 4 solid reps in each set working on speed. If feeling good then get heavy.

Sep
27
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Keep_Calm_and_Eat_Paleo1

 

 

 

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Bench Press

6-6-4-4-3-3

 

WOD: 5 Rounds

1 Round of “Cindy”
2 Clean and Jerk 155/105

*185/135

15m Time Cap

Sep
26
By CFlando

Sweatshirt Order

Sweatshirt Order

By CFlando Posted on

CF Lando Hoodie4 copy copy

 

Here is the mock up for the new sweatshirts. There will be some minor changes like adding our established date under the chest print but for the most part this is what they will look like.

I will have a retyped list in the lounge for you to confirm what color, size, and # of sweatshirts you want. At the moment they will be between $35-$40 per item. If more people sign up then they will be cheaper. For sizing…these are a unisex sweatshirt of which Stacey wears a Small. There are a decent amount of ladies who listed Medium who might want to rethink it. If you want to try one on Stacey will have the same brand size Small here tomorrow.

Let’s get this done so we can get the order in by Monday! If you haven’t ordered one yet what are you waiting for!?

 


SATURDAY

Early Crew: Arrive 8:15, start by 8:45

Strength: EMOM 21m
1: 1 Complex: 1 Power Snatch + 2 OHS + 1 Hang Squat Snatch
2: ME UB Ring Muscle Ups
3: Rest 1 minute

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP

5 Hang Power Snatch 135/95
10 Pistols (alternating)
35 Double Unders

 

10am/1pm Class
Strength: 1 Power Snatch + 3 OHS

WOD: 12m AMRAP
5 Hang Power Snatch 115/80
10 Pistols (alternating)
35 Double Unders

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 4×3 Push Jerk, get heavy as able

Sep
25
By CFlando

No Morning Classes

No Morning Classes

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03919

 

 

There will be no morning classes for Friday, September 26.

Well, Stacey and I are headed home tomorrow morning from our trip down in Charlotte. Needless to say things could have gone better. I have been following along with how everyone is doing back home and it seems like this week has been great. I must say a public and huge thank you to Flav, Jack, and my wonderful wife Sarah for what they did for us this week. The gym didn’t missed a beat because of their hard work and over extending themselves way beyond their normal week to not only make sure the gym worked as normal but to make sure Stacey could continue her quest as a professional athlete and I could continue coaching this team.

Guys, thank you so much for all your hard work this week. I can’t tell you how much I appreciate being able to leave the business and do this and not worry about things (at least not too much!). I know I can speak for both Stacey and I in saying we are excited to get back and get the CF Lando team back together and work towards some of our exciting Fall activities!

(Yes, I know I have a lot to make up Paleo Challenge wise. I owe some updates to my quest as well as logging my points. I have been seriously slacking in terms of updating).

 


FRIDAY

 

WOD: 8 Rounds
5 Hang Clean 155/105
10 HSPU
Sprint 100m
rest 1:00

For sprint run to turn around line and back.

 *185/135

SkWAT Team: Back Squat, 4 sets of 3

– This is just to keep the legs into squatting. Shouldn’t be an absolute max out. Keep it at around 90% normal 3 rep work.

Sep
24
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03865

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Strict Press
5-5-5-5

WOD: 3 Rounds
35 Wall Ball 20/14
Row 500m
35 KB Swings 53/35
3 Rope Climbs, 15′

20 minute time cap

SkWAT Team: no extra work

Sep
23
By CFlando

Boston Iron Play at 5pm on Wednesday

Boston Iron Play at 5pm on Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00077

All Grid Playoff matches are on NPGL.com and the 8pm matches tonight and tomorrow are on live at NBC Sports! Check it out!

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Overhead Squat
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: For Time
10 Power Snatch 115/80
25 Pushups
10 Power Snatch
25 Front Squat 115/80
10 Power Snatch
25 Walking Lunges*

*135/95, OH Barbell Walking Lunges 135/95

SkWAT Team: 5-1, 1-5
Stone to Shoulder @ heaviest stone possible, Jerk 225/145
then
5-1,1-5
Strict HSPU, Front Squat 225/145

Sep
22
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03876

 

 

TUESDAY


Program Work

Strength: Push Press + Push Jerk

2×2, 5 sets

WOD: 15m AMRAP
Run 400m
25 Pull-ups
rest 1:00
Run 400m
25 CTB Pull-ups
rest 1:00
Run 400m
25 Pull-Ups*
rest 1:00
AMRAP Box Jump Overs 24/20*

*10 Bar MU, 30/24

Score for this workout is total pull-ups/bar MU + box jump overs.

SkWAT Team: 50 strict HSPU (cap at 10 min)

Sep
21
By CFlando

And We Continue

And We Continue

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03864

Paleo Challengers: We enter week 3. Stay focused and on point. Almost halfway there!

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat

3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 4 Rounds
15 Toes to Bar
10 Burpees
5 Deadlift 275/185
Rest 1:30 after each round

*315/205

SkWAT Team: Drag a sled walking forwards 1:00 on 2:00 off for 5 rounds. Heavy. Change weight as able to get to a heavy load NON-STOP

Sep
20
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

SUNDAY

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 400m
20 Pull-ups
then 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
10 HSPU
then 3 Rounds
Row 500m
7 Thruster 135/95

Sep
19
By CFlando

Double Under Clinic @ 12pm

Double Under Clinic @ 12pm

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03867

 

 

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet @ 8:15

STRENGTH: Clean Complex
1 power clean + 1 hang power clean + 1 jerk

WOD: 3 person teams
20m AMRAP
30 Double Unders
10 Snatch 75/55
3 Muscle Ups

*partners must do 1 round at a time. Non-MU do 6 burpee CTB pull-ups

After WOD to Program 2 and 4 (those who did B-CTB in WOD do weighted dips for “b”)

10am/1pm

Strength: Clean Complex
EMOM 8m
1 Power Clean, 1 Hang Power Clean
then EMOM 4m
1 Power Clean

WOD: 21-15-9
Hang Power Clean 115/80
STOH 115/80

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 50′ yoke carry, max attempt

Sep
18
By CFlando

Main Site Action

Main Site Action

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/i1Sr43d2BpM

Double Under Clinic, Saturday @ 12pm: Flav is doing a clinic for 30 or so minutes, $10 a head, and guarantees double under improvement! If you are having trouble with them or just want some tips he is the guy to know.

 

Today we are doing the behind the neck split jerk for strength. This is a newish movement for us to be doing strength wise. It is familiar because you do it to get the bar overhead whenever you are overhead squatting. Today we are doing just the jerk and trying to max out with it.

The jerk from behind the neck is just like a jerk from the front. To be honest it is easier for most people. You can get your hands wide like an overhead squat setup which greatly decreases your range of motion for getting the bar locked out. You want to be thinking of two things: tight setup, and fast feet. The same setup comes into play as we do for a jerk from the front. Tight core, tucked hips, pick the chest up. Then your dip and drive should be controlled down and aggressive up. Not just aggressive but violent! Throwing that bar up with your legs. Once the bar is off the shoulders think of pressing yourself down as your front foot aggressively splits out.

 

FRIDAY


STRENGTH: 
Behind Neck Jerk
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: CF Mainsite WOD
Done “death by style”. You have 2 minutes to complete the set amount of work then rest remainder of the time. The work increases each round.
2m to complete
2 rope climb, 2 front squat 185/125
2m to complete
2 rope climb, 4 front squat
2m to complete
2 rope climb, 6 front squat

The workout continues until you cannot complete the given work in 2 minutes, adding 2 FS every 2 minute segment. Cap at 20 minutes. Scale the FS weight to be something you can to UB for at least 6-8 reps, but should be heavy while doing so. This will get dicey real fast!

 

SkWAT Team: 30 strict HSPU (try with deficit if able), then 4×3 wide grip (hands at rings) deadlift with 1 second pause at knees. Get heavy.

 

Important for today: Rope Climbs

httpv://youtu.be/-F0zalFaNQM

Sep
17
By CFlando

Core Values

Core Values

By CFlando Posted on

THURSDAY

Core WOD: Cap at about 10 minutes
3 rounds
25 lemon squeezers
25 toe touches
25 abmat situps
25 supermans

Take your time and make the most of each movement

 

WOD: 25m AMRAP
5 Overhead Squat 135/95
10 Pushups
25 KB Swings 53/35
Row 400m

*165/110

SkWAT Team: No Extra Work

Sep
16
By CFlando

“Fran”, So Hot Right Now, “Fran”

“Fran”, So Hot Right Now, “Fran”

By CFlando Posted on

00001-3

“Fran” is a workout like that crazy college friend you for some reason still keep in contact with: it makes you do things you really don’t usually do, or ever have done, or haven’t done in a long, long time. “Fran” is the workout of workouts. As a somewhat CF veteran, having been around the sport for 4 years (and I know in the real timeline of CF that makes me not even close to an old schooler), I have seen movements and WODs come and go in popularity. “Fran” has always been here, that measuring stick of fitness. The beauty is in it’s simplicity. 21-15-9. Thrusters and Pull-ups. Not heavy weight, no crazy high reps, no upside down or being shot out of a cannon. Some average skill, light weight, and really, really fast.

I relate this WOD to the old friend because when you do “Fran” you are supposed to, and often end up, doing things you never thought you could. We only do “Fran” during Paleo Challenge testing so there is a bit of mystery and mystique to it. Sort of Fight Club like only “Fran” talks about “Fran”, or something like that. But the purpose of doing the workout is for you to push like you have never pushed before. This is not just another workout, a hump day special where you sort of take the pedal off the accelerator when things get ugly. This is punch the gas and give people you pass the middle finger, break the barriers that you give in to 99% of the time, and surprise yourself and everyone around you with your performance.

To this day every time I have done “Fran” I have PRd. Not hard when the first time you do it it takes you 9:00. But anyone who has been here and done it before knows how the day we do “Fran” is unlike any other day here. The energy is electric and the push starts the second you walk in the door. If I was coaching you all on a team this is where I would say you should leave it all on the floor. There is no greater feeling than facing the aura of this workout and hitting it right back, walking out of the gym with goals shattered and performances memorialized.

Get ready everybody, because Wednesday is the day you do “Fran”. It’s Fran Day.


WEDNESDAY

WOD: “Fran”

We will do this in heats like always. You will partner up with someone and help push them and count their reps. We will go over things just the same as always.

SkWAT Team: 3×10 front squat, no pause. Find a max weight

Sep
15
By CFlando

What the EMOM?

What the EMOM?

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08401

 

I have had some people in the past ask me “what the hell does EMOM mean?”.

To be honest it is just a thing we made up in CrossFit to confuse people. Similar to terms like “suppinated” and “quadratus lumborum”, we in the CrossFit coach world like to just come up with things that make us seem smart. This legitimizes our profession hiding the fact that we really are just glorified personal trainers. For me it is just things I throw out when my parents’ friends ask me what I do for work. After numerous puzzled looks after I say things like “high intensity functional movements” and “best fitness of your life”, I just resort to spitting out big terms. I hit them with a couple “glycolytic” or maybe an “ATP pathway” and they either are so impressed with how smart I am they instantly accept me and try to introduce me to their daughter, or they just turn and walk away mumbling to themselves about how I must be either a meth addict or legally slow.

EMOM stands for Every Minute On the Minute. It is just a fun way of programming time domains for strength and WODs. I like to use it both for lifting segments where I want to push your lactic threshold (the burn baby burn feeling) with your lifts, and for WODs. I use it for WODs for a few reasons. Sometimes it is used to really control the volume in a given day or cycle, other times just a way to get some crazy intensity without utter failure or stupid length in a WOD, and it’s also a great way to focus on 1 or 2 skills since they can be isolated and repeated.

Today the latter is our purpose. Double unders, well we all know about those. Good or bad at them you probably have some level of hatred for them as a movement. You aren’t alone, most of us do. But like all things in CrossFit the only way to get better at them is work at them. Today you have an opportunity to really work at them at high volume but in small, manageable segments. After all is said and done you will get anywhere from 100-200 double unders in but in 10-20 rep pieces making it much easier to accomplish both mentally and physically. If you are going for the advanced scale of handstand push-ups it similarly gives you a chance to work at a high skill movement in smaller chunks. If you are sticking with ring dips I want you to challenge yourself in terms of your scale as this is a great chance to get some volume in that will lead to improvement in the movement.

Obviously the purpose is also to get you generally more fit. Your goal is to improve on all the things as mentioned above but also to get through all 12 minutes. When scaling remember that you should be getting some rest in for each round. As you get more tired this will get less and less and yes you might miss a round because you can’t finish in time. If this happens early on, say before the halfway point, then either scale differently or take the entire minute off to refocus. What you don’t want is to just be constantly coming up short on the minute as you have a 5 burpee penalty for skipping a minute or not finishing in time. 40+ burpees after all of this would really, really suck.

 

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Bench Press

6 sets of 3 reps

WOD: EMOM 12m
5 Ring Dips
20 Double Unders

*4 HSPU, 3″ deficit, 30 double unders

– 5 burpee penalty for every minute/round not completed

SkWAT Team: 30 reps of DB deadlift + strict hang power clean + strict press

Sep
14
By CFlando

The Challenge Week 2: Avoiding the Fall

The Challenge Week 2: Avoiding the Fall

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08833

Lando’s Fights off Cheating

Now that the dust has settled we move into week 2 of the Paleo Challenge. We will have tests both on Monday and Wednesday of this week and I strongly urge you to get all your tests done if you are making any up by Friday.

We are still in the easy part of a Paleo challenge. The first 2 weeks or so aren’t too bad because the excitement of what you are entering into carries you through the difficulty of cleansing yourself, cleansing your cupboards and pantry, and really taking positive steps towards making changes. The testing helps too, having specific things to look forward to each day that you know will be directly related to your performance on the Challenge. The last 2 weeks are easier as well as the end is in sight and we bring the challenges back giving you something to look forward to  as you wind down. So we are still in the honeymoon phase but the tough part really sneaks up on you. After this week we get to 3 weeks of no mans land. It’s like February and early March in the world of sports. Nothing. Cold. Dark. Lonely. Boring. All there is to do is drink whiskey and eat pizza to pass the time, and WE CAN’T EVEN DO THAT!

My recommendation is to plan ahead. After this week there will be 3 tough weeks ahead where we will have no specific testing going on at the gym and the fun of the beginning of the Challenge will have worn off. This is where things can really come unglued. In all my time running, following, or participating in Paleo challenges it is in these middle weeks where people who fall off the wagon end up falling off. It seems too easy but it really is because of the classic instance of poor planning.

For instance I am sure most of us started things out in a similar way. At the start of the Challenge we all went and did an epic grocery trip to get ourselves stocked with good stuff to start things off, we are all fired up for the testing, getting everything in like water, fish oil, and good sleep to start things off right. Then the first thing that happens is we run out of groceries. The end of this week our fridge will be empty. All it takes is 1 “oh it isn’t that bad if I have a burger with fried for dinner” because you didn’t have anything for dinner that fell within the rules of the Challenge to light the fuse. This fuse, however, isn’t a slow burner. This one goes FAST. Next thing you know it’s been 3 days of a cheat each day, sleep has done to shit, and you didn’t get your water in all 3 days.

Then the Scoreboard hits. WHAMMY! What started as a tight race where you proudly sat near the top is now much more spread out, and you are in the middle of the pack. We all like that carrot to chase so suddenly the trials and tribulations of the Challenge don’t seem so rewarding because you have no chance of winning. By the end of week 4 you are pretty much out of the Challenge, both in theory and literally.

Don’t let this happen. I know it is inevitable for some. We all get fired up and start off on this epic journey together, then life and s**t happens all together and people fall off. I want to keep it to a minimum this time around. We have about 50 people involved and I want to keep it at 50 who are fully invested when the second round of testing comes around. A great/easy way to keep in line? Aside from the planning part of it, making sure you get your food shopping done BEFORE you absolutely need it, stay focused with personal testing in your daily training. While we only have 4 tests we officially count you can make every day and every lift a test. We do pull-ups in a WOD every week if not 2x a week so why not test yourself and how your pull-ups improve with each WOD? Or see how your back squat numbers keep rising through the entire Challenge and not just the comparison of start and finish with the 1 rep max?

Keeping yourself focused is incredibly difficult, trust me I know. I have abandoned many a goal when it comes to clean eating. Preparation and little personal tests along the way are a great way to stay focused through the tough middle weeks of the Challenge. Once we hit middle October we will be close to the end where we start the re-tests, will have an End of Challenge/Halloween Party, and our 2nd Annual In House Throwdown (October 25 fyi).

 

 

 

 

MONDAY (3rd Challenge Test Day)

Program Work Here

Strength: Find a 1 rep max Clean and Jerk

WOD: For Time
Run 400m, then
5-1, 1-5
Squat Clean 165/110, Muscle Ups
then
Run 400m

*225/155

15m Time Cap

SkWAT Team: Sets of 3 back squat, heavy for 10-15m

Sep
13
By CFlando

Strongman Class @ 11am

Strongman Class @ 11am

By CFlando Posted on

Regular class at 10am, Strongman at 11am. Strongman replaces the 11am regular CrossFit class. Strongman is open to everyone, non-members included.

Have no fear. EVERYONE is probably a beginner or has no idea at all about Strongman stuff. That is why we are doing the class. Come in and get a great workout AND get huge at the same time.

Strongman training is great for everyone, people looking to lose weight, people looking to get stronger, people looking to get a competitive edge. Working in high intensity energy systems burns calories at an insane rate while building immense strength. Also just fun, different tools to use to get your fitness on different from what we do in class.

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Shoulder Press
EMOM 10m: 2 @ heaviest possible

 

WOD: 9-15-21

Pull-Ups
Jumping Squats
Broad Jumps
Push-ups

 

Strongman Class
Strength/Skill: Practice stone to shoulder

WOD: 1-10 Stone Squats
– Perform 1 stone to shoulder after each set of stone squats

 

Sep
12
By CFlando

Weekend Update and Early Crew Mini-Comp

Weekend Update and Early Crew Mini-Comp

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01190

We have SO MUCH awesome stuff going on at CrossFit Lando this weekend.

First, the 10am class will be Bring a Friend! That means that you can bring a friend or family member, or multiples who have no experience in CrossFit. No experience or intro class necessary. The WOD will be challenging but technically simple so everyone can enjoy. And if your friend/family joins with a full-time membership you get 10% off your next month! If 10 people sign up you get 100% off!

Then, Stacey is hosting a Handstand Clinic. It will run from 12pm-1pm. It is 10$ to attend. Only pre-requisite is being able to kick into a handstand against the wall. THIS IS A MUST. The clinic will be working on free standing work, HS walking, etc. Open Gym will continue during this clinic.

Sunday Jack will be running his first Strongman class. He recently got certified and will be coaching a 1x a month class on Sunday. The class is open to ANYONE. Members it counts just like any other class, non-members pay the $20 drop-in fee like any class. It will run from 11am-12pm and replaces the regular CrossFit class. It will be a full workout with the same structure as our regular classes. Jack recommends some sort of sleeves for this particular workout on Sunday.

Come on in this weekend and be part of this great community. End of the summer/fall is always the best time at CrossFit Lando as people are getting back into the swing of things and classes are packed! Bring a friend or family member who you have been trying to get into CF for a while and just hasn’t taken the step.

See you all this weekend!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30. Start by 8:45.

Strength: Find a 5 rep hang squat clean

WOD: In teams of 2
1. Find a combined 2 rep max Split Jerk in 5 minutes : worth 1 points (winner gets 1 points, 2nd gets 2, etc)
Rest 1 minute
2. 15 minutes to complete : worth 2 points (winner gets 2, 2nd gets 4, etc)
150 wall ball, weight > 20/14 (30/20 = 130 reps, 24/16 or 18 = 150 reps)
75 toes to bar
10 wall climbs
rest 3 minutes
3. Team 1 mile run: worth 3 points (you get it by now)
Both people run, score is combined total time

SkWAT Work: 5×5 front squat: you must get this done in time to not be in the way of the 10am class. Otherwise take the yokes and use them.

10am/1pm Class: Bring a Friend!

Strength: Front Squat
4×5

WOD: Partner Style
2 Rounds, 2 minutes for each movement moving straight down the list, 1 minute rest between movements

Wall Ball 20/14
Box Jumps 24/20
Wall Climbs
KB Swings 53/35

– one partner works at a time, split work any way you want

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m: 50′ yoke carry, heaviest possible

Sep
11
By CFlando

Squats!!!!

Squats!!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08811

The back squat.

Actually it should be written as the Back Squat, capitalized, formalized, and officially named as the greatest movement of all movements.

There is nothing more King and Queen than the Back Squat. To be honest it amazes me even now how such a simple thing, a long piece of iron with circular rubber or metal plates on each end, can be so important to making humanity strong.

There are many internet memes and jokes about CrossFit and working out that we all are privy to these days, things that go around about how squats cure diseases, relationship issues, that the Back Squat single handedly ended the Cold War (it was the deadlift actually). To be honest a lot of it is true, or could be. If the Back Squats had hands it could cure cancer. If Back Squat could see it would easily hold the record for longest sniper kill in any US war. If the Back Squat could be personified it would without question be any 1 of 3 people: T.E. Lawrence, Arnold Schwarzenegger, or Jennifer Anniston. Actually instead of one of them it probably would be a combination of all three, making the Back Squat a war hero both true and fictional with the greatest set of biceps, pecs, legs, gluteus, and smile of all time (you can choose who’s is from where).

In reality the Back Squat is the best movement for building absolute strength that anyone can do. This can be said about squats in general. Using a barbell with weight on it, putting it on the shoulders in some way, and squatting up and down, leads to incredible gains in strength. This is why we squat at least 2x a week and usually 3. Sometimes when I’m feeling really, really saucy we will squat 4x in a week, and then we all use assistance to stand up and sit down on the toilet.

In case you haven’t noticed the Back Squat is where it’s at. This is why we do it for our Paleo Challenge testing. It is the best test of strength we can do with as little skill as possible. Later on we will be testing skill and strength when we do the clean and jerk, but for Friday and our 2nd Challenge test it’s just about straight up raw, Arnold and Jennifer like strength. Take a look at the video below to see the differences between the high bar and low bar position, the low bar position being what we want to be using for this 1 rep max test.

Paleo Challenge or not this is a big day. Back Squat max day is a fun day. Starting with 530am the music will be cranked up, coaches will be fired up, and your only job will be piling weights on and getting some max numbers. I want people suing PVC as air guitars, I want 60 year old mothers wearing lifting shoes and saying “f**k yeah while dropping PR bars off their back, I want someone PRing in a costume or at least while wearing make-up, I want someone hitting a 1 rep max while riding a dolphin in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean.

No matter what your experience or ability level, whether your max is 35# or 350#, this will be fun. During each squat I want you trying to drive the bar into the stratosphere, literally jumping the bar off your shoulders, every single rep. I don’t care if it’s your warmup reps or your max attempts, I want to hear the CLANGALANG of the bars as they screech to a halt at the top of each rep. Don’t worry, I’ll have the Coast Guard on standby.

EPIC GUITAR SOLO!!

httpv://youtu.be/dpmAY059TTY

PS: I would give anything to be Slash from 1981-1993. Fun fact…Slash and Flea from the Red Hot Chili Peppers grew up ON THE SAME BLOCK. They both went on to be in integral bands of rock history and were inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame THE SAME YEAR. What are the chances?

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

Warmup:
Run 200m AFAP
rest 1:00 once every is back
20 jumping squats
5 burpees with high jump
rest 1:00
2m AMRAP wall ball highest toss possible and heaviest ball possible

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
find a 1rep max in 25 minutes

 

WOD: 12 Minutes
15 Deadlift 255/165
Run 800m
AMRAP Muscle Ups in remaining time

*315/205

 

SkWAT Team: no extra work

 

Important for today: Low bar back squat position

 

httpv://youtu.be/p0QwNvLJVBk

Sep
10
By CFlando

Bring a Friend and Handstand Clinic This Saturday

Bring a Friend and Handstand Clinic This Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

00001-4

Lando’s Paleo Adventure Continues

This Saturday will be Bring a Friend Day for the 10am Class. Bring a newbie, experienced CFer, someone who is so annoyed with you talking about it they can’t stand it anymore, ANYONE, and have some fun at CrossFit Lando. Class will be fairly straight forward so even someone with no experience can hang and get a great workout.

We will have the usual Intro Class/Open Gym at 11, then Stacey will be holding a clinic on Handstands. Everything about them. Walking, pushupping, shoulder touching, everything you can do in a handstand without a wall. You should have some experience in a handstand (against the wall) but don’t worry about having to be able to do free standing work yet. That’s why you go!

THURSDAY

Strength: Push Press
5-5-5-5

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
12 KB Swings 53/35

*70/53

Cashout: 5m AMRAP pushups

Sep
9
By CFlando

Olympic Lifting Class Tomorrow @ 6pm

Olympic Lifting Class Tomorrow @ 6pm

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00015

Paleo Challenge Clarification: Fuel For Fire is Paleo. One of our members brought up very astutely that it says it contains milk. It contains milk ingredients, whey isolate, which is fancy for protein. This is no different than your post workout protein so we are saying it’s OK. The reason we say things like whey are OK is because the health benefits of your post WOD protein shake far, far, far out weigh the negative impact of the small trace amount of dairy in whey protein.

Remember: your “meals” that give you a point don’t have to be full sit down 5 courses. It can be a snack. It’s just about being balanced. An apple is not a good snack unless it is when walking into the gym for your WOD fuel. An apple, protein shake, and almond butter is a good snack because it contains a balanced amount of macro nutrients.

If you haven’t yet, read THE ENTIRE PACKET FRONT TO BACK. It is attached HERE for more convenience. We expect you to eat other than just full meals. So if you smash a Fuel for Fire before class it might not be a point giver but it certainly isn’t a point taker. Not everything you put into your body needs to give you points to be OK.

You can do this!

Lifting Class: Focus on the Snatch

Lifting class. I literally can’t wait for this to start. This will be a 1x a month thing, every 2nd Wednesday for the most part. I hope 50 people show up. Don’t worry you will get plenty of reps in, plenty of instruction, plenty of yelling and screaming and maybe even tears.

Snatch, Clean, Jerk. You will one day learn to love these things like I do. Probably what gets me the most about my back and hip issue, more than the sometimes crippling pain I have, is that it keeps me from regularly practicing these lifts. To me they are the thing that keeps me coming back, keeps me thinking and wanting, thinking and wanting to learn more, more about how to win against the bar and the weights. Weightlifting truly is a sport, it is art in my opinion. It is human expression. It is emotion. It is pain, happiness, suffering, anger, elation, all the emotions there can be wrapped into one thing. One little square or rectangle or circle, whatever shape you bury yourself in tomorrow and every day you lift to focus on that bar.

You and the bar. Just you and the bar. You, the bar, the weights, the platform. All that matters. We might have a class of 50 people in it but that doesn’t matter. All that matters is you, the bar, the weights, the platform, the tools laid out in front of you for you to go to work. I used to love that phrase from one of my old coaches, “let’s go to work”. It conjured up images of dirty hands, lunch pails, overalls and working songs. Getting down and dirty, punching in and punching out. Reminded me of my old jobs working landscaping for a company down the Cape or on the grounds crew of a golf course. Easily my favorite job I ever had, current situation aside. Other than the fact that I was 18, 19 years old and waking up at 530am 6 days a week, getting out there and mowing greens, raking bunkers, trimming hedges, reshaping fairways, planting all kinds of crap, THAT was a solid day of work right there. Best thing about it was at 3pm there were cold Budweisers waiting in the fridge and everyone, from the old Veitnam vets who did fairways all day, to us “monkeys” as they called us, came together and shared a few cold ones before we went home. I usually had to nap in my car before I went home because 8 hours of hard labor in the sun followed by cold Budweiser usually didn’t mix well with my energy levels.

It might be odd to liken what we do in the gym to work because most of you use this as a refuge as painful as it is sometimes. The work part isn’t what I am talking about, rather the putting in the work that I relate this to. No matter how tired I was at the end of the week there was something gratifying about coming home at 3pm on Friday, farmer’s tan and all, knowing I had just crushed a week of work and learned a thing or two. Tell me there is something better than smashing a PR snatch or smoking that long lost jerk to cap a PR clean and jerk? There isn’t, and if you think there is then you haven’t taken to weightlifting like you should. If this is the case then you are the first person I want to see tomorrow night!

So what to expect? Everything. Each class will have a focus. Sometimes on specific lifts, sometimes an entire total, sometimes just a part of a lift. It will follow in line with the CFL programming so it won’t disrupt anything. It will be a lot so most likely this will be your fitness for the day. Not saying you beasts out there can’t do doubles with this but you will lift a lot. Certainly can do some conditioning work before or after and it won’t mess you up too bad, just don’t expect to do a full CFL class AND the lifting class and get a great result. We aren’t just going to lift weights. Oh trust me we will lift weights. But we are going to smash weights, we are going to analyze the crap out of lifts, we are going to be one big lifting fitness family for an hour having fun putting in a full hour of work. When you walk out of CrossFit Lando, whether you set a PR or not, you are going to feel gratification of putting in work!

Let’s go to work! See you all tomorrow!

 

 

WEDNESDAY (REGULAR CLASSES)

Program Work Here

Strength: Snatch
1 Squat snatch every 2:00 (on the dot) for 20 minutes

WOD: For Time
9 Squat Snatch 135/95
3 Rope Climbs
7 Squat Snatch
3 Rope Climbs
5 Squat Snatch
3 Rope Climbs

*155/105

 

Important for Today: Rope Climbs and Squat Snatch

httpv://youtu.be/-F0zalFaNQM

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

Sep
8
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Clarifications: Baked Goods!!!!

Paleo Challenge Clarifications: Baked Goods!!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01148

 

Olympic Lifting Class: This Wednesday at 6pm will be our first of our monthly Oly classes (pronounced OH-lee, not AH-lee…first thing you all learned!!). The 2nd Wednesday of every month will be a 1 hour long class at 6pm dedicated to lifting. I will be teaching and programming it. We will focus on specific parts of the lifts, getting more into the technique of each lift than we can in a regular class.

This class is open to members like any regular class at no charge. We will not be capping it (for members) so understand you might be sharing bars, warming up with PVC, but you will get A TON of coaching and reps.

Non-members: there will be limited spots open for non-members. Please contact us for confirmation of a spot.

 

OK all so we are under way for the Paleo Challenge and we have the usual many questions coming in. This post will tackle all of those questions and clarify a couple things…like BAKED GOODS!!!!!

 

1: The Challenge has started, but you can still sign up: Sign ups go until next Monday and even if you miss a few days you can catch up with your logging.

 

2: Official Ruling on Baked Goods…Same as Alcohol: 2 days per week you can eat 1 baked good item without penalty. After that you lose 1 point per item. So this means Monday morning you could eat 1 paleo pancake, Tuesday morning do the same, then every paleo baked good you eat after for the rest of the week is 1 point off your total each day. That is just an example. Don’t try to out think it. It is what it is.

There has been many questions and confusions about baked goods. The reason we have taken these off the 100% allowed list from past challenges is because we are trying to get everyone on board with making lifestyle changes that will lead to LASTING health changes. Think of this phrase, “a cookie is a cookie”. Even “paleo” cookies are still cookies. They might contain ingredients that make them not as bad for you as other cookies but they still are cookies. High in fat, high in carbohydrates, high in calories, all in a small amount of food with little other nutritional value. The same goes for muffins, pancakes, waffles, macaroons, whatever else you want to throw Paleo in front of and argue that they are suddenly good for you. Read through the packet and get a grasp on the reasoning and the health benefits of this diet and it will make sense. Baked goods are still baked goods. They are better for you if they are Paleo, but they aren’t good for you. Bottom line.

Larabars fall into this category. They aren’t baked obviously but are still a limited resource.

IF YOU HAVE TO ASK, IT AIN’T PALEO.

EAT. REAL. FOOD.

 

3. Scoring: You add your points up and put the final tally in the bottom of each day. Don’t worry about specific spots for each thing. If you have a perfect day you get 8 points and put that in at the bottom.

 

4. Testing: Starts tomorrow, then goes Friday, Monday, Wednesday. Make ups must be done by next Friday. You can make up any test at any time in a class just contact us first or let your coach know when you get there.

 

There are only 39 people signed up. We had 68 people last Challenge and we have 40 more members. Vacation isn’t an excuse, not knowing Paleo isn’t an excuse, football season isn’t an excuse. Nothing is an excuse because if you are saying it is an excuse you are saying whatever that is is an excuse for your current and long term health. That is for real. If my out of shape, pizza eating, beer drinking rear end that goes to every Patriots home game and will be traveling to Charlotte, Las Vegas, and LA during the Challenge can do it you better be able to do it.

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Overhead Squat
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD (Paleo Challenge Test #1)
100 Burpees for Time

12 minute cap

 

SkWAT Team: Front Squat
EMOM 12m
2 Heavy A** Reps!!!!

Sep
7
By CFlando

And It Begins: Paleo Challenge Fall 2014

And It Begins: Paleo Challenge Fall 2014

By CFlando Posted on

q1Keep_Calm_and_Eat_Paleo1

 

For my first entry of my Holy S**t I’m Going Strict Paleo blog go here. Laugh at the pictures all you want. Or laugh at what you perceive is my lack of relation to the struggle. Then read.

 

If you missed the Paleo Challenge Meeting on Saturday, you are f**cked.

No for real.

Ok not really. If you missed the meeting then I STRONGLY suggest you read this immediately. Stop what you are doing right now and read. It is the current/new challenge point system and the explanation of what Paleo is.

Sadly for all of you Paleo Challenge veterans this is the first Challenge we have done where it is the real thing, the whole kit and caboodle, Paleo for real yo!

In all honesty it isn’t that drastically different except for the restrictions on baked goods and the scoring is different. You actually get points for eating!! But we really are sticking to the tenet “just because it’s Paleo doesn’t mean it’s good for you”. We are changing the way our body reacts to food, altering the chemical processes that affect our short and long term health. You could be following a 100% Paleo diet by loose standards and smashing back “paleo” muffins, bread, and cookies, and negatively affect your health in a drastic way. If you aren’t sure how or why, read the packet above.

We will have hard copied of the packet available by mid day tomorrow. It is the same packet attached above just has more pretty pictures and some more detail.

Ladies and Gentlemen, it is time. If you haven’t bought in you still can. You can all week! Get your $20 in at the desk, sign up, and get ready to start testing with Tuesday’s WOD. There is literally NO REASON for anyone to not do it. There is no excuse, literally no excuse, for not participating in this challenge. And if you are still questioning you doing it and making excuses then take a look here where I will be documenting my Paleo quest…starting right now…

What you need to do: Register on the Paleo Scoreboard. Follow the link or it will be in the drop down on the main page of crossfitlando.com. If you did the Challenge previously then your username is “firstname.lastname”, and if you forgot your password just follow the usual steps. New people you just go through it like you normally would for creating a new website signup. Our access code is “02127”.

As I am sure you will have many questions please feel free to ask. Email is best! Let’s get to work! Tests start tomorrow. Get your logging in for tomorrow, get your weight recorded, and let’s do it! AND GET INVOLVED!!!!

 

MONDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Shoulder Press
8-8-6-6-3-3*

* do 5 L pull-ups between sets

WOD: For Time
7 Bear Complex 135/95
30 Double Unders
7 HSPU*
30 Double Unders
7 Burpee + Squat Clean Thruster
30 Double Unders
7 HSPU*
30 Double Unders
7 Bear Complex

*185/135, 5″ Deficit HSPU

SkWAT Team: 10×3 Bench Press, rest :30 between efforts, make weight fast

Sep
6
By CFlando

Patriot Act!!!

Patriot Act!!!

By CFlando Posted on

new-england-patriots-wallpaper-0

 

Tomorrow (Sunday) is the greatest day of my life each year. I like to think of it this way because it means every year my life gets better. Day 1. Patriots season. It’s here.

For those of you who don’t know already I am a huge Patriots fan. Much of my life hinges on the performance of TB12 and the New England 53 every Sunday (or Monday, or Thursday). Many a Monday blog post and workout has been altered by the outcome of their games on Sunday, many a Monday evening schedule canceled due to Monday Night Football, all in the name of my beloved Pats.

I take special pride in the kind of Patriots fan I am, the kind my entire family is. I have been through it all. I started going to games when I was 7 during the Rod Rust years. My first game was in the 1-15 season of 1990. I vividly remember when Bill Parcells was named head coach, when the Krafts pulled the 11th hour deal to keep the team in Foxboro with a new stadium. I remember hearing the “F” word more times than I ever had in my entire life previously during one particularly bad game. I remember the “bad years” almost better than the years we all know now as the “Brady and Belichick” years. Hard to imagine this team as anything but.

The Patriots and Patriots season have a special place in my life. All is well in the world knowing that I will turn the TV on tomorrow at 12 and pre-game coverage will be in full swing ready for that 1pm kick off. It looks promising (as always these days) for the Pats against Miami tomorrow so Monday shouldn’t be too bad, but like they say in the Hunger Games, “May the odds be forever in your favor”. Or something like that.

Patriot Act!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Power Snatch
Find a 2 rep max, touch and go

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Shoulder to overhead 115/80
Run 400m after each set

*135/95

Sep
5
By CFlando

Challenge Meeting @ 12pm

Challenge Meeting @ 12pm

By CFlando Posted on

paleo-for-pcos

Paleo Challenge kicks off Monday. A non-mandatory but strongly suggested meeting is tomorrow @ 12pm. It will go until class @ 1pm. Sign up and get ready to roll! Logging starts Monday, testing starts Tuesday!

Paleo Challenge Tests and Dates:

Tuesday, September 9: 100 Burpees for Time
Friday, September 12: 1 rep max Back Squat
Monday, September 15: 1 rep max Clean and Jerk
Wednesday, September 17: “Fran”

Last day for testing to be allowed is Friday, September 19 (makeups must be cleared beforehand but can be done in class during a different WOD)

Those of you who aren’t doing the Paleo Challenge are probably tired of hearing about it but really it is just my tactic of getting you to do it. There is a lot that you might not know when entering a Paleo Challenge but we want you to know that everyone in our community, from myself and the coaching staff to your fellow Landos, are your information source. Lean on us and each other to get through it and ASK QUESTIONS!!! The meeting will be a HUGE help if you can make it or even if you have to rearrange things to do so, get it done. If you absolutely cannot make it we will be videoing it and there will be a packet handed out and available with everything you need to know.

To sweeten the deal of getting you to make the commitment or at least give you all some comedy during the 45 days of paleoness, I will be documenting my quest for all of you to see right here on the Lando blog. It will be a no holds barred view into my mind, body, and soul as I finally reverse the course of my fat assedness that has gripped my life the past 16 months. It promises to be enlightening, educational, entertaining, and probably very sad all at the same time. My first entry will be Sunday night with pictures and all. Stay tuned.

 

SATURDAY

Program Work Here

Early Crew: meet at 8:15

Strength: Split Jerk
find a max set of 3

WOD: Partner WOD
3m AMRAP
Box Jumps 30/24
4m AMRAP
Deadlift 315/205
3m AMRAP
Ring Dips
4m AMRAP
Thruster 135/95
3m AMRAP
Double Unders

SkWAT Work (post WOD): Front Squat 5×5, then 5m AMRAP strict HSPU (add deficit if able)


10AM/1PM Class

Strength: Front Squat
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: Partner WOD
3m AMRAP
Box Jumps 24/20
4m AMRAP
Deadlift 225/155
3m AMRAP
Ring Dips
4m AMRAP
Thruster 135/95
3m AMRAP
Double Unders

SkWAT Team: 5m AMRAP, strict HSPU, add deficit if able

then

400m heavy odd object carry. Get something at least 75% BW, put it on your shoulder, and walk/run with it. Put it down as much as you need.

Sep
4
By CFlando

The Challenge: Rules

The Challenge: Rules

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00007

 

Hopefully by now you are somewhat in the know of what the epicness of the upcoming Paleo Challenge is all about. I urge you to come to the meeting on Saturday at 12pm to listen to Sarah break down in absolutely the simplest of terms the science behind why the Paleo lifestyle is for EVERYONE, especially super fitness people like you all here at CrossFit Lando.

If you can’t make it here is some more info about how the Challenge works specific to this time around.

We use a Paleo Scoreboard where you will create a login (or use your old one) and will track all your food and points each day. It is an honor system but remember karma is a bitch and reigns down especially hard on people who cheat on the Paleo Challenge. The point system is as follows:

Start with 0 points each day. Remember the point of the Challenge is promoting a healthy lifestyle, so there are food bonus as well as things like sleep, workout, mobility, etc. The goal is after this 45 days you will not only have transformed yourself during this time but gained incredible knowledge and strength to continue after the Challenge. The goal is not just 45 days. The goal is a complete lifestyle change or lifestyle tweaking that will last.

Since we are crossfitters and we love points and winning there is a point system and we award prizes to the top 3 performers over the whole challenge. Winners get gift certificates to Inov-8, NutriForce, Again Faster, Connector Cafe, and cash $$. They are judged based off of performance in the scoreboard point accumulation, weight loss, and improvement on the strength/WOD tests. Some of it is arbitrary but we want to put an emphasis on whole lifestyle change not just points, weight loss, or improvement at the gym. This is all in baby!!!

 

HOW TO GET POINTS
Daily + 1: 
Any meal (up to 5 each day) that is fully Paleo (Sarah will be breaking down what a “meal” consists of) is +1, 7 hours of sleep +1, 1000 mg of fish oil (must be 1000mg of EPA/DHA) +1, and water intake (.5 oz per LB of BW) +1. You can get a total of +8 per day.

Weekly + points: Workout bonus (anywhere from 3-6 workouts at CFL or home) gets +3 at the end of the week (this is all or nothing. Must be 3-6 workouts for 3 points, less is no points, more is no more than 3 points. It is 3 points total not per workout). Mobility (3 session at least 15 minutes at CFL or home each week). Protein intake after every workout for +1 on the week (not per workout but total). You can get a total of +5 per week.

 

HOW TO LOSE POINTS
There is really only 1 way to lose points in the Paleo Challenge: CHEATING (not meaning lying but cheating off the lifestyle)

Food: Any non-paleo item (will be detailed in meeting and packet) is -1 point. This means pizza counts as -2 (cheese and bread) but only for that meal. So yes 15 slices of pizza counts the same as 1.

Alcohol: You get 2 days/nights per week (monday-sunday) you are allowed to have 2 paleo friendly drinks (wine, white tequila, hard cider). Any additional drink is -1 point per drink.

You lose what you cheat so there is no limit to negative points.

 

Example day/week: So each day you can get +8 and any given week you can get an additional +5 for workout, mobility, protein bonuses. If you are perfect food wise eating 5 fully Paleo meals per day and get all your bonuses you can get 61 points per week (8 points per day + 5 points for weekly bonuses).

You log your food each day, count up your points, and on Sunday add in your weekly bonus points. Simple! The scoreboard makes a leader board where everyone can see who is crushing it and who is slacking big time. Your coaches can also take a look and see where you might be struggling.

So now that you know it’s time to get going. Get signed up ($20 CASH ONLY) at the desk and get here for 12pm on Saturday. If you can’t make the meeting there will be a packet distributed with all the info you need.

Paleo Challenges here at CrossFit Lando are a ton of fun. They can be challenging but also incredibly fulfilling and a great way to get with your fellow Landosians and learn a lot about yourself and each other. We have seen incredible stories of health changes, weight loss, and most importantly PRs in all the lift and WOD tests.

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Snatch
Find a 3 rep max touch and go

WOD: Mixed up “Barbara”

1 Round of “Barbara”
10 Clean and Jerk 185/135
1 Round of “Barbara”

1 round of “Barbara”= 20 pull-ups, 30 push-ups, 40 sit-ups, 50 air squats

*225/155

SkWAT Team: 5 rep max good morning (barbell). Heavy as possible

Sep
3
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Important Dates

Paleo Challenge Important Dates

By CFlando Posted on

paleo-for-pcos

Important dates for the Paleo Challenge:

Thursday, September 4 (tomorrow): $20 buy in/sign up starts (cash only at desk)

 Saturday, September 6 @ 12:00pm: Challenge Meeting (very strongly almost mandatory urged attendance)

Monday, September 8: Logging starts

Wednesday, September 10: First WOD test day, September 17: Last testing day and to buy in

Friday, October 24: Last day for logging and re-testing

 

$20 Buy In/Sign Up starts tomorrow (Thursday)!! Cash only at the desk. We will be using the Paleo Scoreboard like we have before which will keep your daily logs and your test scores and re-test scores. More on that later!

So let’s get into the why of the Paleo lifestyle and how a Paleo Challenge works.

The way most people eat in modern society is basically like strapping ourselves into a chair and injecting a little bit of lethal injection, slowly chipping away at our life until we die in a disgusting mess of fat, disease, and general filth. Dramatic? Maybe, but not too far off.

Heart disease, Type II diabetes, hypertension, sleep apnea, various autoimmune disorders, CANCER, all are diseases who’s prevalence in our world today directly correlate to a diet high in processed food, additives and preservatives, GLUTEN, and sugar.

This is not made up my friends. This is science.

When thinking about the Paleo Challenge and whether you should do it or not (you should) I first urge you to think of it not as a diet but as a lifestyle. Diet too often is linked to weight loss or gain. While what we are doing is controlling what we put into our bodies it is about much more than weight loss. In fact weight loss is a byproduct (a great one) of following a Paleo lifestyle.

So if we aren’t trying to lose weight what is the point? The point is we are trying to rid our body of crap that causes it distress. Inflammatory proteins, mainly GLUTEN, fake additives and preservatives, and processed sugar all are bad for us, and not just bad for us but killing us. The Paleo Diet aims to rid the body of inflammation, toxic sugar increases in the blood stream, and create a more balanced and efficient energy system in the body.

So now what do you eat? The simple way to look at it is the chart above or the outside of the grocery store perspective. If it is grown or an animal then it is Paleo. If it is boxed or bagged and put on a shelf for days, weeks, or months, then most likely not paleo. If it is created or processed, or has fake crap or sugar added to it, NOT Paleo. Meat, vegetables, some fruit and nuts. All things that can be grown or made naturally. How cave men ate is the popular way people talk about the Paleo Diet and it’s pretty much it. We don’t take it to such an extreme (cavemen didn’t have skillets to make scrambled eggs but eggs CERTAINLY ARE Paleo) but thinking along those lines is also a simple way of looking at it.

If you still don’t quite get it then let’s see EXACTLY what we CANNOT EAT on the Paleo Diet:

1) Gluten: Gluten is a protein that is found in all wheat based products. Bread, cereal, crackers, literally anything made from wheat or wheat derivatives. Gluten is extremely inflammatory to the GI tract. Don’t eat it. Things that contain gluten usually are very high in carbohydrates which leads us to…

2) Sugar: sugar sucks. It feeds cancer cells. It makes us fat. Seriously. Sugar, no matter where it comes from, turns into glucose once in our blood. Glucose in the blood causes an insulin spike and storage reaction in the body. Sugar stores as body fat. So yes eating a bunch of sugar before bed is about as bad as it gets for your weight/aesthetic health, but also is bad for our general long term health. Messing with your insulin levels not only is bad for things like staying awake at your desk but also leads to hypertension, heart disease, and type II diabetes. And yes cancer cells are proven to directly feed off of sugar compounds.

This is a key component of the Paleo Diet. We are GREATLY reducing carb intake. Carbs are not bad, in fact they are integral to high intensity exercise, they are just bad in extreme doses and when ingested at the wrong time. If you cut the amount of sugar you eat (fruits included) in half on a daily basis you will lose weight, feel better, have more energy, sleep better, and your long term health will be positively affected.

3) Preservatives/Additives: If the thing you are eating can stay on a shelf for longer than a day or two do you think that is good to eat? Grab a box of cereal, even the “healthy” kind, and look at the ingredients. How many can you not pronounce? This is another easy way to determine something’s paleness. If you can’t pronounce an ingredient it probably is created in a laboratory and therefore is a non-natural additive or preservative…and therefore NOT paleo.

The Challenge: The challenge works pretty simply as the goal and focus is promoting a healthy and clean lifestyle. This includes food intake and fitness and you will receive points/lose points based on your following of the rules. The reason Paleo is such a popular thing in the CrossFit world is all of this cleanliness leads to incredible performance, so we do a series of strength and WOD tests at the start of the challenge and re-test at the end. One of our tests is your 1 rep max back squat and it isn’t uncommon for people to increase it by 30-40# after a 45 day Paleo Challenge. The most epic improvements is usually from “Fran”, the 21-15-9 from hell where I have seen people go from not-RX to a 3 minute improvement and doing it as Rx. Amazing.

This last part is truly why I say Paleo is for everyone and IS NOT about losing weight. There are always the people out there who tell me they are totally cool with their weight and don’t want to lose any. Well Sarah and Stacey both follow the Paleo Diet to a T and I think we can all agree they don’t fit the mold of people who would be “dieting”, but the performance aspect of it is what draws many athletes like them to it. So basically the Paleo lifestyle is for anyone who cares about health and fitness, and pretty sure if you are reading this you fall into this category!

Get ready for a truly awesome 45 days. I know for some who have done a Paleo Challenge in the past that this is difficult but the reward is beyond worth it. Even better is yours truly will be a full participant in the challenge and will be documenting my ups and downs publicly for you all to see and most likely laugh at.


THURSDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Bench Press
4-4-3-3-2-2

WOD: For Time
75 KB sumo deadlift high pull 70/53
75 Wall Ball 20/14
Row 750m

*24/18 wall ball

SkWAT Team: No extra work

Sep
2
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge: What is Paleo?

Paleo Challenge: What is Paleo?

By CFlando Posted on

paleo

 

 

While I will certainly get more into it the above picture really is what Paleo is all about. That simple.

The key with the Paleo Challenge is thinking of it not as a diet but as a lifestyle. Your focus shouldn’t be on losing weight. Trust me it is a very good byproduct of going Paleo, but we want you to think of this more for the long term health benefits of what eating a clean diet does. The Challenge itself is a 45 day long process where you log your food and get points for good stuff and lose points for bad stuff. This stuff will be detailed later this week.

Tune in tomorrow for the science of the Paleo Challenge/Paleo Diet, the why you should do it post. This is one not to miss.

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength:  Squat Clean

find a 3 rep max. Must be touch and go

WOD: 21-15-9
Overhead Squat 115/80
hang power clean 115/80

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 4×3 deadlift, pause 5 seconds @ top

 

Important for today: Squat Clean

httpv://youtu.be/1nXJ-nv9KLA

Sep
1
By CFlando

It’s That Time: Paleo Challenge Fall 2014 is Here!

It’s That Time: Paleo Challenge Fall 2014 is Here!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08778

 

Yes, oh yes. The Paleo Challenge you all have been waiting for is here.

While that statement might be more or less true depending on who you are I think I speak for all of us when I say that with summer wrapping up it’s a perfect time to have something to keep us accountable.

WHEN: The Paleo Challenge will start on September 8. The Challenge meeting will be Saturday, September 6 @ 12:00pm. If you cannot make the meeting there will be no make-up meeting but there will be info packets available detailing everything you need to know. Your $20 buy in and testing will have to be completed by September 15 with logging starting on the 8th.

WHAT: I know a new Paleo Challenge means different things for each of us but if anything it is a great time for testing and accountability. Those of you who have done one of our challenges before will be familiar with the structure of this one. 45 days of clean eating, logging your numbers, and testing and re-testing at the beginning and end to see how even more awesome you have become. Those of you who have never done a challenge or have no idea what Paleo even is this is not a problem. Sarah will be running the meeting and along with me will be your Paleo Challenge go to. We will supply you with the knowledge, you get the work done. Simple!

For you newbies I kid you not when I say that I have experience many people have life changing experiences with their first Paleo Challenge. For you veterans you know how, even though sometimes difficult, a Paleo Challenge is a perfect way to kick start your training and clean up after the holiday weekend and a long, fun summer.

Throughout this week we will be making posts about the Paleo lifestyle, more in depth about how the Paleo Challenge will work, and how the testing process will go next week so you are all ready to roll by September 8th.

 

MONDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Push Press
3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 15m AMRAP

5 CTB Pull-ups
10 Clapping Pushups
15 Jumping Squats

 

SkWAT Team: 50 weighted ring dips, then 20 bench press @ BW/80% BW

Aug
29
By CFlando

Labor Day Weekend

Labor Day Weekend

By CFlando Posted on

154456_10101789026688062_574590019_n

Reminder: CrossFit Lando is closed for Labor Day Weekend Sunday, August 30 and Monday, September 1

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

Strength: Split Jerk: Find a 2 rep max, pause at the dip of each rep

WOD: For Time

21 Front Squat 145/100
15 Power Snatch 145/100
15 Front Squat
12 Power Snatch
9 Front Squat
9 Power Snatch

*12 min cap

Extra Work: find a 3 rep max deadlift in 15m

10am/1pm class
Strength:
 Split Jerk
Find a 2 rep max

WOD: For Time
21 Front Squat 115/80
15 Power Snatch 115/80
15 Front Squat
12 Power Snatch
9 Front Squat
9 Power Snatch

*145/100

15m Cap

Aug
28
By CFlando

“Nate”

“Nate”

By CFlando Posted on

SOC-Nate-Hardy

 

Chief Petty Officer Nate Hardy was killed Sunday February 4th during combat operations in Iraq. Nate is survived by his wife, Mindi, and his infant son Parker.

We’re asking the CrossFit community to make donations to the “Nate Hardy Memorial Fund” in care of the Navy Federal Credit Union, Building 200, FTC Dam Neck, Virginia Beach, VA, 23461.

 

HERO FRIDAY

Program Work Here


Hero WOD: “Nate”, compare to 2/14/14

20m AMRAP
2 MU
4 HSPU
8 Swings 70/53

 

SkWAT Team: Back Squat (high bar)
5×1, heaviest possible

 

Important for today: Hang Snatch (squat shown in video)

httpv://youtu.be/-UyOUrWcRS0

Aug
27
By CFlando

Shoulders and Pull-ups

Shoulders and Pull-ups

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08417

 

I like using the combination of shoulder press and pull-ups for strength because they are complimentary exercises. The shoulder press is one of the most under used movements in strength training. I believe it is because it isn’t sexy. A big strong guy who can jerk 300# might be able to barely press 200# or even 150#. This is a big indicator of triceps weakness and/or scapular weakness. The scapula (shoulder blade) is the base of the back and shoulders. They are big players in all of our movements we do overhead as they help set the base for what we are pressing against or locking out overhead.

Since pressing is relatively low intensity (low weight being moved) I like to combine it with chin ups or pull-ups, usually strict variations, because it works similar muscles in a different way, giving you a bit of a superset of work. At the same time the scapular activation that the strict pull-ups give helps with the heavier loads overhead. So those weak, creaky shoulders struggling to get the bar overhead at first will be opened up and woken up with a good strong base after a few sets of pull-ups. While they might not be as sexy as the other movements we do in CrossFit you can’t go wrong with good ol’ strict pull-ups. The kip allows us to create much more intensity and accomplish a lot more volume than strict variations but it doesn’t accomplish nearly as much strength and stability creation. We try to  do strict pull-ups at least once a week so we get that increase in strength and stability in that scapular region which helps our numbers go up in the press, bench and the jerks.

Get in here and get those shoulders big and strong. If you have time before or after class get after the crossover symmetry as well! Days like this are straight paths to big time shoulders and t- spine strength!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Shoulder Press
8-8-6-6-3-3

– perform 5 chin ups after each set. Suppinated grip chin up

 

WOD: 5 rounds
12 Burpees
12 Box jumps 24/20 (bounding allowed)

 

No Extra Work

*30/24

Aug
26
By CFlando

Twisted “DT”

Twisted “DT”

By CFlando Posted on

00002-8

Reminder: Lost and Found is going to be permanently lost/donated tomorrow (Wednesday). Also, reminder Mobility class is at 5:30-5:45. Come in before 6pm class and get mobilized and ready, or learn something new on your way out from Open gym!

We will be closed Sunday and Monday of Labor Day Weekend.

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Bear Complex

1 rep max

– 1 Power Clean, 1 Front Squat, 1 STOH, 1 Back Squat, 1 STOH

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
12 Deadlift 115/75
9 Hang Clean
6 STOH
Run 200m
10 OHS 115/75

 

SkWAT Team: 3×5 Low Bar Back Squat, then 200m sled drag @ BW. Get the work done all within 10 minutes of starting.

Aug
25
By CFlando

Lost and Found

Lost and Found

By CFlando Posted on

10354085_352681524886440_4878253499568875966_n

Lost and Found will be cleaned out and donated on Wednesday. Claim your stuff by then!!

I want to take time to say thank you to everyone from our community who supported the Boston Iron on Sunday for our first ever home game at the Tsongas Center. We had such a great showing there that was part of the deafening crowd. It was truly magical.

In April I heard louder rumblings about this NPGL thing that I had read something about back in January. The combine was coming and I figured it would be a cool thing to get Stacey involved with if anything just to break up Regionals training. I walked out of the combine as co-head coach of the Boston team not even known yet as the Iron, and Stacey got invited to the last combines in Las Vegas.

What has happened since has been so much more than a whirlwind. My life has completely changed. My time is, well, way less than it even was before. I didn’t even know that was possible. I now find myself sharing the helm of a professional sports team in this historic city with someone who has quickly become a great friend and someone I respect more than anyone else in this business. I find myself coaching 20 athletes who are all world, many with multiple Games appearances and sponsorships and accolades I didn’t even know existed. I find myself in a familiar place of staying up late after game day writing up my review of the action that unfolded in front of me and agonizing over a team loss, something I knew all too well in the many 30+ loss seasons I coached at Harvard. Thankfully we don’t play that many games in the NPGL!

This sport is far from proven but Sunday was a big step at least for our franchise. Anyone who doubts it doesn’t’ have the right perspective. Yeah we were in a 6000 person arena with 1,500 people, but I don’t remember a local CF competition or even Regionals where I was yelling for athletes so loudly that I almost passed out yet couldn’t be heard over the crowd noise. This happened many times on Sunday and you all were part of it. While it sometimes hindered my ability to coach the athletes it just gave Justin and I another thing to learn and develop in our coaching repertoire. Anyways, I will take it.

It seems like hyperbole anymore when I talk about how great of a community this gym has. It seems like I just throw words out from a thesaurus open to the page for “great” but it’s because it is what it is. Every person, in attendance Sunday or not, who is part of our community is an integral part of something that can only be described as “this is CrossFit”. As always I thank you dearly from the bottom of my heart for the support you have shown me, the people I employ, my family, and the endeavors and dreams we all share.

Believe me I know and gladly accept being a very secondary part of the show you all came to see on Sunday but I truly appreciate the support all the same!

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: 2 Push Press  + 2 Push Jerk, all with pause at dip

 

WOD: For Time

9-6-3
Wall Climb
Bar Muscle Up (ctb pull-ups x 2 for scale)
Wall Ball 2 for 1, 20/14

 

SkWAT Team: Bench Press, 4 sets of 4 reps, super set DB curls during rest

Aug
24
By CFlando

Case of the Mondays

Case of the Mondays

By CFlando Posted on

MONDAY 

Skill work: HSPU Kip

Strength: Deadlift

3-3-1-1-3-3-1-1

WOD: 50 Front Squat 165/115
– Every :90 perform 3 HSPU

*205/135

SkWAT Team: :30 on, :30 off, alternating movements, 10 rounds total
– Plank outs on rings
– hanging tucks on rings

Aug
23
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Coach Jack just finished his CrossFit Strongman Certification. Stay tuned for Sunday Strongman classes coming soon!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Bench Press

Find a 2 rep max

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
5 Squat Snatch 95/65
5 Bar Facing Burpees
5 Ring Dips
5 Front Rack Lunges (each leg)

*115/80

Aug
22
By CFlando

Nice Little Saturday

Nice Little Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

00001-3

SATURDAY

Program Work Here

Early Crew: Meet at 8:15

10am/1pm Class

Strength: High Bar Back Squat

5-5-5-5

WOD: 2 Rounds
50 Double Unders
50 Thrusters 95/65

Aug
21
By CFlando

Half “Eva”

Half “Eva”

By CFlando Posted on
Your 2014 Boston Iron

Your 2014 Boston Iron

 

 

“Eva” is up there with one of the hardest workouts CrossFit has. It is an old school WOD that is actually 5 Rounds. Today we will do 3 rounds, the idea being that you can keep intensity higher in these 3 rounds. Don’t worry we will one day do the full thing. For Friday just crush these 3 rounds and I think you will find it’s hard enough!

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Hang Clean and Jerk

work to a 1 rep max. Hang from any position

 

WOD: 3 Rounds of “Eva”
Run 800m
30 KB Swings 70/53
30 Pull-Ups

 

SkWAT Team: Push Press, 5 sets of 3 heavy

Aug
20
By CFlando

Calling You Out

Calling You Out

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07763

 

This is a call out to put everyone on notice. WODify is our friend, and WODify also tells all. It exposes better than the National Inquirer.

The problem I see is like so: WODify is here for a reason. It’s main purpose is for you to track your progress in the most efficient and sort of cool way possible. The secondary purpose and the one I actually hold as more important is to keep everyone who is part of the CrossFit Lando community honest. It holds you, me, everyone accountable for the work we all put in. Putting your times and scores into WODify is releasing the truth of your efforts and accomplishments to the entire community. So while it’s main purpose is for you to see how you do over time, the more important purpose of WODify in my mind is it is for all of us to see how you did, for all of you to see how I did, for us to see how they did.

Why is this important? Simple: it makes us work harder, whether it is out of pride or shame, because we know people see the results of our work. Have you been slacking? It will show. Had a long weekend of booze and pizza? That will show more than it does in the mirror. You all know what I am talking about. You just suck in class start to finish and get over to the WODify screens, take a deep breath, and enter it in. Maybe put a sarcastic comment in about how bad you are (my go to) and then cringe when you hit save. It’s like a right of passage here, your first terrible WODify entry, the one where you know people are on their phones at home or computers at work and saying “holy moly they SUCKED today”.

Guys and gals, this is truth. Tough love sometimes is the best love. I am proud of the fact that we have one of the least judgmental communities I have every been around. All people are welcome and given the same treatment regardless of ability. But the nature of life is we are held to standards hopefully by ourselves but often times by others. Most CF gyms have people write their results on the whiteboard for everyone to see. WODify is our whiteboard. When you accomplish something no matter how big or small you should be proud and want to display it for all of us to cheer for you. But you have to take the bad as well, if only because it is the powers of karma work in the world. If you smashed the strength because you happen to be a strong SOB and post that in WODify but then conveniently “forget” to post your metcon score, well all I can say is you are cruising for a karma smash like you have never seen. Conversely if you are a great metcon person, or crush something like high rep deadlifts and do so in the WOD, just because you suck at the shoulder press doesn’t mean you should neglect to post that as well. Believe me it is noticed. Plus baby puppies and seals are slaughtered every time you do this. For real.

We all have strengths and weaknesses which is one of the cool things of CrossFit. You get to suck at some things and then feel better when you dominate something else. I get to feel bad about myself whenever I have to do pull-ups, and every time I post those scores I am reminded about having to work on pull-ups (or lose weight), but then I get a confidence boost when clean or squat workouts come up. So it’s totally reasonable to crush some things and suck at others, just as it is reasonable to want to come to workouts you will dominate and avoid ones you won’t as long as it is once in a while (cherry picking also kills puppies). This is all part of the game. When it comes down to it this is all just a hobby we all do, or for 99.9% of us it is, and are supposed to feel good about it in the end. At the same time if everything was about flowers and butterflies and feeling good all the time we would all be Communist and wearing red by now. Sometimes it takes getting your ass handed to you, picking up the pieces of your pride, and sucking it up before you can truly get better. And not lose the Cold War.

In all honesty it is about ownership and taking responsibility for your actions. If you don’t care about your results in WODify then that’s one thing and more reason for you to record them all the time. If you do care then use it to motivate your work so you are rarely stuck wishing you didn’t have to post your results. From a constructive standpoint I almost always surf WODify at various points of the day and read everyone’s scores and comments to see if someone is struggling with something that I can help with. Many, many of my corrections or extra help suggestions I have given have come from something I see in WODify. So if the “do the right thing” reasoning doesn’t work for you then maybe the “it will make you better” reasoning will.

Is this the biggest deal in the world? Heck no. But it matters, it matters to me and it matters to this community. Don’t be that guy/girl who only posts and boasts when they do something good, and sticks their head in the sand and is silent when things don’t go their way. It takes guts to put yourself out there when your result isn’t exactly stellar so perhaps take WODify posting as some intestinal fortitude practice. Whatever or however you look at it just make sure the next time you walk by those screens you aren’t doing so intentionally.

The seals and puppies will thank you.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Back Squat

5-1-5-1-5-1-5-1

– increase each set. You are working on speed with the 5s then max with the 1s. Use the speed work to get your 1s bigger.

 

WOD: For Time
25 Deadlift 165/115
15 Toes to Bar
20 Front Squat 165/115
15 Toes to Bar
15 Jerk 165/115
15 Toes to Bar
10 Hang Clean 165/115
15 Toes to Bar
5 Thruster 165/115
15 Toes to Bar

* 205/135

SkWAT Team: No extra work

Aug
19
By CFlando

Volunteers Needed for Tomorrow Night!

Volunteers Needed for Tomorrow Night!

By CFlando Posted on
1523415_352662478216620_8066430940474053942_o

The Boston Iron in Training

There are NO EVENING CLASSES or Open Gym for Wednesday, August 20. The Boston Iron Scrimmage will be held at CrossFit Lando and open to the public (that’s you) starting at 5:00pm.

We are in need of a few good men and women for tomorrow night to help with setup and possibly judging! This would be a huge, huge favor and would lead to you getting 15% off your next monthly payment here at the gym! We need help with setting up the various workouts as well as judging the races. Don’t worry if you don’t know anything about Grid. It’s just setting up and breaking down like any other class.

Please email me ASAP if you would like to help. You would need to be here from 5pm-7:30pm

The first person to email me and offer also gets a free ticket for Sunday (this replaces our announced best Groupie offer earlier today).

 


WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Power Clean
EMOM 15m: 3 Power Clean (1-5), 2 Power Clean (6-10), 1 Power Clean (11-15)

– The goal of today is working on quality, repeatable reps for the power clean. In a perfect world you would only fail a power clean by being pushed into the squat.

WOD : 3 Rounds
20 Pistols (alternating)*
20 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

*10/5# weighted

SkWAT Team: accumulate 3 minutes in an L sit hold from pull-up bar. Scaled up is flexed arm hang

Important For Today: Power Clean

httpv://youtu.be/QXahCNi1jeg

Aug
18
By CFlando

Simple and Sweet Strawberry Cream

Simple and Sweet Strawberry Cream

By CFlando Posted on

DSC_0032

 

Did you know that strawberries are full of vitamin C? Everyone always says eat an orange, but strawberries are just as good for you! This is a quick and oh so delicious way of getting some vitamin C into your body! Not to mention, that strawberries are in their prime right now!

Ingredients:
1 can of full fat coconut milk
Honey
Strawberries (as many as you would like!)

Directions:
1. Put the can of coconut milk in the refrigerator overnight.
2. Next day, take it out and open the can. The solids will have solidified on top of the can. This is the part you want. Scrape the solid out of the can and put it in a bowl. The left over liquid, is coconut water – do whatever you want with that!
3. Take the solid and mix a teaspoon of honey into the solid coconut milk. You can try it and add more honey if you want it sweeter.
4. Finally dice up some strawberries and toss them on top of the cream that you have made! Eat it right away as it will not last too long.
5. ENJOY!

 

TUESDAY

Boston Iron Reminders…email [email protected] if you are interested in volunteering. Also, Wednesday evening classes are canceled as we are hosting the Boston Iron Live Scrimmage. Come watch your local professional Grid team (including our own Stacey Kroon) coached by Lando and Justin Wright as they prepare for Sunday’s historic first match!

Program Work Here

Strength: Push Jerk
4 sets of 5 reps

WOD: For Time
1 Round
30 Handstand Pushups
30 Pull-ups
then 3 Rounds
3 Wall Climbs *
7 Front Squat 135/95
then 5 Rounds
1 Snatch 135/95
3 Bar Muscle ups…6 ring dips scale

*15′ HS walk, 165/110

SkWAT Team: 5×5 DB Bench Press w 3 second pause at chest each rep]

 

Important for Today: Push Jerk

httpv://youtu.be/p-H4l9bK0LA

Aug
16
By CFlando

Countdown

Countdown

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08811

There will be only 1 class tomorrow. 1030am.

 

One week from Sunday the Boston Iron will be going at it for their first match ever in the new sport of Grid. Watch out Miami!


SUNDAY

WOD: 4 Rounds
Row 750m
25 meter walking lunges
25 Pull-Ups
Run 300m
25 Push-ups

Aug
15
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

00002-3



NO INTRO CLASS AND NO 1PM CLASS SATURDAY, 8/16. Gym closes at 11am for Boston Iron Training Camp. Thank you for understanding.

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30

1. Back Squat
Work to a heavy set of 5 in 4 sets, then EMOM 6m: 1 rep @ 90-95%

2. For Time
30 OHS 165/105
100 double unders
5 Rope Climbs, 15′
40 Hang Clean 165/105

3. 5 x 50′ max yoke carry


10AM CLASS

Strength:
Low Bar
4×5

WOD: For Time
30 OHS 115/80
100 double unders
5 Rope Climbs, 15’
40 Hang Clean 135/95

*135/95

Aug
14
By CFlando

When Failing isn’t Failure

When Failing isn’t Failure

By CFlando Posted on

00002-10

 

 

Failing sucks. It sucks worse in CrossFit. You come into class, it’s 3 rep max Back Squat day, and you get all geared up. Put the lifters on, get your knee sleeves on, chalk up your back to make sure the bar doesn’t slide at all, and you check WODify to see what your percentages are. You know the drill. Work up for about 15-20 minutes, then it’s go time. PR City here you come!!

Fast forward 20 minutes, you get under the bar, take a few deep breaths, have me slap you in the back a few times to get fired up, stand the bar out of the rack, descent…and get buried into the floor. Failed. Crap.

Even worse is olympic lifting days. I don’t know about you but I get all fired up on these days, ready as hell to set a new PR, to beat that bar and those weights. As you get better at this CrossFit stuff though those PRs on Oly days are harder and harder to come by. Suddenly what was 10 and 15# at a time is 5# or even fractions of pounds. It sucks. It’s frustrating. There is nothing worse than walking out of the box without a PR on 1 rep max day.

But failing isn’t always failure. Failing isn’t always bad. To be honest I say it’s never bad in what we do, it’s just a chance to learn. I say this all the time, often when coaching my female petulant power duo of my wife Sarah and Coach Stacey, that failing on a lift is just a chance to learn what you did wrong. If you miss a snatch forward then it means you didn’t finish. If you miss back you probably have an issue with crashing forward or weight distribution. If on your jerk you short step your front foot it means you aren’t lifting with your body enough. Every failure has a lesson to learn. Even something simple like the back squat you can learn from failing, even if it’s just to eat better before you come to an evening class or get more sleep before back squat day.

Trust me I have been guilty as anyone in the past of taking CrossFit way too seriously. I have thrown things, kicked things, cried, shut myself off from the world, swore off drinking, bad food, women, all of it over failing in CrossFit. Then I realized how maniacal that is, that I get so upset over something that is a hobby and supposed to bring many positive benefits to my life.

So rather than take failing as failure just chalk it up to another life lesson. Learn from it and make sure the next time you come in you beat that bar and you crush those weights.

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Clean

Find a 1 rep max clean in 20 minutes

 

WOD: CrossFit.com WOD from 8/5/2014
10 Rounds, each round 1 minute long
3 Deadlift 315/205
60 yard shuttle sprint, 5-10-15m down and back
AMRAP burpees
Rest 2 min between rounds

 

SkWAT Team: No extra work

Aug
13
By CFlando

Volunteers Needed for Grid

Volunteers Needed for Grid

By CFlando Posted on

10423686_345150358972890_5673502125794434017_n

 

 

The Boston Iron and the NPGL Operations staff is looking for volunteers for our home game August 24 at the Tsongas Arena. If you have ever judged or volunteered at one of our events, or wanted to do so, you are more than qualified to help. We need as many as we can get. This is an amazing chance to be in the inner workings of this historic event. Contact Andrew by email at [email protected] if you are interested! We could really use the help and this means you will get to basically sit on the bench with Coach Kroon in between her races!!

 

THURSDAY

Program: Off

Strength: Shoulder Press

2-2-2-2-2-2

WOD
60 KB Swings 53/35
30 Wall Ball 20/14
Run 600m

*30/20 medball

 

No SkWAT Team extra work

Aug
12
By CFlando

Mobility Program: Class Tonight 5:30-5:45pm

Mobility Program: Class Tonight 5:30-5:45pm

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06978

 

We are into the second week of our weekly mobility program. Reminder that Wednesday’s mobility class is 5:30-5:45 during Open Gym. Come on in, it’s a free class, and get some pointers before you hit the 6pm. Here is a post from my lovely wife Sarah about the benefits of mobility and why we are starting this mobility program:

 

From Sarah:

So this is my first of what I am sure will be many blog posts for CF Lando. At the risk of repeating anything my husband has mentioned in prior posts about up and coming Mobility program, I wanted to take the time to elaborate a bit more as to why Flav and I are so excited about this opportunity for you guys!

 

Most of you know me primarily as the Nutrition Guru of Lando and typically I am the one that some of you run and hide from on Mondays after shamelessly posting those Instagram photos of your Sunday Funday pizza (like my husband). Well, the good news is that Mondays (and Wednesdays) now will give you an opportunity to get some quality time in with Flav and myself and not have to worry about your food journal.

 

The reason that we decided to put together this program for you all came to light a few weeks ago after our weekly staff meeting as myself, Flav, Jack, and Stacey all began our warm up to workout. I grabbed my trusty lacrosse ball, green band to stretch with, along with a barbell to start my normal warm up routine. Flav grabbed a barbell and decided to close grip a few overhead squats for the sheer fun of it without an ounce of stretching. Jack got on his phone and blasted a few hash tags before grabbing a barbell #Blonyx#GamePlan#IEatWodsLikeThisForBreakfast. And last but not least, Stacey walked the length of the gym floor on her hands, threw in a few clapping handstand pushups, and then crushed a PR on her warm-up. Maybe a slight exaggeration but I am sure you get the point: Everyone is different.

 

Everyone’s body needs different things, maintenance, and warm up. Having some sort of routine before you workout is KEY. Take for example your car. Hopefully (unless you’re my husband and his trusty “Rhino”… the Jeep that just keeps on giving and we are not sure how it is still running…) you take your car for routine maintenance. Oil changes, inspections, new tires and rotation, alignments… so on and so forth. If you maintain that upkeep, your car generally avoids any problems with functionality, runs more smoothly, and stays in one piece. What would happen if you only brought your car in after you hit a pothole and have a flat tire?

 

Most people we often see come into the gym and only work on things that are sore from earlier in the week, or things that hurt. Our goal as coaches is to help all of you establish a “go-to” routine that you can run through every time you come in to work out. Not only will this help with injury prevention as well as aid your recovery and functionality through movements, but also a solid mobility program may be the missing piece as to hitting that new PR!

 

This past Wednesday was the first monthly seminar and where we started on some of the basics of using a foam roller vs. a lacrosse ball (Which one are you supposed to use when you’re warmed up?  Which one when you’re cold?) As well as the different techniques to target problem areas. Each week we will be picking exercises that correlate directly to help with movements you will be doing that week. Flav and I are here to help you put together an individual Mobility program of a few movements that you work on every time you come in to class.  If the class times conflict with your schedule for whatever reason, any of the coaches are able to help you out with some of the movements during open gym hours during the week and weekend. Additionally, there will be weekly videos posted explaining the exercises, starring the big Flav Man himself!

 

The only thing more important to getting the most out of your hard work at Lando than the training itself and mobility is NUTRITION! However… we will save that for the next post. 😉

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Front Squat

6-5-4-3-2-1

WOD
3 Rounds
10 Squat Snatch 95/65
15 pushups
15 knees to elbows
10 box jumps 24/20, full stand

*115/80

 

SkWAT Team: 100 KB swings, eye level, heaviest possible. We got some new “big boy/girl” Kbs, try em out!!

Aug
11
By CFlando

Boston Iron Training Camp @ CrossFit Lando

Boston Iron Training Camp @ CrossFit Lando

By CFlando Posted on

10423686_345150358972890_5673502125794434017_n

 

 

The NPGL Season is 2 weeks from kicking off and things are going to get really exciting here at CrossFit Lando. This Thursday night all 20 athletes who comprise the Boston Iron will descend on Woburn and kick off Training Camp 2014. All 9 days of camp will be held at CrossFit Lando. Most training time will be held in off class hours. However, Wednesday August 20 we will be holding training at 5:30pm. Yes this means that classes will be canceled for that evening, but we will be opening training camp to watch as it will be a full simulation of the match for Sunday, August 24. We will be breaking the team into 2 teams, 10 on 10, just like the real thing, and they will be throwing down Grid style right in your home gym. All of you are invited to come watch as superstar athletes Spencer Hendel (4x Games athlete), Dani Horan (2013, 2014 Games athlete and Northeast Regional Champion), Katrin Davidsdottir (2013 Games), Lukas Hogberg (2014 Games athlete), Lindy Barber (2013 Games), Mike Abgarian (2x Games Team athlete), Lisa Mikkelsen (Masters 45-49 Division Games Champion, 2011 Games Team Champion), Jessa Lemoine (2012 Games), Jaime Gold (2x Games athlete) and many other amazing athletes. Check out our full roster here.

The gym will be open on that Wednesday for Open Gym 4:30-5:15 where you can get your own work in along side our team, rub elbows, get some tips, and maybe show them a thing or two!

Hmm…is there something I forgot?…

Hmm…

Oh yeah!!! You all will get a chance to watch our very own Stacey Kroon (2009, 2011 Games athlete) compete in the match simulation. You have all seen her at Regionals and other CrossFit things but this is your first chance to see her throwing down as a Grid athlete, in your own gym! How cool is that?

I know I am really pushing this but the NPGL is going to be something special and we are all so fortunate to have the access we do. I am incredibly lucky to have the opportunity to coach the team alongside my co-coach Justin Wright as we lead these legit amazing athletes. Then add that Stacey is fortunate enough to have been one of the few athletes out of thousands to get drafted, and of course she gets drafted by the team I am coaching, keep us united as a coach-athlete duo. So cool we get to experience it all on the same team. Lastly, as their team learns work together, compete together, grow together, it will all be done at our home, your home, CrossFit Lando.

If you still haven’t gotten tickets grab them here. Use the discount code 20Landes for 20% off your purchase. Get on it!

 

TUESDAY

Program Work 

Strength: Bench Press

3-3-3-3-3-3

WOD
5 Rounds
5 Push Press 135/95 (must be push press)
15 Pull-Ups

*155/105

SkWAT Team: 5m AMRAP: Muscle Ups + 1 Ring Dip

Aug
10
By CFlando

Roots and Rosemary Muffins

Roots and Rosemary Muffins

By CFlando Posted on

paleo-muffins

 

 

Here is another wonderful recipe that Stacey has posted. Between Christina and her business, Stacey and Sarah’s recipes, and Custom Fit Meals delivery we have a very solid base of Paleo goodness for our community.

Now I know this little PSA seems to not fit given it precedes a recipe for a muffin, but given that we have a Paleo Challenge coming at the start of September we are going to be dropping some knowledge bombs here and there to better prepare you. Our resident Lifestyle Consultant Sarah Landes will be in charge of Paleo Challenge III and she is not taking it easy on anyone! This challenge will yield the best results anyone has gotten from a challenge yet. But there will be some changes to the rules that will make it, well more challenging.

An easy piece of advice: a muffin is a muffin, a cookie is a cookie, cake is cake. Paleo or not it is what it is. We would much rather you chose Paleo over regular, but still keep the above rule of thumb in mind. Regardless of your goals over indulging on “paleo goodies” isn’t a good thing. Just keep this in mind. As Stacey writes below this particular recipe is good for a quick fix to get you through a workout when timing is a pinch, but paleo baked goods and treats eaten by the half dozen on a regular basis is bad because Paleo baked goods are still high in carbs. Carbs enter your system and turn into bad sugar regardless of where they come from. So a 35g carb paleo muffin, while not giving you the inflammation in your system that a non-paleo one does, still spikes your insulin and floods your bloodstream with glucose. This all leads to trouble with fat loss, sleep, and other things. Just a word of advice….I know from experience!

Paleo goodies are awesome because they are way better than regular versions of them. Just be careful as they are STILL goodies. Like if you usually eat a chocolate chip cookie 1x a week as a treat, then eat a paleo cookie 1x a week too. Paleo isn’t code for 7x multiplier. I make this mistake too often…*sigh*. Make smart choices! Below is a great recipe for on the go goodness!

 

Paleo Roots and Rosemary Muffins

These muffins are great for a quick fix or something to hold you over so you can get through your workout and then have dinner afterwards. These muffins have beets and carrots – get your veggies in a muffin form!

Ingredients:
4 large eggs, room temp
1/2 coconut oil, melted but cooled
1 medium ripe banana, peeled and broken into chunks
1/4 cup honey
1 TBSP fresh rosemary needles
1/2 cup of coconut flour
1 tsp baking soda
1/2 tsp of ground allspice
1/4 tsp of sea salt
1 cup grated beets
1 cup grated carrots
1/3 chopped walnuts (optional)

Directions:
1. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees.
2. In a food processor, combine the eggs, coconut oil, banana, honey, and rosemary. Process until the mixture is smooth and the rosemary is finely chopped. Add, the coconut flour, baking soda, all spice, and salt. Process until combined.
3. Pour the batter into a large bowl and stir in the beets, carrots and walnuts if you decide to!
4. Divide the batter evenly among the lined muffin cups.
5. Bake for 25-30 minutes, or until a tooth pick inserted comes out clean. Cool completely before serving. Store in an airtight container in refrigerator.
6. ENJOY!
(Recipe is courtesy of Paleo Magazine – if you have never seen this magazine you should check it out!)

 

MONDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Overhead Squat
5-5-3-3-2-2

WOD: EMOM 10m
2 Wall Climb
4 Power Clean
2 Thruster 165/115
– thruster jerk can be used if needed to finish work in time but use pure thruster as long as possible

*205/135

Aug
9
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack

Sunday with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

Strength: Strict Press
5-5-4-3-2-1

WOD: 10m AMRAP
5 Burpees
10 STOH 115/80
15 Double Unders

Aug
8
By CFlando

Pull-Up Workshop @ 12. Regular Full Schedule

Pull-Up Workshop @ 12. Regular Full Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08400

Walk in signups are welcome for the pull-up workshop at 12pm. The rest of the schedule is on as usual.

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Gym opens @ 8:30

Strength: Jerk for 1rm

WOD

3 Rounds:
3 Clean and Jerk 225/145
5 Muscle Ups
then 3 Rounds
20 TTB
10 Burpee pull-ups
then 3 Rounds
Run 200m
25m OH walking lunge 53/35 (each arm)

then 5×5 back squat

10am/1pm Class

Strength: Back Squat
5×5

WOD:
3 Rounds:
3 Clean and Jerk 185/135
5 Muscle Ups…10 ring dips
then 3 Rounds
20 TTB
10 Burpee pull-ups
then 3 Rounds
Run 200m
25m OH walking lunge 45/35 plate

Aug
7
By CFlando

Happy Wedding Day Joe and Erica!

Happy Wedding Day Joe and Erica!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08379

I would like to extend congratulations to some very important people to CrossFit Lando, the future Mr. and Mrs. Joe McGhee. Also known as Erica Kroon (Stacey’s sister) and Joe McGee, they are getting married Friday down in Plymouth, MA. Stacey is the Maid of Honor and I am one of the groomsmen so we are very involved in this celebration and couldn’t be happier!

I can’t believe it was 3 years ago but we all were part of one of the greatest summers of all time. This was when Stacey qualified for the Games as in individual and Joe, Erica, and myself were all on the CrossFit Fenway team that qualified for the Games in the team competition. Regionals and the Games was probably top 5 times of my life and I am so lucky to have shared it with these people. Now here we are all getting married and stuff.

Joe and Erica, we are so happy for you guys. Best of luck with the wedding, we can’t wait!

Pull-Up Workshop is Saturday at 12pm. Sarah is leading the way. All ability levels welcome! Sign up and pay by the water system in the hallway. $10 gets you guaranteed Rx pull-ups….ok maybe not but close!


FRIDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Snatch
It’s 1 rep max time. Power or Squat, just get it done! Let’s set some PRs on this celebration Friday!

WOD: “Diane”
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
Handstand Pushups

SkWAT Team: 50 strict ctb chin ups

Aug
6
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC08366

 

THURSDAY

WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 500m
40 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand and step down
50 Push Ups
30 Double Unders
40 KB Swings 53/35

30 min cap

Aug
5
By CFlando

Jack on Deadlifting

Jack on Deadlifting

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/5KxV4p7rS9s

 Tomorrow @ 6pm will be our first monthly mobility workshop. It will replace the 6pm Crossfit class. It is a free class that doesn’t count against your membership. Burpee penalties for tardiness apply so get there on time!

We got deadlifting for our strength so here is a little write-up from Jack about the deadlift from setup to finish. Take a listen because this kid knows his deadlift!!

Lets talk about set up for now, starting with the feet.  The feet are the deciding factor of how the deadlift will be executed.  For times sake, lets stick with the conventional deadlift, your feet should be directly under your hips, aka the position you would jump from. Here’s where personal preference comes into play, you have two options, 1) Feet squared off so that your toes are pointing straight ahead, or 2) Toes pointed slightly out.  With option one, you will get a better lockout at the top of the deadlift because you will get a stronger glute activation.  Option two however will lead to a stronger pull off the floor because you get move hip and quad drive.

Now that that’s covered, GET TIGHT! Drive your big toe into the ground and tear the floor in half! This will create torque in the hips.  Moving on.  Your shins should be almost perpendicular to the floor, but not completely straight up and down, this will load the posterior chain (Hamstrings, Glutes, and erectors) and still get the quads involved to pull this heavy ass weight off the floor. Moving up to the back, I want you to think of “protecting the armpits.”  If I told you to do this, you’d probably internally rotate your arm so that your armpits are hidden right? Well you must do this whenever you pull a deadlift, reason being is that It contracts the subscap and your lats in your upper back, allowing for a tight FLAT back, and will aid in the pull off the floor.

Next, your head.  For the love of god, tuck your chin! I say this every time we deadlift.  Let me tell you why, Stand up right now.  Throw your head back like your “trying” to finish the top of the deadlift, and flex your ass as hard as you can.  Now tuck your chin to a neutral position and flex again, STRONGER GLUTES HOLY S@$T J-MAN IS A GENIUS.  The top of the deadlift needs the glute activation to finish the lift. The tucked chin places your spine in a nice neutral straight position in turn a safe position to pull, rather than staring at the wall with your chin up, which places the spine in a curved position, not good for pulling a deadlifting.

Last point I want to talk about is the execution, the bar should be over the tongue of your shoe, and should never touch your body until the top of the lift when you finish, if you brush the bar along your legs or shorts or whatever, friction will slow the bar speed and make it that much slower and it’ll feel like I jumped on either side of your barbell. I am a stickler for technique and form, reason being that with proper execution it will make all the difference in the success of your lifts.  Proper technique is as important as brute strength, each for different reasons.

J-Man Out.

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: For max reps
3m AMRAP thrusters 115/80
rest 1m
3m AMRAP toes to bar

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 3 step heavy front rack lunge (both legs)

Aug
4
By CFlando

Mark Your Calendars: August 24, History in the Making

Mark Your Calendars: August 24, History in the Making

By CFlando Posted on

10570339_343713442449915_2215500949824492261_n

We are literally in the midst of a historic period in performance fitness. Never before has high intensity functional fitness been thrust into the spotlight as a professional sport…until now. Not only is it bringing what we love in CrossFit to the forefront but it is doing so in an extremely exciting, easy to follow sport and setup that they call Grid. On top of it all our city of Boston with all its sporting history and glory was awarded one of the eight inaugural franchises. This is history in the making and we get to experience it right in our back yard as the Boston Iron embark on our first season in the sport of Grid.

To finish out the amazingness of it all I get a chance to be a part of it as the co-head coach of the team, and I get to continue the life changing experiences I have lived through with Stacey as we got to draft her as one of our athletes. So coach and athlete, Lando and Stacey, get to grind it out together as we always along with my colleague Justin Wright and the 19 other athletes that make up the Boston Iron. Why is this important? It means that you all have a front row seat for this year and every year to come. Here is why:

August 24, 2014. Tsongas Center, Lowell MA. This is the first home match ever for the Boston Iron franchise. This will be our only home match, your only time to see Coach Stacey and the other superstars we have on our team up close and personal. What is so cool about Grid is like a hockey game the Grid is small and the seating is close. You will be able to take a selfie with Stacey and Spencer Hendel in the middle of the match. I’m not kidding.

Tickets are on sale and going fast. Go here to buy a ticket, or some for you and your friends. All members of CF Lando and their friends and family get a discount of 20% of their ticket order. The discount code is on the whiteboard at the gym so be sure to write it down then grab some tickets. If you have ever been to Regionals to watch Stacey, or a festival like concert, this is what the event is going to be like. A festival like atmosphere, with vendors, food, and adult beverages, all to celebrate fitness and good times.

I know a lot of this seems very overblown but I am serious about the nature of this event. Nothing like this will happen ever again. There will never be a first season, a first home match, or one that involves one of our very own coaches as an athlete. Who knows what will happen with Stacey next year, and next year there will be upwards of 12 teams in the league. The growth they are pushing is unbelievable and this sport is here to stay. 10 years from now you will be able to say not only were you at the first ever match for the Boston Iron but you got your own coaches autograph on the Grid itself. Doesn’t get much better than that.

August 14-24: Training Camp @ CrossFit Lando. Almost as exciting is the fact that the first ever Training Camp for the Iron will be held at CrossFit Lando. Like all the above this is an unreal opportunity for all of you. Next year we will most likely have a separate training facility for the team much like other professional sports, so this is the one time you all will get a chance to be around and possibly train with superstars in the making. We have 3 current CrossFit Games athlete, and a combined 15+ trips to the Games amongst the 20 athletes on the team. Not to mention there is at least 1 Games champion, Lisa Mikkelsen, who has won both at the Team and Masters level.

Training Camp will be held throughout the weeks before our first match. Some training times will be right during class so you will be training right next to these amazing athletes. Imagine 20 Coach Kroons of all shapes and sizes from all over the globe (we have athletes from Sweden and Iceland) in one place at the same time. I think your heads will explode!! More on the training schedule will be released once we have it all finalized but it is going to be a really cool experience for us and you. We can’t wait!

Any and all information and questions you need can be answered by yours truly. Please support us any way you want and can, I promise you won’t be disappointed! August 24 is around the corner! Get your tickets and come support Boston’s newest pro sports team!


TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: 1 hang clean (any way) + 2 split jerk

– Doing 2 jerks in a complex always is to focus on the Jerk, the pesky finisher to the clean and jerk. Focus on foot work and speed getting down, not going up!


WOD:
3 Rounds
14 Power Clean 135/95
50’ HS walk…3 wall climbs for scale
Run 400m

15 minute cap

SkWAT Team: Bench Press, sets of 2, heavy as possible. Work for 10-15m

Aug
3
By CFlando

Thank You

Thank You

By CFlando Posted on

10593163_10152162859201541_5635545213010044165_n

Saving the hyperbole for another time, Saturday was an amazing success. As a community you all contributed $1120 this weekend. We will be contributing over $1600 to Pat and his fight as we will be making a 50% match donation for what you all contributed from the business itself.

Thank you all for everything you did and everything you all do. This hit particularly close to home and you all came through in a big way. We will be updating you on Pat’s story as it goes.

Mobility Class: first one is this Monday, August 4, at 5pm. It will last 15 minutes. If you plan on attending DO NOT BE LATE. Burpee penalties work just the same as regular classes. Come ready to learn something new about how to prep your body for the day/the week.

MONDAY

Program Work 

Strength: Thruster (from rack)
4-4-3-3-2-2

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP
40 Double unders
8 OHS 135/95
150’ shuttle sprint (75’)
5 Muscle Ups

*155/105

 

SkWAT Team: sets of 2 front squat, first rep with 3 second pause, second rep AFAP

Aug
2
By CFlando

Sunday with Jack

Sunday with Jack

By CFlando Posted on

Strength: sumo deadlift

3-3-3-3-3

 

WOD: “Coe”

10 Rounds

10 thrusters 115/80

10 ring push-ups

Aug
1
By CFlando

PR for Pat

PR for Pat

By CFlando Posted on

home_wod_box_1

By now you know that we are doing Pat’s WOD Saturday here at CrossFit Lando. It will run most of the morning and as long as we need to get everyone a chance to do it. It will start at the regular 10am class time but we encourage you to get here at 930 to pick a heat time. We will run at least 2 heats, 10am and 10:30am, and will run one at 11:00am if needed.

This is a special day. This WOD is for one of our own, a close friend of many of us, who is fighting for his life. We are proud to be able to host the workout. We want as many of you as possible here Saturday. Donations will be cash only so we can get a tally to see exactly how well we do. The challenge was thrown out there of $5000. We have a long way to go! Come ready to workout and donate tomorrow to help someone battling cancer.

Read more about Pat and his story here at PR for Pat. Join us!

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Strength only. Meet at 8:45, lifting by 9:00. Jump in at 10am for PR for Pat.

10am-12pm (No intro class or 1pm class)

Pat’s WOD
20m AMRAP
6 Power Clean: 185/135
12 Burpees
14 Toes to Bar
50′ HS Walk (3 wall climbs scale)

Jul
31
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando Mobility Program

CrossFit Lando Mobility Program

By CFlando Posted on
pizap.com14068487804881

Nothing on the right can happen without what is on the left

 

Next time you come into the box you will see a few new things like some shiny posters and a few more mobility toys by the mobility stack. This is part of our new mobility initiative that is starting Monday, August 4. Monday from 5pm-5:15pm Sarah and Flav will be leading our first official mobility class. Short and to the point, the purpose of these classes is to introduce you to proper personal maintenance. The picture above has two particularly awesome parts, the list and the quote. I love these because they couldn’t be more true.

Mobility class will be Monday as well as Wednesday from 5:30pm-5:45pm. Both times will have different content and will be focused on the programming for that week, either what was behind or what is ahead. The goal is not just to get you ready for class but to give you lasting information about the world of mobility. What many people, including coaches, don’t understand is mobility isn’t stretching. Mobility is body maintenance not prevention. The biggest mistake WE ALL make is that we don’t mobilize until something hurts or until we are actually hurt. Then we take time off, work on mobility, get better, and then stop until the next time we get hurt. It’s insane but true and WE ALL do it.

These classes will introduce a new mobility project or two at a time, things that will not only be applicable then but for you to then take with you for homework or when you are early for class or staying late. The goal is to develop a real program here at CrossFit Lando that will truly help our community be and stay healthy. This is for all levels of people too. Beginners need this because what you are going through is probably unlike anything you have before so you need to combat the new tissue changes you are experiencing every time you are here. Veterans and especially competitors, well, basically you should know better. Mobility is JUST AS IMPORTANT as your workout and your diet. Honestly it might be more important because if you don’t keep up on it eventually you will get hurt. Being hurt nullifies your workouts and makes your diet not less important but makes it have less of an impact.

So classes Monday 5:00-5:15pm and Wednesday 5:30-5:45pm, and we will also be having monthly hour long mobility workshops the first Wednesday of each month. This will be at 6pm in place of the 6pm CrossFit class. The first one will be this Wednesday, August 6. There will be no mobility class at 5:30 on these days. The weekly mobility class will not change Open Gym, they will just run within it, and they will be just like Open Gym in a sense that they are a “free” class that doesn’t count against your membership. The monthly workshop will be free of charge and similarly not count against your membership.

Let’s get mobile people!!

 

REMINDER: PR for Pat is Saturday, August 2!!! Come WOD for a great cause!! Starts at 10am, come sooner to get a heat time, stay and cheer people on, and bring cash for a donation!!! There will be NO 1PM CLASS.

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Shoulder Press
3-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: “Angie”
100 Pull-Ups
100 Push-Ups
100 Sit-Ups
100 Air Squats

35 minute cap

SkWAT Team: heavy set of 3 deadlift

 

 

Jul
30
By CFlando

It’s Almost Summer

It’s Almost Summer

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06415

 

 

I remember thinking “it’s almost summer” what seemed like a few days ago when I sat and shivered at the desk in the gym writing a post about how we all have to tough it out and endure the cold because the warmth wasn’t far away. Now here I am the last few days of July writing a post about how if we don’t start working hard we’re all going to drop dead.

OK I lied about the last part. But what I do want to bring attention to is one of my most favorite thing to do to a group of goal oriented people. The “where are you now” call out. Any of you who are somewhat veterans here know about this, where at some time usually the beginning of something I say pick a time down the line and imagine what/where you want to be. Then I tell you to dictate the path you need to take to get there, then start out on that path. Well folks, August 1 is around the corner, literally a day away, which means Labor Day is even closer than it was yesterday. As Flav says, it’s science.

Labor Day is a time I like to use as a “where are we now” point. It’s one of the big days of the year, one that is universally recognized as “a time of year”. Labor Day is such a transitional weekend for me, hence why we all look at it as the last days of the summer. Due to it’s transitional nature, it’s distinctive point on our calendars, it is a good time to pick as a life goal. The summer is a decent enough time from Memorial Day to Labor Day to really get s**t done, to make changes, to define things, to create something, so Labor Day naturally fits this role of a yearly defining moment. It’s almost here. I asked you all a few months ago what you wanted to be, what you wanted to do, what you wanted to change. I am sure the summer sun, the beach, beers, margaritas, and pool parties didn’t help, but Labor Day is coming regardless.

So, Landos, I ask: where are you going? If you don’t like it then the time was yesterday to put pedal to metal and start changing the tides to the favor of you.

In a little over a month I will ask you where you ended up, as always we all owe our place only to ourselves. Time is left but it’s running out.

 

THURSDAY

Double WOD

WOD 1:

5m max row (calories)
3m max double unders

Rest 8 minutes

WOD 2:
Run 1200m
10 Wall Climbs

 

Important for Today: Wall Climb technique and scaling

httpv://youtu.be/P9wdAym4AxI

Jul
29
By CFlando

Pull-Up Seminar: August 9

Pull-Up Seminar: August 9

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/K6-YPGPiU-s

 

Do you want to do pull-ups like this? Or how about even like our own Sarah Lando? If you want to get better at pull-ups at any level then come to our 1 hour long pull-up clinic on Saturday, August 9 from 12-1. Sarah will be leading the clinic where she will be going over all the ins and outs to better pull-ups. This is for all levels and will be a useful hour for anyone as long as you come with an open mind and understand that you might reach a point where the information isn’t applicable to you, but still good to learn.

We will be going over pull-ups A-Z. Starting with regular kip form and technique (band or no band) focusing on the hollow position, then progress through butterflying both regular and CTB, and even get into bar muscle ups for those who can kip regular pull-ups very well. There will also be program information about how to build strength in pull-ups with strict pull-ups, L- Pull-ups, and other ways to improve upon pull-ups outside of class.

You can sign up on your own by writing your name on the envelope in the hall-way AFTER you put your $10 in. Again, all levels are welcome.

 

PR for Pat is THIS Saturday from 10am-12pm. Gym opens at 9:30 to claim heat times. There will be NO 1pm class.

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here


Strength:
EMOM 10m
1 Power Clean and Jerk, increasing/heavy

 

WOD: 30 Squat Clean for Time 185/125, compare to 6/16/14

*225/155

 

Jul
28
By CFlando

Lift the Weight, Don’t Let the Weight Lift You

Lift the Weight, Don’t Let the Weight Lift You

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06973

This is probably the most universal mistake I see across ability levels. It isn’t necessarily the MOST important, though it is important, and it isn’t necessarily the biggest most critical mistake. Nonetheless, from beginner to absolute Games level elite (as I coach sooooo many of them all the time), I see this mistake the most often.

The issue which I speak about is lifting to the weight, or as I like to put it, letting the weight lift you. Basically it’s athletes moving too slowly during light weight sets building to heavy sets. It starts like this. An athlete is back squatting for a max set of 3. It’s Monday, and Monday sucks. Really bad. The weekend was rough, really rough, and everything is moving slowly. Believe me I have these days. Still, I ask the athlete what their goal for the day is. For this example we will say it’s a female saying 200#. So that female starts with a quick empty bar set of 10, then a set of 5 at 95#, then a set of 3 at 115#, then starts her first working set of 3 at 135#. All good lifts, everything seems fine.

Except everything is wrong, because the speed she is moving the weight is wrong, and in lifting weights speed is king. OK, maybe technique is king, but speed is QUEEN, and the king and queen have been married for 20 years, so we know that the QUEEN is really in charge. I know how those crappy Mondays after a beer and Coldstone filled weekend feel on the knees, hips, and back. I know that there is nothing worse than putting weight on a bar, putting that bar on the back, and having to actually try hard to move it. But moving the weight like the weight it is is the worst thing an athlete can do when trying to lift lots of weights. We all want to lift lots of weights, or should. If not then we need to talk.

Going back to that example of the female athlete, after having made those lifts she feels loose and limber and has all the snap, crackle, pops out of the joints. The problem is that she has her Central Nervous System, better known in our world as the CNS, is moving at Post Coldstone Monday speed. Even though the last rep or even all 3 reps of a max 3 back squat might not appear to be moving fast, the exertion level you as an athlete are putting into that bar has to be like you are trying to move it 100000 mph, maybe even 10000000 mph.

Your body is a machine, a system that reacts to stimuli given to it to adapt to. Our amazing machine adapts very quickly. Lasting changes take days or weeks, but adaptations that are reactions to present stimuli literally can take minutes or seconds. In other words, after a few reps your body adapts to the stimulus of moving that weight. If you aren’t focusing on moving quickly then your body settles into moving slow and steady. Inevitably the female athlete who warmed up with easy does it reps at the light weights will fail her goal attempts because her body is not ready to move quickly. This is even more important when doing explosive lifts like the snatch, clean, jerk, or today’s push press.

I say this from time to time but should force you all to tattoo it on your wrists and foreheads, that you need to lift EVERY rep like you are trying to set a new 1rm PR. Warmup reps, PR reps, olympic lifts, deadlifts, squats, presses, Dexter-presses, whatever the hell it is you are lifting you need to do it with conviction, aggression, and violence. Lifting weights is not a ballet, it isn’t a non-contact sport. Weightlifting is literally you moving steel and rubber and iron as fast as you can, as often as you can, to improve the machine you were given at birth. Why do it half assed?

Today when you are push pressing, your lighter sets should FLY off your shoulders. The weight should be moving so fast that the bar RINGS at the top when you lock out because you are literally stopping it from flying through the ceiling that would otherwise create a hole that I will only excuse you from staying after and fixing because you were moving the bar with such violence that it caused me to cry tears of joy and those tears would cloud my vision from seeing you leave without fixing the hole in the ceiling. You want to be training your body to move the weight fast so when you get to your heavier reps your body is ready to LIFT THAT WEIGHT.

If you wanted something slow and easy you would be doing Pilates or whatever the crap is they do next door. You don’t want that so you are here at CrossFIt Lando. You are lifting weights, dripping sweat, forging personal bonds, smashing PRs, slamming bars, and always improving upon the unstoppable machine. As long as the machine keeps improving it can’t be stopped. That’s the point right?

LIFT THOSE WEIGHTS!!

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Push Press
5-5-3-3-1-1

WOD: 4 Rounds
6 HSPU
14 Burpees
14 Toes to Bar
6 Ring Dips
rest exactly :45 after each round

*HSPU to 5″ deficit

There will be a 15m time cap to this workout

SkWAT Team: 25 L Pull-Ups, 25 strict CTB pull-ups

Jul
27
By CFlando

This Week is for Pat

This Week is for Pat

By CFlando Posted on


DSC07290

This Saturday CrossFit Lando will be partaking in a community event that hits home more than others. We will be one of the gym’s hosting Pat’s WOD, part of the PR for Pat movement that is being done to raise money for Pat Padgett.

I posted about this a few weeks ago but wanted to touch up on it now and get all the final details in place for Saturday. Pat has been a friend of mine for a few years. We got to know each other at CrossFit Fenway where he would come workout with the trainers pretty much every day. He would do the same at CrossFit Southie when I worked there too. He is now stricken with a terrible disease, cancer, that is threatening his life. With your help threaten is all that the disease will be able to do as Pat is one of the toughest dudes I know. He has been a close friend of a lot of people in the community, Stacey and I included, and has even participated in an event here at Lando last year. So we want to do as much as we can. This is about Pat and his struggle and how awesome he is doing with his fight. He recently had surgery on the cancer in his throat and is rehabbing his butt off. He faces a long road that he is going to tackle full on and the fundraising efforts from around the CrossFit community will help him along the way.

Saturday at CFL: This Saturday we will be hosting Pat’s WOD which is like a Hero WOD where we will be doing the WOD for something bigger than us, bigger than CrossFit, we will be doing it for someone else. We will also be raising money for Pat on this day and actually all week. We want actually cash donations so we can write a big ass check and we can know how much we raised through CFL. So bring straight cash anytime this week up through Saturday and put in the provided jar at the front desk. All amounts are welcome! Bring friends and family regardless of members or if they even CrossFit to come participate. The WOD will start at 10am and we will do it in 2 heats, 10am and 10:30am, with room for an 11:00am heat if needed. Plan on getting there by 9:30 to sign up for a time and know what the deal is. We will be doing this similar to the Open WODs earlier this year.

Get in here Monday and get started with a great week. We have a lot of things happening and starting the next few weeks so stay tuned. Let’s make this whole week for Pat!

 

MONDAY

Program work here

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a heavy set of 5 in 20 minutes

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
3 Squat Snatch 135/95

*165/110

SkWAT Team: 4×10 weighted hip extensions (plate or barbell, heaviest possible)

Jul
26
By CFlando

Thank You Mike and Tracy!

Thank You Mike and Tracy!

By CFlando Posted on

10472247_10152562306455409_6277211762474075263_n

Thank you everyone for coming out to Mike and Tracy Gray’s house. Thank you Mike and Tracy for such a great pool party!

SUNDAY

WOD: 3 Rounds

Row 500m
50 Double Unders
Run 500m (to Mide garage and back)
15 Pull-Ups

rest 2:00 after each round

Jul
25
By CFlando

Pool Party @ Mr. Gray’s

Pool Party @ Mr. Gray’s

By CFlando Posted on

dsu

Mike Gray is hosting a pool party for members, friends, family, and anyone else I missed. His address is 12 Beacon Street in Bedford MA, about 15 minutes from the gym. This will also be a bit of a going away/goodbye to Mellissa Davidson who is moving down to North Carolina for work. Party starts at 3pm and will be cook out style summer fun. Mike says bring nothing but yourselves and what you would want to drink. Everything else will be provided. See you there!!

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Sled Work and Squats. Start at 8:15.

10am/1pm

Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 1-8-1
Power Clean, 135/95
– perform 2 front squats after each round
– all rounds must be unbroken

*185/125

SkWAT Team: no extra work

Jul
24
By CFlando

Flav (and Sarah) the Mob (ility) Squat

Flav (and Sarah) the Mob (ility) Squat

By CFlando Posted on

Coach Flavio is good at many things, and being loose and limber is one of them. He has knowledge galore about how to get and stay mobilized. With some assistance from Sarah they will be developing a bit of a mobility program here at CrossFit Lando. Flav will be heading up some media and weekly tips for how to get big and strong AND stay healthy while doing it (the key to fitness). In the coming months we will be adding Mobility Class during Open Gym hours a few days a week where Flav and/or Sarah will help guide you on your journey to suppleness.

We have done a lot of overhead stuff this week. Snatches, STOH in WODs, stuff that really taxes the shoulders. A lot of mobility has hidden issues where the spot you want and need fixed actually is connected to a bigger but more hidden problem area. Check out this video by Flavio talking about how to mash the trap/thoracic area. Super simple but super important for getting the shoulders ready to throw big weights over your head!

 

Flav’s Trap Mash

httpv://youtu.be/ulAoXPa_ei4

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

WARMUP: Pushups for Pat, part of PR for Pat. We are hosting Pat’s WOD next Saturday, August 2! Read more about PR for Pat here and get ready for some pushups tomorrow!

 

Strength: Split Jerk

It’s max out week, so max it out!!!

 

httpv://youtu.be/pQ_2rSzMCKc

 

WOD: For Time
75′ OH walking lunge, 45/35 plate
50 Air Squat
75′ OH walking lunge
25 Toes to Bar
Run 400m
25 Toes to Bar
Run 400m
50 Air Squat

 

SkWAT Team: 4×3 Push Press

Jul
23
By CFlando

Pool Party!

Pool Party!

By CFlando Posted on

dsu

Mike Gray is having us all over to his house at 3pm on Saturday for a pool party! We will also be saying goodbye to Mel! Come on by (once he gives me an address we will tell you where it is!!).

THURSDAY

Strength: Hang Squat Clean
Find a 2rm

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 KB Swings 53/35
25 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

No RX + or SkWAT Team

Important for Today: Hang Squat Clean

httpv://youtu.be/shyLjPP1vVA

Jul
22
By CFlando

Not Burpees Again!!!

Not Burpees Again!!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05951

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here


Strength: 
Snatch
Find a 1 rep max snatch in 20 minutes


WOD: For Time
75 Burpees
– Every minute on the minute (including start) perform 1 Deadlift 255/155

*100 Burpees AND 315/205

12 minute cap

SkWAT Team: 30 strict HSPU

Important for Today: Squat and Power Snatch (both are snatches)

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

httpv://youtu.be/V3E-nmx61FY

Jul
21
By CFlando

Fudgesicles Anyone?

Fudgesicles Anyone?

By CFlando Posted on

 

fudge
Remember fudgesicles??? I used to sneak these from the freezer as a kid, run down stairs and sit behind the washer machine and down these right before dinner. One time I ate 6 in a row. You try putting six in your mouth at one time…it gets messy. Seriously though, these little buggers were that good. I found this Paleo recipe that no joke tastes pretty amazing. Give it a try on a hot summer day!

 

Paleo Fudgesicles

Ingredients:
2 cups of coconut milk (use full fat)
1/2 cup of water
3 Tbsp cocoa powder
2 Tbsp of raw honey
1/2 tsp vanilla extract

Directions:
1. Mix all the ingredients up until the cocoa powder is completely dissolved.
2. Pour the mixture into a popsicle mold.
3. Freeze for 6-8 hours.
4. Once they are frozen, dip the end in a bowl of hot water to get them to slide out of the mold easier!

ENJOY! :-)

 

Speaking of summer treats, this Saturday at Mike Gray’s house come hang for a CFL pool party and casual good-bye to our beloved Melissa Davidson. Mel is moving down to the Carolinas for her job to work on planes that protect and serve our country. More details will be coming but pencil it in!

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Shoulder Press
Find a 1rm

 

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Overhead Squat 115/80
30 Double Unders
5 Muscle Ups…(15 Pull-Ups)

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 50 Ring Dips (50 strict pull-ups for muscle upers)

 

Important for Today: Check out this video on the overhead squat and some solid tips for hip angle during the eccentric part of the lift

Jul
20
By CFlando

It’s That Time…

It’s That Time…

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07106

It’s that time everyone. Max Week.

This is the week where girls become women, guys become men, children grow up in front of our eyes.

Max week is a special tradition here at CrossFit Lando. It has grown into something much more than we ever thought. This 7-10 days is the last week of our strength cycle, each of which lasts from 6-10 weeks depending on the time of year. What has gotten to be so cool about our max weeks is people really dig into it. It is the time when you get to prove your hard work on the platforms and in WODs and see exactly why it is you come to CrossFit Lando: improved fitness in an immediate setting that also has long term results.

It is important to know that the programming during this phase in our cycle is lower in volume. This has two reasons. One is to keep your fresh for the testing, whether it is a max lift or a benchmark or repeat WOD. Second is it allows the body to reset for the long haul. Regardless of how great you are with your nutrition and recovery the body and mind is going to break down over time. Depending on the duration of the cycle and the time of year I extend this scale back in volume so you can all hit the next cycle without missing a beat.

I am not a fan of complete de-load week. I am a bit nuts, and this definitely comes through in the way I program, but I feel when people hear “de-load” they think “easy”. I don’t want people going into any period of training expecting to take it easy. This is a waste of time, a good way to get hurt, and can really rock your training (in a bad way) in only a short period of time. It is certainly important to give the body rest, and sometimes complete time off is needed, but otherwise we want to keep to train rolling, 24/7. To do this we need to scale back not in intensity level but in volume. Volume is where the body gets broken down, intensity is what keeps you fit and sexy, and we always want to stay fit and sexy.

Try your best to come get your work in as much as possible the next week or so. It is going to be a lot of great stuff, chances to PR, and just good times. The energy in the gym rises to another level when it’s max week, I know I am excited!

 

MONDAY

Program Work

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
Find a 1rm

 

WOD: 10 Rounds
3 Power Clean 185/120
6 Wall Ball 20/14

*225/135

SkWAT Team: Every :30 for 6m
1 heavy stone to lap then lunge (each leg)

Important for Today: Check out this past post on the difference between the low and high bar squat and why we do each one.

Low Bar vs. High Bar

Jul
18
By CFlando

CrossFit Lando Social Saturday

CrossFit Lando Social Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

So here I am fearing sounding like that guy who is throwing a party for himself and blasting everyone on FB and emails and the Twitters pleading for people to come celebrate, but I also am not one to fear embarrassment too often (too many instances in my life already to care).

We have a little social time planned for tomorrow. It’s nothing official, just everyone meeting at 3pm in the city. The idea was to get some time out of the gym and out of the Woburn area to enjoy the summer, enjoy the city of Boston, and enjoy some adult activities like drinking and wandering around the city (only adults can do that).

I am a little sad and disappointed, not in an angry father after a bad report card way, but in a no one showed up to my birthday party despite all my posts and tweets kinda way, because it seems that NOBODY WANTS TO COME!!!! I know the summer is packed full of things to do and trust me, I am guilty as anyone of overcrowding my summer schedule. But if you don’t have any plans, or even have plans that can be moved or included, try to make it into the city with us. All the staff will be going…and that’s actually all I know of right now lol. Even if it’s just for a drink at the Crab then you get out I would really appreciate it. It would be awesome to get a lot of our community out together and grow relationships beyond just “how much ya bench?”.

Next Saturday Mike Gray will be hosting a pool party at his house for many reasons. More on this to come but try to mark that on your calendar as well!!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew: Start @ 8:15
Warmup for 8m using weakness warmup

Work Here

 

10am/1pm Class WOD

Strength: Push Press
4×5

Partner WOD

Run 800m together, then
5 Rounds, break work up any way desired
8 Bear Complex 115/80
5 Rope Climbs, 15′
50 Double unders/150 singles

then run 800m together

 

20m Cap

Jul
17
By CFlando

Weekend!

Weekend!

By CFlando Posted on

CEulhG3sfUjVVR

CFL Day in Boston starts at 3pm (Saturday) at the Barking Crab. See you there!!

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

Strength : Jerk

Find a 1rm Split Jerk

WOD: 15m AMRAP
5 Pistols (each leg)
5 Muscle Ups (10 Pull-ups + 10 dips)
1 Clean and Jerk 225/135

*255/165

SkWAT Team: 5×5 Good Morning @ heaviest possible

Important for Today: Split Jerk

httpv://youtu.be/pQ_2rSzMCKc

Jul
16
By CFlando

Guts

Guts

By CFlando Posted on
"See, make this face and I swear the bar just flies up!"

“See, make this face and I swear the bar just flies up!”

 

 

I had the unenviable task the other day of explaining what I do to somebody who had no idea what I did. Not just someone who didn’t know me who I had to navigate all the pleasantries of getting to know each other in 30 seconds then got into talking about business, but this person had actually never even heard of CrossFit. Insane right?! Seriously though it got me to thinking about how this used to happen all the time. Back in my single days I actually used to avoid the question when a young female asked me what I did. Rather than stammer through “I’m a coach of this thing where we do fitness really fast and for time and scores and stuff and it’s at gyms and it’s called CrossFit” which then got a brow furrowed response of “so you teach Pilates?”, I usually just said I was a personal trainer. This was funny though because I hated when I was at friend or family functions and someone who sort of knew what I did called me a personal trainer. I guess I couldn’t win, or people I talked to couldn’t win because they either got lies from me or angered me with their comments about my life and career.

But really back in the day, meaning like 2 or 3 years ago, this happened all the time. People had no idea what CrossFit was, no idea like they had never even heard of it, and those who had were actually just doing word association with “cross-training” and “fitness” and imagined me like Richard Simmons or the Body Pump guy. At least nowadays almost everyone I talk to at least knows in general what CrossFit is so the conversation is somewhat less awkward. They at least understand it exists and that people actually do it and that it has nothing to do with American Ninja Warrior.

This person I was talking to literally had no idea. Hadn’t even heard of P90-X, my next in line go to back in the day when trying to explain what I did. “It’s basically P90-X just done by smarter people.”. I used that many times when I wanted to get out of conversations quickly. This conversation was impossible to get out of because I was at my own home, they were an invited guest, and were staying for a few days. I had no way out other than just walking down the driveway and not coming back, but my wife, dog, friends, and rest of my family were there too so covering that up would have been impossible. So there I was, explaining away, navigating from the tip of the iceberg downwards, what exactly it was that I decided devote my entire life to so much so that I opened a business centered around it with every penny of my existence. They started to get it, the whole what CrossFit was, or at least they faked it pretty well. Then came the question that really got me, as I hadn’t had to answer it in all my years of having the “what is CrossFit?” talk.

“What kind of people do CrossFit?”.

Well awesome people. Fit people. Crazy people. Normal people. Everyday people. Super elite athlete people. Old people. Young people. Talented people. People who can barely stand up on their own. Healthy people. Incredibly unhealthy people. Skinny people. Fat people.

All of these people and tons more do CrossFit. So simple. So why couldn’t I explain what kind of people do CrossFit? I legitimately sat there stammering over words for a solid 10 seconds before they gave me an out with their next question.

“What does it take for someone to do CrossFit?”.

The answer didn’t come to me right away. I mean, this answer has so many possibilities and can go so many ways. It takes time, effort, money, commitment, and…

Guts. “Guts.”. That was my answer. It takes guts for someone to do CrossFit. It must have satisfied my visiting conversationalist because they immediately stopped talking to me about CrossFit or anything I did for that matter. So whatever they didn’t deserve my full explanation.

CrossFit takes all the things I mentioned above. Ultimately all those amount to sacrifice. I applaud all the people who fight through the problems with schedules, things like jobs, kids, family, to commit to their fitness. Ultimately your time will be repaid in the years you get added to your life through the fitness you give yourself now. Then money, man money sure is a problem isn’t it? I know this CrossFit thing ain’t cheap, yet hundreds of thousands (hundreds of you Landos) decide that your money is better spent on your fitness than anywhere else. I could write a great list of things I know people have decided not to spend money on so they could CrossFit. The hardest of these sacrificed, in my opinion at least, is effort and commitment. Time and money are easy to part with when compared to the effort it takes to actually do this sh*t right? And wrap it all up with actually continuing to do it, committing to making these sacrifices day in and day out, month after month, without finally giving in and saying “GOD D****T I GIVE UP”. I’ve been there, many times, and know how hard it is to keep going.

It takes guts to do this because ultimately you are making many sacrifices for something that is hard to define, is hard to understand, brings pain and suffering on a daily basis, and takes away precious things. But it’s guts that make you what you are, the deep down can’t take away things that make you ignore the people who question why it is you do what you do, why you make the sacrifices, and allows you to continually commit to something that makes you greater.

I applaud the guts in everyone, and will continue to do so.

 

THURSDAY

 

Program Work Here

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-3-3-2-2-1

– this isn’t necessarily a 1rm PR attempt. You want to be working to heaviest possible for each rep scheme.

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 KB Swing 53/35
15 KB OHS (right arm)
15 KB Swing
15 KB OHS (left arm)

70/53

 

Jul
15
By CFlando

Custom Fit Meals Now at CrossFit Lando

Custom Fit Meals Now at CrossFit Lando

By CFlando Posted on
Sam Eaton on the shores of Ireland repping Lando!

Sam Eaton on the shores of Ireland repping Lando!

I am happy to announce that we have a new meal delivery service starting here at CF Lando. Custom Fit Meals is a company based out of North Carolina that is now in the Boston area as well and is the fastest growing and best company in the Paleo food delivery biz. They do meal delivery right to their cooler overnight. They have a great system where you just pick the number of meals you want and they bring them right in waiting for you when you want. Tons of different choices and even can put together nutrition plans for you, and search meals based on Paleo-ness and dietary needs. They are going to be heavily involved with the Boston Iron so you know they are legit!

Our service is active NOW! Orders need to be placed by 11:59pm on Tuesday for delivery that next week. Check them out here and set up your account. Your workouts are only as good as your nutrition, and this nutrition is great!

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: High Bar Back Squat
Sets of 2, second rep being a 1 second pause at the bottom

 

WOD:
8m AMRAP
5 Power Snatch 75/55
10 OH Walking Lunges 75/55

*115/80

 

SkWAT Team: Wide grip rack pulls (hands at rings). Heavy singles, 10-15 minutes.

httpv://youtu.be/GSztluHce_Q

Jul
14
By CFlando

Bringing it To Boston!

Bringing it To Boston!

By CFlando Posted on

CEulhG3sfUjVVR

What would summer be without some summer fun in Boston? We are going to..um…socialize on Saturday starting at 3pm at the Barking Crab right on the edge of Atlantic Ave and the Seaport. I am biased but this is my favorite place in the history of the world outside of Disney World. Man if they put this place in Disney World I would never ever leave.

This is a very casual day/night out. We want as many people joining for as long as you want. We will probably make a bit of a bar crawl out of it and I’ll have our social media director Flav update the social medias as we move.

Plan ahead how to get there and how to get home! See you Saturday in the city!

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Snatch Work
Every :90 for 6 sets
1 Snatch Pull (to hips, not high pull), 1 Power Snatch, 1 Snatch Grip Push Press, 1 Snatch Grip Jerk

httpv://youtu.be/hT3sCB_LE8o

 

WOD
Row/Run 800m
40 Double Unders
50 Pull-Ups
50’ HS Walk (20 HSPU)
Run/Row 600m
40 Double unders
30 Pullups
50’ HS Walk (20 hspu)
Row/Run 400m
40 Double Unders
20 Pull-Ups
50 Burpees

30m Time Cap

SkWAT Team: 30 Strict HSPU, just get it done

Jul
13
By CFlando

Bacon Wrapped Asparagus

Bacon Wrapped Asparagus

By CFlando Posted on

This recipe is a no brainer. It can be used to trick people into eating asparagus by wrapping it in delicious bacon. Who wouldn’t like this??!
bacon wrapped

Ingredients:
1 pound of asparagus, ends trimmed off
10 pieces of nitrate-free bacon, cut in half (thin cut is better)
1 tablespoon balsamic vinegar
1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil
ground black pepper
1 lemon, quartered (for serving)

Instructions:
1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Wrap one half piece of bacon tightly around one piece of asparagus and lay it on a tin foil covered baking sheet.
2. Drizzle the balsamic vinegar and olive oil over the asparagus and then sprinkle some black pepper on top.
3. Bake for 15 minutes and then flip the asparagus over and bake for another 10-15 minutes, or until the bacon is crispy.
4. Serve warm with lemon wedges on the side!

 

MONDAY

Program Work Here 

1. Clean and Jerk Barbell Warmup

a. Clean Deadlift
b. Clean Pull
c. Power Clean
d. Push Press
e. Split Jerk

 

Strength: Power Clean and Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 20 minutes

 

WOD: For Time (10 minutes cap)
30-20-10
Hang Power Clean 95/65
Wall Ball 20/14

*115/80

 

SkWAT Team: Seated Press (seated on floor, legs straight)
Sets of 3. 15 minutes

Jul
12
By CFlando

Sunday Funday

Sunday Funday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC05978

SUNDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: 100 Strict Pull-ups (15m cap)

WOD: 5 Rounds

15 Deadlift 185/135
15 Pull-Ups

Jul
11
By CFlando

A Nice Weekend

A Nice Weekend

By CFlando Posted on

DSC06132

SATURDAY

Program Work Here

Early Crew: Meet at 8:15

Strength: Find a 1rm Power Snatch in 20 minutes

 

WOD: 9-7-5
Bar Muscle Ups
Hang Power Snatch 155/105
Deficit HSPU 5” Deficit

15m CAP

10am Class

Strength: High Bar Back Squat
5×5

WOD
15m AMRAP
3 Rope Climbs
12 Pushups
12 Situps
48 Double Unders

Jul
10
By CFlando

PR for Pat

PR for Pat

By CFlando Posted on

 

logo

 

 

Friday we usually do a benchmark or Hero WOD, but this Friday is something along the same lines but different and more important. This Friday is about a good friend of mine, of Stacey’s, of the Boston area CF community. Pat Padgett is someone I have known for a bit over 4 years. I met him working out at CrossFit Fenway back when I starting working out there, then worked there with Stacey. He was a fixture there for the year or so I worked there, and was the same over at CrossFit Southie when I worked there. We were both in the wedding of Amy and Chris Gosler, the owners of CFS, and he has even competed here at CF Lando competitions before.

This isn’t a post about me, Stacey, or our relationship with him. This is about Pat. Pat has had a years long battle with some gland/mouth problems that has recently been diagnosed as cancer. It has been extremely painful and very hard as Pat literally lives for fitness and activity. He even competed at the Northeast Regionals as a member of the CF Southie team when this was all going on and people like me had no idea from his actions or attitude.

The people of CrossFit Southie and some of his other great friends and family have created a movement and group called PR for Pat. It is a place where people can get updates on Pat’s condition, the many surgeries and therapy he is going to have, and most importantly a place to support and donate to Pat as he goes through this really rough time.

From a personal standpoint I can say that Pat is an incredibly emotional and positive character. If you do CrossFit in the Boston area you know this dude and you know him for being tough, being fit, and always being ready to get after it. He always brings a positive attitude with him. If there is anyone that can fight it’s Pat and I truly believe this.

There are many parts to the PR for Pat movement. One is there is a big universal WOD being held on August 2 that we are going to host here for our community and any others. I know that some boxes in Boston are doing some great things with this and I hope we can help with the Metro North area. More details will come and you can check out the WOD on the PR for Pat page. The WOD will be done in heats like the Opens and you will have an opportunity to donate to help Pat face this awful situation head on.

Another thing that is going on is people are doing Pushups for Pat. When Pat got cleared to do some physical activity a few weeks ago he got the go ahead to do 100 pushups. He did that and added 10 a day. Now everyone is doing it! So we will do it as a community helping Pat fight.

Read up on the PR for Pat movement and see how you can help. Any donation helps (of course) and try to be sure to make it for August 2nd either here or somewhere! Until August 2nd, read up, go on Facebook and like and share, do everything you can. Pat is a great guy who deserves all the help he can get!

 

FRIDAY

Program Work Here

WARMUP: Pushups for Pat
The entire class will work to chip away at 200+ pushups!

 

WOD: “Kelly”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
30 Box Jumps (full stand) 24/20
30 Wall Ball 20/14

There will be a 40 minute cap to this workout. Scaling is tough as it isn’t really weight related. Aim for a certain number of competed rounds. If you finish 4 in 37 minutes that would be a good place to stop, for example.

Jul
9
By CFlando

Slow and Steady No More!

Slow and Steady No More!

By CFlando Posted on
Here is one Race Training workout I have done.

Here is one Race Training workout I have done.

 

My nickname in Crossfit is Slow and Steady. While it is not the most flattering nickname, it works for me. I tend to be able to chip away at workouts with the same speed the entire time – never picking up speed or slowing down. Lucky for me, most people get tired and I end up passing them. This is how I have been Crossfitting for six years. With six years of “keep moving” under my belt, I am now challenging myself to move as fast as possible. Why change something that works? Well, because I want to do the National Pro Grid League.

The National Pro Grid League piqued my interest back in May when they held the Boston Combine. I signed up for the tryout with really no idea what I was getting myself into. I ended my weekend totally in love with a new sport! While NPGL uses Crossfit style movements, it challenges men and women to work together to finish races. Since it is a race against another team, each individual is moving as fast as humanly possible. Substitutions can be made on the fly, for example when cycle time starts to slow down. But the cool part is the team dynamic. I played college volleyball, not because I was necessarily in love with the sport, but because I really enjoyed having my friends there, them having my back, and being able to enjoy my experiences with them. I felt the same thing while on the grid at both combines I participated in (Boston and Vegas).

Aside from the playing on a team, the NPGL requires me to shift my training a bit. As seen above, there is a lot of fast movement followed by breaks. This is structured the same way as a NPGL race to prepare an athlete for the amount of work and rest ratio they may see in a full match. This type of training is kicking my butt. After the workout above, I was shaking and attempting to keep my lunch down. I honestly thought I was going to show Jack what the color of blended chicken, onions and peppers would look like on the floor. But here is the sick part…I love it. I love it because it is a new challenge. I love it because it pushes me to work harder for what I want to achieve. I love it because it makes me feel like I was beaten for an hour with a PVC. I love it because it is exciting and new. I fully accept that I have plenty of room to improve and I cannot wait to start each workout. I look at the NPGL training as a fresh new approach to continuing my fitness. New things are not always easy, but hard work can pay off.

This Thursday, the NPGL is holding their first draft. I am eligible for the draft. Fingers crossed that I will be picked up as an athlete and will be able to continue my training with a world class bunch of athletes and coaches.

 

THURSDAY

Program Work Here

 

PARTNER WOD

25m AMRAP
100 KB Swings 53/35
Run 400m (one partner carries KB)
50 Push-Ups

Jul
8
By CFlando

Lines

Lines

By CFlando Posted on

00000-8

Lines. It’s all about lines. Everything we do is about lines, linear, moving straight, moving up, moving down. CrossFit, functional fitness, functional movements, it’a all about straight lines.

Really there aren’t many movements in any sport that aren’t best done in a straight line. Whether it’s the actual act or movement, like throwing a baseball or football, or the mechanics of a movement that isn’t so linear, like tossing a javelin or shooting a basketball. Everything comes down straight lines.

It took me a while to learn this. I spent years as a baseball coach, specifically one that worked with pitchers, searching for the secrets of how to get my pitchers to be monsters on the mound with the most amazing stuff there is. I traveled everywhere, literally like the Johnny Cash song, searching for the best teachers of the sport, specifically the ones who held the secrets I yearned for to create the best pitchers I could. I learned some ridiculous things, seriously had one elite program coach show me a drill where he had pitchers whirl their hands and arms around while taking steps forward to create “rhythm”. It legit looked like they were doing a combo of a dance routine and having a seizure. Unfortunately for me I was too young to confidently develop my own thoughts and systems that made sense. When you really think about it, when it’s stripped down to the basics, pitching, throwing a baseball in general, is all about the physics of staying in a straight line as long as possible.

nolan-ryan

Best pitcher ever…everything going straight to home plate

 

I have since (obviously) transitioned from baseball to CrossFit but this time more quickly learned that this need for establishing the connection with physical efficiency and moving in a straight line was in everything we do here. While we certainly have movements that don’t move in a straight line, the muscle up for example, our energy production needs to be a straight line going up. The hip extension, the pull of the arms, the turning over of the torso, all happens on a straight axis…or at least that is what we WANT to be doing.

httpv://youtu.be/WcaQIguhBd8

 

Olympic lifts? You better believe we are trying to move as linearly as possible! Again there is some curve to what we are doing, like getting the snatch into the right position overhead, but those who can move the bar as straight as possible from the floor until that final pull are the one’s who have the most success. Even when moving at high reps and high intensity, the best athletes move that bar as straight up and down as possible. That whole shortest distance between two points being a straight line? That applies with what we do here too, and since efficiency when it comes to moving us/an external load is highly dependent on limiting time under tension, we want to move things as quickly as possible! Coach Stacey showed this pretty well with doing 25 reps of a power clean at 135# on Monday in 2 sets. Here is part of the last set.

httpv://youtu.be/LfoUf8Rdr-4

 

Notice how linear that bar is moving in relation to her body ESPECIALLY when coming off the floor. The only curve happens in her last second shrug and pull of the bar back into her body after contact with the hips. 25 reps at 135# in under 2 minutes is incredible. Lines = efficiency! We can get as complex as we want with this but for the sake of you all actually caring about what I’m talking about we are going to keep it simple. Everything you are trying to do at the box, whether moving yourself or moving an external load, centers around an axis that runs straight through your body. Center of gravity, center of mass, whatever you want to call it. Keeping weight closer to this center of our body makes it easier to lift, and moving our body along this imaginary straight line gets us to our target in the fastest and best way possible.
httpv://youtu.be/MtF2vWo-x8E

 

Think of the pull-up and the kip. A stationary bar you are trying to pull yourself over. The kip might be somewhat circular but even the kip at it’s best efficiency moves on an even axis. The purpose of the kip is helping get the chin up over the bar (or chest to the bar) so the opening of the hips is best served when doing so moving straight up TOWARDS the target. The circular motion of the kip is purely to build momentum but mainly to get the hips in a position where they can close and open quickly.

A movement like today’s thruster has us moving an external load. Still the line is what is important. Keeping the bar in the front rack position as long as possible with a proper torso position keeps the bar right on that center of gravity talked about before. This is why keeping your chest and elbows up to keep the bar in a great rack position is critical for the front squat and thruster. After this what is the most important part of the thruster? Driving the bar up overhead in a straight line (getting the head out of the way to avoid bashing ourselves in the face). Keeping the bar moving in a straight path makes for the greatest possible efficiency, just like moving our body along a straight line upwards makes for the most efficient pull-ups, muscle ups, handstand push-ups, and more.

httpv://youtu.be/BenPtxTU3vw

 

Keep this in mind when doing things here at CrossFit Lando, especially when it comes to barbell movements. Snatches, cleans, jerks, all the squats and presses, even KB swings, all are best performed when moving the external load in as straight a line as possible. We throw a lot of technical jargon at you in classes and I know it can get confusing or cluttered. To keep it as simple as possible try to always remember how you can move the object, or how to move yourself to the object, in as straight a path as possible. If you can think of it in this way all the mechanics and cues make sense even if you don’t understand what it is asking for in particular.

 

WEDNESDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Every Other Minute for 16 minutes
2 Deadlift, hand release at the bottom

 

WOD
7m AMRAP
7 Thruster 115/80
7 Toes to Bar

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 200m sled drag (forwards). 90/70. Must be heel-toe pace, trying for non-stop walk the entire time.

Jul
7
By CFlando

Samples from Paleo Naturals

Samples from Paleo Naturals

By CFlando Posted on

paleo naturals2
Eating Paleo can be tough if you are not prepared with snacks and meals when you are starving. This is when you let your defenses down and grab a Snickers, because WHY WAIT for something healthier when you are STARVING! Many people travel more during the summer months than usual so planning and buying Paleo foods is pushed to the wayside.

Conveniently, we sell Paleo Naturals here at Crossfit Lando! You can come in and get a kick @$$ workout and grab some Paleo goods to go! My personal favorite is the Sweet and Salty Cashews and Pistachios. SO GOOD! I am telling you these little buggers definitely hit that sweet and salty combo on the nose! I also really enjoy the Honey Nut Granola Crunch – great for a snack to hold you over! I love love the vanilla protein bars, but these will need to remain refrigerated. If you have not tried my favorites make sure you give them a test run!

Speaking of test runs, Paleo Naturals will be at Crossfit Lando Saturday July 12th, offering up samples to all the goods they sell here! So if there is something you want to try, come on in and give it a taste without spending the money! But be aware, you may become addicted…

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Snatch
Every 2:00 for 8 sets
1 Snatch Pull, 1 High Hang Squat Snatch, 1 OHS

 

httpv://youtu.be/-UyOUrWcRS0

 

WOD
3 Rounds
21 Pull-Ups
15 HSPU
9 Power Snatch 115/80

*CTB pull-ups, 135/95

SkWAT Team: 100 pushups, 30 L Pull-Ups

 

Important for Today: Power Snatch

httpv://youtu.be/V3E-nmx61FY

 

Jul
6
By CFlando

The Halfway Point

The Halfway Point

By CFlando Posted on

00000-3

I certainly hope you all enjoyed the past few days celebrating freedom, summer, friends and family, and your health. It’s such a cool holiday that encapsulates so many great things: our wonderful nation and all the things that come with it, summertime and memories of why we actually decide to keep living here despite the winter, and of course family and friends who power us through the daily grind of life. Sometimes holidays get so over the top in the celebration and pageantry that we forget to take it all in, the whole “over before I knew it” phenomenon that hits us. It’s pretty much inevitable, but what I’ve always loved about July 4th is the celebration is all about simplicity. Family, friends, America, barbecue, and a few grains of sand and you got yourself a July 4th party. Mix in sunshine for 24 hours and a few beers and it’s the best day of the year.

I always view July 4th as kind of my mid year recap as well. I use the weekend around it to look back at what I’ve done, who I have done it with, and where I am going before the next year hits me. I encourage you to do the same. Take a few moments, or even a couple times over a few days, to sit back and think about 2014 so far and where you want it to go for the next 6 months. I say this a lot: pick a time (I usually pick Labor Day) and set a goal or goals, then make a point to challenge yourself to impress the future you on that date when you look back at what you accomplished from now til then.

You are your greatest motivator, your greatest asset in the path to improvement. Set your goals and your mind on where you want to go from here and start accomplishing TODAY!

No matter what don’t let yourself let yourself down.

MONDAY

Program Work Here

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-4-4-3-3-2

WOD
35 Burpees

then 3 Rounds
10 Hang Clean and Jerk 135/95
5 Muscle Ups (Scale to 10 Ring Dips)
10 Pistols (alternating)

then Row 750m

* 165/110

SkWAT Team: set of 3 top quarter rack squats (high bar), max weight possible. 5-6 sets minimum.
– Set the J-Hooks at what would be the top quarter of your back squat. Start each rep from there. It is just the top quarter for each 3 reps. This should be a very heavy weight. Stay right in the rack and use the pins as your marker.

Jul
2
By CFlando

July 4th Schedule

July 4th Schedule

By CFlando Posted on

66A6317DF632BD891B98238FFCC841_h316_w628_m5_cHVlJzRYe

 

 

 

CrossFit Lando will be open for classes tomorrow thru Noon then will close at 1pm. We will be closed Thursday night, Friday, and Saturday, re-opening on Sunday for normal schedule. Since I heard some grumblings about being closed I made sure there was plenty of volume this week :). Come in and grab Thursday’s workout.

 

THURSDAY

“Bull”

2 Rounds

200 Double Unders
50 Overhead Squat 135/95
50 Pull-Ups
Run 1 Mile

There will be a 50 minute cap for this workout

 

Jul
1
By CFlando

Bacon Lime Sweet Potato Salad

Bacon Lime Sweet Potato Salad

By CFlando Posted on

So I made this recipe a few weeks ago for a cookout. It was a huge hit! I cannot take credit for thinking this up as I got it from the website PaleOMG.com, BUT it is so worth sharing! Your friends will be begging you to make it again. :-)
sweet potato
Ingredients:
1/2 pound bacon
3 large sweet potatoes, cut into 1/2 inch cubes
4 garlic cloves
2 tablespoons coconut oil
juice of one lime
2 tablespoons of olive oil
2 tablespoons of balsamic vinegar
2 green onions, chopped
handful of fresh dill, roughly chopped
dash of red pepper flakes
dash of ground cinnamon
salt and pepper to taste

Instructions:
1. Preheat oven to 375 degrees. Line a rimmed baking sheet with foil and lay the bacon flat on the sheet. Bake for 15-20 minutes, until bacon is crispy. Then let cool and chop roughly.
2. In a roasting pan or rimmed baking sheet lined with tin foil, toss the sweet potatoes and garlic with the coconut oil and roast for about 30 minutes or until the sweet potatoes are browned.
3. While the sweet potatoes are roasting, whisk together the lime juice, olive oil, and balsamic vinegar. Toss in the green onions, dill, red pepper flakes, cinnamon, salt and pepper. Mix well.
4. Once the sweet potatoes are finished baking toss them together with the dressing and the bacon….then ENJOY!

 

A note on extra work, SkWAT Team and Program: 730am class attendees will be cut off from extra work at 9:00am. The last evening class attendees WILL NOT be allowed to do extra work AFTER class. Please be respectful of this policy and DO NOT ask a coach to stay late so you can do extra work at night. Thank you!

WEDNESDAY: Posterior Chain Light ‘Em Up Show

Program Work Here

Strength: Deadlift
4 sets of 3 reps


WOD:
 10-1 by 1, 1-10 by 1

Front Squat 165/110, KB Swings 53/35
– Every other round do 15 pushups

*185/120

There is a 25m cap to this workout

SkWAT Team: weighted fore-arm plank hold, 45/35, max effort 3x, rest 2:00 between efforts

Jun
30
By CFlando

What’s Your Gameplan?

What’s Your Gameplan?

By CFlando Posted on

thumb.jpg

 

 

 

We are happy to announce that we will be carrying a new supplement program at CrossFit Lando. Gameplan Nutrition is a unique supplement brand where it allows consumers (that’s you) to buy and create their own supplement plan directly through them. There’s no going to GNC, no hoping CFL has protein still in stock, no waiting a few days to get your protein, bars, amino acids, pre-workout, whatever you need.

Gameplan is a local company that is represented in the CrossFit world by a good friend of mine, one of my groomsman, TJ O’Neill (pictured above). Your very own coaches Jack and Flav will be sponsored athletes and trainers, meaning anything you buy helps them out as well. I am a believer in their products. They use a hormone free, all natural whey product for their protein, produce gluten free protein bars, and all their products I would stand behind (so OBVIOUSLY they’re good). Best yet being a member of CrossFit Lando you get 5% off by going through our specific CFL portal that will be linked right from our website.

This is exciting because it gives you all another supplement option and even a more complete company to get your nutrition needs from. SFH is a great protein brand and we will keep carrying that. If you don’t really dig their product and/or are looking for something more or different think about using Gameplan. Good product, you get it cheap, and it comes right to your door on a monthly basis. You don’t have to worry about re-ordering, it being in stock, and it even ships sometimes SAME DAY. Not bad if you ask me.

If you have any questions feel free to ask Jack and Flav, or myself or Stacey really! We have samples we will be putting out and have some protein jars that we can hand scoops out for samples post WOD. Just ask!

Check out our CF Lando specific branded Gameplan site here

 

TUESDAY

Program Work Here

 

Strength: Push Jerk
Find a 2 rep max, must be touch and go off shoulders

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 600m Holding plate 45/35
rest exactly 2:00 between efforts

 

SkWAT Team: 30 strict handstand pushups, not for time. Scale as needed but make it difficult. Should take 8 minutes or more if scaling

 

Jun
29
By CFlando

Factory Trained: Introducing the CFL Competitor Program.

Factory Trained: Introducing the CFL Competitor Program.

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01666

I have written, deleted, and re-written this post about 5 times now. I started it around 6:00pm, thought I was done around 6:45, and now at 8:18 am back to square one.

I admit my biggest fault in the blog writing is I often times try to get too much into one post. I know a lot of you skip through the long ones, don’t even read them half the time, or don’t even read them all of the time. Heck my own coaches don’t read them fully, and I certainly can’t say I blame them 99% of the time.

My deleted musings had many different long winded explanations of competitors, programming, why the gym does what it does, and it all ended up being long winded and skip worthy. I could hear Stacey snoring through my computer. So I decided to delete it all, trim the fat, and just get to the point.

Defining Yourself as an Athlete

This is important for all of you. Whether you are a weekend warrior, a 4x a week 530amer who is in and out on the hour, or deeply desire making the 2015 CrossFit Games, knowing your goals and why you do what you do is important. Generally important, yes, but also important for how the programming at CrossFit Lando will be displayed each day, specifically the new competitor program that is launching…NOW! #WHAMMY!!

There are 3 categories of athletes at this gym. The first two are the 1) everyday crossfitter and the 2) competitor. As we discussed Saturday morning, anyone can be a competitor. A competitor is someone who simply competes at an official competition, whether that is a super elite invite only competition, the Reebok CrossFit Opens, a masters competition, the CFL In House, or a local competition with 30 people. If you enter a competition and care about your performance then you can call yourself a competitor.

Being a competitor, however, doesn’t instantly mean you should do different programming than the daily CFL work. Truthfully 90% of our 135 members should do what is posted as the daily Strength + WOD, with the SkWAT Team work if you have time. How you define yourself and your goals is up to you, and what you get out of your training is what you put into it. The biggest mistake you can make as an athlete is doing programming that is beyond your ability.

Remember: fitness is gained through intensity. The easiest way we get intensity is through doing more work, or doing work as quickly as possible. Trying programming beyond your skill level will make you move slowly and not get any intensity, therefore stifling your fitness progression, resulting in spinning your wheels, treading water, whatever other metaphor you want for making no progress.

The 3rd category is competitive athletes. As we defined this on Saturday is an athlete who can enter nearly any competition and be a factor in the result. You can enter an individual competition almost anywhere and make it to the final WOD or damn close, you can enter a team competition and help your team get to the same point, and you have the potential to finish in the top 10% of your division in the Opens next year. You do the math but this means about the top 500 in either gender, and top 200-400 in the various masters divisions.

Yes, I know this definition is very exclusive, but part of the development of this program at CFL is allowing for the development of ALL our members. This means the same quality programming and cycles for the everyday crossfitter looking for improved daily fitness, to the athlete with the ability, desire, and work ethic to possibly compete at Regionals and beyond. Part of the struggle with the latter is handling the extremely high level of work and the commitment of time and mental energy this takes. As I talked about on Saturday, I am more than willing and available to meet with anyone to help you with your definition and your goals. I am here for the everyday fitter who is looking to hit a few summertime goals, as well as the people who are looking to get more competitive, whatever that level is. If you have questions we ask that you bring them to me and not the other coaches for now. The obvious question, other than “what the heck are you talking about and how is this different thing going to work?”, is “what programming should I do?”. There is a simple way to answer it and it goes back up to that thing of fitness and intensity. Ask yourself this question each day: “can I do this, and will this make me better?”.

How It Works/What Should I Do?

CFL and Competitors: The programming will be posted each day on the CrossFit Lando website just like it always has been. If you fall into the first two categories of athlete then your options will be the Strength and WOD as always with the scaled up weight as a possibility. SkWAT Team work will be listed and Competitors will be encouraged to do the SkWAT Team work as they are able.

Until you can do nearly every WOD RX or RX+ you don’t need to worry about doing additional programming. Your fitness will improve through doing the daily programming and competing with yourself and the people in the CFL community. Bettering yourself each day, each week, and each month will ultimately lead you to a fitness level that may one day be competitive. Until then you are on the right track by coming to class at our box with some of the best coaches there are.

Factory Trained: If you are in the small population of members who are competitive or strive to be competitive then there will be additional work to do each day. This is the new competitor program. CrossFit Lando will be a factory of fitness, a factory of elite athletes, a program where individuals and teams vie for supremacy at the local, Regional, Games, and NPFL level. This will take time to develop, but we will start now as this is the start to the new programming season. This will be part of the regular CFL programming mentioned above with additional work before and after. Some days will have double sessions. This is a new concept to our programming, but the truth is if you truly want to be a competitive athlete then the amount of time you put into your training will be more than 1 hour a day on more than 1 occasion.

On days where there is additional barbell or skill work listed before the strength of the day, people who fall into this category will be allowed to do this work during the class warmup. For example, if there is Snatch Work listed, you will the allotted time posted to get that work done while the rest of class is being lead through the usual warmup. Once the class moves onto the strength you must move onto the strength as well. You will then go along with class like usual through the rest of class. Then you will do the additional work for after WOD, or be expected to come at another time to get your second session in. You get what you put into your training.

We will not have a testing program but here are the general guidelines for who can do the Factory work. In general, you should be able to RX all WODs at CFL and do the RX+ in most.

Gymnastics: Must be able to RX
– all pull-ups
– ring dips (or very close for females)
– toes to bar
– wall climbs

Muscle ups, pistols, handstand push-ups, all must be at the least possible scale away from RX and able to do 1 or 2 reps as RX or very close to it.

Barbell: General Standards
-Clean and Jerk: 225/135
-Snatch: 165/10
-Back Squat: 1.5x BW
-Front Squat: BW
-Overhead Squat: 135/95 for reps, and BW for 1 rep in strength

If you cannot maintain these standards during strength time or in WODs then you must meet with me before attempting the Factory programming in class. Again this is with the intent of your improvement as an athlete. Email me with questions or to set up a few minutes to talk.

Ready to go: Well, I am sure this just made everyone angry they waited so long for the post, and confused pretty much everyone. The CFL Factory will have its own home and will be linked on the website and on each post. The CFL Factory will be not just a place for competitive programming but for educational articles, media, and other things that are relevant to all people, not just competitive athletes. Stay tuned for more on this.

Time to get trained.

MONDAY

For Competitive (CFL Factory Work) Click Here

Strength: Front Squat: 15 Minutes
Sets of 4  reps, reps 1,3 at 1010 tempo, 2,4 at 1310 tempo. This is each set.

WOD: For Max Reps
3 Rounds, :40 on :20 off each movement, moving down the list each interval
Thrusters 115/75
Shoulder to Overhead
Pull-Ups

then

3 Rounds, :40 on, :20 off, same as above
Rope Climbs
Ring Dips
Squat Snatch 115/75

*135/95

SkWAT Team: 75 GHD Situps, 75 GHD Hip Extensions. Do these in biggest sets possible.

Jun
28
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Reminder for those who missed the meeting for competitors: The Program will go live on the CFL Factory for Sunday night. Competitor programming will begin for the new season with that post. Please read the post carefully so everyone gets on the right track. If you missed the meeting and feel you are someone who is in consideration as a competitive athlete please arrange for a meeting with me at some point the next week or two.

SUNDAY

Strength: Yoke Carry

Learn how to use the Yoke with Jack, resident strongman. Build to a max 50′ carry

WOD: 750′ KB overhead carry, alternating arms every 75′, 70/53
then
5 Rounds
15 Sumo Deadlift High Pull 70/53
12 KB Swings
9 Pistols (alternating)

15 minute cap

SkWAT Team: No extra work

Jun
27
By CFlando

Competitor Meeting @ 8:30

Competitor Meeting @ 8:30

By CFlando Posted on

Competitor meeting at 8:30am tomorrow (Saturday). This is for anyone interested. There is no pre-requisite for who can come. If you are wondering if you can come, that means you are thinking about it, and if you are thinking about it then you can come. It isn’t just for people who can be competitive, it is for anyone interested in what being competitive means and how things are going to run here.

 

We got some new storage for plates. Here is a public service announcement for all members. I suggest watching:

 

httpv://youtu.be/ByVNeZ4zWmE

 

Early Crew: Meeting at 830, workout around 915.

 

SATURDAY

WOD: 17 Minutes
20 Muscle Ups (40 Pull-Ups + 40 Dips for scale)
Run 1 Mile
AMRAP Squat Snatch 135/95

*175/110

Jun
26
By CFlando

“Bradshaw”

“Bradshaw”

By CFlando Posted on

DSC02247

 

Today we are back to Hero Fridays. This workout is a good one (as always). “Bradshaw” is in memory of U.S. Army First Lieutenant Brian Bradshaw. Assigned to the 501st Parachute Infantry Regiment, 4th Airborne Brigade Combat Team, 25th Infantry Division,, LT Bradshaw died in Kheyl, Afghanistan on June 25, 2009 from wounds he suffered when insurgents detonated a roadside bomb near his vehicle.

Come in and get this one in. If you are tired, sore, or busy just take a second and remember who you are doing it for.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Find a 1rm Hang Snatch

Take a look at the videos below. Both are hang snatches, one is a squat and one is a power. Either would count for the 1rm lift today. Obviously we want you working with a squat for all the reasons we usually talk about, but if it happens to be a power then so be it. Flexibility and ability might play a role in being able to get into a squat as well. Understandable. What I would like you to notice about these lifts is how they are identical in setup, pull, and how the athlete goes under the bar. Almost identical lifts up until the finish. You as an athlete are going under the bar regardless.

 

Squat Snatch:

httpv://youtu.be/-UyOUrWcRS0

 

Power Snatch:

httpv://youtu.be/6rVTgDbsZ7Q

 

WOD: “Bradshaw”
10 Rounds

3 Handstand Push-ups
6 Deadlift 225/155
12 Pull-ups
24 Double Unders

25 Minute Cap

Jun
25
By CFlando

Why You Should Start Doing Active Recovery Days…Fuel For Stacey Against Me

Why You Should Start Doing Active Recovery Days…Fuel For Stacey Against Me

By CFlando Posted on

00000-7

 

Party Time: CrossFit Lando Social Club Event Saturday, July 19. Details to come, block out the time. 3pm on. Boston

 

Thursdays tend to be lighter attendance days around here. At first Flav took it very personally and I didn’t give him a raise for months because I thought the low attendance was a remark on his coaching. Then it occurred to me that many people (including myself) take Thursday as an off day. People go hard Monday thru Wednesday, take Thursday off, then hit Friday and Saturday, then take Sunday off. Reasonable plan for sure, and don’t worry Flav is taking it better and I’ve actually paid him recently.

However I implore you to occasionally take a different approach from time to time. This is where we talk about “active rest/recovery days”. This might be the most misused and misinterpreted phrase in all of CrossFit. Every Thursday my social media feeds are blown up with “ACTIVE REST DAY: SWIM 5000M, 400000 PUSHUPS, 80KM BIKE WEARING A FIRE SUIT AND HAVING TALIBAN SHOOT AT ME. GREAT RECOVERY DAY!!!”. Too often active rest ends up being just as high volume and detrimental as any other work day. I promise you this won’t happen to you here as long as you stick with the program, and sometimes AR will actually make your body better the next day.

Trust me there are times where a full rest day on a Thursday is certainly in the cards. For me it seems this is more and more necessary these days. But there are times especially during the middle weeks of our cycles where an active rest day is actually better for your recovery. You might be a bit tired and run down from three days of work days, not to mention that “life” thing we all do too, but throwing in skill and conditioning work within reasonable rep ranges can do wonders for your training. This is true both from an improvement standpoint and a physical and mental recovery standpoint.

First, forcing your body to work in a fatigued state will make you work, both mentally and physically, in areas you might not usually work. “Forcing” is used carefully here, as if you are just crippled sore or mentally destroyed you shouldn’t force anything. But if you are just a usual 3 day on 1 day off person, then mixing in a 4th day on can get some positive response pretty easily. If your body is used to letting muscle and brain recover on that 4th day, forcing it to work will tap into muscle tissue you aren’t used to using as well as forcing mental fortitude. Especially important for you competitors out there because competitions don’t care if you are sore, mentally or physically.

So especially if an active rest day involves skill work (see today’s wod) or conditioning work (5k run at 80% intensity) you will be doing a lot for yourself mentally. If you can get through strict handstand push-ups when slightly out of breath on a 4th work day in a row imagine what you can do when fully rested? Working at sub maximal intensity will also help remove blood lactate from the body, a substance that causes increased soreness and delays recovery processes in the body. Sooner it’s out the sooner you feel better.

Don’t think too hard about when and how to do active recovery. Our Thursdays are often these kind of days especially in the middle of our cycles (weeks 2-4). As competitors will find out these will be very common and important for their training as it kills 2 birds with 1 stone: gets the body right while still getting work done to improve. This post is actually going to be a major problem for me personally as Stacey and I usually fight (almost to death) about her being allowed to train on Thursdays. Now it’s going to be even harder to say no to her.

These Thursdays are good for anyone, AR people or people coming in for the first time in the week to go HAM sandwich on some fitness. It won’t be like these are “easy” days that aren’t worth coming to unless you are ARing. I will guide you at times when needed with how to go about intensity levels when using a WOD for recovery work, but usually it will work itself out. If you are using today for active recovery I encourage you to keep weight manageable and focus on perfect reps form wise. This will keep you at sub maximal intensity and be perfect for your purpose.

Give it a try and see if making Thursday a work day is in the cards for your future. I think many of you will find Friday and Saturday feel a lot better during these mid cycle weeks with a good active recovery day. It will also make Flav feel better.

If you are going at an AR day on your own just remember: Don’t be an idiot.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: 100 strict pull-ups

 

WOD:  20 Rounds Alternating Tabata

1-10
Forearm Plank Hold
Hang Clean 115/80

11-20
Handstand Hold
KB Swing 70/53

 

Hang Clean: The hang clean is all about cycling reps with the rebound. Pausing at the hips/knees is a no good waste of time and energy. This kind of WOD calls for fast rebound. Check out how!:

httpv://youtu.be/b1FPTIjoeBk

Jun
24
By CFlando

Gridding in Boston

Gridding in Boston

By CFlando Posted on

DSC01668

 

The NPFL is primed and ready, so it’s time for the CFL community to be brought up to speed on what exactly it is and what is going on.

What started as whispers in the winter air has turned into a solid summer time yell. If the draft this July in Miami is another successful event like the Combine was this past week in Vegas the yell is going to become a full throated roar. NPFL stands for National Pro Fitness League. The sport itself is called Grid, playing it is called Gridding. It is literally CrossFit racing. The first season starts this fall and the ready up phase is already going on. Some of you have seen and heard about it through the Combines that ended this past week in Vegas. Coach Stacey made it all the way through the Boston Combine, earning an invite to the finals in Vegas, and she made it to day 2 of 3 in Vegas, making her eligible for the draft which is being held in a few weeks in Miami.

The first season will have 8 teams that are already immersed in everything that is running a professional sports team. Each team has an owner or ownership group, general manager, various front office staff, a coach or coaches, and 14 active athletes (7 men and 7 women) as well as 6 reserve athletes (3 and 3). This league is no joke. Each team had to come with $1 million behind it to be awarded a franchise. It only seems fitting that such a ground breaking new thing is going to happen right in our awesome city of Boston, with the Boston Iron being awarded as one of the inaugural teams in the NPFL. To add to it for our community here at CFL, I was named as co-Head Coach of the Boston Iron. I will be coaching the team in this exciting first year along side Justin Wright, a good friend and excellent coach from Reebok CrossFit Back Bay. We have 8 of our 14 athletes already signed and ready and have our draft board ready for the Miami Draft to round out the roster. It’s an exciting opportunity for everyone involved, for the fitness community of Boston to be able to watch right here in their hometown, for the select elite athletes who have a chance to call themselves professional athletes, and for you all here at CFL who get a front row seat with my and hopefully Stacey’s involvement.

Spectators and fans are the backbone of the growth of this sport. This is maybe the most exciting thing about what we have learned so far in all the events and league meetings. The goal is for this to be the most spectator friendly professional sport on Earth. Fans will have access to the athletes almost 100% of the time on game day, even getting selfless and autographs in between races. Unheard of access compared to other pro sports. The sport itself is set up in a really cool way where the events can be easily followed by spectators. It is a four quadrant grid and the races move from one end to the other with parts of the race, like a movement or group of movements, occurring in each quadrant. They have developed a really awesome scoring system that projects on an HD jumbo screen so you can see in real time who is in the lead. It’s so fast paced that the lead changes by 1 to 2 reps almost every second with most races coming down to the last reps of the last quadrant.

A match consists of 11 races. Each race is between 4-8 minutes with anywhere from :30 to 5:00 of rest/transition time in between. They are pre set and structured so the teams know in advance what they are doing. Strategy and coaching is a big part of this, but won’t be too hard for me and other coaches as the athletes involved are literally the elite of the elite. The physical demands will be similar but I think even harder than the CrossFit Games. What it entails is about an hour and a half of almost non-stop action that is super spectator friendly and easy to follow. There is currently a short 1st season planned where you will have a chance to see the Iron play in person 2x and we will be on the road 2x. Next season they are looking to expand to 16 teams and a 4 month season. Don’t worry, there will be online streaming and already talks of national TV rights and even a reality show, so you will all be able to see your favorite athletes and even be able to get to know them as the sport grows.

Maybe the collect thing about this sport is it is inherently build on equality. This will be the first and probably the only sport ever to have men and women on the same playing surface with equal value and impact on the events. Part of the rules is that each team must dress and start a masters athlete 40+ years old on both the male and female side. It’s truly a nondiscriminatory sport where age and gender have no barrier. If anything I have witnessed that the quality of the women on the team is almost more important than the men. There have been multiple times already at the combines where a masters male and a 20 something female have been chipping away at handstand pushups, working at the same movement, on the same team. Really amazing to see and be a part of.

Having been a competitor at the Games, a coach at the Games, and now witnessing the Grid, I can honestly say I think the NPFL is going to be just as awesome and exciting while totally different. It will be a really great yin to the Games season’s yang, with both existing very well together. While my schedule is going to get insane with travels to Miami, San Francisco, Phoenix, Seattle, and potentially Vegas again (I know really tough life I’m living) I promise my involvement with the NPFL and the Boston Iron will only help CrossFit Lando, especially if Stacey is involved too. We will have team merchandise in our store, most likely a training camp for the entire team that consists of athletes from around the world right here at CrossFit Lando, and first hand accounts and exposure to what is going on with the team and league. The quality and awesome that is CrossFit Lando won’t slack as I will work twice as hard to keep it where it has been, and Flav, Jack, and Stacey have proven many times over they are capable of carrying on my vision and even creating their own in may absence.

I will keep you all updated as things progress. For the time being check out NPFL.com and follow along on youtube and Facebook. The media for both the league and our team is top notch.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
5-5-3-3-2-2-2

WOD: 8m AMRAP
Thruster + Push Jerk 155/105

 

*185/135

 

SkWAT Team: 10×3 Deadlift, EMOM, from 3″ deficit. Overhand grip throughout

Jun
23
By CFlando

Competitor or Competitive: Meeting June 28 at 8:30am

Competitor or Competitive: Meeting June 28 at 8:30am

By CFlando Posted on

00002-4

Are you a competitor or are you competitive?

You don’t have to be either.

But the answer to this question should dictate a lot about the way you go about things in and out of the gym.

To ask this question means there must be a difference other than a few letters to finish the words. A competitor is a broad stroke of a word describing anyone who throws their hat into the ring of competition. It might be the CrossFit Lando In House, it might be the Opens, it might be the ultra competitive and Miami-esque exclusive East Coast Championship. If you have competed through signing up for a competition then you call yourself a competitor. This is purely for categorical purposes, as you may surely describe yourself as a competitor because you compete in some way every day you enter the gym. Either way the fact that we can call ourselves competitors of any sort is one of the beautiful things of CrossFit.

The competitor in you tries for new things, sets goals, and gives a damn even though you might be past your prime (by many years or decades) because you don’t give a damn about prime. The competitor is what gets you up at 530am, or drags you in at 730pm, despite what the day serves you. In a sense we are all competitors, hat in the ring or not.

Being competitive is a totally different story. Being competitive means being relevant. Whether it’s at the local competition, or the Opens, or the ECC, being competitive means when people walk away from that competition they remember your name. Not every competitor can be competitive. In fact very few competitors end up being competitive. Just because you aren’t competitive doesn’t mean you can’t be a competitor. But the difference lies in how you approach your CrossFit life in and out of the gym.

A good real life example is right in your fearless leader(s). I am a competitor. I do a local competition here and there, I do the Opens, I eat pizza, Mentos, and drink, sometimes more often than I get workouts in. I came in 600th in the Opens this past year. Not so competitive. But I still take CrossFit seriously, love it when I do it, and work hard at it when I can. I like being fit, but I also am realistic in my aspirations to compete on the bigger stages . My perspective on it is just different: what I get from it, what I want from it, and what I put into it. All of this is tied together and is relative to my ability, and my ability is tied to my desire to put the work in.

Coach Kroon is a competitive competitor. She dominates local competitions, destroys the Paleo Diet like it’s her job, does many workouts a day, and devotes her life to being competitive. She came in the top 10 in the Open. She has a shot at the Games every year. She is and will be a professional athlete. Her life revolves around what she does here at the gym because she wants it at another level. Stacey is competitive.

The beauty of CrossFit is these definitions are not categories. You can move between the two at any point in your life. There is nothing wrong with just being a competitor that isn’t necessarily competitive, just the same as there is nothing wrong with going for it and trying to be competitive at the highest stages.

Many of us watched Coach Kroon and the awesome athletes at Regionals. I know many of you shared the feeling I did of wanting to get more representation for CFL on that floor. Not that Coach Kroon isn’t more than enough awesomeness for us, but it would be great to get a team out there next year. The work for that has to start soon. The SkWAT Team is going to take on a bigger form here at CrossFit Lando. If you fall into either category of competitor or competitive, or aren’t sure which one you are or want to be, we are having a “not mandatory but really important” competitor meeting on Saturday, June 28. It will start at 8:30. We will be talking about our somewhat competitor program that will run along with regular classes. All are welcome. I will also be available to any and all to meet about your personal development as a competitor anytime after this weekend.

The meeting is for anyone not just people who may or may not be thought of as a potential Team Operation Lando member come 2015. The purpose of a competitor program is to develop people as athletes to the best of their competitive ability and make them competitive to the level they want to be. This can be as a local athlete, Regional athlete, or Games athlete. The path will be dictated by the work you put in.

TUESDAY

Strength: Press
5-5-3-3-3-3

SkWAT Team: 3 weighted + 5 kipping CTB pull-ups between sets

WOD: 3 Rounds
:90 Max Effort Overhead Squat 95/65
:90 ME Toes to Bar
:90 ME Burpees
Rest :90

*115/80

Jun
22
By CFlando

Back in Action

Back in Action

By CFlando Posted on

00000-10

MONDAY

Strength: Power Clean
Find a 3 rep max, reps must be completed in :25

SkWAT Team: Must be touch and go reps

WOD: 80 Double Unders, then
4 Rounds
10 Deadlift 225/155
10 Ring Dips

*275/185

10 Minute Time Cap

SkWAT Team: 
1) 4×3 Front Squat
2) Plank Cycle: Tabata forearm plank, cycling through center and each side, total 6 times

Jun
21
By CFlando

Thank You

Thank You

By CFlando Posted on
10334467_10152086169286541_8899165437033765776_n

The Lando Summer Solstice Crew

 

 

Another competition, another amazing effort by our community. First of all thank you for the help. All of you. You know who you are. We had amazing helpers today. Olga, Stacy, Jack, Flav, Stacey, Dee, Scotty, Ashleigh, Susan, Kerrianne, Naomi, Matt Morgan, Joe, Sarah, Joe Shamo, Christina, Ky, and everyone else who gave their time to helping us out today to run a great show. The competition was great and it was because of you all, and really I’m sorry if I didn’t name someone I swear I got everyone but have been known not to.

Secondly congratulations to our amazing competitors. We had some awesome teams, a few first timers even, that made it even cooler having the event at our place.

Thank you everyone who helped, competed, and watched to make our 3rd ever competition another great success.

Here is Sunday and then get ready for another awesome week of fitness and fun!

SUNDAY

Strength: 5-6 sets of the complex (from the rack)

3 Back Squat (high bar), 2 walking lunges (each leg) 1 Jerk, 1 Overhead Squat, 1 Overhead walking lunge (each leg). This must be done “unbroken” meaning no stopping other than brief setup. Each set should be done in about 20 seconds. Find a max weight.

WOD: “Michael”
3 Rounds
Run 800m
50 GHD Situps
50 GHD Hip Extensions

– scale for class size or ability is abmat sit-ups and supermans

Jun
20
By CFlando

Competition Time, Gym Closed

Competition Time, Gym Closed

By CFlando Posted on

summer-party-ideas-a-great-way-to-party-10

 

 

 

There are no classes for Saturday, June 21 due to the Summer Solstice Competition. CrossFit Lando will reopen on Sunday, June 22 at 10am as usual.

Click here for heats for tomorrow and all other competition information

Jun
19
By CFlando

Summer Solstice Competition Info!

Summer Solstice Competition Info!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC04487

There will be NO CLASSES or Open Gym at any time on Saturday due to the competition

Ladies and Gentlemen, Landosians and Visitors, all things Summer Solstice Competition can be found below!

Judges/Volunteers: If anyone is still thinking about helping we would really love to have the help mainly on the judging side. If you have never judged for us before don’t worry, we do a good overview before the competition of all the workouts and standards. Jack, Flavio, Stacey, and Sarah will be there as lead judges, as well as a few regulars who can help show you the ropes. Please let us know tomorrow if you are interested as we need a few more people to lend a hand.


Timing: 
Competition will run from 9am-3pm (approximately). Specific Timing Details Below:


Athlete Registration
: 7:45-8:30am
Judges/Volunteer Meeting: 8:00am
Competition Standards Meeting: 8:30am
WOD 1: 9:00am
Final WOD Start (top 6 teams): Approximately 2:30pm


Tents/Parking: 
There will be a taped off area for tents. Parking is ample throughout the facility area. There can be no open containers in the parking lot or the gym. Please use unmarked cups/containers.


Food and Vendors: 
Athletes can bring any food they want. Connector Cafe will also be selling food. Other vendors on site will be Redline Gear and Kaeli o Kookies.

Looking forward to a great event!!

 

FRIDAY
Strength: Snatch

Find a 1 rep max

WOD: “Amanda”
9-7-5 Reps of
Muscle Ups
Squat Snatch 135/95

*Scale for muscle ups will be x3 Chest to Bar Pull-Ups. Chest MUST touch bar for rep to count.

SkWAT Team: Snatch Grip Deadlift, sets of 2 reps, as many as possible.
– Set up in a similar position as a regular deadlift just with the hands wider.

Jun
18
By CFlando

Double Strength Day

Double Strength Day

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09748

THURSDAY

Strength: 100 Pull-ups (15m cap)
Strength: Push Press
Work to a max set of 3 in 10 minutes. However many attempts time allows

WOD: 3 Rounds
Row 300m
30 single arm KB Thruster 53/35 (15 each arm)

 

*70/53

Jun
17
By CFlando

Wednesday

Wednesday

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03981

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: 21-15-9
STOH 115/80
Wall Ball 20/14
Max Effort Pull-Ups after each round

Your score is total time minus total pull-ups. So if you finish the entire workout in 15:00 and get 60 pull-ups total in your 3 attempts your time is 14:00.

SkWAT Team: 50′ Zercher Yoke Carry, find a max weight with no drops

Jun
16
By CFlando

Tuesday

Tuesday

By CFlando Posted on

00000-3

TUESDAY

Strength: Split Jerk
6 sets of 2 reps

WOD: 4 Rounds, each round 3:00 with 1:00 rest
Run 200m
30 Double Unders
AMRAP HSPU

SkWAT Team: spend 10 minutes working on free-standing handstands/hs walk

Jun
15
By CFlando

Back At It

Back At It

By CFlando Posted on
Coach Stacey Holding Court

Coach Stacey Holding Court

 

Coach Stacey and I are out here in Vegas getting ready for the Vegas Combine and learning the ropes of how the NPFL is going to work. Follow the live stream of the races starting tomorrow at NPFL.com!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Low Bar Back Squat
4-5 sets of 3 reps

 

WOD: For Time
30 Squat Clean 225/155 for time

*scale this appropriately so you can finish in 15 minutes or less. It should be very heavy where you are barely stringing more than 3 together at a time, if you are scaling.

 

SkWAT Team: 5×15 GHD Situps, AFAP for each set, rest as needed between to make each set very fast and unbroken.

Jun
14
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

Strength: Strict Press

Find a 1rm

 

WOD: 12m AMRAP

5 Deadlift 225/105
10 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
15 Air Squats

 

Jun
13
By CFlando

Wish Us Luck

Wish Us Luck

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09994

Wish Stacey and I luck as we head out to Las Vegas for the NPFL Final Combine. I will be leaving tomorrow morning so will miss you all for a few days, and Stacey leaves Sunday. The races start monday, I will be coaching with my co-coach Justin Wright and Stacey will be competing to earn a spot each day. Athletes are cut after each day until a final race on Wednesday where the winning team is guaranteed a spot on a team in the NPFL’s first season. I am hoping I can draft Coach Stacey onto the team regardless of her performance next week, but we all know she is going to crush it Monday through Wednesday!

I will be posting updates and pictures of the events throughout. Unlike last week where I was on my honeymoon this is a work trip so I will be very much in contact and running the operation just from afar. Have a great weekend and start to next week and we will see you on Thursday.

Early Crew: Gym opens at 8:15, work starts at 8:45

1. Jerk Work
5-6 sets of 1 Push Jerk
then
30 Strict HSPU

2. WOD
17m AMRAP
100 Wall Ball 20/14
100 KB Swings 53/35
Run 400m
10 Muscle Ups

Then (SkWAT Team) 5×5 High Bar Back Squat, strict sets across

SATURDAY

WOD: 17m AMRAP
100 Wall Ball 20/14
100 KB Swings 53/35
Run 400m
10 Muscle Ups

SkWAT Team: Back Squat, 5×5

Jun
12
By CFlando

Weekend! (Almost)

Weekend! (Almost)

By CFlando Posted on

DSC07204

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Thruster
Find a 1rm coming from the rack
WOD: 5 Rounds

25 Double Unders/50 Singles
6 Squat Snatch 135/95

 

*165/110

 

SkWAT Team: 5×12 UB TTB, for time (rest as needed between efforts, must be unbroken)
Then
3xME Front Rack ISO Hold @ BW (taken from rack), rest 1:00 between sets

Jun
11
By CFlando

What do you think when you hear 2k row?

What do you think when you hear 2k row?

By CFlando Posted on

rowing 2
When I hear 2K row, I instantly get that flush of nerves and a feeling of dread. It is a strange love/hate relationship I have with the rower. I happen to be a good rower, but the rower does not care and no matter how good I am, it will tear me up.

Rowing 2000m is as much of a mental test as it is a physical test. Physically you have to keep moving, but mentally you have to be strong enough to keep pushing. It is so easy to slow down and let go a little bit. It is very hard to push through the burning in your legs and the heavy quick breathing that makes you think your lungs might explode. BUT here is a secret, your legs will not fall off and your lungs will not collapse. You will get to 2000m and it will end. But HOW will it end? Are you going to simply finish the row and get through it or are you going to PR it and give it every ounce of effort you can possibly muster up.

I do not find anything enjoyable about a 2000m row, except when I PR it. When I PR it, all the pain and suffering that I had to withstand is all 100% completely worth it. I will be a hot mess on the floor, but I will know that I gave that rower hell and I was rewarded.

I challenge you to set yourself a new 2000m row time. GET AFTER IT!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: 100 strict pull ups (15 Min cap)

WOD: 2000m Row

Jun
10
By CFlando

Nutrition and Summer Solstice

Nutrition and Summer Solstice

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09986

 

 

 

1. Sarah is now available for quick nutrition consulting free of charge. If you have simple questions that can be emailed shoot her an email [email protected]. Something like quick advise for breakfast, or if you are eating the right recovery food. If there is a need for more in depth consulting then she can work with you on options for that as well. She has more knowledge about performance nutrition in her left pinkie than all of us combined so use it. A few people have done regular consulting with her and already getting amazing results. Sam Eaton PR’d her half marathon time by almost 20 minutes!

2. Our team competition, the Summer Solstice Team Showdown, is Saturday June 21. We need volunteers and judges, judges more than anything. If you are new or a veteran of judging our comps please help out if you can! We will have free food for all judges and promise it will be a great time (always is). There will be a sign up sheet at the desk starting Monday of next week. Please let us know if you can help. Expect about 7:30am to 3pm. Any and all help is appreciated.

Thanks!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Find a 1rm Deadlift

WOD: 4 Rounds

5 Power Clean 115/80
6 Overhead Squat
7 Hang Power Clean
8 Front Squat

*155/105

The goal of this workout is to do the overhead squat with a close grip from the jerk position. This is a skill that takes time to develop as it is much different than wide grip OHS, but is very worth having. It is a stronger push position for the shoulders so will make for a stronger lock out position and makes for a more versatile ability with OHS. Give it a try.

 

SkWAT Team: Pull a sled forward for 5 minutes loaded with your BW, using a KB 70/53# as your top weight. Every 50′ do 3 (each leg/arm) OH walking lunges with the KB

Jun
9
By CFlando

Pause Bench Press: Getting Even More Huge

Pause Bench Press: Getting Even More Huge

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00298

 

Today we are bench pressing with a pause at the bottom position. This is done the same way as the pause squats we do, holding the lowest part of the lift for a certain period of time. In this case it will be with the bar touching the chest.

Why pause bench? Well first of all it can help get rid of some bad habits especially for people relatively new to bench pressing. We are doing sets of 3 with the 3rd rep being a pause. You can imagine that paused rep will get pretty hard. In fact all three reps will be pretty hard. Adding the pause (should) force the bencher to focus on bar path and tension on the bar. Often times, especially in beginners, bench press reps get ruined by the bar traveling far too forward over the sternum and stomach area. Moving the bar straight off the sternum is how we want to be. As for tension on the bar, thinking about breaking the bar in half will help with proper muscle activation throughout the lift. Paused reps will allow you to focus on both of these a little more.

Pause reps for all the power lifts also are good at times because they just plain old mess you up! That pause eliminates and momentum or stretch reflex meaning you need to activate every muscle fiber in the biggest of muscles in your body to get each rep. Our muscles work through neural connections called motor units. These bad boys fire and trigger muscle fibers to work. Motor units work in a linear order, meaning they always fire smallest to largest based on the stimulus they are reacting to. Lifting light weight a few times requires activation of only smaller muscle fibers. Get that weight going for 20+ reps then you start breaking into the big boys. Paused reps require the greatest effort to get the lift meaning we use the biggest motor units/muscle fibers we have. Since it’s hard to train these upper end fibers because it’s just plain hard to get to that point when we are lifting, paused reps are a good way to break into those bigger, badder muscles.

There is evidence out there that motor units need to be trained to be used as well. Think of if you take 2 weeks off and then come squat the first time. Your old 3 rep max feels real slow and heavy right? But then 5 days later you squat again and it feels fine. You didn’t get 2 weeks of strength back in one session, rather the first time you lifted those high end motor units needed to lift the big weights weren’t ready to go as they hadn’t been trained in who knows how long. After that session they were back into the pattern of knowing how and when to fire. In other words we need to train our body not just to lift weight but also how to lift weight. It’s muscle memory at it’s finest.

So. Pause reps. There you go. Get in, get big and be beautiful.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Bench Press

5 sets of 3 reps
-rep 3 with a 1 full second pause at chest

WOD: 12m AMRAP
2 Wall Climbs *
15 Pull-Ups
9 Burpees

*Add wall facing HSPU after each wall climb for RX+

SkWAT Team: 8 alternating TGU (each side) 53/35

Jun
8
By CFlando

My Turn

My Turn

By CFlando Posted on

I spent the last 2 hours in Tortola doing work for CrossFit Lando, individual programming, reading the books I brought down on periodization, and finishing a new website. This 2 hours is more than what I spent on doing work the past 6 days combined. I don’t think anyone understands how amazing of a change that is for me as I don’t think I go 5 minutes without opening my email on normal days. I am sure many of you know what i am talking about in that sense.

In my absence my coaches have done an amazing job, and this starts my turn to do some calling out, some thanking, and some evaluating of the past.

I left my business for the first time last Monday, the first time that was longer than 2 or 3 days, since we opened last January. I would be lying if I said I wasn’t worried leading up to it but honestly once our plane got off the ground I almost never thought about what I was leaving behind. Not that I don’t love all of you but this is a testament to the true excellence I have in my manager/head coach Mrs. Stacey and our loyal coaches Jack and Flav.

Guys and Gal, thank you for the effort you put in the past week to allow me to for the first time in over a year completely unplug myself from the daily grind of running a business. I love owning and running CFL but I truly didn’t know how consumed I had become with it until I got here and couldn’t check my phone every minute, couldn’t watch videos in my down time, and actually had to think and talk about something else than CrossFit. Jack and Flav, you two have literally grown before my eyes.

Flav, you probably know this, but there were times when you first came to Lando that I could barely stand being in the same space with you for more than 5 minutes. Your energy is non-stop and sometimes it made me want to punch you in the face. But this energy is what has made you go from literally knowing nothing about CrossFit or coaching to a very good, very trustable, and very well liked coach that I am proud to call a coach at my gym. Your presence has made ME change my outlook on many things and I wouldn’t trade your presence for anything. I am excited for the future and your continued development as a coach and our friendship.

Jack, I’m pretty sure you actually are my son. I know you have talked about it on Facebook and whatnot about the randomness that brought you to Lando, but it is an amazing story. Sometimes you are too much of an idiot with your training and I have equal feelings as I used to with Flav towards you at times, but I have honestly said to myself many times that I wish I had your drive when I was 19. To say you are a great example to follow is an understatement. You are harder working, more mature, and better as a person than people twice your age. I learn from you every day and I couldn’t be luckier to have you work at the gym I own.

Hey Stacey…did something big happen 2 weekends ago? I can’t remember. Oh yeah, that whole Regionals thing. Through the past week there have been countless posts about people’s reactions to Regionals that it’s almost too much to follow. I held back numerous times putting mine out there mainly because I wanted to say so much but didn’t want it to get lost in the clutter. So here it is for everyone to see:

I am admittedly a hard person to get emotion from these days. Part of the process of doing what I do day to do is just to stay even and go with what happens because everyone has this thing called life that happens and everyone has too much on their plate. Stacey, this thing called life, it dealt you an amazing sh*tburger last Friday, but what happened and what you did afterwards still gives me chills and brings tears to my eyes. I still don’t have words for what happened on Event 1. There aren’t excuses to make but I can’t stop thinking about my call to have you open with the heavy weight that you did and how it helped you fail. I don’t think I’ll ever really let it go, but what the hell can we do about it? What you did after that time, after we shared a few tears (yes I had tears for you behind my sunglasses) sitting in the grass by the parking garage, I will never ever forget. The whole “let’s write a story” thing we developed in that spot almost seems cliche but it happened. You did the most amazing thing I have ever seen someone I have coached do, and that includes a number of baseball players who are currently being paid millions of dollars as professionals. You suffered literally a catastrophic setback, one that we both knew instantly and completely ruined your chance at achieving your goal, and yet you not only kept going but you kept going at a clip that was unmatched by any other competitor there. I mean not even 3 minutes after your last failed lift you PRd your handstand walk. I couldn’t even watch I was so heartbroken for you and now I’m sad I missed it.

I’ll be honest that by Sunday night I realized I hadn’t had fulfillment from coaching CrossFit in the true sense of the word until watching you that weekend. Watching you pull through to finish in the Top 10 after coming in dead last place, having your heart ripped out, literally changed me inside. You fought like I’ve never seen you fight, like I’ve never seen anyone fight, and I have never been so proud to be called the coach of such an athlete in my life. To say I am thankful for you asking me to be your coach 2 years ago doesn’t do it justice. You have changed me for the better, given me a chance to fulfill my own dreams by following me, sometimes blindly, and aiding me in my journey that has become ours. While I never want what happened to you at Regionals to happen to you again, or anyone I coach, thank you for doing what you did and giving me a chance to be a part of something amazing. You are truly a champion for what you did and no one can argue that.

The quiet thing/person that makes everything I just wrote about and then some possible is my wife. What a lot of people don’t know is Sarah was the one who pushed me to finally take the steps to open my own gym after another night of being unhappy with what I was doing. Without your love and support, Sarah, I wouldn’t be who and where I am today. You deal with all my bulls*it times 50 and just let me roll. You put me in my place when I need it and I honestly don’t respect anyone’s opinion more than I respect yours when it comes to my life, my decisions, and my gym. They say behind every great man is a great woman and this is 100% the truth. I have never felt such strength in silence as I do when I need just someone to be near me, with me, even if just to lean on, and you give that to me. Getting married to you is the greatest accomplishment of my life as I will never be rewarded so greatly for doing anything else. Nothing I do would be possible without you and thank you for buying a ticket for this ride with me. I love you more than I ever will be able to say.

That is all for now. I know some of this was probably weird and personal to read for some of you, but all of it needed to be said. With Regionals and my honeymoon I have had one of the more amazing 10 day periods of my life and there are people who deserve public recognition for what they do for me. There are obviously people like my Mom, Dad, brothers, and sisters, and my great friends, who don’t get enough credit here for their role in my life as they deserve but maybe one day I’ll be able to make it up to them. Until then I love all of you, thank you for what you all have given me as family, friends, members, colleagues, and athletes, and thank you for buying a ticket for this ride with me.

Let’s go to Disney World.

 

MONDAY

Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1rm in as long as needed

 

WOD: 21-18-15-12-9-6-3

Power Snatch 95/65
Knees to Elbows
then
Run 600m

*115/80

 

SkWAT Team: 3 second pause at bottom Front Squat, as many as time allows. Increase as able

Jun
7
By CFlando

Carpe Diem

Carpe Diem

By CFlando Posted on

photo-15

“The brick walls are there for a reason. The brick walls are not there to keep us out. The brick walls are there to give us a chance to show how badly we want something. Because the brick walls are there to stop the people who don’t want it badly enough. They’re there to stop the other people.”
― Randy Pausch, The Last Lecture

Sunday

“Twins”

Two Rounds of each couplet, for time of:
750m Row
20 Handstand Push Ups
then
20 Thrusters 115lbs
20 L-Pull Ups

Jun
6
By CFlando

Poetry By Jack

Poetry By Jack

By CFlando Posted on

“Write a Story”- In the eyes of the student
Jack
It is the climb up that will be your greatest moments, the top will never feel the same. And so it begins, a ray of hope and excitement appears. Gathering in the shadows, lurking in the crowd, waiting for the battle to take place. It’s the calm before the storm, darkness starts to set, like fears building within. The heat beating down on my back, I see her, there she goes, running to her position. 3-2-1.. Go. Its chaotic energy, loud, focused and yet somehow it seems quiet. For those moments, time slowed, feeling like hours, but in reality, within only seconds lightning strikes. Within 90 seconds, the thunder cracks. What just happened? So fast, so loud, so bright. 3-2-1.. Go. Lightning strikes a second time and anxiety is building. Where am I? Watching her, and then the thunder rolls once again. Overwhelming sadness and fear rushes over me and I feel lost. What should I do? I so desperately want to help her carry the load…but I can do nothing. 3-2-1.. Go. Lighting crashes, the third and final strike. “Let go. Listen to me.” But the silence is deafening and she cant hear me. And within seconds, The thunder boomed through the battlefield, leaving me motionless and afraid. ..
Just like that, the storm was over. The dream had faded. The ray, shattered.

The sound of silence was gone. Every thought, every voice, every breeze was loud and present. I couldn’t take it. I left. In leaving the field, I saw what looked like a ghost, but was in the figure of a man. I slowed my pace, making eye contact, we simply walked past each other, not a word was spoken. Where he went, im not sure. Where I went, was back to the battle, where she marched. She got back up after being struck down 3 times. How? Why? Where do we go from here…? We get back up , and we fight. We aren’t done, until we say we are done. The war was not over.

This is a story, she was the author, only she could decide how this story was going to end. She fought long and hard, day in and day out. I could see it every time I saw her. Exhausted, disappointed.. but not done. The last and final fight, a red flag lay on the ground, she stood about 200 feet away from it, this fight was quick. No more than 3 minutes into it, she was running toward her red flag. This red flag signified the end. She was done. My heart pounding, my voice raspy, my skin burnt, tears began to roll down my cheeks. The story was over, the war was not lost, but not won. The victory lay in her unconquerable soul. The Fist of Lando lived on, and so, I threw it up to the sky and the roar of the shadows reigned on the field, where she stood, gazing at me, at us, smiling.

Nothing I could’ve done to change what had happened. Frustrated and saddened by this realization, I just could not understand why it had started out with such a storm. The storm that ended one dream. But dreams never truly die, for they live within us all. They grow and change as we do. Next year, I will be out there, fighting, side by side with her. It’ll be hell, but, to the great pains, you must go, a lustful search in the dark, is all you’ll ever come to know.

Story written by Jack Martin
Written for Stacey Kroon about the 2014 CF Northeast Regionals.

Let Go. Join us in our journey to the battle of 2015 in Canton.

Saturday

Early Crew:

1. EMOM 10m
Min 1-5: 2 TnG Power Clean and Jerk, heaviest
Min 6-10: ME CTB Pull-Ups (UB)

Rest exactly 3 Minutes then

50 Wall Ball 20/14
5 Muscle Ups
30 Wall Ball 20/14
7 Muscle Ups
10 Wall Ball 20/14
9 Muscle Ups
30 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team:
Front Squat
5 sets of 5 reps, heaviest possible

within 5 minutes of last set

Deadlift
5 sets of 4 reps, heaviest possible

10:00 & 1:00 Classes
PARTNER WOD:
20 Lengths Bear crawl/Wheel barrel
Then
50 Deadlifts 225/155
75 Double Unders
50 TTB
75 Double Unders
100 Push Ups
75 Double Unders
100 KB Swings 53/35
75 Double Unders
150 Air Squats

Jun
5
By CFlando

Olympic Total Time!

Olympic Total Time!

By CFlando Posted on

Untitled_HDR3

Today is a very special and unique class. We are doing an Olympic Total. 30 minutes to find a 1 rep max Snatch, then 20 minutes to find a 1 rep max Clean and Jerk. You will be drilled quickly and then get as much time possible to work. Need a reminder on what these movements are? Take a look at Lydia Valentin, a real Olympian, lifting some amazing weight. I think it’s only fitting I post this as I’m on my honeymoon because Lydia was my dream girl before I met Sarah.

Oh that’s just 165# girl lifting 253# in the Snatch and 308# in the Clean and Jerk!

Lydia Valentin Slow Mo Snatch: 115 Kg

httpv://youtu.be/bLpeUxij7YY

Lydia Valentin Slow Mo Clean and Jerk: 140 Kg

httpv://youtu.be/ZajjXp-iN_s

FRIDAY

Olympic Total: Find a 1 rep max Snatch and Clean and Jerk

Jun
4
By CFlando

Regionals 2014, Part 2

Regionals 2014, Part 2

By CFlando Posted on

stacey regionals

SO here I was sitting in the grass crying and feeling bad for myself. I had just failed all three attempts of my hang squat snatch and took myself out of the running for Games qualification, something I had literally been eating and breathing all year long. I had to make a choice, a decision, on what I was going to do and how I was going to do it. But I was not strong enough to decide anything at this time. I felt like it was over and why even bother trying. What was the point?

I believe at this level coaches are necessary for programming and training, but almost more for moments like this. If I did not have Aaron by my side believing in me more than I did, the outcome would have been different. Consider this, he has worked with me all year, staying up late doing my programming, coaching me through workouts, helping me every step of the way. All his hard work and his ultimate goal was just taken away too. I robbed us both. But it was him who was forcing me to write a story, to make a decision, and finish what I started. He did not allow me to sit in my own pity. He pulled me right out and made me decide how I was going to handle this going forward, because it had to go forward.

I knew I was never going to quit and walk away from Regionals. I did not want my entire year of training to be in vain. I was going to get through Regionals. Get through Regionals…meaning I would do the workouts, I would finish. This was not good enough for Aaron. I needed to go out there and attack the workouts. I needed to get after them like it was my last workout ever. I needed to prove to everyone and myself that I trained hard and I deserved to be at Regionals. He was right. I did need to do this for myself, so that I could live with myself. I wanted to do this but I knew it would be hard.

2012 Regionals I placed 7th. This year in my head was one of the worst years for me. I gave up. I gave up in the middle of a workout and I could not turn it back around. I got to that place where I just did not care. The workout was hard, I was hot, and I stopped trying. I mentally checked out. Once this happened, the rest of the workout was embarrassing. I regret my mental state in that workout still to this day. It haunts me honestly. I fear going to that place and not being able to turn it around. This to me is automatic failure because I cannot function enough to perform my best. I work hard for my best to show once a year, and when I blow it, I regret it. I did not want to regret another year. But I feared, way down deep, that this was going to happen again. I was already in a very unstable mental mindset and I did not know how much more I could take.

The difference between this year and 2012 was not because I was more prepared or stronger or better at the workouts. I just wanted it. I wanted it so bad. I was pissed that I could not have it. SO I did the next best thing, I lied to myself. I told myself that I got 3 points on the snatch event, coming in third, when I snatched 160lbs. I convinced myself that I was in a great position for qualifying still. It was fun to look at the scoreboard and see where I was placed (after doing some math).

Of course I knew I could not qualify, but it made everything easier. I was trying to make things easier. Having one of your best friends in your corner as your coach, believing in you, standing by you, and pushing you to do your best also helped. Having a sea of teal people with my head on their shirts, ringing cowbells, and holding my huge head made a difference. Having my family, who sees me all year sacrificing for my sport, encouraging me to be strong gave me power. Having all these people in my corner gave me strength that I did not have on my own. I needed to complete Regionals for everyone else as much as I did for myself. The need to do well far out weighed the “I can’t do this” attitude that was trying to creep in. Because I could do it. I knew I could do it and I needed to show everyone that I could.

I never gave up, because of all of you. You have no idea how much your support pulled me through the weekend. It was amazing. I had the best fans out there by far. I wanted to perform for you. SO much so that at the end of the weekend I placed 4th (if you do math, or rather 9th :-)). Ironically, even if you do the math I still would not have qualified and the result would have been the same. But if I could chose to do it again, I am not sure I would. I pulled so much more feeling, heart, and strength out of the weekend that I otherwise would have missed. I do not like the end result but I do not regret it.

Thank you for your support. I would still be sitting in the grass if it were not for my amazing gym and all the effort you put into the weekend.

Thursday

Strength: 1 Rep Max Bench Press

Wod: for time
Run 800m
30 squat snatches 95/65
Run 800m

*115/80

Jun
3
By CFlando

Regionals 2014, Part 1

Regionals 2014, Part 1

By CFlando Posted on

stacey crowd
This year was my 6th Regional Competition. Six years in a row I have qualified for Regionals and competed. This year was my worst placement finish yet, 9th place. Somehow, I am alright with that and it does not make the first or second worst Regional on the list (2010 and 2012 take the cake).

So the question is what happened this year? I will tell you in case you missed it. In the first 6 minutes of the 2014 Regionals, I had no chance of qualifying for the Games. My dream for this entire year was instantly shattered. It was gone in 6 short minutes. The first event was max hang squat snatch for weight. We had two minutes to lift the weight once, then another two minutes to increase it, and a final two minutes to try to get more weight. You could not go down in weight and you only had one go at it for each two minutes.

Three, two, one… GO! I started putting my weights on the bar and loaded 155lbs. My opening weight was supposed to be 160lbs. My judge told me I did not have the right weight on and I struggled to figure out where I had gone wrong. Call it nerves or whatever but I find loading bars under pressure is difficult. I wasted 1:30 seconds loading my bar. With not enough time to get composed I went for the weight and threw it over my head. Now I would not have opened with 160 if I did not know that I could hit it. I hit it tons of times in practice and warm up. I was confident I could make it. I needed to make it to be competitive. But I just failed it once. No worries, we practiced this – keeping my composure if I missed it. I knew I still had two more chances. I would get it. I was confident.

Three, two, one …GO! I missed it again. I was shocked and now terrified. This was unexpected. I turned to look at Aaron in the crowd and he was looking down shaking his head. I could not control the fear that was creeping into my whole being. I only had one chance left! I could do this. I had to do this. I own this weight.

Three, two, one…GO! I step up to the bar, I hear the announcer say I needed some help from the crowd because I had to make this lift. I hated him. I knew I had to make it. The hang felt wrong, but I could not stop. Again, the bar went over my head. In my attempt to stop it, the bar fell on my back. I am sure it hurt because I was sore and bruised the next day, but I did not feel a thing. I was instantly numb. I walked over to Aaron, hoping for him to tell me what to do. I have no idea what he said, I could not even begin to listen. I just knew I had to handstand walk in two minutes. No one talked to me, I did not feel anything. I refused to let myself think. So I kicked up to my hands and walked 205 feet.

I finished the event and walked off the field. Aaron was by my side, as we walked away from everyone. Then I sat down and cried. I had lost a chance at my dream in the first six minutes. It was gone, over, done. Just like that, something I was so sure of was taken away. I will spare you the grief, and pain I was feeling all at once. But I also felt ashamed, embarrassed, pathetic, and weak. I wanted to sink into the grass and just disappear. I felt choked, like someone took the life out of me.

They say things happen for a reason. While I am not glad I failed my snatches, I am not angry. This sixth Regional is not the worst one for me. It started with a storm but ended with so much more than I could have expected.

Aaron looked at me and said, “Let’s write a story.” How did I want my story to end? Well I knew it could not end like it began. I knew if I was writing it I could choose my destiny. This is my story. Join me tomorrow night for the end of the story.

Wednesday

Strength: 1 Rep Max Back Squat

Wod: 8 min AMRAP
10 Wallballs 20/14
1 Wall Climb
-5 burpee penalty if broken wallballs

Jun
2
By CFlando

Thank You

Thank You

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09983

 

 

As you read this Sarah and I will just have arrived in Tortola for our honeymoon…finally. The past 20 months of my life have been something I never could have imagined. In this span I got engaged, opened CrossFit Lando, coached one of my best friends in 2 Regionals, got married, and all the while got to experience leading a gym with (I know I’m biased) the best community in the world. Being part of this with all of you has changed my life like so many other things that have happened the past 2 years.

CrossFit is more than just fitness, it is more than just a gym to workout at, it is a life changing event. I met my wife through CrossFit, I have completely changed careers and my life path because of CrossFit, I have been in the best shape I ever have the past 4 years because of CrossFit and have seen my brother, sisters, and mother of through the same transformation. I have made new friends, had new experiences, all because of CrossFit.

Thank you from the bottom of my heart for trusting me, trusting us, to lead you through this journey to better your lives. Every single member that comes through here holds a special place in my heart as you are choosing my vision, my staff’s vision, to lead your journey.

Here’s to many more changes, many more great experiences, many more friendships, Regionals, marriages, and new journeys.

 

TUESDAY

Max Week Begins!

Strength: Push Press
1RM
WOD: 3 Rounds

10 STOH 155/105
15 burpees
20 Pull-Ups

*185/120, CTB

May
30
By CFlando

Saturday, Sunday, Monday

Saturday, Sunday, Monday

By CFlando Posted on

SATURDAY: NO INTRO CLASS AT 11AM

Early Crew: Gym Opens 8:15am, start at 8:45
Strength: Squat Clean Thruster Ladder, starts at 155/95, increases by 10/5#. :90 to complete each lift.

WOD: 21-15-9-6-3
Strict HSPU
Front Squat 195/125
Bar Facing Burpees

*there is no scaling for Front Squat for this WOD. Scale as little as possible for HSPU. There is a 20 minute cap

 

10am Class
Strength: Find a 1rm Squat Clean Thrsuter
WOD: 21-15-9-6-3
Strict HSPU
Front Squat 195/125
Bar Facing Burpees

Gym Closes at 12pm

 

SUNDAY

9am and 10am Class (no 11am)

WOD: 2013 Regionals WOD 6 (modified)

100 Double Unders
50 HSPU
40 Toes to Bar
30 STOH 135/95
30 Front Rack Lunges 135/95 (alternating)

 

MONDAY

No Morning Classes

12pm, 530, 630, 730pm Class
Hero WOD: “Jerry”

Run 1 Mile, Row 2k, Run 1 Mile

*30 Minute Cap

 

May
29
By CFlando

Regionals Weekend Schedule: Good Luck Stacey

Regionals Weekend Schedule: Good Luck Stacey

By CFlando Posted on

1544283_499686310151747_1635641975_n

Regionals are here! This is like the playoffs for Coach Stacey, just a lot harder. She works for this weekend every year. Twice she has made it to the CrossFit Games which is the step past Regionals and she is fighting to get there again. Making the Games is one of the toughest things to do in all of sports but she has been working her butt off and has a good a chance as any to do it.

This is our weekend to support her. She wakes up at 4am many days a week for you, she coaches you, she teaches you, is there when you need her the most, and we all know she always has the brightest smile and is ready for whatever you need. Now she needs all of you to cheer her on and push her through the toughest test of fitness she has to face.

Regionals start Friday and go until Sunday. The heat times change each day but the individuals go in the afternoon. Stacey goes at 1:40pm tomorrow for the first event, then about 2 hours after for the other. We will have a tent in the tent city with some chairs. Bring coolers, games, whatever you want to enjoy the weekend. It’s a great setup, tons of food, drinks, vendors, and lots of action from the fittest people in our Region. Wear your Homie shirts and bring your vocal cords. We are going to have a big crew of people there. Myself and Stacey will be tied up most of the day, especially Stacey, so I apologize in advance if you don’t see us around but I will do my best for sure. There is a designated tent area for affiliates so just look for us in there when you get there, we will have a few tents connected and a banner so you will be able to find us. Can always use Facebook too (Ill make posts in the Paleo Challenge thread for any updates).

Please pay attention to the following schedule changes for the weekend. All 3 days of the weekend and Monday have changes.

FRIDAY: AM Classes ONLY. Gym closes at 9:00am.
SATURDAY: Early Crew, 10am class, 11am-12pm Open Gym. Gym closes at 12pm sharp.
SUNDAY: 9am and 10am class, no 11am class
MONDAY: No morning classes. Gym opens at 12pm for Noon class.

FRIDAY 

Strength: Hang Snatch
Work to a max in 10 minutes, then Regionals Style 3 attempts

The first event of the day for Regionals is a 1 rep max hang snatch. The athletes get 3 attempts in 6 minutes, one every 2 minutes. After 10 minutes of work you will go at it the same way as the athletes will later that day!

 

WOD: “Cindy”, compare to 12/21/13
20m AMRAP
5 Pull-Ups
10 Push-ups
15 Air Squats

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m, 3 TnG Squat Clean

May
28
By CFlando

Paleo Ice Cream-ish

Paleo Ice Cream-ish

By CFlando Posted on

While this is not ice cream, it certainly quenches the thirst for a dessert that is like ice cream. The best part is that it takes two minutes and is two ingredients! So silly simple, that it is a MUST try for the summer!
pineapple
Frozen Pineapple Chunks
Almond milk or coconut milk

Either buy a pineapple and cut it up and freeze the pieces or buy already frozen pineapple chunks. Put it in a blender or food processor with the milk and blend until it looks like ice cream smooth. You may have to move the pineapple around a bit with a spoon if the blender gets stuck. The amount of milk you put in is dependent on the consistency you want your ice cream to be. I put in more fruit than milk and it was perfect!

I even gave this to my extremely not Paleo husband and he loved it. :-)

Thursday

Strength: 100 Strict Pull ups for time (15min cap)

WOD: For Time
Run 1000m
30 HSPU
Row 1000m

May
27
By CFlando

Regionals Double Blast From the Past

Regionals Double Blast From the Past

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00785

 

Today’s WOD is from 2 different Regionals seasons, 2011 and 2013. The RXd weight today was the weight done by the teams and the scaled up weight is the individual version. When choosing your weight think of the fact that this should be a sub 10 minute workout. The world record is under 3 minutes!!

Nutrition got you stuck?: Sarah, our resident nutrition expert, is available all open hours on Saturday and other days by appointment. Many people have already gotten some good tips from a simple 30 minute session. Summer is basically here so it’s a great time to get focused. Not to worry, her methods are beyond simple “just eat Paleo” and you will be surprised at some of the awesome things she says you can in fact eat!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Strict Press
6×3

WOD
21-15-9

Deadlift 275/185
Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)

 

*315/205

SkWAT Team: Front Squat 4 sets of 2 reps, very heavy, then 5 minute amrap strict hspu

May
26
By CFlando

Why I CrossFit

Why I CrossFit

By CFlando Posted on

DSC00601

 

We want to know why you all CrossFit and want to see it up on the main whiteboard. Put some thought into it, or just put what comes to your mind first. Keep it anonymous, appropriate for all ages, and don’t be offensive (at least self-edit). But be serious, be honest, and let’s hear your story. Write as much as you want.

So since we are asking this of you I figured I can start it out by letting you all know why I CrossFit. This has changed significantly since my first WOD ever and even since last year. When I started CrossFit I was doing it on my own in the Harvard University Varsity weight room during breaks I had from my duties as the pitching coach for the baseball team. Back then I just liked that it made me look sweet, or at least sweeter than I did when I was a dumb distance runner. I also liked that it pushed me and gave me something new to learn and try to be good at. I had never done olympic lifts before CrossFit and my first squat snatch at 135# ended with me laying on my back. There was a lot of stifled laughter from my players lifting across the gym, and an instant hook into me to try to master that devil lift. Needless to say I am still working at it!

As my life has changed so has my reason for why I CrossFit, but it has always been here. When I started coaching CrossFit after I left the college baseball life I thought competing was something I wanted to focus on. I started CrossFitting to be competitive in something again. I was tricked into thinking I could do this for real, like possibly professionally, when I competed at the old Beast of the East competition at CrossFit New England and came in 17th of 100 athletes, at one point being in 4th place behind 3 Games athletes. I quickly realized that being a professional CrossFit athlete wasn’t in the cards for Lando, but coaching people as a profession was, and so came another change to the Why.

I coached at a few different gyms and started developing the competitor template called The Program. I started testing my theories myself before giving them to athletes so I did a lot of trial and error. Some success (see the strength program CrossFit Lando and The Program follows) and some miserable, painful failure. Once CrossFit Lando came to fruition there was more time spent on the coaching side of things and less time on the training. My Why was still using it as a fitness program for myself but had become something to learn for my profession as a coach. My performance was less important as was the “does this work for how I want to use it?”. In a way a lot of my methods as a coach and programmer have been self taught.

Through all of my life changes CrossFit has consistently been my training program for these reasons: it works. I enjoy it, i get to do it with my friends and wife, it keeps me in great shape, and gives me something to keep learning…and it gets me strong as *%#@.

CrossFit became my profession as a coach somewhat because of luck and chance but mainly because I believe in it. I believe in the physical changes it brings in everyone who does it consistently, I believe in what it does for people through accomplishing tasks they never thought possible (rope climbs anyone?), and I believe in it because the community around the CrossFit program as a whole and the community that develops around individual affiliates is unlike anything I or any person will ever experience.

CrossFit is my church, my counselor, my fitness program, my profession, and my escape. And it keeps me sexy.

So that is why I CrossFit. Especially the sexiness.

 

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
8×2 with 5 second pause at bottom. Increase as able.

 

WOD: “Nasty Girls V2”: 3 Rounds

50 Pistols (alternating)
7 Muscle Ups/21 CTB Pull-Ups
10 Hang Clean 175/115

16 minute time cap. This is the 3rd event on Day 1 of the CrossFit Games Regionals that are going down this weekend at Reebok Headquarters in Canton, MA. As you all hopefully know by now Stacey is competing to make the Games and this will be one of the 7 events she goes after to earn her place. Go for it as hard as you can for 16 minutes and see how far you get and then compare against some of the best athletes in the world!

May
25
By CFlando

Closed for Memorial Day

Closed for Memorial Day

By CFlando Posted on

66A6317DF632BD891B98238FFCC841_h316_w628_m5_cHVlJzRYe

CrossFit Lando will be closed Monday, May 26.

We don’t close for many holidays but Memorial Day will be one that we will always be closed for. I think it is somewhat cliche to say we should all remember what Memorial Day is really about and not just cookouts and time off. I agree with the sentiment but the beauty of the great American holidays is they have become excuses to enjoy the things and people important to us. While having a cookout and playing whiffle ball and drinking shandy beers certainly doesn’t commemorate lost soldiers fighting for our freedom, enjoying the things we have in life because of our ability to be free does in my mind.

If you are out and about this weekend and you run into a soldier, or you know one in your family or group of friends, take a moment to say thank you and have a beer for them.

Weekend Update: Friday, May 30 we will be running a morning schedule only. 530, 630, 730am. The Reebok CrossFit Northeast Regionals start on Friday and Stacey will be starting her quest to qualify for the Games again so we will be closed in support of Stacey. Get your WOD in early and if you can get the afternoon off come down and cheer the amazing athletes and our own Super Kroon. We will have a tent and area all set up for anyone coming down for the weekend. More details to follow

May
23
By CFlando

“Murph”

“Murph”

By CFlando Posted on
crossfit-murph1

In memory of Navy Lieutenant Michael Murphy, 29, of Patchogue, N.Y., who was killed in Afghanistan June 28th, 2005.
This workout was one of Mike’s favorites and he’d named it “Body Armor”. From here on it will be referred to as “Murph” in honor of the focused warrior and great American who wanted nothing more in life than to serve this great country and the beautiful people who make it what it is.

Please read the following carefully

We ill be doing “Murph” Saturday at 9:30am. This is in place of the 10:00am class (so no 10:00am class start time). There will be no 1:00pm class and the gym will close promptly at 1:00. You are welcome to do “Murph” during Open Gym which will run as scheduled from 11am-1pm but keep in mind the workout takes at least 45 minutes and you need to be done by 1:00.

“Murph” is a CrossFit tradition for Memorial Day weekend so try your best to get in here and give it a go Saturday morning. It is one of the more fun things you can do and a great way to start the summer! Come work through this brutal WOD with your fellow Landosians helping you push through. Read more about “Murph” here. You won’t regret it!

SATURDAY: Gym will open at 8:30a. SkWAT Team Work is 5×3 Heavy Back Squat or Deadlift, but should be done BEFORE “Murph” so can be done then.

“Murph”

Run 1 Mile, then
100 Pull-ups
200 Push-ups
300 Air Squats, then
Run 1 Mile

– The pull-ups, push-ups, and squats can be broken up any way you want between the two miles. There will be a 75 minute cap to this WOD so scale appropriately. Scaling options are:

“3/4 Murph”

Run 1 Mile, then
75 Pull-Ups
150 Push-ups
200 Squats, then
Run 1 Mile

“1/2 Murph”

Run 1200m, then
50 Pull-Ups
100 Push-ups
150 Squats, then
Run 1200m

May
22
By CFlando

Crossover Symmetry System

Crossover Symmetry System

By CFlando Posted on

Saturday will have a different schedule to accommodate the gym wide participation of “Murph”. Read more about it here. 10:00am class will start at 9:30, Open Gym will still run 11-1, no 1pm class.

Sunday normal schedule

Monday closed all day for Memorial Day

 

Take a look at this video that features the J-Man and a brief explanation of the new Crossover Symmetry bands we have for you all to use.

httpv://youtu.be/8vuC7AY6zwc

Curious about the colorful bands in the corner? They are what is called the Crossover Symmetry H.I.I.T. system. It’s funny that we have them now as almost 10 years ago this same system was big with baseball players. I spend many a warmup and cool down with these bands and this program. It is a very easy to use system that explains everything you need start to finish. 5 Minutes before or after a workout is all you need.

What it’s for: Shoulders/Scapula. We do A LOT of pushing and pressing in CrossFit but not a lot of rowing/pulling to the chest. We tend to have poor posture in general but this along with sitting all day will lead to some very rounded shoulders and impinged muscles and tendons in the front of the shoulders. This system, especially the “Iron Scap” program, is great for pulling those shoulders back and setting them in a good place. All the programs are great for shoulder maintenance and rehab. The rotator cuff is a very small, sensitive area that is integral to our shoulder strength/health. All the big weights we toss around don’t help it as much as some small isolation exercises. You should consider making Crossover Symmetry part of your routine at CFL especially if you have shoulder issues/pain/tightness…which is probably 99.9% of us in the gym.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Jerk
Find a 2rm Split or Push Jerk

WOD: “Elizabeth”, compare to 11/28/13

21-15-9
Clean 135/95
Ring Dips

– There is debate about how to do the cleans for this WOD. Some say since it is listed officially as “Clean” that it should be squat cleans. However at the CrossFit Games in back to back years they did this WOD for the final of the Team competition and it was done with power cleans. This is how we will do it always here at CFL.

 

 

May
21
By CFlando

A Long One

A Long One

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09994

 

 

THURSDAY

Warmup: 2m Double Under Test

 

Strength: Core rotation
1:00 forearm plank, :45 each side plank, 3 rounds
– work through this as you are able. We will leave about 10 minutes for this. Rest as you need, and work to accumulate these totals each round if you cannot do unbroken.

 

WOD :5 Rounds, each round 4:00
Run 400m
15 Toes to Bar

Rest remainder of time

May
20
By CFlando

Memorial Day and “Murph” WOD

Memorial Day and “Murph” WOD

By CFlando Posted on
P1010970

“Murphy” 2013

 

 

It’s a bit of a CrossFit worldwide tradition to do the Hero WOD “Murph” on Memorial Day. Now that I say that I guess it’s a US wide tradition because other countries don’t celebrate Memorial Day. But anyways…

If you saw the recent movie “Lone Survivor” or read the book by the same title then you know the story of “Murph” and the legendary exploits of him and his team of Navy SEALS. It’s an unreal read. I didn’t see the movie but heard decent things. Check both out especially if you are into America and patriotism and red, white, and blue, and flags, and fireworks, burgers, cookouts, fighting terrorists, standing for what you believe in, hard work, blood, sweat, and tears, Earth, Wind, and Fire, Metallica, Guns N’ Roses, the movie “Major League”, bratwurst and beers, or any combination of the above.

“Murph” is the first Hero WOD and the story has it that it was the favorite workout of Michael Murphy. He named it “Body Armor”.

Hero WODs are one of the many things that makes CrossFit so great, so cool, so different, so special. CrossFit HQ writes a number of workouts that become part of the list of “named WODs”. The Benchmarks are exactly what they sound like, WODs meant to be used from time to time to test your fitness over time and measure your progress. The Girls like “Nancy”, “Christine”, and of course “Fran” are examples of benchmarks. The Heros are another level of named WOD. They are workouts named after men and women who died serving the greater good, as police, firefighter, or other service positions like paramedics, military, etc.

Hero WODs are usually grueling, more intense, and sometimes past the borderline of crazy. They are meant to be done every once in a while for this reason. They are always meant to be done with a little something extra in the tank, something special in your head, reminding you that there are people out there who believe that what they do is worth dying for. Think of that for a second, and think of that the next time you are faced with something difficult in or out of the gym.

The tradition is to do “Murph” on Memorial Day. We will be closed on Memorial Day Monday so we will be doing “Murph” on Saturday, May 24 @ 9:30 AM. There will be no 1pm class so this will be the only time to get your “Murph” on in a class setting. We will have Open Gym from 11-1 that you can do it on your own as well, but you will not be allowed to start the WOD any later than 12:00pm.

Why 9:30? Well here is what “Murph” is:

Run 1 mile, then
100 Pull-ups
200 Push-ups
300 Air Squats, then
Run 1 mile

Yeah, that is for real. The pull-ups, push-ups, and squats can all be done however you please. Many people break it up as 20 rounds of “Cindy”, 5 Pull-ups, 10 Push-ups, 15 squats. But as you can tell, its a lot no matter which way you cut it! We like to give people a chance to finish the whole thing so will cap it at 90 minutes. We will give suggestions for scaling if doing the entire thing seems out of the realm of possibility. More on “Murph” later. Just come on Saturday at 9:30!

Oh…and you can do it wearing a weight vest…

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Clean and Jerk Complex for a max set

1 Squat Clean, 1 Front Squat, 1 Split Jerk

 

WOD: For Time

20 Burpees, lateral over bar
20 Thrusters 95/65
40 Russian KB Swings 70/53

*115/80

– This WOD is meant to be sub 8 minutes, sub 5 minutes for many of you. This should be unbroken…20 burpees without stopping, no putting the bar down, and no putting the KB down. Push yourself to and past your limit, it’s just one time through.

 

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat
5 sets of 3 reps, reps 1 and 2 with 3 second pause

 

May
19
By CFlando

Summer Solstice Competition

Summer Solstice Competition

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09440

 

A CrossFit Community is a beautiful place. A few of us got to experience a great community and event this past weekend at CrossFit 2A and it reminded me of how lucky we are at CrossFit Lando. We truly have an amazing community around this gym and I am proud of the contributions that each member makes.

Competitions are a great way to experience CrossFit and the community in our gym. We are hosting a team competition on June 21, which in some ways is still far away, but will come up on us sooner than you think. There are already a few teams signed up from CrossFit Lando and it would be great to get more of you competing. It is going to be a fully RX event but very much so doable for anyone who can RX events here at Lando. The standard we are saying to judge whether you can do the event is if you can RX “Fran”. I have literally never had someone tell me they regretted signing up for a competition for the first time after the fact, and if you are on the fence we have tons of people here who had their first time since they joined here so reach out and get some encouragement from people who were in your shoes not long ago.

As always we are looking for people who want to judge and help as volunteers through the day. We have possibly the best in house judging team of any competition I’ve seen which is just another thing that you all do that makes me proud. If you are interested in helping we will take the help. Judging is an awesome experience, not to mention incredibly helpful for us. Also with the NPFL gaining traction and the Regionals and CF Games getting bigger and bigger, quality judges are becoming increasingly important and needed. If you want to be part of this ever growing sport but know competing probably isn’t in the cards judging is always a fun and rewarding possibility. Getting your feet wet here at CFL could be a good start.

Let us know if you are interested in competing or helping on June 21. More info will be coming as we get closer.

 

TUESDAY 

Strength: 100 Strict Pull-Ups (15m cap)

WOD: 14m AMRAP

Shoulder to Overhead 185/130
– Every 2m perform 12 Pullups

*3 muscle Ups…205/135

This should be a very heavy weight, but it should be something you can do at least 5 reps of off the bat. This is a slow WOD meant for intensity from the weight you are lifting. Oh and throwing some skill in there

May
18
By CFlando

Member of the Month: Matt Morgan

Member of the Month: Matt Morgan

By CFlando Posted on
Matt Morgan

Matt Morgan

 

 

I feel like I say this every time I post about our member of the month, but Matt Morgan is a special one. Matt was one of the first people to contact me about the gym before we were even open. He had a great story of amazing weight loss and wanting to keep it going with something new. He couldn’t wait to get started at the gym, sticking with us through our opening delays. He is one of the “originals”, one of our longest tenured members, and part of the tight knit crew of Woburn locals that has made our gym such a great Woburn establishment. Matty is just a good dude all around, a great coachable guy who comes ready to be coached every time he sets foot in the gym.

What makes Matt such a no brainer for the May M.O.M. is that he brings so much to the Lando community. Even he will admit that sometimes his attendance is spotty but at least he will admit that he has no excuse most of the time. When he is here, however, he is one of the hardest working people in the gym and definitely the most humble. When he came to his first class it was a Friday morning, day 2 of our existence. I remember it well because it was just me and him 1 on 1 and he needed about 135# on his back to get to the bottom of a squat. Don’t even ask how a bar overhead worked because it didn’t. Now he squats 300# pounds and can overhead squat and snatch, and his front rack position went from impossible to very much able. All of his improvements have come from patience and hard work. As you will read he even participated in the Opens this year. In and out of the gym Matt is a huge promoter of CFL, having brought a number of friends in as members and always having positive things to say about his coaches, peers, and the community to anyone that will listen. We are lucky to have him as part of the CFL crew.

With his rotating work schedule you are bound to run in to him at the box so be sure to give Matt a congratulations when you see him! Now learn some more from his own words.

 

1. How did you get started with CrossFit (in general)?
A few years ago, I realized I was grossly overweight.  I was drinking and eating whatever I wanted while living in Daytona Beach and when I moved back up here I realized I was in terrible shape.  I started running, and joined up with our Purple counterparts next door at Planet Fitness.  I’ll never knock planet fitness because after time, and 2 hours a visit, I was able to shed about 40 pounds.  The downside was that I felt like I was just going through the motions at the gym and not really pushing myself.  I had heard about crossfit but never knew where to start, until one night.  When I was leaving PF I realized that there was some demolition/construction going on next door and I noticed a sign with Aaron’s email address.  Over the next month or so waiting for CFL to open, I nervously sent about 200 emails to Aaron, and he finally convinced me to come in when the doors opened to try it out.

 

2. What did you do before CF for physical fitness?
Aside from my 2 hours stints at Planet Fitness, I also forced myself to run.  I’m lucky enough to live near Horn Pond in Woburn, so it’s very hard to make excuses to take the 20-30 minutes out of your day to go for a nice job around the pond.  Althouh, I’m pretty good at finding reasons why I shouldn’t run.  I also enjoy playing Hockey.
3. What has been your biggest lifestyle change(s) since starting CF?


My biggest change is that I’m always TRYING to maintain the Paleo life.  I’m nowhere near strict but I’m always conscious of the decisions (good or bad) that I make with my diet.

4. Favorite lift/movement/wod?


My favorite lifts are the olympic lifts, This is completely different than when i first started and I was terrified of any olympic lifting.  I like that it’s always a challenge and even just improving technique can increase the weight you can put up.  As far as WODS go, I like chippers and my favorite named would is probably Cindy.   It’s the WOD I’ve done the most and I always enjoy pushing myself to be improve from the last attempt.

5.  Least favorite lift/movement/wod?


Rowing, and rope climbs and anything that includes those.  I’m fine with one or 2 rope climbs, but when we get into 5 or more in a row, I’m severely deficient in them.

6. What interests/activities do you have/do outside of CF?
Again, I like playing hockey.  I also like spending time outside in the summer time.  That could be anything from golfing, the beach or heading to Jess Prince and Chris Collins’ pool on sundays during the summer.   Don’t pass the opportunity to have a Sunday Funday there, if the opportunity presents itself.    I just bought an RV last year and hope to get into putting some use in that this year.  During the winter, I enjoy going to Bruins games.   I’m really up to do anything to keep me busy.
7. What is your biggest/proudest CF accomplishment/moment?
I was really proud of myself for participating in the opens this year.  I had no idea what to expect and I’m not someone who will RX every workout I do, but I was able to RX all of the open workouts this year.   Workout 14.2 was the first time I RXd chest to bar pullups and workout 14.4 was the first time I RX’d 50 toes to bar in a workout.  I was extremely happy with participating in that event and I’m already looking forward to the 2015 opens.

8. Tell us some other interesting things about you that we the community might not know.
I’m the youngest of 13 children and I clean up well.
MONDAY
Strength: Front Squat
4-4-2-2-1-1
Use this to work to a 1 rep max. It might not be a PR if you follow the 4s and 2s correctly but give it your best shot. We are 3-4 weeks out of a new max week so this is a bit of a taste!
WOD: 4 Rounds
7 Overhead Squat 135/95
14 Power Clean 135/95
28 Double Unders
15m Time Cap
SkWAT Team: EMOM 12m
Odd: 5 Good Morning @ heaviest possible
Even: 3 Back Rack Lunges, each leg, @ heaviest possible
May
17
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

 

DSC09742

SUNDAY

A little taste of what the athletes at the Reebok CrossFit Regionals are going through on Sundays. This WOD is Event 7, the final event for Regionals. They are doing it with a 6 minute cap. See if you can make it under!

Strength: Overhead Squat
Find a 2 rep max from the floor

WOD: For Time
64 Pull-ups
8 Overhead Squat 205/135

May
16
By CFlando

Why All the Hype?

Why All the Hype?

By CFlando Posted on
2009 Crossfit Games Row 500m, Sledge hammer stake, Row 500m

2009 Crossfit Games
Row 500m, Sledge hammer stake, Row 500m

Saturday is Bring a Friend Day. Bring a friend who is new to CrossFit and use it as their first ever class. Friends, family, whatever. If they sign up you get $10 off your next month!!

 

As I stood after class answering a barrage of questions about myself and Crossfit, I realized that the gym has grown with many new members who may not know what Regionals are and what the hype around the gym is about them. I feel it necessary to fill everyone in on what is happening the last weekend of May so that you all will understand my erratic behaviors and mood swings. (sorry, yes you will be subjected to it all)

We went through the Opens, which is the five weeks of competition that selects 48 females and 48 males in each region to compete at Regionals. At Regionals those 48 people fight for the top three spots. The winners go to the Crossfit Games, which is like the Olympics of Crossfit. This happens once a year and is very difficult to qualify for.

I have been doing Crossfit since 2008. I graduated from Keene State College with a degree in Exercise Physiology. Upon graduation I got a job in corporate fitness as a personal trainer. After about a year of personal training, I realized I was bored and if I was bored my clients really must be! I planned on going to the Crossfit Intro class just to steal ideas and apply it to my clients. I had no intentions of joining at all. After I finished the workout, the owner offered me a job as an intern at his gym. Bored with my own job I accepted. You could say the rest is history, because it really is.

Growing up as a gymnast, I had a leg up on most Crossfitters. I picked up on the skills and strengths rather quickly. I also fell in love with the coaching. I had coached gymnastics for 8 years and found I could apply a lot of those same techniques to Crossfit. You can say I quickly became obsessed.

Eight months after I started Crossfit I decided to go to Regionals. Back then there was no qualifier for it. I ended up winning Regionals and making my first rip to the Games in 2009. It was such a memorable experience because I literally had no idea what to expect. I finished the weekend in 10th place and wanted to do it again.

I ended up leaving my full time job and helped open Crossfit Fenway. In 2010, I placed a very disappointing 4th place at Regionals and missed a trip to the Games by one spot. Needless to say I blew my chances in the final workout on, wait for it, DOUBLE UNDERS. Train them. Own them. I should have. Fueled by rage and regret, I kicked my butt and got back to the podium at Regionals in 2011 for a second place finish. This won me my second trip to the Games. Completely different competition than it was in 2009, I hung with the best of them and finished in 15th place.

2012 was a disappointing year. I bombed Regionals, mentally checking out, and acting like a baby. I finished in an embarrassing 7th place. It was embarrassing not because of my finish spot, but because of how I handled myself. I literally remember giving up in one workout, just quit caring. I will never forget that feeling. This is when I asked Aaron “Lando” Landes to coach me. When I realized I needed really good programming and someone to hold me responsible for my training.

With Aaron’s help I qualified again for Regionals in 2013 and placed 4th…again, missing the Games by one spot. Although it is always disappointing when you do not achieve your goals, I did feel like I tried my hardest. I never gave up. My best just was not good enough that day.

SO here we are, 2014 Regionals. I know the workouts. I have practiced the workouts. I know what and how I want to do. I will leave everything I have out there on the floor. I know what I have to do to achieve my goal. The idea of not reaching it scares me, but it is all part of the game. I have been doing Crossfit for 6 years. I know that no matter what happens I will still love it and love training all you wonderful people who will be bouncing about the stands during Regionals weekend with my head on your shirt. :-) I thank you for your support and the inspiration you give me everyday. Here is to 2014!

 

 

Early Crew: Open at 8:15, start at 8:45

1. Strength: EMOM 15m, 1 Power Clean + 2 Split Jerk
2. WOD (partner): 200 Wall Ball 20/14, every 2:00 5 Muscle Ups (per team)

– there will be a 20:00 cap to this workout.

3. Then choose between SkWAT Team or 5×5 High Bar

 

SATURDAY

Strength: Strict Press
5×5

 

Partner WOD: 200 Wall Ball 20/14, broken up however you want

* every 4 minute run 200m together

– scale can be 100m runs

 

SkWAT Team: grab something heavy, pick it up, drag it, carry it, whatever, for 5 minutes.

May
15
By CFlando

Shit Happens, So Does Amazing, but More Often You Make It Happen…Both Shit and Amazing

Shit Happens, So Does Amazing, but More Often You Make It Happen…Both Shit and Amazing

By CFlando Posted on

main_street

 

Walt Disney never saw the inside of Disney World. Walt Disney World opened in 1971. Walt Disney died in 1966, months after his last polo season.

Walt Disney World is the amazing work from the mind of one amazing man. Always the businessman, in 1959 Disney himself learned that only 5% of the people who visited Disneyland in Anaheim, CA came from east of the Mississippi River, where 75% of the population of the United States lived east of the Mississippi. So he decided to search for plots of land that had easy access to interstate highways and were east of or at least close to the Mississippi. Interestingly he originally decided on St. Louis, Missouri. It was actually 99% signed sealed and delivered, Disney World in St. Louis, until the Disney was so turned off by an encounter with August Busch Jr. See Disney wanted a place where families could visit without being disturbed by alcohol. Busch Jr., who had a bit of skin in the whole alcohol game, was holding court at a cocktail party meant to celebrate the impending business deal that would bring Disney World to the city. Disney was there, Busch didn’t know, and he loudly proclaimed that no such place could be successful without booze. Disney canceled the deal and flew home the next day.

Walt Disney loved family and especially children, so much so that he hid his intense smoking habit from ever being seen by kids. He was an incredible chain smoker, incredible in the sense that he was never photographed, videoed, or otherwise seen smoking by the public or children even though he smoked almost constantly. While medical science can’t 100% prove it I think it can be easily deduced that smoking at least contributed to the tumor that engulfed his entire left lung. Lung cancer killed him in December, a few months after another polo season had finished, and 5 years before his family opened the greatest place on Earth.

There is little to dispute the amazing that was everything Walt Disney created, exemplified by the place that bears his name that gives 52 million people a year memories of a lifetime. He made amazing. When people told him full length animated movies couldn’t be made, he made them. When he suggested a mouse as the face of the franchise people laughed, so he laughed and made film after film about a mouse. That mouse now has a solid crew. He called that mouse “family”. Everything he did was to build a legacy, yet before the greatest accomplishment of his existence could even begin being created he died.

“Shit Happens” goes the popular saying, leading us to believe that bad things happen just because they happen. If this was the case then Walt Disney, possibly the smartest and greatest businessman to ever live, died just because death happens. Since every action must have an opposite and equal reaction to keep the order of the energy of the world, then the amazing things Disney created were actually not his creations but simply things that happened. Like shit.

The most difficult thing to accept in life is that we are ultimately the controllers of our fate for better and for worse, but once we do we are on the road to creating amazing things. Like magic.

 

FRIDAY

WOD: “Tommy V”
21 Thrusters 115/80
12 Rope Climbs, 15′
15 Thrusters
9 Rope Climbs
9 Thrusters
6 Rope Climbs

 

SkWAT Team: 4×3 Front Squat with 5 second pause at bottom, heaviest possible

May
14
By CFlando

Chicken and Broccoli Casserole

Chicken and Broccoli Casserole

By CFlando Posted on

Try this Southern comfort recipe that our very own member Susan Emery recommends!

 

IMG_0889

 

Ingredients:
2 tablespoons of coconut oil
2 pounds of boneless, skinless chicken breasts, chopped into bite sized pieces
1 medium yellow onion, peeled and diced
4 cloves garlic, peeled and minced
6 cups broccoli florets
5 cups cauliflower florets
1 cup unsweetened coconut milk
1 cup chicken stock
2 teaspoons garlic powder
2 teaspoons curry powder
1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper
salt and freshly ground pepper to taste
1/2 teaspoon paprika

1. Preheat oven to 425 degrees.
2. Heat the coconut oil in a medium skillet and saute the chicken until just about cooked through, about 5 or 6 minutes. Remove chicken and put aside on a plate.
3. In the same skillet, saute the onions and garlic until the onions are translucent, approximately 3 to 5 minutes. Add the broccoli and about 1/2 inch of water and cook for approximately 3-5 minutes or until the broccoli is bright green.
4. Meanwhile in a large saucepan, combine the cauliflower, coconut milk, and 1 cup of the chicken stock, bring to a boil over high heat, then reduce to medium and cover. Simmer for approximately 10 minutes, or until the cauliflower is fork-tender.
5. With an immersion blender or food processor, puree the cauliflower mixture until there are no lumps. Mix in the garlic powder, curry powder, cayenne pepper, and salt and pepper.
6. Place the broccoli-onion mixture and the chicken in a 9×13 inch casserole dish. Stir in the cauliflower mixture and combine well. Sprinkle the top with paprika, and bake in oven for 10 minutes or until slightly browned on top and bubbly around the edges.

 

 

THURSDAY

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 800m
30 Toes to Bar
20 Ring Dips
10 Pistols (each leg)

May
13
By CFlando

Regionals Weekend is Coming!!

Regionals Weekend is Coming!!

By CFlando Posted on

DSC09393

 

If you ordered a Stacey Regionals Shirt come grab it at the front desk. Please ask a coach to give it to you so we can keep count and make sure everyone who ordered one gets one.

Regionals is the last weekend of May, the 30-June 1. It is a great event as a Crossfitter. If you have no idea what it is think of it as a giant festival, just instead of bands and carnival shows you get to watch the fittest men and women in the Northeast compete to make it to the CrossFit Games. They have food vendors galore (all Paleo), both adult and non-adult beverages, tons of apparel vendors, and an awesome stadium style venue to watch. I haven’t been to other regions events but people say we have the best one for spectators in the entire world.

If you are free at all that weekend come check it out. It’s at Reebok International Headquarters in Canton, MA. In case you needed more incentive, and in case you have been under a rock the past few months, our very own Coach Stacey is competing that weekend. Individuals compete in the afternoon each day so you can catch all of her exploits.

It’s truly a great time to really see CrossFit in it’s glory as there is a little bit for everyone.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Clean
Find a 2rm

WOD: 10m AMRAP
10 CTB Pull-Ups
10 Front Squat 135/95

*155/105

May
12
By CFlando

Roasted Butternut Squash Dip

Roasted Butternut Squash Dip

By CFlando Posted on

Need a healthy dip to bring over a friends house? Try this delicious combination and blow their socks off!
Simple-Butternut-Squash-Dip-2
1 small butternut squash peeled, seeded and cut into 1/2 to 1 inch pieces (you will need 2 cups)
1 tablespoon olive oil, plus 2 tablespoons for dip
1 1/2 tablespoons tahini
1 tablespoon freshly squeezed lemon juice
1 clove garlic, peeled and crushed
1/4 teaspoon smoked paprika
salt and freshly ground pepper to taste

1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Place the butternut squash on a foil lined sheet pan and drizzle with the 1 tablespoon of olive oil. Roast for 20 minutes, or until the squash is fork tender, turning over halfway through cooking.
2. Combine the roasted squash, the remaining 2 tablespoons olive oil, tahini, lemon juice, garlic, paprika, salt and pepper in a food processor and blend until well combined.
3. Serve warm or cold! Both ways are great! I recommend plantain chips, but you can use veggies too for dipping!

Enjoy!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
Find a 3rm

WOD: For Time

Row 500m
30 Power Snatch 95/65
Row 300m
20 Split Snatch 95/65 (alternating legs)
Row 100m
10 Squat Snatch 95/65

*115/80

May
11
By CFlando

Cauliflower Hummus

Cauliflower Hummus

By CFlando Posted on

Cauliflower is so useful and versatile, not to mention very healthy! This would be a great snack to dip some veggies in!

 

roasted_cauliflower_hummus
4 cups of steamed cauliflower
2 tablespoons almond butter
1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
1-2 garlic cloves
1 teaspoon cumin
1/2 teaspoon paprika
pinch of cayenne pepper
1/2 teaspoon sea salt

1. Steam the cauliflower until tender and soft.
2. Remove the florets and let them cool.
3. Once the cauliflower is cool, place the steamed florets into a food processor along with the remaining ingredients and process until completely smooth. Serve with raw veggies, olives, and even sliced chicken strips. This will make about 4 cups of hummus.

 

MONDAY

Strength: Deadlift

3-3-3-2-2-2

 

WOD: 9m AMRAP

3m max power clean 135/95
3m max box jump 24/20 (full stand)
3m max kb swings 53/35

 

*165/110, 70/53

 

SkWAT Team: EMOM 12m
2 Heavy Thruster

May
10
By CFlando

Sunday WOD

Sunday WOD

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

Skill: Turkish Getup, Sotts Press

Skill WOD: 4 Rounds Not For Time
5 Sotts Press, any weight
2 Turkish Getups (each side), any weight
Max Effort Chin Over Bar Hang (any scale)
Max Effort Handstand Hold

 

WOD: For Time
20 KB Swings 53/35
20 Box Over Jump 24/20
20 Burpees
25 Pull-Ups
15 Hang Clean and Jerk 135/95
25 Pullups
20 Burpees
20 Box Over Jump
20 KB Swings

*70/53, 175/115

May
9
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-2

Early Crew: Gym Opens at 8:15, start at 8:45

Strength: Clean and Jerk, Find a 1rm

WOD: Team WOD based on numbers
Stadium Style
10 Stone to Shoulder
30 Box Jump Over, 24/20
30 Burpees
34 Pull-Ups
15 Clean and Jerk 175/115
Rest
15 Clean and Jerk
34 Pull-Ups
30 Burpees
30 Box Jump over
10 Stone to Shoulder

then SkWAT Team: 5×1 high bar back squat, escalating to find a max at 9 effort level, then drop to 80% of that and do 3×5.

 

SATURDAY

Strength: Clean and Jerk

1rm

WOD: 100 Clean and Jerk 115/80
Every :75 do 3 lateral burpees over bar

*135/95

SkWAT Team: See above

May
8
By CFlando

Get Your Knees Out of The Way!!

Get Your Knees Out of The Way!!

By CFlando Posted on
Floor, Below Knee, Launch Position

Amazing technique if you ask me

 

The snatch is confusing as hell. Man I remember back in my early CrossFit days I hated snatching. Literally the only reason why I hated it was because I sucked at it. I mean I really, really sucked. I could barely snatch 135# 2 years ago and when I did trust me it was ugly like watching me dance ugly. OK wait a second I’m an amazing dancer so never mind. But it was bad. Real, real bad.

I sucked at snatching because I wasn’t patient. Not just patient within the lift itself but I wasn’t patient in practicing it. It was the same with the clean and jerk. Getting better at the lifts is a process, a process that usually takes some time. There’s the technical knowledge piece of it which really just comes down to your own understanding of what you are doing. This takes time and…wait for it…patience! It also takes paying attention and listening. I for one love teaching the snatch, clean, and jerk, and all of the coaches here at Lando love them as well. So this is the time to ask questions and really pay attention. Hopefully by now you know our coaches are all very invested in their craft so challenge us with helping you learn what you are doing when lifting. Make the most of your time here.

Then there is the muscle memory, the physical piece, the takes…oh man…even MORE patience. Back in my baseball coaching days I followed the old 100 reps to start the change, 1000 reps to change the habit. Think of how many reps that is? Let’s say we do 15-20 in the drill part of class where we go over the lifts as a group. Then say you do 5-10 warmup lifts, then 5-10 more “real” lifts, thats maybe 40 repetitions. So that would be 25 sessions to change the habit and that is if every single rep is quality. Now I don’t know if it really takes 1000 reps to make a change but the bottom line is it takes a lot of practice, and GOOD practice, to get the lifts down. If you just keep doing the wrong thing or spend very little time practicing the right thing, when push comes to shove (weight gets heavy) your body is just going to fall back into the wrong/bad way of doing it.

Been stuck at the same weight for more than 2 months? Then it’s time to make a change. Trust me it will be for the better.

Something that I have seen many people make the mistake of recently is the moving the bar from the floor to the Launch position. The Launch position isn’t something I created by any means, but it is a step in the lifts that we drill as a staff more and in ways that other lifting coaches do not. The 3rd picture in the 3 frames above is the launch position. It looks a bit different for everyone, but bottom line is it is where the shins are vertical. Your goal is to get the bar from the starting position (floor, hang, whatever) to this launch position with as little change in your body angle as possible. This takes a lot of strength in the back and legs and a lot of mental/physical connection. It also takes GETTING THE DAMN KNEES OUT OF THE WAY to allow the bar to move untouched from floor to launch.

We can get crazy with all sorts of smarty pants terminology that will really just confuse all of you. I’m not down with that. What I want is people lifting the most weight possible, slamming bars, and walking out of the gym feeling like a movie crew is just waiting to make a movie about your life. When it comes to the snatch we are simply trying to take the bar from the floor to overhead in one fluid motion using grip that puts the hands at the rings or wider on the bar. It is that simple. To get the bar from the floor to the launch, we are trying to keep the hips and shoulders in the same line or as close to it as possible as the bar moves up and gets some space from the legs. To do this we just need move from the knees by pushing the knees back while keeping the back/shoulders locked in to raise evenly with the hips. If you can do this you can get into the right position to lift. If you are in the wrong position just make this change. It is the easiest thing to change and focus on and also the most important when it comes to lifting from the floor. If you don’t get into the right position you cannot make the lift.

Focus up and get ready to lift some heavy weight today. If you aren’t having success make a change and ask your coaches how.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch + Overhead Squat

Find a 1rm Snatch and then try to overhead squat it after

 

WOD: “Nancy”, compare to 12/21/13

5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 OHS 95/65

 

SkWAT Team: 5×3 Deadlift, 5 seconds up and 5 seconds down. TnG.

May
7
By CFlando

Spaghetti Squash Sausage Sauté

Spaghetti Squash Sausage Sauté

By CFlando Posted on

“Spaghetti Squash Sausage Sauté – by Christina Nikitopoulos

“I created this recipe because these were the only ingredients I had to work with. It’s delicious and slightly addictive.”

 

spaghetti-squash-with-sausage-tomatoes-and-sage-49341

Now Im Hungry

Olive Oil, 2-3 Tablespoons
Sausages, 2-6
Spaghetti Squash
Tomatoes, 1 large or 2 small/medium
Tomato Sauce, 2 Tablespoons (optional)
Oregano, sprinkling

This is a great recipe to make if you have leftover spaghetti squash and/or sausages. Or, you can start fresh. I noted 2-6 sausages because you can make a small portion with just a couple sausages, or make a family meal out of it with a large squash and a lot of sausages.

If you haven’t cooked spaghetti squash before, it’s really easy and you have two options. Cut squash in half, lengthwise. Scoop out and toss seeds. You can bake in oven at 350 degrees for approximately 30-40 minutes, depending on size. It’s ready once you can easily put a fork into the squash. A quick option is to microwave a half of a squash for 5-6 minutes. Let cool a bit so you don’t burn yourself. Once ready, take a fork and scrape down the meat of the squash and it will start looking like small pieces of spaghetti.

While squash is cooking, heat olive oil in a frying pan. Keep burner on medium high heat. Slice sausages into circles and sauté until slightly browned on each side. (If your sausages are raw, you must boil for 15-20 minutes prior to sautéing.) Place “spaghetti” in with sausages and sauté until squash begins to wilt. Depending on size of squash, you can use all of it, or half. Estimate amount of squash based on number of sausages (approximately 2-3 sausages for a half a squash). Note that when the squash is sautéing, size will reduce. Add in bite-size chopped tomatoes. Sauté for an additional 5-8 minutes so tomatoes can wilt. Sprinkle oregano. Keep stirring the mixture throughout so the flavors will blend.
Enjoy!

 

THURSDAY

Grab a partner or two or three for a 30 minute partner AMRAP

Part 1: 4 Minutes
Min 1: Partner 1 Row for Max Calories while Partner 2 Double Unders for Max Reps
Min 2: Partner 1 and Partner 2 switch
Min 3: Repeat of Minute 1
Min 4: Repeat of Minute 2

then Part 2, immediately complete the following as a team:

26 Minute AMRAP
Pushups
Air Squats
Run (for distance, rounded down to the nearest 100m)

-Both partners can work at the same time but must work on separate movements. Movements can be done in any order at any time.

May
6
By CFlando

Nutrition Program is Officially Live

Nutrition Program is Officially Live

By CFlando Posted on
Coach Dexter, Muscle Up Specialist

Coach Dexter, Muscle Up Specialist

 

 

Those who attended the nutrition seminar on Saturday know that we now have a pretty awesome resource who is officially on the staff on a part-time basis at CrossFit Lando. The newly minted Sarah Landes is now available for nutrition counseling of all kinds. She will be available for appointments that can be scheduled through her and done right here at CFL. She is also available for online counseling as well if your schedule doesn’t work out.

We have a number of different options for nutrition service, from simple weekly or monthly check-ins to full food journal analysis and meal planning, and everything in between. The great thing is you can get not just the Paleo “eat this, not that” guide but a complete breakdown of your macronutrients (fat, protein, carb) that is best for your lifestyle, body type, and goals, all done out in simple terms.

If you have ever had a nutrition question or battled with getting your food on track you need to get a hold of Sarah ASAP. For $20 you can get a full 35 minute sit down consultation where you can talk about your goals, needs, desires, past success/failures, and get an idea of where to go moving forward.

This is available and helpful to anyone and everyone. Sarah has worked with professional bodybuilders, elite crossfitters, as well as first time moms just trying to get rid of some baby weight, men, women, literally everyone with all kinds of goals. Her knowledge can help someone looking to take their gym performance to the next level as well as help someone looking to hit a weight loss goal that has been ever so elusive. Trust me if I actually listened to what she told me I’d probably have made it to the Games already as an athlete, but you know I like to spice up the relationship with ignorant belligerence here and there.

Shoot her an email, [email protected], and get started with some nutrition help!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Front Squat
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: 8 Rounds : 20m Cap
1 Bar Muscle Up/3 CTB Pull-Ups
2 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
2 Burpee Muscle Ups/4 Burpee Pull-Ups
3 Deadlift 275/185
2 Wall Climbs
2 Toe Touches from full extension
1 Forward Roll

*315/225

 

May
5
By CFlando

Who is Doing the Muscle Ups?

Who is Doing the Muscle Ups?

By CFlando Posted on

10345553_10152077425776821_5441848307328329849_n

I sat down to write a blog post just now and wasn’t entirely sure where it was going to go. I usually schedule these things out ahead of time, sometimes even days at a time, trying my best to stay organized. Organization is definitely not my strongest suit, just ask Coach Stacey, or my wife, or anyone that spends more than 3.67 seconds with me and realizes I don’t hold eye contact for more than those 3 seconds because my head goes somewhere else 1.5 seconds into the conversation. So the one thing I’ve been able to develop a routine with is usually getting blogs done ahead of time to save the rest of the world from my organizational misgivings by keeping 8:00pm relatively consistent.

Tonight is not one of those nights, this is not an organized situation. I have a lot of reasons I can point to why this blog is not live yet at 8:30 pm. My weekend was taken up by the NPFL combine, I barely slept Friday-Monday due to my own sleeping problems that have nothing to do with anything other than just not being able to sleep, and still playing catch up from taking time off from the wedding. I could give you many different excuses and honestly many of you would nod and say “man I will never, ever complain about Aaron making the late post again. As a matter of fact I will never, ever complain to Aaron about anything because he deserves that respite from any sort of complaint due to how amazingly organized, attentive, caring, personable, and always smiling on first meeting he usually is. Oh and good looking too.”.

Wait, who said I have a problem with smiling enough or being personable especially to new people?

Anyways the point I actually have come to trying to make is there isn’t an excuse. I just made this post late. I didn’t get things done on time today and Friday before my weekend got chewed up and flat out didn’t get my job done.

Now that I admitted this let’s turn it over to you to try and make me feel better about myself. How often can you look at your own mistakes or shortcomings and realize that the only excuse really is just you didn’t get it done? I’m betting almost always. Trust me, I’ve done this analysis on my own issues many times. 99.9% of the time Aaron’s problems = Aaron’s fault. Surely there are circumstances that make our problems harder to deal with (traffic anyone?) but when push comes to shove we are the controllers of our fate. Ultimately we make the decisions, take the action, make the calls that can do or not do what we want in our lives.

I truly believe life as a crossfitter is the ultimate test of accountability. Here our success and fulfillment comes down to us just getting it done and no one can do it for us. Think about it. How do you get a 20# PR on the back squat in 2 months? Make it to squat days and always do the SkWAT Team work. How do you not get a 20# PR in 2 months? Make excuses for why you couldn’t make classes with squat work and why you couldn’t stay late to do the extra work. Heck I’d bet most excuses are actually valid, but ultimately getting it done comes down to me and you. Ever had a weight loss/body fat goal? I certainly have. Ever not reached it? I basically live this every day. I blame my Dad for teaching me at age 10 that more food was good even if it was covered in cheese and fried…in cheese. I blame hard days for needing booze at night just to top my day off with 700 more calories. I blame being happy for needing extra cake at weddings (thrown up at the last 4 I attended, including the one about a week ago…). Heck I have even blamed my lovely wife for not being more forceful in keeping me from going to Coldstone even though I literally demand it whenever it strikes my fancy…which is usually every meal. This happened on Saturday.

My point is that in life the reason we can’t hide from our failures is they are usually a result of our own actions, or lack thereof. Just like our failures in the gym we can only point the finger elsewhere for so long. Yeah the people who love us will always nod and agree when we vent about why the traffic kept us from making the evening classes 3x a week which made it so we couldn’t get those muscle ups in time for the Opens…again. But really who is going to do the muscle ups for us?

I’ll end this rambling with something a good friend of my family once told me that literally made no sense to me at the time (I think because I couldn’t really hear him through my noshing on cake and ice cream) but recently made sense. When complaining about my recent struggles as a high school pitcher back then, blaming it on my crappy fielders and things like wind and bad mound dirt, he asked me if I had developed a slider like I told him last summer I was hoping to do by that season. I hadn’t, and really the only reason was because I hadn’t worked hard enough on it during the off-season. I hadn’t worked at it at all. He sort of patted me on the back and agreed with my complaints about crappy fielding, but then dropped this one on me:

“The hardest thing about commitment is staying committed to it”.

What a d**$ ! There I was giving perfectly reasonable excuses for why my ERA was over 5 runs per 9 and was letting up 10 hits per start and he dares breach the subject that my lack of success was actually because I was a 2 pitch right handed pitcher that threw 85 mph when the wind was blowing 84 mph at my back with a second pitch of a change up, NOT the slider that I had so firmly committed to developing last summer.

It’s sad, how disorganized and late this blog post is, and also how true that statement was and still is. We easily make goals, write them on whiteboards, on our mirrors, in emails to our friends, family, and coaches, ON FACEBOOK. But then time passes, and life happens, and it all gets harder.

Then what?

It’s ultimately up to you and me, and hopefully not the server at Coldstone.

TUESDAY

Strength: Bench Press

5-5-4-4-3-3-2-2-1-1

 

WOD: 10m AMRAP
12 Wall Ball 20/14
12 Toes to Bar

 

Important for Today: Toes to Bar and the Tarzan Swing

httpv://youtu.be/cKrNehlQ8NU

May
4
By CFlando

Congrats Coach Stacey

Congrats Coach Stacey

By CFlando Posted on
Lando in Team Strategy Session Before Race Time @ NPFL Combine

Lando in Team Strategy Session Before Race Time @ NPFL Combine

 

 

Congratulations to Coach Stacey making it to the final combine for the National Pro Fitness League (like we are surprised). Now time to focus on Regionals!!

 

 

MONDAY

Strength: Every :90 for 8 Sets
3 Power Clean + 1 Thruster

 

WOD: 5m AMRAP
Squat Clean and Jerk 165/110

This WOD is from the 2011 Reebok CrossFit Open

 

SkWAT Team: 5×3 Back Squat, low bar, then 5×1 with full 3 second pause at bottom with high bar position

 

May
3
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

SUNDAY

Strength: 15m AMRAP
Strict Pull-Ups

 

WOD: 2 Rounds
21 Abmat Situps
15 Thrusters 95/65
15 Situps
12 Thrusters
9 Situps
9 Thrusters

May
2
By CFlando

Saturday Back At It, Nutrition Seminar 12pm

Saturday Back At It, Nutrition Seminar 12pm

By CFlando Posted on
NPFL

NPFL

 

 

Early Crew

Gym Opens at 8:15. Start at 8:45

1. Big Nasty Complex

Deadlift + Hang Clean + Squat Clean from Floor + Front Squat + Split Jerk+ Close Grip OHS

 

2. 50 Deadlift 275/185, then 50 Thrusters 115/80
– Every :90 perform 3 Bar Facing Burpees

 

SATURDAY

Strength: Back Squat (high bar)
5×5

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
75 Double Unders
15 Power Snatch 115/80
10 Handstand Push-ups

*135/95

 

SkWAT Team: 5×50′ Yoke Carry @ max weight

 

 

May
1
By CFlando

“Badger”

“Badger”

By CFlando Posted on

timthumb.php

 

 

 

In honor of Navy Chief Petty Officer Mark Carter, 27, of Virginia Beach, VA who was killed in Iraq 12-12-07

HERO FRIDAY

WOD: “Badger”

3 Rounds
30 Squat Clean 95/65
30 Pullups
Run 800m

SkWAT Team: 150 hollow rocks

Apr
30
By CFlando

Beers with a Friend

Beers with a Friend

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed

Best Bachelor Party Golf Outing Ever

Nutrition Seminar this Saturday from 12-1pm. No 1pm class. All are welcome

I saw an awesome Facebook post (got to love Facebook for life advice) that actually was a story of something one of my own college professors pulled, or I guess a version of it. This must be one of those things that goes around, which I can understand because it’s really sweet life advice. It goes like this (at least the version I experienced).

My professor came into class, Psychology of Relationships (sidenote one of the better classes I ever took, at least that I went to…Jack don’t listen to that). He had an empty container that looked like a flower vase. He poured in a bunch of large marbles to about 90% of the way full. He asked “is this container full”, which we responded “yes”. He then poured in a bunch of sand which obviously filled up the rest of the space in between the marbles. He asked us again if it was full and we said “now, yes”. He then took 2 beers out, poured them in the container, the beer being soaked up by the sand. “Full?”. “Definitely now, yes.”.

What he said next was one of the simplest but more profound things I learned at Brandeis University, a school full of prestigious professors and scholars, where I was surrounded by tons of people way smarter than me (if you know me you know that takes a lot to admit). I took classes taught by a former Secretary of State, a former Finance Minister, multiple Rhodes Scholars, and yet this next thing was easily the most profound thing I heard.

“The marbles”, he said, “represent the important things in life. Family, friends, kids, precious moments. The sand, the sand represents the rest of the crap. The money troubles, the stupid fights, the college rejection letters. The stuff you really shouldn’t care about, but do, or the things that there importance can easily be washed away with a sudden changing tide. All the sand does is get in the way, fill in the cracks, and make a mess. The worst thing about the sand is just when you think you can’t take any more, more finds it’s way in. No matter what, never let the sand get in the way of the marbles. It will take hundreds of years for the sand to turn into a marble, and we all will be dead by then anyways.”.

Interesting to say the least. And definitely profound to me at the time. Because as a college senior all I cared about, the only thing in the forefront of my mind was my girlfriend, the next party, my pitching ERA, how my Mom and Dad wouldn’t give me more money. I think about that story every so often and it really hit me this past weekend at our wedding. Being engaged and owning a business and dealing with (yes dealing with) planning a wedding really got me bitter and sandy for a while. Yes I almost let it spoil my joy of getting married. But then this past weekend none of the crap and sand mattered because we were surrounded by the people that truly meant something, the true marbles in our life. It gave me newfound respect for my professor and his labeling of the sands of life.

Oh, the beers.

“What about the beers?” someone finally asked.

“The beers”, he replied. “The beers are a reminder that despite all the crap, all it takes is a beer with your friends and family to wash away your worries, even if it’s just two, and you always have time and space to fit them in.”.

I am lucky enough that I was able to mix a few beers in with all my marbles and sand this past 5 days and I wouldn’t trade anything I will ever have for the memories I formed. I surely will be back soon enough to shaking the sand out of my pants of life, but I hope I can always use our wedding as a reminder of how when life gets sandy all I need to do is roll with the marbles and a couple of beers. I hope all of you can be reminded of the marbles in your life from time to time, even if it takes a few beers to get you there!

 

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Push Jerk
sets of 2

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 OH Walking Lunges 45/35 plate
15 Knees to Elbows
*barbell @ 135/95 for walking lunges

Apr
29
By CFlando

Good Days and Bad Days

Good Days and Bad Days

By CFlando Posted on

jo

Crossfit requires a lot of energy and effort every single workout. Your coaches expect the best out of you all the time. Wodify wants to know if you PRed and your peers are looking to beat your time. It would be great if we could always come into the gym and lift more weight than last class, improve the time on our workouts, and have heaps of energy to blow through. But sometimes this just is not possible. Sometimes, that coffee literally has no kick to it, and picking up your feet to walk through the door seems like a challenge.

My advice to you: Walk through the door anyway. Come into class. Maybe you do not have 100% to give, but you can most certainly improve your health and fitness by doing SOMETHING. If you have a 70% day, take a positive away from it. It could be the smallest positive, such as you met a new friend, or you learned a new snack idea, or you got your toes to bar just once – but hey you got them to the bar once!!! As long as you come in you will be benefiting your health, and at the end of the day that is what we are all trying to do.

 

WEDNESDAY

WOD 1: Row 1000m test

Rest 15 minutes

WOD 2: 150 KB Swings 53/35
Every break perform 10 burpees

SkWAT: 5×3 High Bar Back Squat

Apr
28
By CFlando

Mom’s Muffins

Mom’s Muffins

By CFlando Posted on

Momma Lando makes really good muffins. She wraps them up in cute little packages and drops them off at the gym for anyone who needs a little Paleo snack. Unfortunately, the night time crew does not get any because they are gone as fast as they are there. Fear not, here is her recipe if you would like to have some of Momma Lando’s muffins at home.

Basic Paleo Muffin Recipe

1 1/2 cups almond flour
1/4 cup of coconut flour
1/4 cup flax meal
1 teaspoon baking powder
1 teaspoon baking soda
Pinch of sea salt
1 teaspoon vanilla
2 eggs whisked
1/4 cup coconut oil
1/4 cup of maple syrup OR 3 tablespoons of raw honey

Combine dry ingredients. Add wet ingredients to dry ingredients and gently mix until combined. Use an ice cream scoop to fill lined cupcake tins. Bake at 350 for 20 minutes. Check with a toothpick for finished product since oven temps can vary. Muffins will be very tender when warm so let them cool for 10 minutes before moving them to a cooling rack. Store in an air tight container in the freezer for up to 1 month or in the fridge for 2 weeks.

Variations:
Chocolate muffins: add 1/3 cup of cocoa, 1/2 cup raspberry puree or seedless whole fruit preserves, and mini Enjoy Life Chocolate chips.

Banana Chip: add 2 bananas mashed and mini Enjoy Life Chocolate chips.

Apple: add fruit only apple butter, cinnamon, chopped walnuts, coconut

Pumpkin: add pumpkin puree, pumpkin pie spice, and walnuts.

TUESDAY

Strength: 100 Strict Pull-ups
– 15m Time Cap

WOD: For Time
30 Thrusters 75/55
9 Muscle Ups
20 Thrusters 75/55
7 Muscle Ups
10 Thrusters
5 Muscle Ups

-scale for muscle ups will be x2 CTB Pull-ups

Apr
27
By CFlando

No Morning Classes

No Morning Classes

By CFlando Posted on

Just a reminder that the gym is closed on Monday morning due to the Big Guy’s wedding. When you read this post, Aaron and Sarah will be happily married and the rest of your coaches will be tearing up the dance floor. My feet will be too sore from dancing circles around Jack and Flav that I will need extra rest before opening the gym at 12pm for the first class of the day. Don’t worry there will be photos and video.

10275990_10101875197446171_1570783775285528166_n

Now some wisdom from Flav:

SHOES, SHOES, SHOES!

Let’s talk a little about Oly shoes and when and why we should wear them, ehh?
One of my biggest pet peeves as a coach/athlete is when people make a fuss about what shoes they should wear for a WOD. Some people rely way too much on what shoes they are wearing for a class. So for this blog, I will break down the Oly shoe usage for you guys.

What is an Oly shoe?

Olympic Lifting shoes (Oly’s) are a flat sole shoe with a small heel lift. They are most used for highly skilled lifts such as the “Snatch” and the “Clean and jerk” because of the flexibility it gives to your hips and ankles. Seriously, the heel lift is an absolute game changer when it comes to getting low on those squats. Have you ever tried to squat or even do a pistol with a 5 lbs plate under your heel? It makes a huge difference on the difficulty of the movement.

Who do these shoes benefit?

Having that extra inch under your heel makes a bigger difference for the people that lack in the mobility department on the heels and hips. For the average lifter, the narrower your squat position is the more benefits you will get from wearing Oly’s. If you ever watch any elite weightlifter, notice how narrow their squat stances are. I personally watched Jon North squat with his feet right underneath his hips, if not even closer. That is possible because of how flexible their hips and ankles are. So when squatting with such a narrow stance, the heel lift is a must. The wider your stance gets, the smaller the benefit will be. But since we always start our Olympic lifts from a narrower foot position, it’s nice to own a pair.

When to wear them:

Whenever we are squatting heavy, or doing any Olympic weightlifting. I personally don’t wear mine when I’m just squatting, I like to really “feel the earth” when I have 300+ pounds on my shoulders. But if you think you will move more weight by wearing them, by all means let your freak flag fly. But every time I’m snatching or clean and jerking for strength, I have those puppies on my feet. Now you are not supposed to wear them when dead lifting, EVER! You want to be as low as possible when lifting all that weight from the floor. Every inch matters when you are going for a PR.

When deciding if you want to wear them for a “WOD” or not, think about all of the movements. Is the shoe going to slow you down during other parts of the workout? If the answer is yes, I would wear the regular shoes. I can’t express how much it makes me cringe when I see people carrying around an extra 2 lbs per foot during box jumps, burpees, and the worst movement to do while wearing Oly’s, toes to bar. I remember judging for some members during open WOD 14.4, and seeing them suffering during the 50 TTB because they had Oly’s on only to do the 40 wall ball shots. Crazy, right?

What shoes to buy?

I did a lot of research before writing this so I could tell you guys exactly what to buy. But I came up with one verdict. They are all built very alike. It’s a matter of preference in style, color, comfort, etc. Some brands I do recommend are Nike Romaleos, Reebok CrossFit Lifter, Adidas adipower, Do-win, and the new Inov8 fastlift. It’s a matter of finding one that fits you best and it is the most comfortable for your unique set of “fins”. I would avoid buying them online the first time if you can. Some of them run really large. So go to a store somewhere and try them on before buying them.

My point is, Oly’s can be your best friend during training sessions, if you use them wisely. So stop relying so much on the shoes to make you a better athlete, and just train your hardest when you’re in the gym.

Strength:
Front Squat
5-5-4-4-3-3

WOD:

EMOM 12m
3 TnG Power Cleans 155/105
7 Lateral Burpees

*205/135

Apr
26
By CFlando

I’m Getting Married!!!

I’m Getting Married!!!

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

Strength: Power Clean + Push Jerk
EMOM 15m
2 TNG Power Cleab + 1 Push Jerk

– Find a max weight

 

WOD: “Spencer” from AF Competition Team Series
21-15-9
Back Squat 185/120
KB Swings 53/35

Apr
25
By CFlando

More Partner Time

More Partner Time

By CFlando Posted on

reminder: please contact [email protected] for any and all inquiries until Tuesday 

 

Saturday Early Advanced Crew: Meet at 8:15, start by 8:45.

1. Snatch

Find a 1rm

2. WOD: 2009 CF Games WOD
3 Rounds
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Hang Squat Snatch 75/55, bar goes from below the knee hang each time

 

SATURDAY

Strength: Deadlift
5 sets of 3 reps

WOD: 3 Rounds, each station 1 minute long, partners must alternate each station
Hang Squat Snatch 75/55, hang is from below knee
Wall Ball 20/14
Split Jumps (alternating)
Hand Release Push-ups
Shoulder to Overhead 75/55

Score is total reps completed

SkWAT Team: EMOM 20m
Odd: 3 Heavy Front Squat
Even: 3 Heavy Push Press

Apr
24
By CFlando

Weekend Update

Weekend Update

By CFlando Posted on

As some of you know, Sarah and I will be getting married this weekend. As of tonight I will be out of the gym until Wednesday morning. Any and all issues please feel free to contact Stacey and/or ask the staff on duty at the time. All are available for when I am gone and they can help you with whatever you need. Stacey is in charge…oh boy!!

There will be a minor schedule change as we will be closed Monday morning. The entire staff will be attending the wedding on Sunday so things people will be moving a bit slow on Monday morning. The first class we will be open for on Monday is 12:00pm. Everything else will be running as normal.

 

Nutrition Seminar: Be sure to sign up at the desk with your name and $15. It is next Saturday, May 3.

 

FRIDAY

“The Bear”

7 Unbroken Bear Complex for max weight

 

Bear Complex:

1 Power Clean, 1 Front Squat, 1 Jerk, 1 Back Squat, 1 Jerk

 

SkWAT Team: 7×1 Clean Position Deadlift…do a deadlift but from a clean position, moving like a clean (no explosiveness at top).

Apr
23
By CFlando

Simple Rowing Technique Tips

Simple Rowing Technique Tips

By CFlando Posted on
Juice Showing Off That Close Grip OHS

Juice Showing Off That Close Grip OHS

 

Rowing is one of the more basic movements we do, basic in the sense that there isn’t a lot of in depth or difficult technique to make a broad population of people perform at an average or higher level. It also happens to me a lot of people’s most hated movement. Why is this so? Probably because it can very quickly suck the life out of you, especially if you are of the shorter limbed variety of human. Take a look at the video below before we get a bit more into how to attack rowing workouts:

 

httpv://youtu.be/cP6KKhmY6gs

 

An important part of rowing is knowing how to pace it in a workout. 500m or less should be looked at as a average/short row. It is comparable to the 400m run distance, something repeatable in WODs, just long enough to tire you out but short enough to give it your all. Rowing is different than running, however, in the comparison of reward for exertion level. All out efforts on the rower take much longer to recover from than when running especially the longer the distance because rowing is overall more taxing and brings us to our lactic threshold quicker, meaning it takes longer for muscles to recover and our heart rate and breathing to get more normal. Basically going at an all out sprint on the rower for 1 minute will take a lot more out of you than sprinting for 1 minute on your feet especially when put into a WOD.

This doesn’t mean you should half ass your rowing. Rowing just means you need to pay more attention to pacing and the workout structure. The only time to go all out on a rower is if it is the end of a WOD. Otherwise you need to find your pace that is the proper exertion limit to continue performing work. This is no different than doing any other movement. We rarely want to push to and through our redline point until the end of a WOD because it takes too long to get back to a point where we can perform.

Let’s look at the physics of the rower for a minute. When you pull the handle your force spins the flywheel which is measured on the monitor in distance, calories, watts, whichever you are reading at the time. Every time you pull you are pulling against that flywheel. Let’s say you are trying to get a 500 watt pull, if you are doing so against a dead stopped wheel you need to pull the crap out of the handle. If the wheel is already spinning then the resistance you will face is less, meaning you need to exert less force to get the same output. The stronger the pull, the faster and longer the wheel spins.

So it is important to take into account your body type and strength. Taller, stronger people will be able to exert more force in each pull, meaning the flywheel will spin faster and for longer. Therefore this type of athlete can make fewer pulls to maintain a similar output than a shorter, not as strong athlete. A relatively shorter relatively weaker athlete won’t get the wheel spinning at the same rate for as long, meaning they will need to make more pulls (per minute) to keep the same output as the taller athlete. Taller athletes can and should keep a slower pull rate, keeping the strokes per minute reading (s/m) in the corner of the monitor at 25-29, pulling at near max effort each time. Shorter athletes should pull more often, 29-34, at more of an 80% force output. This is a very general assessment as distance and workout structure will change this.

As you can probably see from this very rudimentary physics lesson that taller athletes are usually better rowers because they can exert more force into the flywheel with less effort. More strokes is basically the same as more reps, so shorter athletes rowing for 500m compared to a taller athlete is basically like doing more squat reps per round in “Cindy”. Vertically challenge people don’t have an excuse to sandbag rowing, this just means you need to be more conscious of your pace. Rows in a workout like today’s should be approached with the idea that you want to keep it at an exertion level that allows you to jump right off and into your next movement, regardless of what type of athlete you are.

Hey, even if you are now confused, this at least gives you something to think about next time you are staring at that monitor!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Press
7 sets of 3 reps

WOD: 3 Rounds
Row 500m
25 KB Swings 53/35
20 Burpees
15 Goblet Squats

*70/53

Apr
22
By CFlando

Slow Cooked Chocolate Chicken Mole

Slow Cooked Chocolate Chicken Mole

By CFlando Posted on

If you are a fan of Chicken Mole then this is a must try for you! This super simple crock pot recipe is gonna blow your taste buds.
PicMonkey-Collage
Chocolate Chicken Mole

Ingredients:
2 pounds of chicken pieces (cut up breasts, legs, whatever you want to use)
salt and pepper
2 tablespoons ghee
1 medium onion, chopped
4 garlic cloves, crushed or minced
6-7 whole tomatoes, chopped
1/4 cup almond butter
5 dried New Mexico chili peppers, rehydrated and chopped
2 1/2 ounces of dark chocolate (70% or above)
1 teaspoon of sea salt
1 teaspoon of cumin
1/2 teaspoon of ground cinnamon
1/2 teaspoon guajillo chili powder
Avocado, cilantro and jalapeno, all chopped to garnish

Directions:
1. Salt and pepper the chicken.
2. Place a pan over medium heat and add ghee. Once the ghee has warmed, add the chicken and brown on all sides. This may need to be done in batches (also depends on how big your crockpot is!). Move chicken to the crock pot.
3. Add onion to the same pan and saute until translucent. Add garlic and saute for 1-2 minutes. Transfer onion and garlic to the crock pot.
4. Add the tomatoes, chili peppers, almond butter, dark chocolate, salt and spices to the crock pot.
5. Cook on low for 4-6 hours or until the chicken pulls apart easily. If you are home when cooking, try to stir the pot once to combine the flavors. Top with the avocado, cilantro and jalapeno and serve!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat
Sets of 3

httpv://youtu.be/an_eIcm2Sc4

 

WOD 1: 5m to complete
5-1, Squat Snatch 135/95
1-5, Wall Climbs

*155/105

Rest 2m

WOD 2: 5m to complete
5-1, Shoulder to Overhead 185/120
10-50 x 10, Double Unders

*205/135

 

SkWAT Team: 4X20 GHD Situps, GHD Hip Extension

Apr
21
By CFlando

Check out Roast Coffee Company in Winchester MA

Check out Roast Coffee Company in Winchester MA

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

Since we opened in January 2013 I have been looking for a coffee place to call mine/ours. Don’t get me wrong, I am a big fan of Starbucks, but I am an even bigger fan of the local coffee place idea. Well as of a month or so ago Roast Coffee Company opened in Winchester, barely 5 minutes from the gym, and they are great. Coffee is awesome (they got the Mary Lou’s style infused coffee for those South Shore people out there), they have some great looking baked goods (I swear I only know they are great looking right now), and just a good vibe, which is about as important at a coffee place as the stuff they serve. You might even find a CrossFit Lando staff meeting going on there since you can reserve their big table for just that!

Check them out on Main Street just a bit out from the Stop n Shop and Elliot Park. While some might think my dream in life is global CrossFit gym domination, it’s that along with opening my very own coffee place just like this. Until then I will live vicariously through them like it’s my own place, which could get awkward on Sunday mornings…

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Split Jerk
Find a 3rm

httpv://youtu.be/pQ_2rSzMCKc

 

Strength 2: Push Press
4×5
*ME CTB Pull-ups/MUs between sets

httpv://youtu.be/03jSQGMbhGc

 

WOD: Run 1 Mile AFAP

 

Apr
20
By CFlando

Boston Strong

Boston Strong

By CFlando Posted on

Boston_Marathon_start

 

 

CrossFit Lando is open for a full schedule on Patriot’s Day

It’s no secret that tomorrow is a special day, a different day for the people of this area. It’s a different day for people all over the country, and maybe even the world. What used to be an incredibly special day, a day for revelry, celebration, athleticism, and the ushering in of Spring at full force became something different last year. It clearly affected Boston, it affected the entire state, it affected people everywhere because it turned something so regularly special into something forever changed.

Like many people I was on Boylston Street when things went down. It sucked. Still does. I felt the explosion in my chest cavity, my sister got bumped into me, that’s how close it was. Luckily we weren’t even close to as affected as others and I can thank whoever or whatever is responsible for that for as long as I live. While I won’t be revisiting the area tomorrow there are many who will as their way of dealing with the emotion of being touched by what happened last year, and this is what Boston Strong is about. Not backing down, still having fun, still participating, and always remembering. There or otherwise.

So many people were affected, even people not even close to Boylston Street, not even close to Massachusetts, all affected in some way and all dealing with it in their own way. Boston Strong is about so many people being touched regardless of their affiliation with our city, because what happened changed life for everyone near and far. The uniting around a common spirit to endlessly pick each other up, regardless of knowing each other or not. Picking each other up. That’s what it’s about. Regardless of who we are, always picking each other up. That’s Boston Strong to me.

What is cool to me is so many people chose to participate, face it, deal with it, be part of it, to continue the tradition. This is Boston Strong. The strength of Patriot’s Day is in the tradition, something that has gone on for so many years before last and will continue for so many years more. The parties, the revelry, the athletes, the celebrations, all will continue and in ways greater and greater as time goes on.

We have a number of members who took the challenge this year to run for their own reasons. Strength comes in many different forms and they have chosen to face the fear and run, lift their spirits and those of millions. Literally millions.

Best of luck Mellissa Davidson, Matt McDonald, Scott Rumrill. Best of luck to anyone else I might have forgot or not known about. Have a blast. Remember the beginning. I ran 5 years ago and will never forget the starting line (I was mentally incapacitated at the finish). Cherish it. You and so many others are perfect examples of Boston Strong.

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
6 working sets of 3 reps

WOD: 12m AMRAP
5 Power Clean 165/110
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
5 Ring Dips

*185/120

SkWAT Team: 7×2 (each leg) back rack lunge, heaviest possible

Apr
19
By CFlando

Closed Sunday. Full Schedule Monday

Closed Sunday. Full Schedule Monday

By CFlando Posted on

We are closed for Easter Sunday. Full Schedule Marathon Monday.

Apr
18
By CFlando

Nutrition Seminar: May 3

Nutrition Seminar: May 3

By CFlando Posted on

Dexter Working Hard

 

Weather is getting back to being Spring rather than this middle of winter crap we had this past week. Good riddance! Time to get ready for the beach because beach weather is right around the corner.

Nutrition Seminar: A bit later than we originally planned but we are getting the nutrition seminar in action. Sarah, my lovely bride to be (in 9 days), will be leading the charge on this with some help from yours truly as she spreads some knowledge on nutrition for lifestyle, performance, happiness, and health. Sarah has competed at the Reebok CrossFIt Games Northeast Regionals 2x as a team member while also qualifying as an individual competitor in the Northeast Region in 2012. Before CrossFit she competed in Figure and earned professional status in her first full year, a very difficult task. She has knowledge galore on all aspects of nutrition, from performance based to aesthetic based. What is cool about what she will be bringing is she will be giving advice for all goals. I know that we preach fitness and wellness here and in CrossFit in general, but I think we all know that with our fitness there is the part of it that is we just want to friggin look good, right? So she will be talking about the best way to create a nutrition plan that will fit your lifestyle and your goals for performance and vanity and teach how it can all work together.

After the seminar we will also be offering fitness consultations with Sarah on varying levels. This can range from daily email check-ins to weekly food journaling to meal planning. We will have a number of packages that can be tailored to what you are looking for.

We are all really excited about bringing this to CrossFit Lando. All your coaches are here for nutrition advice at anytime but after the seminar we will have a full-time nutrition consultant in Sarah who is available for any kind of nutrition help you need. Now you don’t need just a Paleo Challenge to get back on track!

Nutrition Seminar: Saturday, May 3 @ 12:00pm. $15, signup in advance at the desk. Cash only. Open to public.

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew is back!! Early Advanced Crew, gym opens at 8:15am, ready by 8:45.

Strength: 5×5 Back Squat (low bar), then sets of 1 with 5 second pause at bottom

WOD: “DT + Mary”
20m AMRAP
12 Deadlift 155/105
5 Handstand Push-ups
9 Hang Clean
10 Pistols (alternating)
6 Push Jerk
15 Pull-Ups

 

10am and 1pm Class

WOD: “DT + Mary”
20m AMRAP
12 Deadlift 155/105
5 Handstand Pushups
9 Hang Clean
10 Pistols (alternating)
6 Push Jerk
15 Pull-Ups

 

Apr
17
By CFlando

Toeing the Line

Toeing the Line

By CFlando Posted on

We will be closed for Easter Sunday. We will have a full regular schedule on Monday.

 

httpv://youtu.be/Dt_FWHf-H3E

You can have your #throwbackthursdays. This is #throwbackfriday @crossfitlando.

This actually was one of those “wow can’t believe it moments” about the passing of time when I dug this video up. This was from February of LAST YEAR. We had been open for about 3 weeks and this was one of the first benchmark workouts we had ever done. Jack and Ben hadn’t even become interns yet. I actually still worked out on a regular basis and could do a workout with Stacey and only get beat by :20. So much has changed…

We got snatching and more snatching today. For the strength it’s #maxoutfriday. I know we preach and preach about technique and squat snatching when the choice is given, and trust me we still want this happening at all times. But max out means max. the. $#%&. out. Get the most weight up from floor to overhead as you can. Pick your things to focus on then let it ride. We have been focusing on setup a lot this week so let’s keep that rolling here.

Floor, Below Knee, Launch Position

Floor, Below Knee, Launch Position

 

Notice in each pic but especially the starting (floor) position how tight and flat the back is. Setup will be different in terms of shoulders and bar based on your body (arm and leg length, torso, etc). Just get your butt down as low as you can and tighten your back as much as possible. Then as you pick up the shoulders come out over the bar (key #1) the knees push back and hips and shoulder rise at the same time (key #2) and continue this way until Launch Position where the SHINS ARE VERTICAL (key #3). If you can hit these major points you are going to be able to lift some good weight relative to your strength.

Then we got “Isabel”, 30 snatches for time, RX @ 135/95. This is a bit different technique than when you are maxing out. All the important things are in play here but there is going to be an element of controlled chaos to this workout. I post the video above for a few reasons, mainly to show more of how awesome your Coach Stacey is in doing that workout in sub 2:00. But also take a look at the last few reps I made. Kinda ugly right? Notice though I have all the safety points in check. Back is flat and tight and hips below the knees in setup, just not in a picture perfect way. Even with some ugliness the key points are in place. For me at that point in the workout it was either ADJUST (not sacrifice) form to meet demands on intensity, which at this point was full #hamsteak. I would never show some of these reps as the pinnacle example of good power snatching, but sometimes when in WOD you need to toe the line of control (notice I didn’t say safety) to go full #hamsteak.

I like to think of what we all do like sky diving. You want to be in control, but sometimes to get the most out of it you need to toe the line of being in control and being out of control. Just with this you won’t plummet to your death from 10,000 ft. We are always, always preaching form and safety. Safety can never be sacrificed, but form can and should at times be altered to meet demands of intensity. If you asked me to do every one of these reps for a technique video you can bet the time would have been a lot slower. We need to reach full intensity to get the most for our fitness, and sometimes this means making changes.

This by no means is me advocating for throwing form out the window in a WOD. It’s all relative to ability and fitness. Take a look at videos of any elite athlete (like the one in front of me in the video above) and you will notice from start to finish every rep looks the same. It probably would have taken 40-50 snatched for Stacey to start having to either slow down or make the same changes to the way she made the lifts. There is a reason for why they are at the level they are, as holding perfect form through the highest intensity leads to better efficiency over the long term. It takes a lot of time and work to get to that level. For the rest of us we just need to toe the line.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch

Find a 1rm

 

WOD: “Isabel”, compare to 5/24/13
30 Snatch 135/95

Scaling: this WOD should be done in 10m or less. Scale appropriately. Ask for help.

SkWAT Team: 8×1 heavy deadlift pull. Not working to a 1rm. Try to do 8 reps above 80%

Apr
16
By CFlando

Partner Row WOD

Partner Row WOD

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

 

Come on in on a wonderful Thursday and get a good partner conditioning WOD in. This one will be fun!

 

THURSDAY

WOD: Partner WOD
Row 300m, Run 200m
rest :30
Row 400m, Run 300m
rest :30
Row 500m, run 400m
Rest :30
Row 600m, run 500m
rest :30
Row 700m, run 600m

Scaling: Subtract 100m from each distance.

 

*Partners move gauntlet style. Once partner 1 is done with row they start running and partner 2 starts rowing, then runs when they are done. When partner 1 gets back from run they rest :30 then start the next row regardless of partner 2, and partner 2 will rest :30 when they get in regardless of partner 1. Continue this way until finishing the 700m row, 600m run.

 

Apr
15
By CFlando

Deadlift and Do It Heavy

Deadlift and Do It Heavy

By CFlando Posted on

The deadlift is one of the simpler movements we do in theory, but it is increased in scale of difficulty because of the fact that a lot of weight can be moved even with not so much skill. It is the definition of “pick things up and put them down”. Bend over, pick up a bar, put it back down. It is that easy but like many things we do it is easier said than done.

As always there are many things to think about and everyone has their specific strengths and weaknesses to focus on while performing a movement. For the deadlift everyone should focus on the setup. I say this about a lot of movements, that a perfect setup gets more than 50% of the way to doing the movement right. On the contrary you could be a great mover but if you setup poorly you won’t be able to fix it with your movement. In the setup for the deadlift you want the shoulders above the hips, the hips above the knees, but it is a much different setup than the clean. You want the back to be almost parallel to the floor but still have a downwards angle from the shoulders to the sacrum.

httpv://youtu.be/5KxV4p7rS9s

The initiation for the movement should be pushing through the heels into the floor. The most important thing for anyone for the movement portion of the deadlift is keeping the hips and shoulders at the same angle as the bar comes off the floor. This is helped by pulling the shoulders back and not just flattening the back out but actively tightening from hips to shoulders. Then as you push keep the bar pulling into the body. Once the bar passes the knees the hips hinge forward.

The down portion of the movement gets ugly for a lot of people and reasonably so. You got a lot of weight on the bar pulling you forward! Start your initiation down with the butt moving backwards. This will keep the weight over your center and get your torso over the bar. This will allow you to keep control of the weight rather than it pulling you down and around your knees. Essentially you want to try to move this bar in a nearly straight line up and down, nearly only because there should be a slight tilt into the body as you lock out at the top. There should never be rounding over the knees. If you feel this happens then work harder at starting down with the hips moving backwards first.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Deadlift

5×5

 

WOD: 50 Burpee Box Jumps for time, 24/20

10m Time Cap. This is a hard cap.

 

SkWAT Team: 100 GHD Situps

Apr
14
By CFlando

Member of the Month: Susan Emery

Member of the Month: Susan Emery

By CFlando Posted on
10005807_10101333393500531_1154559861_o

Susan getting after it during the Opens

As always we are very pleased to announce our member of the month. I feel like I am saying this every time, but this is an extra special one. Susan Emery is our M.O.M. for the month of April.

Susan has been a member since back in early 2013. As you can see she started her fitness journey over 4 years ago and has done a lot of hard work to get to where she is. Many of our members show that age truly is just a number, and Susan is right up at the top of the pack. Point proven is she qualified for the next round of the Master’s Qualifier for the Reebok CrossFit Games. It’s truly amazing what she has accomplished no matter what her age is. A frequenter of the morning time slots, Susan is a great part of our community, supporting endeavors outside of the gym and bringing friends and colleagues to see what we are all about.

Have a read and learn a bit more about Susan and what brought her to CrossFit Lando. Congratulations Susan!

 

1. How did you get started with CrossFit (in general)?

I actually don’t remember my first introduction to the idea of CrossFit but about a year ago I saw it highlighted on an episode of Chronicle.  I remember being intrigued and wondered if I could do it. I looked for local gyms and was drawn to CFL. When I emailed you I asked if CrossFit was appropriate for someone over age 50 (even though I was over 60) as there is a lot of “ageism” out there and I was afraid if I “fessed up” you’d call the senior center!. After I took the intro class with you I wasn’t completely convinced I could do it, but was determined to try.

 

2. What did you do before CF for physical fitness?

I’ve always been pretty overweight and sedentary then about 4 years ago worked hard to lose around 50 pounds.  Although I walked on a treadmill or used a stepper I knew I’d lost a lot of muscle mass in my weight loss. At first I worked with a trainer at the Boston College Rec Plex and she introduced me to what I now realize are CrossFit inspired workouts. She also helped me to overcome my own ageism and gave me confidence that I was stronger and more capable than I realized. If I hadn’t worked with her I doubt I would have had the courage to try CrossFit.

 

3. What has been your biggest lifestyle change(s) since starting CF?

Probably following the Paleo diet and working my schedule around CF classes and healthy eating. My friends would also say I’ve become incredibly boring talking about burpees and WODs but the boring part isn’t new!

4. Favorite lift/movement/wod?

Box jumps.  Actually I like anything I can do.

5.  Least favorite lift/movement/wod?

Anything I can’t do.  There’s a bit of a list but after the opens double unders, chest-to-bar, and TTB are at the top since I couldn’t do many/any reps.

6. What interests/activities do you have/do outside of CF?

I didn’t know there was anything outside of CF???????? If there was it would be reading mindless mystery novels, cooking, playing the piano, and feeding my 5 shelter cats (I am NOT a cat lady).

7. What is your biggest/proudest CF accomplishment/moment?

Climbing the rope to 10 ft.!!  I couldn’t do that in high school.

8. Tell us some other interesting things about you that we the community might not know.

I mentioned I like mystery novels.  A few years ago mystery weekends were popular where actors and guests would mingle and guests would try to solve the murder staged by the actors. Many of these were set in the 1920’s and 1930’s and I have some great vintage clothing from that era so maybe someday I’ll get to travel on the Orient Express.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Hang Clean + 3 Push Jerk
5 sets

– For this you will perform 1 hang clean then 3 push jerks. The focus here is working on the legs for the Jerk. Technique is key here as you will be very tired by your 3rd rep and need everything you have to complete it.

 

httpv://youtu.be/p-H4l9bK0LA

 

WOD: 5 Rounds
12 STOH 95/65
40 Double Unders
7 Squat Snatch 95/65

*115/80

Apr
13
By CFlando

Making Use of Open Gym

Making Use of Open Gym

By CFlando Posted on

1902761_626976554024167_354561816_n

Since the Reebok CrossFit Opens ended we have kept the added Open Gym times we had for that 5 week period as a permanent part of our schedule. Now we have Open Gym time ever day of the week except Thursday and Sunday. Check the schedule for the exact times of Open Gym. They are a great resource to take advantage of because you can use 1 of them a week as a non-counted class. So if you are a 2x a week member, for example, you could come to class on Monday, Open Gym on Wednesday, and class on Friday at no extra cost.

What should you use Open Gym for? I think this is a question a lot of you can’t answer, so here is your answer! First of all understand that there will always be coaches at the gym for Open Gym. While they are not “running” Open Gym in a sense of directing you as to what to do, at least one coach will always be there for help for Open Gym. If you need advice on a stretch for a certain body party, help setting/using the clock, advice for drills or something to do for weaknesses, things like that you are encouraged to use one of the coaches on duty.

Open Gym can be used for literally anything, but make use of it for things you might not be able to do at your regularly scheduled time at the gym. Not that just hanging out and rolling is not OK, that is totally fine. A lot of you come in for class as early as you can which usually is during an Open Gym and just do some extended rolling. That’s great. Mobility is a great use of Open Gym time, especially for trouble areas. We all have spots that are worse for us than others. I have my hips, back, and hamstrings, Stacey has her shoulders, everyone has their thing. While we do mobility and stretching in class it isn’t nearly enough to keep the body healthy and injury free. In class we usually focus on the areas we are using for that day. You need dedicated work for your trouble areas to get better and Open Gym is a great time to do that.

You can also use the hour to make up a strength or WOD you missed, or for extra strength work especially. If you are someone who is trying to increase strength then it’s a great time to get extra squatting or press work in, whatever you are working on. You can use the hour for whatever you want so get extra strength work in and a WOD, either one you missed or the one for the day if you don’t plan on making class at night. While there won’t be a coach watching every step of the way we can certainly help get you set up, work on the movements, and help with scaling. Just as always be careful with keeping standards up to par. Since it is not a directed time and isn’t as busy (usually) Open Gym is a good time to use your fancy internet devices for some video analysis

We discourage you, however, to use it as your primary WOD time, meaning if you can make classes then you really should try to get to them as often as you can. Open Gym is a great way to get a WOD in if you had something come up and missed class, or have commitments later in the evening, or just got out of work early and want to get home early for a change, that we totally understand. But regularly coming in for Open Gym rather than taking a class for the same strength and WOD is missing the point of why you want to be a member of CrossFit Lando. If you are doing most of your workouts in Open Gym you are missing the coaching and the camaraderie of the class pushing you through the workout.

Definitely use it as a convenient time to get your work in but try to get as much class time in as you can.

MONDAY

Strength: Front Squat
warmup 3×5, then 4×8 no pause at top

 

WOD: 21-15-9
Hang Squat Clean 135/95
Pull-Ups
– Run 400m at beginning of each round

*155/105

SkWAT Team: 5m Backwards Sled Drag @ BW


13
By CFlando

No Class Today @ 11am

No Class Today @ 11am

By CFlando Posted on

There is no class today at CrossFit Lando due to conflicts with weather and Attitude Nation Seminar. All classes go for tomorrow.

Apr
12
By CFlando

11am Class Only

11am Class Only

By CFlando Posted on

11am at CFL for class. This is the only class of the day. Regular schedule starts again on Monday. Class will be outside.

Apr
11
By CFlando

Zucchini Frittata Time

Zucchini Frittata Time

By CFlando Posted on

This is such an easy and tasty recipe. It is great warm out of the oven but the leftovers work really well for lunch the next day!

Zucchini Frittata
zucchini-frittata
Ingredients:
2 tablespoons of coconut oil
3 sausages
2 zucchini, shredded (julienne peelers work great!)
2 carrots, shredded
1/2 onion, thinly sliced
10 eggs, beaten
3/4 teaspoon of sea salt
1/2 teaspoon black pepper
(Garlic to season – I put garlic in everything)


Directions:
1. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees.
2. In a large bowl beat eggs together with salt, pepper, and garlic.
3. In a large cast iron skillet (if you do not have one use regular skillet then pour into a greased baking dish before throwing in oven), over medium heat, add the oil, remove sausage from casing, and saute the meat until it is browned.
4. Add the zucchini, carrot, and onion and saute until they are softened and slightly tender. Make sure most of the liquid has cooked out of the veggies so your frittata does not come out soggy.
5. Pour the egg mixture into the skillet. Turn of the heat and stir the ingredients to combine.
6. Bake for about 20-25 minutes or until the eggs are set and not runny.
7. Serve from the skillet or save it for lunch!

 

SATURDAY

Meet at CrossFit Lando @ 10am for a great WOD!

Apr
10
By CFlando

Weekend Schedule Changes

Weekend Schedule Changes

By CFlando Posted on

JonNorthAttitude

 

Here is the schedule for classes for the entire weekend. There are changes being made to accommodate the Attitude Nation Level II camp. We appreciate your cooperation in advance as our entire staff will be working long days all three days to help the camp and get classes coached as well. It’s going to be a long, fun weekend of fitness and lifting. There are still spots available, full 3 day spots and limited 2 day spots for the Camp itself for those interested. Please contact us ASAP.

Due to the schedule changes there will be no intro classes or Open Gym times for the rest of the weekend.

 

FRIDAY

530am, 630am

12:15pm-1:00pm (Camp ends at 12 for lunch break so 12:15 start for class. You can get here anytime to be ready for 12:15)

6:30pm

SATURDAY

10am Outdoor Class (meet at CFL)

– No Intro Class, Open Gym, or 1pm Class

SUNDAY

11:00AM, only class this Sunday. Meet at CFL, might take a field trip.

For those attending the Camp please check attitudenation.com to make sure you know start times and whatever else you need. We do not have any say or control over the camp. If you are interested in attending for Saturday and Sunday only (couldn’t swing all 3 days because of Friday) please contact us ASAP, there are limited spots for 2 day attendees.

 

FRIDAY

WOD: “Whitey”

U.S. Army First Lieutenant Ashley White, 24, of Alliance, Ohio, assigned to the 230th Brigade Support Battalion, 30th Heavy Brigade Combat Team, North Carolina National Guard, based in Goldsboro, North Carolina, died on October 22, 2011 in Kandahar province, Afghanistan, from wounds suffered when insurgents attacked her unit with an improvised explosive device. She is survived by her husband Captain Jason Stumpf, her parents Robert and Deborah, brother Josh, and sister Brittney.

Five rounds for time of:
15′ Rope climb, 3 ascents
10 Toes to bar
21 Walking lunge steps with 45lb plate held overhead
Run 400 meters

Scale suggestions: 2 Rope Climbs and/or 10′ climbs, walking lunges without 45# plate. Consider RX+

35:00m time cap

Apr
9
By CFlando

Passion of the Warrior

Passion of the Warrior

By CFlando Posted on

The-Ultimate-Warrior

 

 

 

The Ultimate Warrior died today (yesterday). To many people this means nothing (sadly for anyone personally close to the man himself). Warrior was an icon of icons in professional wrestling. Anyone who is around my age and grew up watching WWF (before it was WWE) knew the Warrior for his general amazingness. I can still remember Wrestlemania VI when he fought Hulk Hogan in the most epic wrestling match of all time. I was like 8 years old and basically mimicked the entire match with my younger brother and our Hogan and Warrior wrestling buddies. My parents actually bought us wrestling mats to put in the basement because before then we just beat the hell out of each other in our room and knocked the light fixtures out of the ceiling when my Mom was making dinner on multiple occasions.

Like many legends of the professional wrestling culture, especially the 80s and 90s, Warrior had a bit of a sad demise after his meteoric rise to fame. He did his share of illegal supplements which caused a good mount of health problems, surely contributing to his untimely death at the age of 54. He had a few comeback stints, lawsuits against the Federation itself, a run as a conservative motivational speaker, and eventually faded into a sort of sad obscurity, a shell of the monstrous physical specimen he was as shown in pictures like above.

What I always remember about what I remember about Warrior (wrap your head around that for a second) was how passionate he was. We all know pro wrestling was and is scripted. Now that I don’t follow it anymore it sort of baffles me how it has the following it still does, with grown people with fully developed brains following the story lines like the hottest new TV drama, when it’s actually all fake. But what was so interesting about the Ultimate Warrior was his takes and his general being was so passionately real. The show that is the WWE means that everything about it is over the top. The men and women that become these characters literally become the characters, keeping their persona in and out of the ring. It’s almost bizarre, and to most people (I think and maybe hope) it grows old because at some age we eventually want something real.

The Warrior was about as real as it gets in that fake world, and this isn’t just the kid in me reminiscing about Gorilla Press Slams with my bro before we begged Mom to let us stay up past bedtime for Monday Night Raw. I’ll always remember when he showed up as a guest on Regis and Kathy Lee. While his eventual complete destruction of the set, and his showing up in ring attire with full man package showing, was clearly part of the act he still was genuine and real pretty much the whole appearance. The guy was just a complete maniac, and I loved it.

I still love it. I get fired up listening to his intro music and watching old footage of him sprinting full speed into the ring, fist pumping, shaking the ropes, and completely losing his mind. This probably is just nostalgia but what was so cool about him was this was him 24/7. Passion. While many could argue that his passion was worthless or misplaced, it was pure, raw, honest passion. Insane, but honest passion. I know a good many people who would (and should) kill to be as passionate about anything as this:

httpv://youtu.be/ffXJodvm66E

It was this passion that made him the icon he was. It takes something so crazy, so over the top to cement a place in history with such little time on your side. It’s like Guns N’ Roses. Barely 6 years (the ones that count) and 3 albums and they were gone, but you can’t turn a rock station on without hearing a song and they made the Rock Hall of Fame 2 years ago. There is something to be said for unbridled passion, unchecked fervor for what you do. While I certainly don’t envy the outcome of Warrior’s life or promote the lifestyle he lead, his short professional wrestling life is something of legend so much so that 30 year olds write blogs about them 20 years after his peak as an athlete. Passion like this, where just your existence and being can leave a mark on history for generations, is something I envy. Not only from the standpoint of living my life to such an extent but being able to instill such passion in others.

While 54 is certainly too young to die I can only hope that the 24 years I have left (if I were to go the same way) can have an affect on the world that makes someone write a blog about me. I’m sure it ain’t easy, but we surely can all try right? Maybe tomorrow when we wake up we can all try tossing on this theme music and shaking the ropes a few times to get the day going.

RIP Warrior. Shake the ropes 2014.

 

THURSDAY

Super sore from the week so far? This is actually a great day to make it in. Classes are going to be reduced on Friday due to the Attitude Nation Camp, very limited on Saturday or possibly canceled, and limited on Sunday. Get your classes on tomorrow and Friday. Tomorrow will be a great day to get the soreness out and have a great WOD on Friday too. Still plenty to get the most out of the week.

Strength: Press
6 sets of 3 reps, strict (same weight) across

WOD: 3 Rounds
Row 500m
Run 400m
25 Unbroken KB Swings 53/35
12 Burpees

Rest 2:00

Apr
8
By CFlando

The Bodyweight Challenge

The Bodyweight Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

Today we have what might be the most fun workout we have done here maybe ever, probably in the history of the entire world done by any CrossFit gym including ones on Mars and Pluto.

THIS IS THE BARBELL BODYWEIGHT CHALLENGE!!! (CROWD GOES WILD)

1. THE COMPLEX: 1 point for each movement, failing any movement means restarting the complex

1 Squat Clean
1 Front Squat
1 Push Jerk
1 Split Jerk

Each movement is worth a point in some way. Successfully completing the complex is worth an additional point. If you complete the complex you can do additional split jerks for a point for each additional rep.

We want to see people stepping up to the plate and going for it, not sitting back and taking the easy choice. This is Max Week after all!! The challenge rests in the reps that you do AND weight you choose. If your weight is very doable for you and you have more left in the tank after a complex, go for another split jerk. However…

2. RX, Points, and Penalties

RX+ = 100% BW, 1 point for each rep completed
RX= 75%-99% BW, 1 point for each rep completed, -1 point for for not completing a complex (max miss penalty is -1 even if missing on first rep of complex)
Minimum allowable scale= 50% BW, 1 Point for Each Rep completed, -.5 point for each missed rep of complex (or rep not attempted)

Additional Penalty: Missed rep = burpees

RX+= No penalty burpees
All other scale: 1 bar facing burpee for each missed rep

There is incentive to choose heavier weight. While RX+ is only given for 100% BW, if you choose more than 75% BW you do not have to do penalty burpee reps. Penalty reps are for EACH MISSED REP. So if you miss the squat clean then you do 4 bar facing burpees. There is no penalty for additional split jerk attempts after a successful complex. 

This is going to be fun like fun was never invented before this. Get in to CFL tomorrow and let’s get it on!!! Who is going to win the Challenge!?

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1rm

WOD:
10m AMRAP
Bodyweight Barbell Complex Challenge
– 1 squat clean, 1 front squat, 1 push jerk, 1 split jerk

httpv://youtu.be/6uG2kg5JB-0


SkWAT Team
7×3 Clean Pull @ 110% 1RM

Apr
7
By CFlando

Pineapple Slaw from Coach Stacey, and Tons of Pull-Ups

Pineapple Slaw from Coach Stacey, and Tons of Pull-Ups

By CFlando Posted on

Going to a cookout? This is the perfect side dish to bring and impressive your friends with your version of coleslaw.
slaw2
Pineapple Slaw

Ingredients for the slaw:
1 cup shredded carrots
1 cup grated beets
3 cups shredded napa cabbage
1 cup fresh chopped pineapple
2 tablespoons crushed raw cashews
2 tablespoons thinly sliced green onion
2 tablespoons fresh cilantro leaves, torn

Ingredients for dressing:
1/2 cup water
1/2 cup sunbutter
2 tablespoons coconut vinegar
2 tablespoons toasted sesame oil
1 tablespoon fish sauce
1 tablespoon coconut aminos
2 teaspoons dried Thai chilies or chili paste – this will be spicy!
1 garlic clove
1/2 teaspoon minced fresh ginger
pinch of salt
grind of fresh back pepper

Directions:
1. Make sue you dry the veggies off if they are damp after washing. The pineapple will add moisture so you do not want to add anymore.
2. Add veggies and pineapple to a large bowl.
3. Make the dressing: In a blender, add the water, then add the remainder of the ingredients. Blend on high until you have a smooth, creamy dressing.
4. Use half the dressing and toss the salad together. decide to add more dressing or save the rest as salad dressing and future use.
5. Garnish with cashews, green onion, and cilantro.
6. Enjoy!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Bench Press

Find a 1rm

WOD: Score is Total Reps of Dips and Pull-up Variation
EMOM 20m
– Even: 10 Double Unders, AMRAP Ring Dips
– Odd: Pull-up and Variations
Minutes 2,4,6: Pull-ups
Minutes 8, 10, 12, 14: CTB
Minutes 16, 18, 20: Bar MU or CTB Pull-Ups

Your score is total reps of Ring Dips and Pull-Ups/Muscle ups. If you cannot do or struggle mightily with Double Unders then this will be good double under work

Apr
6
By CFlando

It’s Max Week!

It’s Max Week!

By CFlando Posted on
John Reaching For the Light

John Reaching For the Light

 

Yes. It’s time. Max week. The greatest week of the year…which just so happens to occur every 5-7 weeks at CFL. We will be testing a number of lifts and maxing out. Maxing out means lifting for a 1rm and trying to set a new lifetime PR. Max week is a mentality more than anything. It is time to let loose, yell and scream, ground and pound, get excited, loud, quiet, focused, whatever it is you get to push yourself through your limits and set some new PRs. Max week is a heck of a lot of fun.

That is max week in a nutshell. But what is max week really? I’m so glad you asked because I LOVE to talk…

The lifts and workouts we do at CrossFit Lando are part of a programming cycle. Programming, the lifts and WODs that go up on the website each day, are one of the many things that make each CrossFit box different. The people writing the programming, in our case myself (with checks and balances coming from Coach Kroon), all have different backgrounds, educations, theories, reasoning, and goals, so the programming from box to box is not just different but something that can be an identity. Personally I love the idea of programming for a large and very diverse population, testing theories and seeing vastly different outcomes. Think of this…all 120 of you have been following the same program for the past 7 weeks, and this week during testing will have 120 different outcomes.

Every programmer has a different style. The world of fitness has a TON of information to learn and take from, especially CrossFit. Since this sport is so new there really isn’t an established right or wrong way of programming and to be honest there are a TON of proven right ways out there. At CrossFit Lando our programming philosophy is pretty simple: short cycles with lots of heavy lifting leaving plenty of opportunity for improvement, analysis, and confidence building. Strength development leads to skill development which leads to overall fit people, and a group that will kick some serious butt in an all out zombie apocalypse.

The word cycle has come up a lot here and there are probably a good amount of you who don’t know what a programming cycle is. However your first guess is probably right. The cycle is just a period of time that a set of programming covers and usually has a goal to be reached. The cycle starts, time passes, the cycle ends, then resets. It can repeat, totally change, slightly morph, whatever the programmer decides. Microcycles are small pieces of programming time that when put together make larger Mesocycles. Macrocycles are mesocycles strung together encompassing a full season. This gets more specific for different athletes depending on goals. For example I program the Macrocycle (season) for Coach Kroon very specifically since her training follows a season that culminates at the CrossFit Games. For the general population of CrossFit Lando the specificity isn’t as intense but follows the same season structure.

As a coach I break the season down into a lot more cycles than most other programmers. The reasoning is simple like I stated above, plus I believe everyone likes life a lot better if they see improvement and see it frequently. I don’t care what you are doing, fitness or poker, hot dog eating contests or competitive games of World of Warcraft, seeing improvement leaves people happy and wanting more. So I like our mesocycles to be broken into 5-7 week segments, maxing out at the end of each of these. Therefore you all get a chance to set new PRs many times through the year, and if you aren’t PRing and something is going wrong there is time for analysis and change so the PR party can come to you too. Being able to lift for a max frequently and set PRs also builds confidence in us. Confidence = easier world domination, so confidence in the gym is good.

Believe it or not all of you follow the same programming cycles that your superstar coach Stacey follows as well! Pretty cool right? Not sure if you noticed but she is pretty good at exercising for dollars. The reason is that even if your goals aren’t as intense or focused as hers or other elite athletes, we as humans operate in cycles in every part of life. Sleeping, eating, mating, everything is done in patterns. Sometimes strictly followed, sometimes loosely based, either way this is how our body operates best. We live in a series of constantly changing rhythms and patterns and training should be no different. Sometimes it’s good to keep it the same, sometimes it’s good to change it up slightly or totally blow the thing up. CrossFit allows for all of the above

Bottom line is this week is a culmination in 7 weeks of super hard work. It has been tough with the Opens but people have been working their butts off. This is the week to come in and show it off, get wild, and let it all hang out. Time to break the gong from PRs.

This is the week to come give life hell. Let’s roll.

 

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
Find a 1rm

WOD: For Time
20 Deadlift 225/155
Run 200m
5 Deadlift
Run 300m
10 Deadlift
Run 400m
15 Deadlift
Run 500m

*275/195

 

SkWAT Team: 100 Walking Lunges (alternating)

 

Important for Today: Low Bar Back Squat technique. Low Bar is the best way to lift the most weight possible. Every time we max out we suggest Low Bar so it is what you should lift with for this max unless you have been doing high bar. If this is so you need to train in both. Watch this video and learn how and why.

httpv://youtu.be/p0QwNvLJVBk

Apr
5
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

 

Strength: Hang Power Clean

EMOM 10m, 2 heavy reps

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
25 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
20 Hang Power Clean 135/95
15 Broad Jumps 4′
10 Walking Lunges (each leg)
5 Wall Climbs

Apr
4
By CFlando

Weekend Update

Weekend Update

By CFlando Posted on

LastAlarm

We are running a little adapted version of the Hero WODs that are out there for the firefighters from last weeks blaze in Boston. Since there are two workouts floating around out there and both aren’t ideal for our setup (great workouts just equipment or time wise not great for our Saturday classes) we are going to kind of combine the two into our own verison. Still going to be a great workout and even better time. Like any Hero WOD this workout for Saturday is done with a little something special in your heart and head.

Two firefighters died doing their every day job, and many more were injured. Families were affected, lives were changed forever. Both men were hard working family men, one of them was a crossfitter who was part of many different communities. Let’s do a WOD and raise some money for the firefighters in Boston and everywhere who help us all live safely.

Please go to this link and make a donation, big or small, to the Boston Firefighter’s fund for Lt. Ed Walsh and Firefighter Michael Kennedy.

No Early Crew for Saturday. Everyone come get this WOD in as a community.

Good luck to Stacy, Christina, Gladson, and Teresa competing at Ever Proven CrossFit tomorrow!

SATURDAY

Partner WOD for Heroes Walsh and Kennedy:

25m AMRAP
Every 5 Minutes: Row 300m/Run 200m then AMRAP with rest of time
20 Front Squats 135/95
2 Rope Climbs
20 KB Swings 53/35

*70/53

Apr
3
By CFlando

Firefighter Memorial on Saturday

Firefighter Memorial on Saturday

By CFlando Posted on

1902761_626976554024167_354561816_n

Our “temporary” Open Gym times on Monday and Friday from 4:30 to 5:30pm that were added for the Opens will continue as permanent additions to the schedule.  This is effective immediately.

As surely everyone knows at this point there was a tragic fire in Boston last week. A number of firefighters were injured and two tragically lost their lives battling the fire. One of them was an avid part of the great CrossFit community we all know and love as a coach at a few gyms in the Boston area.

There is a memorial hero WOD that is in for these fallen heroes, Lt. Ed Walsh and Firefighter Michael Kennedy, that is named “Dork”. We will be running this WOD on Saturday during the 10am class as well as the 1pm class. It is a hero workout and we will be raising money for funds for firefighters and the families of the lost. More details will come on tomorrow night’s post but we wanted to get this out there so people could plan their weekends.

 

FRIDAY

Back to our benchmark Fridays!

 

WOD: “The Chief”

5 Rounds, each round 3 minutes with 1 minute of rest

3 Power Clean 135/95
6 Pushups
9 Air Squats

Score is total completed rounds.

There is no scale up for this workout, do do not try to do so. If the weight is light for you for this rep range then just move faster.

 

SkWAT Team: Find a 50′ max yoke carry in 5-6 attempts. Goal is 2-3x BW. Elite would be 3x BW+

Apr
2
By CFlando

Walden Local Meat Delivery Starting @ CF Lando

Walden Local Meat Delivery Starting @ CF Lando

By CFlando Posted on

walden-local-meat-subscription-billing-

We are starting a meat delivery for CrossFit Lando members from Walden Local Meat. Here is some more from them directly about their product and how ordering works. Check them out. April delivery is still available!!

From our Friends at Walden Local Meat

 

Walden Local Meat Co. is dedicated to providing healthy, sustainable and locally produced meats directly to customers in the Boston area.

 

All of our farmers sign partner affidavits that affirm they utilize no antibiotics, hormones, pesticides, herbicides, or chemicals of any kind. Our beef is 100% grass-fed, and our pork and poultry is raised on pastures outdoors, year round.

 

Not only does our meat taste far superior to anything you’d find in a grocery store, from a nutrition perspective there is simply no comparison: grass-fed beef is a heart healthy food with many benefits to your health. Put simply, because the cows are healthier, so are you!

 

  • Grass-fed beef, per serving, is actually leaner than a typical skinless chicken thigh!
  • Grass-fed beef has more ‘good fat’ and less ‘bad fat': 2 to 6 times the Omega-3 of corn-fed beef, and 75% less total fat per serving.
  • Lower bacteria counts – studies indicate that feeding cows an exclusive grass diet keeps overall E. Coli and other bacteria counts lower.

 

Monthly packages start at just $49, including delivery, with no contract or commitment.

 

Save $5 when you pick your share up at CrossFit Lando on specified delivery dates. Use coupon code: CROSSFITLANDO when ordering online and specify the gym as the delivery location.

 

Sign up in time for April’s delivery.  We are accepting orders through April 11th, and packages will be delivered the week of April 21st.

 

If you miss the April deadline, don’t worry May is around the corner!

 

Visit us at  Waldenlocalmeat.com

 

If you have any questions please email: [email protected]

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Front Squat
5×3

WOD: 10m AMRAP
1000m Row Buy In
then
6 Burpees
12 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Situps

 

Important for Today: Good Burpees vs. Bad Burpees

httpv://youtu.be/6SEfsuP0Waw

Apr
1
By CFlando

The Opens Recap

The Opens Recap

By CFlando Posted on

 

Dexter after "13.4"

Our Little Shmoopy

 

Support Adopting Pets: Most of you know Dexter, Lando’s resident dog and the most important male in Sarah’s life. We adopted Dexter a little over a year ago and he has been the best thing to happen to us since getting engaged. Sarah will probably argue that he’s the best thing that has happened to us period.

In honor of our 1 year anniversary of finding this little guy we have started a GoFund account to raise money for Pets, LLC. This company is an outstanding group that helps facilitate the adoption of pets such as Dexter, finding them in shelters where they are stacked up in kennels and killed if not adopted, transporting them directly to foster homes where they will be cared for by a family until they are directly adopted. A great organization that helps thousands of animals go from left for dead to loved and cared for. Follow the link above or this one here and make a donation to a great cause.

CrossFit Lando has officially finished it’s second Reebok CrossFit Opens. This year over 200,000 people participated in the Opens worldwide. That is a staggering number to think of in my opinion. What is so cool about it to me is that it is so many people doing the same thing each week yet with so many different stories. While we all went through the same journey, the same waiting game on Thursday night for the new WOD, the same sleepless nights wondering how we will fare in the WOD, the same pain and suffering during the WOD itself. We probably shared the experience at the same time as more than 50% of that 200,000 on Saturday mornings too.

Yet still, with so many things in common, so many shared experiences brought together such different journeys there, different goals and outlooks, such different paths afterwards. We all had different reasons and different objectives for the Opens, and surely different outcomes and different experiences when looking back. It’s what is so cool about the Opens experience and CrossFit in general, that something can unite so many people in similar yet different ways. Just in our own community we had all different ranges of experiences, from athlete competing for legitimate spots in Regionals to first time Opens experiences and even first time experiences doing anything competitive at all. It’s why the Saturday mornings became such a fun thing for the coaches to see because it united everyone no matter what your goals and backgrounds for an hour or so to work for the same goal: finish, and finish well.

We had a couple awesome performances that I have to give props to. I won’t be able to cover all the names specifically but I want to give a big shout out and congratulations to anyone who did the Opens for the first time. It is an incredible unknown to submit yourself to and to make it through the 5 weeks and maybe even have enjoyed it here and there is a true accomplishment. Joanna Whalen came in 109th place out of over 5000 women in the Northeast, and Coach Stacey Kroon came in 9th earning her a spot at Regionals the last weekend in May. Great performances by both these ladies. We had some great performances week to week but both these ladies showed how their hard work paid off all 5 weeks. As a gym we unofficially finished in 61st place. Once scores are finalized and Individual scores are taken out of the team tallies I think we will drop a bit but it is still a great job by everyone here.

As Coach Stacey wrote a few days ago there are plenty of things to shoot for on the horizon now that the competitive season might be over. The weather is getting nicer so that means there are road races, obstacle races, even marathons that you can dedicate yourself to and use CrossFit as your training for. I have run 2 marathons one of which I purely did CrossFit to train for along with 1 long run every Saturday. Stacey ran a 20 mile trail race purely with CrossFit as her training. In other words you can use this to improve your fitness for sport outside of the gym. This is what it’s all meant for!

For those of you already hungry for next year’s competition time, this is the time of year to get healthy, mentally and physically. That might be one day or one month or half a year, whatever it is it’s what you need to get ready to give your training your full attention. Until that time don’t think you can hide from us here at Lando, but maybe take a light hearted approach to your training and bring it back to just getting more fit each day and not so much emphasis on the score and placing. There is plenty of time for that.

Congratulations again to all who made the plunge, lasted to 5 weeks, and came out better people and athletes. Now it’s time to bring on Spring, Regionals, and more cowbell!

WEDNESDAY

Strength: EMOM 12m
1 Power Clean, 1 Squat Clean

 

WOD: Double Alternating Tabata
8 Rounds
Row (Calories)
Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
then
8 Rounds
Double Unders
KB Swings 53/35

*30/24

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat, 4×3, heavy for today

Important for Today:

Power Clean:

httpv://youtu.be/QXahCNi1jeg

 

Squat Clean:

httpv://youtu.be/1nXJ-nv9KLA

Mar
31
By CFlando

Strength Focus for Pull-Up Improvement

Strength Focus for Pull-Up Improvement

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

“How do I get better at pull-ups?”.

This is the million dollar CrossFit question. Everyone wants better pull-ups. The only reason you would not want to be better at pull-ups is if you are Dexter and don’t have thumbs or the knowledge of what a pull-up even is. Since Dexter is sitting next to me and I know isn’t reading this blog because he is grounded and lost his phone and iPad privileges, I will assume you all want to get better at pull-ups.

Every movement we do in CrossFit has two components: technique and physical strength/endurance. Every class involves some sort of technique work on most movements important for that day. Barbell movements that are the Strength of the day tend to have the most technique work that day, and skill movements like pull-ups, toes to bar, muscle ups, handstand pushups, etc. get some technical practice each day as well. Depending on the difficulty and/or the level of importance to the day’s work the amount of time and depth of the practice varies.

Technique is top dog, but strength is nipping at it’s heels. I say this because no matter how strong you are in a certain element your technique, or lack thereof, will ultimately dictate how good you become in that particular movement. Yet the role that strength plays in all movements is not to be overlooked and it can even make up for a temporary deficiency in technique.

What is lost in the discussion and quest for improvement with many bodyweight/skill movements is the need for increasing strength. We all know how to improve our squats, whether it be our max weights or endurance in workouts. Squat more, get stronger, eventually be better at squatting overall. The pull-up is no different than the back squat. Technique, like the kip or butterfly efficiency, is very important, but getting stronger in the body parts that are used in the pull-up will make you that much better, just like improving the squat.

We squat very frequently at CrossFit Lando. Our cycles run 5-7 weeks depending on the time of year and we ALWAYS squat in some shape or form once a week and usually twice. SkWAT Teamers will squat some way usually three times if not four times a week. The ins and outs and what have yous are a bit more intricate than is needed for this discussion so I will make it simple: increase your volume (number of reps, etc) and you will increase your strength. If you squat a few times a week you will move likely get stronger in your squat by the next time we max out.

Pull-ups aren’t done as often as we squat so if improving your pull-ups is a goal you might need to do some work on your own. We hit pull-ups in our programming at least once a week but rarely twice or more. So if you miss a pull-up day you might go more than a week without pull-ups in your life. While many of us might like that idea it certainly doesn’t fit into our increase volume=increase strength. The great thing is that adding supplementary pull-up work to your weekly regimen is super easy and can be done before or after class with no more than 10 minutes of work in most cases.

To make our squatting better we do all different types (back, front, overhead, cleans, snatches) in many different rep ranges (sets of 5 for strength, or high reps in WODs), and use accessory movements like deadlifts, pistols, etc. that all work towards building strength and endurance in the squat. In general we just need to vary the type and rep while increasing our overall volume and improvement will come. Taking the same simple approach to pull-ups will yield success in a very short amount of time, as our cycles restart every 5-7 weeks as stated earlier. Adding a few days of strict pull-up work with varying grips (pronated, suppinated, L) and throwing in max efforts work (regular kipping, chest to bar, and some accessory movements) on other days and you have a recipe for pull-up improvement.

Next week we are 1 rep max testing and setting off on a new cycle so it’s time to focus on the next set of goals. If pull-ups are high on the list of things to improve on then start planning your attack for getting them taken care of. Set a schedule for your extra work and stick to it. Constantly vary your work and always look to increase the volume from the effort before. It is not unreasonable to want to rid yourself of some bands or bands all together in this coming cycle. Like anything it just takes some dedicated time and effort.

Time itself doesn’t make us improve. If it did we would all be superheroes by now.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
find a 3 rep max

WOD: 3  Rounds
20 Pull-Ups
20 STOH 95/65
Run 400m

*115/80, unbroken rounds for pull-ups and STOH.

 

Mar
30
By CFlando

That was fun…now what?

That was fun…now what?

By CFlando Posted on

Here we are at the end of the 2014 Crossfit Opens season. It was an awesome five weeks of hard work and great community. Every Saturday we had at least 60 athletes show up and throw down. There was blood, sweat and tears. There was cheering, encouraging, and cowbells. We got awesome photos and had some great food! We even ended in style with a Lando party.
1525515_10203287254359472_37299580_n
But now what?
Well Crossfit continues, the weather gets warmer, and we continue to accept new challenges. Perhaps running a road race or an obstacle race sound appealing. We will have teams getting together for that. Maybe you loved the Opens and want to continue doing Crossfit competitions. There are plenty of Crossfit competitions involving teams (hey Lando is throwing the best one in June!), individuals, and different age divisions (we have several members competing this weekend in “Strong is the New 40″) Maybe you want to recommit to your training days at Lando and just enjoy the warmer weather. Well we will be having BBQs and more outings as it gets more bearable outside! Stay tuned as things begin to heat up! The Opens are over BUT the fun never ends!

MONDAY

Strength: Deadlift
5 sets of 2

WOD: 5 Rounds
6 Hang Power Snatch 115/80
10 Pistols (alternating)

*135/95

Mar
29
By CFlando

The Sunday After

The Sunday After

By CFlando Posted on

Thank you everyone for participating in the 2014 Reebok CrossFit Opens with Operation Lando. When I write this the party hasn’t happened yet, but I’m sure I will be thanking everyone for a great turnout as well.

SUNDAY

Strength: Press
5-5-4-3-2-2

 

WOD: 4 Rounds

10 Hand Release Push-ups
20 Wall Ball 20/14
25 Hang Power Clean 95/65
1 Rope Climb, 15′
30 Situps

Mar
28
By CFlando

End of Opens Party Tomorrow

End of Opens Party Tomorrow

By CFlando Posted on
Jim at the 14.5 Live Announcement

Jim Partyin’ at the 14.5 Live Announcement

 

SCHEDULE REMINDER: The gym is closed for the After Opens Party at 12pm. No open gym past Noon and no 1pm class. The first After Opens party will go from 12pm-2pm. Food is provided by Ms. Christina. Drinks and other such and such is BYOT (bring your own thing). Friends and family are more than welcome! After the at the gym party we will reconvene at The Brickyard in Woburn Center starting at 8pm. Head downstairs.

If you are new or haven’t been around for the Saturdays during the Opens, just note that it is a bit different than our usual Saturday schedule. This is the last weekend of the Opens. Next Saturday our schedule will go back to normal. Even if you aren’t doing the Opens officially you can come do this workout with everyone. It’s a great time for all and a great time to get a great workout in with a crowd to cheer you on.

 

First heat tomorrow at 9:45am. Gym opens at 9:00, warmup at 9:20. Let’s send the Opens out with a bang!

 

SATURDAY

Gym opens at 9:00am. First heat at 9:45. For some thoughts on strategy check it out here

WOD: Open WOD 14.5

21-18-15-12-9-6-3 Reps of
Thrusters 95/65
Bar Facing Burpees

 

SkWAT Team: Not for time: 30 strict pull-ups, 30 strict hspu, 30 Deadlift 315/275, 15 TGU (alternating) 70/53, 30 CTB pull-ups (kipping)

 

Mar
27
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

1888505_10203365082593771_904590613_n

FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch

Find a 1RM

WOD: 7 Rounds

7 Snatch Balance 75/55
7 Ring Dips
7 Toes to Bar

SkWAT Team: No extra work if you are doing 14.5 Saturday. If not then 5×5 back squat

Mar
26
By CFlando

Lost and Found Going Bye Bye

Lost and Found Going Bye Bye

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

 

The lost and found is getting a bit crowded so we are going to clear it out on Friday. If you have something in there, or think you do, you have until Friday morning to get it or it is going to Goodwill, or Flav’s closet.

 

Strength: 10m AMRAP
10 strict pull-ups
15 strict dips
20 hollow rocks
25 supermans

WOD
2 Rounds
Row 750m
35 KB Swings 53/35
Run 600m
50 Air Squats
5 Wall Climbs

Mar
25
By CFlando

Spartan Races

Spartan Races

By CFlando Posted on

800px-Spartan_Race_-_Starting_Line

Saturday End of Open Party Update: Gym will close to classes at 12pm. No 12-1 Open Gym and no 1pm Class.

We will have a small end of Opens celebration starting at 12pm. Food will be provided by CrossFit Lando’s own Christina Nikitopoulos and the Connector Cafe. Some of you may know that Christina does limited offering of paleo meal delivery to the gym. She is planning on expanding her business and soon offering an online order for anyone who wants it. She will be bringing some of their offerings such as meatballs, pulled pork, and grilled chicken, all of which is excellent. If anyone wants to bring a appetizer, side, dessert feel free but otherwise food is covered! As for drinks, adult beverages are allowed but it’s BYOB.

We will break it up around 2pm and reconvene at 8pm @ the Brickyard. We will have the downstairs partially reserved again but will not be providing food. Get there early! Come join in whenever you can/want, celebrate a hard few months, and the coming of Spring!

Spartan Races: We have had a good amount of people interested in the Spartan Races in the area. There is one in Amesbury in August and one at Fenway in November. The Amesbury one is listed as Spartan Boston, weird I know. We know the November race has a Lando squat already created so anyone interested in joining just needs to sign up online. Alyssa Marino is interested in the Amesbury race and wants to get a squad going so anyone interested should get on it! I hear they sell out fast!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Clean
Find a 2rm within :20

 

httpv://youtu.be/1nXJ-nv9KLA

 

WOD: For Max Reps, each round :45 with :45 rest
4 Rounds
Squat Clean Thruster 135/95
then
4 Rounds
Lateral Burpees
then
3:00 AMRAP
2 Thruster 135/95
2 Lateral Burpees

 

*155/105

 

SkWAT Team: Front Squat 1/4, 1/2, Full Squat. 8 sets. Max Weight

Mar
24
By CFlando

Don’t Sweat the Small Stuff

Don’t Sweat the Small Stuff

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

This is one of those posts that can go a few different ways.

I’ll be the first to admit that taking the approach of not caring about the little things in life will get you in a lot of trouble in general terms. Often times it’s the little things that make the biggest differences. Whether it’s a few minutes earlier and a few minutes later to and from work to get ahead in the office, or cutting out bad snacks to zero in a diet, or making a small gesture like sending a thank you note to solidify a relationship, it’s usually small efforts over a consistent period of time that really get us places we want to be.

Let’s take it in house here and talk about the small things in getting better at exercising. Let’s stop sweating the small stuff, but also focus on the small things that can make us better. How about that one for confusing on a Monday night?!

Take snatching for example. One of the biggest critiques I hear from athletes in a general class when talking about themselves during a snatch session is they land with their feet too wide. Just recently I watched as someone here at Lando hit a PR by 10# or 30% on their snatch, stood up, looked at me and shook their head and said “my feet were way too wide”.

Part of me wanted to hug them for sweating such a small thing. Yes, if we truly are out for world domination of improvement, then small things even like how wide our feet are in the landing of a PR snatch should be evaluated.

However the part of me that took over wanted to scream YOU JUST PR’D YOUR SNATCH, WHO GIVES A FLYING $%%&^#(@**%&# HOW WIDE YOUR FEET ARE?!

Yes we are in a results driven sport. At the end of the day the number on the board or in WODify usually is all that matters. You know what? For most of you out there that 100% should be how it is. We have things like children, jobs, money, life in general to stress about on a day to day basis, CrossFit shouldn’t be one of those things. It should be a release, a time and place to just unplug, crush some WODs, have fun with the people around you, and NOT WORRY. Too wide in your landing on the snatch? Who gives a s$$t you PRd it. End of story.

There are a select % of people who need to sweat things like that and they are the people who have chosen to dedicate a part or most of their life to pursuing their best in this sport. Trust me, even they have days where sweating the small stuff just isn’t worth it.

When should you worry about the small stuff? When it’s hindering your development and happiness. Feet too wide in your snatch landing might hinder your ability to sink into the squat, therefore making hitting a lifetime PR snatch more difficult.

You know what I say? Work on your flexibility and worry about your feet another time. Or never.

The eye test would say Donny's feet are too wide here...don't think it affected this

Donny don’t care how wide his feet are when snatching 160kg

 

Trust me I know this is a slippery slope as a coach because it opens the doors to allow people to ignore the little things that will make them better. There is a piece to this that involves the time and place for your level of caring. Fellow coaches can argue with me all they want about demanding perfection all the time, but I think I have a decent system going as of now. Beyond anything mechanical the most important part of an athlete’s game is confidence, and more times than not just getting a result that provides that confidence is worth it’s weight in gold. At times like this the small stuff can take a back seat.

At the end of the day what keeps you up at night most likely won’t be the width of your feet, and what will help you snooze like an infant is that you can rest your head knowing you can now snatch close to your bodyweight. On the contrary remember it’s a fine line between trying to stay positive during an overall negative training session, and just simply making excuses that are going to hinder your development. ONE OR TWO small things done well doesn’t make up for 5 or 6 done poorly. Failure is sure to follow if this is your modus operandi. How to combat this from happening? Don’t make excuses, or keep your focus on the key parts of what you are doing that day and worry only about those.

Time, place, and value are all in play when evaluating our emphasis on the small stuff. If you are thoroughly confused right now on the basics of why and when you should care, just think of the specific thing you are concerned about and its perceived effect on the future. Feet too wide in the snatch? Pish posh. Letting go of the rings at the top of a muscle up? Ask Jack how that goes. But in seriousness it all comes down to what you are looking to get out of this whole experience, and that can even be broken down to a day by day existence.

Heck there are days I wake up and am convinced I’m never eating pizza again and am devoting my life to making the CrossFit Games. On these days every little detail in my training matters. If I were to truly think I could make the Games and wanted it that badly then hopefully most days I would focus on even the smallest of details. Yet even the athlete looking to make it to the top has days where things just aren’t working out. These are the days where the small stuff just doesn’t matter.

Think of it this way, it’s either the small stuff or your sanity.

If the Games aren’t really your thing and your goal is surviving each workout, then please don’t sweat the small stuff. Be honest with your evaluation of your performances in your efforts to improve yourself each day by focusing on the things that will directly lead to your improvement, but leave the small stuff behind. It’s all too short for that to matter. CrossFit is this amazing thing we all found one way or another and has changed our lives. This is awesome. It’s amazing.

But where I want this to go is this: when it gets so crazy, when you start walking out of the gym with more negative days than positive, when your life starts getting dark because of your performance in the gym, that’s when it’s time to step back and remember…we are just working out.

At the end of the line Mr. Conductor only asks for your ticket, he doesn’t care if you bought it with cash, Visa, or food stamps.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: 10m AMRAP
40 Double Unders
Unbroken Pull-Ups

*CTB

-Score is total Pull-ups. Scale options for Double Unders are 30, 20, or 10 reps, or 10 attempts. Singles ARE NOT  allowed.

Speaking of sweating the small stuff, this WOD has potential for a lot of disappointed people (darn double unders). Prepare yourself mentally before you come in and be ready to find the positive even if you and double unders get along like Dexter and being awake.

 

Mar
23
By CFlando

The Importance of the Handstand Pushup Kip

The Importance of the Handstand Pushup Kip

By CFlando Posted on
Gladson

Gladson Pulling

 

Zip Up Hoodies: If you are interested in getting in on an order for a zip up hoodie let us know by Friday of this week. If we get 12 people or more they will be sold almost at the same price we had them a few months ago

If you can get up on the wall for the handstand pushup then you should be using the kip during WODs. I’ve noticed a lot of people who don’t use it and perform their handstand pushups strictly during workouts. Think about how difficult the strict press is in terms of the amount of weight you can lift. Imagine doing a strict press in a WOD that calls for shoulder to overhead where you can use the push press or one of the jerks. Way harder! Doing strict handstand pushups is basically like doing the same thing. Simply put, the muscles in your arms are much smaller than any other muscle groups in your body. They aren’t as strong, they burn out faster, they take longer to recover. The kip involves the core and hips to create force to help the arms push. Simple. Now use it.

You wouldn’t do a pull-up WOD without using the kip or butterfly kip for the pull-ups right? Most of you wouldn’t even think about not kipping your pull-ups. You need to start thinking this way for handstand push-ups. Whether you are RXing them and have competitive aspirations, or you just got up on the wall and are just getting your CrossFit on day to day, the kip is a necessary friend.

Check out this video on the handstand pushup and the kip and how the setup is important.

httpv://youtu.be/CkDa_YZvuJs

MONDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat
Work to a 2rm

Check out this video on how we overhead squat for strength

httpv://youtu.be/an_eIcm2Sc4

 

WOD: For Time
3 Overhead Squat 135/95
7 Power Clean 135/95
10 Handstand Push-ups
3 OHS
7 Power Clean
8 HSPU
3 OHS
7 Power Clean
6 HSPU
3 OHS
7 Power Clean
4 HSPU
3 OHS
7 Power Clean
2 HSPU

*165/110

 

SkWAT Team: 100 Abmat Situps

Mar
22
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

1899994_10203365065473343_553691087_n

 

SUNDAY

Strength WOD

EMOM 30m
Minute 1: 1 Back Squat
Minute 2: 2 Deadlift
Minute 3: 3 Strict Press

repeat for 30 minutes. This is a classic strongman wod.

Set up 3 bars. Share with friends. Increase weight as able. Make all minutes heavy.

Mar
21
By CFlando

14.4

14.4

By CFlando Posted on
Very Mindful Judging by Kelli

Very Mindful Judging by Kelli

 

We are in our second to last weekend of the Reebok CrossFit Opens. Workout 14.4 is a bit of a challenge in terms of running it for the whole squad but we will get it done and make things work for all of you! For those of you interested in some strategy take a look here.

We will be starting earlier than the past weekends. The gym will open at 8:30, warmup at 9:15, and first heat will be at 9:45. This workout is 14 minutes long for everyone so we need a solid 2 hours to be sure to get everyone in and have an equal chance.

This is going to be another fun workout and a great time for everyone. Let’s pack the house and get some big scores up there. Operation Lando currently sits in the 70s in the Northeast. Let’s get to Page 1 (top 60)!

 

SATURDAY

WOD: “14.4”

14m AMRAP
60 Calorie Row
50 Toes to Bar
40 Wall Ball 20/14 (10′ target for men, 9′ for women)
30 Power Cleans 135/95
20 Muscle Ups

 

SkWAT Team: Deadlift EMOM 10m, 3 Heavy Reps, then 5 attempts at 50′ yoke carry heaviest possible

 

Important for Today: Check out this article we posted a while back on the ring muscle up. Even if you don’t have them or don’t think getting them is happening tomorrow there are good drills and mental techniques to learn to help you on your way.

Mar
20
By CFlando

Friday

Friday

By CFlando Posted on

10013875_10203365094954080_55152777_n

Open WOD 14.4 has been released. We will be doing it as usual on Saturday but the start and end times might change because we only have 8 rowers.

If you cannot make Saturday than your options as usual are Friday 4:30pm, Sunday 12:00pm, Monday 4:30pm. In class on Friday or Monday for last resort.

Good luck everyone and let’s bring in the weekend with a bang!

FRIDAY

Strength: Power Snatch

EMOM 15m: 1 Heavy Rep

httpv://youtu.be/V3E-nmx61FY

WOD: 21-15-9

Power Snatch 95/65
Bar Facing Burpee
Broad Jump, 6/4′

*115/80

SkWAT Team: If doing 14.4 on Saturday then no extra work. If not doing 14.4 then:

5×5 Heavy Good Morning
then
5×5 Heavy Back Rack Walking Lunge (each leg)

Mar
19
By CFlando

The End of the Beginning Celebration: March 29

The End of the Beginning Celebration: March 29

By CFlando Posted on
Ashlee Deadliftin'

Ashlee Deadliftin’

 

Opens Season is kind of like Christmas in the way time goes by. With a day to look forward to week in and week out the whole thing just flies by in an instant. Here we are already looking forward to week 4 of 5 and see the end of the road for 99.9% of us until 2015.

For most of us 2014 has been a pretty solid but strict 3 months. Paleo Challenge 2014 was a hard 7 weeks which rolled right into the Opens. The Opens usually means a few weeks of still maintaining a level of strictness and most likely a tamer social life than usual. I think everyone who has taken this commitment seriously, sticking to the Challenge for themselves and giving everything they have to the Opens for themselves AND CF Lando, can agree that all the sacrifice has been and will be worth it.

We had over 50 people participate in the Paleo Challenge and have 60 people who signed up for the Opens. That is a lot of people making some serious commitment. Even those who didn’t partake in either of this have surely given 2014 a serious run for it’s money so far, which can be seen by the flurry of tally marks on the March Attendance Challenge Board. We have just over a week left to get your shot at the $100 for most committed member for March (and yes we have an idea for how to decide the tiebreaker).

So with all this commitment towards health, wellness, and competition going on, I think it’s time for a bit of a celebration! Given that the Opens end after next weekend and Spring is around the corner we are going to celebrate at the gym and into the night. The plan is to have 1 more #HAM session with the whole gym for 14.5 then to shut it down and celebrate with a potential outdoor BBQ next Saturday starting at 12pm. The gym will be closed at that point, ending Open Gym early and canceling the 1pm class. We will have some adult beverages and get some stuff going on the grill. Once we break for an afternoon siesta we will regroup at a location in the area, most likely the Brickyard where we had our 1 Year Party.

More details will come soon. Plan on the after WOD party starting at 12 noon will be loose and relaxed, nothing formal or crazy. Just a chance to enjoy finishing up the Opens together in our sweaty, chalked up gear. Then we will meet around 8pm somewhere in the area to let the party go to the next level. Book it!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
4 or 5 sets of 5 reps. Heavy baby, heavy

WOD: For Time

25 Push-Ups
18 Wall Ball 20/14
25 KB Swings 53/35
18 Wall Ball
25 KB Sumo Deadlift High Pull
18 Wall Ball
25 Single Arm KB Push Press (right arm)
18 Wall Ball
25 Single Arm KB Push Press (left arm)
18 Wall Ball
25 Walking Lunges*

*70/53, Lunges holding KB @ chest

20 Minute Time Cap

SkWAT Team: No Extra Work

Mar
18
By CFlando

The Thaw is Coming

The Thaw is Coming

By CFlando Posted on

554736_10203365121794751_1867265658_n

A friend of mine who I lived with in college used to give me such a hard time for living in Massachusetts year round. See he resided in Miami where a 50 degree day results in the emergency broadcast system sending everyone into their apocalypse bunkers until the mercury rose at least 10 degrees. He couldn’t understand why people would subject themselves to 5 months a year where 50 degrees was a heat wave, 2 months were covered in rain, and 2 of the “nice” months we said were “too” hot. I told him that he was the one who decided to leave the sunny confines and attend college in Massachusetts during those “bad months”, so who was making the worst decision?

His outlook on us Northeast folk was interesting, though. We all know we complain too much about the weather that we ultimately decide to live in. I am right up there with the worst of them. I’ve been in this state for 27 of my 30 years and enjoy the winter less and less with every day under 30 degrees where I don’t have skis on. Since I haven’t been skiing in 2 years you can imagine how I have enjoyed this. The one that really gets me though is when the beautiful weather in June, July, and August suddenly becomes “too hot”, “too sticky”, or “I wish it were Fall”. How quickly we forget the warm confines of CrossFit Lando on Wednesday mornings in January.

If this post isn’t heading towards a “enjoy what you got when you can” theme then I don’t know what is. But that’s a little too predictable for my taste and let’s face it, a little too worn around here. You can’t flip open Facebook anymore without seeing a meme about Bostonians complaining about the cold and hot weather all in the same year. (just learned what a meme was last week btw). How about not just enjoying what we have when we can but making the most of it. Heck forget making the most of it, how about grabbing it, seizing it, carpeing the diem out of the great in every chance we have and absolutely sucking it dry for every last drop of worth its got.

The one good thing about the terribleness of this and every winter is when we come out of it, man, are we ever alive! Every day is precious, though, so waste no more. January and February are basically audibles, months where we just give up and ask for a redo. The problem is then March is such a tease that we kinda give up by midway through. Then April has the showers and all and we really aren’t prepared for coming out for victory until May. If we wait until then to really get things started then it probably isn’t until the end of May that we have hit our stride and are in the swing of diem carping to the fullest. Well then we got the hot months and before we know it we are drunk off spiked cider and looking at the leaves changing.

So I say prepare now. Start today with your goals for the nice time. Make a list of personal goals, both physical and mental, and formulate your plans now. Then the second the days start staying above 45-50 degrees you are out and about and conquering 2014 like it’s your last year on Earth.

You know where I love to go from here, so let’s go there. Make that list of goals and set a date. Let’s say Labor Day. That gives us a solid time to thaw out and really get after it. Where will you be on Labor Day and more importantly how will you look back on the 5 months you spent leading up to that? Did you live every part of your life, work, play, physical, love, fitness, to the absolute and complete fullest, to the point where you can’t possibly fit any more or get any better?

The thaw is coming. Be prepared.

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Shoulder Press
7 sets of 3 reps
*5 strict pull-ups between sets

WOD
5 Rounds, each round 3:00

Run 400m
15 Pull-Ups

Scale options: Run 300m, Run 200m

The objective for this workout is to have some rest after finishing each round, not for it to just be an AMRAP of running and pull-ups. Scale accordingly for your running ability.

SkWAT Team: Drag a sled walking forward for 5 minutes loaded with BW

Important for Today: Advanced Pullups…The Butterfly Kip (experience, non band pull-ups only)

Check this post and videos out about the butterfly kip. If you have mastered the regular kip then you can/should start trying the butterfly progressions. Again this is only for non banded pull-ups.

Mar
17
By CFlando

More SFH Protein Options Coming Soon

More SFH Protein Options Coming Soon

By CFlando Posted on

130213_af_pkg_pure.jpg__367x367_q85_crop_upscale

 

 

Starting this week we are going to be carrying another protein option for you.

Right now we carry only the SFH Recovery protein for $50. SFH Recovery has a great blend of whey protein coming from GMO free, minimally processed sources. This means you are getting the purest protein possible. It also contains a lot of amino acids and Creatine.

Why are these things important? These are all important parts of recovery as they aid in things like protein synthesis, recovery, brain function, fat loss, and a lot of other stuff that is overall good for us. Some are classified as “essential” meaning they cannot be made or obtained in the body. The other amino acids that are not essential can be synthesized from other amino acids in the body. Creatine is a major part in our energy systems especially during our initial burst of energy. ATP and Creatine are essentially our first phase of energy. Basically Creatine helps with muscle fatigue during workouts and even aids in the removal of lactic acid…aka the deep burn. Creatine is also important for tissue recovery and even is linked to improved nervous system recovery. All of these things, the amino acids and creatine, are found in a lot of foods we eat or other nutritional supplements.

We are going to start stocking SFH’s “Pure Whey” protein that has all the good whey protein that the “Recovery” has it just doesn’t have as dense an amino acid profile and doesn’t contain Creatine. It is still awesome stuff, protein from arguably the best source you can get it, and provides you with the must have recovery that comes from whey protein supplementation. It just doesn’t have as much of the amino acids as the “Recovery”.

I am sure some of you are probably saying “I don’t care about amino acids or Creatine”, and that is exactly why we are going to start carrying the other protein bags. It will be a cheaper option than the “Recovery” as we ill be selling it for $40 a bag versus $50. Both are very good products but I know that some people are turned off from the SFH because it is expensive even at our discounted price. Now hopefully more people will be enticed by the slightly less expensive option. For those of you out there who don’t care where your protein comes from because “it’s all the same” you are very wrong. Just like the reasoning behind the Paleo Diet or eating organic chicken versus non-organic, the quality of the source your protein comes from is hugely important. A lot of store bought brands, even some of the super expensive stuff at a GNC or Vitamin Shop, is filled with crap that literally becomes crap in your body. At the end of the day the big tub you buy for $60 that lasts you 3 months gets you the same bang for your buck as this 1 month supply we sell here because you waste 50% of what you put in of the other stuff.

If you are confused as to what the difference is or wonder what one you should be using just ask us. Basically if the $$ doesn’t matter to you then the “Recovery” has everything the “Pure Whey” has and more. If you don’t care as much about the other supplements and just want your protein, and/or also eat a well balanced diet of meat and vegetables, and/or price matters, then it could make more sense for you to go with the $40 bags.

We are going to be stocking the new kind in just Chocolate for now and see how they move. Hopefully we will have it by Wednesday!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Front Squat
Find a 2rm in 5-6 sets

WOD 1:  3 Rounds, 6 Minute Cap…unfinished reps are 1 second added to 6:00 time.
10 Burpees
10 Thrusters 95/65
10 Power Clean 95/65

Rest 2 minute

WOD 2: 2 Rounds, 6 Minute Cap…unfinished reps are 1 second added to 6:00 time
15 Burpees
15 Thrusters
15 Power Clean

Rest 2 minute

WOD 3:  1 Round, 6 Minute Cap…
30 Burpees
30 Thrusters
30 Power Clean

*115/80

These are hard caps for each WOD. Add a second for each unfinished rep per round.

SkWAT Team: 70 GHD Situps

 

Important for Today: Good versus Bad Burpees: A wider base when coming up from the floor and keeping your heels on the ground will make for more efficient burpees especially at higher reps.

 

 

Mar
16
By CFlando

The jerk, The Jerk

The jerk, The Jerk

By CFlando Posted on
stretch

Pre 14.3

 

The Jerk. Definitely a movement named for it’s personality. It’s one of those difficult movements that is easier to get a handle on in the early parts of our fitness journey. This is especially true when comparing it to movements like the snatch, clean, and for many…double unders. The jerk, push jerk or split jerk, is technical but really just involves jumping a bar over our head. Depending on what type of jerk we just have to move our feet around and #bam, weight over head.

But the jerk comes out in the jerk as we get a little better, get a little stronger. Suddenly it’s not so easy as just move the feet a bit and push the weight over our head. As the weight gets heavier the strength we have over head runs out very quickly. Suddenly we need a lot more technique and usually get a lot more frustration out of working on the jerk if our technique isn’t sound.

Where we can start putting the jerk back in it’s place is working on the feet. The feet are a key element to the physics of the jerk. When starting out our setup is important like any other lift. We want to make sure our feet are in line with the hips and our weight is in the heels. Starting out with the weight in our heels (think pick your toes up) allows for a more controlled and vertical dip versus a dip that kicks the hips back and the bar forward. Vertical dip = good, bar forward dip = bad.

As you explode up from your dip the feet start their quick, little dance that makes or breaks the lift. We want to think about lifting the weight with our body and our feet, not our arms. As you extend through your dip and drive your focus should be on separating your feet as wide and quickly as possible. A wide split allows for being lower in the catch which means a better chance of locking your arms out and getting the lift.

Simple stuff when you break it down to a few parts. Weight in heels, vertical dip, let those feet dance!

Check out a quick video on what the split jerk is below.

MONDAY

Strength: Split Jerk
Work to a 1rm

httpv://youtu.be/pQ_2rSzMCKc

WOD: 10 Rounds
3 STOH 155/105
1 Rope Climb, 15′

*185/120

 

Important for Today: Rope Climb Technique

httpv://youtu.be/-F0zalFaNQM

Mar
15
By CFlando

Enjoy the Weather!

Enjoy the Weather!

By CFlando Posted on

Great work by everyone today for 14.3. Anyone needing to do it at Noon tomorrow please be prompt. Jack will be running the show so be ready!

 

SUNDAY

Core/Skill: 10m AMRAP
15 Hollow Rocks
:30 Plank Hold
15 Toe Touches
15 Superman/GHD Hip Extension

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Toes to Bar
20 Push-Ups, hand release

Mar
14
By CFlando

Saturday and Open WOD 14.3

Saturday and Open WOD 14.3

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

Tomorrow the gym opens at 9am. The warmup for Open WOD 14.3 will start at 9:30 and we will brief at 9:45. First heat will go off at 10:00am sharp. Same as usual in terms of picking a heat.

If you are not officially doing the Opens you can still come for this as your 10am class. We are sorry that it is a bit different in terms of make up of the class but we promise we will guide you and you will get a workout just like any other class! Open gym still runs 11am-1pm and there is class at 1pm as well.

For a breakdown on how to attack 14.3 check it out here.

 

SATURDAY

WOD: “Open WOD 14.3″

8M AMRAP
10 Deadlifts 135/95
15 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand
15 Deadlifts 185/135
15 Box Jumps
20 Deadlifts 225/155
15 Box Jumps
25 Deadlifts 275/185
15 Box Jumps
30 Deadlifts 315/205
15 Box Jumps
35 Deadlifts 365/225
15 Box Jumps
If you make it past here you win everything in the entire world.

 

Mar
13
By CFlando

Weekend Update

Weekend Update

By CFlando Posted on

JonNorthAttitude

On April 11-13 we are hosting some fitness legends. Jon North and Jessica North, both international weightlifting competitors and coaches, and Travis Mash, a world champion powerlifter, are bringing their Attitude Nation Level II camp to CrossFit Lando. This is the first traveling Level II camp they have ever done. If you aren’t familiar with who these specimens are go to Attitude Nation which is also where you can sign up for the camp. It’s a big commitment time and money wise but well worth it.

Also, CrossFit Lando is throwing down for Open WOD 14.3 on Saturday at around 10am. This takes place of the 10am class. If you are not doing the Opens “officially” you can still come and do the workout. Anyone who has been to these Saturday 10am classes since the Opens started can agree that they have been some of the most fun Saturdays we have had at Lando. Don’t be shy. All are welcome. It is slightly less directed than our “regular” classes in terms of warmup and structure but we will give you a warmup and explain the WOD so you know what you are doing.

For more on the Opens at CF Lando on Saturdays read this.

Weekend starts tomorrow!!

FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch
Work for sets of 1 however you want. Work for a 1rm or for technique

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

WOD: 5 Rounds
10 Thrusters 45/35
10 Pull-Ups
10 Double Unders
10 KB Swings 53/35

Anyone doing the Opens who took Thursday off, this would be a perfectly fine day to come take class and do everything as written.

SkWAT Team: No extra work. Got some deadlifts to do tomorrow.

Mar
12
By CFlando

Everything with Bacon is Good

Everything with Bacon is Good

By CFlando Posted on

Imagine this: Avocado, eggs, and bacon. Sounds pretty good right? You have no idea how good it is. I think wiped Whole Foods out of ripe avocados after discovering this little gem of a recipe.

Bacon and Egg Stuffed Avocados

1 Avocado
2 Eggs
2 Strips of bacon, cooked and crumbled

1. Cut the avocado in half. Scoop out the avocado so the hole matches the size of the egg.
2. Put the avocado in a muffin tin (so that it will not roll over and spill your egg).
3. Crack one egg in each half of the avocado.
4. Sprinkle the bacon on top of the egg.
5. Place in over at 425 for 15 minutes.
6. Add salt and pepper to taste.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Push Press
4 sets of 5 reps

httpv://youtu.be/03jSQGMbhGc

WOD: 12m AMRAP
30 Wall Ball 20/14
7 Deadlift 225/155

*275/185

 

 

Mar
11
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Winner: Alyssa Marino!!

Paleo Challenge Winner: Alyssa Marino!!

By CFlando Posted on

You all made it through 7 weeks of Paleo Challengeness and came out healthier, happier (hopefully), and educated on the benefits of a healthy lifestyle through the choices we make on foods we eat.

I truly believe that the most important thing about any challenge like this is that it (hopefully) arms you with the knowledge about how this whole lifestyle works so you have it for the rest of your life. I am guilty as anyone on losing my focus here and there. I was on about an 18 month loss of focus not too long ago. There are things like weddings, vacations, holidays, family time, long weekends, whatever the excuse may be, that we tend to indulge more than we should. First of all, this is fine and encouraged every now and then. Secondly what is important isn’t avoiding times like this but how you right the ship. Knowing what you all now know about the benefits of Paleo and how it works you (again hopefully) will be able to stop the bleeding before it gets too bad the next time you have a special time that calls for pizza, beer, cake, more pizza, wine, cupcakes, peanut butter on cookies on ice cream, on cake, mixed with beer and wine.

All of the staff here at CrossFit Lando are proud of everyone who participated no matter what your outcome is. It is tough to really put yourself out to be judged through points on your lifestyle, and tougher to follow through on a commitment for this long. That being said we have to crown a winner. So here we go!

 

Third Place: Mike Rayner

194944img_0388_jpg

Easy Rider

Mike and his fiancee Christine came into CF Lando with no idea what CrossFit was or what they were getting into. They almost instantly became a part of our community. Both have made unbelievable progress in their quest for better health and fitness. Mike went at it for this Paleo Challenge and did some amazing things. He had perfect points…that’s not a single cheat…and lost 11 pounds. He saw significant progress in all the benchmarks except his back squat. Great job Mike!

 

 

 

 

 

Second Place: Stacy Doyle

vq55m4_img_2541 Stacy is a long time member and also a member of the Perfect Point Club which is an unreal accomplishment. She was also a major contributor to the Paleo Challenge Facebook page with tons of recipes, advice, venting, and comedy. Stacy improved on all of her retests which is impressive in and of itself, but she was traveling both for testing and retesting and had to make them up at all sorts of odd times. This didn’t slow her down and we never heard an excuse she just did what she had to. She lost 7.5# on top of all of this. Great job Stacy!

 

 

 

 

 

AND THE WINNER IS!!!!

Alyssa Marino

205819image_jpg

 

Alyssa is another perfect pointer (seems like old news now). She did an unbelievable job in her retests, improving all of them, and highlighted by going from a DNF in the 100 burpees to under 10 minutes. She lost just about 10% bodyweight in the 7 weeks as well. This is an all around great job by Alyssa and she deserves HUGE congratulations.

 

 

 

 

 

That does it folks. Great job again. Paleo Challenge #3 will be coming at the end of 2014. Keep it together during the warm weather and remember, you know what to do if it all falls apart.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: High Bar Back Squat

10 sets of 3 reps, resting 1 minute between each set. Start and stay at about 65% 1rm

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Box Jumps 24/20
20 Hang Power Clean 135/95
15 STOH 135/95

 

SkWAT Team: Sets of 2 pause squat, high bar position. Heaviest possible. Done after class.

 

Mar
10
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Results…

Paleo Challenge Results…

By CFlando Posted on
Simple

Simple

 

 

Paleo Challenge 2014 Results will be announced tomorrow (Wednesday)! The top three overall will get gift certificates to Connector Cafe in Lowell, MA and the winner winner will also get $300 in cold hard cash!

We want those three to get a post all to their own as they are the pinnacle of Paleo perfection. However we also wanted to give some shout outs to people who did amazingly during the entire challenge but may not be on of those top three. The Paleo Challenge was 7 hard weeks of lifestyle change. Hard is relative for sure because some people were coming from complete unknown paleoness while others used the challenge as just a kind of clean up period. Still, even if you kept somewhat paleo before the challenge it doesn’t make your commitment or progress any less awesome. Everyone who participated deserves congratulations even if you made it only part of the way due to whatever circumstances.

So here are our honorable mention performances…

(PEOPLE LISTED HERE STILL MIGHT BE ONE OF THE TOP 3)

When we ranked the best overall performers we took all things into consideration: total points on the paleo scoreboard, improvement in the benchmarks, and weight loss compared to overall bodyweight. This wasn’t an exact science because some judgement by us had to be done to make these decisions. Some people didn’t necessarily lose weight but still had amazing changes because they changed their eating habits. Others might not have had a massive improvement in “Fran”, for example, because their time was already very good, so it is all relative. This doesn’t diminish improvements one way or the other but in some instances we had to use our judgement on what we deemed the best of the best.

A great example of how Paleo is for everyone and not distinctly a weight loss diet is the overall improvement by Mellissa Davidson. Mellissa started the Challenge very physically fit by any standard but quickly learned her eating habits were…well…questionable. She did away with the breakfast sandwiches and english muffins and #whammy, she improved across the board (PRd all lifts by at least 10#, 1:00+ improvement on an already RX Fran, improvement on burpees and pull-ups). Mellissa is getting a special highlight because she actually gained 3 pounds through the Challenge and lost 1.6% body fat. We wanted to give Mell such a special shout out because it shows how dedication to a healthy lifestyle is for everyone. Too many times we hear from people who are already fit in terms of their outward appearance and performance #s that they don’t need Paleo because they don’t need to lose weight, etc. It isn’t just about weight loss and hopefully performances like this from Mellissa show that being healthier overall is something everyone can benefit from!

We had an awesome number of perfect points getters. That’s right, not a single cheat throughout the entire 7 weeks. Stacy Doyle, Christina, Alyssa, and Mike Rayner all had perfect points. Really amazing commitment there. It showed in their performances too. Alyssa improved on everything and went from DNF on the 100 burpees to 9:06. Rayner had the biggest CnJ improvement in the gym with 30#. Stacy improved on everything and lost 5# of bodyweight , and Christina similarly improved on everything in her testing while also leading the charge in the Paleo Challenge FB Group. Dedication does pay off!

Brian Kelley had some amazing improvements too. He improved by 10# or more on both lifts, went from getting 14 muscle ups to 22 in the 12m challenge (that’s nothing short of amazing), had a 1:19 improvement on “Fran” (which was already Rx), and almost a minute on the 100 burpees. Lindsay Oneta lost 8# and improved 20# on her Back Squat, Dana lost 12# himself, and Naomi had the second best improvement overall in three categories! She improved by 3:00 on both “Fran” and the pull-up test and 15# on her back squat! Considering her job is spent at bars and clubs every night of the weekend that’s pretty impressive. Candice Galvez, despite her need for rice in her diet, improved almost across the board as well and was a leader in points.

There are many more people who surely had some impressive showings that I wish we could list. There were enough great improvements in singular categories that we could make a post a day this week and it wouldn’t cover it. Congratulations to everyone who participated. Hopefully you all proved to yourselves one way or another that you can make changes that are lasting in your life, even if your strictness comes and goes. You all deserve a big shout out even if you aren’t listed here.

Stay tuned tomorrow for the winners!

TUESDAY

Strength: Bench Press

Find a 1rm

WOD: 20 Minutes
Run 2500m
then
AMRAP “Cindy”
Cindy= 5 Pull-ups, 10 pushups, 15 air squats

Scaled Option: Run 2000m

Mar
9
By CFlando

Now Carrying Paleo Naturals Products

Now Carrying Paleo Naturals Products

By CFlando Posted on
Setup Coming Monday Night

Setup Coming Monday Night

 

Reminder: Scores for “14.2” must be ENTERED BY YOU by 8:00pm Monday. People looking to attempt the WOD or redo it can do so at 4:30 Open Gym. No redo’s are allowed during regular class times unless already cleared by coaches due to extenuating circumstance.

We have gone through 2 Paleo Challenges now in our existence at CFL and as we keep growing as a community we are bringing more and more people into the Paleo lifestyle. Anyone who has been trying to eat this way for any amount of time, especially people new to the game, know that the 2 hardest things about keeping Paleo are being prepared and snacks/quick things. There are a couple of services out there, some that we even offer, that try to alleviate this problem, and I think we have officially found the best one.

I’m happy to announce that we will be carrying Paleo Naturals products as an official retailer starting this Monday night! They were here on Saturday with some of their product and people really liked what they had. They have everything from paleo snack/protein bars, granola, and shakes, to soups, salads, and other whatnot. We will have an entire display that will be stocked weekly with all of their products that we sell based on popularity. Products are guaranteed fresh as they come the same day each week to restock and they actually take back products that are past their “good by” date.

Paleo Naturals is a local company right out of New Bedford, MA and serve CrossFit boxes exclusively. They know what we want and need because they live the lifestyle too! All products at CFL will be for sale just like anything else we provide and can be paid with cash or membership charge. In my opinion the best thing about their products is the price. Very solid amounts of snack food can be had for $2-4 and things like soups and chili for $5-8. Really incredible considering the quality and quantity, and best of all the convenience of 100% Paleo foods being available right here at the box!

The whole setup should be delivered and installed by the end of the night tomorrow so get ready to get your Paleo on this week!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Squat Clean

Find a max set of 2 TnG

httpv://youtu.be/1nXJ-nv9KLA

 

WOD: EMOM 12m
5 Toes to Bar
4 Power Clean 115/80
3 Thrusters 115/80

Your score for this WOD is how many rounds you DO NOT COMPLETE. Your goal is 0. Every round you do not finish or sit out you owe 10 burpees after WOD.

*RX +: EMOM 12m

1 Muscle Up + 2 Ring Dips
4 Power Clean 145/100
3 Thrusters 145/100

To get the full RX+ You must do both the scaled up weight and the MU+RD. However, if you can do one of the two definitely try. You will get RX for the WOD not RX+ but we want you trying for your best.

 

SkWAT Team

Work on an L Sit hold for 10 minutes. Work on mobility and practice at hardest possible (bar then rings then paralette)

Mar
8
By CFlando

Sunday’s WOD

Sunday’s WOD

By CFlando Posted on

Come play with Jack at 10am or 11am! People wanting to do the Open WOD at 12 should shoot me an email tonight to confirm. Thanks!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Power Snatch
EMOM 11m, 3 TnG Reps

WOD: For Time
20 STOH 185/120
40 Lateral Burpees

*Work can be broken up any way you choose. For example, you can do 10 STOH then 10 burpees. You do not have to do it in order.

Mar
7
By CFlando

Open WOD 14.2: First Heat at 10:00am This Week

Open WOD 14.2: First Heat at 10:00am This Week

By CFlando Posted on

article_590_mil45

INTRO CLASS FOR SATURDAY, 3.8.14 IS AT 11:30AM

Tomorrow is another great day for CrossFit at CrossFit Lando with Open WOD 14.2. We have Paleo Naturals coming it to give out some free samples and educate people on their business, and we have all the CFLers going after this fun WOD in our second event style format for our Saturday morning. Going to finally be kind of warm too! What more could we ask for?

Please read the following carefully about how tomorrow is going to go…

If you were here last week it will be very similar. Gym will open at 9:00am. When you get here write your name on the board for a heat time. WE ARE STARTING A BIT EARLIER THIS WEEK…HEAT 1 WILL GO RIGHT AT 10:00AM. We strongly encourage you to get here as early as you can to warm up especially for this WOD as there is a lot to go over as a group and we need to start at 10:00am for the first heat. That means 9:30 warmup, 9:45 talk and setup, 3-2-1 GO at 10:00am.

I am sure any of you who know the WOD are not too happy with the OHS or CTB Pull-ups, or both. The way the rules go you only need to complete 1 rep to be eligible to keep competing in the Opens, so if you cannot do a CTB pull-up it’s OK. You have a few options, either try to get your first one and basically call it quits after 3 minutes, or band your pull-ups as you normally do for CTB and do the workout like anyone doing RX and go as long as you can. If you get through the first set of 10 OHS then your score will be 10 but you can get the full workout in.

Chest to bar means chest to bar. This is where you all end up hating me because we are going to be VERY strict on this. Your clavicle line or lower needs to physically hit the bar on every CTB rep. No freebies, no close enough. This will be strictly enforced, unfortunately it’s just how it goes. You know, like rules and such.

For tomorrow and any Saturday during the Opens we really would like people to be here for the entire class/event because it just makes the energy awesome and the event that much more fun, but if you can’t stay because of other engagements you don’t have to. We appreciate all the support of the community getting behind all our athletes.

For a breakdown on 14.2 and some advice/strategy, go here.

SATURDAY

Open WOD 14.2 (first heat starts right at 10:00am, gym opens at 9:00am)

14.2

3 minutes to complete:

2 rounds of
10 OHS 95/65
10 CTB Pullups

If the athlete completes the reps they rest the remaining time. At 3 minutes they start again and have 3 minutes for 2 rounds, this time reps go up by 2. This continues until athlete cannot finish in 3 minutes. Score is total reps.

SkWAT Team: Max Effort in 3 minutes, Deadlift 315/215

Mar
6
By CFlando

Member of the Month for March: Lauren D’Arrigo

Member of the Month for March: Lauren D’Arrigo

By CFlando Posted on
1507911_768518082039_845252210_n

Kyle and Lauren

 

We are back with a new member of the month for March!

Lauren D’Arrigo might have had the longest pre commitment romance with CrossFit in history. I can still picture her at our Open House sort of cowering by herself watching in pretty much complete fear as the WOD demonstrations went down. Then about a month or so later she popped back up in a Thursday night intro class that I coached. I remembered her as the girl from Charlestown. A few weeks went by and she didn’t come back and we just assumed she was another interested but not enough prospect who went elsewhere. Then suddenly she popped back in and has been crushing it ever since!

She has gone from a scared newbie to super dedicated in her year of CFL. Her progress is a testament to her hard work and incredibly positive attitude, which is more remarkable considering she was finishing a doctoral program in Physical Therapy. If you need any fashion advice she also happens to be the winner of the Most Fashionable Award at the One Year Anniversary Party.

Here is more about Lauren in her own words:

 

1. How did you get started with CrossFit (in general)?

My friend Amy had been talking about it for a while and trying to convince me but I never listened.  Then, last January I watched my boyfriend Kyle compete and was hooked, I loved the atmosphere.  We looked up a bunch of boxes in the area and I liked the sounds of Lando and stopped by the open house (scared out of my mind).

2. What did you do before CF for physical fitness?

Before crossfit I played sports growing up and softball in college. I also worked out a strength and conditioning gym in Winchester and loved olympic lifting.  Once I graduated I felt pretty burnt out and sick of having a workout schedule so I would go hop on the elliptical here and there, but it was very sporadic.  I needed to make a change when I couldn’t run the bases with the softball girls I coach.

3. What has been your biggest lifestyle change(s) since starting CF?

Well before starting crossfit the thought of getting up at 5 am to workout (or do anything) made me sick to my stomach.  When I started, the only time I could make it on some days was 530am, so I sucked it up and came.  It was the best thing I ever did.  I’m now a morning person, which I never thought would ever be used to describe myself.

4. Favorite lift/movement/wod?

My favorite lift is by far the clean and jerk.  I’ve always loved to clean since I first started lifting.  And I love Cindy, mostly because there are no burpees.
5. And least favorite lift/movement/wod?
I would normally say anything with burpees, but recently I have had a change of heart and it’s anything involving thrusters.  They haunt my dreams.

6. What interests/activities do you have/do outside of CF?

Outside of crossfit I like to cook, which is new since I have been eating cleaner.  I also love to shop, which is shocking I know, hang out with my friends and family and my little puppies. I also like to snowboard when I can get the chance to go up north.7. What is your biggest/proudest CF accomplishment/moment?
My proudest moment since starting crossfit was doing my first workout with rx pull-ups which was Helen.  I had just gotten rx pull-ups earlier in the week and was so excited to be able to rx them in a workout.
8. Tell us some other interesting things about you that we the community might not know.I used to be a strength and conditioning coach for 6 years in high school and college.  And my family runs a produce company so I had to eat my broccoli or I really got in big trouble.

 

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat
Work on skill for 15m in sets of 2

– Open WOD 14.2 has a lot of overhead squats in it. If you don’t have them down then spend today getting comfortable with the weight of 95/65. If you are good at overhead squatting then work for a heavy set of 2

WOD: 3 Rounds
Run 600m
31 KB Swings 53/35
21 Situps
11 Pistols (alternating)


6
By CFlando

Tonight’s Post

Tonight’s Post

By CFlando Posted on

Landos: just a note…the post for tonight for tomorrow’s WOD will go up around 8:30. We want to see the Open WOD announcement and make sure we aren’t doubling up on movements Friday and Saturday. I know you all are glued to the computer at 8:00 so wanted to make sure I put you at ease!

Mar
5
By CFlando

Conditioning as Active Recovery Days

Conditioning as Active Recovery Days

By CFlando Posted on
image-3

Another 530 am-er

Next Bring a Friend Day: Sunday, March 9. No previous experience necessary!

Open WOD 14.2 is announced on Thursday, March 6! If you are registered for the Opens please read this tonight. Thank you!

Depending on the week’s programming we like to throw in a day that is less impact on the body and more conditioning oriented. Might have longer runs, interval rows, double unders, things that don’t add too much stress stimulus to the body with excess weight and gets your conditioning done in a different way.

Don’t think I haven’t noticed, however, that these days tend to be a bit light in attendance. Certainly when they fall on Thursday I understand that many people take Thursday as an off day. But for those out there who feel a long WOD that doesn’t involve a barbell or something else heavy is a waste of your time, think again.

CrossFit is all about constantly varied intensity and time domain is a big part of this. While the long time domain of 20+ minutes isn’t something we do (or would want to do) very often it is important. Your body works in a number of different metabolic pathways, the last of which being the oxidative. While it is the least efficient, it happens to be the energy system we use for long WODs and it can last quite a long time. If we never train in this pathway then we never get better at it. Think running 8 miles. While you definitely aren’t going to do that with the intensity you do “Fran” at you still get a great workout and great training in this long term pathway. If you are trained in it then when you hit one of these longer WODs you will have energy to keep going.

The other thing is carefully programmed long conditioning WODs can be used like active recovery days. If you are touched up and sore from the week, but not crippled, sometimes the best thing to do is get in a nice long workout where impact is less but you still get the work in. I am sure some of you have found that fully resting for multiple days almost makes soreness linger too long. Working out hard without added physical stress to the body, or excessive reps, can aid in recovery. If you are a slow recovery person try getting in a conditioning WOD in as an active rest day and see how it helps your recovery.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Shoulder Press
4×3

httpv://youtu.be/8WGovwSFO2g

 

WOD: Partner WOD

As a team you have to complete 6 rounds (each) of the following:

Each round is 1:10
:45 Max Effort Row, then 4 Burpees in :25

*Scaled up: 6 Burpees, complete 7 rounds (each)

Score is total meters rowed as a team.

One partner works at a time. Your score is total distance rowed. One partner rows :45 while other rests. Immediately at :45, the rowing partner gets off and does 4 burpees AFAP. At the end of the 1:10 (:45 for row and :25 for burpees) next partner starts.

If an athlete doesn’t finish the burpees in the :25 time (including getting out of the rower) team gets a 100m distance penalty.

Scaling: Scaled up is a possibility having athletes do 7 rounds each

Mar
4
By CFlando

Scaling for Purpose

Scaling for Purpose

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

We got handstand push-ups in our WOD today.

These are one of those special movements to CrossFit that make it what it is. Movements that on first glance you say “no way” only to realize 3 months later you are so close to doing: pull-ups, rope climbs, body weight lifting movements. All of them seem so unbelievably undoable when you first step in the gym (trust me I remember the look on all of your faces when I mentioned pull-ups during your intro class), butt eventually if scaled correctly when working on them it happens, that RX movement. I’m sure most of us can agree that if somebody before we found CrossFit told us we would be upside down on a wall doing push-ups we would say they are crazy. I distinctly remember one time in college seeing a guy doing them as I walked down to get a solid treadmill session in and said out loud to myself “I will never be able to do that in my life”, and now look at me…I can do like 1 or 2.

Handstand pushups are very hard but like many of these difficult movements are very scalable. When scaling ANYTHING remember the point of scaling is to build towards eventually doing  the movement as RX. It does us no good to just do something way easier than the movement at hand. You will be doing the scale forever. Take scaling to regular push-ups (a very reasonable scale for HSPU) for example. When scaling to push-ups then scale to the hardest push-up you can so you are building the strength to do the movement Rx one day. Someone who is average at HSPU would do this 10 in 2 or 3 sets each round, so doing push-ups the same way wouldn’t be out of the question. Sometimes when people are scaling to push-ups they scale too easily, so keep this in mind.

If you have never been on the wall then today we will try to get there!

 

WOD: 4 Rounds
10 Deadlift 225/155
10 HSPU

rest 10 full minutes

WOD: 2 Rounds
Row 300m
15 Front Squat 135/95
30 Toes to Bar
15 Front Squat 135/95

 

Mar
3
By CFlando

Another Great Seminar: Nutrition with Sarah

Another Great Seminar: Nutrition with Sarah

By CFlando Posted on

With the Challenge over this next 6 weeks is the most important to your training and lifestyle…the reintegration to regular life. To help with this we will be hosting a Nutrition Seminar at the end of March.

This seminar will be lead by Sarah Mitzel. Sarah has been a competitive CrossFitter for 2 years, qualifying for Regionals as an individual in 2012 and competing on a team with CF Route 1 in 2012 and 2013. Before CrossFit she was a professional competitor in Figure and won a number of competitions and earned her Pro card.

Sarah’s seminar will focus on practical application of nutrition to your lifestyle and specifically your body type and goals. She will also talk about the benefits and purpose of specific nutrition planning and guidance, service that she has offered for years to clients ranging from professional CrossFit and bodybuilders to every day people trying to reach weight loss goals.

Date and Time TBD!

The Paleo Challenge may be over but that does not mean you go back to eating “regular” again. For the last 7 weeks you have cooked, baked, researched, learned, and tried all new Paleo foods. Let’s keep this Paleo thing rolling. After all, it was a lifestyle change we were looking to make, not a fad.

Shepherd’s Pie

2 Tablespoons olive oil
1 large onion, diced
1 pound of turkey or port bacon, cut into 2 inch slices
2 cups diced carrots
2 cups diced celery
1 pound of organic grass fed ground beef
1/2 teaspoon sea salt
1 teaspoon ground black pepper
1/2 teaspoon smoked paprika
1 cup chicken broth
2 large heads cauliflower, trimmed, chopped and steamed until very soft
2 tablespoons olive oil

1. Heat olive oil in a very large frying pan.
2. Saute onion for 15 minutes until soft.
3. Add bacon pieces to pan and saute in bacon fat for 10 minutes or until soft.
4. Add carrots and celery to pan and saute in bacon fat for 10 minutes
5. Add ground beef to pan and saute until brown, just a few minutes.
6. Season with salt, pepper, and paprika.
7. Add chicken broth and cook down until 60% evaporated.
8. Place cauliflower in food processor and puree with olive oil until smooth
9. Pour ground beef mixture into a 9 x 13 inch baking dish.
10. Pour mashed cauliflower over beef mixture.
11. Bake at 350 degrees for 30 minutes.
12. Enjoy!
*Recipe from Elanaspantry.com*

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Jerk Complex
2 Push Jerk, 1 Split Jerk

WOD: 15m AMRAP
20 Pull-Ups
15 Wall Ball 20/14
5 STOH 135/95

 

Important for Today: Shoulder to Overhead

Here is a video on 4 movements that are all considered “shoulder to overhead”. In order they are the Press, Push Press, Push Jerk, and Split Jerk.

For the Jerk Complex today you will be doing 2 push jerk and 1 split jerk all without racking the bar. In the WOD any of these 4 would suffice for the shoulder to overhead (STOH).

Take a look at the video and get familiar with the movements

httpv://youtu.be/CcT3PfoviMI

Mar
2
By CFlando

Bring a Friend: March 9

Bring a Friend: March 9

By CFlando Posted on

Sunday, March 9 @ 10:00 am is our next Bring a Friend WOD. No previous CrossFit experience is needed and if they sign up you get $10 off your next month. Easy $$ baby!


2
By CFlando

March Attendance Challenge: $100

March Attendance Challenge: $100

By CFlando Posted on

If you would like towel service but forgot to let us know you can still sign up through email or on the sign up sheet by the desk/towels

Paleo Challenge over. Great participation by so many people. I hope you all had some great cheat meals this weekend as you all deserved.

Let’s take a positive perspective on handling the future. Whether you lost 50# or you lost 1# you still worked hard for 6+ weeks. The important stuff happens starting now. I have been part of many a paleo challenge and been part of many a disastrous falling apart of humanity post challenge. I’m not going to sit here and preach about continuing the challenge and personal pride and why would you work so hard to throw it away in one weekend. NOBODY stays completely strict for that long unless they are highly competitive athletes or just a bit nuts.

What I truly believe is the best part about a Paleo Challenge is it teaches you how to make the right decisions to keep the ship on course. 100% strictness isn’t sustainable for many people. But 80/20 is and should be. It is about health AND performance. So now with all the information you have, with all the new recipes and ways to get around those cravings you used to have, you have the power to stay on track and get back on track after a rough patch. Cheat Saturday Dinner? For sure, do it weekly. Couple glasses of wine with Friday night dinner? Absolutely. Keep your cheats to 1 meal a week and your Paleoness the rest of the week and you will be on track to a life of health. We all have friends and family who don’t exactly life this way and that is fine. Being healthier doesn’t mean having no friends or never going out. Now you know how to have those good times and then reel it back in after.

Paleo is truly a lifestyle that can and should be adopted for the rest of your life. The key is making choices that you know you can keep. Absolutely must have cream in your coffee? OK, fine, but make sure you clean up the rest of the day. I still think try almond milk but hey, I’m just one guy. Go forth with confidence that you know how to make healthier decisions within a world that isn’t exactly healthy.

Attendance Challenge No additional Buy-In. $100 more dollars for the winner. Who makes it to the gym the most wins. We all know that feeling good with your training makes it easier to keep your eating right. Write your name on board and make a mark each time you come in. Class, Open Gym, etc. Even a 2x a weeker can make it 5x with Open Gym! Winner will be announced at the end of March…we will all know though…

Strength: Back Squat
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: 6m AMRAP
8 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)
6 Hang Squat Clean 135/95

*165/110

SkWAT Team: 4×5 Heavy Good Morning

Mar
1
By CFlando

Regular Sunday Schedule + Noon Open Gym for 14.1 Retest Onlyn

Regular Sunday Schedule + Noon Open Gym for 14.1 Retest Onlyn

By CFlando Posted on

If you would like to retest…or do for the first time…14.1 on Sunday you can do so at noon but you MUST email [email protected] tonight before this old man falls asleep. Noon is NOT a regular open gym time.

Honestly…amazing job by SO many people today doing 14.1. We had some absurd scores and honestly some absurd out of nowhere scores. You are all great. 60 people came this morning. Almost brings tears to my eyes. Thank you for what you all do to make this community what it is.

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Deadlift
EMOM 10m
3 Deadlift with Sumo Position

WOD: For Time
10 Burpees
10 Double Unders
20 Box Jumps 24/20
20 KB Swings 53/35
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 Hand Release Push-ups
40 Thrusters 45/35
40 Toes to Bar

Feb
28
By CFlando

#HAM #Whammy Time

#HAM #Whammy Time

By CFlando Posted on
Lando v Kroon in 2011...LOOK WHO CAME OUT ON TOP

Lando v Kroon in 2011…LOOK WHO CAME OUT ON TOP

 

The Glory and Power of God can be found here, aka Lando and Stacey’s thoughts and breakdown of 14.1 dot 13 dot 1.

Reminder: There is no 1:00pm class today because of Mental Skills Workshop

Well I certainly opened a can of works with all this Open talk and changing schedules and whatnot didn’t I? So here it is, clearly and succinctly, everything you need to know pertaining to this weekend and the Opens in general.

1. Open WODs are released at 8pm on Thursday of each week. Athletes have until Monday at 8pm to enter their score. CF Lando athletes must do the WODs here at CFL unless traveling and whatnot. In other words you can’t do them in your garage or at Globo Gym and get the verified by yours truly.

2. The official CFL Open WOD throwdown will be Saturday morning each week at the “10am Class”. The 10am class will start at 9:45am so warm-up is done by 10am. 1pm Class on Saturday will also be programmed as the Open WOD for those who cannot make the 10am time. These classes will run much like any other class at Lando with a directed warmup, WOD review, and #whammy time, done in heats like “Fran” or the recent Saturday classes we have been doing.

ALL ARE WELCOME TO COME AND TAKE CLASS SATURDAY, OFFICIAL OPEN PARTICIPANTS OR NOT.

3. Start and end time of class for the 9:45 (10am) class might adjust slightly from week to week based on the Open WOD (For example…if the weekly Open WOD is a 25 minute AMRAP, we might start the class at 9:30 and it could go until 11:30 to make sure everyone has a chance to do it in the fun and exciting event style environment). If time is a problem you can come and go as needed. Times will be posted each week.

4. There is no Early Crew for the next 5 weeks on Saturday. The gym opens at 9am and all are welcome to come in and get ready. 9:45 we will start official warmup.

5. Open Gym Friday at 4:30pm, Sunday by appointment at 12:00pm, Monday at 4:30pm. Sunday appointments must be made by 5pm on Saturday to be honored.

 

SATURDAY

9:45am Warmup begins

10:00am WOD breakdown/setup

We will have heats that start at 10:15, 10:30, 10:45, and 11:00 if needed. Those times will be written on the board, when you arrive write your name in an available slot. It is first come first serve and we cannot make special accommodations as we have 59 people (over 50% of membership!!!) who need to participate officially AND people who did not officially sign up but want to come to class and get their WOD in anyways. If you happen to be the only one in a certain time slot and there is space earlier we might move you up.

This is not the CrossFit Games but this is the official Opens. Some people have a lot on the line for this. Fun is the first and foremost here, official is right behind. We will brief you all on how to judge, score, etc. This is nothing you haven’t done before, just a bit more official, and A LOT more fun.

WOD: “14.1”
10m AMRAP
30 Double Unders
15 Ground to Overhead 75/55

*scaling is allowed as usual. Singles can be done. Singles can be mixed with doubles for RX as well. Clean and jerk is allowed for RX.

Feb
27
By CFlando

It’s Over!

It’s Over!

By CFlando Posted on
Want Some of This?

Want Some of This?

 

For more on the Opens go here

 

Paleo Challenge 2014 is over!!

Or is it?

You all have done an amazing job. 7 long weeks of sacrifice, change, education, and sometimes pain. Cheers to all who made it over 300 points. That is some very, very impressive dedication. For the rest of you, you still deserve congratulations for making the commitment and going as far as you did.

Over the course of next week when all the scores are calculated and everyone has their tests done we will announce the winners, the honorable mentions, the PRs, and all the accolades you all deserve. Until then you need to put the finishing touches on your logs including some who have some double submissions there (thanks Juice for the heads up) and any missing days.

Stay tuned on Sunday night for a new challenge…

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Push Press
work to a max set of 3 reps

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Wall Climbs
3 Rope Climbs 15′

*legless rope climb, 10′

SkWAT Team: Practice linking Power Snatch 75/55. Work on where you will be most comfortable, rebounding off your hips on the way down or going straight down and making contact or going straight up. This is an efficiency vs speed thing. While efficiency might look different than speed, if at 10 minutes you can handle the sacrifice for faster unbroken reps it might be worth the choice.

Feb
26
By CFlando

Announcements: The Opens and More

Announcements: The Opens and More

By CFlando Posted on
The Paleo Challenge Retest Collage

The Paleo Challenge Retest Collage

 

So many announcements, so little time!!

1) The Opens: Start this week with the first WOD announced on Thursday night. The following announcement is mainly for people officially signed up for the Opens (all 60 of you).

We are changing up our plan for the Opens. We will be having an event style format on Saturdays of each week. The WODs are released Thursday nights and we will have “regular” programming on Friday. Then during the Saturday classes we will have a big community event for everyone to do the WODs, mainly during the morning session. Class time might change week to week based on the length of the workout and we will have class run until everyone gets a chance to do it. So, for instance, if the WOD is a 20m AMRAP we might have the 10am class start at 9:30 and go until 11:30.  Think of this like a mini-event like our in house throwdown. It will be just like a regular class with warmup and everything but we will do as many heats as needed to get everyone a chance to do it. Everyone can partake in these Saturday sessions. Look at it as just another class even if you aren’t registering for the Opens. They are regular WODs like anything else we do so come in and get fit in a super fun environment a little different than our usual Saturdays.

You will have opportunities to do the WODs on Friday, Sunday, and Monday too. If you can’t make Saturdays then you can do them in Temporary Open Gym time on Friday, Sunday, or Monday. Remember this is only for people officially signed up for the Opens. If you are not signed up for the Opens you don’t have to worry about any of this. If you come on Saturdays you will get a chance to do the WODs but it is not imperative that you do.

2) Mental Skills Workshop: Is this Saturday! Many people have shown interest, not many have signed up. Let’s get that commitment done. It’s only $10 for members, $20 for non-members. It will go 12:30 – 2:00pm (maybe slightly over). Head count needed!!

3) Towels: Next week starts our official towel service charge. We go through about 150 towels a week, yet so far only 7 people have confirmed monthly towel service. You are more than welcome to bring your own towels to shower with but hopefully you understand that towels will no longer be provided in the shower rooms. You an opt in at anytime in your tenure, and can pay $5 to use a towel from time to time, but please be prepared come March 1 (Saturday). If you plan on having towel service please let us know ASAP so we can schedule or first pick-ups and drop offs.

4) Paleo Challenge Logging: Ends Thursday, February 27 @ 11:59pm. So you have one more day upon reading this if you read it Wednesday night (tonight).

 

THURSDAY

Partner WOD: Teams of 2

200 Air Squat
Row 6×250
Row 4×500
Row 1×1000
200 Situps

Squats and Situps can be broken any way you desire, rows must be done in even splits as written

Feb
25
By CFlando

The Clean and Jerk

The Clean and Jerk

By CFlando Posted on

Towels: As of March 1 towel service will be available for a small charge, either a monthly charge added to your account or you can pay per use. This allows us to have regular pick up and delivery from a professional service that assures the highest quality cleaning and guarantees towels all day, every day, every class. We need to give our laundry provider an estimate for our first cycle of pickups so if this is something you want you need to let us know ASAP. Thanks!

httpv://youtu.be/skXcJP2ejFw

The Snatch and the Clean and Jerk are the Weightlifting Family. The entire sport of weightlifting is just those two movements (3 if you separate clean and jerk). Men and women have had their names etched in history due to their dedication and prominence in these movements, and lives have been broken, souls crushed, babies shedding many tears, all from the physical and mental pain that the bar and weights bring down upon these same men and women. It is a love hate relationship. Any good weightlifter will tell you that the pain and agony that failing 90% of your attempts is very real, but the 10% you make make it all totally worth it.

I like to think of the Snatch and Clean and Jerk like weekend nights out. Snatch is the Friday night out with the man/lady to a nice French restaurant in the city. 5 courses, great wine, finished off with a beautiful stroll down Newbury Street for some window shopping. The Snatch does finish with a burst of power, and explosion of intensity, ripping the animal in you out to destroy that bar into the correct position. I’ll let you all think of how your Friday night date night ends and make the connection with the Snatch.

Clean and Jerk is Saturday night out on Bourbon Street. Starts off with shots of Jack Daniels at 4pm, ends with the man/lady wiping your bottom and putting your underwear in the wash because you went #2 and it didn’t end up in the toilet. Certainly a much different ending than the night before, same people involved.

The Snatch is elegant and graceful, hiding the fact that it is still explosive and powerful. The Clean and Jerk leaves no question about it. It’s power, animal, pain, explosion, all wrapped into 3-5 seconds that hopefully end in glory much more so than a #2 in your pants.

There is a reason why lifting meets always have the Snatch first and finish with the Clean and Jerk. The Snatch shows both skill and strength but leaves enough in the tank for athletes to go full HAM on the clean and jerk. We want to feel through the Snatch, comfortable in the bottom of the squat to finesse the bar into the perfect overhead position. We want nothing to do with the bottom of the squat on the clean and jerk, getting out of that bastard of a position as soon as possible before we have to plow that weight over our head. If you are an animal when performing the Snatch, you must be an absolute beast when hitting a Clean and Jerk.

The focus in terms of our technique is the same for both movements, our positioning is just different due to our hand position. You may remember from last weeks post on the Snatch that there are a few key points to hit in our pull and in our Launch. It is the same with the clean and jerk. Keeping the shoulders and chest over the bar, finishing with the shoulders fully back during the Launch, and speed baby speed are key to both the Snatch and Clean. To get that Jerk overhead, you guessed it, speed is the answer…and a little bit of strength and proper technique doesn’t hurt either.

As always we will drill everyone extensively to get everyone ready to hit some PRs. Last day of Challenge testing!!! Good luck!

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 30 Muscle Ups for Time/60 Pull-Ups for time

12 minute cap. After 12 minutes then:

6m AMRAP
3m max row
2m max double unders
1m max alternating pistols

This is a continuously running clock. Count max reps and calories on row for total score.

SkWAT Team: 10 step max back rack walking lunge (5 each side). Shoot for at least bodyweight.

Feb
24
By CFlando

Why YOU Should Sign Up

Why YOU Should Sign Up

By CFlando Posted on
IMG_3213

B Strang Muscling Up

Mental Skills Workshop signups must be done in advance at the front desk. $10 for members, $20 for non-members. Workshop is 12:30-2:00pm on Saturday, March 1.

 

One of the best experiences of my life was being part of the Reebok CrossFit Regionals in 2011. A good part of why it is such a great part of the memories of my life is because the team I was part of did well. We placed 3rd overall and punched a ticket to the Reebok CrossFit Games. No one in the region thought we had a chance to go, even so much as a publication that listed the “Teams to Watch” on the CrossFit mainsite not having us even in the Top 10 the week before. Another part of it was because that team was a group of my best friends at the time, all of them whom I am still very close to. It also is the year that our very own Stacey Kroon of CrossFit Lando, someone who has become my right hand woman in my business, an athlete I coach every day, and a great friend of mine, qualified for the Games as an individual, an unbelievable feat. This all happening the same year, our improbable run and Stacey’s dramatic return to the Games, made the 2011 Reebok CrossFit Games season an amazing experience.

But something else made the whole thing so memorable to me. The Opens that year was in it’s infancy, a new thing that seemingly came out of nowhere with the merger with Reebok and CrossFit, so we were all new to it. We were all at CrossFit Fenway at the time and started our journey with the 50 or so other people who had signed up from the box. We had weekly Open sessions that were like mini competition days that had an energy like nothing I had experienced before. People who had just started CrossFit, serious competitors like Stacey, people scaling all the WODs, people RXing them, and everyone in between all going through the same trials and tribulations that are what we all know as the Opens.

A week in the life of the Opens is an entire year’s worth of competitive anxiety in 6 days. That year seemed like Groundhog Day each week. Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday were filled with various bouts of serious anxiety until they announced the workout on Wednesday night (now Thursday). We spent hours sitting around and speculating what movements would be announced that week, with none of us even coming close with our guesses (I’m still praying for the 2K Row to come out any day now). Once the WOD announcement happened we all went through various stages of excitement (I’m going to CRUSH this WOD), denial (Double Unders NOOOOO), and anger (I HATE YOU DAVE CASTRO). All of these emotions came out on Saturday when we banded together, a bunch of individuals trying our best, as one big group fighting for the same thing: to prove our fitness, to live another week, and to have a damn good time doing it.

If there is one reason to sign up for the Opens it’s because it is an experience you literally can’ t get anywhere, any way else. It is the only sport season, the only time in anything that people of any experience level can positively contribute to a bigger entity. A lot of people might play baseball or softball even past college but no regular Joe or Jane can just go play for the Red Sox any season. Yes we have some individuals who are amazing athletes and whether it be this year or years down the road will make serious waves in the individual realm of competition in the Reebok CrossFit Games. Yes if not this year then next year we will have 6 amazing athletes who represent Operation Lando as a qualified team at Regionals. But even if you aren’t one of those people you can be someone who contributes to the positive energy, the frenetic environment that makes this time of year special in a CrossFit box. Even if your scores aren’t “counted” for the team (top 3 male and top 3 female scores) your participation adds so much to the community

Last year we had 15 people participate in the Opens. Currently we have 47 people signed up. This is amazing that so many people are already committed to helping this community be it’s best during the next 5 weeks. If you are one the fence take it from me, you want to be part of this. No ability level is required. The past 2 years all you absolutely had to do was 1 burpee to do the first workout successfully and continue on to Week 2. EVERYONE CAN PARTICIPATE! As I said before, we will be doing the WOD each Friday in class so be prepared to give it a go and get nuts. You don’t want to miss it.

 

TUESDAY: Paleo Retest Day #2

Strength: Back Squat
Find a 1rm in as much time as desired

– Even though your singles might move relatively slowly, you want to get your body moving weight fast. Use your warmups as a chance to get the body moving quickly. Try to literally jump the weight off your shoulders at the top. If you make it to class a little early then do some high box jumps, light KB swings, and GHD situps to get your CNS ready to roll.

WOD: 100 burpees for time

Feb
23
By CFlando

Re-Test Day One: “Fran”

Re-Test Day One: “Fran”

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed

Jon North squatting at Mash Elite Performance wearing a CrossFit Lando shirt

Here we are. It’s been roughly 7 long weeks of dedication and hard work from all of you people, for some a completely different life than you have lived for decades. I know sometimes your coaches, especially myself, can show a little frustration with lack of commitment but hopefully you all know that I/we know how difficult something like a Paleo Challenge is and how proud we are of the dedication you have shown, even just by trying.

Some of you are experienced with the retesting of Paleo Challenge WODs and know how it goes. Nerves, anxiety, all out freaking out, sometimes tears, most of the time jubilation. No matter what your results are in your retests know that even making it through the Challenge is an accomplishment in and of itself. My money is on everyone PRing at least one or two of the retests, if not all of them, but if you don’t have such success it doesn’t mean your Challenge was a failure. Everyone is different and reacts to food changes and training changes differently. We will talk about this more in depth tomorrow.

I know we all want to have amazing success this week and a good many of you might. Also remember, any progress is good progress. I know everyone wants to have added double digits to their back squat and cut “Fran” in half but 5# and :05 is still a PR and should be celebrated. Keep your focus on your own improvement while celebrating the success of your fellow Landosians as well without comparing yourself. You worked hard for 7 weeks (and longer) so your improvement is your success.

For “Fran” go back and check how you did it scale wise during the first go around. Make a judgement call on how you want to go at it this time. You all have probably improved a lot in terms of pull-up ability and thruster ability, so scaling differently might be appropriate. Just remember, however, that if you were using bands before and try it this time RX on the pull-ups side, that is such a big difference it’s almost not measurable, so keep that in mind when comparing your scores. Unless you are making such a great change (not RX to RX or something like that) I’d suggest keeping your scale the same as last time so you have a direct comparison to measure your improvement through the challenge.

Let’s get it going for Monday Fran Day! Heyooo!!

 

MONDAY

WOD: “Fran”

21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Pull-Ups

We will be doing this in 2 heats per usual. Get ready to get fired up and blast the walls down

 

SkWAT Team: No extra work. Mobilize and get ready for your 1rm back squat test

Feb
22
By CFlando

Mental Skills Workshop Saturday, March 1

Mental Skills Workshop Saturday, March 1

By CFlando Posted on

March 1, which is next Saturday (kinda hard to believe), is another one of a kind workshop being held right here at CrossFit Lando, home of gods, champions, kings, and queens.

As previously announced we will be hosting Vanessa Akhtar, one of our members, as she does her first ever Mental Skills Workshop for CrossFit. It will be $10 for members, $20 for non-members, and will run from 12:30pm until 2:00pm.

The Agenda: We will start right off with a short WOD, so prepare to workout. Then Vanessa will be tackling pre, during, and post WOD mental prep/conditioning as related to that specific WOD. She will also be teaching us ways to train our brain to be more successful and efficient during our training.

A major part of what she will teaching is various parts of Goal Setting. As most of you probably know by now Goal Setting is a HUGE part of CrossFit at all levels. What isn’t worked on as much as just setting goals is how to set realistic goals and how to reassess and rework them as time passes. This latter part will be a big focus of the workshop. We will finish the day with another WOD trying to use some of the new skills we have learned.

Signup by paying at the desk only. Email only if you are not a member or have inquiries related to the workshop, but signups will not be taken through email and without payment.

This is just another one of a kind event we will be hosting in the next few months and hopefully the start of some amazing work with Vanessa and CrossFit Lando.

Paleo Challenge ends this week. Testing starts Monday 2/24 with “Fran”

SUNDAY

Strength: Strict Press

work to a 1rm

WOD: EMOM 12m

5 CTB Pull-Ups
3 Walking Lunges (each leg)*
1 Heavy Stone to Shoulder (each side)

*Holding 53/35 KB at chest

Score this WOD as number of rounds missed or skipped.

Feb
21
By CFlando

One Week!

One Week!

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

Lando Store is restocked and ready for action. Please make note of some price changes and prices on new items as we got a lot of new, better quality stuff. Cash and charge is cool with us!

Paleo Challenge Update: Next week is THE END!!! Testing starts Monday and logging ends Thursday, February 27. Testing will go “Fran” on Monday, 1rm Back Squat and 100 Burpees on Tuesday, Pull-ups and CnJ on Wednesday. Time to put the proof in the pudding baby!

The Reebok CrossFit Games Opens are here (almost). In less than 7 days the first workout will be announced and CrossFit Lando will be throwing down with hundreds of thousands of people around the world to crown the Fittest on Earth. Just so you know I have already relinquished my spot so Rich Froning has an easy road this year.

The Opens are the most, well, Open sporting event in the history of sport. Literally anyone can enter and participate. Most of the time the first few workouts are not very high skilled, movements like burpees, light snatches, double unders, and designed so almost anyone can participate. It’s like being able to suit up for the Patriots the first few weeks of the season.

We currently have 40 people signed up for Operation Lando. This is awesome. Last year we had 15. There is still time to sign up. Do not even think about whether or not you are good enough. Good doesn’t matter. It’s about testing yourself and measuring against yourself year to year. If you do the Opens this year not fully Rx then your goal should be Rx by next year. And don’t worry about affecting our team score if you don’t think you will do well. The team score is only calculated by the top 3 men and women scores each week, so a not so good score won’t affect it. Literally no excuse not to sign up!

In all honesty the Opens are a great deal of fun. Each week for 5 weeks a WOD is released, they do a live event where Games level athletes go head to head to show us how it is done, then we all get a chance to see how we do. Even the least competitive of you all out there will find yourselves checking your scores against your friend across the country and wanting to repeat the workout one last time.

Speaking of, here is how it works and how we will be doing the Opens at Lando: Each Thursday night starting next Thursday a WOD is announced. Starting then an athlete has until Monday at 8pm ET to do the WOD and enter their score. They must be judged and then OKd by an official judge (yours truly). At Lando we will be doing the Open WOD in our Friday classes each week. I want Fridays to be off the hook for the next 2 months! Let’s pack classes and get some fun, friendly rivalry going. This is for bragging rights within the gym and for our gym against the rest of the world.

Hey who knows maybe we will even qualify a team for Regionals…and there’s that super coach of ours who does pretty well too!

Get registered and let’s get going! Time to show what all our hard work was for!

 

Saturday Early Crew: Meet at 8:30, start at 8:45

Strength: Clean and Jerk, work for a 1rm
WOD: “11.2”
15m AMRAP
9 Deadlift 155/105
12 Push Ups (hand release)
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (not full stand)

The full stand (ard) was not used in this WOD so we will retest it without it.

 

SATURDAY


WOD: 4 Rounds

1 Round of “DT”
Run 400m
10 Overhead Squat 155/105
Run 400m

DT: 12 Deadlift 155/105, 9 Hang Clean, 6 STOH

SkWAT Team: 5×3 Front Squat, heaviest possible

Feb
20
By CFlando

Analyzing the Snatch

Analyzing the Snatch

By CFlando Posted on

Let’s take a look at some of the technical points of the snatch for today.

By now you know that our major teaching points of the snatch (and clean) are 1) to keep the shoulders over the bar as long as possible and 2) make body to bar contact WITH FORCE (#whammy!).

 

Floor, Below Knee, Launch Position

Floor, Below Knee, Launch Position

In the setup position from the floor the shoulders should be about even with the bar. The setup can be as simple as to set the bar over the middle of the foot then drop the hips until the shins meet the bar. This will put you in the perfect position to start. It is somewhat different in appearance for everyone. People with long buggy whip arms like myself, for example, look like they are in a weird torture device due to too much limbs and not enough space, but as long as the setup has the shoulders just about even with the bar and the hips low enough so the chest is showing to the wall opposite you then you are good to go.

As we move up (through what is called the “pull”) the important part is keeping the shoulders and hips locked into line so you can move by simply pushing the knees back and elevating the chest and shoulders over the bar. You want to think of the entire movement as having check points. First is below the knee, next is the Launch position. If you keep your shoulders over the bar throughout your rise and hit these check points you are in a good spot to be successful. How you get there is kind of up to you.

Lastly, you need to bring your hips forward WHILE bringing the bar into your hips WHILE sending your shoulders up and back. The back part is key as this not only helps us elevate the bar but also changes direction to get the bar moving back, not just up. If we moved the bar straight up from the start position it would end up in our frontal plane overhead, and that is no good (can’t be supported). Think of the overhead squat. “Overhead” is actually over your rear because this is where our center of mass is in the squat position. The bar is not actually over the head. We need to get the bar there and this is where that change of direction comes into play.

Speed is king in the world of weightlifting. Moving as fast as possible up AND down is what wins wars on the platform. Boys have become men, girls have become women, puppies have become full grown animals. I honestly forget where I was going with this, but bottom line is BE FAST. A lot can be made up for with speed as well. You could have the most perfect pull ever (pull being your rise from the floor, launch, etc) but if you move slowly to get under the bar you won’t be able to make the lift. Move fast, faster than Dexter heading for his bowl during dinner time, and you have a chance at being successful.

Most importantly...failure is not just part of weightlifting, but INTEGRAL to your success. Really think about it, how cool is that? Failing is actually good! You learn from failing. Every lift you make you can feel. Maybe you are a bit forward with your bar, maybe you didn’t get low enough, whatever it is you can feel it out. If and when you fail, rather than kick the bar, swear at Dexter, swear at me, cry, beat Jack, throw the chalk, kick your shoes off, and run out of the gym tearing your clothes off in a rage, stop and think about what went wrong. If you have no idea what that is then feel free to ask. Every time something happens (reaction) there is a reason behind it (action). We just have to figure out the action that caused the reaction and set out to fix it.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch
High Hang, Low Hang, Floor

WOD: 12m AMRAP
40 Wall Ball 20/14
20 Power Snatch 115/80
10 HSPU
10 Burpee Muscle Up/20 Burpee Pull Up

 

SkWAT Team: 5×2 Snatch Pull @ 100% 1rm +

 

Important for Today: Snatch Complex

httpv://youtu.be/NXw1kNmafy4

 

Feb
19
By CFlando

What Are You Committing Too?

What Are You Committing Too?

By CFlando Posted on

photo-60

 

“How do I get better at (blank) movement?”.

This is a question myself and the other coaches get all the time. I usually ask a question in return:

“How many times have you worked on (blank) in the past 3 weeks?”.

99% of the time the answer is usually a combination of inquisitive looks, silence, and stammering.

Hey I’m not judging. Ask me how my handstand walks or butterfly CTB pull-ups are coming. Answer: not so good. Reason: I don’t work on them enough. We tend to work on things we either like or are good at because nobody wants to spend their time at the box frustrated. I am just as guilty as anyone else.

But then what are we complaining about?

It’s one of the simplest truths out there: If you don’t like something, do something to fix it. Want to get your first muscle up? Work at it. Want to get more than your first? Work even harder. Better handstand push-ups? You guessed it, work at them. How? Well that is what your coaching staff is for. Many of you know that the best thing about being a member at a CrossFit gym is the thinking is done for you. Ask and you shall receive.

Weight loss, muscle gain, movement improvement, lifestyle goals, all of them can be had and more with just some dedicated, committed work. Most of the time 2-3 days of work on a specific movement over just one month of time will lead to an incredible improvement in that movement or area. 6-8 weeks of strict Paleo eating can change a lifetime of poor food choices. When you look at it in this sense it doesn’t seem that hard does it? Who doesn’t have a month or two to dedicate to truly bettering themselves? Simplify and success is that much closer.

I know just as well as all of you the feeling of being overwhelmed with the road to achieving your goals. You want something so bad you are consumed with it but you don’t know how to get there, or you do but aren’t sure you can make the commitment. You know what I always say? Try and see what happens. If you fail you are just where you are if you didn’t try in the first place, so what the heck? The best thing is you have your amazing CrossFit Lando community to help. Coaches can help give you the information and tools to achieve your goals, as well as give you realistic steps to get there. Your peers are here every day to help push you through the hard times where your commitment seems to be fizzling out, your spark seems to be almost out.

The best thing about commitment? You can always do it again. So let’s get going

Achieve something cool since the start of 2014? Put it up on the board! We want to hear in the next few weeks what you have accomplished the past few months or even the past year!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Hang Clean
max set of 3 Reps (power or squat)

WOD: 5 Rounds
6 Deadlift 135/95
8 Hang Power Clean 135/95
10 Ring Dips
Run 300m

*155/105

 

Important for Today: What is a hang clean?

httpv://youtu.be/b1FPTIjoeBk

Feb
18
By CFlando

Where Will Your Spark Go?

Where Will Your Spark Go?

By CFlando Posted on

jamie

 

Com·mit·ment : noun: a promise to be loyal to someone or something

Loy·al : adjective : having or showing complete and constant support for someone or something

 

When I’m trying to get a point across through writing, whether it be a press release, blog post, or coaching seminar, I try to look for real life metaphors to hammer points home. This almost always takes me to the gym, to training, to doing and watching you all do what we do on a daily basis at CrossFit Lando. There is a lot to learn in here, in the box, things to learn on many levels. I think this is why this sport is so addicting. No matter what perspective you are taking, CrossFit can be a very simple thing: combining movements into workouts, done in a setting that is conducive to pushing yourself, and getting dramatic results. Simple can be seen in keeping your elbows up for all front rack movements. Simple in foam rolling soft tissue for better performance. Simple in sleep more, recover more = more happiness.

Simple. A CrossFit life can be simple.

A CrossFit life can also be complex.

There are hundreds of movements that can make our workouts. The setting we do them in can quite literally change our world. Imagine if you never knew of CrossFit Lando, if you lived in some remote area of the world where you did this same programming but with stones on pipes and in a dirt pit. Motivation = difficult. Even results can be far from simple because really what are results? Results like lost some weight? Or results like went from a good crossfitter to qualifying for the Games? How high your elbows are can be the difference between thrustering your bodyweight or not (not so simple), how, where, and definitely when you foam roll can help repair and prevent many injuries and can also be a complete waste of time (anatomy and physiology = not so simple).

AND IF I COULD JUST GET SOME DAMN SLEEP!!!!

Commitment is a hot button word at CrossFit Lando right now. It is always somewhat of a frontrunner for word of the day in any CrossFit gym because lets face it, to do this crazy ass sh*t we do every day takes a level of commitment that many people just don’t have. Hence why despite the rocketing popularity of this sport and the unquestionable and proven results, still less than 1% of the world population does it. But commitment is especially hot right now at CFL with all this Paleo Challengeness going on as we spaceship blast down the home stretch. I think we all know my feelings on commitment when it comes to the Paleo Challenge at this point. If you don’t quite know just read back a few weeks of posts and you will find it.

See, the driving force behind my very strong feelings on commitment to health and fitness in life is that we are ultimately in control of our destiny. Us. You. Me. 100% in the driver’s seat. This goes for all of life. Our own two hands have the power to shape our existence. It is no different than being in the gym for a day of training. Our own two hands and some very hard work can completely shape our destiny for good, and the benefit of this commitment to our body extends into the rest of our lives. There is no denying the positive effects that looking and feeling our best have on our performance in life. Your decisions pertaining to health and fitness support your outcomes in the rest of life.

Simple.

When it comes down to it, commitment is just about loyalty to yourself, showing support to your goals. And if commitment means making a promise to be loyal, then commitments means making a promise to yourself.

That simple thing again.

You can talk circles around yourself when trying to figure out what will make you happy and successful, but when it comes down to nuts and bolts it’s just about personal loyalty, committing to the single most important thing in your life:

You.

Some, if not all, will think this is incredible selfish. I think if you ignore yourself, ignore your ability to shape and control your destiny, then you are being selfish. What good does an unhappy you do for anyone or anything else? I’ll answer that for you: Nothing.

This all comes down to eliminating the excuses. I’ve talked about them before right here on this blog. It’s our partners, our living situation, work, money, school, parents, siblings, life in general for why we can’t get to the gym enough, eat clean enough, be fit enough. It’s day after day, week after week, excuse after excuse. It’s been 6 weeks of excuses, and for many it was 6 weeks and 6 months and 6 years of excuses before that.

It’s one month of Starbucks, or one night out to dinner and drinks for two, or 300 less text messages and 5gb less data, or no cigarettes, or making lunch. That can be all it takes to make it work. It can be just one less “paleo” cookie a day, one less drink a night, one better cut of beef, one month of no cheats. That can be al it takes to make it work. But there are still excuses for why it won’t work.

Enough with the excuses. Enough with the social media outbursts about commitment and truth, about domination and perseverance, only to go to bed having made no progress. The words and pictures only go as far as the eye can see them. They might get likes and giggles, high fives and texts of approval, but it all stops once it’s time to make a decision. The time to decide has past, it is beyond now. Will you make the changes, or continue to make the changes, that you need to make to be successful?

Will you make it to the 5:30am class because it’s the only one you can that day even though you have to work 12 hours? So you are starting a new semester at school, or starting school all together. Does that mean your fitness is no longer important, that your life is no longer important? What good is an MBA or PhD if you are dead before you can use it? Is it just life again making it too hard for you to stay committed, stay loyal to yourself? Will you cut back on the $5.00 coffee every single day so you can buy the extra food it takes to prep all your meals that will make it so your time training is 100% effective AND what you are fueling with is prepping you not just for now but for 1, 5, 10 years from now?

Many people will read this and feel some sort of spark, a spark that lasts about 5 minutes until they get diverted by some show or game or the smell of cookies in the oven, the taste and smell of ciders and paleo wine on everyone’s breath. Will that be you? Or will the spark linger enough to light a fire that burns out any need for that extra wasted hour of TV and turn it into an extra hour of sleep and recovery? Will the spark burn out your need for the crap, the BS protein from GNC because it’s $10.00 cheaper but $50,000 more expensive in life money (I don’t care if it says ISO or Pure or Natural, it’s all crap, all of it, so quit buying it). Will your spark burn out the need for the beers and wine (paleo of course) on a Wednesday night just because you can’t say no to the person who is constantly ruining your drive for success in and out of the gym? Can you finally draw the line between needed recreation and senseless diversion from your master plan, your deepest desires for a physical you inside and out that you have always wanted but never had?

Where will your spark go, and will it finally keep burning?

Your two hands, your hour in the gym, your destiny, your fulfillment. All of it rests in your two hands and no one else’s.

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-3-3-2-1

WOD: For Time
Row 500m
40 Thrusters 95/65

 

SkWAT Team: No Extra Work

Feb
17
By CFlando

The Attitude Nation is Coming April 11-13

The Attitude Nation is Coming April 11-13

By CFlando Posted on

JonNorthAttitude

To say that I am excited about this would be the understatement of the century.

Jon and Jessica North, along with Travis Mash and the rest of the Attitude Nation, have decided to bring their Attitude Nation Level II Camp on the road for the first time ever.

They are bringing it to CrossFit Lando. We will be hosting the first ever Attitude Nation Level II camp not at the Attitude Nation Gym and the only one in the Northeast in 2014.

For those that don’t know, Jon North is one of the best weightlifters at the 94kg weight class in the US and even the World. He has won numerous awards, including a National Championship and Arnold Classic. He is an Olympic hopeful for 2016.

These accolades of his ability are just the tip of the ice berg for who Jon North is. He is one of if not the most dynamic and entertaining coaches I have ever met. Sitting in on one of his coaching clinics for 5 minutes you realize you are in the presence of someone special. I have been coached by him twice and been in awe both times. Not only does he teach great information and techniques he developed himself and uses on a daily basis in his own training, but his personality and passion literally can’t be found in another person.

His wife Jessica is also a nationally ranked weightlifter and as he puts it is the brains behind their operation. You don’t get a much kinder, passionate, and genuinely sweet person/coach than Jessica. She is incredibly knowledgable and is a great yin to Jon’s yang during their coaching seminars. Lastly, Travis Mash is new to the Attitude Nation squad but is a World Champion powerlifter (squat, bench press, deadlift) and is currently Jon’s personal coach.

This camp is a 3 day extravaganza that will cover in depth the snatch, clean, jerk, squat, and bench press, as well as some Q & A, video analysis, and performance lifting by the legends themselves.

This is truly a once in a lifetime opportunity to be coached and just in the presence of some truly legendary people. In CrossFit we do a lot of weightlifting, especially here at Lando, and the opportunity to have these people here is unparalleled. What is supremely cool is it is limited to 30 people so you have incredible access to all the coaches. They are some of the nicest and most down to Earth people as well so you will feel like you are just kicking back with some old friends, they just happen to be some of the best coaches and weightlifters in the world.

Sign ups are done completely through the Attitude Nation, Inc. We at CF Lando have nothing to do with sign ups. While I can certainly help with some issues we do not control numbers nor can we hold spots, so if you want to sign up GET ON IT NOW!! It isn’t cheap but if anything is worth it, this is.

There is a link on our main page to sign up. Once 30 people are signed up the registration will be closed. This is open to all the world, not just CF Lando, so spots will go quickly.

TUESDAY

Strength: Strict Press
6×3

WOD: 3 Rounds/15m CAP

50 Double Unders
30 Pull-Ups*
30 Push-Ups

*25 CTB Pull-Ups

Ok everyone. This is a continuation of Double Under Awareness Month. We are basically making 2014 Double Under Awareness until EVERYONE can do double unders. Notice that this says 3 rounds but also 15m cap. Basically we want everyone trying double unders for this WOD. Heck even if you have to do 1 at at a time 150 times, then so be it. Now is the time, the time is now. Onward and Upward!!!!

Important for Today: What is a Strict Press?

httpv://youtu.be/8WGovwSFO2g

Feb
16
By CFlando

Christina’s Paleo Chili

Christina’s Paleo Chili

By CFlando Posted on

If you have not had the pleasure of meeting Christina in one of the morning classes, I bet you have heard about her muffins and her delicious food. Her restaurant The Connector Cafe has catered all of our competitions and she has a booming Paleo muffin business. She is a die hard Paleo follower, even outside of our Lando Paleo Challenge. Great source of knowledge and always willing to give advice, ideas, and recipes. Speaking of recipes, here is one of her best!
photo (74)
Christina’s Chili Recipe

Ingredients:
2-3 tablespoons olive oil (or coconut oil)
4 sausages (spicy or regular)
2 lbs ground bison (or beef, pork or turkey)
3 shallots (or 1-2 small onions) finely diced
1 green pepper
1 red pepper
1 orange or yellow pepper
1 yellow squash
1 zucchini
2-3 jalapeno peppers (depending on how spicy you like your chili)
2 tomatoes
5-10 mushrooms
1-2 teaspoons cayenne pepper
3-4 tablespoons chili powder
Salt & Pepper to taste
1-2 8 oz. cans tomato sauce (depending on how thick you like it)

* Recipe can be halved if you want to try a smaller amount.
* Make sure that sausages, tomato sauce & chili powder are all paleo-approved!

Directions:
On medium heat, add just enough oil in a soup pot so you can sauté meats and shallots. Cut sausages into half moon slices and add to oil and sauté until lightly brown (if sausages are pre-cooked, sauté in oil directly; if uncooked, must boil for 15 minutes prior). Add shallots to sausages until they soften. Add ground bison and sauté until browned.

As meat is cooking, dice peppers, zucchini, tomatoes, mushrooms and squash into roughly ¼” – ½” pieces. Jalapeno peppers should be diced into tiny pieces (remove seeds from inside, unless you want it super spicy). Once meat is browned, throw all veggies into the meat & shallot mixture, including all the juice & seeds of the tomatoes.

Add seasonings to the chili: just a little sprinkling of salt and pepper. Add chili powder & cayenne pepper to desired flavor, depending on how spicy you want it.

Add tomato sauce depending on desired thickness of chili. If tomatoes were very juicy, not much sauce is needed.

Let simmer for 30-45 minutes so that all the flavors blend.
Enjoy!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
8 sets of 1 heavy rep. Work at or above 85% the entire time.

WOD:  10 Rounds
2 Front Squat 135/95 (must power clean)
3 STOH
4 Walking Lunges (front rack)
1 Squat Clean

*185/120

SkWAT Team: 100 hollow rocks, 100 super mans

Feb
15
By CFlando

And CrossFit Lando for the Win!

And CrossFit Lando for the Win!

By CFlando Posted on

What a great day at CrossFit Route 1. Stacey carried our team of her and me to victory at the Love em or Leave em competition at Route 1. It was our first time at the top of the podium together and it felt great. Mike Gray and Molly Cunningham also competed and came out with a top 10 finish! Awesome job guys! Great things all around!

Top of the box

Top of the box

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Thruster

Work for a 3rm from the rack

WOD: 4 Rounds
6 Power Clean 175/115
8 Bar Facing Burpees

Feb
14
By CFlando

Saturday WHAMMY

Saturday WHAMMY

By CFlando Posted on
Stacy just hanging out

Stacy just hanging out

 

There is no Early Crew tomorrow morning. Gym opens at 9:30.

 

Come to CrossFit Route 1 and check out some of your fellow Landosians competing at their Love em or Leave em competition. Mike Gray and Molly are teaming up and going to give the podium a run for it’s money. Stacey and I are also teaming up so it should be a good time!

 

The workout for today is another workout from the past CrossFit Opens. This is from 2012 and is a real dousy. 18 minutes of pure love/hate. This will be another one where you will pair up and go one at a time, judged/cheered on by your partner. We are doing this for a number of reasons. First and foremost they are great workouts and getting everyone ready for the 2014 Opens that start in 2 weeks. We have a ton of people signed up already but lets get a ton more. The Opens are the ultimate test of your fitness and it is for scaled and Rx, so there literally is no reason not to sign up. We will be doing the 2014 WODs every Friday so you might as well sign up and join Operation Lando. It’s going to be great.

The other reason we are teaming up like this in these practice WODs is so you get some experience with judging as you will be doing this in classes on Fridays for the Opens this year. Don’t worry, it’s no pressure, no anything, but we want you to get used to seeing the movements, keeping standards, and cheering your heart out all at the same time. Judging is a very fun and gratifying experience, and we all know we work a bit harder when someone is right there watching.

Come on in and have a blast with this re-test from 2012!

 

SATURDAY

WOD: “12.3”
18m AMRAP
15 Box Jumps 24/20
12 STOH 115/80
9 Toes to Bar

A very good RX score for this is 10 rounds. A great score is 11 rounds. A Regional level competitor is 12+ rounds.

 

Feb
13
By CFlando

“Nate”

“Nate”

By CFlando Posted on
Chief Petty Officer Nate Hardy was killed Sunday February 4th during combat operations in Iraq. Nate is survived by his wife, Mindi, and his infant son Parker.

Chief Petty Officer Nate Hardy was killed Sunday February 4th during combat operations in Iraq. Nate is survived by his wife, Mindi, and his infant son Parker.

 

There will be NO EARLY CREW MEETING Saturday morning

We haven’t done a “Hero WOD” in a little while. For those who aren’t familiar with them, hero WODs are made in honor of fallen service men and women and are to be done with a little bit extra in mind. Usually longer, harder, and/or more intense than our every day WODs, these are meant to be done in memory of someone who lost their life protecting others and deserve our hard work.

 

HERO FRIDAY

“Nate”

20m AMRAP
2 Muscle Ups (6 CTB pull-ups/6 Ring Dips)
4 HSPU
8 KB Swings 70/53

 

SkWAT Team: As many sets of 2 pause squat (high bar) as you have time for, 4 minimum. Go until you don’t want to anymore.


13
By CFlando

No Evening Class 2.13

No Evening Class 2.13

By CFlando Posted on

Gym closing at 4:30. Open gym until then.

 

Anyone else sick of the snow?

Feb
12
By CFlando

Herbed Mini Meatballs

Herbed Mini Meatballs

By CFlando Posted on

Classes are on as scheduled for Thursday. If there are changes in the evening schedule due to the weather announcements will be made around the Noon hour. Plan on AM classes and Noon for sure.

Stick a toothpick in these and serve them up as a fancy appetizer and no one will know they are Paleo!

teriyaki-meatballs-served-cold

Herbed Mini Meatballs

1 1/2 pound of ground chicken or turkey
1 large egg, lightly beaten
1 TBSP dijon mustard
2 TBSP finely chopped parsley
2 TBSP poultry seasoning
3/4 tsp sea salt
1/2 tsp back pepper

1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
2. In a large mixing bowl combine all the ingredients, using your hands to mix well. Divide the meat mixtures into quarters. Divide each quarter in half, yielding eight pieces. Form 4 meatballs out of each piece, making 32 meatballs in total.
3. Place the meatballs on the parchment lined baking sheet. Bake for 18-20 minutes until lightly browned and cooked through.

 

THURSDAY

Strength: 10m AMRAP
5 Strict Pull-Ups or 3 Strict Muscle Ups
5 RDL each leg, non-weighted or weighted w KB
20 Hollow Rocks

WOD: 5 Rounds
Row 500m
Rest 2:00 or 3:00 (based off where your finish time is closest too)

These should all be 100% all out efforts.

OR

Partner WOD

20m AMRAP
Row (for distance)
– break up in 500m splits. If done in groups of 3 break up in 300m splits.

Feb
11
By CFlando

Mental Skills and CrossFit Workshop: March 1

Mental Skills and CrossFit Workshop: March 1

By CFlando Posted on

P1050087

As we spoke about a few weeks ago, Vanessa Akhtar is planning on leading a seminar on how sport psychology and mental skills training can help us with CrossFit in and out of the gym.

For those of you that missed it before Vanessa is a member of ours who is also finishing her PhD work in Sport Psychology at Boston University. She works with a number of high level athletes and has worked with teams as well.

We will be hosting Vanessa and a Mental Skills Workshop on March 1. This will last 2 hours. The cost has yet to be decided but it will be around $10-20. It is going to be open to members and non-members so if it is something you are interested in please shoot me an email at [email protected] ASAP. A commitment to sign up isn’t necessary until next week but anyone interested should shoot me an email.

How can a workshop like this help with YOUR CrossFit? CrossFit is all about goals. First pull-up. 100% Paleo. Make 5 classes in a week. Qualify for Regionals. The list could go on for literally pages and pages and pages. One of the many topics Vanessa will cover is goal setting and how CrossFit fits into your life regardless of your place with CrossFit. She will also work on techniques to handle those “I hate every movement in this WOD” days and balancing your CrossFit life with your non-CrossFit life (mainly family/friends and lifestyle). Hopefully you see that whether you are a weekend warrior or “casual” CrossFitter, or a serious beast looking to become the next Rich Froning/Stacey Kroon, this workshop has something for you.

Having had Vanessa work with me and one of the teams I coached in my baseball days I can attest to the power of sport psychology and how it can help anyone in any facet of sport and life.

This is a very rare opportunity that really won’t be offered anywhere else in this area. There are few if any places where you will find someone with the education Vanessa has who also not only understands sport but the different sport that CrossFit is, on top of it all being one of CrossFit Lando’s own.

Definitely something to look forward to!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Snatch

EMOM 12m: 1 heavy rep/attempt

Have some fun with this. We will spend a lot of time going over technique and then let it rip on this EMOM!

WOD: 21-15-9
Squat Snatch 95/65
Thruster 95/65

*115/80

 

Important for Today: Squat Snatch demo and Squat Mobility

Squat Snatch

httpv://youtu.be/HMXtk3S_uK0

 

Wall Squat Therapy: The goal is keeping the arms extended COMPLETELY throughout the squat. Adjust your distance from the wall based on your ability to keep the arms locked out overhead

httpv://youtu.be/95F268z5Hko

Feb
10
By CFlando

Kale and Cranberry Salad

Kale and Cranberry Salad

By CFlando Posted on

Hey Everyone: Notice that we have been low or out of chalk the past week? Now I wish I could say this was a great planned ploy by yours truly to teach you that you don’t need to cover yourself in chalk before every rep of every movement. Rather the snowstorm delayed our shipment and it just ended up that we didn’t get it until today. Guess what? WE ALL SURVIVED! Just because we have chalk coming out the wazzoo now doesn’t mean we should all go back to rubbing it over every crevice of our body before and after each rep.

Chalk is certainly our friend and helpful when holding onto things but now take notice of how much reaching for the chalk bucket is a crutch (kind of like that water gulp that actually does not physiologically for us). 

 

Kale is rich in calcium, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin K, copper, potassium, iron, manganese, phosphorus, antioxidants, fiber, and sulphur-containing phytonutrients. Who needs a multivitamin when you can eat kale? This salad will keep for two days. Throw some chicken on top and BAM – dinner, lunch and dinner!
kale-salad-with-orange-sesame-vinaigrette
Kale and Cranberry Salad

6 cups of chopped kale
1/2 cup slivered almonds, toasted
1/2 dried cranberries (preferably fruit juice sweetened – Great website to buy dried fruit from Steve’s Paleo Goods: https://www.stevespaleogoods.com/SearchResults.asp?Cat=1827)
2 TBSP extra-virgin olive oil
2 TBSP balsamic vinegar
2 TBSP maple syrup
1 TBSP grainy mustard
Sea salt and black pepper to taste

1. In a large bowl toss together kale, almonds, and cranberries.
2. In a small bowl, whisk together the olive oil, balsamic vinegar, maple syrup, and mustard.
3. Pour the dressing over the salad and toss to coat. Add salt and pepper to taste.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Press
3×5
2×3
2×2

httpv://youtu.be/03jSQGMbhGc

WOD: 10 Minutes
50 Double Unders
40 STOH 135/95
30 Ring Dips
20 Clapping Push-ups *
AMRAP CTB Pull-Ups

*20 Deficit Handstand Push-ups, hands on 45/35# plates and head to floor/panel mat (Rx only)

Feb
9
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge End Date Extended…YAY!!!

Paleo Challenge End Date Extended…YAY!!!

By CFlando Posted on

kale-salad-with-orange-sesame-vinaigrette

 

Some exciting news for you challengers out there. We are extending the Challenge for another week!!!

I’ll let you recover from your excitement for a minute…

The deal is as follows: We are extending the last day of the Challenge until the following Thursday, February 27. Why are we extending your torture you ask? This allows us to keep the challenge going right into the Opens, using our test week as our bridge week programming wise and rolling right into the first Open workout on the 27th. Since I know some are planning an epic cheat meal it actually works best to have that happen on Saturday night (just a suggestion) after attempting the Open WOD earlier that day, then kicking right back into gear the next day.

Not that we are trying to be too Big Brother here but after much consideration we figured the date change is best for everyone involved. It works best for the gym in general from a scheduling standpoint, and it keeps you all in the best position for success. What good is all this hard work if everyone jumps off the deep end when it is all over? If we keep the focus going by pushing the Challenge right up to the Open start we will all keep the intensity up and the focus on World Destromination!

In case you all didn’t know this from my post this past week, I truly, whole heartedly believe in this whole Paleo thing and the lasting positive effects it will have for everyone, myself included. We want to set you all up for the best chance for success and feel extending the date 5 days will do this.

Don’t worry. A solid cheat meal is a must for those of you who have dedicated yourselves so much to this lifestyle change. But keep this in mind…a cheat meal is a reward, a cheat week is regret! Let’s stay on course with all the great gains everyone has made. We 2 full weeks left then the last 4 days that will include our re-testing to see how awesome you all have gotten during the 7 week challenge. To make this all even more awesome there is going to be another challenge tacked onto the end of the Paleo Challenge that will be announced as we draw closer to the final days. More $$, more dedication, and more greatness.

Let’s get it going this week!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Front Squat
EMOM 10m: 1 heavy rep

The goal of this is for 10 heavy reps with little rest between each one. Get the rep done within the minute, don’t worry if it is not exactly on the minute. Get heavy!

WOD: 4 Rounds
5 Power Clean 185/115
10 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand

*205/135, 30/24: to get the RX+ you must have done both scaled up options. This should be TnG cleans

SkWAT Team: Back Rack Lunges, work to a max 5 step (each leg)

Feb
8
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

482599_996616061359_967263173_n

SUNDAY

Strength: Squat Clean Thruster

Find a 1 rep max

WOD: For Time
Row 1000m
30 Squat Clean Thruster 135/95
Row 1000m

Feb
7
By CFlando

A Couple Goodbye’s and a Workout for Albert

A Couple Goodbye’s and a Workout for Albert

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando will be closed from 12pm-1pm for Staff Meeting. Open Gym will be from 11am-12pm and there will be class as usual at 1pm.

We have a couple of bittersweet departures coming up in the next few weeks from the CF Lando family.

Matt taking 1st place in our in house throwdown

Matt taking 1st place in our in house throwdown

First, one of our very own though new assistant coaches/interns, Matt Davis, is heading to greener pastures after this weekend for his job. Matt will be heading down to New Jersey for a big job promotion. Matt just recently got his CF Level 1 certification and had been helping as an assistant coach the past 2 months. He has been with CF Lando since early Spring 2013. We are going to miss him just as a good dude and also the awesome athlete he is. We surely will see him here and there as he has roots back here but be sure to thank Matt for all his help and wish him your best.

 

Albert taking 2nd place in our Battle of the Sexes Competition

Albert taking 2nd place in our Battle of the Sexes Competition

Secondly, not so permanently, but equally as much of a good bye, Albert Holguin is heading off for a very unique work related trip. Albert does contract work through the US Air Force and is heading to Kuwait in 2 weeks to work until mid July on contract negotiations for the government. While Albert is more recent of a member having joined in the Fall of 2013 he is one of our favorite guys around. We are going to miss his personality, hard work, and great example he sets around the box every day. You won’t find a more dedicated and humble person around.

Make sure if you see either of these guys around that you wish them good luck in their travels. I know there are a lot of people coming in tomorrow at 10am to WOD with Albert so you might get a good chance then!

 

Early Crew: Meet at 8:15, start at 8:45.

Strength: Jerk max out x 2
WOD: WOD 13.4
7m AMRAP
Escalating by 3, starting at 3
Clean and Jerk 135/95
TTB

 

SATURDAY

Partner WOD
Run 1200m
6 Bear Complex 135/95
Bear Crawl 1500′
Walking Lunge 750′
6 Bear Complex 135/95
Broad Jump 1500′
Crab Walk 750′
6 Bear Complex 135/95
Shuffle Sprint 1500′
Plank Walk (forward) 750′

*break the work as desired. Run must be done evenly in 200s

SkWAT Team: Thruster Complex: 3 Thruster + 1 Push Jerk, heaviest possible, then 20 Stone over Shoulder heaviest possible

Feb
6
By CFlando

Curried Carrots and Cauliflower

Curried Carrots and Cauliflower

By CFlando Posted on

There is a great partner competition next Saturday, February 15, at CrossFit Route 1. They have been doing it for a few years now and it’s a great event every time. 1 guy, 1 girl, right around Valentine’s Day. They call it the “Love em or Leave em Partner Competition”.

Stacey and I are teaming up and I encourage anyone who is looking to RX the Opens to give it a shot. I know a few people were looking to partner up, and I know there are still spots open, so let’s complete this match made in heaven. The link to sign up is right here: click here!

It’s a great combination of a good time, good challenge, and doable for a wide range of people. The standards listed are 1) 135# Snatch for men, 2) 115# Clean for women, 3) Pull-ups (rx), 4) Double unders.

Let’s get a few more teams in there to give me and Stacey some friends to compete with and let’s try to make the podium a Lando sweep!

Vegetables, vegetables, and more vegetables!! Getting sick of eating your veggies? It must be time to spice up the variety of those healthy buggers. Remember variety is the key to life.
curry
Curry is a very distinct, strong flavor and could take some getting used to. But if you like Indian or Thai food, you must be a fan of curry. Curry is a great spice to keep in your cabinet because it can completely change the flavor of any dish and it has health benefits up the wazoo!

Benefits of Curry:
1. Eases swelling in joints
2. May reduce risk of Alzheimer’s and dementia
3. May reduce the risk of cancer
4. Eases digestion
5. Helps burn fat
6. May help manage asthma
7. Rich in antioxidants
8. Boosts immunity

Curried Carrots and Cauliflower

1 pound carrots, peeled
2 TBSP virgin coconut oil
1 medium cauliflower, cut into bit size florets
1 medium yellow onion, halved and thinly sliced
2 garlic cloves, finely chopped
2 tsp curry powder
1 cup of water
sea salt and black pepper to taste

1. Cut carrots in half crosswise, then cut each piece in half lengthwise. Cut the pieces lengthwise into thin strips.
2. Heat coconut oil in a large saute pan over medium-high heat. Add carrots cauliflower, and onions. Cook stirring occasionally, for 8-10 minutes until lightly browned in spots.
3. Add garlic and curry powder. Stir for one minute.
4. Add water. Reduce heat to medium-low, cover, and simmer until the veggies are just tender, 5-10 minutes.
5. Season to taste with salt and pepper before serving.

 

FRIDAY: Double AMRAP Day

WOD 1: 4m AMRAP
Kettlebell Swings, 53/35
– Every 10 reps counts as 1 point. Add 2 bonus points for every 30 done unbroken.

Rest 10 Full Minutes then:

WOD 2: “Choose Your Own Adventure”

This workout is 15 minutes long of a running clock. You have 5 movements to choose from, each with a different point value, and 5 different amounts of time. You can choose where you do each movement based on your ability with that movement. Normal scaling is allowed but might affect points.

Time Intervals:
5 Minutes
4 Minutes
3 Minutes
2 Minutes
1 Minute

Movements:
Muscle Ups: 5 Points (scale is 3 CTB pull-ups, 3 Ring Dips for 1 muscle up/5 points)
Handstand Pushups: 4 Points (for each abmat width…pushups can be done but receive 0 points)
KB OH Walking Lunges: 3 Points every 3 steps (must alternate arms every 3 steps). Must complete 3 steps for 3 points. No partial points…aka 2 steps is not 2 points
Burpee Lateral Box Jumps 24/20: 2 Points (scale to step up and over, do not scale height)
Air Squats: 1 point

 

Feb
5
By CFlando

I Guess Dying is Fine for Some of You

I Guess Dying is Fine for Some of You

By CFlando Posted on

This is a call out from me to all of you.

This is me preaching, and this is me being on a high horse, and this is me talking down to you. I know and understand all of this, and am accepting and announcing this fact. I hope at the end of it you all understand why and where it comes from. But get ready because some people might get some feelings hurt.

At the start of the Paleo Challenge I went to New Orleans for my bachelor party. I did nothing Paleo. I lost count of cheats and drinks but I came out of it giving myself -80 points over 3 days.

The fact that I am

1) not in last place and

2) close to a good number of people ahead of me, is absolutely embarrassing to our community both as individuals and as a whole.

I will be and always am the first one to admit that I am far from perfect. Much of my bravado is for show because I like doing it and anyone close to me knows it’s an act and they find humor in it. I am the man in my own head, Sarah pats me on the back and agrees to make me shut up, but really I am far from it. I have many flaws

I eat like crap sometimes, I don’t fulfill my potential as an athlete, I certainly don’t always practice how I preach.

I struggle with food, I have my whole life.  I would always much rather eat 5 pizzas for dinner than Paleo Lasagna. I have thrown up from gag reflex eating raw spinach because I hate it so much. I have also thrown up at 3 weddings the past year…not from drinking too much but from eating too much cake. Sarah is so proud.

So I know how hard it is, I know where people are coming from with their struggles, and I know how it isn’t a daily struggle but a minute by minute struggle for many people. I am one of those people. Take a close look at me and you will see that while I might be strong I certainly am a bit soft especially around the middle. To be honest it’s somewhat embarrassing as I am the owner of a CF gym, personally coach some super elite athletes, and have the bodyfat more closely resembling a 9-5 office worker (no offense to you 9-5ers) than any sort of athlete.

Don’t believe me? Before CrossFit I ran a lot, never lifted a weight, and weighed 255 pounds. I currently weigh 228 pounds. I lift 100% more in terms of weight than I did before CrossFit. In other words I have 100% more muscle than I did before and am almost 30# lighter. In more other words, I was a fat sh*t who ate like sh*t. So before you all roll your eyes at this post understand that I am coming from a place and a person where this whole paleo super fitness lifestyle thing is new.

The excuses are done. I don’t care what they are. Bad day, bad week, sick, tired, sore, relatives in town. Done. They don’t fly. Never did, never will. Get it together.

My mother is an amazing cook and baker. In the past decade she has gotten very much on the health wagon. Growing up, however, she did a hell of a job feeding 5 kids and a father who wanted lots of food. She made us eat our vegetables, but in our family ordering 2 meals from McDonald’s was cool, eating 5 cheeseburgers at a family cook out at 12 years old was smiled upon, not finishing your plate was frowned upon. So I don’t buy the excuse of being brought up without the proper knowledge or system to be able to make these decisions now. Plus let’s be honest we are all adults. Even the young ones. There’s enough info out there that you could sit your collective butts down for 5 hours on a Sunday and learn most of what you need to know. Or just read some of my posts the past month and learn everything you need to know. We do the work for you.

We can only do so much. Our community of 120 members is amazing down to every individual one of you. There are a good amount of you who are amazing right now with this Paleo Challenge. I think there are more than 5 people who haven’t cheated yet. Amazing. But there are twice as many people who need to take an honest look at what the hell is going on. We are more than halfway done and people are still making bad decisions, taking multiple cheat days  in a week, and within 3 days of me passing them in points after starting at -80.

Yes, I am calling a lot of people out right now. You all deserve it. I didn’t just open a gym because it was a way to make money and have an easy life. You could look at our tax statements for 5 seconds and see that. And if you notice how many hours myself, Stacey, and the rest of the coaches are here you would know we aren’t here for the easy life.

I did this, we do this, because we want to help people and I truly believe in what CrossFit can do for people now and in the future. To be honest if you cannot dedicate yourselves for 6 weeks to better health and wellness than you are in for a sad reality. That reality isn’t being fat but being dead.

Dead. In a box, in the ground, dead. No more fun, no more cheating, no more good times, because you are dead. As in not living anymore.

Regardless of your age we all grew up with the deck stacked against us. We were all taught the wrong way to eat. This is an excuse and it is no longer valid. We now know how to eat, both for performance and for health. It isn’t hard. Look at the front of our Paleo packet and do it. I understand maybe not caring about a few pounds here and there, or body fat up or down. But let’s think of the actual health effects that are directly linked to what we put in our mouths.

Grab food, open mouth, insert food, chew. Doesn’t get much easier than that. Yet that simple process that takes a few seconds can mean life or death over years of time. Hypertension, Diabetes, CANCER, sleep apnea…those 4 alone should be enough to get your attention. THEY ALL HAVE BEEN DIRECTLY LINKED TO EATING LIKE SHIT.

This isn’t just about points and PRs. Dammit that makes it a lot more fun, but dammit life is a lot more important than that. Ever have a brush with death? Hit the brakes on black ice and start skidding into traffic? Have a foul ball smoked at your face at Fenway? None of those are as dangerous as what eating processed, high sugar, crap food every single day is in terms of the guarantee to it’s harm to you.

If I told you that doing XYZ every day would 100% lead to an early death, every single one of you would tell me you absolutely wouldn’t do that. None of you smoke crack every day, or shoot up H. At least not that I know of. Why not? Because it will kill you. 100% will. Well every single time you consciously eat crap food you might as well be shooting up. That is how dangerous this is.

We love all of you and let’s be honest, you pay us for our services, so we try to do this nicely. No one wants to feel bad or singled out when coming to the gym. That isn’t our style. So I hope you understand this is all still coming from a place of love for helping people.

But let’s cut the sh*t people. If you are killing it during this Paleo Challenge, then you better keep killing it. If you are in the middle, then dammit why aren’t you at the top? What is your excuse? And the bottom dwellers, what is your excuse?

No matter what your excuse is, is it good enough to justify slowly killing yourself? Is it enough to tell your husband, wife, kids, girlfriend, boyfriend, mom, dad, brother, sister, that you don’t care about them enough to make sure you live the longest you possibly can?

Heck I know there are special circumstances. And I know some of you with crappy point totals just haven’t logged. That is almost worse. It takes 5 minutes to log 10 days of food, :30 to do 1. No excuse. We set this up about as easy as it could be. If you haven’t been logging your excuse simply is you are lazy. That’s a pretty bad excuse.

I hope I made some of you angry at me. Maybe that will kick it into gear and get people to actually try during the rest of this Challenge to make lasting changes in your lives that will have a direct affect on the length of time you are on this Earth. If you felt called out I am sorry because I don’t want to make anyone upset. But if you felt called out guess what, it means you probably know you aren’t doing the right thing. And I’m actually not sorry.

I’ve heard that the Paleo Challenge isn’t for everyone. That it’s hard, tough time of year because of work or whatever, that people don’t know how to cook this stuff or can’t afford it. I’ve heard all the excuses, made some of them myself.

That’s fine. I guess living isn’t for everyone. Don’t let me beat any of you at the end of this. Be better.

THURSDAY

Strength: Power Clean
5 sets of 2 reps, don’t have to be touch and go but should be within 5 seconds of each other

WOD: 17m AMRAP
30 Wall Ball 20/14
30 STOH 75/55
30 Double Unders

*95/65


5
By CFlando

No Noon Class

No Noon Class

By CFlando Posted on

We will have our usual evening schedule for Wednesday.

Feb
4
By CFlando

Snatch Day

Snatch Day

By CFlando Posted on
IMG_2994

Coach Stacey’s Lunging Circus

 

CrossFit Lando will be closed for morning classes. Check back here for updates on 12pm and evening classes.

When people tell me they hate snatching it makes me sad. So sad I sometimes cry. I get depressed, down in the dumps. I feel as if that person beat Dexter, refused to feed him dinner, and left him out in the snow.

The Lifts are a sport within our sport of CrossFit. Snatch, clean, jerk. They are words of motivation for some, words of fear and disdain for others. Unfortunately many people fall into the latter category than the former.

I understand this, but it still makes me sad. I love weightlifting. I love doing it, I love teaching it. The snatch is like a perfectly written ballet. The 3-5 seconds that the lift itself takes, from floor to locked out and standing overhead, tell a story of a lifetime of work. The amount of hours, the amount of pain, the amount of sweat and tears, the amount of joy, the amount of suffering, that goes into one successful lift is almost too much to measure. Crazy still is the fact that one successful lift, one moment of glory that last all of 3-5 seconds, can erase the hours, days, and years of pain and agony…for a moment at least.

For us regular, non-professional weightlifter people, a great deal of frustration and pain comes from the seemingly insurmountable nature of that snatch itself. So much to think about let alone so much to do. To be honest I could list 15 things that you need to think about during the snatch and that is just from a technical stand point. Then when you factor in timing, mental preparation, cueing, we are at probably 20+ things for a 3-5 second thing. Yikes.

I say this with any athlete I am coaching, from super Stacey to a first timer: pick one or two things to focus on for each session. There are basic things that we cue you every time: setup, contact position, finish, etc. Maybe those are the things you focus on, or maybe some more specific things we might cue you with. Either way as humans we can only process so much information at one time. If you add the fact that we are trying to connect this with physical movement, we are very limited in what we can process when doing something like the snatch. Finish it with that we are trying to cram it into 20-30 minutes and the odds are against us being successful. No wonder why so many of you hate it!

Any time we are weightlifting (snatch, clean, jerk) pick your one or two things to work on and stick to it. Say for example you always rise from the floor with your butt too high and we might always cue you to keep your chest up. Focus on that for the entire session and every session after until you fix it. If you stick to this plan then after a few sessions you will have ironed out a couple important bad habits that might be holding you back from making big time gains.

As always just ask your coach at the time what we think you need to work on the most. Everyone has many things to focus on but there are some that are more important than others. The Overhead Squat can be thought of as a complimentary or accessory movement to the snatch. Improving one will improve the other. Similarly, focus on the thing that you need to focus on the most. For some that might be mobility and flexibility for the movement. If this is the case treat it just like treating fixing a bad habit!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat

Find a 1 rep max

WOD: 5m AMRAP

Squat Snatch 135/95

*155/105

SkWAT Team: 5×3 Snatch Grip Deadlift done at 4140 tempo

 

Important for today: Overhead Squat

httpv://youtu.be/an_eIcm2Sc4

 

Feb
3
By CFlando

More on the Reebok CrossFit Opens

More on the Reebok CrossFit Opens

By CFlando Posted on

1544283_499686310151747_1635641975_n

The Reebok CrossFit Season is upon us. Want to know how the Season works? Here you go:

It starts with The Opens. This is the start of it all. Hundreds of thousands of people from around the world participate. Everyone has a chance to sign up. Rx, scaled, masters, high school, 100 years old, 16 years old, and everyone in between. All levels, all abilities, all everyone can play.

Starting February 27 a workout will be released every Thursday night. These WODs are just like the ones we do in class every day. We have even done some of them from years past the past couple weeks in class. You can scale them, RX them, whatever you feel you can just like you do in class. For 5 weeks you get to try out the weekly WOD any time you want from Thursday to Monday night. We will be doing them in classes on Fridays and you can make arrangements with us to try them another time if desired. You will enter your score online, I will verify it, and you will get to see how you rank in various categories (age, region, gender, and more).

Our gym has a team, Operation Lando, that will get ranked in our region based on our cumulative scores. Anyone and everyone who registers from CrossFit Lando can and should be on our team. Low scores don’t “hurt” the team, only good scores are counted, so even if you are new on your journey, or never really tried to Rx workouts before, you can give this a go and be part of the team! It’s a great way to participate in something with our entire community and with thousands and thousands of people just like us all over the world. To register just follow the link to the right on our website and make sure you are part of Operation Lando!

After the Opens the field is slimmed down a great deal to the CrossFit Games Regionals. This is where the big hitters play. The top 48 men and women from the Opens in their Region move on to compete at a 3 day live event. The top 30 teams also move on. Teams are scored by the top 3 men and women scores from each week of the Opens added up and measured against the other teams in the region, just like individuals.

Our regional is super cool because it is held at Reebok World Headquarters. It is the best regional setup in the world no doubt. Imagine the coolest sporting event mixed with the coolest weekend long concert festival, then multiply that by 10 and you have the scale of good time Regionals is. Both Coach Stacey and myself have had the opportunity to compete at Regionals before and I am sure I can speak for her in saying it is an amazing experience. Now, Coach Stacey has a bit more experience at this elite level than yours truly, basically because she is super awesome and I am washed up and got lucky a few years ago to be on an awesome team. This year it is almost guaranteed that we will all be cheering on Stacey again as she makes a bid to go on to the Games again, and maybe we will even qualify our team to compete there as well. What a weekend that will be!

After Regionals it gets silly, in an amazing, blow your socks off kind of way. From the regionals the top 3 men and women and top 3 teams (some regions send only 1 of each) move on to the Reebok CrossFit Games. The Games, as they are more often referred to as, is literally the competition for the Fittest on Earth. It is a 4-5 day long live event held at the Stub Hub Center in Carson, CA where the athletes are put through some of the most amazingly brutal events you will ever see. Last year the individuals rowed a half marathon. The year before they did a triathlon. Coach Stacey and myself competed at the Games in 2011, her as an individual, me as part of Team CF Fenway, and I can honestly say it was the greatest sporting competition I have ever participated in. The Games has become one of the hardest to get tickets to get hands on in all of sports. Last year they were sold out within 10 minutes of going on sale. It is the Super Bowl of CrossFit, just with way better weather and way more people sporting bikinis and board shorts.

Stacey has competed at the Games as an individual twice, finishing in the top 15 in the world both times. This is an amazing feat, not to mention that she has finished 4th in the Northeast Region 2 other times and 7th once as well. As her coach I am amazed every day at what she is able to accomplish as an athlete and am excited to see her go at it this year. If we qualify a team to Regionals it might be one of the most fun weekends of my life, getting to coach her again while coaching/competing with our team as well.

But first things first. Let’s get as many people from CF Lando signed up for the Opens as we can. It doesn’t matter if you will be scaling every WOD that comes out, you can be part of the team. As we get closer and CrossFit HQ releases more information on this year’s events we will be letting you know!

Skill/Strength Development: Handstand Push-ups

It is time to start really working on getting up on the wall and/or improving your HSPU strength. We will be spending about 10 minutes working on kicking into the handstand on the wall, handstand walking for those who already have HSPU, and getting first timers up on that wall! Then we will be doing some strength:

EMOM 10m
3-5 UB HSPU, hardest possible scale

WOD: For Time
1000m Row
75 Situps
75 Double Unders
50 Supermans
50 Burpees
25 Toes to Bar

Feb
2
By CFlando

Lando Presents a New Challenge

Lando Presents a New Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

Hierarchy-of-Commitment

I’ve always had a severe dislike for the band Matchbox 20. For some reason, however, I’ve always had a weird thing for the song “How Far We’ve Come”. I blast it when I’m alone at least twice a week. Maybe you can call it a guilty pleasure, though I’m sure Chuck Klostermann would hate my use of something so simple and innocent to waste my guilty pleasure on. Maybe I’m just not that guilty of a person. Or maybe I’m a closet Rob Thomas lover. Or maybe I just openly love middle of the road, ramen noodle bland and salty, innocuous mid 2000’s pop-rock.

I’m now actually confused as to what I was writing about that brought me here, but I think the point was that it’s been 3 weeks of Paleo Challenging and how far have we come? When I sat down to write this I had just finished another Slaughterhouse Five time traveling experience I have from time to time (mine for some reason lack the naked alien zoo) where I wondered how I would look back at my present self 6 months from now. I know everyone is different and motivation comes from such a myriad of places that we can’t even start to consider the idea of streamlining it for a community as large as ours, but if I had a say in what would motivate all of you the best it would be this very way of thinking.

I am a big fan in the belief that we control 99.9% of our existence. That .1% lies in the fact that we cannot stop the passage of time no matter how hard we try. This can actually be of benefit to us because it means we don’t have to concern ourselves with moving forward. Time always physically moves us forward. It is up to us, however, to make our lives move forward.

Think about the last time you wanted something. In relation to our Paleo Challenge, think to when you wanted something pertaining to your fitness. Lose/gain weight, add strength, drop a size, get a PR, cut body fat, increase pull-up capacity, and so on. Did you get it? Are you getting there? In even 3 short weeks, blink of an eye time traveling, you could have come so far if you committed to it. Ahhhhhhh but that’s the thing. Commitment. The one and only, top dog of them all, highest point in the mountain range thing that makes or breaks our future self’s perception of the passage of time.

Life is a constant ebb and flow of opportunity and possibility. What beats us down and kicks us when we are at our weakest is life isn’t always fair. Our hardest work and our biggest commitment might very well yield not so desirable results. With what we do, however, in the realm of health and fitness, 99.9% of the time our results are reflective of our level of commitment. In this case if you want something bad enough and you commit your mind, body, heart, and soul to it you will get most if not all of your desired result. But commitment is hard in our realm. Hard work is hard. Present day society is constantly working against us. Friends and family don’t understand or follow along. Everyone means well (hopefully) but stand directly in the way of your commitments.

If I could take your hand, each and every one of you individually, and lead you step by step to your goals I would. Acting like the fullback to your running back, your lead blocker to your touchdown ball carrier, I would push and shove all the way to the promised land. 20# of weight loss, 15# added to your squat, faster 100 burpees for time, 2x bodyweight clean and jerk. Like the game Chutes and Ladders I would construct the chute pointed directly to your goal and Crisco that bad boy up so you get there in record time.

Unfortunately I don’t even remember how Chutes and Ladders is really played, and I don’t know if Crisco is even still FDA approved. Where you end up at the end of this Challenge, and by the end of April, mid Summer, or New Year’s 2015, rests solely upon your shoulders and the shoulders of your Commitment.

Life is a constant back and forth of equal and opposite reactions. At the end of the day you get the result of what you put in. At the end of your travels how you perceive your journey rests solely in your present day hands. Your challenge lies not in whether you can commit to yourself but to what extent you trust yourself to commit. Ponder that one for a second, then tell me what it means.

Time’s a wasting, let’s roll.

 

MONDAY

We are in week 4 of our current strength cycle. You want that 1rm PR at the end of the Challenge, keep putting in your work on days like this

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
6 sets, 5-5-4-4-3-3

WOD: 15m AMRAP
4 Deadlift 275/185, must be TnG, singles do not count
12 Pull-Ups
15 Box Jumps 24/20, full stand

SkWAT Team: 5m AMRAP, 10 UB Toes to Bar

Feb
1
By CFlando

Stone Sunday

Stone Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

SUNDAY

Strength: Stone Shouldering Practice

WOD: 4 Rounds
Run 400m
20 STOH 95/65
Run 400m
5 Stone to Shoulder @ heaviest possible

 

Jan
31
By CFlando

Lifting Seminar

Lifting Seminar

By CFlando Posted on
Dexter's ready for the weekend

Dexter’s ready to lift

 

Lifting Seminar starts at 12:30pm tomorrow. The gym will be closed to all other activity and there will be no 1:00pm class. We are going to do a barbell warmup that will get you plenty ready, but if you have specific needs based on mobility limitations I encourage you to come as early as you want and get some work in before. We will be lifting right off the bat.

Due to large numbers we might have some people using PVC and/or sharing bars during warmup, but you will get plenty of live action lifting in so worry not!

This is going to be awesome!

 

Early Advanced Crew: Meet at 8:15, starting right at 8:45.

Strength: Snatch

WOD: Open WOD 12.4/13.3

12m AMRAP
150 Wall Ball 20/14
90 Double Unders
30 Muscle Ups

We will do this in 2 heats, being judged by another. There will be a lot of work on the Snatch. Any competitor of any level needs to be good to great at snatching. We will talk about strategy for the WOD then go at it.

Coach Kroon got 20 Muscle Ups last year and Coach Lando got 16 Muscle Ups. Getting any muscle ups is a huge separator for women, and getting over 15 is a huge separator for men. Let’s see what we got!

 

SATURDAY

WOD: Open WOD 12.4/13.3

12m AMRAP
150 Wall Ball 20/14
90 Double Unders
30 Muscle Ups/60 Pull-ups

If you do not have muscle ups then do your usual band of pull-ups. If you complete the muscle-ups/pull-ups then move back to wall ball. We will do this in heats like when we did “Fran” to get people into the spirit of the Opens and get some energy in this piece!

SkWAT Team: 5×5 Heavy RDL (stiff leg dead lift)

Jan
30
By CFlando

More From Vanessa

More From Vanessa

By CFlando Posted on
P1050087

Vanessa working on her mental skills while OHS

 

Below is the article as promised written by CFL’s own Vanessa Akhtar. If you have ever struggled with CrossFit, mid-wod breakdown, post wod breakdown, mid-life crisis CrossFit related breakdown…any kind of breakdown associated with or focused on CrossFit, then what Vanessa does pertains to you. What most people don’t understand is you don’t have to be a super elite athlete to need mental skills coaching. Most of the time, actually, it is the every day person who needs it the most when pertaining to CrossFit. 

Vanessa is a very smart PhD candidate at Boston University who is finishing up her work this year. I have known Vanessa through our work in grad school together starting 5 years ago and the consulting/practicum work she did with my Harvard baseball teams. She will be leading a seminar at CrossFit Lando on March 1. I urge everyone to give it a try.

The Truth About Sport Psychology:

Mental Training for CrossFitters

For many people, the term “psychology” conjures up images of Freud, sitting behind his client as she lies on a couch, revealing her deepest, darkest secrets. Some people think you only see a psychologist when something is wrong, or because you’re crazy in some way. Yes, some of the athletes that come to see me are dealing with some serious concerns. Yes, many athletes are a little bit crazy, including those of us that do CrossFit. But for the most part, this typical picture of a psychologist is far from what I, and most sport psychology consultants, do on a daily basis.

 So, if sport psychology isn’t just about “fixing” athletes, what is it?

I think of sport psychology as mental conditioning. We take the time to train our bodies, continuously building strength. But, we often just assume that our minds will follow. In order to reach peak performance, we need to actually take time to strengthen our minds. As a sport psychology consultant, my goal is to help athletes and coaches build from strengths and skills they already have. The key is intentionality and productive use of these strengths and skills.

There are four core mental skills in sport psychology: self-talk, imagery, goal setting, and energy management/relaxation. We all use all four of these skills on a regular basis. The question is, are we using them effectively? How many times during a WOD have you been yelling at yourself in your head and fighting the urge not to quit? Or just thinking about how much it hurts by the time you get to your 50th STOH, knowing you have 25 more to go? Focusing on “not quitting” and how much pain your in probably isn’t going to help you achieve your best performance. Mental conditioning techniques can help you figure out what to focus on that’s going to keep you in a productive mindset that facilitates performance.

Building these four skills can result in more confidence, focus, and control. The ultimate goal is to tailor mental training to your individual goals and needs. And, to continually build on these mental skills, so you’re always working towards the next level.

How can sport psychology help CrossFitters, specifically?

CrossFit is a unique sport, in that it is incredibly physically demanding. Whether the WOD takes you 2 minutes or 30 minutes, you pretty much feel like you’re going to pass out by the end (or at least, I do). It also requires a high level of mental toughness, and draws in athletes with a wide range of goals. In one class, there might be a high level CrossFit competitor banging out muscle-ups working out next to someone who is just getting back into a gym for the first time in years, working at getting 1 pull-up. The community of CrossFit is an integral component of the experience, and often what draws people to it. So is the fact that every single workout is mentally taxing, regardless of why you’re there. Even if you don’t think you’ll ever compete, it’s still worthwhile to think about including some mental conditioning in your training approach.

Mental training can help CrossFitters identify their current goals (both for the long-term and for individual workouts), find ways to align their mindset and approach to these goals during each WOD, evaluate their progress toward these goals, prepare for competitions (for those that want to compete), and push past mental roadblocks to surpass what they think their physical limit is. Having a strong mental foundation can also help CrossFitters limit the likelihood of injury, and return from injury quicker (so maybe you won’t have to write “heal” as your monthly goal on the whiteboard for awhile).

If you decide to work with a sport psychology consultant, you have options for what you want that work to look like. You can choose to meet outside the gym only, especially if privacy is a concern for you. Or, you can incorporate real-time training by having the sport psychology consultant at the gym during some of your workouts. Mental conditioning doesn’t have to be an added time commitment. But, it is a beneficial add-on to incorporate into your physical training.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Push Jerk Max Out
Work for 20m for a new 1rm Push Jerk

WOD: Tabata Time

:20 work, :10 rest for 8 rounds, changing movements each interval
a) Hang Power Clean 115/80^
b) Push Jerk (must be push jerk)^
c) Box Jump 24/20 (full stand)
d) Handstand Push-up

*135/95, 30/24

^Every time the bar is put down run 200m FOR EVERY TIME after WOD completion

Jan
29
By CFlando

Sport Psychology for CrossFitters

Sport Psychology for CrossFitters

By CFlando Posted on
Big and Small

Big and Small

 

We have a special member amongst us that many of you Nooners know. Vanessa Akhtar has been a member at CFL since the the Fall of 2013 and is currently finishing her PhD in Sport and Performance Psychology. I have known Vanessa for a few years as we crossed paths in a number of classes in graduate school and she shadowed my team at Harvard for practicum hours as a sport psychologist. Like many of you, Vanessa was an athlete in her younger years and started CrsosFit as a way to stay fit and competitive.

No matter what level of CrossFitter you are, harnessing the mental aspect of what we do at Lando can make a huge difference in your experience. While many people think mental training is for competitive athletes only, understanding and handling the role of CrossFit in your everyday life is important for everyone. Vanessa is going to be working more with CrossFitters and wants to use CrossFit Lando as her home base. There are a number of things planned down the road that she will be doing for our community, the first of which will be happening on March 1 when we will be hosting a seminar lead by Vanessa. She will be covering mental skills techniques that can be used every day during class as well as how to put perspective on life and CrossFit.

Tomorrow will be a special post from Vanessa introducing what she does and her ideas for how sport psychology and CrossFit work. Stay tuned!

 

THURSDAY

STRENGTH: Strict Press
5 sets of 4 reps

WOD: 5m AMRAP
Min 1: Deadlift 225/155
Min 2: Double Unders
Min 3: Deadlift 225/155
Min 4: Double Unders
Min 5: Air Squats

*255/175

Rest 5m

5m AMRAP
Burpee Pull-Ups

Jan
28
By CFlando

Heavy Stuff

Heavy Stuff

By CFlando Posted on
IMG_2924

Jess Determined!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: EMOM 12m
2 Squat Clean

WOD: For Time
10 Thruster 135/95
10 TTB
20 Walking Lunges (alternating)
10 Thruster
20 TTB
20 Walking Lunges
10 Thruster
30 TTB
30 Walking Lunges

*165/110

 

Important for Today: Toes to Bar Kip

httpv://youtu.be/cKrNehlQ8NU

Jan
27
By CFlando

Getting Ready for That 100 Burpee Re-Test

Getting Ready for That 100 Burpee Re-Test

By CFlando Posted on

1619484_10101383981895999_229342989_n

TUESDAY

Strength: Snatch

Find a max set of 2, touch and go

WOD: 12m AMRAP
50 Burpee Buy In then:
10 Split Snatch 95/65, alternating legs
10 Pullups
10 STOH 95/65

*115/80…CTB Pull-Ups

 

Important for Today: Overhead Mobility Work

3 Sets of 5-8, moving slowly with low back firmly pressed into wall, all parts of arms into wall. Move the feet as far from wall as needed and try to move them closer each set. Each "rep" should be at least 8 seconds long.

3 Sets of 5-8, moving slowly with low back firmly pressed into wall, all parts of arms into wall. Move the feet as far from wall as needed and try to move them closer each set. Each “rep” should be at least 8 seconds long.

Jan
26
By CFlando

Good Start to the Week

Good Start to the Week

By CFlando Posted on
1779377_10202410416596197_1085046246_n

The Team and their Coach

 

 

Thank you again to everyone who came out to support Stacey and CrossFit Lando in general on Saturday and Sunday. I know I can speak for her in saying she was overwhelmed with how passionate and numerous our crew was.

Week 3 of Paleo Challenge. Keep strong (mentally) and keep strong (physically). Lifting Workshop this Saturday is currently closed to any more signups but if anyone is interested I will let you know of drop-outs.

Let’s get this week started!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Front Squat
5 sets of 3 reps

SkWAT Team: 3-5 sets of 1 pause squat, 1310 tempo. Preferably done during class.

For SkWAT Team, once doen with your max set of 3 do 3-5 sets of singles with a 3 second pause at the bottom. If you have time for 5 singles do so, try to get at least 3. Get this done in class. If you do not usually do SkWAT Team then stop with the 5 x 3.

WOD: For Time
4 Rounds
15 Swings 70/53
15 Goblet Squat 70/53*
2 Wall Climbs

*single arm KB thruster, 8 per side for 16 total reps.

 

Important for Today: Wall Climb Technique and Scale

httpv://youtu.be/P9wdAym4AxI

 

Jan
25
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Congrats to coach Kroon on her 12th place finish. She came in ahead of 3 former Games competitors from 2013 and was competing with some girls who came in the top 3 last year…in the world! Also congratulations to the Crossfit Lando cheering squad. For a gym that has only been open a year we had an amazing group. The loudest, most raucous group there which means I have lead you all well. I can’t wait to be part of the party tomorrow. As Deeds once said…”I’ll bring the beers…I’ll bring the beers”.

 

SUNDAY

Strength : Push Press

6×2

WOD: 3 rounds

15 ctb pull-ups

12 burpees lateral box jumps 24/20

9 back squat 185/115

 

Jan
24
By CFlando

Saturday

Saturday

By CFlando Posted on
Stacey Day 1

Coach Kroon

 

Good Luck to my favorite CrossFitter that I’m not marrying tomorrow at the East Coast Championship. If you have a ticket come watch!

 

Early Crew: Meet at 8:30, squatting starts right at 9am.

Strength: Back Squat
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: 3 Rounds
30 Burpees
10 Snatch 135/95

 

SATURDAY
20m AMRAP

10 Snatch 115/75
20 Burpees
30 Situps

 

Jan
23
By CFlando

“Christine”

“Christine”

By CFlando Posted on
"Christine" Madness

A little #tbt “Christine” time

Benchmark time! “Christine” is another one of those classic benchmark WODs, not quite up there with “Fran” but close. We have done it in class twice but really only once as the first time we did it was in February of last year and we had to close early due to that epic snowstorm that hit us last year.

This is a unique WOD as it is based off your own bodyweight for the deadlifts. For a lot of people this might be too much to do 3 rounds of 12 reps for so scale it as you would any other WOD. It should be a weight that you can do 12 unbroken reps with.

Good luck!

 

FRIDAY

WOD: “Christine”, compare to 5/10/13

3 Rounds
Row 500m
12 Deadlift @ BW (scale to 75% or 50% BW)
21 Box Jumps 24/20, bounding allowed

SkWAT Team: 5 sets of 5 (each side) elevated split squats

httpv://youtu.be/rxekt9JuNPE

Jan
22
By CFlando

The Opens Are Coming

The Opens Are Coming

By CFlando Posted on

crossfit-games-rich-f

 

 

In about a month the Reebok CrossFit Open will start. The Open is a worldwide CrossFit competition that anyone can sign up for. Last year over 100,000 people signed up and competed at CrossFit boxes from Boston to Tokyo and everywhere in between. This is the first part of the competition season that leads to the CrossFit Games in Carson, California.

The Opens are in their 4th year. The way it works is a workout is released by CrossFit HQ each week on Thursday night. From then until Monday night at 8pm ET registered participants can perform the workout as many times as they like for an official score. If you are registered you can try the workout at your local box or any affiliated gym in the world. At the end of 5 weeks and 5 workouts the top 48 men and women from each region in the world move on to the Regionals, as well as the top 30 teams. Regionals are a live event that spans 3 days, with 3-4 regions going at a time over 4 weekends. From there the top 3 men and women and top 3 teams in most regions (some send only 1) move on to the CrossFit Games, the live competition to find the Fittest on Earth.

We encourage literally everyone to sign up for the Opens. While only RX scores are technically eligible for Regional consideration, you can perform the workout scaled just like our daily WODs. We will be doing the WODs on Friday in class where you will get judged and scored similar to how we did “Fran”. Even if you don’t consider yourself a competitor it’s really cool to see how you do each week. You get an official score and can compare yourself to people all over the world, and even see how you did compared to some of the elite (like one of our super coaches). The other cool thing is they usually repeat workouts year to year so you can see how you improved in those specifically and overall each year. CrossFit is all about testing your fitness and this is the perfect way to do it.

Registration is easy. $20 online (there is a link on our website now) and takes about 2 minutes. We have an official team and everything and it would be great to see 100 names on there. You have until February 26 to register.

Let’s see how far our fitness has come!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Bench Press

5 sets of 5

WOD: Row 600m then
3 Rounds
40 Wall Ball 20/14
20 Clapping Pushups*

*12 HSPU

 

Jan
21
By CFlando

Lifting Seminar February 1 Signups

Lifting Seminar February 1 Signups

By CFlando Posted on
P1050074

April Under the Bright Lights

 

No change to class schedule for tomorrow. All systems go

As you might know we are running a lifting seminar on Saturday, February 1 from 12:30pm to 2:30pm. This seminar is for all ability levels. It is going to be a lot of fun but also very educational. There will be very little standing around and A LOT of repetition.

We will start with working on the Snatch. The snatch is the fastest movement in sport. It takes a great deal of speed, strength, and grace. The best snatchers are people who are masters of technique and patience, not necessarily the strongest people in the world. It takes dedicated practice, and a willingness to fail and learn, to get better at the snatch. The clean and jerk, much the same but more powerful, will be worked after. Both lifts can be incredibly fun to learn if you try to grasp the technique and the process of getting better rather than just focusing on numbers and PRs

Don’t get me wrong, PRs are a hell of a lot of fun. Not to mention they are a great way of measuring if you are getting better. But if the focus is solely on putting numbers up rather than making your technique perfect you will eventually get to a weight you cannot lift regardless. This is not fun. The seminar will have an hour dedicated to both lifts with many reps with empty barbells, discussion on my theories behind the techniques that I teach, and time for many attempts at some big PRs.

The focus of this seminar will be to learn, lift, and have fun. The goal is to have you leave with new PRs, drills to work on in and out of a class setting, and some accessory lifts/movements to improve your strength and technique in the future.

Below is the list of people signed up so far. If you paid and are not on this list please let us know ASAP. Your spot is only guaranteed if you have paid. We are allowing 20 people from CrossFit Lando and then 5 people from outside gyms. So far there are 14 people signed up from here and 3 from outside, so if you and/or anyone you know are planning on coming and aren’t on the list below then the time is now!

Tim Bryant
Mike Rayner
Dana Randolph
Molly C.
Christine Burke
Chris Collins
Jess Prince
Teresa Newman
Alyssa Marino
Albert K.
Chris M.
Balazs
Christina
Ronny
Melissa Hicks
Katherine W-C

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Deadlift

Find a 1rm using the following rep scheme: 5-5-4-3-1-1-1

SkWAT Team: At 70% 1rm, do 5 minutes of 3 TnG Sumo Deadlift every :30 after finding your 1rm. Try to get this done during the strength portion of class. Coaches WILL NOT wait for you. Work quickly to get your 1rm and move onto this extra work while everyone else is finishing. If you cannot get it done without holding up class then you can after class if there is space.

WOD: 12m AMRAP
75 Double Unders
45 Hang Squat Snatch 95/65
75′ Bear Crawl

*115/85

Jan
20
By CFlando

Let’s Talk Fat

Let’s Talk Fat

By CFlando Posted on

1528586_593819280673228_1330419140_n

 

It’s Paleo Challenge Week 2!

This is where it’s going to start getting tough (I know it probably already is). Now that the novelty of it is wearing off and your body is in flux in terms of your non-performance energy system, you might be feeling…like complete crap. This is normal in terms of it happens to a lot of people who start Paleo for the first time or are restarting after a long break. However it is not “ok”. This is supposed to help our performance not hurt it. Yes it’s going to be hard and a lot of this is psychological. The usual 10am protein bar that tastes like candy is tough to refuse. So is the lunchtime sandwich and the weekend pizza binge. But this is also when your body is starting to notice you are severely changing what you have been giving it in terms of macro nutrients as calories, so you are fighting it physically too.

Something to think about here, and also clear up a bit from how this is presented to you, is where dietary fat comes into play. While we talk about the breakdown of our total calories being 40% fat, 30% protein, 30% carbohydrate, it is important to understand that fat has slightly more than 2x the calories as carbs and protein. So while you might be scrambling to find a way to get the calories you need to feel like a normal human because you have gone from 250-300g of carbs a day to 100-150g, adding quality fat will help. Also understanding that fat takes much longer than carbs and protein to digest will help too. If you are sticking with the recommendation of pooling your carbs to 50% or more within 2 hours before and after your workouts, then doing the opposite with fat will help stave of hunger and general feeling of wanting to kill everyone around you all day. Eating a small amount of quality fat 4-5 times throughout your day and not in that window of time around your WOD will slowly digest all day, help in transportation of other nutrients, and give you sustainable long term energy outside of your time at CFL.

Remember these are all general guidelines. Everyone is different with different goals. Excess dietary fat is going to store as body fat if not used, so if weight loss is your goal you don’t want to be mindlessly crushing fat all day every day. However fat and protein can be relied upon throughout the rest of your day to make up for your calories you aren’t getting from carbs anymore.

1 gram of fat has about 9 calories. 1 gram of carbohydrate has 4 calories. 1 gram of protein has 4 calories. So if your morning used to have 50g of carbs and you are an evening WODer and trying to cut those carbs by say 25g, then thats 100 calories you need to replace to fuel the engine. You want to replace it with protein and fat, but with 2x the protein if you are trying to keep them relatively even at this time of the day.

Stick with it. 5 weeks from now, 10 weeks from now, it will all pay off

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Push Jerk
Find a 1 rep max in 5 attempts

 

WOD: For Time
75 KB Swings 53/35
45 CTB Pull-ups*
75 STOH 75/55

*15 Muscle Ups for CTB Pull-Ups

 

 

Jan
19
By CFlando

Hopefully I’m Happy

Hopefully I’m Happy

By CFlando Posted on

154456_10101789026688062_574590019_n

 

 

Hopefully once this post goes live the Patriots will be heading to the Super Bowl!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Front Squat
5 heavy sets of 2 reps

WOD: 3 Rounds
15 Deadlift 185/115
15 Toes to Bar
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

*225/155

SkWAT Team: 5 x5 heavy good morning

Jan
18
By CFlando

Pushing and Pulling

Pushing and Pulling

By CFlando Posted on

Strength: EMOM for 10min
3 Bench Press @ Body Weight or as close as possible

WOD: 2k Row

funny-rowing-cartoons_4895095519053224

Jan
17
By CFlando

Chicken, Kale, and Swiss Chard Soup

Chicken, Kale, and Swiss Chard Soup

By CFlando Posted on

Special Bring a Friend Saturday, January 18! Bring a buddy and get your WOD on!

This recipe is kid tested and mother approved by our very own Christina Nikitopoulos. When her three boys ask for more soup, she knows she is onto something good!
Ingredients:
18 cups of water (approximately; or 3/4 of a large pot)
Chicken (package of 8 chicken thighs)
1 bunch of kale, and/or
1 bunch of swiss chard – can use green, red or rainbow
Salt

Boil Chicken thighs for approximately 2 hours or until meat is easily coming off bones.
While chicken is boiling, wash and cut up kale and swiss chard into small pieces. You can either use approximately half bunch of each green or just choose one of them.

Remove chicken and put in a bowl.
Pour chicken stock through a strainer into a large bowl to remove any fat pieces.
Wipe out pot to remove any residue.

Pour chicken stock back into pot.
Remove all skin, fat, and bones from chicken.
Chop up meat into bite size pieces and add to pot.
Add chopped up kale and chard. Use only about three-quarters of each bunch of greens.
Add a little salt to taste.

With the remaining greens, saute them in olive oil and add a dash of salt.

 

Early Crew: Meet 8:30, start at 8:45. WOD:

 

SATURDAY

WOD: Partner “McGhee”

One person works at a time alternating every movement

30m AMRAP
5 Deadlift 275/185
13 Push-Ups
9 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

*partners use 1 bar. Meet in the middle weight wise

 

 

 

 

Jan
16
By CFlando

“Fran”

“Fran”

By CFlando Posted on

Fran. Oh Fran. Fran oh Fran. You terrible, awful *%^&$ Fran. We all hate you with vitriol and spite yet we always come back, crawling back to give you another try. And no matter how many times you still beat us, defeat us, kick us while we are down.

But then again, Fran. There always is that glimmer of hope that one day we will get you. One day we will come out on top, with 1 band less, or an Rx, or maybe just maybe a sub 3:00 Fran. We will walk out of the gym that one time having won.

But then again, Fran, the feeling is fleeting, because there you are again, challenging us for the next go around.

 

You want to see how you go after “Fran” for sub 3:00? Take a look at this video (pay more attention to Stacey than me, unless you want to see how to do a 3:30 non-PR Fran). I try not to brag about my favorite athlete too often but there are times like this where I am practically in awe…after I pull myself off the floor of the bathroom. This is “Fran” in 2:45 from someone who back squats just under 300#, clean and jerks 205#, and can hit 165# in the snatch. Sometimes I feel like a proud big brother!

 

httpv://youtu.be/dEL8NsKouA8

 

FRIDAY

WOD: “Fran”

21-15-9
Thrusters 95/65
Pull-ups

This is our last Paleo Challenge test WOD. For those of you who don’t know what “Fran” is or have never done it, it is probably the most famous of all the benchmark WODs CrossFit has. You could walk into a box in Lithuania and say “Fran” and people will know what you are talking about even if they don’t speak a lick of English. I think…

We will be doing this in 2 heats. You will partner up with someone and go one at a time, the person not working being a judge and cheer squad. Let’s go after it!

Jan
15
By CFlando

I can’t give up Ketchup!

I can’t give up Ketchup!

By CFlando Posted on

Fear not – you can make Paleo ketchup and it actually tastes pretty good!! If you are anything like me, ketchup goes on my eggs, my chicken, my beef, my sweet potatoes, and just about anything else I can pour it on. I love Ketchup, but I do know that store bought ketchup has sugar, high fructose corn syrup, and tons of other additives. No good for a Paleo diet!

Homemade Ketchup with a Kick!

Ingredients:
1 – 12 oz can tomato paste
1 cup of water
2 tbsp vinegar
1/2 tsp salt
1/2 tsp curry
1/2 tsp garlic powder
This recipe makes about 32oz of Ketchup.

Directions:
1. Mix all ingredients in a saucepan and bring to boil on medium-high heat.
2. Reduce heat to medium-low and simmer while stirring frequently until flavors have blended.
(add more water for thinner ketchup and less for thicker)
3. Transfer to a glass jar and cool before serving.

 

THURSDAY (No Paleo Tests)

Strength: Strict Press

work to a 3 rep max then 3 sets of 8 reps with 80% of the 3 rep max

WOD: Partner WOD

Row 1000m in 250m intervals, resting partner holds the bottom of a squat
Row 1000m in 500m intervals, resting partner holds a fore arm plank. Once broken perform pushups until your turn
Row 1000m x 2, 1000m each partner. Resting partner performs 30 wall ball 20/14
Row 1000m in 100m sprints.

 

Jan
14
By CFlando

A Long but Important One: Carb Timing and Weight Loss/Strength Gain

A Long but Important One: Carb Timing and Weight Loss/Strength Gain

By CFlando Posted on

benefits

 

 

As we are getting into our first week here of the Paleo Challenge let’s talk about how we are supposed to eat. Hopefully at this point we know the basics: no gluten (no grains in general), no processed sugar (limiting sugar sources in general), no additives/preservatives, no dairy, no alcohol.

What usually happens at this point is 1000 more questions than you all had before. Good advice I got way back when I started trying this new thing out is to remember it is a marathon not a sprint. Your body isn’t going to make drastic changes in a day (good or bad) and you aren’t going to completely change your lifestyle overnight. While the challenge itself might end in 6 weeks I like to think that you all will at least maintain some of the principles you adopt in the next month or so and keep it going for the rest of your life. This next 6 weeks are important to get that ball rolling, and what better way to get people focused then make it for points and cold hard cash? It will take at least a week to start seeing and feeling changes, if not more for some people, and it might take that long just to purge all the bad stuff from your cabinet and fridge and navigate your way around the grocery store. Don’t worry. You might have bad days where the staple sandwich with cheese is too easy to pass up or your old friend demands you come out for burgers and beers. Live your life with simplicity and don’t sweat the small stuff. I strongly encourage you to take this as seriously as you can but remember that one night, one week, won’t ruin a lifetime of good nutritional health.

With that said let’s move on to what exactly should you eat? Well this all varies depending on your fitness goals. Let’s look at it for everyone, weight loss minded people, and non-weight loss minded people. 

If you want to maintain the fitness level you are at, having only a small amount of weight to lose and wanting to maintain if not add onto your strength, then you need to keep eating the same amount of calories and macronutrient (carb, protein, fat) breakdown as before especially pertaining to total calories. This could be very hard if you did cereal in the morning (approx. 42g carb per cup, 180 total calories), sandwich on wheat bread at lunch (approx 11g carbohydrate, 70 calories per slice) and meat, rice, and vegetables for dinner (brown rice having approx. 45g carb per cup and 250 calories). Just from these foods being counted here you are easily at 200+g of carbohydrate and 2500 calories (taking some liberties with assumptions of the other food). So again if you want to maintain everything you currently have and possibly get stronger then you need to replace the non-paleo items with the same macro nutrient breakdown of paleo items. To replace the rice you would need to eat more meat and then probably 5x as many vegetables (1 cup of broccoli has approx 6g of carbs and 30 calories) to get the same calories especially from carbs.

For Everyone: While we don’t want you thinking of this in “dieting” terms and worrying about calories it is important to know how it is going to affect you if these next few days get hard especially in the gym. If you just take out your grain based items and replace them with some veggies here and there you are in for a big hurt in the gym. If you are like the above person and just taking out those grains and eating some veggies and fruit you could be cutting at least 500 calories from your diet. This is no good. Cutting calories won’t make you lose weight as an active person and here is why: Calories come from the three macro nutrients. We don’t want to be cutting calories we just want to change where they are coming from depending on your goals. Calories quite literally fuel your body. Where a lot of people make mistakes with starting Paleo is they are so focused on losing weight they fall into the cutting calories mode, intentionally or not. Eating less is not good for 99% of people, especially active people. Someone doing CrossFit and/or other exercise 3+ days a week can be considered active. Within a week of cutting 500 calories or more your metabolism shuts down. This means your workouts will suck and you will actually not lose weight because your body is in starvation mode, literally acting like “Im not getting enough energy to do what I need to do so Im going to start storing what I have and shut down so I can’t do what is being asked”.

If you are new to this you are probably going to be hungry. This is not good. The idea of eating many meals versus a few big ones is correct. Yes in simple terms it makes you less hungry throughout the day but more importantly you get more nutrients from many smaller meals than a few huge meals. If you pound all your food into three meals you absorb maybe 75% of it. The rest comes out into the toilet. For high performance machines like we all are this isn’t good. If you are having trouble with what to eat and how to replace your nutrients from before this could be very bad and render you almost unable to workout.

For weight loss minded people: If your goal with this Challenge is to cut some lbs off (and let’s be honest we all could lose a few after the holidays) as pertaining to above you don’t want to be cutting calories. You just want to change where you are getting them from. Fat and protein should dominate your meals outside of a 2 hour window before and after your workout (4 hours total). Your restrictions should be with carbohydrates. If you are regularly taking in 200g+ carbs like the above person and want to lose weight you need to cut that approximately in half but again maintain your caloric total. Eat 50% of your carbs in this 2 hour before and after window. Before to fuel your ATP levels for performance, after to help your body recover and disperse nutrients to the needed areas of depletion. This will allow you to lose the fat/weight wanted but also maintain your fitness level and even PR your lifts 6 weeks from now and beyond.

For non-weight loss minded people: If your goal isn’t necessarily focused on weight loss (might want to but not your main goal) and you want to continue getting stronger then you need to work even harder at how you are eating because carb restriction is not necessarily what you want. If you are pounding bad carbs all day every day then you are going to get the good benefit of changing to a Paleo lifestyle but want to keep your carb intake the same. That window mentioned above should be followed the same way. So again that is a lot more carbs than weight loss minded people.

For everyone: Why do we say “some fruit”? Fruit is very high in carbohydrates. Fruit is your friend in that window, your enemy outside of it. Fruit is a great way to get the carbs you need in that window and a great way to mistakenly take in 50-100g of carbs in a sitting outside of it. Fuel for Fire is going to be your friend. It’s protein and carb all in one easy pouch. I eat one before and after every workout session. You can make something like it easily at home too.

Keep plugging away everyone. More to come.

 

WEDNESDAY

Full Test Day

Strength: Clean and Jerk

Find a 1 rm

 

WOD: 100 burpees for time

12 min cap

 

SkWAT Team: 5×3 Front Squat, heaviest possible

Jan
13
By CFlando

Paleo Notes

Paleo Notes

By CFlando Posted on
Two Award Winners

Two Award Winners

 

I’ll keep this post short. Go check out the Paleo Challenge 2014 part of the Main Menu. There are some new articles to familiarize yourself with including some judgement calls on certain foods. This will be a resource growing each day with new info on certain foods, articles on different topics, and other helpful stuff for your challenge needs.

 

TUESDAY

Skill Test (Test for Paleo Challenge): 60 Pull-ups/30 Muscle Ups for time

WOD: 3 Rounds
50 Double Unders
30 Pushups
25 Box Jumps 24/20
25 Situps
4 Wall Climbs
3 Rope Climbs, 15

Jan
12
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Starts Monday!

Paleo Challenge Starts Monday!

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed-1

To say the One Year Party was a success is an incredible understatement. The picture above tells the story pretty well.

I think of life as moments of time strung together that create a story. I truly believe that we write our own narratives and are ultimately in control of the way our story unfolds, but what gives our story meaning and substance is the people that are woven into our tale. The people we open our lives to are what help create these moments that literally make our lives worth living.

Last night was one of those special moments in time for me, a moment I will never forget. I could thank every person that was there infinitely and that wouldn’t be enough. The best compliment we got was from our friends from other CrossFit gyms that were there who said what an amazing and awesome community we had. You are all what make CrossFit Lando the special place it is. Coaching, training, fitness are all just small parts of what a CrossFit gym is about. The community is what makes CrossFit special, and we have the best one around.

So, now that we all drank and ate decadently all weekend, it’s time for the Paleo Challenge! We currently have less people signed up than last time. Let’s get this number up this week! It’s not too late to start. You can bring your money in and commit all the way up until Friday. If we get 50 people signed up by then we will make 1st place $400. The top 3 finishers also get gift certificates to the Connector Cafe in Lowell, MA.

This challenge is about more than just weight loss and points. This is about committing to something out of the ordinary, something beyond your comfort zone, something challenging. Yes it is hard, but it is about your health. Nothing should be too hard for that. Read the information about why the Paleo lifestyle works and see that it is about saving your health now and for your future. If you have anyone in your life that you care about or relies on you then you have something worth committing yourself to this for. If you are a parent you owe it to your kids to live as long as possible. If you are a kid you owe it to your parents to do everything you can to live a healthy, worry free life. If you have a significant other, or friends, siblings, coworkers and business partners who rely on you, all of these people deserve your best effort to be healthy, fit, and alive.

Anything is better than nothing when it comes to changing your eating habits, and there is no better way to get into this lifestyle change than doing it with the support of this great community we have around you. The benefits you will get form this sacrifice is well worth it. You will see changes in your body almost immediately, and not just weight loss. Your skin will improve, your muscles and joins will feel fresh, and your sleep will be better. You will also notice it in the gym. Your workouts will kick serious ass and it isn’t unheard of for people to PR by 20-30# in their lifts. We even had people cutting 3 to 4 full minutes off of their “Fran” times in the course of the 6 week challenge last time.

Remember, the first week or so will be hard as you are getting your body to switch it’s energy systems. Stick to it. You need at least 10 days straight of completely strict eating and drinking to fully get the benefit of the Paleo lifestyle. While the epic cheat meal becomes something of legend with Paleo eaters, if you start cheating right in week 1 you are sort of missing the point. Part of this is about committing to something fully, changing the way your body and mind look at and use food, and taking the time to focus on your food intake.

Think of the last time you actually put your food and health as your #1 priority in life. For many of you it probably has never happened. Now is the time! 6 weeks of dedication for a lifetime of health benefits…and a few PRs too!

For all things related to the Paleo Challenge including how to track your food there will be a menu item and page dedicated to things for the challenge. There will be articles for many things as well as recipes and other helpful info. Check it out on the main page of the website.

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
find a 1rm

Check out this video on the difference between high and low bar squat positions:

httpv://youtu.be/p0QwNvLJVBk

WOD: For Time

30 Toes to Bar
Run 400m
30 Power Snatch 95/65
Run 400m
30 Toes to Bar

*115/75

SkWAT Team: 50 GHD Situps, 50 Hip Extensions

Jan
11
By CFlando

Sunday Recovery…Hopefully

Sunday Recovery…Hopefully

By CFlando Posted on

Thank you so much to everyone that came out to the party!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Push Press
4×5

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
10 HSPU
2 Rope Climbs, 15′
Row 500m
20 Walking Lunges (10 each leg)

Jan
10
By CFlando

Patriots Time!

Patriots Time!

By CFlando Posted on
154456_10101789026688062_574590019_n

The Man Leading the Charge Tomorrow Night!


10
By CFlando

Party Time! And Other Announcements!

Party Time! And Other Announcements!

By CFlando Posted on

Tomorrow morning at 8:30 Early Advanced Crew special meeting. This is for ANYONE interested in doing the Opens RX this year who might get some scores for our gym that will help the team. This meeting is not just for people who think they are “good enough” to be on the team. There’s still plenty of time to improve and worry about that. This is for ANYONE, and I mean ANYONE, who can RX works on occasion and would like to help CrossFit Lando march towards Regionals. The way the Opens work is many people can contribute to the team.

We strongly encourage everyone who has ever been to a Saturday morning early crew session to come plus many people who haven’t come because of schedules or they just don’t like Saturday mornings. We will be explaining the process of the Opens for anyone who doesn’t know how it works, how our team will be selected if we qualify one, and other info. It will be fun and informative and we will lift and workout after.

httpv://youtu.be/r2-HML_5dFQ

That was the best lift of the day. April Drolette at 530pm. Might not be a better example of body to bar contact especially the sound of it. Great job April!!

 

One Year Party is tomorrow!!!: Party starts at 8pm and goes until they throw us out. We will have the entire lower bar to ourselves once the night gets rolling. We have a set amount put towards the open bar so get there early because from what I know about this crew it’s going to go real quick.

The party is at The Brickyard in Woburn. Just ask for the CrossFit Party or head downstairs. If you are there before 8 the downstairs will have regular patrons and they will close it off once our party gets started. I will be there early so look for me.

Attire: A lot of people have asked what to wear. If you haven’t been to the bar before I would say it is a nice sports bar that comes off like a lounge. You could dress up and feel fine and you could wear jeans and a T and feel fine. I personally have a Patriots shirt I wear for every game and will be in that and jeans. I probably should dress up a bit more but I can’t mess with karma, sorry.

If you haven’t confirmed that you are coming or haven’t paid your $20 but had plans change and want to come don’t worry! We will have a place for you to pay there. Just come on in. If you have friends or family that decide they want to come the same goes for them. Just have people pay when they get there by dropping $$ in the jar and have a good time.

It’s going to be an awesome event. We have over 80 people confirmed coming from the gym and I feel a lot more will come. Be ready to have fun. Plan ahead for rides and whatnot so everyone is safe!

 

SATURDAY

Early Crew WOD TBD

 

WOD: For Time
Run 800m/Row 1000m
then 3 Rounds
3 Power Clean 135/95
5 Push Jerk
7 Ring Dips
Run 800m/Row 1000m
then 3 Rounds
5 Muscle Ups/20 Pull-ups
30 Double Unders
Run 800m/Row 1000m
then 3 Rounds
10 Lateral Burpees over bar
35 Situps

Jan
9
By CFlando

Member of the Month: Chris Collins

Member of the Month: Chris Collins

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed

Chris and Jess

 

 SATURDAY MORNING 8:30am Competitors Meeting. Anyone interested in doing the Opens fully RX and would like to be considered for a team please try your best to make it. We will workout after.

 

If you don’t know Chris then you either come only to AM classes or you don’t pay attention in the evenings. Chris might as well be the Ambassador to the World for CrossFit Lando as well as an assistant coach. Not only is he hard working, coming from a total newbie to being able to Rx workouts like the other night with 165# clean and jerks and scaling up to muscle ups, but he is just a good dude to have around. He is always in a good mood, always spreading good vibes around the gym, and always helping people out during his own class time.

If you don’t know Chris be sure to introduce yourself next time you are around or buy him a drink on Saturday night! Here is a bit more about Chris in his own words.

 

1. How did you get started with CrossFit (in general)?

A good friend of mine, and fellow Lando member, Matt Morgan told me about a new gym that was opening and explained it a bit to me. I still remember my Intro WOD and how I felt about halfway through it, I actually thought that it might be a bit much for me. By the time I got home my skin had turned a nice shade of gray but when I woke the next day I couldn’t stop thinking about getting back and how good I felt.

 

2. What did you do before CF for physical fitness?

I have always tried to stay active, playing baseball a couple day a week in the summer and hockey throughout the year as well. I would go to LA Fitness and pretend that I was putting myself through a rigorous workout which was actually just about 10 minutes on a treadmill, a few military presses and probably 45 minutes in the steam room.

 

3. What has been your biggest lifestyle change(s) since starting CF?

My eating habits have changed tremendously. I have always eaten well at home(thanks Jess) but when I was on the road or on the way home from baseball or hockey I would find no problem with sitting in the parking lot of the nearest fast food joint for 20 minutes stuffing my face. My reasoning would be that I worked off more than I am putting back on at whatever sport I was coming from (like standing in the outfield chewing a whole pack of Big League Chew is some great cardio).

 

4. Favorite lift/movement/wod?

Diane, I like that it is bodyweight movements and that fact that it is a 20 minute workout that you really have to learn to pace yourself through. The first time I did it I didn’t exactly grasp the pacing myself thing and was burnt out about 5 minutes in.

 

5.  Least favorite lift/movement/wod?

Deadlift, I dread when there is heavy deadlifts programmed into a WOD. That is a sure sign that I will be visiting Dr. Rob(another Lando member and great chiropractor) the next day.

 

6. What interests/activities do you have/do outside of CF?

I enjoy playing just about any sport, whether it’s organized or a backyard beer game, I like spending time at the beach or pool with my girlfriend Jess and our friends, also Jess can attest that I like to do anything as long as it is competitive (not always something that she’s happy about).

 

7. What is your biggest/proudest CF accomplishment/moment?

Truthfully I have two. The first is finally getting my girlfriend Jess to join and seeing in her eyes after her first workout what I remember feeling after mine, which was a combination of fear and excitement to get back in there. The other happened at regionals last year, as I sat in the stands watching Stacey power through one of her Saturday WODs there was a group of people behind me cheering her on, when they saw that I was wearing a Lando shirt they asked if I knew her, I explained that she was my coach and they told me that they cheered her on after seeing her in the past and watching her dominate the workouts, even though they had never personally met her. That made me realize just how lucky we are as a box to have this group of coaches.

 

8. Tell us some other interesting things about you that we the community might not know.

Over the last summer I took a surfing lesson and recently received my first surfboard as a gift, so that is also something that I will be doing in the future. Hopefully there is some Landonians out there that already surf and can give me some tips on where the good spots to go are.



FRIDAY

Strength: Snatch
work on skill, technique, and 1rm for 20-30m

 

WOD: “Karen”
150 Wall Ball 20/14

15m Cap

SkWAT Team: If you are coming on Saturday morning do not do extra work. If you are not coming on Saturday morning, build to a heavy 3 step (each side) back rack walking lunge

 

This is our first time doing “Karen” as a regular workout. Let’s see what we can do!

Jan
8
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge

Paleo Challenge

By CFlando Posted on

Buy in at the desk. Logging/testing starts Monday, January 13. Last change to buy in is Friday the 18th!


8
By CFlando

Lifting Seminar

Lifting Seminar

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EEBU1IPjggE

 

Do you want to be able to lift like Stacey? Well I taught her everything. So come to the lifting seminar February 1.

I am very much kidding. In honesty much of Stacey’s success, actually all of it, comes from a very amazing amount of talent and a more amazing amount of hard work. A lot of that hard work is on fine tuning her technique in everything, especially the olympic lifts. We have all come to know Coach Stacey for many great things, much of it the amount of work she puts into her craft. Raw talent and strength only get you so far, it is the attention to drill and detail that makes her and many other crossfitters great at what they do.

Now it is a bit easier to work on things when you basically live at a gym, and we try our best to give you the most coaching possible in class, but there is only so much you can cover in 60 minutes. So we are going to devote 2 full hours on Saturday, February 1 to the Snatch, Clean and Jerk. Many people at the last seminar PRd all their lifts multiple times. Not only will we go over all the lifts through drills we don’t have time to do in class but we will have a lot of fun lifting and maxing out for both lifts. The goal for this seminar is to give you the knowledge to make yourself better and have a great environment to lift some heavy weight.

All ability and experience levels are welcome. New, expert, everything in between. Sign up at the desk. $10 secures your spot. Space is limited!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Strict Press
5 sets of 5 reps

WOD: For Time

GOAL OF THIS WORKOUT EVEN IF YOU AREN’T SCALING IT UP IS GO UNBROKEN AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE!!

40 Double Unders
35 STOH 95/65
30 KB Swings 53/35
25 Pull-ups
20 Hang Power Clean 95/65
15 Broad Jumps 4′

*115/80, 6′ jumps, and all movements done unbroken

Jan
7
By CFlando

Paleo Challenge Meeting 6:30pm. “Old” Wednesday Schedule This Week

Paleo Challenge Meeting 6:30pm. “Old” Wednesday Schedule This Week

By CFlando Posted on

For this Wednesday 1.8.14 we will have a 530pm class, 630pm Paleo Challenge Meeting (no class), 730pm Class. Next Wednesday we will have the 5pm Open Gym, 6pm, 7pm class schedule start. 

The Paleo Challenge starts Monday, January 13. It is $20 to buy in. Cash no account charge. Winner gets $300 and so many bragging rights. Buy in starting today all the way into next week at the desk!

paleo

So…what the heck is a Paleo Challenge?

The list above is Paleo in a nutshell and it really is that simple. Avoid grains (contain gluten), avoid sugar. Eat meat, vegetables, some fruit, nuts, and seeds, and you are on the path to righteousness…ok maybe not but at least good health.

The way most of our society eats is not good. Plain and simple. Diets high in carbohydrates and processed junk are known contributors to the elevated rates of type II diabetes, hypertension, heart disease, obesity, among other things.

I hear it all the time…”I eat pretty much Paleo”. Well the challenge brings out the truth in everyone. There is no hiding and you are held accountable by your community here at CrossFit Lando. You will track all your meals in our online tracker (more on this later) and get points for good behavior and lose points for bad behavior. Through the 6 weeks you will see really how “Paleo” you are compared to your peers and really what dedication to your health and fitness means.

The tracking is simple. You start with 5 points each day. You gain 1 point by taking fish oil as a supplement each day, by getting AT LEAST 6 hours of sleep a night, and drinking .5 oz of water per lb of body weight each day. We are no longer doing workout based points like last time. You lose 1 point for EACH CHEAT FOOD YOU EAT. A cheat food constitutes anything that doesn’t follow the guidelines that will be laid out in the meeting and info packet. And yes, alcohol is a cheat. You will get 1 non penalized alcoholic drink per night.

Changes to this challenge from last challenge: No workout bonus points, and NO CAP FOR CHEATING. If you drink 5 drinks in a night you will lose 4 points. Cheat foods are also different. Every single piece of food that is considered cheating is -1 point. So if you eat 5 chicken fingers you lost 5 points. If you eat 5 pieces of pizza and 5 chicken fingers this is -10 points.

A perfect week of no cheating, taking fish oil, and sleeping 6 hours each night, and water intake will net you a total 8 points per day = 56 points. Yes this is different than last time too. However if you ate a breakfast sandwich each morning you would have -2 points each morning for each piece of bread (assuming it was grain based) you would have 42 points that week.

We also do a week of WOD testing starting next week as well and re-test these workouts/lifts after the 6 weeks. The winner of the Paleo Challenge will be a combination of the most total log points, best improvement total in the tests, and most weight lost based on bodyweight percentage.

This and more will be covered at the meeting tomorrow at 6:30pm. We will also have an information packet to give out that will be your resource for all things Challenge.

See you all tomorrow!

(If you cannot make the meeting you can still do the challenge, though we are doing a makeup brief meeting Saturday at 12. Try your best to make it).

WEDNESDAY

Strength: (Squat) Clean and Jerk

EMOM 15m, 1 heavy rep

WOD: 12m
5 Pistols (alternating)
7 Deadlift 255/175
12 Pushups
15 Box Jumps 24/20 (full stand)

*315/225

Jan
6
By CFlando

Schedule Reminder

Schedule Reminder

By CFlando Posted on

Reminder: New Tuesday and Wednesday Evening Schedule (Wednesday starts next week 1.15.14). 5:00pm Open Gym, 6:00pm Class, 7:00pm Class

We will have a 5:30 pm class, 6:30pm Paleo Meeting, 7:30pm class on Wednesday, 1.8.14 for Paleo Challenge


6
By CFlando

What is Paleo

What is Paleo

By CFlando Posted on

_8905543588

 

 

We need to give a number to the bar for our party on Saturday by Tuesday. Please try to let us know if you are coming. You can pay at the desk or have your account charged, let us know in person or email me. If you are free, let us know, and make an effort to come. It doesn’t matter if you are new, don’t know anyone, live close, live far. It’s going to be a night to remember! Yes the Patriots will be on!

Wednesday at 6:30 PM is the meeting for our second Paleo Challenge which will start Monday, January 13. As we get ready to start cleansing and tracking we are going to start throwing some information out here during the week to get everyone caught up with what exactly the Paleo Diet is.

What the Paleo Diet IS NOT is a food restriction, weight loss centric diet. The Paleo Diet is a lifestyle change. The focus is not on the archaic principles of good food versus bad food. The focus is on cleansing the body from unnatural, inflammatory agents and fine tuning our energy systems. Specifically the Paleo Diet focuses on ridding our diet of gluten, processed sugar and sugar in excess, and artificial preservatives and additives.

Getting rid of these things in the diet reduces inflammation in the GI tract, joints, tendons, and muscle tissue allowing us to feel better, recover better, and process food better. Ridding our diet of crap sugar makes our body operate more efficiently because of the better quality of food. We also use energy differently, burning body fat as fuel versus the sugar clogged up in our blood stream and liver as glucose. All together we lose a lot of excess water that our body is storing because of all the toxins we have been ingesting.

All of this ends up leading to weight loss, sometimes very significant and sudden weight loss. This is a great thing, but it isn’t the focus. The reason we stress this is because we don’t want you to think of it as good versus bad food, food that makes you gain weight versus lose weight. Popular belief would say we should eat more whole grain foods (pasta, oatmeal, cereal) than red meat if we want to lose weight. This couldn’t be further from the truth. Red meat is great for us and very much on the Paleo Diet. Whole grains are full of gluten which causes all sorts of issues in our body, on top of the fact that they flood the body with glucose. Glucose is important in small doses (think 1 piece of bread worth in an entire day) but in excess leads to all sorts of problems, the least of which being weight gain.

We will dive more into the specifics of how Paleo works tomorrow and in the meeting, but long story short it’s time to retrain your brain as to what you believe is good and bad. Think of what you are about to embark on as more a lifestyle change than it is a weight loss goal. The latter will happen, the former is more important.

The Paleo Challenge is open to everyone and anyone, and you know you should be doing it :).

TUESDAY

Strength: 3 Rounds
10 Strict Pull-ups
10 Dips
10 V-Ups
20 Supermans

*this is not for time, but work through it as quickly as you are able. Make the pull-ups and dips as hard as possible. There is a 10 minute cap.

WOD: 3 Rounds For Total Score, 2 minutes running clock for each movement/rest period

Double Unders (singles are not allowed. Must attempt double unders for any score)
CTB Pull-Ups*
Clean and Jerk 165/110*
Burpees
Rest

*Muscle Ups, 205/125

Jan
5
By CFlando

It’s Time…The Final Piece

It’s Time…The Final Piece

By CFlando Posted on

paper-airplane

 

 

Strap in, because this is a long one.

Write down the first 3 things that came to your head on New Years as what your resolutions were going to be. Make sure they are on a good solid piece of paper. Now find the instructions to making the best paper airplane ever. Fold that bad boy list of resolutions up, start a massive fire somewhere safe, and throw that resolution plane right into it. This is all these off the cuff resolutions are good for, fuel for a fire. The weight loss goals, the diet projections, the squat PR, the times at the gym per week goal, they’re all worth nothing more than the paper they were wrote on..or the Facebook post on the $500 iPhone they were made on. All the same.

Paper Resolutions I call them. It’s why us in the fitness industry joke about this time of year and how much busier the big box gyms get up until about mid February (like our wonderful purple neighbors who hand out candy at the front desk and smoke cigarettes on their breaks). That’s when most people completely stop pursuing any of their goals and just give up. Now without making this a promotion for CrossFit and how 80% of January new members stay for much longer than that at CrossFit gyms, the real reason this happens with most people is their resolutions are complete crap. Yes, unfortunately this might pertain to a lot of you, my wonderful greatest members ever. Your resolutions are crap because they have nothing behind them and there is no ownership.

See this is the third and final part of my surviving the holidays seminar. I waited until now because what good would a surviving anything seminar be if it didn’t shed some light on how to get out the other end? I liken the holiday season to the social reaction to the first storm of the winter. The coverage and public bluster around it’s approach is an event itself. Storm Watch 2014-2015 is on every news anchor and weather person’s calendar by this May. Careers are won and lost based on who has the story within the story of the storm, like EXACTLY HOW MUCH SNOW ARE WE GOING TO GET IN A PART OF THE WORLD THAT GETS SNOW EVERY SINGLE WINTER SOMETIMES EVERY WEEK. The holiday season has Black Friday, Cyber Monday, The Day, The Day Before, The Day After That Day, Two Days Later, Day Before Drinking Night, Day After Night, Night Before Day-Night, Day-Man, Night-Man, and oh yeah, Christmas.

But like a winter storm that revs us up for a week, blasts us for 24 hours, then leaves us stunned, fatter, confused as to what to do, and with a totally different world outside, the holiday season spits us out the other end with a slap on the ass and a “good luck go get em” as the calendar turns its last page and locks the door behind us, leaving us naked and cold in 12 feet of snow.

New Years Resolutions are really just goals that are made with a bigger scope, and this is a big reason why people always mess them up. Suddenly we completely forget about anything that we know about goal setting and how to be successful and decide we want to change everything in our lives in 1 year, or change the most major thing in our life in 1 year. This is fine except our New YEAR Resolutions we want solved by January 13th, maybe we will give it to the 23rd.

It just doesn’t work that way. I want to squat 500#, I want to gain 15# of pure muscle, and I want to buy a Land Rover LR2. All serious desires. Hopefully we all know each other/are alive to see if I hit any or all of these. Oddly enough the easiest one is probably buying the $50k car, and if any of you saw my bank account you would seriously wonder what my 1rm back squat is right now and why it’s going to take me that long. My point is IT ALL TAKES TIME JUST BECAUSE WE CAME UP WITH IT ON NEW YEAR’S EVE AFTER HAVING 5 DRINKS DOESN’T MEAN TIME WARPS TO 50X FASTER WHEN IT COMES TO REACHING GOALS!

Progress takes time. You want to stop smoking? A recent study by the American Lung Association found that 9% of smokers who tried to quit cold turkey were successful, meaning they quit and never smoked again. 9%. So that means 91% of people took way longer than just deciding to quit and doing it the next day. I want you to quit smoking. It just might take a full year of commitment. Guess how long losing 15# takes? Way longer than the month of January. Changing sleep patterns to a point where your body feels comfortable enough to actually truly adapt, which means your bodily functions ranging from hormonal secretions to digestion commencement, takes 3 months of dedicated adherence to the new schedule. So that resolution to make it to 530am classes from now on so you can get home to spend more time doing the things you have wanted to be doing for years? It’s going to take time.

I hate taking time. I want to be at the grocery store now and out of it 5 minutes ago and have my grocery shopping for next month done last September. But if I’ve learned anything in my 30 young years it’s that the more I wish to be able to do things quicker the more anxiety I build and the less progress I make. When I decide I can’t wait for that car any longer and decide that buying $10 scratch tickets to win the $50k I need is better than developing a many years long saving plan, I end up $10 poorer. When I decide to make too big a jump in my squat work, going up 40# in one set instead of 15#, I just end up laying face down on the floor with a bar loaded with 400# straddling me and Stacey asking me if I’m “OK”.

I’m not, but I say yes. I’m crying inside, and usually outside.

So now the first step to becoming a badass in 2014 is reach into that fire and take your resolutions out because if those things were ironclad enough than they probably were the last thing to burn. Now look at them again and determine where they are coming from. If they were made in the emotion and needlessness of New Years time but they have nothing behind them, then toss them in the fire for good and make a new list. If they are true, good resolutions then it’s time to break them down and get to work.

What makes them good? That’s simple: Are you committed to them? I don’t care if it’s get married and you are currently single, or that it’s lose 100#, or that it’s get out of your terrible relationship, or win the lottery. If you are committed to it and you want it, if it means enough to you to give the time and dedication to it then it is good enough. Now comes to hard/ important part. Take that written down resolution and put it everywhere you can see. Tattoo it to your eyelids. Tape it to your bathroom mirror, the ceiling of your bedroom, the steering wheel of your car, computer monitor at work, your gym bag, your WODify profile picture. It’s one thing to post it on Facebook and twitter and let it disappear, to flap about this that and the other thing about the changes you are going to make. It’s another thing to be plugging along on February 5th still as resolute as before. It’s another thing again to still be on the path on July 4th.

Can you look at that resolution every single day and ignore it? If you can then it’s not good enough. Forget about SMART goal setting, forget about what the self help books say. Make it something you can’t ignore any longer and commit yourself to changing your life. That’s a resolution. A real, good New Year’s Resolution is something that you can’t ignore and will change your life by the time the year is over.

I’ve said this before, and I will say it many, many more times. I say this so often because if there was anything I actually live my life by, of all the things that might seem like senseless boost me up nonsense coming out of a gym owners mouth, this is the one thing I will take to my grave as the way I live my life every day: Pick a time down the road. 1 month from now, 3 months from now, holiday season/New Year’s Eve. Think of that time and where you might be. Now, think of how you want to feel on that particular day and how you want to look back on the time from now until then. Where will you be at that time compared to where you are now?

Grab that piece of paper, write down those resolutions, and make the most bad ass plane out of it that you can. Stare your resolutions in the face like you would a wolf trying to steal your only meal of the day and guarantee yourself that you won’t go hungry today.

How will you look back on your resolutions on next New Year?

#timetobleed.

 

THE FIRST MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat
Work to a heavy set of 2 in 5-6 sets

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Thrusters 95/65
10 Power Snatch 95/65

*115/80

SkWAT Team: 100 Walking Lunges holding 53/35 KB (scale this reps wise appropriately. If you haven’t been consistent recently or lungs usually cripple you, scale to 80 or 60 reps)


5
By CFlando

Schedule Changes!

Schedule Changes!

By CFlando Posted on

We are very happy to announce some schedule changes that we think are going to make the gym more awesome. We have experimented with some Open Gym time mid week as of late and it’s been pretty well received. We are going to try out some mid week open gym time and condensing some of our mid week evening class times and see how this jives.

We think this is going to be great for a wide range of people. If we need to adjust things as we go then we will. Please, as with everything, give us feedback on what you think as you experience our new schedule times!

 

SCHEDULE CHANGES APPLY TO ONLY TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY EVENING

The new Tuesday and Wednesday evening schedule starting this week is Open Gym at 5:00pm, then class at 6:00pm and 7:00pm, gym closing at 8pm. Open Gym is an open time to use the gym however you please. The best part about Open Gym is that it is a session that doesn’t count against your membership, so you can get another session or two per week on top of your classes you take on other days.

Personally I think these mid week times are especially great for getting in mobility and weakness work that you always tell yourself you would but never get around to. You can even take Open Gym before a class on the same evening. Come in at 5:00 or so, get a solid 30 minutes of hip mobility in, work on double unders or CTB pull-ups or get your SkWAT Team work in, then take the 6:00pm class. Now that sounds like a great evening of fitness to me!

Like I said we are trying this out to see how it goes. We will be monitoring our Open Gym attendance as well as the class attendance so we can make sure that the greatest population of people are getting the best experience. Great start to the New Year!

Jan
4
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Arnold-Schwarzenegger-Body

 

 

 

SUNDAY

Strength: EMOM 12m
2 Power Clean, 2 Front Squat
*all done unbroken

WOD: For Time
20 Burpees
20 STOH 135/95
20 Burpees
20 Power Clean 135/95
20 Burpees
20 Back Squat 135/95
20 Burpees

Jan
3
By CFlando

Row Test

Row Test

By CFlando Posted on
The couple that recovers together, stays together

The couple that recovers together, stays together

Full Regular Schedule for Saturday

Upcoming Events!!

January 11 (evening), One Year Celebration: 8pm-12am. CrossFit Lando opened it’s doors January 24, 2013. Come celebrate one full year of fitness and community at The Brickyard on Main Street in Woburn. Please let us know you are coming by Tuesday, January 7 and if you have friends/family coming. Anyone is welcome. $20 per person. We can take cash or charge your account at the desk. There will be food all night and an open bar. The Patriots are playing their first playoff game that night and we have a great place to watch it.

Let’s make this our biggest event so far. The goal is to get 80 people so we can have the entire bottom floor of the restaurant to ourselves. We are close but all of you maybes out there let’s get the commitments in!

January 11 (morning), Competitor’s Meeting: 8:30am. If you are interested in doing the Opens fully Rx and think you want to be or are in consideration for a place on the Regionals team (if we have one) or competing as an individual for Regionals, we want you at this meeting. It will go for about 30 min then we will workout. It will cover everything about how the Opens work, expectations, team competing, etc. All questions will be answered, all info given. If you absolutely cannot make this meeting but the above applies to you please talk to me at some point.

This meeting is only for people who consider themselves serious competitors at the Open level (if you have come on Saturday mornings, done an RX competition before, etc.). For everyone else interested in the Opens, we will be doing all the open workouts in classes as they come out and posting about exactly what the Opens are, so even if you aren’t considered or considering yourself a serious competitor but want to be doing the Opens don’t worry you will have the opportunity to do so.

January 13, Paleo Challenge: 2014 Winter Paleo Challenge Starts. Info meetings on Wednesday the 8th at 6:30pm (in place of class) and a make-up Saturday the 11th at 12pm. Meetings are not mandatory but are strongly, strongly, strongly, encouraged. We will go over rules, scoring, and exactly what a Paleo Challenge is. Literally everybody should be doing this. We all know we need it after the holidays.

February 1, Lifting Seminar: 2 solid hours of drills and coaching. Our seminar a few months ago had about 30 people and about 50 PRs (yeah that’s multiple PRs people). This will be $10 to get professional level coaching on focus on the snatch, clean, and jerk from Coach Lando. Signup at the Front Desk.

Early Advanced Crew. 8:30 warmup, 9:00am start

1. Back Squat (high bar)
5-6 sets of 5 reps

2. Open WOD 11.1

10m AMRAP
30 Double Unders
15 Snatches 75/55

SATURDAY

Conditioning: Row 1000m Test

WOD: 11.1
10m AMRAP
30 Double Unders
15 Snatches 75/55

SkWAT Team: High Bar Back Squat

5 or 6 sets of 5 reps, heavy


3
By CFlando

Open For Fitness

Open For Fitness

By CFlando Posted on

Schedule for Today:

12pm Class

430pm Open Gym
530pm Class
630pm Class

Jan
2
By CFlando

Snow Morning

Snow Morning

By CFlando Posted on

snoman11111

 

 

 

Snow has done us in again. Given that the expectation is for 6-10 inches of snow from now until late tomorrow morning we will be closed for the morning. The plan is to have the gym open for the Noon class and beyond.

Please be safe tomorrow morning as you head to work if you have to go in at normal time and we will see you tomorrow.

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Press
5-5-3-3-1-1-1

 

WOD: “Diane”, compare to 8/23/13
21-15-9
Deadlift 225/155
HSPU

 


2
By CFlando

Tonight: Open for 530pm, Closed 630, 730

Tonight: Open for 530pm, Closed 630, 730

By CFlando Posted on

Check back here at 8pm for updates on tomorrow morning schedule.

Jan
1
By CFlando

Storm Chasing

Storm Chasing

By CFlando Posted on

_0828367371

Be sure to check here, our FB page, and Twitter throughout the day tomorrow for updates on the schedule with the impending snowstorm. As always we never know really what we are in for until it gets here, but if you can try to get to the gym early tomorrow as it seems we most likely will be out of commission for some period of time Thursday evening and/or Friday morning. 

I apologize for the late post. I have many things to say on resolutions and new beginnings and honestly spent 4 hours trying to organize my thoughts for this post…and got this. So it will wait for another day. But it will be worth it!

THURSDAY

Strength: Front Squat
3-3-3-3-3*

WOD: 20m AMRAP
20 Double Unders
20 Pushups
20 Air Squats
10 Box Jumps 24/20
10 Ring Dips
10 Thruster 115/75

SkWAT Team: add 3 sets of 2 pause front squats at 1310 tempo to your strength work in class.

Dec
31
By CFlando

Happy New Year!

Happy New Year!

By CFlando Posted on

115475043_640

 

 

 

Have a safe and Happy New Year! CrossFit Lando is closed New Year’s Day. We will re-open on Thursday for a regular schedule. Please be safe, have a great night, and bring in 2014 in whatever way you deem right.

If you are looking for some guidance, advice, or inspiration for resolutions for 2014, check back here tomorrow for the post on resolutions, fitness, and how to survive the post holiday quagmire according to yours truly.

Also check in here or on Facebook and Twitter for updates on potential schedule changes with the pending snowstorm that seems to be heading our way. It seems if anything we would be closing Thursday evening, so try to get here Thursday morning and/or Noon!

#whammy

 

New Year’s Day Home WOD:

Set a clock for 20 minutes:

Minutes 1-10

Every Minute on the Minute
5 Burpees
8 Air Squats
5 Burpees

rest 1 full minute then

Minutes 12-20
Even: :45 forearm plank hold
Odd: 12 V-Ups

then immediately AFAP:
100 Mountain Climbers
75 Walking Lunges
50 Pushups
25 Situps

 

Dec
30
By CFlando

New Year’s Eve

New Year’s Eve

By CFlando Posted on
Stacey coaching up the Low Bar position

Stacey coaching up the Low Bar position

 

Get your spot for the One Year Party next Saturday, January 11 at the desk. The Patriots are playing their first playoff game at the same time and we will have pretty much the best situation to watch it. Great TVs in the lounge of the Brickyard where we will be, all you can eat food, and free drinks for a few hours. Can’t get much better than that!

Our New Year’s Eve schedule is the following:

New Year’s Eve
AM: Normal AM and Noon class schedule

PM: We are having Open Gym at 430pm until 530pm, and 1 class at 530pm. Gym closes at 630pm.

New Year’s Day
Closed

**Check in on New Year’s Day for some announcements about some new schedule changes including additional open gym time mid-week, the New Year’s Paleo Challenge, and other events we have coming up for 2014!**

 

TUESDAY

Strength: Bench Press

5-5-5-5-5

WOD: 4 Rounds
10 KB Swings 53/35
10 CTB Pull-ups
10 Burpees

*70/53

Dec
29
By CFlando

Why Are Mondays Always So Heavy?!

Why Are Mondays Always So Heavy?!

By CFlando Posted on

_8600004066

One Year Party is January 11 at The Brickyard in Woburn, MA. It’s going to sneak up on us after New Years so start making your plans (its less than 2 weeks away)! Reservations for you and guests are needed. Food provided all night, Open Bar for most of the night. $20 per person. Going to be an amazing night celebrating one full year of fitness at CrossFit Lando!

You might have noticed if you have been around here for a while that we tend to do heavy lifting on Mondays. If you noticed this you aren’t imagining things. Mondays are almost always a squat day followed by a WOD with heavy reps of a lower body intensive movement.

One of the most basic elements of CrossFit is constantly varying movements for every day functional fitness. Simply put, if you change up what you do every day and do it with intensity you will get more fit. Many of you regardless of how long you have been a member have probably noticed this. Every day we do something different, you push or are pushed past your limits, and your fitness level has improved. This works because changing the stimulus you give your body every day keeps your body on it’s toes, “keeps the body guessing”. This allows for the greatest hormonal response possible, burning fat and building muscle at a very high rate.

Another wrench we can throw into the stimulus mix is training with heavy weight. This is one of the most contentious parts of every day CrossFit, especially with women, something I have touched on before. Many people don’t see the need to lift heavy weights especially if they don’t want to “get big”. This fear is unfounded, however, as it would take many repetitions through many sessions in a day of heavy lifting to build excessively bulky muscles. A lot of people who start CrossFit tend to see what the Games athletes on TV look like and say “I don’t want to get that big”. Understand that those athletes train for hours a day, 5-6 days per week to get to their level of fitness. In other words, one class a day isn’t going to make your traps rip through your shirts or your quads grow so you need jeans 2 sizes bigger, even if I make you lift heavy weights.

The reason we all benefit from heavy lifting has to do with growth hormone. This was talked about a few months back so I will keep it short. Growth hormone is the magic elixir for our bodies. It repairs tissues, burns fat, and builds muscle. The reason your body reacts to weight training by burning fat and building muscle through increased growth hormone release is because it is preparing for the next session. Our body is a system that is made to react to stimuli to prepare for the next time around. Lifting heavy weights, mainly repetitions at and above 85% of 1rm for varied reps, forces the body through enough stress that it wants to repair and be ready for the next time it has to deal with such a stimulus.

Now the reason we lift heavy on Mondays consistently is because it is when most of you are the freshest. Many have taken a day or both days on the weekend as rest days and count Monday as the start to your training week. This means that your Central Nervous System, the brain and spine, the center of all human function that tells the body how and when to react to stimulus, is it’s freshest. If this is the case your body will be at it’s readiest state to move some heavy weight. As stated above moving heavy weight does many great things for our fitness. Some might ask why one would want to train heavy early in the week for fear of wearing the CNS down, but it has shown that volume (number of repetitions) burns the CNS out much more and faster than intensity of loading. As long as volume is carefully accounted for then heavy lifting early in a training week will have no negative affect to the rest of the week.

Time to get back to the routine and let’s lift some heavy weight!!

 

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat (low bar)
Record your heaviest singles in WODify. You may or may not PR. PRing isn’t necessarily the goal as is getting 7 sets of heavy back squatting in with varied repetitions. If you start failing then repeat the set with lower weight.

2×5 @ 70-80% 1rm
2×3 @ 80-90%
3×1 @ 90%+

 

WOD: 3 Rounds
10 Power Clean 155/105
30 Wall Ball 20/14

*185/120

The weight on the cleans should be something you can do close to all 15 of your first round in a row.

SkWAT Team: 4×20 GHD Situps/20 Hip Extensions (alternating movements)

Dec
28
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

_7468751821

SUNDAY

Strength: Strict Press
5-5-5-5-5

WOD: 21-18-15-12-9

Toes to Bar
Overhead Squat 115/80

Dec
27
By CFlando

Saturday Partner WOD

Saturday Partner WOD

By CFlando Posted on

_7348386288

EARLY ADVANCED CREW: 8:30 Warmup, 9:00 Start

1. Deadlift: Find a 3rm with perfect form

2. Partner WOD

Row 2k
100 Back Squats 225/155
*20 pull-ups every time bar is racked/dropped.

Scaling can be done accordingly on squats

SATURDAY PARTNER WOD

WOD: FOR TIME
100 Double Unders/300 Singles buy in then
100 Back Squats 135/95, bar taken from floor
100 Hand Release Push-ups
80 Power Clean 135/95
80 V-Ups

Dec
26
By CFlando

Get Un-Filthy by Getting Filthy

Get Un-Filthy by Getting Filthy

By CFlando Posted on

Fat_Santa_by_Hman_FarCry

 

Health can be judged by which you take two at a time: Pills or stairs.

 

Ate a bit too much this past week? A few too many adult soda pops with the family? What better way to get back into it then everyone’s favorite WOD!

Remember, if you celebrated Christmas the past few days you deserved it. The cookies, chocolate, cake, pies, all are good for the soul. If you didn’t celebrate Christmas but still took some solid liberties with some time off, you deserved it too!. There is no quick fix to get away from it. Get back into the gym and start sweating it out. You will feel like a new person by Monday.

 

FRIDAY

WOD: “Filthy Fifty”, compare to 9/13/13

50 Box jump, 24/20 (full stand)
50 Jumping pull-ups
50 Kettlebell swings, 35#
Walking Lunge, 50 steps
50 Knees to elbows
50 Push press, 45 pounds
50 Supermans
50 Wall ball shots, 20/14 (10 ft target for both men and women)
50 Burpees
50 Double unders (150 Singles)

We will be using 35# as the universal scale for the KB. So ladies this is slightly scaled up as compared to the men. We sub supermans for hip extensions as well as we only have 2 GHDs.

Dec
25
By CFlando

Gingerbread Brownies

Gingerbread Brownies

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando is closed for Thursday, December 26. We will re-open on Friday at 530am.

Bring your own Paleo dessert to the party – this way you do not feel THAT guilty about devouring everything in sight! :-)
brownies

Ingredients:
13 dates pitted
1/4 cup coconut oil melted
3 eggs whisked
3 TBSP of Molasses
1 TSP of vanilla extract
1/4 cup unsweetened coco powder
2 TBSP of coconut flour
2 TSP of powered ginger
1 TSP of cinnamon
1/4 TSP ground cloves
1/4 TSP of baking soda
1/4 TSP baking powder
pinch of salt
extra coconut oil for greasing pan
**Coconut Bliss Vanilla Island Ice Cream – found at Whole Foods** (if you did not already know about this, you may not want to ever try it :-))

Instructions:
1. Preheat oven to 375 degrees
2. Put the dates in a food processor and pulse until the dates start to blend together.
3. Add coconut oil, eggs, molasses, and vanilla to food processor and puree until smooth.
4. Add coconut flour, coco powder, power ginger, cinnamon, ground cloves, baking powder, baking soda, salt and puree until completely smooth.
5. Grease an 8×8 glass baking dish with extra coconut oil and pour the mixture in and smooth out.
6. Put in oven and bake for 20-25 minutes. Let cool for 10 minutes before cutting.
7. Then go ahead and top it with ice cream.

**Recipe is from Paleomg.com**

Dec
24
By CFlando

Burp-ees

Burp-ees

By CFlando Posted on

CrossFit Lando is closed. Merry Christmas!

So you ate a dozen Christmas cookies. You inhaled an entire pie. You downed a pile of stuffing. You demolished a 20lb bird and you guzzled a case of wine, beer, scotch…Or you are getting ready too.

It is alright, tis’ the season!

But seriously, now get to work.
SantaBurpees
You have done it, you know it, but have you done it for three times? Here it is, the one, the only BURPEE BREAKDOWN!

5 burpees
10 burpees with no jump
15 burps (jump feet in and out with a push up – keep hands on the ground)
20 push ups
Rest 1:1 ratio, repeat 2 more times

We did this over Thanksgiving. Compare you times!

Dec
23
By CFlando

Your Gift is your Health!

Your Gift is your Health!

By CFlando Posted on

CROSSFIT LANDO IS CLOSED THROUGH CHRISTMAS. WE WILL RE-OPEN FOR A REGULAR SCHEDULE ON FRIDAY, DECEMBER 27. MERRY CHRISTMAS AND HAPPY HOLIDAYS!

 

Even though CrossFit Lando is closed until Friday doesn’t mean you can’t keep your fitness up. Check out our travelwod page or check out some of these at home workouts we will be posting the next few days!

Your health is the best gift you can give to the ones you love. Live a long, enjoyable life with those you care about the most. Have fun and do the things that make you happy, but always make time for your health.
gift2
Here is to keeping you healthy:

WOD: For Time
100 Double Unders or 50 air squats
then
Four Rounds of:
20 push ups
20 V-ups
*at the start of every minute on the minute you have three burpees
then
100 Double Unders or 50 squats

Dec
22
By CFlando

12 Days of Lando Christmas

12 Days of Lando Christmas

By CFlando Posted on

_4653692130

This is the first of what will hopefully be a longstanding tradition for many years. The last day the gym is open before Christmas we will do the “12 Days of Lando Christmas”. This workout is done like the song “The 12 Days of Christmas”, moving through the movements but always repeating the steps before.

So you will start with 1 muscle up or 1 scaled muscle up, then do 2 squat snatch and 1 muscle up, then 3 box jumps, 2 squat snatch, and 1 muscle up. I think you got it from there!

Santa hats, ugly sweaters, elve shoes, full costume, all are encouraged!!

While Monday is the last day of classes until Friday, check the blog each day Tuesday thru Thursday for recipes, workout ideas, and more!

MONDAY

“12 Days of Lando Christmas”

1 Muscle Ups (3 pullups/3 ring dips)
2 Squat Snatch 115/75
3 Box Jumps 30/24
4 Front Squat 115/75
5 KB Swings 53/35
6 SDLHP 53/35
7 Hand Release Push-ups
8 Hang Power Clean 115/75
9 Wall Ball 20/14
10 Burpees
11 Toes to Bar
12 HSPU

Dec
21
By CFlando

Funday

Funday

By CFlando Posted on

Get ready for a great workout Sunday with Jack. Monday is a special pre-Christmas WOD. If you can make it definitely try to!!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: EMOM 12m

1 Heavy Clean

WOD: 21-15-9

Squat Clean 135/95
Knees to Elbows
Ring Dips

Dec
20
By CFlando

Mobility and the Overhead Squat

Mobility and the Overhead Squat

By CFlando Posted on

httpv://youtu.be/an_eIcm2Sc4

 

The overhead squat is all about bar position related to the body. We want the bar to be “overhead” actually meaning slightly behind the crown of the skull stacked directly over the center of mass of the body. Imagine if you drew a line that split your body perfectly proportionally. The bar would ideally track right on that line all the way top to bottom of the squat.

Like many of you know the biggest limit to overhead squatting is flexibility. Shoulder, lumbar spine (lower back), and hips are the main problem areas, with wrist, calves/ankles also contributing to our OHS hatred. We could spend an entire day on mobility to help these trouble areas but not many of us have that time. Much like working on skills and lifts where I would say pick one or two things and focus on making them great, the same can be done with mobility. While yes we want to take a total body approach to our mobility you should focus on greatly improving one or two areas each week. Determine what area affects you the most with the overhead squat and hammer it tomorrow morning before class. Go at this area every day for a week and I think you will be pleased with your progress. Ask any of your coaches for help with how to mobilize certain areas.

Something we do as a staff when we overhead squat, snatch, and/or jerk, and we have many of you do it for warmup in class, is overhead squatting with whatever weight possible with a close hand grip. We normally overhead squat with a wide-ish grip. Try doing some overhead squats with your hands in the same position you would jerk or press with. Try 10 reps with a PVC. If you can do that try with a weighted bar. If you can do 10 reps with 45# try getting your hands even closer. Maybe you can do 95# with your hands touching??

This is a great warmup for overhead movements because it puts the muscles needed for keeping the bar overhead (thoracic spine area, shoulders, and pecs) under extreme tension and forcing them to stretch under this tension. Similar to how stretching against resistance helps a muscle expand and stay in that lengthened shape, this will help push these muscles that tend to not want to cooperate when doing overhead squats into a longer, better shape for the movement.

Start with a PVC and work carefully to something harder. Again think of it as a stretch. You shouldn’t ever really do an overhead squat with significant weight closer than shoulders width with the hands.

 

Early Morning Advanced Crew: Meet at 8:30, start at 9:00

We will be doing all strength work. Squats, stones, axels, yokes. Stay for the 10am class if you want some metcon in, but its going to be a lot of work, a lot of fun.

 

SATURDAY

Strength: Overhead Squat

5×3

WOD: “Nancy”
5 Rounds
Run 400m
15 Overhead Squat 95/65

Dec
19
By CFlando

And The Winners Are…

And The Winners Are…

By CFlando Posted on

And here are the live drawing results of the three pairs of Inov-8 shoes from the Toys for Tots drive raffle!! I can feel the excitement!!

 

httpv://youtu.be/QeFRJ0RGtLE

 

Stacy, Chris, and Katie come grab your gift certificates at the desk.

We can’t say thank you enough for the effort that our community put forth for this Toys for Tots drive. You should have seen the troopers at the State Police barracks we brought them too, they were stunned, and then incredibly grateful. Stacey and I dropped off 14 bags of toys, there almost wasn’t space to put them all! It’s all because of you, our community at CrossFit Lando, for caring and giving so much this holiday season. Thank you!

 

Also, if you are wondering why Matt Davis is being even more outspoken than usual when in classes on Friday evening it’s because we asked him to. Matt has been a great part of our community almost from the beginning and has taken a strong interest into CrossFit beyond the athlete side. This has been something he has wanted to do with us for a while and it is all coming to work out now. Matt will be taking his L1 certification in early January. As he progresses as an assistant he will most likely get more and more involved in the community as a coach on top of as an active member.

Please welcome Matt to the staff. He has a lot of experience in the world of sport, having grown up playing hockey and doing so at Holy Cross College in Worcester, MA. He now lives in Stoneham.

If Matt is helping in one of your classes be sure to give a listen as he will be evolving as a coach on a constant basis!

 

FRIDAY

Strength: Jerk

1-1-1-1-1-1-1

WOD: “Cindy”

20m AMRAP
5 Pull-ups
10 Push-ups
15 squats

or

“Mary”

20m AMRAP
5 hspu
10 Pistols (alternating)
15  Pull-ups

Whats with the or? If you have done Cindy well then you should try Mary, but can only try Mary if you can fully RX it. If you have done Cindy before, or even many times, but cannot RX Mary then just try to beat your previous score. Both of these are classic Benchmark WODs!

SkWAT Team: No extra work

 

Dec
18
By CFlando

Double WOD Time

Double WOD Time

By CFlando Posted on
_3434178428

Kimmy Judging it Up

 

THURSDAY

Double WOD

WOD 1: 10m AMRAP
12 Wall Ball 20/14
12 Hang Power Snatch 75/55

*95/65

WOD 2: 10m AMRAP
Row 250m
Rest :20

Dec
17
By CFlando

One Year Party: January 11

One Year Party: January 11

By CFlando Posted on

_0343865301

January 11 as some of you already know is our One Year Anniversary Party. $20 per person is all we are asking. You get all you can eat. Open bar for most of the night. The Brickyard in Woburn is going to be hosting us in their private downstairs room. Plan on it and get your attendance guaranteed either at the desk or through BoxHQ through your username and login.

Don’t worry, we will remind you MANY more times.

WEDNESDAY

Strength: EMOM 12m
1 Power Clean, 2 Front Squat

*this is done unbroken

WOD: For Time
50 Power Clean 135/95

*185/120

– 10 air squat penalty every time bar is put down

SkWAT Team: Core Work: accumulate 2m of L Sit hold, then 100 hip extensions

Dec
16
By CFlando

Greatness in Silence

Greatness in Silence

By CFlando Posted on

_8069350189

This time of year is one of my favorite times of year to troll around the internet webs and see the very public thoughts, declarations, and experiences people are having. The development of social media has surely changed the way we live our lives in relation to the publicity of ourselves. 10 years ago spilling an entire venti iced coffee on yourself and the cute person next to you was shared by you, them, and the rest of the people in Starbucks. Now it lives on as “That moment” to everyone on Facebook, Twitter, group texts, Instagram, and whatever else Hootsuite connects to. Now the greatness of a PR is judged not only by how many #s it was over your past but also how many likes it gets. It’s just the world we live in and we all are in fact living in it.

But this time of year seems to put this into hyperdrive. The combination of stress, glee, sugar, peppermint + mocha, and poverty I think puts everyone into a frenzy that makes sharing an absolute must. This is cool when it is with your local store Salvation Army bucket, or secretly paying for the person behind you at Whole Foods. This isn’t cool when that sharing extends to Facebook to tell about how you shared earlier. Being generous and giving this time of year is awesome, even if it is just the time of year that make people feel so willing and giving. The only thing that would be better is if it happened without fanfare and the need for a million retweets, likes, and shares.

Greatness is greatest when it goes untold. In any part of life the people we all admire the most are the great ones who are also the most humble. The athletes who show their greatness and deflect praise after. The politicians and leaders who promote fairness and equality without promoting themselves. The every day people who give because giving is cool even if no one notices except the people who shared in on the experience.

A great friend of mine has something written on a sticky note taped onto his bathroom mirror that I think about all the time. It says simply “I’m going to show you how great I am”. Not only is this statement really badass but what I like so much about it is that he uses the verb show and not tell. Anyone, especially this day in age, can seem great because they say so. It takes true generosity of spirit, true greatness, to be considered great when all is said and done, while you were the one doing and not the one saying.

Decide to be great and go do it, only letting the world know as much once you have accomplished. They will know how great you are even if they don’t have Facebook.

 

TUESDAY

Strength: EMOM pull-ups/mus

Strength 2: Push Press
Find a 1rm

12m AMRAP
30 Double Unders
3 Push Jerk 185/120
10 TTB
7 HSPU

*225/135

Important for Today: Help on HSPU and TTB can be found here. Also, when scaling for HSPU keep in mind that this shoul dbe close to 7 reps unbroken for almost all the workout. If you cannot do that at the current scale you pick then scale more. Doing 2-3 rounds of this workout is not going to get your more fit. You want to be aiming for 5+ rounds no matter what your ability and scale.

 

Dec
15
By CFlando

Member of the Month: Tim Bryant

Member of the Month: Tim Bryant

By CFlando Posted on

Toys for Tots is in it’s last week! Bring in those last minute toys to put under the tree. We will be bringing them to their drop off location over the weekend! We have such a great amount of gifts. You are all such amazing  people to have taken to this as you did. If you haven’t brought a gift in yet, let’s do it! Remember if you bring a toy in let us know at the desk so we can put your name in the Inov-8 shoe raffle.

Timmy Bryant is our member of the month for the month of December! Tim is one of our Original 20. We sold 20 memberships at a special rate before we opened literally 1 year ago and Tim was one of them. He has been a member ever since and we couldn’t be happier.

Stacey and I agree that Tim is very deserving of this for a number of reasons. He is a great part of the community as a person. Always friendly, always smiling, and always working hard. He likes to spread the love around for what classes he attends but mostly hits the 530am. He has made one of the biggest transformations of anyone I have known through CrossFit, going from an out of shape former college athlete to one of the hardest working and fittest people in the gym. If he has a fault it’s that he is too modest and under estimates his ability, sometimes leaving room for more weight and bigger PRs. Wouldn’t we all love to have this problem?!

If you see Tim this week be sure to congratulate him and try to pick up a few pointers about how to be a good dude and go about your work 110% every single day.

 

993334_10100573036357436_1875247110_n

 

 

1. How did you get started with CrossFit (in general)?

I was actually introduced to CrossFit by Braden Monaco over at CrossFit Rt. 1 a few years ago. I was hesitant to join but when CF Lando opened up, I decided to take the plunge. I give private pitching lessons and coach a 12 year old AAU team at the baseball facility on the other side of the building and I am there a few days a week after work, so I had no excuse for not joining. I also knew it’d be a great opportunity to challenge myself mentally and physically.

 

2. What did you do before CF for physical fitness?

I have always been a fairly active guy, having played high school sports and college baseball. Prior to CrossFit, I was another regular gym guy, going a few days a week with workouts that consisted of cardio and lifting – just trying to maintain for the beach weather.

 

3. What has been your biggest lifestyle change(s) since starting CF?

I would have to say the biggest change I made was sticking to a solid routine. In the past, I was so inconsistent with workouts, but now with CrossFit, I have a great weekly routine that includes eating greater amounts of high quality foods and drinking plenty of water. Still doesn’t stop me from having pepperoni pizza occasionally….

 

4. Favorite lift/movement/wod?

I’d have to say one of my favorite CF workouts is Nancy. Not 100% sure why but just enjoy the combo of running and the over-head squats.

 

5.  Least favorite lift/movement/wod?

Absolutely, positively has to be double unders. One of these days I’ll figure them out!

 

6. What interests/activities do you have/do outside of CF?

Outside of CF, I play a lot of golf, usually a few days a week and love snowboarding in the winter as much as possible. I also enjoy spending time with my girlfriend Briana and my dog Hudson, a 3.5 year old Boxer.

 

7. What is your biggest/proudest CF accomplishment/moment?

I have two that I want to share. My first accomplishment would be when I got my first muscle-up. That is when I really realized that a lot of hard work was really paying off. My second proudest moment was coming to the realization that I was starting to get upset when I would miss a workout. Having that feeling made me realize that I was finally enjoying going to the gym and working hard day in and day out. It also made me realize what a great community we have here at CF Lando. It definitely makes going to workout every day that much easier.

 

8. Tell us some other interesting things about you that we the community might not know.

 

In 2008 I actually lived in Holland for 8 months playing baseball. It was an unbelievable experience and I got to meet some great people and do a little bit of traveling during down time. Although I played baseball in college, I was actually very close to going to college for football instead. I also come from a huge extended family. I’m very fortunate that we’re all really close and makes for some fun family get-togethers. My girlfriend and I love to travel, explore new cities, and we hope to do more in the coming year!  We also love staying in and whipping up a really nice meal. I have gotten into cooking a lot more, especially now that I’m more aware of my nutritional intake. As for the little kid in me, I am a huge fan of Batman. Love the whole Dark Knight series but my favorite Batman movie is probably the first Batman with Michael Keaton.

 

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat
1. Work to a heavy set of 5 in 3-4 sets (quickly), then
2. 4×1 with a full 3s pause, starting at the above weight

WOD: 15-12-9
Front Squat 165/110
Deadlift
Lateral Burpees over bar

*205/145

SkWAT Team: Core Work: 75 GHD Situps or 100 Hollow Rocks. 100 Supermans

Dec
14
By CFlando

Snow Day Open Gym 10am-12pm

Snow Day Open Gym 10am-12pm

By CFlando Posted on

 

Dexter is getting his mobility in on the snow day

Dexter is getting his mobility in on the snow day

 

CrossFit Lando will be open from 10am-12pm for Open Gym. There will not be regularly scheduled classes but you can come workout on your own, with friends, with Lando’s suggestion for WODs. Come on in and get your work in during the snow day!

Dec
13
By CFlando

Bring a Friend!

Bring a Friend!

By CFlando Posted on

_2747281388

 

 

Bring a friend or family member, or even someone you just drive by on your way here, for a fun workout at 10am or 1pm. Our bring a friend program is aimed at getting some new people in here who might have ties to people already in the community while also giving you the benefit of some discount to your membership. If someone signs up for a membership and uses your name as a referral you get $$ off your membership. Easy!

Our specific bring a friend days, like Saturday, new people can come to a regular class and not just the intro class. We will be running an intro tomorrow as usual, but you can have someone come at 10am or 1pm too.

Should be fun!

 

Early Advanced Crew: Meet at 8:30. Start at 9

Strength: Back Squat

WOD: Partner WOD

Row 2000m buy in then

3 Rounds
50 Power Snatch 115/80
40 Pistols (alternating)
150 Double Unders

then
60 HSPU

 

SATURDAY

Partner WOD:

3 Rounds
50 Wall Ball 20/14
50 STOH 95/65
50 Walking Lunges
then
120 Burpees

 

Dec
12
By CFlando

Playing Catch Up, Part Two: The Munchies

Playing Catch Up, Part Two: The Munchies

By CFlando Posted on

_6059038123

We learned a few weeks ago about catching up on sleep. Better said we learned that we can’t in fact “catch up” on sleep. The damage we do to our sleep cycle, our recovery, our brain function, and other stuff is already done by depriving our body of needed rest. If you missed or forget what I’m talking about just read the article here.

The drive to “catch up” is part of our nature. We push and push and push our limits, sometimes way past them, to points where we know we are treating our body and soul way worse than they deserve. To ease our minds we convince ourselves we can catch up or make up for our bad decisions by over doing it with good. With sleep, we may go to bed late all week and have a late night out on Friday, so we promise ourselves we will get 8+ hours of sleep Saturday and Sunday. This eases our mind during the bad nights, stringing us along like a bad date, giving us false hope that maybe he/she is the one only to be left at the doorstep with puckered, frostbit lips.

Unfortunately it doesn’t work this way. There is no catching up. Essentially we must think of it as each day being the start of a new race. The race before is over, the results already posted, so all we can do is race the one in front of us. Good or bad sleep can only affect what is ahead of us. We can’t make up for what is behind us.

Nutrition is no different. No amount of perfect eating or 2 and 3 a days at the gym will make up for the ice cream binge, the fried food frenzy, the 64 oz big gulp soda. While righting the ship with dedication to a good diet or hard work in the gym is certainly good, just like dedicating time to getting good nights of sleep is better than not, it doesn’t make up for past indiscretions in just one or two days. Sad I know. I used to live by the 1 mile per cheat mentality. Pint of Ben and Jerrys? Mile. Side of cheescake? Another mile. Put that all on top of a pizza? 3 miles. All burned off. Good to go for the next day. Except I still woke up feeling like I had been abducted and probed by aliens, didn’t fit into the pants I wore just 2 days before, and couldn’t for the life of me get my pee to be anything but goldenrod yellow.

I could talk for many many many pages about how food affects us, and honestly I know many of you will tune me out. Food affects so many aspects of what we do that it is too hard to streamline it into just calories and pounds and fat on our waistline. Sleep, mood, productivity, water absorption, and even sex are all affected by the food we eat. While not necessarily unalterable, many of the things that a poor diet affect, or even just a poor couple of days of nutrition affect, take time to reverse. This is why we can’t play the game of “catch up”.

Take anemia, or iron deficiency, for example. Anemia can make you feel tired, be distracted, render you physically unable to perform, can mess with sleep (it never ends!), alter your moods, among other things. In general a diet that is of low quality will lead to iron deficiency, since quality meat, poultry, fish, and vegetables are the best sources of iron we can get. I say quality because many additives and cooking methods like deep frying mess with the iron and our ability to absorb it. So even though you are eating chicken, deep frying it in crap oil kind of misses the point. Iron deficiency causes a slew of problems, one of them maintaining healthy ph balance in the stomach. Too much stomach acid can cause acid reflux, esophagus issues, and ulcers. The first two can develop in only a few days.

To turn this into a vicious cycle, too much stomach acid can also slow or even hinder the absorption process of the iron you intake! So eating a diet that is low in iron can cause you to have elevated acid levels in the stomach, then even if you start eating a quality balanced diet that contains enough iron that iron might not be fully absorbed which could be the solution to the original problem. Someone suffering this cycle would need to eat a lot of alkaline foods, like leafy greens, to even get back to balanced.

This is just one example of how your diet affects your bodily functions. Let’s think about how the common diet high in refined sugar has lasting affects on the body. Glucose (sugar) is toxic to the blood, insulin helps take it out. A slew of issues can occur, some of them altering life and death, all from this one aspect of diet. Insulin resistance, which affects our energy levels and ability to process sugar, is one path high sugar diets lead us down. Type II diabetes can occur when the body stops reacting to and/or producing insulin at the right time, greatly affecting the pancreas and liver and the life cycle in general (aka we die sooner). Hypertension, heart problems, hyperglycemia, all are directly related to a diet abusively high in sugar for long periods of time.

Now that you are all significantly depressed, do not fret. While just like sleep you cannot play catch up or make up for your past (at least not in 1 or 2 days), there is no time like the present to right the ship! No you haven’t riddled yourself with so much stomach acid that you are doomed to a life of lethargy and avoiding Mexican food. No you aren’t already at the exit of Diabetes Drive with no chance of a u-turn. But why wait for the next stop on the bus? Why avoid those taco dinners any longer? You can’t work that spare tire off in one sitting, or one session, but you bet just 5-7 days will start to show a difference. Part of the reason you see such drastic changes at the beginning of a strict Paleo cycle is you lose so much water weight, water your body is swollen with from the crap you ate. Imagine what 14 days, 21 days, an entire month of good eats will do to your body both in and out.

Your health and wellness is a process, the body a system that is built through many processes and much work. I mean we all sat in our mother’s stomach for 9 or so months just to come out at barely 7 pounds! All that time for just 7 pounds, think of what goes into making a full size, crossfitting, fire breathing, paleo smashing animal!? Do not accept that you were just “born this way” or “you just have these problems” if your health isn’t up to snuff. Our bodies are beautiful, amazing machines that no amount of technology can recreate. While we all come in different shapes, sizes, and colors, we were made to persevere and thrive, and if some or much of us wasn’t then there is no better treatment for sickness than good diet and sleep. Treating your body right yields good results. Treating it wrong yields bad results. The good might take more time to get rid of the bad, but trust me it will happen.

Time to set the GPS to DestromiNation and put the pedal to the metal.

FRIDAY

Strength 1: Snatch
Find a 1rm Snatch in 30 minutes

Strength 2: Clean and Jerk
Find a 1rm Clean and Jerk in 20 minutes

SkWAT Team: 5×5 heavy barbell good mornings

Dec
11
By CFlando

Thursday

Thursday

By CFlando Posted on
_1369800678

CrossFit Lando at its best

 

Two great days of programming for Thursday and Friday before a great partner WOD for Bring a Friend. Get in and get your butt fit!

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Press
Find a 5rm

WOD: 3 Rounds
10 Hang Power Clean and Jerk 135/95
15 Burpees
25 Pull-ups
35 Double Unders

*155/105, CTB Pull-Ups

Dec
10
By CFlando

Bring a Friend: December 14

Bring a Friend: December 14

By CFlando Posted on

_0037361124

 

 

This Saturday is our first Bring a Friend Day. Bring a friend or family member who has never done CrossFit before, or looking for a new box, and have them share in the WOD experience with the 10am or 1pm classes. Starting this Saturday, December 14, we are going to be having special bring a friend days once a month. On these days you can come to a regular class with a newbie who hasn’t done CrossFit or our intro class before and get them their first taste of CrossFit along side you and the rest of the CFL clan. Both the 10am and 1pm class these days will be open to new comers (we will still hold the 11am intro class as usual) and the WODs will be partner type workouts. Don’t worry, for you regulars these WODs will still be intense and well worth your Saturday, but they will be programmed in a way that even a new to CrossFit person can handle them in a way that they will come away from the class feeling accomplished…very, very, very tired and accomplished!

Other than getting a chance to workout with your friends there are added perks for you too. Bring a friend will be an ongoing program with these special days also happening once a month. Any person who joins as a referral from you gets you $10 off your next membership bill. This doesn’t only apply to Bring a Friend days. People can come as your referrals to any intro class on Thursday or Saturday just like now, and just because they are a friend or family member doesn’t mean you absolutely have to accompany them to whatever class they are coming to. Simply make sure they reference you as a referral if they are there without you so you get some cash knocked off your next bill. There is no limit to the amount of friends you can refer in a given month. Have 10 people sign up on your referral and you get $100 off your next bill. That easy!

CrossFit in general largely operates on word of mouth. CrossFit Lando is no different. In life we are more willing to try something new if it is with a friend or at least based off a referral of someone they trust. For our community, adding members who have relationships with people who are already members will just add to the fun, inspiring, and good-times vibe we have at Lando.

Simply put, bring that friend or your brother, sister, mother, or father who have always seemed sort of interested in what you do at CrossFit Lando. You get more cool people to WOD with, some extra $$ in your pocket, and help improve upon the awesomeness we already have!

 

WEDNESDAY

Strength: Front Squat
Find a 1rm in as long as desired

Partner WOD:
Row 750m
Run 600m
Row 500m
run 400m
Row 300m
Run 200m
Row 200m
Run 100m

SkWAT Team: EMOM 10m, 3 Front Squat @ 75% above 1rm

Dec
9
By CFlando

Pull-Ups and Muscle Ups

Pull-Ups and Muscle Ups

By CFlando Posted on
unnamed

A couple of the heavy hitters going in the first event on Saturday

 

How are your holiday goals going? Take action!

 

TUESDAY

Strength: EMOM Pull-ups/MUs

10 minutes. Pick a number and stick to it. Try to make it more reps on average than last week. Your goal is two-fold: an increased volume each minute and total after the 10 minutes. We are trying to build endurance

Strength 2: Bench Press 3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 5 Rounds
10 Toes to Bar
5 Box Jumps 30/24 (full stand)
1 Snatch 185/120

Make this snatch VERY heavy. It should be something you might fail here and there. Make it something you have to squat to be successful

 

Important for Today: Check out our gymnastics page for help on Toes to Bar, Pull-Ups, and Muscle-Ups

Dec
8
By CFlando

More Thank Yous

More Thank Yous

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

 

First of all, we had an amazing competition on Saturday. I don’t think people who see these things going on know how much work goes into it from the volunteers. We had an absolute crew from Lando that helped us make it about as good a competition as you can get. The fact that we had enough people to run the entire competition with just our own gym population is great. It was just another example of how great a community we have here.

Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. You are all the best, and it means more to us than you even know.

Secondly, we had some people from CFL compete on Saturday and they all made us very proud. Michael Gray, Molly Cunningham, Joanna Whalen, Albert Holguin, and Brian Strang all threw their hats in the ring and went at it on Saturday. It was awesome. Albert even made podium taking 2nd place overall!! Great job to all 4 of you. Hopefully you had a great day off this Sunday. Well deserved!

 

unnamed-1

Albert holding down 2nd place

Now, time for Max Week!

MONDAY

Strength: Back Squat

Find a 1rm, any position

WOD: 7m AMRAP

3 Deadlift 275/185
7 Hand Release Pushups

*315/205

Dec
7
By CFlando

Sunday

Sunday

By CFlando Posted on

Thank You to everyone who helped make the competition a success!!!

 

SUNDAY

Strength: Push Press

5-5-5-5

WOD: For Time
50 Situps
20 Burpee Pull-Ups
20 Hang Clean and Jerk 135/95
20 Front Rack Lunges 135/95
20 Burpee Pull-Ups
50 Situps

Dec
6
By CFlando

Battle Of the Sexes Competition and Gym Closed

Battle Of the Sexes Competition and Gym Closed

By CFlando Posted on

DSC03980

 

 

Reminder: The gym is closed all day for our competition, the Battle of the Sexes. Come on and check the competition out, cheer on Molly, Joanna, B-Strang, and Albert as they give it their all to fight for the fittest gender! We will have food from Christina’s restaurant the Connector Cafe and a lot of action.

Volunteers: Please be here by 7:30am.

Atheltes: Check-in starts at 8:00am. Athlete briefing at 8:30. WOD 1 starts at 9:00am

Heats: listed top to bottom 1-7. You will be in the same # all day.

HEAT 1

Joe Ames
Joe Burbank
Scott Cornish
Zachary Clark
Nigel Costolloe
Meredith Carpenter
Jocelyn Close

HEAT 2

Kevin Cronin
Albert Holguin
Michael Devoll
Tyler Farrell
Mike Gray
Molly Cunningham
Sasha Moore

HEAT 3

Chris McCarron
Joe Mcghee
CJ Jaramillo
Mike Quigley
Michael Noe
Gillian Pressman
Christina Morris

HEAT 4

Justin Richardson
Mike Rossi
Blake Sama
Brian Strang
Jarod Warsofsky
Joanna Whalen
Gretchen Yelmini

 

Good luck athletes and we will see everyone tomorrow!!!

Dec
5
By CFlando

“Hammer”

“Hammer”

By CFlando Posted on

HeroMichaelBordelon1_th

 

*CrossFit Lando will be closed Saturday, 12-7-13, for the “Battle of the Sexes” competition. Volunteers should be at CrossFit Lando by 7:30am. Athlete check-in starts at 8:00am. Competition starts at 9am and will be over by 2:00pm.  Athletes should check www.crossfitlandocomp.com or www.throwdownhq.com for heat lists tomorrow.

Regular classes will start again on Sunday.

 

HERO FRIDAY

U.S. Army First Sergeant Michael “Hammer” Bordelon, 37, of Morgan City, Louisiana, assigned to the 1st Battalion, 24th Infantry Regiment, 1st Brigade, 25th Infantry Division (Stryker Brigade Combat Team), based out of Fort Lewis, Washington, died on May 10, 2005, from injuries sustained when a car bomb exploded near him in Mosul, Iraq on April 23, 2005.

He is survived by his wife Mila; children Mike Jr., Jacob, and Johanna; mother Dolores; and sister Doreen Scioneaux.

Strength: Deadlift
5-5-5-3-3-3

WOD: “Hammer”
5 Rounds

5 Power Clean 135/95
10 Front Squat 135/95
5 Jerk 135/95
20 Pull-ups
rest :90 after each round

Dec
4
By CFlando

A Fast One

A Fast One

By CFlando Posted on

unnamed

 

THURSDAY

Strength: Split Jerk

3-3-3-3-3

WOD: 21-15-9
Burpee to Air Squat
KB Swings 53/35

*70/53

Dec
3
By CFlando

Surviving the Holidays Part 2: Staying Ahead of the Bull

Surviving the Holidays Part 2: Staying Ahead of the Bull

By CFlando Posted on

Spain Running of the Bulls

Everything is about planning. Planning your schedule each week: When to get to the gym, take the kids to school, get your butt to work. Planning your meals is key for staying fit and healthy. Food prep is a must for the paleo devotee. Planning your weekend for relaxation, or getting caught up/ahead of work, or maybe studying for a grad school or work related exam. I’m not one for isms and sayings but one that I love is “failure to plan is planning for failure”.

About a month ago I addressed the impending holiday season and my own struggles with the time of year. There are many things to be concerned with, but there are also many things to be happy and thankful for. I guess it depends what way you see the glass as to how you see November through December. The main reason I have dreaded this time of year in the past is that I love it so much. Weird I know but I’m not really that normal of a person. Fully accepted that years ago. I love this time of year so much that I want to cherish and remember every last second of it. As the days tick away my internal strife builds and builds until I hopelessly crumble at a loss of missed time and opportunity. Just when I find one last shred of sanity to get me through the last few days of the Christmas season I look in the mirror and realize I gained 15#. That usually does it for me.

I must say, however, that I am handling it much better this year. Maybe it’s simple, that at 30 years old I’ve finally matured enough to cherish the little free time I have, acknowledging that even 1 day of rest and with a full family is reason to rejoice, where in the past I tried my hardest to pile days on top of days to make the most of the holidays. Part of this I think is accepting a new stage in my life, that my 30s are 100% undoubtedly upon me and I am no longer a free-wheeling kid anymore that doesn’t really have any responsibilities. I’m a late bloomer, I know, but suddenly in 1 year I’ve gone from holding onto a minimum of 5 days of sweatpants and hard cider at my parents house to consider the holidays a success, to now having a fiancee, employees, and a dog all relying on me to make decisions and lead the charge, preferably a bit better dressed and clean shaven.

But the holiday stress still looms right behind me like the deadly point of a half ton bull ready to trample my cheer and positivity into the ether. For those of you who find yourself in a similar predicament this time of year take my advice and use that bull as motivation. Just because the calendar says December 3 doesn’t mean goals can’t be accomplished. Where there are goals there is action, and action keeps us alive and well. I think part of the issue with this time of year is we might take acceptance a bit too far and turn it into sloth. Being proactive might just make that glass half full.

Accepting that the holidays are here is just the beginning. Action is what keeps us ahead. Holiday parties are a blast, and so are holiday treats. Indulge, party, visit, rest, do whatever the heck you want this time of year. But stay ahead of the deadly bull by planning ahead. It’s December 3. I’ve asked this question before for different times of year: Where will you be on January 3? Be the one planning the nights out with friends to enjoy the things that are unique to this time of year. Be the one setting the standard at CrossFit Lando for showing up even when the stress and calories mount. Be the one checking off the holiday list and being almost completed by December 10, making for 20 days of pure bliss and enjoyment. Stay ahead of the bull with planning ahead and roll out of the holidays still kicking a$$ and taking names.

In reality the bull is there year round. It’s just feasted on holiday goodies for a month now and is a heck of a lot more noticable. The sick thing is somehow it get’s faster the more cookies it eats.

 

WEDNESDAY

WOD: 5 Rounds
5 Deadlift 275/185
25 Wall Ball 20/14
45 Double Unders
Run 400m

*8 HSPU after each 400m run
*335/245

1. Deadlifts should be very heavy for 5 for this workouts
2. For these scale up options, you can only choose the 8 HSPU if you can do 5 rounds of them unbroken and fully RX, head to floor or hands on plates and abmat. If you cannot do them unbroken or very close to and/or scale HSPU, you will not try them.